Full text of "Transactions of the Linnean Society of London"

See other formats

ii'CM&M

|ii:;;;:;;;,;;i;j|"::;;;;:,:;::;;;;r::;;.;

^-.s.aoA

■.0'^i

THE

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

LONDON.

VOLUME XVI.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY RICHARD TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO-SQUARE;

AND BY LONGMAN, REES, ORME, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMAN, PATERNOSTER-ROW;
AND WILLIAM WOOD, TAVISTOCK-STREET, COVENT-GARDEN.

MDCCCXXXIII.

( iii )

CONTENTS.

I. Remarks on the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds
of Cuba, with a view to their respective Places in the
System of Nature or to their Relations with other Ani-
mals. ByW.S.MacLeaY,Esq.,M.A.,F.L.S. Com-
municated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean So-
ciety -------- p, 1

II. The Generic Characters of Formicaleo ; with the De-
scription of two new Species. By the Rev. Lansdown
Guilding, B.A. F.L.S. F.G.S. - - - p. 47

III. The distinctive Characters of two British Species of
Plecotus, supposed to have been confounded under the
Name of Long-eared Bat. By the Rev. Leonard
Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo-
gical Club of the Linnean Society - - p. 53

IV. A Description of the Mammary Organs of the Kan-
garoo. By John Morgan, Esq. f F.L.S. - p. 61

V. Descriptions of some new Species of Birds belonging
chiefly to the rare Genera Phytotoma, Gmel., Indi-
cator, Vieill., and Cursorius, Latham. By Mr. Benja-
min Leadbeater, F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo-
gical Club of the Linnean Society - - - p. 85

VI. On a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. By Joshua
Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. Sf L.S. Communicated by the
Zoological Club of the Linnean Society - - p. 9-^

VII. Description of a new Species of Agama, brought from
the Columbia River by Mr. Douglas. By Thomas
Bell, Esq., F.R.S. ^ L.S. - - - - p. 105

VIII. De-

iv CONTENTS.

VIII. Description of a Species of Tringa, killed in Cani'
bridgeshire, new to England and Europe. By William
YarreW, Esq., F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological
Club of the Linnean Society - - - - p. 109

IX. An Account of Margarodes, a new Genus of Insects
found in the Neighbourhood of Ants' Nests. By the
Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A. F.L.S. - p. 115

X. Description of a new Species of Phalangista. By
Thomas BeW, Esq., F.R.S. 4- L.S. - - p. 121

/ XI, On an undescribed Species of the Genus Phasianus.

By Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S. - p. 129

XII. Observations on some Species of the Genera Tetrao and
/v Ortyx, Natives of North America ; with Descriptions of

Four new Species of the former, and Two of the latter
Genus. By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. - p. 133

XIII. Account of a new Plant of the Gastromycous Order

of Fungi. By J. Hj. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S. - p. 151

XIV. On the Origin and Nature of the Ligulate Rays in
Zinnia; and on a remarkable Multiplication observed
in the Parts of Fructification of that Genus. By

Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. - - - p. 155

XV. Some Observations on the Common Bat of Pennant :
with an Attempt to prove its Identity with the Pipis-
trelle of French Authors. By the Rev. Leonard
Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoolo-
gical Club of the Linnean Society - - - p. 159

XVI. Descriptions of the new Genera and Species of the Class
Compositce belonging to the Floras of Peru, Mexico, and
Chile. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. - p. 169

XVII. On the Organs of Voice in Birds. By William
YarreW, Esq., F.L.S. p. 305

XVIII. A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Mollusca

CONTENTS. y

MoUusca of Great Britain. Bi/ J . G. Jeftreys, Esq.
In a Letter addressed to L. W. Dillwyn, Esq., F.R.
and L.S. -- - - _ - - p. 323

XIX. On ChamcBmeles coriacea and Sempervivum glutino-
sum. By the Rev. R. T. Lowe, B.A., Travelling Ba-
chelor to the University of Cambridge. Communicated

hy Francis Boott, M.D. F. L.S. - - - p, 393

XX. On the Parasitical Connection of Lathraa Squamaria,
and the peculiar Structure of its Subterranean Leaves :
in a Letter to Robert Brown, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S.

By J. E. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S. - - p. 399

XXI. On the Origin of Buds. By the Rev. Patrick Keith,
F.L.S. p. 421

XXII. Observations on the Vicia angustifolia of the English
Flora of Sir James Edward Smith, P. L.S. By Ed-
ward Forster, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. - - p. 435

XXIII. On a nezo Species of Wild Swan, taken in England,
and hitherto confounded with the Hooper. By William
Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S. ----- p. 445

XXIV. A further Description of the Anatomy of the
Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. By John Mor-
gan, Esq., F.L.S. ----- p. 455

XXV. On the Anatomy of some of the Organs of Deglu-
tition in the Capybara {Hydrocharus Capybara). By
John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S. - - - p. 465

XXVI. Notice of several receiTt Discoveries in the Struc-
ture and Economy of Spiders. By John Blackwall,
Esq., F.L.S. p. 471

XXVII. Remarks on the Pulvilli of Insects. By John
Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S. - - - - p. 487

XXVIII. A71 Account of the Mode of Growth of young
Corals of the Genus Fungia. By Mr. Samuel Stutch-
hury, A. L.S. p. 493

XXIX. On

vi CONTENTS.

XXIX. On the remarkable Formation of the Trachea in
the Egyptian Tantalus. By Joshua Brookes, Esq.,
F.R.S. ^ L.S. - - - - - - p. 499

XXX. A Supplement to the " Synopsis of Testaceous
Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." By
John Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., F. L.S. - - p. 505

XXXI. On the Osteological Symmetry of the Camel;
I Camelus Bactrianus of Aristotle, Linnaus and Cuvier.

By Walter Adam, Fellow of the College of Physicians
of Edinburgh. Communicated by R. Brown, Esq.,
V.P.L.S. - - - - - - p. 525

XXXII. Remarks on a certain Kind of Organic Matter
found in Sulphureous Spriiigs. By Charles Daubeny,

M.D., F.R.S. ^ L.S., Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Oxford - - - - - p. 587

XXXIII. On the Plant which yields the Gum Ammo-
niacum. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. - p. 599

XXXIV. 071 the Paussidce, a Family of Coleopterous In-
sects. By Mr. J. O. Westwood, F.L.S. - p. 607

XXXV. On the Organs and Mode of Fecundation in
Orchidea. and Asclepiadea. By Robert Brown, Esq.,
V.P.L.S., S^c. p. 685

XXXVI. Description of a new Species of the Genus Pinus.
By Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. Communicated by

the Horticultural Society - - - p. 747

XXXVII. Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean
Society of London - - - - - p. 751

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society - p. 771
List of Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society p. 787
Donations to the Museum of the Linnean Society - p. 793

Extracts

EXTRACTS
FROM THE MINUTES OF THE COUNCIL

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

November 2, 1830.
Aylmeu Bouuke Lambert, Esq., V.P. in the Chair.

The Draft of an Address, proposed to be presented to His
Majesty, was read and approved of, as follows :

" To The King's Most Excellent Majesty,

" The humble Address of the President and Fellows of the
" Linnean Society of London.

" Most Gracious Sovereign,

" We, Your Majesty's most dutiful and loyal subjects, the
" President and Fellows of the Linnean Society of London,
" beg leave to tender to Your Majesty our most cordial
" congratulations on Your Majesty's accession to the Throne
" of these Realms.

" Whilst expressing our sincere satisfaction at this auspicious
" event, we are anxious also to offer our condolences, with
" those of our fellow subjects, to Your Majesty, on the de-
*' cease of our late August Monarch, Your Majesty's Royal

VOL. XVI. b " Brother,

viii Extracts from the Minutes of the Council

" Brother, the glory of whose reign, and whose protection of
" all the Sciences and useful Arts, must be gratefully remem-
•' bered by an enlightened nation. From the paternal and bene-
" ficent feelings which Your Majesty has evinced towards all
" descriptions of your people, we venture to hope for a con-
" tinuance of the same gracious patronage to our Corporate
" Body, which it experienced from Your Majesty's lamented
" Predecessor ; and we earnestly pray that Divine Providence
" may vouchsafe to bless with a long and happy life both
" Your Majesty and Your Royal Consort The Queen,
" whose conspicuous example in the practice of all those vir-
" tues which improve society and adorn domestic life, reflects
" lustre on the Throne, whilst it insures the admiration, respect,
" and affection of your people."

Ordered — That a Letter be written to the President, re-
questing him to take The King's Pleasure as to the time and
manner of receiving the Address and becoming the Patron of
the Society.

December 21, 1830.

Robert Brown, Esq., V.P. in the Chair.

The Vice-President read a Letter addressed to the President,
from Sir Robert Peel His Majesty's Principal Secretary of
State for the Home Department, as follows : —

" My Lord, Whitehall, Nov. 18, 1830.

*' I have had the honour to lay before The King the loyal
and dutiful Address of the President and Fellows of the Linnean
Society of London, which accompanied your Lordship's Letter
of the 15th of November, which His Majesty was pleased to
receive in the most gracious manner.

"And

of the Linnean Society of London. ix

" And I have the satisfaction to inform your Lordship, that
His Majesty has been pleased to signify his consent to be the
Patron of the Linnean Societ}^ of London.

'* I have the honour to be,
" My Lord,
" Your Lordship's very obedient Servant,

(Signed) " Robert Peel."

"The Lord Stanley, M.P.

&c. &c. &c."

His Majesty having been thus graciously pleased to declare
himself the Patron of the Society, a Deputation, consisting of
the President, Dr. Maton (Vice-President), Mr. Forster (Vice-
President), and the Secretary, waited upon His Majesty by
appointment on December 14th, for the purpose of receiving
His Majesty's Signature, declaratory of his Royal pleasure;
when His Majesty was graciously pleased to inscribe his
Name in the Society's Charter-Book.

TRANSACTIONS

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

I. Remarks on the Comparative Anatomy of certain Birds of Cuba,
with a view to their respective Places in the System of Nature
or to their Relations with other Animals. By W. S. MacLeay,
Esq., M.A., F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of
the Linnean Society.

Read Nov. 21, 1826; and April 17, 1827.

1 HE daj'^ is now happily gone past when zoologists thought
that the infinite variety of animals which inhabit this globe
owed their origin to the unsuccessful efforts of Nature before
she could attain the human structure as her term of perfection.
Nor is the grand object of comparative anatomy now conceived
to be the reference of every animal structure to man, — a mode
of viewing Nature that tends to point out distinctions rather
than affinities, — but to be the formation of such a collection of
recorded facts of comparative organization, as may determine
in some degree the use of the various organs ; and above all,
may lead us to the better knowledge of the natural arrangement
of the animal kingdom. For comparative anatomy, indepen-
voL. XVI. B dently

2 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

dently of its pathological or medical relation to the human
frame, has these two most important objects ; namely, either
the ascertainment of the variations of a general plan of struc-
ture with reference to the particular exigencies of the species to
which such variations are applied, or the study of the variations
of general plans of structure with reference to the great plan of
creation. English writers on comparative anatomy have rarely
looked beyond the first of these objects ; and yet the last is not
only themore important of the two, but involves in it the former
as a minor consideration or mean by which we may arrive at its
attainment. And thus we find, that an anatomist may labo-
riously investigate the structure and use of an organ, without
having the least idea of ascertaining the place held in nature by
the animal to which this organ belongs : but no zoologist can
be satisfied that he has ascertained the place of an animal in
nature, without fully investigating the structure and use of its
various organs ; since on this structure and on this use depends
all his knowledge of its place. It is therefore to be regretted,
that in England the arrangement, or consequence, is so often
separated from the facts from which that consequence is, or
ought to be drawn ; that, in short, while in one place we see
the zoological consequence without the facts from which it has
been deduced ; in another we observe the bare statement of ana-
tomical facts, without the great consequences to which these
lead, and indeed too often without any view beyond the possible
use of the various organs to the particular animals dissected*.

With comparative anatomy, as it may tend to elucidate human
pathology or medical science, natui'alists perhaps have little to
orv iff!" =)■)-)■> VRfff i??i ,ffoHt:'??^r?f?fTo '^'"f'^fvifwffo-'^ ^o ^

* Such works indeed as Paley's Natural Theology, — a book most valuable not for
its physiological facts, but for its mode of reasoning upon them, — have another object ;
to wit, the proof of the existence of design in particular structures by the tracing of
effects to their respective causes.

' wifciii^ ,. CIO '.

of certain Birds of Cuba, 'if .'\il -S

do : but as, to say the least, it is somewhat oracular to advance
positions of arrangement without deigning to state the observed
facts on which they are grounded, I trust that not merely zoology,
but moreover that species of comparative anatomy upon which
zoology must always rest as its firmest basis, lies peculiarly
within the province of the Linnean Society. A good authority
on this subject has said : " L'histoire naturelle d'un animal est
la connaissance de tout I'animal. Sa structure interne est a lui
autant et peut-etre plus que sa forme exterieure*. — Depuis que
I'histoire naturelle prend enfin la Nature pour base de ses distri-
butions, ses rapports avec I'anatomie sont devenus plus intimes.
L'une de ces sciences ne peut faire un pas sans que I'autre en
profite. Les rapprochemens que la premiere etablit indi(|uent
souvent a I'autre les recherches qu'elle doit faire +." If, how-
ever, some comparative anatomists will lose sight of the con-
nexion between the two sciences, and thus of the grand object
of their art, thereby subjecting themselves to that imputation
of dryness and contraction of ideas, which has been (I should
hope, rather hastily) applied as well to the English zoologists as
comparative anatomists .|., let the zoologist at least free himself
from the charge ; and by the union of the one science, which
affords facts, with the other, that teaches us the mode of arrang-
ing them, let him endeavour to approach " cette methode na-
turelle unique qui doit faire le but de tous les naturalistes."

I have been led to these remarks, because, subject in a parti-
cular degree to error as an individual like myself must'always
be, who has not had the benefit of a regular anatomical educa-
tion, I venture to lay before the Linnean Society some observa-
tions on the anatomy of birds, — less indeed in the expectation
that they can merit attention in themselves, than in the hope

* Cuvier, Lef. d'Jnat. Comp. vol.3, p. xxii. + Ibid. vol. 1. p. xvii.

if Ibid. vol. 1. p. xvii.

,".>;. B 2 that

4 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

that they may induce others, whose opportunities of anatomical
research may have been more extensive, to lay the results of
their respective investigations also before this Society. Nor,
little versed as I am in the study of vertebrated animals, would
I even now venture upon this subject, did not my residence in
an intertropical climate afford me facilities for examining par-
ticular genera, which the more experienced naturalist at home
must in vain hope for. And as to restricting our dissections in
the present state of natural history to a few European ani-
mals, it has been admirably observed, that one solitary species
neglected may serve to unfold an exception sufficient to destroy
the most plausible system. The following observations, there-
fore, crude as they are, may derive some portion of value from
being linked with the more accurate and scientific researches of
ornithologists on European birds ; my aim being to enter upon
the description and anatomy of such birds only as present struc-
tures peculiar to intertropical countries, comparing them with
other birds, which, from being inhabitants of Europe, are better
known. I shall not, however, attempt to describe new genera,
or name new species, as well on account of my deficiency in
the requisite ornithological knowledge, as on that of my inabi-
lity to refer to large museums and extensive libraries, both of
which are indispensably necessary for such undertakings. I
need scarcely say, that this department of ornithology is in
every respect capable of being infinitely better executed at
home.

The general view taken of ornithology by Mr. Vigors in the
last volume of the Linnean Transactions may easily be conceived
to be too interesting to me as an individual not eventually to
have made it a most important question with me, as a naturalist,
to ascertain the accuracy of his various positions. As, however,
I cannot help fearing, that in the course of the investigation he

has

of certain Birds of Cuba. 5

has been swayed in no small degree by warmth of friendship, —
perhaps, for this very reason, I am the more incapacitated from
coming to any correct decision on the merits of his paper. I
shall consequently say little on the subject ; except that, if any
remarks of mine may have withdrawn his attention from the old
method of first classifying organs or particular parts of structure,
and then arranging animals according to this arbitrary division,
and may have induced him, on the contrary, to consider the
mode in which the structures of animals vary, — it must be con-
fessed that he has developed, with reference to that mode, one
class of animals much further than I have done. Birds now
form the only class in zoology which has been arranged accord-
ing to the variation of structure ; that is to say, it is the only
class of animals in which a naturalist has attempted, if I may be
allowed the expression, to work out the place of every genus
hitherto discovered. Every other class of animals, whether ver-
tebrated or unvertebrated, requires still to be wrought out in a
similar manner ; and each genus not only to be placed with
reference to its aflSnities and analogies, but, moreover, the rea-
sons to be given in detail for this position. The great multi-
tude of annulose forms that exist in nature, has given me small
hope of ever being able to say that I know the natural position
of every described genus in entomology ; but I have endea-
voured, both in the Hora Entomologica and in the first number
of the Annulosa Javanica, to ascertain the place of some of the
genera which constitute the natural group of Mandibulata, — a
group of the same rank as that of birds.

As to new views or principles in natural history, this mode of
studying the variation of structure in different animals, in pre-
ference to classing them according to an arbitrary division of
organs, is perhaps the only one to which I can justly lay full
claim. It is possible, indeed, that Hermann in his very remark-
able

6 Mr. W. S. Macleay 07i the Comparative Anatomy

able work, entitled Tabula Affinitatum Animalium, and published
in 1783, may have intended to keep some such principle as this
in view : but as with him, unfortunately, the slightest analogy
constituted an affinity, we may understand how he found it
impossible to trace the mode in which structures vary, and
much more so to apply the maxim of variation to arrangement.
On a cursory glance at the principles of arrangement laid down
by Aristotle* at the commencement of his Histojia Animalium,

* It can scarcely be doubted that Aristotle Would have followed this principle, as
well as have made the proper distinction between affinity and analogy, if he had looked
less to the differences of particular organs and more to the affinities of general struc-
tures. Indeed he appears to have had a glimpse of the two great principles of natural
arrangement, and was only ignorant of the proper mode of using them. His views of
the subject are really .curious when compared with our modern notions of zoology.
The parts of animals, he says, either agree with or differ from each other in four prin-
cipal ways. — Now here, at the opening, lies the grand cause of his not thoroughly un-
derstanding the matter : for if he had said, that Animals themselves, instead of their
organs, may be arranged by four methods, it will be manifest, from the enumeration of
his four methods, that he could not have failed to arrive at the truth.

1. Organs, he says, may be arranged, first, according to the natural groups {xcura to
yevos, or xut siSoj), which, as for instance Birds or Fishes, depend on a similar construc-
tion of parts. That relation, he proceeds to state, which the whole bears to the whole,
the group being the same, the part must bear to the part. Now this is an axiom
which, however true with respect to quantity, will not hold good with respect to struc-
ture : for were it true, it would follow that, in the natural group of jdves, for instance,
a frugivorous bird could not have the same form of beak as a bird of prey ; whereas we
know the contrary. The fact is, that if Aristotle had said that animals and not their
parts are to be arranged according to their natural groups, he would have expressed
the great principle of natural affinity : but a mathematical axiom made him unluckily
think, that the classification of organs was the same thing with the classification of
the animals to which they belong.

2. Secondly, he says. Organs may be arranged according to their excess and defect.
(xa9' uTrepo^yiv xati sXAenf/iv). This being entirely a consideration of quantity, and not of
form, his mathematical axiom comes into play. His opinion is accordingly correct,
that animals are capable of a binary distribution, depending entirely on the excess or
defect of particular organs ; as where he instances birds being divisible into those with

long

of certain Birds of Cuba. " "" ■ 7

he may also be supposed by some to have understood this doc-
trine of variation in animal structure ; but it is easy to show,
that although this extraordinary man understood it to a certain
degree, he confined himself in the passage in question to the
division of organs, — a course of reasoning that led him quite
away from the conclusions he would indubitably have arrived
at, had he followed the variation of general structure. Still I
shall not be surprised if the originality of even this principle be
yiio vii.j ji:-d' -:au ::; ^au.-d ;:^',:,,;.u. j..:: :\ Xy-i.- - x..:,.. some

long and those with short beaks, into those with crests and those without crests, &c. &c.
This is the most arbitrary, and therefore, I suppose, the oldest of all modes of arranged
ment ; and, as Aristotle expressly says, it is so easy, that any one may adopt it. i
have said a few words on its merits in the Hora Entomologies, p. 188 ; but the truth
is, that proceeding entirely on the notion of division, and not of affinity, it is a method
which is applicable to all sciences whatsoever, as much as to zoology. It has nothing
to do with the natural system, which must of course depend upon affinities.

3. Thirdly, Organs may be arranged according to their analogies (xar avuXoyiav), as,
for example, when we compare the claw with a hoof, or the feather of a bird with the
scale of a fish : for, says he, what a feather is to the bird, a scale is to the fish. Had he
said, that animals instead of their organs may be arranged according to their analogies,
it is evident that he would have then distinguished relations of analogy from those of
affinity, Aristotle being too profound a logician to use the one word for the other. But
the instances given by him to explain his doctrine, prove that the word avuXoyix in this
place signifies comparison of form rather than resemblance inform. So that the proper
translation of the passage is, that similar organs may be arranged according to their
difference of structure, as when we compare a claw with a hoof, or, as he himself does
in another part of his work, the wing of a bird with the fore-foot of a quadruped. It
does not appear in this place very clear, whether Aristotle intended to apply his ma-
thematical axiom, and to say, that organs being arranged in this manner, the animals
may also. Although such a mode of reasoning will not lead to any false conclusions,
it is far from being an obvious mode, at that early period of natural history, for him to
have adopted. If he did not intend to call his axiom into action, he only stopped at
the resting-place of comparative anatomists in general, who often trace the modifications
of an organ without ever thinking of their use towards natural arrangement. If, on the
other hand, he did intend to apply it, my claim to the priority of arranging animals by
their variation of structure, would at first sight seem to be in danger. But it remains
to be considered, whether in this event his zoological arrangement (making allowance

for

8 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

some day disputed with me ; for when the question was asked,
" Is there any thing whereof it may be said, See, this is new?"
— the answer was, " It hath been already of old time which was
before us." And certain it is, that the doctrines of quinary dis-
tribution, of the circular progression of a series of affinity, and
of analogies, as distinct from affinities, have all been in some
measure advanced by authors prior to the publication of the
Hora Entomologies. Indeed it would add little to our convic-
tion of these being great natural truths, to find that only one
writer had observed them, and that others had taken them for
granted upon his assertion. Accordingly we learn, that the
number five has had an importance in the construction of the

for the difference in point of information) would have been similar to that of the "Rhgne
Animal distribue apres son Organization;" that is, a description of animals according
to a set of groups founded on a difference of structure ; or whether it would have been an
arrangement of animals according to their gradual change of structure. The Historia
Animalium is conducted on the first plan, not on the last.

4. Fourthly, Organs may be arranged according to their situation (x«t« tijv dsa-jv) ; as,
for instance, animals having pectoral mammae, in opposition to those which have them
abdominal. Here again his axiom, that the relation which the whole bears to the
whole the part must bear to the part, would fail him, if indeed he intended to apply it ;
for two tribes of animals widely asunder from each other, may yet have a similar situa-
tion of parts. Yet the variation of position of similar parts is one of the most important
considerations in zoology, as may be imagined from its being the very principle upon
which the Pkilosophie Anatomique of M. Geoffroy Saint Hilaire is grounded.

Apt as we are to adopt methods of arrangement, without investigating the principles
by which we are guided, we must always reap advantage from examining the mode of
reasoning pursued by one who, although among the earliest of naturalists, was so much
in the habit of scrutinizing his ideas. He was aware that animals may also be divided
according to their scenes of action, their economy, &c. ; and he has, in fact, given us
sketches of such classifications : but he had entered too deeply into zoology not to per-
ceive that these considerations depend on the structure of their organs. He therefore
thought, that the best arrangement ofaninials must depend on that of their organs; — and
so far he was right. I only go a little further than he did, in saying, that this arrange-
ment ought to depend not on that of the organs, but on their variation of structure.

universe

of certain Birds of Cuba. 9

universe given to it from the days of Plato and Cicero*, that
Linnaeus, Pallas and Desfontaines, have mentioned certain ana-
logies in nature as distinct from affinities t ; and that one of the
most distinguished zoologists of the present age and a foreign
member of this Society, Professor Gotthelf Fischer of Moscow,
has stated the progression of certain series of affinity being in cir-
cles :|.. I can safely say, however, that as I arrived at the know-
ledge

* The ancient authors on this subject, however, really deserve but little attention ;
for they all arrived at their conclusions by the a priori mode of argument, — a mode
totally inapplicable, nay even injurious, to a science like Natural History, which must
always depend upon experience and observed facts.

, t Aristotle in the Historia Animalium, lib. ii. c. 1. says, when speaking of animals
generally. To. /isv xar uvaXoyiixv ahu^opu jx,ovov, tco yevst Se hepct. Now if this passage
be taken literally, we must give him full credit for making the distinction between affi-
nity and analogy. But I confess, that on looking at the context, and above all, at his
explanation of an arrangement x«t' avaXoyiav, as above mentioned, I suspect that his
idea of analogy did not reach beyond the comparison of organs : as when we say the
wing of a bird represents the hand of a man ; which comparison, however necessary to
the full understanding of the analogies between different beings, is very far from ex.
pressing the whole of them. However this may be, it is curious to observe that so
little attention should have been paid to this observation of the father of natural history,
that " some animals, which agree in analogy, are yet different from each other in affi-
nity."

:{: It seems to me to be quite unnecessary to discuss in this place what Plato meant
by saying, that in nature all things terminate in their contraries, — an expression which
Linnaeus borrowed in his Diary, and appears to have attached meaning to as con-
nected with the number five. Such disquisitions are as little Ukely to prove satisfac-
tory, as those arguments drawn from the first chapter of Ezekiel, which led a Northern
writer, Mr. Macnab, to declare a circle to be the plan of Nature, long before I
attained the knowledge of the fact by observation. Naturalists have nothing to do
with mysticism, and but little with dpriori reasoning. I have therefore infinitely less
hesitation in citing the following passage from Hermann : — " Neque enim ad affinita-
tem indicandam per omnem chartse latitudinem diducere hneam placuit, sed inter
nomen et chartae marginem posuimus asteriscum qui flex&, in orbem charts incidit in
similem alium cujus ope duo in utr&que extremitate posita corpora inter se conjun-
guntur, unde vairh implicitae et concatinatae inque circulum redeuntes affinitates tanto

VOL. XVI. C magis

10 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

ledge of these several truths by the observation of Nature alone ;
so I first saw their dependence upon each other, their general
application, and their necessary derivation, from the practice of
studying the method in which animal structures vary. How far
shadowy and unconnected notions on the above subjects may
affect the claims of the Horce Entomologica to public attention I
shall not pretend to determine ; but it is my duty, on the other
hand, to say, that I was surprised on looking lately among the
notes and explanations of the plates (page 181), at the end of a
work published at Moscow in 1808 by Professor Fischer, and
entitled ^^TahulcB Si/noptica Zoognosia. in usum Audit orum edit a,"
to find the following remarks : " L'auteur trouve dans la Nature
organis6e une opposition remarkable qui pourroit ^tre exprimee
par deux cercles en mouvement, qui se touchent ou qui se croisent
en deux endroits.

Pmntes Polyped Anima^ux

Les

magis patescunt." — Tah. Aff. Anirn. p. 37. Such are the words of a naturalist con-
summately versed in the observation of facts, as well as in the speculations of philo-
sophy ; but whose learned work is a singular example of the consequences of mistaking
relations of analogy for those of affinity, inasmuch as it presents us at the same time
with an inexhaustible mine of information, and an almost inextricable mass of con-
fusion. I ought in this place further to mention, that Hermann (p. 8.) cites the fol-
lowing words from Eusebius Nieremberg, Nat. Hist, lib.iii. c. 3. — " Scilicet per con-
textum Natura assurgit paulatim et sine saltu velut continue procedit tram^. Nullus

hiatus

of certain Birds of Cuba. . . 11

Les deux points des cercles* qui se touchent, designent deux
termes extremes, deux circonstances inexplicables pour le natu-
raliste. 1 . La moisissure produite par la corruption des ma-
ti^res animales ; 2. L'origine des animaux infusoires par celle
des matiferes vegetales. Les bornes de cet ouvrage ne permet-
tent pas un developpement plus ample de cette idee qui presente
une verite k poursuivre." Again, in page 184 is the following
passage : — " II ne faut pas croire que la serie des Mammif^res
soit a considerer dans une direction droite comme une suite.
J'ai fait voir a mes elfeves qu'elle forme une galerie ou I'obser-
vateur se trouve au milieu, ayant les espfeces d'animaux de ces
cotes. C'est-^-dire, Tauteur s'imagine que chaque serie de la
premiere division dont les doigts ou pieds ne sont reunis par
une membrane, trouvera des analogues parmi les animaux de
la seconde division, dont les doigts ou pieds sont reunis par
une membrane. Une representation des genres de Mammi-
fferes en cercles entourant le centre ou est plac6 Thomme, et se
touchant mutuellement, suivant que les proprietes de difFerens

hiatus est, nulla fractio, nulla dispersio formarum, invicem connexae sunt velut annulus
annulo." Another quotation from Hermann, which, although it relates only to a
particular case of the circle, I cannot refrain from giving, as it corroborates the
view I take of Reptiles in the Horc£ Entomologies, p. 263, is as follows : — " Demum
per Serpentes in circulum quasi per amphibiorum ordinem rediens affinitas deduci
iterum ad primum genus potest, Testudinem. Testudo serpentina L. cui caput ser-
pentis, Cauda etiam longa quasi serpens inter testudines testas traductus esset. Caudae
apex ungue incurvo armatus quern Testudo scorpioides ostendit in serpente aliquo
redit." p. 270.

* It is rather curious to compare this figure with those which I have given, Ho7ce
Entomologiciz, p. 212. and Linn. Tram. vol. xiv. p. 65. This, indeed, I believe to be
the first instance of a diagram being employed to express the relations existing between
natural objects ; for Hermann's Table, as given at the end of his work, is any thing
but a diagram : it is more confused than the Mappa Geographica of Linnaeus, or the
nets more lately devised, — both of which have expressed analogies as if they had been
aflSnities.
. : . c 2 animaux

12 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

animaux se ressemblent seront peiit-6tre la plus conforme a la
Nature*."

On the appearance of Mr. Vigors^s View of Ornithology, I
naturally became anxious to know whether the affinities there
stated held good ; and on my arrival in Cuba resolved to exa-
mine anatomically those forms which, from being extra- Euro-
pean, had been little studied. — My observations on the subject I
propose to lay before the Society from time to time, as I may
have it in my power to make them ; and for the present, I shall
preface the description and anatomy of two birds having rather
peculiar forms with a few remarks on the affinities of Vertebrata,
and the comparative anatomy of Birds in general.

Mr. Vigors in his paper has very fully discussed the external
structure of this charming class of animals ; and by following
carefully the variation of their external structure, he has arrived
at an arrangement which will be valid to demonstration as the
natural one, if by watching the variation of the internal struc-
ture we can obtain the same result : for be it always borne in
mind, that a natural arrangement will stand any test. It is not
that by tracing the variation of one organ we are led to a natu-
ral system, and by tracing that of another we are led to an arti-
ficial one ; since in fact every organ, although not equally con-
venient, when viewed with reference to the changes it may
undergo, leads to the same result, and the variation of all organs
is expressed by the natural systemt. If it be well said by

* In these few sentences we find the first dawn of so many truths ; and as they do
not profess to give us more than the dawn, it is unnecessary in this place to state the
points in which I differ from Professor Fischer. I owe it to him, however, both as a
naturahst and a friend, that I should make the above quotations from a work, which I
only became acquainted with last year, when I purchased it at the sale of the library
of a lamented member of this Society, Mr. Thomas Smith, — a library well known to
naturalists as rich in almost every department of their science.

+ See Hora Ejitom. p. 454.

M. Cuvier,

of certain Birds of Cuba. 13

M. Cuvier, that the natural history of an animal is the know-
ledge of every thing that regards that animal, — then Natural
History, as a science, is only studied in effect when we are
engaged in the pursuit of the natural system. It is not, there-
fore, so much the difference between organs, that we ought to la;y
stress upon, as the mode in which they vary ; from which truth
arises another, namely, that in those groups where the variation
of an organ is at its maximum, — or, in other words, where the
differences between the various states of an organ are the most,
— there such an organ is of less consequence as a principle of
division characterizing large groups ; for it is the mode of vari-
ation that we ought to attend to. Thus in the Natatores, the
number of cervical vertebrae is at its maximum of variation ;
in the Grallatores, the form of the beak is at its maximum of
variation ; in the Rasores, the number of lumbar vertebrae ; in
the Insessores, the economy and nature of food ; — and so on.
The primary divisions, therefore, of these several large groups of
birds, will not depend upon the above respective circumstances,
although by tracing the variation of them we are enabled to
apply corrections to the place that may have been assigned
each species from other considerations, as close to its next of
kin in natural affinity.

Generally speaking. Mammalia have more vertebrae in their
spine than Birds : but this is scarcely to be imagined a mark of
their superior perfection ; for man, undoubtedly the chief of
Mammalia, has one of the lowest numbers of vertebrae that the
class presents. The variation of the number of vertebrae in
Mammalia is not at all conducted on the same principles as that
in birds : in the latter class this number varies in every possible
way, yet on the whole is tolerably regular in its variation. In
Mammalia the number in some respects, such as that of the ver-
tebrae of the cervix, is almost constant ; and yet with respect

14 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

to the whole spine, the irregularity of the number of vertebrae is
so great, that even neighbouring species, — such as the dog and
wolf, the camel and dromedary, the horse and quagga, — differ
widely in number. Nay more, the same species sometimes
presents a variety of number in the vertebral joints. The dif-
ference, moreover, between the maximum numbers of vertebrae
in Mammalia and birds, as hitherto observed, is 17 in favour of
Mammalia ; while the difference between their respective mini-
mum numbers, as hitherto observed, is 9, — Mammalia having
also the least. Hence, according to what has been said, the
differences of the number of vertebrae in Mammalia is of much
less consequence, as connected with natural arrangement, than
those in birds.

Now let us watch the general variation of the number of
spinal vertebrae in birds ; for which purpose I must construct
my tables upon the data afforded by those which are given by
M. Cuvier in his Lepons d' Anatomie Comparie, although I am
far from conceiving them to be correct.

Number

Maximum num-

Minimum num-

Extent

Orders.

of species

ber of vertebrae in

Observations.

examined.

the spine.

variation.

1. Raptores . .

Pandion.

Bullo.

"The common Sparrow is not
here taken into account, be-

2. Insessores .

• cause Cuvier does not give

Pica.

Loxia.

the number of coccygian
_ vertebrae.

3. Basores . .

55
Struthio.

37
Meleagris.

THaemantopus is excluded.

4. Grallatores

J because Cuvier does not
give the number of verte-

Scolopax.

Numenius.

_ br« in the coccyx.

fThe Petrel is not included.

5. Natatores .

56
Cygnus.

St)
Lams.

1 because Cuvier does not
give the number of sacral
_ vertebrae.

Hence,

of certain Birds of Cuba. 15

Hence, so far as we are authorized by these data, we learn,
that the variation in the number of vertebrae is least in the
Raptores and greatest in the Rasores : yet, singular as it may
appear, there is evidently some species of relation existing
between these two orders ; which relation made Brisson, in his
General Arrangement, and Hermann in his Tabula Affinitatum,
place them next each other in affinity. The Phasianida and
Vulturida have been observed to agree in various respects by
BufFon, Humboldt, and other naturalists * ; and whether we
regard the general agreement of the respective orders to which
they belong, in the naked cheeks, cera, or form of beak, or of
some species in the number of vertebrae, there can be little
doubt of the reality of some connexion between them.

Again, on looking at the above table, we find that the num-
ber of vertebras is greatest in the Ostrich and Swan, of all birds ;
in the former the number of articulations being 55, in the

* See Humb. Obs. Zool. on Vultur gryphus, PI. VIII. — It is a story current in the
Island of Cuba, that when the Havana was taken by Lord Albemarle in 1762, the
English soldiers seeing the Galliiiaza Aura Vieill. feeding, as it is often accustomed to
do, among the domestic fowls in a farm-yard, took them for Black Turkeys ; and were
only undeceived by the disgustingly putrid odour which these voracious birds emit on
being handled. The name under which the bird is known to all our English colonists,
namely Turkey-Buzzard, and M. Vieillot's generic name Gallinaza, adopted from the
Spanish as mentioned by Acosta, have both reference to the relation which this Vulture
undoubtedly bears to the Rasores. See also L'Histoire du Nouveau Monde, 1640,
p. 145. Hermann says, p. l67 : — " Gallinarum cum Accipitribus afBnitateni aliquam
illud indicare poterit, quod animalis cibi cupidinem qui in cohortatibus nostris Gallinis
conspicitur, domesticse forte vitje debitum urgeat BufFonius, aut quod incurvum accipi-
trino subsimile rostrum et magna statura Tetraonis Urogalli, vel Meleagridis Gallo-
pavonis forma colorque et denudatum caput quibus comparare illi Vulturem Auram
itineratores solent rapacium avium ideam aliquam revocare possit." Aristotle, who
seems also to be aware of this relation between the two orders, distinguishes the Ra-
sores as woXuyova, and the Raptores as oXiyoyova. Pliny says, " Alterum Tetraonum
genus Vulturum magnitudinem excedit, quorum et colorem reddit:" alluding, pro-
bably, to the Capercailzie.

latter

16 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

latter 56. Now there is also some relation indubitably existing
between these two birds, which may serve to account in some
degree for that general connexion which almost every observer
must have remarked between the Anatida and Gallinaceous
birds*. On comparing the Ostrich and the Swan, we notice,
that different as they are in their economy, in the structure of
their feet, and even general form, they nevertheless present an ap-
proximation in the length of neck, form of beak, vegetable food,
enormous crop, muscular gizzard, long caecums, and, finally, in
the structure of the male organs of generation t, so different
from those of all other families of birds. These two similar
relations existing between the Raptores and Rasores on the
one hand, and between the Natatores and Rasores on the other,
may appear extraordinary : but it would be inconsistent with
what I believe to be the general plan of Nature, did they not
obviously occur to us; for the opposite points of a circle of
affinity always exhibit such alliances, as I first observed in the
approximation of the genus Hybosorus to jEgialia, and of Eu-
chlora to Areoda %.

Let us now form another table of the cervical vertebrae, from
the same data that enabled us to produce the last ; previously to
which, however, I may remark, that it is a curious characteristic
of the Mammalia, that, with the exception of one species, (where
it is 9,) the number of cervical vertebrae throughout the class

• " Facies nuda papillosa Anatis moschata quae pras aliis mansuescit et chortalis
fit videtur Anatis genus ad Gallinas diducere posse." — Herman. Tab. Aff. p. IfiO. A
number of concordances in organization between tliem may be found detailed in the
Lefons d^Anat. Comp.

t B^gne Animal, vol. i. p. 299-

% See also Hora Entom. p. 319 and p. 403, where this relation is more developed.
It is the Affinity of Transultation of M . Agardh (see Linn. Trans, vol. xiv. p. 50.),
which Mr. Vigors has so well applied to account for the relation existing between the
Fissirostral and Scansorial tribes of Insessores. (See Linn. Tram. vol. xiv. p. 432).

of certain Birds of Cuba.

is constantly 7. In birds on the other hand, of all the ver-
tebrae, the cervical vary the most in number ; and indeed, on
the length and flexibility of the neck, which in this class are
generally produced by an increase in the number of joints, de-
pends much of the economy of the species.

Number

Maitimum num-

Minimum num-

Extent

Orders.

of species

ber of cervical

Observations.

examined.

vertebrsB.

vertebra;.

variation.

1. Raptores . .

14
Fandion.

11
Buteo.

2. Insessores .

Corvus.

Fringilla.

\ I have added one Rasorial
bird, Columba passerina, to

3. Rasores . .

the number examined by Cu-

Struthio.

Col. passerinaf.

vier, because I find that it
presents the minimum num-

4. Grallatores

ber of cervical vertebrae yet
observed in the order of Ra^

Grus.

Hamantopus.

sores.

5. Natatores .

Cygnus.

12
Larus.

Here then, we first observe that the two Normal groups have
the least number of cervical vertebrae, and the three Aberrant
the greatest. In the next place, we see that the variation in
the number of cervical vertebrae is least in the Raptores, and
greatest in the Natatores. Unfortunately, however, the num-
bers in two very remarkable genera, Gypogeranus and Tachy-
petes*, are not known. The

* Although this bird has only been of late years well known, the important affinity
existing between the Raptores and Natatores was known to Hermann, who says,
p. 145 : — " Cataractes genus h. cl. Brunnichio conditum prsecipufe cer& rostri basin
tegente differt assimilis hac in re Falconibus. Poterit adeo qui velit cum istis avibus
conjungere, et e Falconibus prsecipu^ cum F. leucocephalo, qui simili fer^ mode con-
generis Haliati parasitus est : de qua re vid. Catesby, et Cataractem Skuam baud
secus ac Falcones rapacem esse terrestremque rapinam exercere et anates gallinas
im6 agnos prsedari Sibbaldus, Willughbeius, Brunnichius fidem faciunt." And again,
> VOL. XVr. D P- 154,

18 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

The following table relates to the variation in number of the
dorsal vertebrae, or those to which the ribs are attached.

Orders.

Number
of species
examined.

Maximum num-
ber of dorsal
vertebrae.

Minimum num-
ber of dorsal
vertebrae.

Extent

variation.

Observations.

1. Raptores . .

8
Pandion.

Vultur.

2, Insessores .

9
Fringilla.

3. Rasores . .

Casuarius.

7
Meleagris.

4. Grahatores

5. Natatores .

14
13

9
Grus.

Cygnm.

7
Ciconia.

7
Pelecanus.

2
4

C According to Mr. Burton
J in the Linnean Transac-
1 tions, TackyjKtes AquUus
[_ has seven ribs.

Here the variation is least in the Raptores, and greatest in the
Rasores and Natatores ; where again, by the bye, it is worth
noticing, that the Swan and Cassowary agree in possessing the
maximum number of ribs which the whole class of birds pre-
sents.

We now come to a table of the variation in number of the
sacral vertebrae, founded on the same data ; which table, how-
ever, is less perhaps to be depended upon than the others, in

p. 154, in speaking of the genera Diomedea and Phaeton, he observes, that they appear
" non inter se modo cognati ob longissimas alas, altissimum volatum et vivendi ra-
tionem, sed et Pelecano Aquilo conjuncti eandem ob causam, unde in eadem tabulae
linei juxta-positi et cum Falcone Halitzto simili modo in pisces quibus victitat ex alto
irruente conjuncti." I was much pleased, when oflFthe coast of Martinique, to behold
the Tachypetes floating over the Diamond Rock just hke an eagle. The sailors assured
me, that he often seizes his prey with his talons ; and on referring to the Histoire
I^aturelle et Morale des lies Antilles de VAmerique, published in l658, where there is
a very detailed account of the Fregates, I find the following passage : — " lis se placent
si bien du coste ou les poissons volans doivent faire leur saiUi6 que dez qu'ils sortent
de I'eau ils les resolvent en leur bee oU en leurs serres." p. 148.

consequence

of certain Birds of Cuba.

consequence of these vertebrae being in birds always soldered
together, and therefore very difficult to count.

Orders.

Number
of genera
examined.

Maximum num-
ber of sacral
,vertebr£e.

Minimum num-
ber of sacral
vertebrae.

Extent

variation.

Observations.

1 . Raptores . .

12
Bubo.

10
Buteo.

2. Insessores .

13
Corvus.

8
Alcedo.

3. Rasores . .

20
Struthio.

10
Meleagris.

4. Grallatores

5. Natatores .

15
Hsemantopus.

15
Anas.

7
Fulica.

10
Sterna.

rXhe Petrel is not taken into
consideration, as Cuvier
does not mention the num-

l_ ber of its sacral vertebrae.

Here we see that the two Normal groups have the least number
of sacral vertebrae, and the three Aberrant the greatest. We see
also that the number varies the least in the Raptores, and most
in the Rasores.

The fifth and last table that I shall offer relates to the ver-
tebrae of the coccy'x.

Orders.

Number
of genera
examined.

Maximum num-
ber of coccygian
vertebrae.

Minimum num-
ber of coccygian
vertebrae.

Extent

variation.

Observations.

1. Raptores . .

8
Aquila.

7
Pandion.

2. Insessores .

9
Hinmdo.

6
Loxia.

3. Rasores . .

9
Struthio.

5
Meleagris,

4. Grallatores

5. Natatores .

13
13

8
Ciconia.

7
Grus.

7
Anser.

'Hamantopus is not taken
into consideration, because
Cuvier does not give its
number of coccygian ver-
tebrae.

D 2

20, Mr.W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

On reviewing the above five tables, we find that the amount
of variation in each order respectively may be expressed by the
following numbers :

T,^ , f Raptores 11

Jsormai . . . .< ^

^ Insessores 24

fjlasores 42

Aberrant . . .•( Grallatores .... 25

LNatatores 59

Hence we learn, that the whole number of vertebral joints
varies most in the three Aberrant groups, and least in the two
Normal ; that it varies much less in the Raptores than in all the
other orders ; that it varies the most in the Rasores ; and that the
degree of variation is nearly alike in the Rasores and Natatores, '
and in the Insessores and Grallatores. We also perceive from the
first of the five tables, that the least number of vertebrse occurs
among the Insessores, and the greatest among the Natatores;
the difference between the maximum in Cygnus and the mini-
mum in Loxia being no less than 23 vertebrae.

Among the Mammalia the minimum number hitherto observed
is in the genus Pteropus, and the maximum among the Cetacea;
both thus showing a parallelism of analogy with birds. The
minimum number is 24, the maximum 73, the difference 49.

I have entered into this subject at some length, "not merely
because it affords us a curious test of the accuracy of Mr. A'^i-
gors's general arrangement of the orders, but also in the idea
that it might help to solve a problem of great difficulty ; namely,
which two of the five orders of Birds lead us to the contiguous
classes of Mammalia and Reptilia ? The argument may be thus
stated : — The vertebral axis is the great characteristic of the
sub-kingdom Vertebrata, to which all these three classes belong.
Jn Birds, as a class, moreover, we find the number of vertebrae

X . of certain JMrds of Cuba. ... 21

to vary much less than in Mammalia; and consequently, to
merit in them more attention as a ground of division. Finally
therefore, we may conclude, that in that order of Birds where
this great principle of structure varies the most, there Nature
is — if I may use the expression — looking out for the structure of
some other class.

This mode of reasoning is, I am fully aware, not without its
defect ; but if it can be admitted to possess any value, it follows,
that we must look among the Rasores and Natatores for the
outlets from the class. And as there cannot be the least doubt
of the Natatores* approaching to the Chelonian reptiles, we
must consequently look among the Rasores for the approach to
Mammalia.

Now this agrees with theory, inasmuch as it is from the two
extremes of the three Aberrant groups that we should expect to
pass into the contiguous classes.

But this question is of such extreme importance to zoology,
that it ought not to be dismissed slightly. I trust, therefore,
that I shall scarcely be deemed to trespass upon the time of the
Society, if I here attempt to investigate three subjects, which
have exercised the ingenuity of naturalists from the earliest
periods of their science, and which are as follows :

1. The true analogies existing between the orders of Birds
and those of Mammalia.

2. The connection of the various orders of Mammalia in their
own series of affinity t.

3. The point of nearest approach made by Mammalia to

Birds,
* Bonnet op this account divided the order into Aves Aquatics and Aves Amphibia.
See on this subject Horn Entomologicce, p. 0.63, et seq.

t I ought here to acknowledge, that the subject of the natural division of the Mam-
malia has been taken up by a writer in the Annals of Philosophy for November 1826.
This gentleman not only shows much acquaintance with the class in detail, but has
ingeniously developed a number of natural approximations. Unfortunately, however,

first

22 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

Birds, and the point of nearest approach made by Birds to
Mammalia.

In the discussion of these subjects I must not be expected to
produce any original facts. This, indeed, would not answer my
purpose ; since, in all similar questions, the instrument which is
at once safest for the wielder, and most forcible against those for
whom it is intended, is the argumentum ad verecundiam.

First, as to the orders of Mamynalia : — there is one to which we
must all look with peculiar interest, as being that of which Man
forms the type. Great as is the gulf between Man and the
Ourang Outang, between the Bimana and Quadrumana of Cu-
vier, it is impossible not to see, with Linnaeus, that they possess
many characters in common*, and consequently impossible not
to agree with him, that they form one group, which may be
distinguished from all others by the general structure of their

first by not carefully investigating the value of the analogies on record, and then by
trusting to the theory of parallelism in preference to the less fallible guide of affinity, he
has produced a series, which, in the conclusion, he himself discovers not to be valid.
Whether the affinities of his minor groups be of superior value he does not enable us
to judge, as no reasons whatever are given for them. This mode of proceeding is
the more to be regretted, from his evidently being conversant with the various forms
of Mammalia, and from his having pointed out the orders in a very lucid manner;
from which I have not failed to derive advantage. This much, I fear, cannot be said
of the contents or affinities of these orders ; and therefore, as he has done me the honour
of referring to my views of the subject (and his paper, indeed, purports to be a quinary
distribution of the class), I may, perhaps, be allowed to express a hope that the ques-
tion may be followed up. One thing is sure, that nothing can be easier than to make
five groups, provided we do not conceive it necessary to prove them to be natural.
Having, therefore, stated his propositions, he will be expected to prove them either by
original observations of his own, or the recorded ones of others. At present his paper
proves nothing, ascertains nothing ; but leaves every affinity to be pointed out. I need
scarcely say, that without some such proofs in detail of the connection between the
component parts of the group, and thus of its unity, his propositions must remain
dubious, and all new names without authority.
* Amotn. Acad. vol. v. p. 67 el seq.

skull.

of certain Birds of Cuba. 23

skull, teeth, fingers, nails, organs of generation, and pectoral
mammae. It is the only order of Mammalia that has not been
pointed out and named by Aristotle* ; but as he has subdivided
it, and shown the affinities of the principal groups composing it,
it is easy to imagine, that if he could have sacrificed the natural
pride of philosophy so much as to class himself with any inferior
species of animal, he would have named this group also. Ray
may be said to have perceived it, from calling the group ^Xa-
rvmv)(jx,, which evidently includes Man ; but by ^ome mistake, he
has forgotten to make any mention of Man in his system. This
order was aptly termed by Linnaeus Primates ; and the natural
construction of it was the most original as well as important fact
that he ever demonstrated in the natural history of Mammalia.
Another natural group which all zoologists have perceived,

* Notwithstanding the number of ancient and modern writers who have employed
themselves in commenting on the Hutoria Animalium of Aristotle, I am not aware
that any tabular view has ever been given of this naturalist's arrangement of Mam-
malia and Birds, unless that given by ^han, lib. xi. c.37. ed. Schneid. be so considered.
This is owing to Aristotle's commentators, with the exception of Ray, Scaliger, and
Schneider, being all ignorant of the science. As for ^lian, he was not merely igno-
rant of natural history, but, moreover, without capacity to understand it, as appears
from the manner in which he filled the common-place book, which has come down to
us. Aristotle's work is, on the other hand, invaluable. The astonishing talent he
possessed for observation and generalization, not merely appears by comparing him
with his followers among the ancients, but also when he is compared with the most
profound of modern zoologists. The following tabular view of his arrangement, where
his own nomenclature is given, will best show the truth of this opinion. How far he
has been improved upon either in arrangement or nomenclature, may thus be easily
understood. The Table ought in particular to be compared with that given, p. 60 of
the Synopsis of our great countryman Ray, who perhaps was the most original zoolo-
gist, after Aristotle, that ever existed. In mentioning this subject, I do not refer to
Pliny, because the few passages of his entertaining work that relate to arrangement
are borrowed from Aristotle; and not having been understood in the original, are
miserably deteriorated in the translation. Natural History is, perhaps, the last of all
sciences that a mere compiler ought to meddle with.

Si/stema

»: s 2 y= -2 =

IS
53

••a

S
■**

•I

:i?

■ o

=2 c8

• y

2 a

' tK

• c

.a;

8<J

Mr. W. S. Macleay on certain Birds of Cuba. 25

is the Kd^ya^olovra. of Aristotle, the Carnivora of Ray, and Fera
of Linnaeus. Their claws, their abdominal mammae, and their
organs of generation, separate the Fer^ from the former
order.

Another natural group is distinguished from the preceding
under the title of ra, f^n Ku^y^u^ohyTcc by Aristotle ; who did not,
however, seize its true character*. This remained in obscurity
until Ray described certain animals as " Quadrupeda vivipara
pede multifido herbivora binis praelongis dentibus anterioribus
in utrdque maxilla seu Leporinum genust." Linnaeus saw the
truth of the order as thus characterized, from all others ; but
changed the name to Glires, which has given way among the
disciples of llliger to the clumsy appellation of Prensiculantia,
and among those of Cuvier, to the very applicable one of Ron-
geurs or Rodentia. A Member of the Linnean Society may,
however, be permitted to retain the name of Glires.

Another most natural group was pretty well understood and
characterized by Aristotle under the name of ra.f^sv ov» afjupohna,
all other viviparous quadrupeds being uf^odovra, — that is, fur-
nished with cutting-teeth or incisors in both the upper and
under jaw.]:. He also described them as not furnished with
claws but with hoofs, which occasioned Ray, who understood
the value of the group, to call it Ungulata, all other quadrupeds
being Unguiculata. Somehow or other, Linnaeus unfortunately
lost sight of this group, and contented himself instead with

* It is not clear whether Aristotle placed this group among the aftfoSovra or not.
My only reason for thinking he did so is, that he places them in opposition to the
Kotgx'^gohvTU. If, however, the word «/x<poSovT« means circumdentata, — a signification
that it will bear, — then it is clear that he could not have meant the Glires to be
included in this group.

\ Rail Syn. p. 204.

\ Afji^olaiv, utrinque dentatus.

VOL. XVI. £ some

26 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

some of Aristotle's subdivisions of it, which are all excellent.
The group of Ungulata has not, however, escaped the eye of
M. Cuvier. '■ i mii v\iv\„<[

The last order we have to mention is the xfiru^n of Aristotle,
Cetaceum genus of Ray, Cete of Linnaeus, and Natantia of Illi-
geti "It is in truth a group which cannot fail to strike the most
ordinary observer, from the limbs taking the form of fins, and
the whole animal the form as well as habits of a fish.

Every Mammiferous animal may be reduced to these five
orders ; that is, may be assimilated, in a greater or less degree,
to on6 or other of the following typical forms ; viz. Man, the
Lion, the Horse, the Whale, and the Mouse.

I shall show hereafter how these five orders form a continued
series returning into itself, so as to be a natural group. In
the mean time, I must recall to the attention of the reader the
orders of Birds as defined and arranged by Mr. Vigors*; and
to which definitions and arrangement I have just applied so
severe a test, only to corroborate their accuracy and to make
them display additional harmonJ^

"When we have heard the Parrot or Mainate speaking ; when
we have witnessed the former feeding itself as it were with a
hand ; when, in short, we have reflected on the remarkable
intelligence and development of brain throughout the whole
order of Lisessores, to which both birds belong, — there has been
no one, perhaps, dull enough not to compare them to Primates.
jXjlianT says : " Ta f/,sv aXXa, ruv oohicm o^vim eva'TOfjt^et, xat rr) yT^corrri
<p6tyyiTui, liKriv avS^oimv ." I allow, indeed, that it is difficult to
follow the opinion of the great naturalist of France, who, igno-

* Linn. Trans, vol. xiv. p. 406, et seq.

+ Ed. Schneid. lib. J. c. xx. With respect to the particular case of Parrots, I
cannot do better than refer to the ample collection of classical quotations given on this
subject in the Zoological Journal, vol. ii. p. 40, &c.

" •' ■ rant

'■uvi.Uu.Vv . .of certai?! Birds of Cuba J.1'. , .V. /i\''. 27

rant of the true nature of relations of analogy, imagined that
the Psittaceous tribe of Birds ought to occupy the first step in
the scale of nature below Man : but we cannot help adopting
the notion of Linnaeus in the Systema Nafura, — that although
not near him in construction, they are yet analogous to him in
various important respects. And, adopting this notion, we must
place the whole order of Insessores, to which Psittacus belongs,
opposite to the Primates, of which Man forms the type. \Vu:'j: .

The analogies existing between Birds of Prey and Carnivo-
rous Quadrupeds having been noticed by Aristotle, who called
both groups yaf^-'pcovv^ot,, were enlarged upon by Plutarch*.
Among a host of moderns who have been struck with the
resemblance, I may particularly mention Linnaeus, who in his
Systema Natures has expressly called his Accipitres ^^Feris ana-
hgi ;" and BufFont, who has treated the subject at length and
with his usual eloquence. I conceive, therefore, that no one
can object to the propriety of my placing the Ferce opposite to
the Raptores. i: y/.'iZf :£"?> :e:: ::q;:'.i.:^ iu ,.

The analogy between Aquatic Birds and Aquatic Mammalia
scarcely requires the mention of the authority of Linnaeus to
make it be granted. It is indeed so evident, that Hermann,
according to his custom, takes it for a relation of affinity :|..
In both orders the anterior appendages of the vertebral axis
dwindling into fins, and the two undivided posterior appen-
dages being placed so far behind on the axis as to show that
both were intended for motion in the water rather than on
land, are circumstances of themselves sufficient to authorize
the placing of the Cetacea opposite to the Natatores.

Two orders still remain in each class to be considered : the
Glires and Ungidata among the Mammalia; and among Birds,

* On this subject, see Zool. Journ. vol. i.

t Vol. i. p. 37. % Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 153.

E 2 the

28 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

the Rasores and Grallatores. The relations of analogy pointed
out by Linnaeus between Mammalia and Birds are, as Hermann
has observed, not always correct; and his errors have arisen
from the misfortune of his not detecting the natural group of
Aristotle and Ray, which the latter has called Ungulata. Having
only been able to seize Aristotle's subdivisions of rot, fjnv ovx,
afju(pohvTtt,, he lost the parallelism of analogy, and fell, as I shall
hereafter show, into very glaring mistakes. In the Systema
Natures, however, he has mentioned that very striking analogy
which appears between his groups of Grallee and Brut a ; that is,
according to the parallelism of analogy, between the orders of
Grallatores and Ungulata, since the Bruta, as we have seen, do
not form an order, but only a natural subdivision of the Ungu-
lata. That this analogy is demonstrably true, I deduce from the
following facts. Of their respective classes, the orders of Ungu-
lata and Grallatores contain examples of the longest legs in pro-r
portion to the body, — witness Camelopardalis and Hamantopus.
Both orders present us, in groups not exactly aquatic, with in-
stances of the toes being soldered together, as the Horse; or
connected together by a Web, as the Flamingo. Both orders
present us with the greatest elongation of muzzle or facies, —
witness Myrmecophaga, or Antilope* and Scolopax; and also
with the most depressed form of muzzle, — witness Hippopotamus
and Platalea, which genera also afford us the truest specimens
of Wading Vertehrata. In both orders we have the most elon-
gated claws, — witness Megalonyx and Parra. Both orders afford
us the swiftest animals in running, — as the Horse and Tachydro-
mus ; and the most pugnacious on account of love, — as the Bull
and Machetes. The Bull moreover and the Butor (or Bos-
taurus, for hence comes the bird's name), afford us the loudest
and hoarsest voice of their respective orders : where we have

* Particularly A. bubalus L.

also

of certain l3irds of Cuba. 29

also the most remarkable instances of the upper and under man-
dibles touching each other merely at their base and point ; as
Myrmecophaga, or the whole of the ra. f^sv 6v» af/,(poiovTa of Ari-
stotle, and Anastomus* lUig. Both orders exhibit ornamental
appendages to the head, — as the antlers of the Stag and the crown
of the Crane ; and both afford us the only instances of true horns,
— as Bos or Rhinoceros, and Palamedea L. To see a hundred
such instances of resemblance it is only necessary to walk into a
museum. I shall therefore only further say, that both orders
contain polygamous animals, are generally gregarious, and more
graminivorous than granivorous, being essentially inhabitants
of marshes and savannahs. Thus then, with Linnaeus, I place
the Bruta, or rather the whole order of Ungulata to which they
belong, opposite to the Grallatores.

Four orders in each class being now disposed of, it follows by
parallelism of analogy, that the Glires ought to be placed oppo-
site to the Rasores. But setting theory wholly aside, — is this
position true in fact+ ?

Linnaeus, from the above-mentioned error in his series of
affinity, considered the Rasores to be analogous to his group of
Pecora. But this group, according to Aristotle and Ray, is
only a subdivision of Ungulata, which have, I consider, been
now proved to be analogous to the Grallatores. If, therefore,
Linnaeus be right in making his Bruta analogous to the order of
Wading Birds, it follows that his Pecora must be so also.

* The genus Aramus, which I have killed in this island, also presents the peculiarity
of the mandibles not meeting towards the middle of the beak.

+ The ancient name of Struthio Camelus, as well as the form and habits of the
Ostrich, show indeed a relation of analogy to the Camel ; but then wc are to recollect,
in the first place, that the Ostrich is at the osculant point or confines of the orders of
Grallcz and Rasores ; and secondly, that such slight variations of the parallelism of
analogy often appear, although, as has been said, Hora Entom. p. 403, I think it pos-
sible that even these are subject to rule.

The

so Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

The analogy of the Rasores to the Ruiliinating Animals was
first, I believe, mentioned by Linnaeus in the Systema Naturce.
It has since his days been copied and copied, until now it
almost becomes a sort of heresy to inquire into its accuracy.
I am not, however, aware that any reason for this analogy has
ever been assigned, beyond the fact, — that one order affords the
principal part of those. birds which are domesticated by man for
purposes of food ; and the other, the principal part of quadru-
peds which are destined to the same purpose. Now, granting
even this domestication not to be the work of art, but to be an
analogy really existing in nature, 1 would observe, — setting the
whole family of AnatidcE aside, — that the Glires afford us many
eatible or domesticated animals, such as the Capromys and
Rabbit ; and the Grallatores afford us similar instances in the
Snipe and Psophia. If some Rasores be said, like the Pecora,
to have ornamental appendages to the head, so it must be re-
membered has the Crowned Crane ; whereas no rasorial bird
is truly horned, like the Palamedea. But it may be worth while
to take into consideration successively the grand characteristics
of the Rasores, as given by ornithologists to distinguish them
from all other birds. ^cj

The Raso7-es are, properly speaking, frugivorous birds ; by
which I do not mean eating fruits only, but all manner of seeds
or grain. Now this character of being frugivorous applies much
more to the Glires than the Ungnlata, which are truly herbivorous,
and only feed on grain in an artificial or domesticated state. To
begin, then, with the rasorial or scratching powers of gallina-
ceous fowls ; these are certainly the most burrowing of frugivo-
rous birds : now the most burrowing of frugivorous quadrupeds
are certainly not the Ungulata, but the Glires. These birds are
characterized by the shortness of their wings and the weakness
of their pectoral muscles. Now if we inquire whether it is among

the

of certain Birds of Cuba. 31

the Glires or Ungulata that we find the corresponding appen-
dages of the vertebral axis, — that is, the fore-feet most shortened,
— the answer will be, certainly not among the Ungulata ; where,
on the contrary, the Giraffe has them extraordinarily lengthened :
but among the Glires we have the Jerboa, in this respect almost
a bird. In general, moreover, this latter order is distinguished,
like the Rasores, by the strength of those muscles of the two
posterior appendages of the vertebral axis or hind-feet, that con-
tribute to locomotion. Gregarious habits distinguish the most
of the Rasores ; so they do in a still more extraordinary manner
the Glires. Many are insectivorous in both orders, and some
omnivorous. The muzzle or facies of Glires is short and round,
very like that of Ferce, there being a direct relation between the
two orders. The facies of Rasores is also short and round, very
like that of Raptores (the order analogous to that of Fera) ; and
there is also a direct relation between these two orders. Many
Rasores perch and nestle on trees ; so do many of the Glires.
The Rasores generally feed on hard grain, which they pick up
with their hooked beak, and masticate in a triturating gizzard :
the Glires feed also on hard substances, which they gnaw with
their strong hooked incisors, and masticate with their grinders.
In both orders the thumb is very often rudimentary. In both
orders the tail varies from an extraordinary length, as in the
Squirrel and Pheasant, to being very short, as in the Hare and
Partridge. Mentioning these two last animals together, we are
reminded of a beautiful analogy, stated thus by Hermann, p. 167 .
"Tetrao Lagopus, ut et hie aliquam cum Mammalibus analo-
giam adducamus, triplici respectu Lepori analogus qu6d digitos
subtus lanatos habet, et qu6d Leporis variabilis more hyeme
colorem mutat, et qu(^d carnis sapore et colore leporinam refert."
No orders in their respective classes present the tail so spread
out and flattened as the Glires and Rasores, — witness the Beaver
i J and

SS Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

and Peacock. In both orders the sense of hearing is much
developed. In both orders we jfind animals, such as Squirrels
and Pigeons, with their toes perfectly free ; and others, as Hy-
dromys and Phasianu», which have them united at the base by a
membrane. Castor is an aquatic animal, having some relation
to Cetacea ; Struthio is a terrestrial animal, approaching to ZVa-
tatores. And so on relation comes so fast upon relation, that I
know not how we can for a moment hesitate to place the Glires
opposite to the Rasores.

I conceive it now to be demonstrated, that, so far as relates to
the analogies existing in nature between the orders of Mammalia
and Aves, we ought to place them thus :

Animals typically.

1. Term carnivorous 1. Raptores.

2. Primates omnivorous 2. Insessores.

3. Glires frugivorous 3. Rasores.

4. Ungulata frequenting the vicinity of water ... 4, Grallatores.

5. Cetacea aquatic 5. Natatores.

The above series of Mammiferous orders is only adapted 'ana-
logically to that of Birds, as given by Mr. Vigors*, and founded
by him on relations of affinity. I now, therefore, come to the
examination of the second subject ; namel)^ The Connection of
the above Orders of Mammalia in their own Series of Affinity.
And commencing with the Primates, as the universally acknow-
ledged point of departure, I find Hermann in 1783 writing of
Monkeys as follows : — " Ex alterd parte minutissimae istae Ame-
rican£e et delicatulae species quas Sagoinos vocant, unguibus acu-
tioribus et magis in arcura curvatis, mintriente voce et omnia ar-
rodendi instinctu, ips^ demilm corporis exilitate Glirium familiae
sunt conterminae. Si enim k S. argentata capite recedas, nonne

* Linn. Trans, vol. xiv. p. 406.

of certain Birds of Cuba. 33

et forma et cauda et ipse quoque pollex tuberculum nonnullo-
rum glirium pollicare referens, muris alicujus raajoris esse vide-
tur ? Ipsum gliribus nonnullis solenne superius labium fissum
redit in Simid Midd : sed omnium maximfe ultimam et gliribus
magis vicinam Simiam Jacchum putaverim, quae et ips^ caudae
prolixii hirsutie et scandendi more Sciuro propior est." p. 62.
Accordingly we learn that Sonnerat discovered an animal in
Madagascar, which was described by Gmelin as Sciurus Mada-
gascariensis ; which was by GeofFroy made the type of the genus
Cheiromys, or Handed Rat; and by Illiger in his Prodromus
placed next to the genus Galago, which is one of the Primates.
In the Regne Animal of M. Cuvier, p. 208, however, this Mon-
key-Squirrel goes back to its old place among the Rongeurs,
with a mere hint of its affinity to the Quadrumana ; which affi-
nity, however, is again reckoned so strong by M. de Blainville,
that in the third table of his Comparative Anatomy we discover
it occupying a place among the Primates, as the type of a group
to which he gives the name of Myspitheqites or Ape-Mice. Hence
I conclude it allowable to pass from the Primates to the Glires.

Again : on looking among the Glires of Linnaeus in the
Systema Natures, ed. 12, I find an animal called Cavia Ca-
pensis, which obtained this place and name from Pallas, and
retained them with Erxleben and Hermann, although the latter
says : " E dens& summ^ affinium animantium turbA^ eligemus
Caviam Capensem, anomalum illud animal, quod ob privam in-
cisorum dentium formam ac situm, inferiorumque quaterna-
rium numerura et totam interiorem structuram separatum ut
constituat genus Linnaeo et Schrebero promereri visum est,
ast alio multo respectu Caviis Americanis, praeeunte Pallasio,
conjungi dignum. Sed connexum praeterea voluimus cum Bra-
dy pode, cui nescio qui habitus formaque corporis contracta,
digiti connatir magnusque costarum numerus cognatam faci-

voL. XVI. F unt."

34 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

*unt." p. 83. Hermann finally gave it the generic name of Hy-
rax, which Illiger adopting, placed the animal itself in his Pro-
dromus, p. 95, as the link between the Cavies and the Bruta of
Linnaeus. In the Regne Animal, we discover this puzzling genus
forming together with the Rhinoceros one small group of the
Ungulata, with the observation that, " en les examinant bien
on trouve qu'^ la corne pr^s ce sont en quelque sorte de Rhino-
ceros en miniature." (vol. i. p. 240.) Hence it is allowable, I
conceive, to pass from the Glires to the Ungulata.

When Dampier and Ray assigned the name of Sea Cow to
the Manati of the West Indies, they probably gave the hint of
that anatomical affinity to Ungulata, which has been followed up
and proved by subsequent zoologists. Accordingly, Linnaeus
went so far as to place the Manati among his Bruta. And
M. de Blainville, trusting entirely to the principle of division,
and ignorant of the maxim of variation, has said* that, " le
Lamantin appartient au groupe qui contient les Elephans dont
il n'est qu'une modification propre a vivre dans I'eau." Now,
though it is difficult to look at a Manati or Dugong, and call it
an Elephant, it is impossible to deny that it is a modification of
the Pachyderm form ; and therefore we cannot refuse our assent
to the accuracy of M. Cuvier in making the Herbivorous Ce-
tacea follow the Ungulata in the arrangement of the Regne
Animal.

Arrived thus, then, among those enormous Mammalia, which
Nature points out to us as the direct medium of her transition
from the Quadruped form to that of Fish, we proceed in the
series of Mammalia to the genera Trichecus and Phoca. It is
true indeed, that M. Cuvier, from the artificial plan of the
Regne Anitnal, is obliged to deny this affinity, or at least to
make no mention of it in the work : but it has been noticed

* Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Art. Mammifhre, p. 141.

from

.. ^ . . . of certain Birds of Cuba. 35

from the earliest ages, and by the most profound as well as
ordinary observers. Among the ancient naturalists, Aristotle,
and among the moderns, Linnaeus, BufFon, Hermann, and Illi-
ger, may be especially mentioned as expressing this affinity :
and the following words of Hermann are too apposite not to be
quoted. — " Trichecorum ultimus utique esse videtur Manatus,
cui jam palmae in digitos non distinctae nee unguibus armatae,
nullique posteriores pedes sunt ; sed Rosmarus plantarum prae-
senti^ Phocis propior exsertis dentibus de reliquo cum Hip-
popotamo conjunctus." Tab. Aff. p. 127.

Our business is to represent faithfully affinities and analogies
as they occur, leaving it to time to smooth away difficulties.
Although this affinity, therefore, does not coincide with the
plan of the Regne Animal, — and we cannot refute the assertion
that there exists a direct relation between the Trichecus Manatus
and Trichecus Rosmarus of Linnaeus, — we must on the other
hand grant to M. Cuvier, that Trichecus Rosmarus comes most
nearly to Phoca. But does this admission interfere in the least
with our plan ? Quite the reverse. Our only object is to keep
close within the road of affinities ; and our advantage in thus
following the variation of structure is, that every natural relation,
mentioned even by such authors as Hermann, may thus be ex-
pressed ; and none need be denied merely because they do not
fall in with our systems of division.

We thus, therefore, arrive from the Cetacea among the Car-
nivorous Quadrupeds or Fera ; for since the time of Aristotle,
who placed the Seal among his Kcc§x^agohvru, naturalists have
never denied this order to be its proper place. Hermann, in-
deed, places Phoca among that group of Compeda in which he
ranges the Whale ; but then he does not the less make it the
direct link between that group and the FercE*.

* Tab. Jff. Jriim. p. 1 15.

F 2 Being

36 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

Being now legitimately arrived among the essentially carni-
vorous animals, I may be charged with having omitted to express
that most evident affinity which all authors have remarked be-
tween the Primates and FercB. This affinity, it will be said,
must be granted to exist in nature, whether with Linnaeus we
place the Bats among the Primates, or whether with M. Cuvier
we range them at the head of this naturalist's group of Carnivores.
It is equally true, whether with Schreber, Hermann, and lUiger
we pass from Lemur to Didelphis*, or whether with Linnaeus and
Erxleben, we place the Opossums among the Ferce.

But if by carefully following the progression of affinity, we
have thus returned to the order of Primates, from which we
departed, the group is a natural one+ ; and the following series,
connected by affinity, harmonizes perfectly with that arrange-
ment which we before acquired by comparing them analogi-
cally with Mr, Vigors's series of Birds.

1, Normal GroupX- (" !• FsRiE.

Teeth of three kinds, and forming a con-
tinuous series.

Amphodonta Arist. ^ 2. Primates.

2. Aberrant Group. /* 3. Glires.

Teeth not of three sorts, or not forming ) . tJngulata
a continuous series.

{
{

Anamphodonta Arist. v. 5. Cetacea.

On reviewing this series, we must recollect that there is an
imiversally acknowledged connection between the Ferce and the
Glires by means of the Marsupial Animals, or Marsupiaux of

* See on this subject particularly. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 63.

t See Linn. Tram. vol. xiv. p. 55.

X The Normal and Aberrant groups were distinguished and named by Aristotle in
his Historia Animalium, but have not to my knowledge appeared again in any work,
until Mr. Gray had the honour of reviving them in the Annals of Philosophy.

Cuvier,

of certain Birds of Cuba. 37

Cuvier* ; some, such as Dasyurus cynocephalus, having the den-
tition as well as habits of the Ferce ; while others, such as Fhas-
colomys, present us with the structure of a Rongeur. There is
also some sort of relation existing between the Glires and Cetacea,
as Hermannt mentions in alluding to the Beaver and Manati.
Hence we get two affinities of transultation or species of relation,
which are exactly parallel to those which we have seen existing
in Birds between the Raptores and Rasores, and between the
Rasores and Natatores.

It is a fact as extraordinary in itself, as humiliating for the
modern zoologist, that not one of the principal groups of Birds,
as given to us in the Regne Animal, escaped the keen eye of
Aristotle ; nay, there is not one of the orders that has not been
named by him. It must still give us a more ample notion of
the ancient naturalist's skill in zoology to find, that not one of
Cuvier's principal groups of Mammalia was unknown to him,
except the Marsupiaux and EdentSs. And, independently of
these curious animals being principally natives of the New
World, we may conclude that he never saw an example of
either group ; else, from the attention he paid to the system of
generation and of dentition in the animals he has described,
these groups could not have escaped him.

The Edentata have always been reckoned to be a very ano-
malous group of animals, and yet they appear essentially neces-
sary for the fulfilment of the general plan of Nature. These
interesting quadrupeds are divided by M. Cuvier into three
smaller groups, of which the types may be considered to be the
Sloth, the Armadillo, and the Duck-Bill or Ornithorhynchus of
New Holland. Now, with respect to the Bradypodce, Hermann
says, p. 64 : " Primatibus cognatum est genus Bradypodis mam-
mis pectoralibus et aliquali habitu ob quern quondam Linnaeus

* mgne Animal, vol. i. p. 170. t Tab. Aff. p. 37.

cum

38 Mr.W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

cum Primatibus conjunxit, caeterum moribus et ingenio im-
mensnm distans." M. Cuvier also, alluding to the remarkable
structure of the arteries in the limbs of the Sloth, says : " Cette
structure se rencontrant aussi dans les loris dont la demarche
n'est gu^re moins paresseuse, il serait possible qu'elle exerfdt
quelque influence sur la lenteur des mouvemens*." Having
thus established an affinity in the Sloth to the genus Stenops
among the Primates, we find Hermann again saying, in the same
page, " Anomalum Bradypodis genus cum Pecoribus connecte-
rem ob quatuor ruminantes ventriculos : " and we find Cuvier
in the Regne Animal alluding to the same relation t. Hence I
conceive that the Bradypodce will be allowed to connect the
Primates and Ungulata. But Hermann, p. 64, connects the
Bradypoda with Myrmecophaga, as well on account of the strong
nails reflexed under the palm and incapable of separate motion,
as of their deficiency of incisors. In this opinion he is followed
by Desmarest, Blainville, and Cuvier. Indeed, as Desmarest
says, the fossil animal MegalonyxX makes the direct transition
from the Sloth to the Ant-Eater; while on the other hand^the
genus Echidna, which was described first by Shaw as a Myrme-
cophaga, and then by Home as an Ornithorhynchus, is universally
now allowed to be the link between these two genera. A number
of circumstances have made naturalists consider the Ornitho-

* M. de Blainville, both in the Bull. de. la Soc. Phil. 18l6, and in the 3rd table of
his Principes d' Anatomie Comparee, calls them, Quadrumanes Anomaux organises
pour grimper.

t In the Lefons d' Anatomie Comparee, M . Cuvier makes his family of Tardigrades to
be the means of transition from the Edentes to his Pachi/dermes. In the Regne Animal,
he places them among the Edentes, with the remark, that the whole of this group are
furnished with " de gros ongles qui embrassent I'extremit^ des doigts, et se rap-
prochent plus ou moins de la nature des Sabots." Linnaeus, as it is well known,
placed them among his Bruta, with the Elephant and Rhinoceros.

X See Art. Megatherium, Diet. d'Hist. Nat.

rhynchus

of certain Birds of Cuba. 39

rhynchus as approaching the quadruped Reptiles much more
than Birds. Thus, being arrived at an Oviparous animal (or at
least one that is close to the oviparous structure) and a Rep-
tile form, we detect a connection between the opposite points of
the circle of Vertebrata ; that is, between the Mammalia and
Reptilia, analogous to those relations we have already seen in
groups of lower rank existing between the Raptores and Rasores,
between the Fera and Glires. Aristotle and Ray had both some
vague idea of a relation between Viviparous and Oviparous qua-
drupeds. But Hermann, although the Ornithorhynchus was un-
known to him, has positively expressed it in the following words :
" Ab iis autem (i. e. k MyrmecophagcB et Dasypodis generibus)
transitus est ad Lacertas et Testudines, quarum illas squamis
suis Manes has scuto Dasypodes referunt."

The following series, therefore, forms as it were a diameter of
the circle of Vertebrated Animals*, passing from the Mammalia
to the Reptilia.

Primates ^

> Bradypodse — Dasypodae — Monotremes Cuv, — Reptilia.
Ungulata _)

I am far, however, from wishing it to be supposed that I
think the Edentata do not all, or at least in some degree, enter
into the group of Ungulata. Although this order requires still
to be zmrought out, — until which be done, nothing can be con-
sidered as ascertained on the subject, — I see an evident analogy
between certain Edentata and the genus Hystrix, which for the
present I can only attribute either to their being in contiguous
orders, or to the circumstance of distinct relations of analogy
existing between the group of Dasypoda Gray, and of Talpidce
Gray, which last are certainly Carnivorous animals. To explain
what I mean by the last of these alternatives, I shall first cite

* See diagram, Hora Ent. p. 318.

the

40 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

the following words of Hermann : — " Sed Dasypodis Manisque
armatum corpus et in globum sese contrahendi instinctus ex
eddem Mammalium classe statim Erinaceura revocant Dasypodi
connexum quique non mod6 proximfe distantes Sorices Talpas-
qiie sed et interjects Hystrice omnem Glirium familiam post se
trahit." I shall next, in compliance with this hint, place the'
principal animals of the three groups in such a way as that the
zoologist can determine for himself, whether any or what rela-
tions of analogy exist between them.

EDENTATA Cuv. GLIRES Linn. INSECTIVORA.

/-Echidna* Cuv Echimys Geof. Mygale Cuv.

■s Ornithorhynchus Bl. . . . Spalax Guild Talpa L.

^Myrmecophaga L Sciurus L Tupaia Raff.

J Chlamyphorus Har. . . . Hydrochcerus Erx. . . . Centenes III.

i-Dasypus L Hystrix L Erinaceus L.

I do not attempt to dilate upon this very important subject,
because I have not yet bestowed upon it the attention which it
requires. The zoologist is left therefore to form his own con-
clusions, when he may have studied those very interesting pages
of Hermann t, in which this learned naturalist gives his reasons
at length (unfortunately too long to quote here) for the existence
of relations between Erinaceus and Hystrix, between Sorei' and
Mus, between So7'ex and Elephas, between Mygale and Castor,
Sorex and Talpa, and finally, between Spalax and Talpa. If
these relations be true in nature, they are all analogical and
expressed in the above table, except the relation between Sorex
and Talpa, which is one of affinity.

In some such manner as this would it appear that Nature,

* Echidna is, according to Cuvier, connected with Myrmecophaga by means of its
extensible tongue and habits. Myrmecophaga is connected with Dasypus, according
to the same authority, by means of the singular genus Orycleropus.

t Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 78 et seq. ; p. 90 et seq.

passing

of certain Birds of Cuba. 41

passing from the viviparous quadruped structure, approaches
to that of the oviparous quadrupeds. And it would be an inter-
esting subject of inquiry to know, whether the affinity of trans-
ultation in the sub-kingdom of Annulosa takes place in a similar
way. In Annulose animals, all relations of this kind are usually
concealed by Nature under the mask of metamorphosis, as 1 have
shown in the Horce Entomologica, p. 403 ; but the remarkable
relation existing between the larvae of Neuroptera, such as Myr-
meleon, has not escaped the notice of naturalists.

The circumstance most deserving of remark in Mammalia, —
although it may possibly be the same in all the typical groups of
the sub-kingdoms, — is, that the affinities of transultation, which
are only visible in smaller groups by means of one or two spe-
cies, become here visible by means of whole groups of animals.
This, instead of rendering, as might have been expected, such
intricate relations more easily understood, has in fact been the
great obstacle to the natural arrangement of the class.

We are by this time, I trust, in some degree enabled to discuss
the third subject : namely, what Mammalia make the nearest
approach to Birds, and what Birds make the nearest approach
to Mammalia ? ^

There are three kinds of quadrupeds that possess the power of
flight, — Bats, Marsupial Animals of the genus Petaurus, and
Glirine Animals of the genus Fteromys. We have seen that the
Marsupial Animals do not enjoy any distinct form*, but serve

* " Les Marsupiaux que nous rangeons k la fin des carnassiers, comme une qua-
tri^me famille de ce grand ordre, pourraient presque former une ordre k part, tant ils
offrent de singularit6s dans leur Economic. Malgre une ressemblance g6n6rale de feurs
esp^ces entre elles, tellement frappante, que Ton n'en a fait long-temps qu'un seul genre,
dies different si fort par les dents, par les organes de la digestion, et par les pieds, que si
Ton s'en tenait rigoureusement a ces caract^res, il faudrait les r^partir entre divers ordres.
Ils nous font passer par nuances insensibles des carnassiers aux rongeurs," Rlgne
Animal, vol. i. p. 169 & 170.

VOL. XVI. G merely

42 Mr. W. S. Macleay 07i the Comparative Anatomy

merel}'^ as a group connecting the Fera and Glires by the affi-
nity of transultation. A Petaurus approaches closely to a Pte-
romys. In the inquiry, therefore, as to the order of Mammalia
which approaches most nearly to Birds, we have only to con-
sider the Cheiroptera and genus Pteromys. It is clear, that any
animal supporting itself in the air so well as a Bat does by means
of wings, must not only have strong pectoral muscles, but a
crista to the sternum for their attachment. Herein consists all
the analogy which the Bat bears to the Bird. Here ends all
connection between them ; and the rest of the order to which
the Bat belongs have nothing in common with Birds. Let us
turn therefore to the Glires. On looking at this order, we per-
ceive that here, at least, a remark made by BufFon holds per-
fectly true. " Quoique tous les Animaux Quadrupedes tiennent
entr'eux de plus pres qu'ils ne tiennent aux autres ^tres, ils s'en
trouvent neanmoins qui font des pointes au dehors, et semblent
s'61ancer pour atteindre k d'autres classes de la nature* :"
Now, although the Pteromys or Flying Squirrel is perhaps,
with respect to powers of flight, not so much of a Bird as a
Bat, the order of Glires, to which it belongs, makes several
attempts as it were to attain the structure of the class of Birds.
Indeed, of all Mammalia, we find in this order the greatest
number of concordances with Birds ; so that if we cannot spe-
cify any particular genus as nearest, we can on the other hand
say, that the whole order comes nearest to that class. Dipus
gives us the legs and feet of a Birdt; Sciurus, the feathers |.;
Hystrix the quills §; and Pteromys, the wings of a Bird. In
Cheiromys the thumb is, as generally in birds, opposed to the
other fingers. Birds have but one exterior opening for the in-
testinal canal and the organs of generation : — no more has the

* Hist. Nat. torn. xiii. p. 330. ed. 4. t Herm. Tab. Jf. Anim. p. 1 17.

X Cuv. R^gne Anim. i. 204. § Herm. Tab. Aff. Anim. p. 118.

Beaver.

of certain Birds of Cuba. 43

Beaver. Birds make nests ; and the Glires are the only quadru-
peds that do the same. But relations of this last kind depend-
ing upon economy are to be suspected ; and therefore I would
lay more stress on those of structure which, — the sternal crista
of Bats being excepted, — are all in favour of the greatest ap-
proach to Birds being made by the Glires. Hydrochcerus and
Struthio are similarly situated with respect to the disappearance
of toes. Of Birds, the Rasores exhibit the most beautiful de-
velopments of tail ; and of Mammalia, the Glires, among which,
— as was before alluded to, — the Squirrel is furnished with
distichous hairs constructed like feathers. There can be little
doubt of the family of Stricthio?iida containing those Birds
which make the nearest approach to Mammalia*. This is a
point, indeed, which we may consider as proved by Buffon and
Hermann. So that, if the order of Glires makes the nearest
approach to Birds, and the order Kasores makes the nearest
approach to Mammalia, we can imagine the future occurrence
of some animal that will render this connexion complete.

The Society will, I trust, excuse this long digression, not
merely as an inquiry connected with the accuracy of Mr. Vi-
gors's paper, but also with what is usually reckoned the most
interesting branch of Natural History. I believe that I have
not stated one relation of affinity or analogy without giving my
authority for it. If such relations, when thus all presented to
the view, agree most harmoniously with what has been observed
in other branches of nature, we scarcely ought to be sixrprised ;
for we have too long and too eagerly scrutinized Nature, not to
be convinced that the grand work of creation, so far from having
been, as some fancy, in its origin a mass of confusion, even still

* " Grandissimi et pen^ bestiarum generis Struthio cameli Africi vel ^thiopici."
Plin. Hist. Nat. lib. x. 1.

G 2 presents

44 Mr. W. S. Macleay on the Comparative Anatomy

presents something better than the disjointed ruins of a once
beautiful fabric.

Confining myself now to the class of Birds, and deeming the
structure of their beak, wings and feet, to be points of external
anatomy, I conceive that part of their internal structure, which
is next in importance to the naturalist after the vertebral axis, to
be the digestive apparatus ; since on this depends the nature of the
food, and consequently the mode of living of the individual.

Hence the variation of structure in the crop, glandular crop,
gizzard, intestines, and caeca of Birds, ought particularly to
be studied ; and, in fact, has always excited a considerable
portion of ornithological attention. Yet unfortunately, from
that natural tendency which we all more or less possess to
generalize carelessly, there has been made a grand division
of Birds into Carnivorous and Herbivorous, where the former
was characterized by a membranaceous stomach, and the lat-
ter by a strong muscular gizzard*. Now this is all erroneous;
the fact being that although the length of the intestine may have
some relation to the animal or vegetable nature of the food, the
muscular structure of the gizzard depends only on its degree of
hardness. Thus Birds destined by nature to feed on soft vege-
table matter, have a membranaceous stomach ; and those in-
tended to prey on hard animal matter, such as Coleopterous or
Hymenopterous insects, have a muscular gizzard for trituration.
The Humming; Bird has a membranaceous stomach ; while the
PenduUnus has a muscular gizzard, although both these genera

* " It is well known," says Paley in his Natural Theology, p. '271, " that there are
two intestinal systems found in birds : — one with a membranous stomach and a gastric
juice capable of dissolving animal substances alone ; and the other with a crop and
gizzard calculated for the moistening, bruising, and afterwards digesting of vegetable
aliment." It is much to be regretted that this work should befuUof similar errors; which,
being in the hands of almost every one, are perpetuated by those who are ignorant of
Natural History.

suck

of certain Birds of Cuba. . 45

suck insects out of flowers with the nectar ; but the reason of
the difference between them is, that the Humming Bird contents
itself with soft Tipulidce, while the Pendtdiaus digests hard liij-
meiiopttra. That the Trochilidce should take animal food, we
perceive from their analogy to the Hirundinida on the one side ;
and that they should also take vegetable aliment, we understand
from their analogy to the Psittacidce on the other. With both the
IJirundinida and Psittacidce it agrees in that peculiar anatomical
characteristic, of wanting an emargination to the sternum.

While on the subject of analogies, I may be allowed to men-
tion a series, which, although it is directly deducible from his
diagrams, is not expressly mentioned at length by Mr. Vigors.
It is valuable, inasmuch as it may serve to show that the per-
fection of ornithological structure and intelligence lies among
the Scansores. Mr. Vigors has proved by a chain of examples,
that the five groups of Insessores represent the five primary
groups or orders of Birds ; and so also it would appear that
the five groups of Scatisores represent the five groups of Inses-
sores, and consequently the orders of Birds. For instance.
Toucans belong to the group of Insessores, so that on this point
nothing need be said ; but every one must have also remarked
the form of beak and prehensile foot of the Parrot to give it an
analogy to the Birds of Prey*.

The backward position of the legs, with reference to the ster-
num, and the disappearance of the hind toe, with other points
of structure in certain species of Picidce, give a common cha-
racter of analogy to them and the Natato7'es'^. The length and

curvature

* " Initium facere lubet a Psittaco quam curvirostrem avem et instructam cer^ qua
Striges Laniique carent, primo loco post Accipitres ipse quoque Linnaeus posuit, quia
dim cum iis quoque invita licet natura conjunxerat." Herm. Tab. Aff. Jtiim. p. 181.

•\ This analogy is the origin of such specific names as Alca Psittacula and Alca
Pica. Hermann says, p. 1.36 : " Pelecanus Carbo rigid^ cauda quam solis cum Plotis

communem

46 Mr. W, S, Macleay on certain Birds of Cuba.

curvature of slender beak are common to the Certhiadce and
Grallatores ; while the CuculidcB approach to the Rasores in such
genera as Corythaix and Musophaga. The following table,
therefore, will express several analogical relations of the utmost
value.

SCAN SORES. IN SES SORES. AVES.

PsiTTACiD^ representing the . . Dentirostres, and therefore the . . RAPTORES.
Rhamphastid/E joining the . . Conieostres, and forming part of . . INSESSORES.

CucunD/E forming part of the . Scansobes, and joining the RASORES.

Certhiad* joining the .... Tenuirostres, and representing the GRALLATORES.
PiciD/E representing the ... . Fissirostres, and therefore the . . NATATORES.

communem liabet Picorum generi accedit." And again, (p. 31,) in speaking of the
affinities of the Woodpeckers, he says : " Additae sunt diiaj species Pici, tridactylus et
semirostris, quorum hie affinitatem longinquam quidem, sed tamen aliquam cum Rhyn-
chope, item semirostri ave ; ille autem cum Alcedine tridactyl^ indicat." Neither of
these relations, however, are truly those of affinity ; that of Picus semirostris to Rhyn-
chops being one of analogy ; and that o( Picus tridactylus to Alcedo being one of analogy,
or if not, of the affinity of transultation.

JI. The

( 47 )

II. The Generic Characters of Formicaleo ; with the Descrip
tion of two new Species. By the Rev. Lansdown Guildin

B.A. F.L.S. F.G.S.

Read November 20, 1827.

The natural history of the cognate genus Ascclaphus was given
at length in a former communication to the Linnean Society :
the details of Formicaleo will be found equally complete, with
the exception of the ova, which have not yet been noticed. It
is remarkable that, after a long-continued search, not a single
perfect insect has been found by me in a state of liberty, though
the larvae swarm under every rock or shed calculated to pro-
tect their pitfalls from the rain and wind ; so successfully are
they secreted from every enemy by their peculiar mode of rest-
ing, and the favourable colour of their bodies. No true Mi/r-
meleon has yet occurred in St. Vincent. Mr. Donovan in his
Naturalist's Repository, under the article Myrmeleon libelluloides,
plate 139, has committed a great error in mistaking the larva of
these insects, which has been so long known, for an apterous
female.

The valuable characters of this family which the great French
entomologist has given in his Genera Crust, et Ins. require some
little correction. He should rather have said, A^itennce Sec.
apice post mortem compressa; ; — these organs, as in the Asca-
laphif shrinking much when dry. Palpi maxillares externi arti-
culis quinque &c. . . . ultimo ad apicem acutiusculo vel obscur^

emarginato.

48 Rev. L. Guilding on the Generic Characters

emarginato. Palpi labiates articulis tribus, ultimo cylindrico
vel fusiformi. Larva araneidiformis, praedam puteolo vel fraude

captans ; mandibulis &c tubulosis, perforatis ad succos hau-

riendos ; os nullum ; abdomen lateribus pectinatis, vel fascicu-
latis. Nympha dum nocte declaratur acetabulum elongatum
emittens, &c.

In the larvae of those genera of the family which dig pitfalls,
we observe long and slender antennula, which are held erect,
and are doubtless useful in indicating the approach of their
prey by the falling of the sand : in the larvae of Ascalaphi they
are wanting or obscure.

INSECTA NEUROPTERA.

Fam. Myrmeleonid;e. Guild. Myrmeleonides. Lat.

Genus Formicaleo. Geoff., Leach. Myrmeleon Auctorum.

Character Genericus.

Antenna gradatim extrorsiim crassiores, subarcuatae, thoracis

longitudine, articulis minutis transversis : acumine termi-

nali minimo.
Palpi sex : labiales mult6 longiores : articulo ultimo incrassato,

fusiformi.
Oculi indivisi, prominuli.
Abdomen longum, lineare.
Corpus villosulum.
AlcE elongatae, subaequales (quiescentis) deflexae. Stigma indi-

stinctum, vel evanidum. Neura post-costalis medio biradiata.
Tibia ciliatae. Calcaria duo : tarsi pentameri : unguiculi sim-

plices.

Ovum

Larva obesa, caoite magno solido cordiformi : latera abdomi-

nalia

of Formica leo. 49

nalia fasciculata. Pedes 4 antici debiles, ciliati : postici
breviores, unguiculis validissimis, ad motum retrogradum
idonei.

Antennula filiformes, multiarticulatae, erectae, praedae motus
praedicandaj. Oculi supra plurimi aggregati : subtils uni-
cus. Palpuli breves, capitati, ad radices mandibularum
subtiis. Fusulus analis, tubulo retractili.

Motu retrogrado, nunc dextrorsiim nunc fessa sinistrorsiim saep^
circulos describendo, et arenam capite complanato mandi-
bulisque clausis ejiciendo, pedibus anticis alternatim ad-
juvantibus, puteolum obconicum adrairabilem cit6 fodit.
Jn fundo corpus sepeliens, mandibulis liberis et expansis
praedam viaticam inconsciam miseram expectat. Si ver6
insectum lapsurum fugam atterritum quaerat, arenulis emis-
sis iterura iteruraque prosternit, mox captura quasi balistae
lapidibus. Succis haustis insectorum cadavera motu capi-
tis subit^ h spelunc4 jactat Leo parvulus. Adulta foUicu-
lum arenulis fusulo connexis condit, cuteque laevi intern^
tegit, exuvias intiis retinens.

Nympha arcuata mandibulis in hocce stadio intern^ serrulatis !
an ad folliculum rumpendum? Exuviae hyalinae. Quies
brevis. Metamorphosis nocturna.

* Pedibus hrevibus, tarsis simplicibus, unguiculis mediocribus.

1. FORMICALEO LeACHII.

F. fuscescens, flavido maculatus ; alis hyalinis subfalcatis imma-
culatis, neuris ciliatis, oculis cupreis, pedibus pallidis.

Habitat in arenosis aridis S*' Vincentii. Quiescens antennas
deprimit, ramulumque alis deflexis amplectitur, difficillim^
distinguendus. Larva frequentissimfe observanda, puteolo
designata. Ovum et ovipositio latent.

VOL. XVI. H Long.

50 Rev. L. GuiLDiNG on the Generic Characters

Long. Corp. 11 lin. — Expans. alar. 2 un. -j%.

In honorem amici Dom. W. E. Leach, M.D. Soc. Reg. et
Linn. Socii ; inter Zoologos Europse merits celeberrimi :
qui genus hocce a tribulibus henh separavit propter tro-
phorum difFerentiam.

Descr. Neura majores interrupt^ diaphanae. Punctulum albi-
dum loco stigmatis. Antenna sub lente villosulae. Thorax
flavido maculatus. Segmenta abdominalia posticfe flavi-
cantia. Genitalia hirsuta. Palpi maxillares externi apice
emarginati, ad basin setiferi : labiales articulo incrassato
atro.

Larva supern^ nigro-fuscescens, corpore obscur^ spinuloso,
capite rufescente, mandibulis hirsutis, intern^ valide tri-
spinosis, mandibularum apice unguiculisque posticis ferru-
gineis : capitis maculis, dorsique lineis macularibus nigris :
subtiis maculis lineisque abdominis irregularibus nigris :
anus spinosus, spinulis et saep6 curvature motum adjuvans.

Pupa villosula, nigricante-rufescens, nigro varia : membris omni-
bus hyalino-pallidis, oculis mandibulisque ferrugineis, ano
acuminato. Frons hirsuta antennis supra oculos deflexis.
Acetabulum * ? cinereum, nitens. FoUiculus orbicularis,
operculo nullo. ** Pedihus

* Is not this extraordinary and regularly shaped body allied to the acetabula found
in crustaceous animals before the change of the crust f and which are little stores of
calcareous matter absorbed to give solidity to the integuments ? In the Myrmeleoriida
the acetabula consist, probably, in some degree of chitine, the superabundant part of
which is expelled by the pupa after its parts have acquired solidity : the centre is of a
softer nature, and the crust hardened and brittle. It can hardly be a calculus produced
by disease, as it is expelled by every individual of the family, as far as my observations
go : perhaps it is more nearly related to the meconium of many animals. Submitted
to the operation of acids, — in muriatic, these bodies undergo no change ; in nitric, they
are instantly dissolved with a great effervescence. In sulphuric, they are but slowly

changed.

of Formicaleo. 51

** Pedibus longis, tarsis hirsutis, unguld subtus spinulosd, ungui-

culis elongatis.

2. Formicaleo tarsalis.
F. nigro-fuscescens, flavido maculatus ; alis hyalinis immacu-
latis subfalcatis, neuris interrupt^ nigris, stigmate nigro,
pedibus flavescentibus atro variis.

Expans. alar. 1 un. 9 lin. — Long. corp. -^ un.

Habitat in Americes Demerara? Vidi exemplum siccum.

Descr. Fades pallida: vertex atro signatus : an^ennce flaves-
centes, atro fasciatae : pedes hirsuti, atro maculato-punctati.

changed. In the flame of a candle they burn to a coal, with very slight bubbling,
giving out the peculiar smell of animal bodies exposed to fire. Alcohol slightly softens
them.

The repagula of the Ascalaphi are only affected by sulphuric acid, which imme-
diately dissolves them as well as the ova with considerable effervescence.

h2 III. The

( 53 )

III. The distinctive Characters of two British Species of Plecotus,
supposed to have been confounded under the Name of Long-eared
Bat. By the Rev. Leonard Jenpis, M.A. F.L.S. Communi-
cated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society.

Read March 4, 1828.

The subgenus Plecotus, originally instituted by GeofFroy for the
reception of the Vespertilio auritus and the V. barbastellus of
Linnaeus and Gmelin, has not, that I am aware, met with any
Europaean additions from the discoveries of later times. I am
on this account desirous of drawing the attention of naturalists
to a third British species referable to this group, which may be
considered either as entirely new, or at least one which has never
been clearly distinguished from the former of the two above
mentioned. I am the more anxious to do this, from a strong per-
suasion that the smaller species of the Vespertilionida still require
much investigation, and that even in our own island many others,
besides those recorded, remain to be ascertained.

This Bat, of which I have never met with more than one spe-
cimen, was discovered some years back, in the month of July,
by Professor Henslow and myself, adhering to the bark of an
old pollard willow, on the edge of G runty Fen, in the Isle of
Ely. It is a female ; and, in a general point of view, so nearly
resembles the Common Long-eared Bat of English authors, that
the two might be easily confounded ; nor, indeed, did I myself
conceive it to be anything more than a young individual of that

species

54 Rev. L. Jenyns on the Distinctive Characters

species during a long space of time that it remained by me
preserved in spirits. It was not till very lately, when I was
induced to give the matter a more close examination, that I
discovered a well-marked difference between them, and such as,
in my opinion, could hardly be looked upon as the result of
immaturity alone. This difference, which resides for the most
part in the colour and in the relative no less than in the absolute
dimensions of the several parts, I shall now endeavour to point
out ; affixing, in the first instance, such characters to each spe-
cies respectively, as may best serve to discriminate it from the
other. Reserving the established name of auritus for the larger
and more common sort, I propose to distinguish the new species
by that of brevimanus, in respect of one of its leading peculiari-
ties, to be hereafter noticed.

Plecotus. Geoff., Desm.

1. P. auritus. Greater or Common Long-eared Bat.

P. vellere fusco-griseo, subtils aliquant^ pallidiori ;
auriculis oblongis, capite plus dupkS longiori-
bus ; trago ovato-lanceolato ; caud^ elongate,
antibrachium longitudine superanti, apice ob-
tusiusculo.

Tab. I. Fig. 1.
Vespertilio auritus. Geoff. Ann. Mus. d'Hist. Nat.
torn. viii. p. 197. sp. 7- Desm. Nouv. Diction.
d'Hist. Nat. 2de edit. torn. xxxv. p. 478. Mam-
mal. {Encycl. Method.) p. 144. sp. 223.

Dimensions.

of two British Species of Plecoius. 55

Dimensions *.

Length of the head and body, from the nose

to the root of the tail 1 10

of the head 0 8

of the tail 1 8

of the auricle . 1 5

Breadth of the auricle . 0 9

Length of the tragus 0 7

Breadth of the tragus 0 2^

Length of the arm 0 10

of the forearm 1 5

of the thumb 0 2f

of the phalanges of the middle finger,

or the distance from the carpus to the

apex of the wing 2 6

of the thigh 0 6

of the shank 0 8

Exsertion of the tail beyond the interfemoral

membrane 0 Of

Expansion of the flying membrane ... 10 2

2. P.hrevimafius. Lesser Long-eared Bat.

P. vellere supra rufo-fusco, subtils albescente ;
auriculis oblongis, capite hand dupl6 longi-
oribus ; trago ovato-lanceolato ; caudd anti-
brachium longitudine aequanti, apice acuto.

Tab. I. Fig. 2.

* These dimensions are taken from a female specimen, with the view of forming a
more just comparison between this and the following species. The males are in general
a trifle larger.

'b^

Dimensions.

56 Rev. L. Jenyns on the Distinctive Characters

Dime7isio}is.

Length of the head and body, from the nose

to the root of the tail 1 6

• of the head ........ 0 7

of the tail 1 2

of the auricle 1 0

Breadth of the auricle ....... 0 5

Length of the tragus . 0 o^-

Breadth of the tragus ........ 0 2

Length of the arm 0 7t

of the forearm ....... 1 2

of the thumb 0 3

of the phalanges of the middle finger,

or the distance from the carpus to the

apex of the wing ....... I 8

of the thigh . 0 5i

of the shank 0 5^

Exsertion of the tail beyond the inferfemoi;al

membrane 0 1

Expansion of the flying membrane ... 6 6

I shall now detail more in particular some of the leading dis-
crepancies between these two species, most of which are drawn
from a comparative view of their respective dimensions as exhi-
bited in the foregoing tables. It will be observed, in the first
place, that in the Plecotus auritus the auricle is much larger in
proportion to the body, and longer in proportion to the tragus,
than in the P. brevimaniis : and again, that in the former species
the tail exceeds the forearm in length by three lines ; whilst in
the latter these parts are equal. There is nearly as great a
difference with respect to the relative proportions of the femur
and tibia, which are likewise of equal length in the P. brevi-

mamis.

of two British Species of PlecotuS. 57

manus. On the other hand, in the P. auritus the thumb is
somewhat shorter, and the tail not so much exserted from
the interfemoral membrane ; of which last part it may be also
added, that in the P. hremmamis its extreme tip terminates in a
fine point, whilst in the P. auritus it is somewhat obtuse and
flattened. Another, and perhaps the most obvious distinction,
resides in the expansion of the flying membrane, which, viewed
relatively as well as absolutely, is by much the more considerable
in the P. auritus. This circumstance arises from the greater
development of the metacarpal bones and the phalanges of the
fingers, as compared with the arm and forearm. In the P. au-
ritus, the length of the middle finger, or the distance measured
from the carpus to the apex of the wing, exceeds in length the
arm and forearm together by three lines, and the forearm taken
separately by more than an inch ; whereas in the P. brevi-
manus the length of this part is less than that of the arm and
forearm together, and only exceeds the forearm separately by
six lines. It is with a view to this last peculiarity that I have
selected the trivial name of this species. Lastly, I may remark,
that in the P. brevimamis there is a shallow notch on each side
of the interfemoral membrane, about halfway between the heel
and the extremity of the tail, which in the P. auritus is scarcely
visible.

The above distinctions, many of which are founded upon a
comparative view of the osteology of the two species, can
scarcely be considered as the variations of a different age. In-
dependently of them, however, these bats, when seen together,
will not be easily confounded, from the great difference in their
absolute size, and in the colour, — more especially of their under
parts. In the P. auritus, the colour is brownish-grey mixed
with dusky, and is nearly the same above and below, being in
the last instance merely of a somewhat paler tint. In the P. bre~

VOL. XVI. I vimanus.

58 Rev. Leonard Jenyns on the Distinctive Characters

vimanus, not only have the upper parts a reddish tinge, which
in a slight degree pervades the ears, wings, and interferaoral
membrane ; but what is more striking, they present a marked
contrast with those underneath, which approach to yellowish-
white. Moreover, it is worthy of note, that in this last species
the hair is everywhere of the same colour throughout its whole
length, whereas in the former it is of two colours, being always
blackish at the roots.

I have contented myself on this occasion with mentioning
those particularities which offer points of difference between
the two species. Such as are the same in each, including the
general appearance of the head and face, the singular formation
of the nostrils, the peculiar shape of the auricle, tragus, &c.,
which are noticed with much accuracy in the Mammalogie of
Desmarest and by other authors, I have not judged it necessary
to speak of.

It is perhaps somewhat hazardous to form any conjectures on
the habits of an animal from the case of a single individual, or
we might have inferred, from the situation in which the above
specimen of the P. brevimanus was found, that its natural place
of abode was in the open country, remote from the habitations
of men, and that during the hours of repose it retired to the
hollows of trees. In this respect it would ditler widely from the
P. auritus, which resides altogether in buildings, more particu-
larly within the roofs of dwelling-houses, where they may often
be observed assembled in clusters of twenty or thirty together
in the angles formed by the meeting of the rafters.

This bat must certainly be rare in Cambridgeshire, from the
circumstance of my never having seen a second specimen*; but
it may be common elsewhere, and, as I hinted at the beginning,

* Last summer (1827) I had an opportunity of again searching the neighbourhood
of the spot where I first discovered this bat, but met with no success.

possibly

of two British Species of Plecotus. <59

possibly may have been confounded with the other species.
This circumstance is indeed rendered the more probable from
the fact that different authors, describing the Long-eared Bat,
have assigned to it different dimensions. On the continent, the
larger species appears to have been the one observed, of which
very correct descriptions and measurements are given by Geof-
frey in the Annales du Museum, and by Desmarest in the Nouveau
Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, and EncyclopSdie M^thodique*,
as referred to in the synonyms above quoted ; but of our Eng-
lish authors, some appear to have seen one and some the other
species. Thus we find Donovan {Bint. Quad. vol. i. pi. 44.)
asserts the Long-eared Bat to be " one of the largest species of
the genus that inhabits England ;" whilst Shaw {Gen. Zopl. vol. i.
p. 123.) observes, that it is smaller than the short-eared or com-
mon sort. This last opinion seems indeed to be the more pre-
valent of the two. Daines Barrington, Berkenhout, Pennant,
and Bewick, all fix the length of this species at no more than
one inch and three-quarters ; to which the two last add, " extent
of wing seven inchest." I may also observe, that the figure
given by Fleming {Philos. of Zool. pi. 1. fig. 1.), though still
incorrect with respect to some of the relative dimensions, yet
on the whole more nearly approaches to my P. brevimanus.
The concise descriptions of Linnaeus, Brisson, and other of

* In this last work, Desmarest speaks of a small variety of the Plecotus auritus,
found in Egypt, which would appear to border closely upon my new species, and may
be the same \vith it ; but from the very few particulars that are given respecting it, it
is utterly impossible to decide with certainty upon this point.

t It is hardly possible that these measurements can be correct. If the length is
meant to include that of the body and tail together, as would appear at least from
Daines Barrington's account {Miscellanies, p. 165.), this bat must be very much
smaller than even my Plecotus brevimanus, yet its extent of wing would be greater.
If the length of the body alone is intended, it would nearly equal my P. auritus, while
its extent of wing would be more than three inches less.

I 2 the

60 Rev. Leonard Jenyns on two Species of Flecotus.

the older authors, to which no measurements are annexed, will
apply equally to either species.

I cannot conclude this paper without expressing a hope, that
it may at least induce others to make inquiry with respect to the
bats found in their own neighbourhood. I strongly suspect,
that even the two above described are not the only species of
Long-eared Bat that are to be met with in this country. I well
remember, that about five years since a bat of this kind was
brought to me at Ely, which was taken in a bed-room, and
which at the time I immediately referred to the Vesper tilio auri-
tus of Linneeus, not having then paid much attention to these
animals : however, I am since convinced, from a memorandum
I made respecting it, that it must have been a much larger spe-
cies than either of the above two, and in point of size more
nearly approaching to the Vespertilio Noctula. Possibly this
may have been the var. /S. of Desmarest, or the Big-eared Bat
described by Rafinesque under the name of Vespertilio mega-
lotis*. This, however, cannot now be determined, as the spe-
cimen was not preserved. I only mention the circumstance to
show that the history of these animals, so far at least as relates
to our British species, is still imperfect, and to invite natu-
ralists to a further investigation of the subject.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. L

Fig. i. A portion of the Plecotus auritus, exhibiting a compara-
tive view of the anterior and posterior extremities,
the tail, and interfemoral membrane.
2. Plecotus brevimanus, of the natural size.

See Desmar. Mammal, p. 133 (note).

IV. A De-

I'rans.lzTut. Sec. VolJ\'I Trzi L P. 60 .

J -S. Kf.ns/cow d^l^

£ngyjjma.77.n, Graf, Coir',Uc^ X C-o i'O'hu../.

( 61 )

IV. A Description of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo.
By John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S.

Read April 15, and May 6, 1828.

i-
The development and growth of the fcEtus in marsupial ani-
mals has long afforded an interesting subject of inquiry for the
researches of the physiologist ; yet, notwithstanding the nume-
rous opportunities for observation supplied by the domestication
of the most interesting of these animals, namely, the Kangaroo,
it is to be regretted that hardly any information has of late years
been obtained upon this important branch of natural science ;
for although we are acquainted with a few insulated facts rela-
tive to this subject, yet we are at present left in total ignorance
respecting the principal object of our researches. We know
little or nothing of the nature of those changes which must
necessarily take place in the young while remaining in the
uterus, or of the mode by which it is conveyed from that part
to the teat : and dissection has hitherto afforded us no satisfac-
tory information relative to the peculiarity of structure, which
we may reasonably expect to find in those organs, by which
the mother is enabled to impart nourishment to the foetus, either
while remaining in the wOmb, or afterwards, when attached to
the nipple within the pouch. With the view, therefore, of
affording assistance to those future inquirers, whose time may
be devoted to the study of this particular subject, and whose
opportunity for observation may be greater than my own, I am

induced

62 Mr. Morgan's Description

induced to present to this Society a short account of an exami-
nation which I have recently made of the female Kangaroo,
both in the virgin and in the impregnated state ; with the hope
that the result of my dissection, which has enabled me to esta-
blish a few hitherto unknown facts, may tend to throw some
further light on the physiology of generation in marsupial
animals.

In the beginning of October last I received for dissection
the body of a young female Kangaroo in a virgin state. On
opening the pouch of this animal, I found the whole of the
interior lubricated by a secretion of a reddish-brown colour,
somewhat viscid in its consistence, and of a faint and peculiar
odour. This condition of parts I have always observed to exist
in these animals during the periods at which the pouch remains
unoccupied by the young ; the secretion being very much dimi-
nished, or altogether suspended, at the time the young animal is
lodged within the part. -" ■

On slitting open the fore-part of the pouch and exposing its
interior, I was surprised to find that two nipples only were
developed, one on each side (tab. 2. f. 1. a.), and that imme-
diately beneath each of these a minute circular aperture, resem-
bling in appearance the mouth of a follicle, marked the situa-
tion in which we usually find the two additional teats in the
impregnated and adult animal (tab.^.f. 1. b.). This circum-
stance led me to examine more particularly the structure of the
mammary glands and parts immediately connected with them,
which, having been carefully removed from the body, presented
upon dissection the following appearances.

The substance which appeared to form the mammary gland
was of a circular form, somewhat flattened, possessed of a con-
siderable degree of vascularity, and lobulated upon its external

surface,

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 63

surface, and closely confined by cellular connections to the skin
of the pouch {tab. 2. /. 2. a.). To the upper and outward part of
this structure a second glandular substance of smaller size was
firmly attached by dense cellular membrane, appearing of a more
loose and delicate texture, and possessing less vascularity than
the former ; of a yellowish-brown colour, and of an oblong and
compressed shape {tab. 2. /. 2. b.). From the interior of this
second gland a number of white membranous bands resembling
ducts passed to the extremity of the teat ; and I could discover
no further connection, than that afforded by cellular membrane,
between the larger glandular substance and the smaller ; the
teat and the lesser gland, which I have just mentioned, appear-
ing to form a distinct and separate mammary organ. As far,
therefore, as my dissections had yet gone, the larger gland
appeared altogether unconnected with any structure by which
its secretions might be rendered subservient to the purposes of
furnishing nutrition to the young. Believing, however, that this
structure must be in some way or other connected with the for-
mation or functions of those teats which had not yet been de-
veloped, I proceeded to examine whether any and what con-
nection might exist between these large and obviously important
glands, and the follicular openings I have already described as
occupying the situation of the future teats.

On passing a small probe through one of these openings, I
found that the instrument entered a cavity about three-fourths
of an inch in length ; and on carefully dissecting away the
surrounding portions of the gland, it appeared that this cavity
was formed by a narrow, membranous, cylindrical canal, which
was imbedded in the gland, and extended nearly throughout
its whole diameter {tab. 2./. 2. c). The connections between
this membranous tube and the gland were loose and easily
broken down, except at the furthest extremity from the aper-
ture.

64 Mr. Morgan's Description

ture, at which part the two structures were inseparably united.
On making a section of the tube, I found that its cavity was
nearly half filled with a secretion precisely resembling that
already described as lubricating the interior of the pouch, and
that its internal surface was formed by a reflection of cuticle
continued from the surface of the pouch through the aperture
by which it opened into that part.

At the furthest extremity of the canal, and at the part already
described as connected firmly with the gland itself, its termina-
tion was formed by a rounded papilla, which projected into its
interior, resembling in miniature the extremity of the future
teat in the adult. On making a section of the papilla, this
resemblance was still further increased by the exposure of nu-
merous minute vessels, which presented very much the appear-
ance of lactiferous tubes, and which passed directly from the
expanded base of the papillary projection to its extremity {tab. 2.
f.2.d.). By an examination of the extremity of the papilla
through a lens, the similarity between that part and the teat of
the adult was strikingly shown. From these circumstances, I
considered that the identity of this structure with the future
teat was rendered more than probable ; and it occurred to me,
that the only mode by which a development of the organ could
take place, must consist in the complete eversion of the canal,
and the consequent protrusion of its previously imbedded and
papillary extremity.

The canal on the opposite side had not yet been opened :
with a view, therefore, of producing an artificial eversion by
mechanical means, I made pressure upon that point of the
gland, which I knew from previous dissection to be closely
connected with the papillary extremity of the tube, and suc-
ceeded at length in completely everting (through the opening
already mentioned) the whole of the canal, from one extremity

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 65

to the other, producing a perfect teat in miniature, in the exact
situation at which it is found in the adult impregnated animal
{tah.S.f. 1. a.).

I do not mean to infer from this, that pressure upon this part
constitutes the means employed by nature for the development
of the teat ; but I mention this experiment to prove the possi-
bility of eversion without necessary laceration of the part. The
natural process by which this change is effected I have had no
opportunity of ascertaining; yet in the absence of positive
proof, the collateral evidence that such a change must take
place seems to me too strong to admit of doubt. The com-
plete absence of the third and fourth teats in the young female,
and the exact correspondence between the situation of the open-
ings of these canals, and the spot to which these supernumerary
teats are always found attached, together with the exact minia-
ture resemblance to those structures, which an artificial develop-
ment produces ; and, above all, the total want of any other
structures connected with these parts, by which the production
of the other teats can be in any way accounted for, — these com-
bined circumstances afford evidence which, even unsupported
by any other facts, must, I think, be allowed as confirming the
correctness of my views upon this subject.

I have lately examined a young Kangaroo, preserved in the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and which had but
a few days only been received into the pouch (tab. 3. f. 2.).
On comparing the extremely minute orifice which forms the
mouth of the animal at this early period, with the teats of adult
females during the time of suckling (tab. 3. /. 3.), it seems im-
possible, from the great size of these parts, that their com-
paratively enormous extremities should be received within so
small an aperture as that afforded by the minute opening
between the lips of the young at this early state of its exist-
, VOL. XVI. K ence ;

66 Mr. Morgan's Description

ence ; but this aperture, minute as it appeared, exactly cor-
responded with the extremity of the teat I have before re-
ferred to as having been artificially everted ; and further ex-
aminations of various living Kangaroos, at different periods of
gestation, furnished proof that it is to this lower elongated
teat, and not to either of the upper nipples (which were found
perfectly developed in the pouch of the unimpregnated Kan-
garoo), that the young are invariably attached ; and from the
period the young are first received into the pouch, to the time
at which they become separated from the teat, the two supe-
rior nipples, and the smaller mammary glands attached to them,
perform no functions which can apparently be connected with
the process of preparing a nutritious fluid for their support.
It is also found, that the size and condition of the true teat
are constantly changing, in proportion to the growth of the
young to which it gives attachment; that as the young ani-
mal increases in size, the teat enlarges ; and this structure,
— which in the unimpregnated state will measure barely half
an inch, and which at the time the young is first attached to
it does not exceed the size of that which I had artificially
everted, — before the young has left the pouch, becomes en-
larged and elongated to the extent of nearly six inches. The
upper teats, however, remain in nearly the same condition as
regards their relative size and form throughout every period
of gestation.

Repeated recent examinations of the living animal have also
proved, that the lower teats, which for distinction 1 may term
marsupial, invariably diminish, when the young animal has
ceased to suckle, to a smaller size than even that which I had
artificially produced by eversion ; but that, after being once
developed by protrusion from their original situation in the
substance of the gland, they never again recede to their former

condition.

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 6^

condition, but constitute permanent marsupial teats throughout
the rest of life.

If a change in any way analogous to this extraordinary de-
velopment of the teat in the Kangaroo should be found to occur
in other animals possessing marsupial bones, it is possible that
this circumstance may have given rise to the difficulty which
Meckel and other comparative anatomists (unacquainted with
this peculiarity) have met with in their endeavours to detect the
perfect teat in the Ornithorhynchus, upon the supposition that
young females only had been examined ; since we are informed
that the mammary gland only has been discovered, while the
existence of a developed and perfect teat connected with that
gland has escaped detection. Not having had an opportunity
of examining that animal myself, I merely offer this as a matter
of conjecture. n -k. n; , ,o, .

With these details of the result of my dissection of the mam-
mary organs and pouch of the unimpregnated animal, I shall
next point out the differences in the structure of those parts,
which I afterwards met with in the dissection of an adult female
Kangaroo, which was at the time of its death suckling a young
one nearly sufficiently grown to leave the pouch. As I had in
this case an opportunity of examining not only the organs to
which I have referred, but also other structures connected with
the functions of those parts, \ shall describe their different
appearances as they presented themselves on examination, in-
cluding the anatomical peculiarities of the pouch, the marsupial
bones, and the muscles connected with these and other impor-
tant organs.

I must not, however, omit to express my gratitude to the
Zoological Society, for the opportunity which was afforded me
upon this occasion of continuing my investigation ; having been
most liberally furnished from this source with the subject for

K 2 making

68 Mr. Morgan's Description

making those dissections of which I have now to detail the
results.

' Commencing the dissection upon the superficial covering of
the abdomen, and having removed the common integuments of
that part, it will be found, that a layer of panniculus carnosus of
extraordinary strength and thickness is spread over the whole
of the anterior and lateral parts of the abdominal parietes, con-
nected closely by dense cellular membrane to the subjacent
abdominal muscles, except at the part where the pouch is in-
terposed between them ; here it is in like manner connected to
the anterior surface of the pouch itself. The fibres of this
muscle are arranged in a double order, an indistinct laj'er pass-
ing transversely, the stronger and more numerous passing in a
perpendicular direction from the thorax to the lower part of the
abdomen, surrounding in their descent the mouth of the pouch,
to which they form a sphincter, and terminating by sending off
a narrow slip over the fore-part of the pubis, to be attached to
the sphincter muscle of the vagina. The action of this part of
the muscle, therefore, would operate in drawing the external
opening of the vagina forwards and upwards over the symphisis
pubis, and would thus approximate the external organs of gene-
ration to the mouth of the pouch (^aZ>. 4.y". a.).

Whether this approximation takes place in the living animal
at the time the young is removed from the cloaca to the nipple
has not yet been clearly ascertained ; but if such were proved
to be the case, it is obvious that the action of these descending
muscular fibres must be mainly instrumental in bringing these
parts more nearly together.

The panniculus carnosus being entirely removed, the struc-
ture and connections of the pouch were clearly exhibited. The
bag is simply formed of a fold or duplicature of the common
integument, which, as already stated, is attached before to the

panniculus

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. (^Q

panni cuius carnosus, posteriorly, and above to the tendon of the
external oblique muscle of the abdomen, while the lower and
lateral parts of the bag are attached to the mammary gland by
the medium of its connection with the teat, and to a muscle of
the gland by cellular tissue. This muscle of the mammary
gland, which has not hitherto been clearly or correctly de-
scribed, is situated immediately above the brim of the pelvis,
lying upon the external oblique muscle of the abdomen. It is
of a triangular shape, and is attached by a narrow origin to the
back part of the pelvis, from which point it passes transversely
round the lower part of the belly. In its course it expands,
and afterwards divides into two layers, an anterior and a poste-
rior ; between these the mammary gland is inclosed ; after which
the fibres of the muscle are continued onwards, and passing
forward, join with those of its fellow on the opposite side. The
pair of muscles, therefore, completely encircle the lower part
of the abdomen, inclosing and enveloping between their fibres
the mammary gland on each side {tab. 5. f. a.). Neither these
muscles nor the marsupial bones belong properly to the pouch ;
since the whole of the pouch may be removed from the abdo-
minal muscles without disturbing in the slightest degree either
the muscles I have just described, the glands themselves, or the
marsupial bones and parts connected with them ; the pouch
being, as I have already stated, nothing more than a fold or
duplicature of the skin, covered anteriorly by panniculus car-
nosus and common integument, and connected only by cellular
tissue to the abdominal parietes.

The real use of the marsupial bones has not hitherto, I believe,
been clearly explained ; nor have I been able to meet with any
accurate anatomical description of these parts and their sur-
rounding connections : I consider it therefore necessary, before

I state

70 .otatBt;, Jkfr. Morgan's Description

I state ray own views respecting their physiology, to offer a
short account of their anatomical structure.

The marsupial bones in the female Kangaroo are about three
inches in length, long and narrow in shape, and incurvated iri
form, compressed laterally, presenting a rounded concave edge
anteriorly, the posterior edge convex and sharp ; the inferior
extremity or base, by which it is attached to the side of the
symphisis pubis, is enlarged to form an articular surface for its
connection with that part. The superior extremity, which gives
attachment merely to tendon and muscle, tapering to a flattened
obtuse termination. The bones are placed with their rounded
concave edges facing forwards, their bases being in contact, and
their superior pointed extremities being separated to the extent
of from three to four inches. They are confined in this situation
partly by ligament and partly by their muscular attachments. By
a capsular ligament they are bound to the symphisis pubis ; and
by triangular ligaments, the lower fourth of their posterior conve?,
edges is connected with the body of that bone {tab. 1 .f. a.). i ,

The muscles attached to these bones are as follows : first, the
tendon of the external oblique muscle of the abdomen closely
covers, and is more or less connected with, these bones through-
out their whole extent, and by the action of this muscle the
bones are brought nearer together. The abdomen of the Kan-
garoo is supplied with four recti muscles, an anterior and a
posterior on each side. The posterior and broader muscle is
inserted into the base of the marsupial bone {tab. 7. /. b.) ; the
anterior or smaller muscle is inserted by a round tendon into the
superior extremity of the bone : this tendon extends through the
centre of the muscle, the fibres of which are continued to the
point of its insertion in a double penniform order {tab. 6.f. a.).

On the outer side of this tendon the muscular fibres terminate

of the Mammary OrgaJis of the Kangaroo. 71

at the point of its insertion ; while those which are attached to
the inner side of the tendon are continuous with another layer
of muscular fibre, which arises from the whole extent of the
concave anterior surface of the bone, from its superior extremity
to its base, passing transversely inwards, to be inserted into the
posterior surface of the tendon of the external oblique muscle,
along the linea alba. This transverse muscle may be considered
as part of the anterior rectus, with which it is continuous, and has
no connection with its fellow on the opposite side, except by the
intervention of the tendon of the two oblique abdominal muscles ;
since a tendinous septum, behind the linea alba, is interposed
between the points of their insertion.

•! We are however informed, in an account of the anatomy of
these parts published in the Philosophical Transactions by Sir
Everard Home, in the year 1795, that a transverse and conti-
nuous layer of muscle is stretched between the two bones, — an
arrangement of structure which 1 have not been fortunate enough
to meet with in my dissections of these parts. And we are further
assured, that this transverse muscle actually performs the office
of a sling, by which the mamma is supported.

T confess that I am at a loss to account for the cause which
has given rise to this mistake in the dissection of a recent sub-
ject ; more particularly as that dissection was made by an indi-
vidual whose character as a comparative anatomist has been
held in high estimation. The author may possibly have met
with a singular variety of formation in the animal which was
submitted to his inspection, and which may account for the
different results of our dissections ; but I consider it almost
impossible that he can have met with so great a deviation from
the natural form and structure of this part, as to justify him in
ascribing to these muscles the use he has assigned to them :
for their use is obviously that of moving the superior extremities
i .;.:; . of

72 ■■-■-, Mr. Morgan's Description

of the marsupial bones towards each other ; and being situated
immediately behind the mammae, they are altogether prevented
by that circumstance from affording the slightest support to
the mamma itself.

The marsupial bones thus confined in their situation by liga-
ments, and by the surrounding muscles in which they lie imbed-
ded, afford from their situation a firm inferior support to the
abdominal viscera, and form an unyielding partition between
those parts and the pouch. But another important purpose
seems to be answered by these structures. I have already de-
scribed two muscles, which are formed for the purpose of com-
pressing the mammary gland ; and I have mentioned also the
continuity of these two muscles by the interlacement of their
fibres over the linea alba {tab. 5. f. a.). These muscles form
from their situation a sort of girdle around the belly immediately
above the pelvis, and would necessarily, when put into action,
press the mammary glands against the comparatively yielding
sheet of abdominal muscles which lies behind them, were it not
for the marsupial bones, which prevent any compression of the
lower part of the abdomen from the action of the mammary
muscle, and at the same time receive the glands themselves
upon their concave anterior edges. These edges afford a hard
and solid point of resistance, against which the glands are
pressed ; and their secretions are thus forced through their ex-
cretory ducts towards the teats.

It appears to me probable, that in the Kangaroo, the loose
connection of the mammary gland to the subjacent textures
may allow of its being drawn backwards and forwards across the
edge of the marsupial bone, by the alternate contraction and
relaxation of its proper muscle, and thus the process of emptying
its ducts by pressure may be considerably facilitated.

That Nature in other cases avails herself of the agency of

muscular

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 73

muscular contraction for the purpose of compressing a gland,
and thereby emptying its ducts of their contents, we have
already sufficient proof. The venom of the Rattle-snake is
forced through its perforated fang by a muscular apparatus
connected with the secreting organs ; and the musk gland of
the Crocodile has been shown by my friend Mr. Bell* to pos-
sess a muscular investment, obviously destined to perform the
same functions as T have attributed to a similar peculiarity of
structure in the Kangaroo.

The use of a forcible compression of the mammary gland of
the Kangaroo, exerted at the will of the mother for the purpose
of ejecting its secretion, will be rendered apparent by an ex-
amination of the young at the time it is first attached to the
nipple ; for the imperfect state of organization in which we find
the young of marsupial animals at the time they first make their
appearance in the pouch, — more particularly evinced by the
state of the mouth and its appendages, — compared with the
more mature development of the same parts in the young of
other mammalia, renders some provision necessary, by which
nutrition should be imparted solely by the agency of the mother ;
and this provision is clearly afforded by the injection of the
milk into the mouth by the means I have already mentioned,
instead of that fluid being extracted by the suction of the young,
as in the case of other mammiferous animals. That the secretion
of the marsupial mammary gland may be ejected by pressure
made upon the part, is rendered probable not only by the exist-
ence of a compressing muscle, but also by the structure of the
marsupial teat and its proper investments, which I shall next
describe. I wish it, however, to be clearly understood, that in
the description which I am now giving of the anatomy of these
parts, I refer to the mammary organ in the full-grown Kan-

* Phil. Trans. 1827, j). 132. «. 11.

VOL. XVI. L garoo.

74 _ Mr. Morgan's Description

garoo, when loaded with its secretions, and at a time when the
young within the pouch was several months old ; for, as I have
before stated, the condition of these parts is constantly changing
at different periods of gestation. At the particular period, how-
ever, which I have mentioned, as referring to the animal under
consideration, the following appearances were presented.

On removing the muscle which enveloped the mamma, that
part was found, as in the virgin animal, to be composed of two
distinct glandular substances, bearing nearly the same relative
proportions as in the former instance (tab. S. f. 1.). In form,
however, they were somewhat altered ; for the larger gland had
now changed from a circular to an oval shape, it was of a pur-
plish colour, and possessed of a very high degree of vascularity.
The marsupial teat was now found attached to its inner side. In
the former instance, when mentioning the dissection of the virgin
animal, it will be remembered, that this gland was described as
closely confined to the skin of the pouch immediately behind
the follicular openings, which led to a central canal in its inte-
rior; whereas, it was now found that its cellular connections
were comparatively loose, and that its attachment to that part
of the integuments, to which it formerly closely adhered, was
now formed by the medium of its excretory ducts, which, in-
closed within their proper sheath, were collected together and
disposed in the form of a fasciculus or cord passing from the
inner margin of the gland to the marsupial teat.

All remains of the follicular apertures in the pouch had disap-
peared, the gland was removed from its former situation, and its
excretory ducts, formed into a plexus or fasciculated cord, were
continued from the gland to the true marsupial teat, exactly
through that part of the integuments of the pouch, which, in the
virgin animal, was occupied by the aperture I have before
alluded to. ,

The

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 75

The smaller gland appeared somewhat more vascular than
that which I had before examined in the younger animal, and
was connected by a similar arrangement of ducts with the upper
and smaller nipple {tab. 8./. 1. a.). From the larger marsupial
mammary gland about twenty excretory ducts are sent off, these
being closely connected together by reticular membrane, and
inclosed in a sheath, (forming, as I have stated, a sort of fasci-
culus or cord,) are continued to their termination at the extre-
mity of the nipple in nearly a straight line. In its course from
the gland, this plexus cf ducts first passes between the skin of the
pouch and the abdominal muscles as far as the base of the mar-
supial teat, at which part it enters the teat, and is continued to its
extremity, where each duct terminates by a separate opening. A
sheath of longitudinal muscular fibres closely envelops this fas-
ciculus of ducts throughout its whole extent ; and at the point of
junction with the gland, these muscular fibres are expanded over
the surface of that organ, to nearly the whole of which they are
attached by cellular connections (tab. 8.f. 1. b.).

The use of this muscle is to draw up and shorten the teat, when
its ducts are emptied, or to compress that part when this retrac-
tion is prevented by a distended state of its vessels : whenever,
therefore, the lactiferous tubes are filled by injection from the
mammary gland, and the part becomes distended, this muscle
considerably facilitates the transmission of the secreted fluid
through the teat by compressing the ducts, and thus squeezing
their contents towards the extremity of the nipple. Thus the
lactiferous tubes within the mammary gland, and the excretory
vessels which are sent oft' from those tubes through the teat, are
furnished by Nature with precisely the same muscular apparatus
for the ejection of their contents.

The compressing muscle of the teat, however, is only capable
of performing this office when assisted by that of the gland ; for

L 2 until

76 Mr. Morgan's Description

until by the contraction of the latter the ducts become dis-
tended, no resistance is offered in the direction of the longitu-
dinal fibres of the muscle which incloses them ; and we conse-
quently find, that when the marsupial teat is empty and tlaccid,
its contraction (which can be easily felt in the living animal)
diminishes the part to one-fourth of its size when in the distended
state ; for when empty the teat is drawn up, and the skin which
covers it becomes loose and corrugated. When, however, the
teat is distended, the contraction of the muscle would of course
tend to produce a considerable degree of pressure upon the ves-
sels which it incloses.

Having thus endeavoured to prove, that a forcible compres-
sion of the gland and teat is necessarily occasioned by the con-
traction of their surrounding muscular investments, and that by
this compression the excretory vessels must be emptied of their
contents ; having also mentioned the probable necessity for this
provision in the mother, as indicated by the condition of the
young, I shall now conclude my account of the mammary organs
by describing some other structures which enter into the com-
position of the teat and gland. It will be necessary, however,
that I should first notice a peculiar and singular change in these
structures, which 1 have observed to occur in the living animal,
and which is, I conceive, in a great measure dependent upon
the existence and functions of other parts which yet remain
undescribed.

The change to which I allude consists in an extraordinary
distention or enlargement of the marsupial mammary gland and
teat, which is constantly found to take place during the time the
young is engaged in the act of sucking. This distention is con-
siderably greater than any which could possibly arise from the
most forcible injection of the lactiferous tubes ; and I have
clearly ascertained, by repeated and careful examinations of

the

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 7t

the pouch in the living animal, that it is produced at will by the
mother, apparently for the purpose of preparing the parts for
the more ready transmission of milk to the young. On these
occasions the gland and teat will be found of nearly double the
size which a full injectment of the ducts is capable of producing.
The cause of this additional enlargement however was, as I
conceive, explained by an examination of the vascular system in
the parts alluded to ; for by continuing the dissection, and care-
fully removing the compressing muscles of the gland and teat,
it was found that, from the number and size of the veins, any
obstruction to the circulation of blood through these vessels
would in itself be sufficient to occasion a degree of distention by
which the extraordinary increase of size in these parts might be
adequately accounted for. The distribution of the veins in the
marsupial gland is not characterized by any remarkable appear-
ance as regards their course ; from their immense number,
however, the whole surface of the gland presents when closely
examined a reticulated congeries of vessels, which, with those of
the interior, unite into larger trunks, the greater number of which
terminate on the outer convex surface of the gland in a single
vessel {tab. S. f. 2. a.), which passes first between the two layers
of the proper muscle of the mammae, afterwards descends upon
the tendon of the external oblique, and ultimately empties itself
into the external iliac vein. This vessel, however, conveys only
a part of the blood from the marsupial gland towards the heart,
since another venous trunk, issuing from the inner margin of the
gland, descends in a similar manner to the same termination,
namely, to the iliac vessels. This vein conveys not only the
remaining portion of blood from the gland, but also the whole
of that which returns from the marsupial teat (tab. S.f. 2. b.).

Venous circulation, carried on through vessels thus situated,
must necessarily meet with obstruction from the action of the

compressing

78 ■'•^,Mr. Morgan's Description

compressing muscles through which they pass ; and it therefore
appears more than probable, that whenever the gland is squeezed
against the marsupial bone, a greater or less degree of venous
congestion, and consequently distention of the part, must be
occasioned by the pressure which is made upon the veins
through which the blood is returned. That a loaded state of
the veins, together with an injection of the lactiferous tubes,
will occasion in the marsupial gland of the dead animal an in-
crease of size corresponding to that which is found to exist [in
the parts during life, I have proved by the experiment of throw-
ing an injection of quicksilver into the ducts, and one of water
into the blood-vessels, by which process the exact natural form
and capacity of the mamma, as it exists during the period of
suckling, is artificially produced. Thus the extraordinary dis-
tention of the marsupial mammary gland to which I have alluded,
is, I conceive, produced in a great measure by an enlargement
of the vessels which naturally exist in the part ; but the extra-
ordinary distention of the nipple is partly occasioned by a change
which takes place in a peculiar vascular structure which enters
into the composition of the teat, and which is formed apparently
for this particular purpose : for we find immediately beneath the
compressing muscle of the teat, that a layer of loose reticular
membrane, forming a bed for a congeries of tortuous veins, is
interposed between that structure and the central fasciculus of
excretory ducts. The vascular sheath by which this central
fasciculus is thus inclosed, consists principally of a dense plexus
of veins, which are extremely large and numerous in proportion
to the size and number of the arteries which accompany them
{tab. 8. f. 2. c). So great is the vascularity of this sheath, that in
many parts it nearly resembles in appearance the corpus spon-
giosum of the penis, and like that part is capable of considerable
distention, either by an obstruction to its venous circulation in

the

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 79

the living animal, or by artificial injection after death. The exist-
ence of this structure throughout the whole length of the marsu-
pial teat, will at once account for the extraordinary enlargement
of that part before alluded to ; for since the veins of the plexus
empty themselves into the mammary vessels, an obstruction to
the circulation of blood through their main trimks must neces-
sarily operate in producing a congestive swelling both of the
marsupial gland and of the teat. I conceive, therefore, that the
distention of the nipple at the period of suckling, is occasioned
not only by the injection of its excretory ducts, but also by the
state of venous congestion which must necessarily occur at that
time in the vascular covering which surrounds those ducts,
occasioned by the pressure of the muscles of the marsupial
gland upon the trunks of the veins returning blood from the
part. Thus it will be understood, that the teat is composed
of four distinct structures ; first, of the common integuments :
secondly, of its compressing muscle ; thirdly, of the vascular
plexus, which I have just mentioned i and lastly, of its central
fasciculus of lactiferous tubes, r'; r ••,''■' • , —, :-•

I have injected the excretory ducts of the gland with quick-
silver from the extremity of the nipple to their extreme branches,
and have met with no unusual appearance either as regards
their course or distribution. They are about twenty in number,
and terminate by separate openings at the extremity of the nip-
ple. The appearance which they present when injected is ac-
curately shown {tab.S.f.2.(L). They are bound together by
a delicate tissue of reticular membrane, and are continued a
short way into the substance of the gland before they sepa-
rate. Throughout their whole course they are possessed of a
very considerable degree of elasticity.

Having thus detailed the anatomical peculiarities which I
have met with in the marsupial gland and teat, and having en-
deavoured

80 ■ Mr. Morgan's Description

deavoured to assign a cause for the changes which I have met
with in these parts in the living animal, it now merely remains
for me to describe the appearances which presented themselves
in the dissection of the smaller gland and teat.

This gland, as I have before stated, is not possessed of any
great degree of vascularity. Its coverings, as well as those of
the smaller teat, are very similar to the investments of the larger
organ, but considerably less distinct. From its close connection
with the marsupial gland, it derives in common with that organ
a sti'ong covering from the compressing muscle of the mamma ;
but the compressing muscle of the teat consists of a few scattered
fibres only, which cannot without difficulty be distinguished from
the surrounding cellular membrane, beneath which a very small
and delicate vascular plexus is situated, extending, as in the
larger marsupial teat, from the extremity of the nipple to its
base, forming a close investment around the excretory ducts of
the gland (tab. Q.f. I.e.). These ducts are extremely minute in
size, from fifteen to twenty in number, and closely resemble in
their course and distribution through the gland, the larger ducts
of the marsupial teat {tab. 8. /. 1. a.). The veins and arteries
of the smaller are closely connected with those of the larger
gland ; and the two organs so nearly resemble each other in their
anatomical characters, that they can only be said to difl'er in size
and in vascularity.

With regard, however, to the use of the smaller gland and
teat, this is a point upon which I am unable to arrive at any
satisfactory conclusion. I have never found the slightest altera-
tion in the condition of these parts during any of the different
periods of gestation. The young animal is never attached to
the smaller nipple during the first period of its existence in the
pouch ; nor have I ever been able to ascertain (although 1 have
taken much trouble to investigate this subject) that at any sub-
sequent

of the Maynmary Organs of the Kangaroo. 81

sequent period the more perfectly developed young animal has
ever been known to extract any nutritive fluid from the upper
and smaller teat. Unless therefore I have recourse to analogy,
and compare the smaller gland and teat with the supernumerary
mammae and nipples which we find in other animals, any theory
which I could suggest relative to their use must be founded
entirely upon conjecture.

I have now concluded my anatomical description of the mam-
mary organs of the Kangaroo. At the time I was engaged
in the dissection of these organs, I was not aware that a de-
scription had already been published of one of the structures
described in this paper, — I allude to the compressing muscle
of the teat, — the existence of which has been noticed by M.
GeoftVoy St. Hilaire, in the Annates cles Sciences for 1826, who
has correctly described its use ; although, from the state in which
he appears to have received a small portion only of this parti-
cular part, his dissection does not seem to have afforded him an
opportunity of tracing the exact extent and attachment of the
muscle.

With the exception, however, of the published account of
M. GeofFroy St. Hilaire's dissection of these muscular fibres, I
am not aware that any former anatomist has noticed the pecu-
liarities of structure which I have described as existing in the
mammary organs of the Kangaroo. Believing, therefore, that
many of the facts which I have detailed are entirely new, I have
been induced to present the foregoing account of my investiga-
tion to this Society, in the hope that by making them generally
known, I may be fortunate enough to draw the attention of
future physiologists more particularly to this interesting branch
of natural science.

The facilities which in this country are affbrded to those who
may be inclined to undertake a course of experimental inquiries

VOL. XVI. M upon

82 Mr. Morgan's Description

upon the living marsupial animal will be found sufficiently
ample, and our opportunities for making anatomical examina-
tions upon the dead subject are by no means rare. With such
advantages therefore, I trust that the time is not far distant
when we shall be furnished with a full and distinct account of
the object of our researches ; and that by a detail of connected
facts, the phsenomena attending the changes which occur during
the foetal life of marsupial animals will be as clearly under-
stood as those which take place during the progress of genera-
tion in other mammiferous quadrupeds.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. II.

Fig. 1. Represents the interior of the pouch of a virgin Kan-
garoo, the fore part of which has been cut away to
show — a. The upper and smaller teat. b. The small
circular aperture occupying the situation of the fu-
ture marsupial teat. A bristle has been introduced. —
Page 62.

Fig. 2. A view of the mammary glands of the same pouch,

shown by removing the skin, &c. from the abdominal

muscles, and reversing the preparation exhibited in

Fig. 1. a. The larger gland or true mamma cut open

to expose its membranous canal, b. The upper and

smaller gland, c. The unopened membranous canal

shown by dissecting away its connections with the

gland, d. The canal slit open to show its termination

in a projecting papilla, e. A bristle passed through

the canal into the pouch. — Page 63, 64. //. Glands

apparently belonging to the absorbent system.

Tab.

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 83

Tab. III.

Fig. 1 . Interior of the pouch of the virgin Kangaroo, in which
the lower teat on the right side has been produced by
artificially everting — a. The membranous canal of
the mammary gland, and projecting b. Its papillary
termination, c. The follicular aperture formed by
the opening of the canal, and through which the canal
with its papilla is pushed and everted. — Page 65.

Fig. 2. Young Kangaroo supposed to be only a few days old,
figured to show the contrast between the extremely
minute aperture of the mouth at this early period, and
the extremity of the marsupial teat as shown in Fig, 3.
— Page 65.

Fig. 4. Represents the young animal in a more advanced state ;
the teat to which it was attached is shown in Fig. 5,
which, it will be seen, bears a very close resemblance
to that which is produced by the artificial eversion of
the canal in the mamma, as shown in Fig. \. a.b.

Tab. IV.
The panniculus carnosus of the Kangaroo, covering the
fore part of the abdomen, as described in page 68.
The muscular fibres will be seen encircling the mouth
of the pouch, to which they form a sphincter, and some
of the descending fibres are shown passing over the
pubis to be inserted into the cloaca, a.

Tab. V.
This plate exhibits a view of the interior of the pouch of
an adult Kangaroo at the period of suckling, together
with the compressing muscle of the mamma, a. Com-
pressing muscle, h. Marsupial teat. c. Upper and
smaller teats. — Page Q9 and 72.

M 2 Tab.

84 Mr. Morgan on the Mammary Organs of the Kaiigaroo.

Tab. VI.
a. The anterior Rectus abdominis muscle. — Page 70

and 71.

Tab. VII.

h. The posterior rectus muscle of the abdomen, a. The
triangular ligament connecting the marsupial bone
with the pelvis ; the ligament has been removed on
the opposite side, to show the exact form of the bone
itself.— Page 70.

Tab. VIII.

Fig. 1. Represents the double mamma of the Kangaroo dis-
sected.— Page 74. a. Excretory ducts of the smaller
gland, b. Compressing muscle of the marsupial teat.
— Page 75. c. Small plexus of vessels.

Fig. 2. A view of the blood-vessels and ducts of the true mar-
supial gland and teat.
a. Larger vein and artery, b. The smaller ditto. —

Page 77 and 78.
c. Dense plexus of veins and arteries, d. Ducts of the
gland traced to their termination. — Page 79>

V. De-

Trans. Itnrt. Sec, YoLJCVLTai, 2.

ngi

TnuiS: J. Ill i/,:Siic. ToLXVLTaf,, .i

Fig 3^

I't^ S

Jza. 2.

Tw 4

T/a/iS: /:///// :S/>r.i;'/,M'L T,,/. ■/.

C^T Canton, del. e^ souTp.

'?■

Trans ZinnSoc. VoLXVI. T.ui .?.

- J-Ca^i/c/t. tZal et sciUp.

Trans.' Zinrt.Soc: YcL-JLyi. lah. o\

" J. Cannon-, d^eZ. et souJp.

/•-^i^/'V?)!,

Trans:£t7in.Soc.T'fl:.\VI. Tu/, 7

2rans,lmn,Sflc,Vel,Xi1. Tnl,, S.

Jw Z^

( 85 )

V. Descriptions of some new Species of Birds belonging chiefly
to the rare Genera Phyfotoma, Gmel., Indicator, Vieill., and
Cursorius, Latham. By Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S.
Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society.

Read December 20, 1825.

Among the numerous accessions Avhich have taken place to our
stock of Ornithology within the last few years, a few species
belonging to some of the rarer genera have fallen into my hands,
the descriptions of which may not prove unacceptable to this
Society. Next to the interest which is excited by the discovery
of species that exhibit any novel modification of form, may be
considered that which arises from the accession of species to
groups either little known, or which are of rare occurrence.
The following birds are for the most part of this latter descrip-
tion. They belong to genera, of which the species have hitherto
not only been much limited in number, but which are so rare as
to have come but seldom under the inspection of ornithologists.

Ordo. Insessores. Vigors.
Tribus. Conirostres. Cuv.

Fam. LoxiAD^. Vigors.
Genus. Phytotoma. Gmel.

Ferreo-rostre. p. brunneum, capite, guld, cauddque suprd
rufls ; rostro nigro, crassissimo.

Rostrum

86 Mr. Leadbeater on some new Species of Birds

Rostrum subbreve, crassissimum, basi latissimum, rostri Loxia-
darnm robur crassitudinemque in extremum ferens : irre-
gulariter serratum ; mandibuld superiore dente conspicu^
prope basin armatd ; tomiis angulum prope basin forman-
tibus. AliB subbreves, rotundatae, brunneaj ; remigibus supra
fusco-brunneis, subt^is fuscis ; remige secund^ prim^ pauld
longiori, tertiA^ quarts quints sext^que fer^ aequalibus lon-
gissimis, septira^ octav^ non^ decim4que gradatim breves-
centibus. Cauda mediocris, rotundata ; rectricibus dua-
bus raediis supr^ rufis, caeterAm pogoniis externis rufis,
internis fuscis, omnibus subt^s fuscis. Pedes mediocres,
fusco-brunnei, tetradactyli ; acrotarsiis scutellatis, paratar-
siis integris ; digitis subgracilibus ; exteriore usque ad arti-
culum primum medio connexo ; medio elongato, duobus
externis subbrevibus, aequalibus ; halluce subforti, subelon-
gato, tmgue sublongo, subfalcato ; unguibus omnibus com-
pressis.

Longitudo corporis, OyV » <^^^ a carpo ad remigem quartam, 2|- ;

'. ,^ tarsi, 1^; rostri ad frontem, |-, ad rictum, ^] altitude rostri
a basi gnathidiorum ad basin culminis ^ ; latitude inter

gnathidia,

Vo-

I have referred this bird to the genus Phytotoma of Gmelin,
with the general characters of which it sufficiently accords.
The bill, however, is of such extraordinary dimensions, and the
bird exhibits in other respects such peculiar characters, that I
make no doubt it will be found, when closely compared with
the birds of that genus, to form a distinct group from them.
Hitherto I have had no opportunity of making such a compa-
rison, having never seen a specimen of the true Phytotoma ; and
I do not feel myself authorized to form my bird into a new
genus without a more accurate knowledge of that group, with

which

belonging to the Genera Phytotoma, Indicator, Cursorius, Sj-c. 87

which it is certainly closely allied, than the superficial characters
already given of it afford me. I have, however, subjoined a
detailed account of the chief characters of the bird in the above
description, in order that those ornithologists, who may have
the good fortune of being able to compare the species of the
true Phytotoma with it, may ascertain how far the birds agree.
I have to add, when alluding to the extraordinary dimensions of
the bill of the species, that the jaw-bones extend in width even
further than the beak itself ; the space between them being -,Vths
of an inch, while that between the gnathidia of the lower man-
dible is but -^ths.

The greatest breadth of the skull above is f ths of an inch.

Trib. Dentirostres. Cuv.

Fam. Merulid^. Vigors.

Gen. Myiothera. III.

2. Yarrellii. M . suprd brunnea ; strigd superciliari, thorace,
crisso, guttisque alarum pallide fulvis, abdomine albo ; strigd
per oculos tectricibusque nigris.

Caput saturatiilis brunneum ; cauda rufescenti-brunnea. Ros-
trum supra brunneum, subtiis fulvum ; pedes fulvi.

Longitudo corporis, 5\ ; rostri, f ; ala a carpo ad remigem ter-
tiam, 2-f-; cauda, 2-^; tarsi, I-'q.

I have dedicated this beautiful species to my friend Wm. Yar-
rell, Esq., whose services as an ornithologist entitle him to this
public mark of approbation, and whose long continued friend-
ship demands from me this private tribute of esteem.

Fam.

88 Mr. Leadbeater on some new Species of Birds

Fam. Sylviad^i. Vigors.
Gen. Tyuannulus. Vieill.

S. ViEiLLOTi. T. suprd viridi-olivaceus, corpore subtiis strigd-
qiie superciliari utrinque fiavis ; capite cristato, alis, caudd,
maculdque utrinque abdominali airis ; regione auriculari atro-
ccsruled ; capite summo crissoque roseis ; mento strigdque ala-
rum albis.

Fteromata fulva. Tectrices inferiores albae, nigro notatae. JRec-
t7ices externoe apice albo. Rostrum pedesque nigri.

Longitudo corporis, 4 ; rostri, \ ; alee a carpo ad remigem ter-
tiam, 1-f- ; caudcB, \-^ ; tarsi, f.

1 have named this little Wren, which comes from Chili, after
M.VieillotjWho first characterized the American species, without
the feathers which cover the nostrils, as distinct from the Euro-
pean Regulus.

Fam. PiPRiDiE. Vigors.

Gen. Pardalotus. Vieill.

4, Africanus. P.suprdvirescenti-olivaceus, subtiis Jlavescenti-
albidus ; alis cauddque nigris, illis albo guttatis, hdc albo ter-
minatd.

Capitis 7nichaque plumae fusco ad apicem marginatae, gula
pectorisque leviter undulatae. Ptila guttis rotundis albis
frequentibus notata, pteromata guttis similibus terminata.
Gena crissumque flavae. Tectrices inferiores albidae. Ros-
trum nigro-brunneum ; pedes pallidi.

Longitudo corporis, 4J- ; rostri, ^ ; alee a carpo ad remigem se-
cundam, 2f ; cauda, 1^ ; tarsi ^.

This little bird, which has all the general characters of the
Australian genus Pardalotus, as well as the usual colouring and
markings, was found far in the interior of Africa, It is the

only

belonging to the Genera Phytotoma, Indicator, Cursorius, ^c. 89

only species of the genus yet discovered, that does not belong-
to New Holland.

Trib. ScANsoREs. Juct.

Fam. CucuLiDiE. Leach.

Gen. Indicator. Vieillot.

The group of Honeyguides, the first account of the interesting
manners of which was given by Dr. Sparmann, was separated
from the Linnaean genus Cuculus, where it was originally placed
by systematic writers, by M. Le Vaillant* under the name
of Indicateurs ; and was afterwards formed into a genus by
M. Vieillot, under the scientific name of Indicator. Some con-
fusion exists respecting the species already described of this
genus. M. Le Vaillant has described and figured two species,
which he calls "/e Grand Indicatetir" and "/e Petit Indicateur."
Dr. Shaw refers to three species, which he denominates I. Spar-
nianni {Cuculus Indicator Mill.), the bird originally discovered
by Dr. Sparmann ; /. major ; and /. minor ; the two last being
the species figured by M. Le Vaillant. M. Temminck, how-
ever, includes but two species in the genus t, the original Cucu-
lus Indicator Mill. (J. Sparmanni Shaw), and the Petit Indicateur
of M. Le Vaillant (J. minor Shaw) ; apparently concluding that
the former bird and the Grand Indicateur of M. Le Vaillant
(L major Shaw) are the same species.

These birds are of rare occurrence, and I have had no oppor-
tunity of ascertaining this point ; but I have the good fortune
to be able to add the descriptions of two new species, which
have been sent to me from the interior of Africa, and which
differ totally from all the descriptions and figures of those spe-
cies already published. To these I shall add the detailed de-

* Ois. d'Afrique.

f Analyse du Syst. gen. d'Ornith. p. 73. — 1825. — He has subsequently added a
third species in his Planches Colonies, No. 367. — Nov. 29, 1828.

VOL. XVI. Tst scrip tion

90 Mr. Leadbeater on some new Species of Birds

scription of a species I have received from the Cape of Good
Hope. This bird, although it does not exactly accord with the
description of the bird originally brought from the same place
by Dr. Sparmann, may yet be the female, or a variety of that
species ; the descriptions of it being very vague and confused,
and the identity of the species being much in doubt.

5. Le Vaillantii. /. oUvaceo-bnmneus, subtiis albidus, guld
pectoreqite Jtavo-variegatis ; rectricibus duabus mediis fusco-
brunneis, cateris albis fusco-briinneo notatis.

Tectrices superiores flavo leviter marginatae, inferiores albidse.
Remiges olivaceo-brunnete margine interno pallidiore, sub-
tiis fuscae intern^ albido marginatae. Rectrices prima et
secunda albae apice brunneo, tertia alba apice basique
brunneis, quarta et quinta brunneae margine interno albo,
duae mediae brunneae. Rostrum obscur^ brunneum, sub-
breve, gonyde subfortiter angulata. Pedes nigri, unguibus
pallidioribus.

Longitudo corporis, 1\ ; alee a carpo ad remigem tertiam, 4>-^ ;
caudcB 3-fV ; rostri ad rictum ^, ad frontem \ ; tarsi ^.

This bird has at first sight some appearance of the J.albi-
collis* of M. Temminck ; and on a superficial examination
might be pronounced either the female or the young male
of that species. But the bill will be found to be decidedly
distinct ; being shorter and stronger, and having a much more
acutely angulated gonys than the bill of that bird.

I. Le Vaillantii also is of less dimensions than the former
bird ; and the disposition of the colours, as may be seen by the
above descriptions, is different in both. I have named the spe-

* The male and female of this species had been originally described and named in
this paper; but as the species has been figured by M. Temminck subsequently to the
reading of the paper, I adopt his name. — Nov. 29, 1828.

cies

belonging to the Genera Pliytotoma, Indicator^ Cursorius, (f-c. 91

cies in honour of M. Le Vaillant, who first pointed out the cha-
racteristic peculiarities of this group, and whose services in
general to science have been of the highest importance.

6. BupiiAGOiDES. I.oUvaceo-fuscuSf ahdomine albido ; alis dor-

soque injimo Jiavo variegatis ; rectricibus quatuor mediis oli-
vaceo-brunneis ; rostro brevi, crasso.
Tectrices superiores, primariae extern^ flava?, intern^ albido
marginatae, secundariae utrinque flavo marginatae ; inferio-
res albidae. Remiges supr^, externa excepts, extern^ flavo
intern^ albido marginatae ; subtiis fuscae, intern^ albido
marginatae. Rectrices tres externoe albae, apice brunneo,
quarta alba apice basique brunneis, quatuor mediae brun-
neae. Rostrum nigrum, mandibuld inferiori basi albida,
gonyde grandi.
Longitude corporis, 6 ; alee a carpo ad remigem tertiam 3^ ;
caudce 2^ ; rostri ad frontem f , ad rictum \^ ; tarsi f.
The bill of this species, although agreeing in general charac-
ters with those of the rest of the group, exhibits a decided dif-
ference from all, in its shortness and thickness. In this respect
it has nearly the appearance of the Beefeater's bill, partially
agreeing in the strong and angulated form so conspicuous in
that genus.

This analogical resemblance has induced me to confer on the
species the name of Buphagoides.

7. Sparmanni? I. olivaceo-brunneiis, guld pectoreque albido

maculatis; abdomine crissoque albidis, brunneo lineatis, rectri-
cibus externis albis, apice brunneis.
Caput parch albido striatum. Alarum plumae flavescenti mar-
ginatae ; femorales crissique in medio brunneo striatae. Re-
miges inferiores fuscae. Pteromata alba : ptila alba brunneo-

N 2 variegata.

92 Mr. Leadbeater ofi some new Species of Birds

variegata. Kectrices quatuor mediae brunneee, caeterae albae
apice brunneo. Rostrum nigrum, mandibula inferiore albes-
cente. Pedes nigri.
Longitudo corporis, 7-ro ; o/ce a" carpo ad remigem tertiam 4^ ;
Cauda 2-^ ; rostri ad pontem -|-, ad rictum 7tV > ^«''s« to-

Fam. Rampiiastidje. Vigors.
Gen. MoMOTus. Lath.

8. Platyrhynchus. M. Jlavescenti-viridis, capite cotlo pec-

toreque rufo-castaneis ; strigd per oculos, notisque thoracicis
nigris ; rostro latissimo.

Rostrum pedesque nigri. Remiges pogonio externo viridi, in-
terne rhachibusque fuscis. Tectrices inferiores virides. Rec-
tinces supra virides, rhachibus apiceque atris ; subtiis fuscae.

Longitudo corporis ab apice rostri ad apicem caudae, 14f unc. ;
rostri ad frontem If, ad rictum 2 ; ala a carpo ad apicem
remigis quartae 5\ ; caudcB 8^ ; tarsi f .

The distinguishing character of this bird is its bill, which is
flat and broad, unlike the compressed bill of the other three
species. The black stria on the side of the head extends from
the rictus of the bill through the eyes, and covers the ears ; those
on the throat are formed by detached black feathers, not exceed-
ing in this specimen seven in number. The webs of the central
tail-feathers are bare for about an inch near the apex, as is usual
in this genus.

This bird was found in Brazil.

Ord. Grallatores. Illiger.

Fam. Charadriad^. Leach.

Gen. CuRSORius. Latham.

9. Grallator. C. ochraceus, capite dorsoque nigro brunneo-

que

belonging to the Genera Fhytotoma, Indicator, Ciirsorius, ^c. 93

que variegatis ; subtus parce nigro lineatus ; fasciis duabtis
parallelis pectorallbiis nigris.

nostrum nigrescens. Pedes pallidi.
Longitude corpon's, 7|- ; rostrif; tarsia.

The extraordinary length of the tarsi of this bird brings the
group to which it belongs into near contact with the long-legged
genera of Himantopus Cuv. and Mdicnemus Cuv., and adds to
the number of those groups of the family of Charadriada which
are immediately allied to the Gruidce of the same order. The
stilt-like appearance of the bird has suggested the specific name
which I have given it.

VI. On

( 95 )

VI. On a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. By Joshua Brookes,
Esq., F.R.S. and L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club
of the Linnean Society.

Bead June 3rd and nth, 1828.

The science of Natural History is of so unbounded an extent,
that perhaps I may be allowed, comparativel}'^ speaking, to say,
that scarcely a day passes without an opportunity being afforded
to zoologists of bringing to light unknown instances of its latent
treasures.

The animal which I am at present about to describe has been
in my possession for several years ; and although there is strong
evidence of its being new to science, as far as relates to a know-
ledge of its real structure, yet, from a variety of circumstances,
I have neglected to avail myself of the means so long afforded
me ; and possibly now it may only be in consequence of the
approaching dispersion of my collection that a stimulus is given
to exertions, which otherwise might have remained dormant.

The individual in question, which appears to be unique, was
obtained, when recently dead, from Mr. Cross, in whose Viva-
rium at Exeter Change it had been seen while living, and espe-
cially noticed, both by M. de Blainville and by M. F. Cuvier.
Each of these distinguished naturalists has described its general
characters and habits ; but, unacquainted with its real struc-
ture, they have failed in referring it to its correct situation in
Nature. By each of them it has been erroneously placed among
the Jerboas, under the name of Dipus maximus. The latter

author.

96 Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order' tlodentia.

author, indeed, appears to have doubted the propriety of this
location, and mentions with evident regret, that the loss of the
remains of the animal had prevented our becoming acquainted
with its organization, and ascertaining precisely its characters.
Fortunately, however, the animal, although obscured from notice
during so long a period, is yet in a condition for accurate and
minute examination.

The description of its preserved skin and skeleton I have now
the honour of presenting to the notice of the Society ; and from
the structure of the latter especially, it will be evident that it
must be referred to a new genus, to which I propose to give the
name of Lagostomus. The form of the teeth, on which so much
stress is justly laid in characterizing genera, differs essentially
from that exhibited by all the other Rodentia ; from which it is
also distinguished not only by the number of its toes, but by
various other particulars of its osteology, which I shall now
proceed rapidly to describe, assuming occasionally as a point of
comparison the skeleton of the Dipus Sagitta, with which it has
been generically confounded.

The upper surface of the cranium in Lagostomus exhibits the
usual form of that of the Rodentia, its sides being nearly pa-
rallel, and its occipital breadth scarcely exceeding its breadth
immediately anterior to the orbits. In Dipus, on the con-
trary, the outline is decidedly triangular, arising from the very
considerable dilatation of its hinder part, occasioned by the
extraordinary development of the mastoid processes of the tem-
poral bones, which are extremely delicate, and possess, as in
man, a cellular structure*. ' The

• The Egyptian Jerboas being known to domiciliate themselves under bushes fre-
quented by the Cerastes, so that it frequently, or perhaps generally occurs, that where
the one, there the other is also found ; this particular osseous extension may be destined
by Nature, to give increased sensitiveness to the auditory organ, for the greater secuiity
pf the animal. In the Chlamyphorus truncatus there are two somewhat similar osseous

tumours

Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 97

The occipital spine in the Jerboa is very trifling : a singular
circumstance, when considered in connection with the upright
position continually assumed by that animal ; while in Lago-
stomus it is most strongly and decidedly pronounced. In both,
the orbit is separated from the temporal fossa by a broad and
strong bony process ; — a structure which occurs also in Echi-
nothrix dorsata, and in Ccelogenus Agouti; but not in Lepus,
Arctomys, Castor, and many others of the Rodentia. The zygo-
matic arch is weak posteriorly.

The incisor teeth, as in most of the genera of this order, are
two in number in each jaw ; they are long, and protrude con-
siderably, almost equalling in this respect those of Orycteriis
maritiinus, and exceeding those of any other species, with that
exception : those of the lower jaw are rather the longest, and
are grooved along the middle line of their outer surface. The
molar teeth are four in number on each side of each of the
jaws : those of the lower jaw are placed in a very oblique
direction forwards and outwards ; each of them is composed
of two equal portions, distinctly surrounded by a margin of
enamel, and closely united, so as to give the appearance
of two single flat teeth intimately ossified together laterally.
The three anterior molar teeth of the upper jaw very much
resemble those of the lower, but are placed somewhat less
obliquely : the fourth, or hinder one, differs in having added to
it a third portion, which is rather smaller than the others, and
is rounded in its posterior outline. In the Jerboa the molar
teeth, it is almost unnecessary to remark, are only three in num-
ber on each side of the lower jaw : the structure of their crowns,
in which the circumvolutions of the enamel are so complicated

tumours situated just above the orbits, the use and connections of which are unknown,
but which may be probably intended for an extension of the olfactory organ, or possibly
for a more elaborate diffusion of sound in its subterranean pursuits.

VOL. XVI. o as

98 Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodeniia,

as scarcely to be capable of scientific description, is strongly
opposed to the very simple form of those of Lagostomus, which
present only three parallel lines of enamel, separated by two
intervening portions of the osseous part of the tooth.

The rami of the lower jaw are arched, broad, and strong, and
exhibit very distinctly on their under surface the roots of the
molar teeth, and also the course of the incisors within the bone :
the angle is very much produced posteriorly : the plate is broad,
and is deeply grooved above, behind the molar teeth : the co-
ronoid process is very acute ; the condyle elongated from before
backwards, and the glenoid cavity large, and extended con-
siderably in the direction of the condyle.

As all the Mammalia have seven cervical vertebrae, with the
exception of the Sloth, which has nine, there cannot be any
necessity for referring to those bones for numerical comparison
with those of other animals. The number of ribs, and con-
sequently that of the dorsal vertebrae, is twelve on each side;
that of the lumbar, seven : in both these particulars Lagostomus
agrees with the Jerboa. The sacral vertebrae of Lagostomus are
three, and the caudal twenty.

The anterior extremity is comparatively shorter than in the^
greater number of the Rodentia, but is longer and stronger than
in the Jerboa. The clavicle is complete. The scapula is rather
delicate ; its spine is but slightly elevated ; and the acromion is
slender, flattened, and considerably elongated, equalling in length
the remaining portion of the spine. The os brachii is strong, has
a considerable tubercle at its outer surface somewhat below the
head of the bone, and exhibits a tendency to expand into a
ridge (the processus deltoides). The condyles are lengthened
transversely, and are widely separated. The radius is about
one-fourth longer than the os brachii, and it inclines towards
the ulna, which is anchylosed anteriorly with it through about

two-

Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order 'Rodentia. 99

two-thirds of its length, by the ossification of the interosseous
ligament. The toes are four in number, terminated by small
claws, and the skeleton exhibits not the slightest rudiment of a
thumb. In the Jerboa the scapula is still more delicate ; the
acromion, though slender, does not exceed one-third of the
length of the spine ; the os brachii is weak, and its deltoid pro-
cess a simple but strong tubercle ; the radius is twice as long as
the arm-bone, and there is a marked rudiment of a thumb,
which is visible even in the living animali

The general appearance of the pelvis in Lagostomus is de-
licate ; it is comparatively narrow, and is wider in its trans-
verse than in its sacro-pubal diameter : its position is extremely
vertical, whence it appears incapable of affording much sup-
port to the abdominal viscera when the animal assumes the
upright position. The ossa pubis are but little produced ; their
symphysis is slender and much elongated, and the obturator
foramen is consequently enormously large.

The ilia are long and narrow, and their crista, which is blunt,
is little expanded. The ossa femoris are straight, strong, and
without ridges ; they are furnished, like those of the rabbit, ,
squirrel, and some other animals, with three trochanters, the
ordinary trochanter major and trochanter minor, with a tro-
chanter externus, situated a little below the larger process.
The tibia and fibula are nearly half as long again as the femur ;
the fibula is complete, extending downwards, and forming the
malleolus externus. The os calcis is strong, and elongated
backwards : the metatarsal bones are three ; they are strong ;
the middle one is not quite one-half of the length of the tibia :
at the tarsal extremity of the outer one there is a small some-
what curved and obtusely-pointed tubercular elongation directed
backwards, as though it were intended as a fulcrum to give
additional security to the foot in leaping. A similar formation

o 2 niay

100 Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. .

may be noticed in the squirrel and Pteromt/s. The toes are
three, the middle one being the longest and the inner one the
shortest.

From this the hinder extremity of Dipus differs most essen-
tially. Its femur is arched, with the convexity forwards, and
is only half the length of the tibia. The fibula is short, and
extends to just below the middle of the tibia, where these
bones are firmly ossified together : the metatarsal bone, which
is about two-thirds of the length of the tibia, is single, and is
terminated by three nearly equal toes, the lower part of the limb
bearing in the skeleton a striking resemblance to that of a small
tridactylous wader.

To this outline of the more remarkable particulars exhibited
by the skeleton of Lagostomus, and of the numerous and im-
portant differences which exist between it and that of the Jer-
boa, a few observations may be added respecting its relation
with those of other rodent (Quadrupeds nearly approaching to it
in size.

The Lagostomus has 12 ribs, and consequently twelve dorsal

— [vertebrae.

Jerboa

Squirrel

Rabbit

Marmot

Coypus

Agouti

Urson .

Capromys

The Lagostomus
Jerboa
Squirrel

12
12
12
J3
13
13
14
16

7
7
7

lumbar vertebrae.

The

ilfr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 101

The Rabbit
Marmot
Urson
Agouti
Coypus
Capromys

7 lumbar vertebrae.

Hence it appears, that in the number of the ribs, and of the
lumbar vertebrae, the Lagosiomus agrees with the Jerboa, the
Squirrel, and the Rabbit. From the former of these its distinc-
tions have been already pointed out. From the Squirrel it dif-
fers amply in the want of the rotatory motion of the bones of
the fore-arm, and in the number of the toes, which in that animal
are five upon each foot. In the Rabbit the fibula is anchylosed
with the tibia a little below its middle, as in the Jerboa, — a cir-
cumstance which takes place also in the Rat. From the Agouti,
with which it corresponds in its tridactyle hinder extremities, it
is distinguished by the number of the ribs and of the lumbar
vertebrae, as well as by various other particulars of the osteology.
In the Helamys there are five toes to the fore-feet, and four to
the hinder. With the exception of this animal, of the Rabbit,
and of the Jerboa, the tibia of Lagostomus exceeds in com-
parative length, that of any of the other Mammalia enumerated
above.

One circumstance which has been noticed in the anatomical
description is worthy of particular remark ; — the bony union of
the radius and ulna in an animal, which, from the testimony of
accurate observers, who saw it during its life, employed its an-
terior extremities in conveying its food to its mouth. This struc-
ture, so far as I am acquainted with the osteology of the Mam-
malia, is perfectly unique. It has been hitherto regarded as
quite at variance with the existence of claviculae, most of the

quadrupeds

102 Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia.

quadrupeds which use their paws for the purpose of hands de-
pending in a great measure for the extent to which they can be
so employed, on the perfection or deficiency of these bones, and
on the rotatory motion of the radius on the ulna.

With the generic character, and with a few observations on
the single species on which it is founded, I shall now conclude
this paper.

LAGOSTOMUS.

Denies incisores in utrdque maxiM duo elongati, prominentes ;
maxillae inferioris canaliculati, paul6 longiores.

molares in utrdque maxilld utrinque quatuor, obliqui,

antrorsilm extrorsilmque spectantes, coron4 simplici lami-
nate ; maxillai inferioris obliquiores bilaminati ; maxillae
superioris tres anteriores bilaminati, posticus trilaminatus.

Pedes antici breviores, digitis quatuor.

postici elongati, validi, digitis tribus : ossa metatarsi digitis

numero aequalia.

Cauda mediocris, pilis longioribus pectinatis vestita.

Species unica.

Lagostomus trichodactylus.
Tab. IX.

Dipus maximus. De Blainville. F. Cuvier, Diet, des Scien.
Nat. xviii. p. 471.

To the original descriptions given from the living animal by
M. de Blainville and by M. F. Cuvier it is necessary for me to
add but little, their general correctness being shown by a refe-
rence to the stuffed skin. I have ventured to change the trivial
name, as we are at present unacquainted with any congener with
which a comparison could be made, and it would be improper
to retain the epithet maximus for a single species. That which I

have

Mr. Brookes 07i a new Genus of the Order Rodentia. 103

have proposed, trichodactylus, is derived from a curious and
hitherto unnoticed character, the animal being remarkable for
a tuft of bristly hairs on the back of each of the hinder toes.

In one important particular the descriptions of the zoologists
to whom I have referred differ materially. M. F. Cuvier states,
that "la queue 6toit de moyenne longueur, touffue et tout k
fait relevee contre le dos :" while M. de Blainville remarks
{Desm., Enc. Meth. Mammalogie, ii. 314.) " La queue du seul
individu observ6 etoit tronquee et mutil^e, et il en restoit envi-
ron deux pouces." For this discrepancy I can only account by
supposing that the animal seen by the former naturalist was not
the same as that described by the latter. Mr. Cross, 1 believe,
received a pair of these animals at the same time, one of which
escaped from his cage and was lost. The individual in question
was skinned and stuffed by Mr. Leadbeater, who delivered the
recent body to me ; and it is obvious that the tails of the skin
and that of the skeleton correspond with regard to length, i. e. five
or six inches. In the stuffed specimen the tail is bushy, of a
darker colour than that which prevails over the body, and having
the hairs spread laterally, pectinated similarly to those of a My-
oxus, or of a common Squirrel.

The size of the Lagostomus trichodactylus ^ as described by
M. de Blainville and M. F. Cuvier, is that of a full-grown Rab-
bit of moderate dimensions. This, although sufficiently accu-
rate, and as correct as the dimensions of any active and savage
animal can be estimated while it is living, is by no means
sufficiently precise. I therefore subjoin some of the more im-
portant measurements of the skeleton, which I give in preference
to those of the skin.

From

104 Mr. Brookes on a new Genus of the Order Rodentia.

Feet. Inches.

From the atlas to the tuber ischii 1 0-|- '

crista ilii to the tuber ischii .... 0 4

Length of the fore extremity from the head of the

OS brachii to the end of the longest nail ..06
from the head of the os brachii to the ex-
ternal condyle 0 ^^

' from the end of the olecranon to that of

the longest nail . 0 4^

of the hinder extremity 1 0^

from the trochanter major to the lower

portion of the external condyle of the femur 0 3^

from the upper surface of the tibia along

the fibula to the malleolus externus ... 0 44-
from the end of the os calcis to the ex-
treme end of the middle toe . . ... 0 4^
The occipital diameter of the cranium of the Lagostomus is
1 inch and fths, and its diameter between the ascending por-
tions of the zygoma 1 inch and fths. The corresponding mea-
surements in the Dipus are respectively ^ths and -fths of an
inch.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. IX.

Fig. a. Lagostomus trichodactyluSf^

b. Skeleton of the same, n ir ^i. xt ^ i • ^
^^. . ' y Half the Natural size.

c. Upper jaw, j

d. Under jaw, J

e. Crown of the second molar tooth of the"

left side of the lower jaw, I ,

/. Ditto of the last molar tooth of the right
side of the upper jaw,

VII. De-

Tnuis. Linn.Soc.VoiXyj. Tab. 10. p. 106.

^^.yp^^2//n^iy SL/JxH-ca^ajtc/.

( 105 )

VII. Description of a new Species of Agama, brought from the

Columbia River by Mr. Douglass. By Thomas Bell, Esq.,

F.R.S. 4- L.S.

ReadJune 17, 1828. ; 'r-l

Genus. AGAMA. Daudin.

Agama Douglassii.

Tab. X.
A. Poris femoralibus utrinque xx.

Habitat in or4 occidentali Americae Borealis ad ripas fluminis
Columbiae.

In its general form, colours, and marking, this species very
much resembles A. superciliosa, A. orbicularis, and others of the
same section of the genus. The head is obtusely triangular,
with a distinct ridge overhanging the orbits: the body sub-
orbicular and depressed ; the tail tumid at its origin, from
whence it becomes rather suddenly contracted, and tapers to
its extremity. The head, body, limbs and tail, are covered
on the upper side with small raised scales, interspersed with
larger ones which are aculeated, and most of them quadran-
gular. These form distinct ridges over the eyes, above the
ears, across the occiput, and along the sides of the body and
tail. The under side is wholly covered with small uniform
smooth scales. The gular fold is of considerable size. The
colour of the upper part is a mixture of yellowish-white and
VOL. XVI. p piceous

106 Mr. ^BJ,h oil a tiew Species of Agama.

piceous disposed in dots, exactly resembling mosaic work, and
with distinct, large, irregular ocelli of the latter colour, margined
with white, disposed in transverse series across the back. There
is also a white longitudinal central line from the occiput to the
end of the tail. The under side is of an uniform faint white
colour, and the femoral pores of a sulphur-yellow.
, This beautiful and highly interesting species was found by
Mr. David Douglass in the course of his late indefatigable and
productive researches in the western parts of North America,
to whom I am also indebted for the following account of its
habits.

It is seen in great numbers in all woodless sandy arid deserts
in the interior of the country, on the southern parts of Columbia
river. On the banks of streams, in thickets composed of Purshia
tridentata, Artemisia and Salvia, it was observed by Mr. Doug-
lass to take up its abode, in the holes made by species of Lepus,
Arctomi/s, Sec, which are alternately occupied by them and several
species of Coluber, which resort there for the purpose of preying
on these Agama and on the Marmots. It feeds on both animal
and vegetable substances. In the stomach were found coleo-
pterous insects, and the leaves of Purshia, Artemisia, and Salvia.
Like most others of the tribe it is very nimble during the sum-
mer months, and it is then difficult to capture it ; but in April,
when it first makes its appearance, or in October, before it
retires to its winter habitation, being at both seasons weakly,
it may be readily taken. At such seasons the traveller is con-
stantly annoyed by them during the night, seeking shelter
from the cold under his blanket, and is frequently under the
necessity of removing these little intruders on his rest. " In
April," continues Mr. IDouglass, " I have observed the young,
not exceeding half an inch in length, perfectly formed, of the
same colour and equally nimble with the older ones. The co-
lour

Mr. Bell on a new Species of Agama. 107

lour in all seasons appears to be the same both in male and
female. Like the species of the genus Coluber, this lizard is
never seen more than a mile or a mile and half from the water ;
but, on the contrary, is invariably found in the greatest numbers
in its immediate vicinity."

The existence of femoral pores in this species is particularly
important, as it totally invalidates the generic character of
Agama as hitherto given by authors, who have considered the
absence of these organs as essentially distinguishing the genus.
Whether the presence or the absence of femoral pores is to be
considered as a character of sufficient importance, standing
alone, to separate species otherwise perfectly similar in every
circumstance both of form and structure, can hardly be deter-
mined until the use of these singular bodies is ascertained : but
in our present state of ignorance on this point, it is hardly safe
perhaps to view it in so important a light ; and as in every other
respect this may be considered as even a typical representative
of the genus, I should propose rather to alter the generic cha-
racter for its reception, to the formation of a new genus by
which it would be separated from its immediate congeners.

p 2 VIII. Be-

( 109 )

VIII. Description of a Species of Tringa, killed in Cambridge-
shire, new to England and Europe. By William Yarrell, Esq.,
F.L.S. Communicated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean
Society.

Read June 17, 1828.

Tringa rtifescens.

Supra' fuscescente-rufescens, nigro maculata ; alls caud^que
versus apicem nigris al bisque ; tectricibus alarum inferio-
ribus versus apicem albis, nigro variis ; remigibus subtils
albis nigro guttatis punctatisque ; gul4 juguloque rufescen-
tibus ; abdomine rufescente-albo. Vieill. Gal. Ois. p. 105.
pi. 238.

Le Tringa rouss^tre. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. 2de edit,
torn, xxxiv. p. 470. Encycl. Meth. p. 1090.

Such are the characters and references which M. Vieillot
points out as distinguishing the bird he has chosen for his type
of the genus Tringa, a species found in Louisiana, and a spe-
cimen of which I have now the pleasure to record as a British
bird.

This interesting and prettily marked Tringa was shot early in
the month of September 1826, in the parish of Melbourne in
Cambridgeshire, in company with some Dotterell {Charadrius
morinellus) ; and passed immediately afterwards into the pos-
session of Mr. Baker of Melbourne, by whom the skin was
preserved, and of whom it was purchased for me. An addi-
tional

110 Mr. Yarrell's Description of a Species ofTringa.

tional interest attaches to this specimen, since knowing it to be
new to this country ; I am besides authorised to add the testi-
mony of Mons. Temminck, — to whom, during his recent visit to
London, I exhibited the example now figured, — that this bird
is also entirely new to Europe. I have therefore ventured to
place a notice of it before the Linnean Society, and add the
following description.

Ordo. Grallatores Vigors.

Fam. ScoLOPACiDiB. Ejusd.

Tringa rupescens. Vieill.

Buff-breasted Sandpiper.

Tab. XI.

The beak is slender and very slightly curved, three-fourths of
an inch in length, and black ; from the point to the gape it
measures one inch, and from the gape to the occiput is also
one inch : the feathers on the top of the head are dark
brown, approaching to black, each feather edged with very
light brown, giving a mottled appearance ; the back of the
neck light brown, the dark spots formed by the centre of
each feather minute ; the back very dark brown, the ex-
treme edges only of the feathers light brown : the wing-
coverts brown, and intermediate in appearance between
the light brown feathers of the neck and those of the back ;
the primaries nearly black, tipped with white ; the shafts
white ; the tertials brown, edged with light brovvn ; tail-
coverts brown, with lighter-coloured borders : the tail cu-
neiform, the centre feathers black, the shafts and edges
lighter ; the feathers on each side light brown, inclosed by
a zone of black, and edged with white.

The chin, sides of the neck, throat and breast, light brown tinged

with

Trnnj. Zintv. SccVoi.XFl. Tab. JJ. p. 110.

l^/.l''./or

Oy^riy^t^u ^.zyt a

Ci^€e

/u.

Mr. Yarrell's Description of a Species ofTringa. Ill

with buiF; abdomen, flanks and under tail-coverts white,
but pervaded also with the buff" colour of the higher parts ;
the sides of the neck spotted, from the dark centres of the
feathers occupying a larger surface than upon the front ;
the anterior portion of the under surface of the wing rufous
brown; the outer portion spotted, the under wing-coverts
pure white. The shafts of the primaries on their under
surface pearl white, the outer web dusky, the inner web
also dusky, and plain on the part nearest the shaft, the other
inner half of the web beautifully mottled with dark specks ;
the secondary wing-feathers also mottled at their bases, and
ending in sabre-shaped points, presenting a regular series
of lines formed by alternating shades of white, black, and
dusky bands, which in the adult bird are well defined, and
present a beautifully variegated appearance, peculiar to
this species. The legs are bare for half an inch above the
joint ; the tarsus one inch and one quarter in length ; the
middle toe l^ths of an inch ; the whole of these parts brown ;
the nails black : the whole length of the bird eight inches.

A single specimen of this Sandpiper deposited in the Paris
Museum appears to have served for the descriptions contained
in the works already referred to ; and this example is probably
an adult bird in summer plumage.

Wilson's excellent work on the Birds of America does not
contain this Tringa, nor is it included in the Continuation, on
the same judicious and valuable plan, by the Prince of Musig-
nano ; neither have I been able to find a notice of this species
in any other ornithological work, except those before quoted.
It is readily distinguished from all the other birds of this genus
by the peculiar markings of the under surface of the Avings.
The value of this acquisition to our Fauna is still further en-
hanced

112 Mr. Yarrell's Description of a Species ofTringa^

hanced by the twofold circumstance, of its extreme rarity, as
well as being in a different state of plumage from the only other
specimen known.

The plumage and the state of ossification of the tarsi prove
this specimen to be a young bird of the year ; but whether bred
in the marshes of the county in which it was killed, or, having
wandered from America to the northern part of our island, had
accompanied the Dotterell in their southern autumnal visit to
the chalk district of Cambridgeshire, can only be conjectured.

The extensive range of hills around Melbourne are frequented
by Dotterell in considerable numbers for a short period during
every spring and autumn, in their way to and from their breed-
ing-ground ; and the only locality from which I could ever
obtain their eggs was the Grampian Hills.

But three of the many additions to British ornithology that
have lately occurred having been recorded in the Transactions
of the Linnean Society, I take the opportunity this communica-
tion affords me, of adding a list of thirteen others, with a refe-
rence to the authorities from whom the first notices of these
addenda have emanated. The names of the three above men-
tioned are also included to complete the list.

Loxia pytiopsittacus. Parrot Crossbill. See Selby's Illustrations

of British Ornithology, p. 254i.
Plectrophanes Lapponica. Lark-spurred Bunting. Linn. Trans.

vol. XV. part 1. p. 156.
Emberiza hortulana. Ortolan Bunting. Zool. Journ. vol. iii.

p. 498.
Anthus Richardi. Richard's Lark. Zool. Journ. vol. i. p. 280

^411.
Sylvia Suecica. Blue-breasted Warbler. Synopsis of the Contents

of the Newcastle Museum, by G.T. Fox, Esq., F. L.S. p. 298.

Accentor

Mr. Yarrell's Description of a Species ofTringa. 113

Accentor alpinus. Alpine Warbler. Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 281.
Scolopax Sabini. Sabine's Snipe. Linn. Trans, vol. xiv. part 3.

p. 556.
Tringa rufescens. BufF-breasted Sandpiper. (The subject of the

present communication.)
Tringa Temminckii. Temminck's Sandpiper. Zool. Journ. vol. iii.

pp. 88 Sf 30:2.
Gallinula Baillonii. Baillon's Gallinule. Zool. Journ. vol. ii.

p. 279.
Sterna arctica. Arctic Tern. Zool. Journ. vol. ii. p. 461.
Larus eburneus. Ivory Gull. Bewick's British Birds, edit. 1826,

vol. ii. p. 214.
Anas Gambensis. Spur-winged Goose. Bewick's British Birds,

edit. 1826, vol. ii. p. 296.
Anas Casarka. Ruddy Goose. Bewick's British Birds, edit. 1826,

vol. ii. p. 513.
Annsglocitans. Bimaculated Duck. Linn. Trans, vol. xW. part 3,

p. 559.
Anas ru/ina. Red-crested Duck. Zool. Journ. vol. ii. pp.492 <§-

552 ; and vol. iii. p. 604.

VOL. XVI. Q IX. An

( 115 )

IX. An Account of Margarodes, a new Genus of Insects found
in the Neighbourhood of Ants' Nests. By the Rev. Lansdown
Guilding, B.A. F.L.S.

Read December 4, 1827.

I USED to imagine that nothing would give me so much pleasure
(excepting the discovery of a recent Belemnite), as an oppor-
tunity of investigating those curious and minute bodies which
have been so often sent to Europe in collections of shells, under
the name of ground pearl ; and by accident I have at last been
gratified in this respect.

The only person who has lately noticed them is Dr. Nugent,
a learned geologist resident in Antigua. In the second part of
the fifth volume of the Transactions of the Geological Society of
London, page 463, he informs us, that the ground pearl (erro-
neously supposed to be fossil) occurs in the marl of that island,
and " is found in prodigious quantity in the furrows of the land
when newly turned up." Dr. Nugent appears, however, to have
suspected its real nature, for he says, (page 473,) " that though it
be derived exclusively from the marl, it may possibly be in some
unaccountable manner the production of some recent insect on
the surface. The ground pearl generally has an opening as if the
larva had escaped ; but in a few cases I have found them without
opening, containing a minute portion of mucous matter : the
negroes then call them live ground pearl. It is singular that
turkeys and other poultry devour these ground pearls ; and their

Q 2 death

Il6 Rev. L. Guilding's Account of Margarodes.

death ensues in consequence, unless immediate relief be afforded.
Vinegar is poured down the throat, which probably dissolves
these substances in the crop, and thus removes the distention
they had occasioned. The astonishing quantity in the land
puzzles me. I know of no insect sufficiently abundant to pro-
duce them in such vast quantity. The ant and the musquito
are the only insects whose number bears any proportion to these
little substances."

With the musquito they are of course in no way connected ;
but I have every reason to believe that the animal is placed
by a merciful Providence in the dry colonies, as a parasite to
keep down the numbers of those little invincible and voracious
creatures the ants, which would otherwise swarm in countless
myriads uninjured by the rains which thin their ranks in the
mountainous and more rainy islands. They occur plentifully
in the Bahamas ; and, under the name of ant-eggs, are strung
into necklaces and ornamental purses by the ladies. In the
rainy climate of St. Vincent they have not been found ; but in
the smaller islands of the Government, which, from the absence
of gigantic mountain ranges, are subject to continued drought,
these bodies are met with in abundance. On a late visit to the
Union Island I collected a boxfull ; and suspecting that others
had failed in tracing the animals to maturity from improperly
placing them in too dry a situation, I brought them home in
moist marl, and had soon the satisfaction to observe the insects
which are here figured issuing from the pearls. I lament to say,
that from the distance of this island, it may be a long time before
I am able to obtain an animal so delicate and small in its state
of ovum and larva ; or have an opportunity of observing them
in coitu, to ascertain whether there be any apparent difference
in the structure of the sexes.

I met with them most plentifully in marly soil about stones,

under

Rev. L. Guilding's Account of Margarodes. 117

under which some families of ants had established receptacles
for their broods. Many lay near the surface, while others,
buried at the depth of many inches, would require (even aided
by their strong fossorious legs) the favourable opportunity of a
shower to enable them to penetrate to the surface, and attack
the congregated larvae of the ant. Though armed with a noble
microscope, I cannot satisfy myself as to the form of the foramen
in the anterior claws, through which the liquid food is pumped,
as in the mandibles of the larvaj of the M yrmeleonida . I do not
remember any other perfect insect in which the mouth is alto-
gether wanting, and the food is absorbed by tubes ending in a
foramen ; and it will probably be found necessary to constitute
a new order for its reception. It is curious, too, that the tubes
for feeding should be seated in the anterior legs. It is well
known that the raptorious legs of the Scolopendrida are tubular,
but this structure is only applied to the injection of the deaden-
ing poison by which they kill or stupefy their prey.

I once thought that the ground pearls were the ova of some
insect ; but from the great diversity in their size and shape it was
impossible to maintain this opinion : the ova of the same insect
rarely differing in any very sensible degree. It was moreover
easy to trace on the greater number of specimens, when cleaned,
a rostriform projection {tab. 12. /. 5. a.), with several minute and
obliterated spots, which seem to mark the position of the legs, or
rather, perhaps, the spiracula of the larvae : the anal portion of
• the pearl is also remarkable for five minute and regular spots, two
placed in a line, and three {tab. 12. f. 6.) smaller ones in a triangle
between them. The pearl is irregular in its outline, the smaller
specimens are roundish, while the larger ones are swollen on the
sides, with the anal termination often bent upwards {tab. 12./". 5.).
The whole puparium is covered with large caducous scales,
which strongly effervesce and disappear in nitric and muriatic

acids,

118 Rev. L. Guilding's Account of Margarodes.

acids, while sulphuric turns them black. Vinegar slowly decom-
poses them. Exposed to flame they bubble and burn like horn.

A most remarkable circumstance in the history of these ani-
mals is, the power which the puparia possess, when placed in
too dry a spot, to throw out gradually certain filiform and very
long organs, for the purpose of preventing the drying and de-
struction of the animal within by obtaining moisture by capil-
lary attraction. These organs 1 have named Siphones {fila ab-
sorbentia), a term, 1 believe, not already selected by Mr. Kirby.
They appear tubular, and are composed of parallel friable fibres.
At first I readily accounted for their appearance, by supposing
that they were delicate filiform fungi which had sprung up on
the pearls ; but on further investigation it proved that, contrary
to the law observed by Fungi, they were thrown out when placed
in a very dry camphorated box, or on dry soil ; and that they
only sprung from the half-obliterated spots which seem to mark
the position of the spiracula of the larva. There can, therefore, be
little doubt as to the use of these singular threads, which seem to
have no analogues in the animal kingdom, and which imitate in
so curious a manner the operation of some vegetable organs.

St. Vincent, July 24, 1827.

INSECTA.

Ordo??*

Genus. Margarodes. Guild.

Character Genericus.

Corpus obesum, molle.

Caput evanidum.

Thorax abdomine annuloso vix distinctus,

* Ordo, statio, et affinitas omnino incerti. Locum monstret doctissimus amicus
Dominus Kirby.

Tra/Ls\liun SoC:Tol: .XFJ. t /?./>. II 9.

#* "

o O

ansdi^wn Stuidenfi. del^

■rVi^7lyt€a/U'(/>7Z^

Swainc.ti'cuJp

Rev. L. Guilding's Account of Margarodes. 119

Os nullum.

Oculi nulli, aut omnino obscuri.

AntenncB mediocres, filiformes, T-articulatae, sub fronte approxi-

mat£E.
Manus validissimae, fossorise, raptoriae, unguiculis foraminatis ?
Pedes minuti, breves, gressorii, unguiculis simplicibus.
Anus terminalis.

Corpus adminiculis scabruni. Motus valde segnis.
Ovum ?
Larva ?

Pupa. Metamorphosis subcoarctata.

Puparium margaritiforme, suboperculatum, squamis calcareis

tectum.
Siphones (fila absorbentia pupae), longissimi, mox spirales.

* Margarodes formicarum.

Tab. XII.
M. totus flavescens, hirsutulus ; unguiculis brunneis, recurvis.
Habitat mirh frequens in Coloniis aridis Indiae Occidentalis ;
an formicarum destructor ?

EXPLICATIO TABULA XIL.

Figurae 1. & 2. Margarodes formicarum auctus. Fig. 3. Long,
nat. Fig. 4. Puparium squama operculiformi infracta.
Fig. 5. Idem ad latus visum, rostro projecto (a.). Fig. 6.
Puparii anus signatus. Fig. 7. Varietas ferruginea. Fig. 8.
Puparium siphonibus exsertis. Fig. 9. Idem operculo re-
jecto, ad dorsum visum. Fig. 10. Idem ad ventrem visum.
Fig. 11. Antrum puparii. Fig. 12. Mag. naturalis.

X. De-

( 121 )

X. Description of a new Species of Phalangista. By Thomas

Bell, Esq., F.R.S. ^ L.S.

Bead November 4, 1828.

Ordo. Marsupiata.
Genus. Phalangista. Geoffrey.

Phalangista gliriformis.

Tab. XIII. XIV.

P. DORso rufo-cinereo, guldfulvd, macule post aurem utrinque

alb4 : auribus nudis.
Habitat in Australia.

Description. The general form of this animal resembles that of
the common dormouse ; but it is larger, broader, and more
depressed. The head is broad across the ears, from whence
it tapers to the nose, which is somewhat pointed. The
nostrils are narrow, and of a semicircular form : the upper
jaw, which is elongated, overhangs the under, and almost
entirely conceals it. The lips are scantily covered with soft
short hair, of a whitish colour, and are furnished with four
rows of long black vibrissae, the posterior ones tipped with
light brown. The eyes are very large, remarkably promi-
nent, and of a jet-black colour : the ears of considerable
size, erect, totally destitute of hair, and of an uniform
mouse-colour. The teeth are not very easily examined in
the living subject ; the incisores, however, are seen to re-

vol. XVI. R semble

122 Mr. Bell on a new Species of Phalangista.

semble those of the other species of the genus ; but from
the difficulty of examining the back part of the mouth,
the molares have not been very accurately observed : they
are moreover extremely small, and almost concealed by
the gum. The body is particularly flat and broad, and is
covered with a very soft and thick fur; the hairs which
compose it being of a gray colour tipped with reddish-
brown, give the general hue of rufous-gray. The under
parts are more sparingly covered with fur of a pale yel-
lowish-gray colour, the yellow predominating at the sides,
and especially at the throat. The general colour of the
face is also yellowish, the upper and back part of the head
assuming the rufous-graj?^ colour of the back : there is a
blackish ring round the eyes, which passes upwards on
each side to the forehead, where it mingles with the general
colour of that part. The sides of the neck as well as the
throat are buflf. There is a darkish ring partially surround-
ing the ears, at the anterior part, interrupted by a distinct
■> * white spot behind each. '' '= "^r?-^

The feet are almost entirely concealed by the fur when the ani-
mal is at rest ; and even when in an active state, the breadth
of the body, combined with the length of the fur, and the
extent to which the skin of the sides is attached to the legs,
namely, as far as the carpi and tarsi, gives it very much the
aspect of a Petaurista, to which genus the present species
may, I think, be considered as exhibiting a remarkable
approximation. The tail is nearly as long as the body and
head together ; it is remarkably broad and thick at the base,
to more than half an inch from the origin, at which part it
becomes contracted, and then gradually tapers to the ex-
tremity. It is hairy, being more thickly covered on the
upper part, and especially at the base, where it partakes of

the

Mr. Bell on a new Species of Phalangista. 123

the general colour of the upper parts of the body, becoming
more scantily furnished towards the point ; and there is, at
the extremity of the under part, a narrow space, about half
an inch in length, which is entirely naked. I'he tail is more
or less prehensile throughout its whole length, but espe-
cially towards the extremity, as is indicated by the bare
patch or line just mentioned : there are slight circular de-
pressions at intervals, apparently marking the divisions of
the vertebrae, which are more distinctly observable under-
neath.
The feet are perfectly prehensile. The thumb, as in the other
species of the genus, is destitute of a nail both on the fore
and hinder feet, and the nails of the other toes are very
narrow and slightly hooked. The toes on the fore-feet are
nearly of an equal length, and generally stand out in a
radiated direction when the animal is standing on a flat
surface. The hinder-feet are longer than the fore ; the
thumb is thick and short, and placed at a greater distance
from the other toes in the latter than in the former. The
two outer toes are nearly of the same length, — the two next
shorter, and, like the other Phalangista, united together,
except at the last phalanx, which gives the appearance of
one broad toe with two nails, and these are sharper and
narrower than those of the other toes. The under part of
the feet is bare, — the upper part sparingly covered with
extremely fine short silky hair.

The two specimens from which this description is given being
females, the account of the generative organs must be restricted
to that sex. One of them had brought forth young ones, which
were said to have been in the pouch when she was taken, but
died before her arrival in England. The other appears not to

R 2 have

124 Mr. Bell on a new Species of Phalangistd.

have been impregnated. When they were first brought to this
country there was a very obvious difference in the state of the
pouches. The teats, which are four in number, were much
larger in the elder specimen, particularly the two anterior ones ;
which is directly opposite to the state of these organs in the
Kangaroo, as described in the valuable and elaborate paper of
my friend Mr. Morgan, lately read before the Linnean Society.
At the present time, however, the teats in the two specimens
are nearly, if not exactly, of the same size, — an interesting cir-
cumstance, as indicating an analogy to these organs in the
Kangaroo ; in which animal, as shown in the paper just referred
to, a similar diminution of the teats takes place after the young
have finally left the pouch. The cloaca is placed about one-
third of the distance from the root of the tail to the pouch.

On examining the characters of this interesting and elegant
little animal, it is impossible not to be struck with its general
approach to the Petauristce, — a resemblance to which 1 have
already alluded. The identity of many of its more obvious
characters with those of Phalangista nana is too marked not to
demand a particular investigation. The history of the latter
species is but very imperfectly known ; indeed, the short and
necessarily unsatisfactory account given by the celebrated Tem-
minck in his Monograph of this genus, serves only to raise our
curiosity, without affording an opportunity of satisfying it. The
small size of that species, being not larger than a mouse, to-
gether with some general similarity in the colour and marking,
would almost lead us to identify them as one and the same spe-
cies, were it not for one striking character, which cannot be
mistaken, namely, the surface of the ears. The description of
Phalangista nana, as given by the above-mentioned distinguished

zoologist.

Mr. ^ELL on a new Species of Phalangista. 125

zoologist, has this very obvious character : " les oreilles sont
arrondies et couvertes de polls." Now in the specimen from
which the present description is given, the ears are so absolutely
naked that not even with a lens can the slightest hairiness be
discovered on them. This very marked distinction renders it
the less necessary for me to dwell upon the minor differences
of colour ; the under part of Ph. nana, for instance, being
white, that of our species a yellowish-gray*.

Two specimens of this beautiful animal are now living in the
possession of my friend Mr. Morgan, to whose kindness I am
indebted for permission to lay the present account before this
Society. He received them from New Holland, according to
the declaration of the person who brought them to England,
but from what part was not stated.

In their habits they are extremely like the dormouse, feeding
on nuts and other similar food, which they hold in their fore
paws, using them as hands. They are nocturnal, remaining
asleep during the whole of the day, or, if disturbed, not easily
roused to a state of activity ; and coming forth late in the even-
ing, and then assuming their natural rapid and vivacious habits.
They run about a small tree which is placed in their cage, using
their paws to hold by the branches, and assisting themselves by
their prehensile tail, which is always held in readiness to sup-
port them, especially when in a descending attitude. Sometimes
the tail is thrown in a reversed direction, turned over the back ;
and at other times, when the weather is cold, it is rolled closely
up towards the under part, and coiled almost between the thighs.
When eating they sit up on their hind quarters, holding the

* See Desmarest, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. xxv.477. — Desmar. Mamm. p. 268.

F. Cuvier, Diet, des Sc. Nat. xxxix. 415. — Temminck, Monog. Mamm. 9. The first
reference appears to be the original one, and the others either taken from that or from
the specimen which formed the subject of it.

food

126 Mr. Bell on a new Species of Phalangista.

food in their fore paws, which, with the face, are the only
parts apparently standing out from the ball of fur, of which the
body seems at that time to be composed. They are perfectly
harmless and tame, permitting any one to hold and caress them
without ever attempting to bite, but do not evince the least at-
tachment either to persons about them or even to each other.

The analogy of these animals to the Rodentia, and especially to
the genus Myoxus, is so obvious as to require merely a casual
notice of their habits, to strike any one who observes them. It
is shown in their nocturnal activity, the nature of their food,
their manner of taking it, their attitudes and motions, no less
than in many circumstances connected with their external form
and characters ; as, the general form of the body, the nature of
the fur, the character of the feet, the prominence and remark-
able size of the eyes, &c. There is, however, one very im-
portant peculiarity of the dormouse, which has not as yet been
observed to appertain to our animal, and that is its hyberna-
tion.

The habits of the dormouse and squirrel in this respect are
universally known. Every one has seen the eagerness with
which these animals will seize, pick to pieces, and carry to
their places of repose, such substances as are placed within
their reach for the purpose of forming their winter bed. But
although similar substances have been given to the little animals
now described, no attempt has up to the present period (Novem-
ber 4th) been made by them to construct their winter habi-
tation ; and wherever the wool and other matters are placed,
there they take their day's rest, without disturbing or altering
the arrangement or situation.

As both the specimens from which this account is taken are
still in liealth, it may be some time before an opportunity is
afforded of ascertaining their anatomical structure ; but whenever

such

Trims UnnJuc. VuLJCVJ . Tai.-I3. p.W.

dutauzyna^oj^ ^/-{yu/(?V?/uJ.

Mr. Bell on a next) Species of Phalangista. 127

such an opportunity does occur, it shall not be suffered to pass
by unimproved.

Measurement.

Inches. Lines.

Total length .......... 7 6

Length of the head . . ; 12

body ........ 2 8

tail 3 6

Breadth of the head between the ears ..09

Length of the ears ........ 0 5

Breadth of the ears when expanded ... 0 5

Breadth of the body when at rest .... 2 1

Height of ditto 1 6

Breadth of the tail at its origin .... 0 6

at one inch from base . 0 3

Depth of the tail at its origin 0 3

Span of the fore-foot ' . 0 6

' hind ditto 0 7

Length of fore-toes . 0 2 ^

two outer hind-toes ....'. 0 3

the double hind-toe 0 2

the thumbs before and behind . 0 2

Distance from the edge of pouch to the cloaca 0 6

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XIII.
Phalangista gliriformis, of the natural size.

Tab.

128 Mr. Bell on a new Species of Fhalangista.

Tab. XIV.

Pouch and extremities of the same.
Fig. a. Pouch and teats, shortly after the period of suckling.

b. Pouch and teats of the unimpregnated animal.

c. Prehensile extremity of the tail.

d. Fore-foot, upper part.

e. Fore-foot, under part.

f. Hind-foot, upper part.

g. Hind-foot, under part.

h. Curl of the tail, observed during sleep.

XI. On

^--^^^

Trim J. ImnJcc A^.'LXVJ. Tjk J4. p . 2!^.

*^'/
^^h

f^V'

( 129 )

XI. On an undescribed Species of the Genus Phasianus. By
Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater, F.L.S.

Read December 2, 1828.

Th e return of His Excellency the Right Honourable Earl Am-
herst from India, has made us acquainted with one of the most
splendid examples of the genus Phasianus that has been sub-
mitted to the notice of ornithologists for many years past.

Two males of this new and beautiful species came originally
from the mountains of Cochin China, and were presented by the
King of Ava to Sir Archibald Campbell, who gave them to the
Countess Amherst. Her ladyship retained them in her pos-
session about two years, and ultimately succeeded in bringing
them both to England alive, but they only survived the voyage
a few weeks.

I propose the name of Phasianus Amherstia (tab. 15.) for this
valuable addition to our catalogue, as a tribute due to the distin-
guished lady to whom ornithologists are indebted for the know-
ledge of this new species ; and I have great pleasure in publicly
recording my thanks to her ladyship for the kindness and con-
descension with which my request to be allowed to make this
bird known to the world through the medium of the Linnean
Society, was immediately granted.

The lovers of science will be further gratified by the know-
ledge, that her ladyship's zeal in this single branch of natural
history, enabled her to select and bring over nearly 500 species,

VOL. XVI. s many

130

Mr. Leadbeater on an undescribed

many of which, I have reason to believe, are as yet unknown to
European naturalists.

The dimensions of various parts of this Pheasant are as fol-
lows : .

Length from point of the beak to the gape

from the beak to the rump

Longest tail-feather

Point of the beak to the end of the tail
Height of the bird when standing
Length of the tarsus ....
Length of middle toe and nail .
Length of the back toe
Length of the other toes, each .
Spurs small and short.

Inches.

13
38
51
81-

H
H
Of
H

The general character of this bird and the arrangement of
its plumage is similar to that of our well-known Golden Phea-
sant.

The irides are white, and the naked part surrounding the
eyes of a light verditer blue.

The feathers on the top of the head are green ; the crest-
feathers crimson, and 2^ inches in length ; the pendant tippet
is of a beautiful white, each feather tipped with a dark-green
circular band, with a straight band of the same colour across
each feather about f ths of an inch above the end ; the whole
depth of this tippet is 5^ inches, the longest feathers 4i}- inches ;
the neck, back, shoulders, chest and wing-coverts, are of a
beautiful metallic green, each feather ending in a broad zone
of velvet black ; the wing primaries dusky, with lighter-coloured
shafts, and white outer edges; the greater wing-coverts and
secondaries bluish-black ; the breast and belly white ; thighs

and

•^
■^

^^^2

'IS' ■ w/'

fjit

IVY' ■ /i^^'">-fi\','

■^

m..^^

Species of the Genus Phasiamis. 131

and under tail-coverts mottled dark brown and white ; the legs
light blue. The feathers on the rump are brown at the base,
green in the middle, the remaining most exposed portion of a
bright saffron-yellow; the tail-coverts are also brown at the
base, the centre portion barred green and white, ending in
scarlet, these feathers elongating to the extent of 10 inches, as
their place of insertion approaches that of the true tail prima-
ries : the first tail primary measures only 29 inches, the plume
li inch in depth, of a beautiful white ground, with broad bars
of green about f ths of an inch apart, extending in the direction
of the web, and mottled across from bar to bar ; the third and
fourth primaries are the longest, and measure, as before stated,
38 inches each ; the inner web narrow, and mottled black and
white ; the outer web If inch wide, with transverse circular
dark-green bars about fths of an inch apart, on a ground the
inner portion of which is grayish- white, the outer part light
chesnut-brown.

It may be proper to state, that the splendid appearance these
specimens now exhibit in this country, is entirely owing to the
very judicious plan of taking off their extraordinary tail-feathers,
about two inches from the body of the birds, before consigning
them to the coops in which they were conveyed from India.

One of these beautiful Pheasants forms part of my own private
collection.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XV.

Phasianus Amherstice, one-fourth of the natural size.

s 2 XII. Ob-

( 133 )

XII. Observations on some Species of the Genera Tetrao and
Ortyx, natives of North America ; with Descriptions of Four
new Species of the former, and Two of the latter Genus. Bt/
Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S.

Read December 16, 1828. T ("^^^^S

In the course of a journey across the continent of North Ame-
rica, performed in the years 1825, 1826, and 1827, having
discovered several species of these genera, not before observed
or described, I submit the following notice of them to the So-
ciety.

TETRAO.

1. T.Urophasianus. Mas. Brunnescenti-griseus, ferrugineo ni-
groque undulatus, collo anteriore abdomineque imo nigris,
pectore albo plumis superioribus rhachibus rigidis, infe-
rioribus in medio nigro-lineatis, plumis colli lateralibus
elongatis, linearibus : caudd cuneatd, rectricibus subrigidis,
acutis.

Foem. Brunnescenti-grisea, albo nigroque parc^ undulata ; ab-
domine imo nigro, pectore albo nigro-fasciato, caud4 sub-
cuneat^, rectricibus subacutis.

T. Urophasianus. C. L. Bonaparte in Zoological Journal, vol. in.
p. 212.

Cock of the Plains. Lewis and Clark's Travels, p. 473.

Male. Bill black, one inch and three-fourths long : upper man-
dible

134 Mr. Douglas on some Species

dible very strong ; nostrils cushioned with fine short silky
feathers. Head, neck, back and wings, of a uniform light
brownish-gray, waved with black and reddish bars trans-
versely. Plumage of the head and neck short and fine,
with a series on the sides of the neck of long white hair-
like feathers, terminating on the hind part of the neck with
decomposed white feathers, which have linear black points,
exceeding the length of the plumage by two inches. Throat
marked with minute white spots, having a faint irregular
white bar running from each eye. Upper part of the
breast, immediately below the oesophagus, white, rigid,
angular at the points, as if cut with an instrument. CEso-
phagus orbicular, naked, yellovv. Lower part of the breast
bluish-gray, the points of the feathers black in the middle,
linear, more slender than those on the neck. Belly black,
with a few scattered white feathers. Vent and legs light
ash-gray. Tarsi one inch and three-fourths long. Toes
strongly pectinated, the middle one feathered to the first
joint. Quills l6, with dusky webs and white shafts. Sca-
pulars and outer coverts same colour as the back ; under
coverts white. Tail 20 feathers, wedge-shaped, 10 inches
long, somewhat rigid, of the same colour as the back :
under coverts black tipped with white. Length 32 inches.
Girth 22. Weight 6 to 8 pounds.
Female smaller, of the same colour as the male, with scattered
white small feathers. Destitute of the series of long hair-
like feathers on the neck, and white rigid scale-like ones
which are found on the breast of the male bird. Tail partly
wedge-shaped, somewhat acute. Flesh dark-coloured, and
but tolerable in point of flavour. Food, buds, leaves and
fruit of Purshia tridentata, Artemisia, seeds of Cactus, brown
and black ants, and sand bugs.

Trachea

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 135

Trachea unusually large, and very strong. Gizzard dispro-
portionately large, having but little muscular substance ;
and the horny consistence of the inner coat, so conspicuous
in most species of this genus, is in the present remarkably
thin, in many so thin, that it can only be observed but by
careful examination. The pebbles in it seldom exceed 30 or
40, generally white quartz. Two caecal appendages, mode-
rately long, beautifully grooved or longitudinally fluted.

The flight of these birds is slow, unsteady, and affords but little
amusement to the sportsman. From the disproportionately small,
convex, thin-quilled wing, — so thin, that a vacant space half as
broad as a quill appears between each, — the flight may be said
to be a sort of fluttering more than any thing else : the bird
giving two or three claps of the wings in quick succession, at the
same time hurriedly rising ; then shooting or floating, swinging
from side to side, gradually falling, and thus producing a clapping
whirring sound. When started, the voice is Cuck, cuck, cucky
like the Common Pheasant. They pair in March and April,
Small eminences on the banks of streams are the places usually
selected for celebrating the weddings, the time generally about
sun-rise. The wings of the male bird are lowered, buzzing on
the ground, the tail spread like a fan, somewhat erect ; the bare
yellow oesophagus inflated to a- prodigious size, fully half as large
as his body, and from its soft membranous substance being well
contrasted with the scale-like feathers below it on the breast, and
the flexile silky feathers on the neck, which on these occasions
stand erect. In this grotesque form he displays in the presence
of his intended mate a variety of pleasing attitudes. His love-
song is a confused, grating, but not offensively disagreeable
tone, — something that we can imitate, but have a difficulty of
expressing, — Hurr-hurr-hurr-r-r-r-1ioo^ ending in a deep hollow

tone.

.136 Mr. Douglas on some Species

tone, not unlike the sound produced by blowing into a large
reed. Nest on the ground, under the shade of Furshia and
Artemisia, or near streams among Phalaris arundinacea, care-
lessly constructed of drj'' grass and slender twigs. Eggs 13 to
17, about the size of those of a common fowl, of a wood-brown
colour, with irregular chocolate blotches on the thick end. Pe-
riod of incubation twenty-one to twenty-two days. The young
leave the nest a few hours after they are hatched.

In the summer and autumn months these birds are seen in
small troops, and in winter and spring in flocks of several hun-
dreds. Plentiful throughout the barren arid plains of the river
Columbia ; also in the interior of North California. They do
not exist on the banks of the river Missouri ; nor have they been
seen in any place east of the Rocky Mountains.

The short notice of this species, by the above-quoted distin-
guished ornithologist, appears to have been taken from a young
male in indifferent plumage ; it is correctly observed by him to
represent T. Urogallus in the New Continent. Its vernacular
name among the Kyuse Indians who reside on the Columbia, is
Pyamis.

2. T. Urophasianellus. Mas. Griseo-brunnescens, albo ferru-
gineo nigroque undulatus, nucha alisque albo maculatis,
abdomine albo lateribus brunneo-fasciatis, rectricibus me-
diis 4 elongatis.

Fcem. Mari tertio minor, subpallidior, nucha nigro fasciatfi,
rectricibus subelongatis.

Male. Bill brown. Head, neck and back, brownish-gray, waved
with bars of a reddish and darker tinge. Plumage of the
head and neck short and fine ; breast and belly dusky-white
edged with brownish-gray, and mixed with darker gray or
brown spots. Quills 22 ; webs dusky, with darker shafts ;

the

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 137

the outer webs white, spotted ; under-coverts bluish- white.
Tarsi one inch long, thinly clothed with feathers of the same
colour as the belly and vent. Toes scarcely pectinated,
having instead small close hard scales. Tail consisting
of 18 feathers, pointed, the four centre ones the longest.
Length 19 inches. Breadth 12 inches. Weight one and
a half to two pounds. .
Female smaller, darker on the hind part of the neck ; colour less
distinctly marked, and the tail scarcely half so long as the
male bird. The trachea and gizzard of the present spe-
cies, as regards muscular consistence and size, differs but
little from the preceding.

Their flight is swift and steady, with little noise. Their habits
approach so closely to those of the former, that to describe them
would be only repeating what has been stated of that species.
Suffice it to say, they inhabit the same range of country, form
their nests after the same fashion and in similar places, subsist
on the same sort of food, having young at the same season.
Eggs 11 — 1 5, light ash-colour, about the size of a pigeon's. The
voice is Chick, chick, chick, the sounds running into each other.
They are more numerous than the former, with whom they asso-
ciate, and seem to live in harmony ; they are shy, and difficult
to be approached . The flesh is similar to that of the former.

3. T. Sahini. Rufus, nigro notatus : dorso maculis cordiformi-
bus, nuch4 alisque lineis ferrugineo-flavis ; abdomine albo
brunneo fasciato ; rectricibus fasciatis, fascid subapicali
latA, nigrd.

Male. Bill blackish-gray, lower mandible yellow, tipped with
black. Head, neck and body, red, elegantly marked with
black spots ; those on the rump heart-shaped, saffron-co-

voL. XVI. T loured.

1S8 Mr. Douglas on some Species

loured. Breast and belly yellowish- white with brown bars.
Tarsi one inch long, rusty colour. Quills 20, dusky ; outer
webs irregularly and faintly brown, spotted ; under-coverts
white. Ruffle of 20 short black feathers, without any azure
glossiness. Tail 18 feathers, square at the ends, waved or
barred with lighter tints, terminating with a black band one
inch broad. The three middle feathers speckled, and want-
ing the black band, the tips red : under-coverts foxy-red.
Female smaller ; colours less bright ; ruffle shorter, and the
bars on the tail less distinct. Length 18 inches. Breadth
13 inches. Weight two pounds.

Flight rapid, consisting of a quick clapping of the wing, and
then a sudden darting or shooting, with scarcely any apparent
motion. Food, buds of Pinus, Fragaria, Rubus, Corylus and
Alnus, and berries of Vaccinium. Nest built on the ground in
coppices of Corylus, Amelanchier, and Pteris, on the outskirts of
pine-forests, composed of the slender fronds of Pteris, dry leaves,
and grass. They pair in March. Eggs 9 to 11, dingy- white with
red spots.

These birds are not so common as many others ; they asso-
ciate in flocks never exceeding eight or twelve, except fdr a short
time in the early months of spring ; at other seasons it rarely
happens that more than three or four are seen together. In
manner this bird is near akin to the well-known Wood Partridge
of the United States (T. umbelhis) and the Canadas, particularly
in the strong attachment which it has for its young. The over-
abundant care which it manifests for the brood seldom fails of
directing the steps of the hunter to the nest or young; and
should he come within a few yards, out sallies the mother in
furious rage, with the tail spread, the wings buzzing on the
ground, and the frill raised, to meet the intruder, continuing to

run

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 139

run backwards and forwards ; and so great is her anxiety, that
she will venture within two or three yards of him.

In another respect the present species agrees with T. umbellus,
in perching on stumps of decayed trees in the darkest part of the
forests, drumming, which is effected in the same way, namely, by
giving two or three loud distinct claps with the wings, then others
gradually quicker and quicker, until the sound dies in the di-
stance,— not unlike the sound of very distant thunder. The voice
is a continuation of measured sounds, not unlike the ticking of a
large clock. Tuck, tuck, tuck, slowly pronounced, and, when the
bird is on the wing, is a sort of chuckling noise. This very fine
bird is an inhabitant of the woody parts of the coast of North-
west America, between the parallels of 40° and 49° from Cape
Mendocina on the south, to the Straits of Juan de Fuca, Quadra,
and Vancouver's Island on the north.

-o The name is a tribute to the merits of my friend Joseph Sabine,
Esq., whose intimate acquaintance with this widely-dispersed
and highly interesting genus, and whose distinguished services
in natural history in general, are universally known and justly
appreciated.

4. T. Franklinii. Mas. Saturate plumbeo-griseus nigro fascia-
tus; gul4 pectore nuchdque nigris, tectricibus supra et
infr^ nigris, apice albo.

Foem. Pallidior, gul4 pectore nuchdque plumbeo-griseis.

Beak black ; irides hazel, with a large, bare, lunulated, fringed
scarlet spot above the eye. Head, neck and back dark
leaden-gray waved with narrow black bars ; throat, breast,
and hinder part of the neck black. Belly ash-gray. Tarsi
one inch long, light gray. Toes pectinated. Quills 24,
the third the longest ; shafts white ; under coverts bluish-

T 2 gray.

140 Mr. Douglas on some Species

gray. Tail square, of 16 feathers, black, white at 'the
points ; upper and under coverts black tipped with white.
Length 20 inches. Breadth 14 inches. Weight two pounds.
Female a little smaller and of a lighter colour. Head, neck
and body, leaden-gray, sparingly white, spotted on the
belly. Flesh white, well-flavoured. '

In manner there is nothing striking in this bird. Its flight is
similar to the last-mentioned : the present, however, runs over
the shattered rocks and among the brushwood with amazing
speed, and only uses its wings as the last effort of escape. Nest
on the ground, composed of dead leaves and grass, not unfre-
quently at the foot of decayed stumps, or by the side of fallen
timber in the mountain woods. Eggs 5 to 7, dingy-white,
somewhat smaller than that of Columba Palumbus.

1 have never heard the voice of this bird, except its alarm note,
which is two or three hollow sounds, ending in a yearning dis-
agreeable grating noise, like the latter part of the call of the
well-known Numida Meleagris. It is one of the most common
birds in the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, from latitude
50" to 54", near the sources of the Columbia river. It may
perhaps be found to inhabit higher latitudes. Sparingly seen in
small troops on the high mountains which form the base or
platform of the snowy peaks " Mount Hood," " Mount St.
Helens," and " Mount Baker," situated on the western parts of
the continent.

In habit the present species assimilates more with T. Cana-
densis than any other. The unusually long square tail, con-
stantly tipped with white, as is also the case with the upper
and under coverts of the tail, are characters too prominent to
be overlooked.

Named

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 141

Named in honour of Captain John Franklin, R.N., the ami-
able and distinguished Commander of the Land Arctic Expedi-
tion, to whom the lovers of American research owe so much.

5. T. Richardsonii. Mas. Pallid^ plumbeo-griseus fusco spar-
sim undulatus : gulee plumis in medio albis : abdomine sa-
turatiore albo parcfe maculato : macule laterali sub nuchd
alb4 : rectricibus nigris, apice albicante.

Foem. Minor,[brunnescenti-grisea, dorso brunneo fasciato ; sub-
ti^s albo frequenter notata, rectricibus duabus mediis fer-
rugineo fasciatis.

T. Richardsonii. Sabine Mss.

Beak : upper mandible black ; lower pale brown or horn-
colour. Irides dark hazel, with a lunulate yellow gra-
nulate bare spot above the eye. Head, neck and breast,
glossy lead-colour, with a tinge of light gray : and with
black, dark, dusky or brown scattered minute spots. Chin
finely spotted with white. Ear-coverts fuscous : the hind
part of the neck partly white. Scapulars dark, red speckled.
Belly light bluish-gray, white spotted, the centre of the
feather partly white. Tarsi one inch and a half long. Toes
pectinated. Quills 24 ; shafts white ; inner web dusky,
outer mottled ; outer coverts brown, speckled ; under co-
verts white. Tail square at the end, of 20 feathers, black,
tipped with white ; upper coverts black, speckled at the
points ; under coverts black, tipped with white.

Female smaller, brownish, gray-and- white mottled ; the feathers
of the neck with two narrow reddish bars ; those of the
back with only one, which is broader. The three centre
feathers of the tail waved with red bands ; colour of the
others lighter than in the male bird. Length 20 inches.
Breadth 15 inches. Weight two and a half to three pounds.

Flesh

142 M?-. Douglas on some Species

Flesh white, excellent. Pair in April : nest formed of
small twigs, leaves, and grass, on the declivities of the
sub-alpine hills, in coppices of Corylus and Betula, very
generally selecting the vicinity of mountain rills or springs.
Eggs 13 to 19, nearly the size of a common fowl's, with
large and small red specks.

Period of incubation three weeks. Food, buds of Finus,
catkins of Betula, Alnus, and Corylus, berries of Fragaria and
Vaccinium. The voice is a continuation of distinct hollow
sounds, Hoo — hoo hoo, like the cooing of a dove. Flight swift,
steady, and particularly graceful, making but little buzzing or
clapping noise. On being started from the dark shadowy
pine-trees, their usual roosting-place, they descend, or, more
properly, allow themselves to fall within a few feet of the
ground before they commence flying, — a circumstance which
often leads the sportsman to think he has secured his bird,
until the object of his attention leaves him, darting and float-
ing through the forest. This trait appears to be peculiar to this
species. No bird is more readily destroyed ; they will sit
with apparent tranquillity on the rocks or pine branches after
several shots have been fired.

In spring they are seen in great numbers basking in the sun
on the southern declivities of the low hills, and in winter in the
neighbourhood of springs, lakes, or large streams, in flocks of
sixty or eighty. They are easily captured by small snares formed
of sinews of the deer tribe. Very abundant on the sub-alpine
regions of the Rocky Mountains in latitude 52" N. longitude
115° W. Still more numerous in the mountainous districts of
the river Columbia in latitude 48° N., longitude 118° W.

Rare on the mountains of the north-west coast. I captured
several in April 1825, and in the winters of 1826-7 several more ;

the

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 143

the birds from this last locality appear larger, the colours more
distinct, and the white on the extremity of the tail much broader.
I cannot for the present attempt to separate them from the spe-
cies found on the Rocky Mountains, as my specimens from the
coast are all destroyed ; but probably they will be found on
comparison distinct.

Three or four years ago, Mr. Sabine received specimens of
this through the Hudson's Bay Company, probably taken in the
mountains near the sources of the river Athabasca. The name
was given by Mr. Sabine, in honour of Dr. Richardson, whose
varied scientific acquirements have eminently contributed to the
advancement of natural history.

The present species is nearly allied to T. obscura of Say, one
of the birds observed during Long's Expedition to the Rocky
Mountains.

ORTYX.

1. O.picta. Mas. Fusca subtiis ferrugineo flava nigro-fasciata :
guld rubr^ purpurea albo graciliter cinctd : pectore vertice
cauddque plumbeis : crista nigra longissimd lineari ; lineis
superciliaribus albis, caudd tectricibus inferioribus ferru-
gineis.

Foem. Subcristata, guld pectoreque fusco-ferrugineis, fusco fas-
ciatis.

Male. Bill small, black. Crown of the head and breast lead-
colour. Crest three linear black feathers, two inches long.
Irides bright hazel-red ; throat purple-red, bounded by a
narrow white line forming a gorget above the breast, and
extending round the eye and root of the beak. Back,
scapulars, and outer coverts of the wings, fuscous-brown.
Belly bright tawny or rusty-colour, waved with black, the
points of the feathers white. Quills 18 feathers, the fourth

the

144 Mr. Douglas on some Species

V- the longest. Under coverts light brown mixed with a'rusty
colour. Tail 12 feathers, of unequal length, rounded, lead-
colour, but less bright than the breast or crown of the
head. Tarsi one inch and a quarter long, reddish. Toes
webbed nearly to the first joint.

Female. Head and breast light fuscous-brown, the middle of the
feathers black. Crest half an inch long. Throat whitish
or light gray. Belly light gray waved with black, less
bright than the male. Under coverts of the tail foxy-red.
Length 10 inches. Girth 16 inches. Weight about twelve
ounces. Flesh brown, well-flavoured.

From October until March these birds congregate in vast
flocks, and seem to live in a state of almost perpetual warfare ;
dreadful conflicts ensue between the males, which not unfre-
quently end in the destruction of one or both combatants, if
we may judge from the number of dead birds daily seen
plucked, mutilated, and covered with blood. When feeding,
they move in compact bodies, each individual endeavouring
to outdo his neighbour in obtaining the prize. The voice is,
Quick — quick — quick, pronounced slowly, with a gentle suspen-
sion of the voice between each syllable. At such times, or
when surprised, the crest is usually thrown forward over the
beak, and the reverse when retreating, being brought backwards
and laid quite close on the back. Their favourite haunts are
dry upland or undulating gravelly or sandy soils in open woods,
or coppice thickets of the interior ; but during the severity of
winter, when the ground is covered with snow, they migrate in
large flocks to the more temperate places in the immediate
vicinity of the ocean. Seeds of Bromus altissimiis. Madia sativa,
and a tribe of plants allied to Wedelia, catkins of Corylus, leaves
of Fragaria, and various insects, are their common food. Nest on

the

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 145

the ground, in thickets of Pteris, Aspidium, Rubus, Rhamnus, and
' Ceanothus, neatly built with grass and dry leaves, secreted with so
much caution, that without the help of a dog they can hardly be
found. Eggs 11 to 15, yellowish-white, with minute brown spots ;
large in proportion to the bird. Pair in March. Common in
the interior of California, and during the summer months extend-
ing as far northward as 45" north latitude, that is, within a few
miles of the Columbian valley. No specimen of this exceedingly
interesting bird exists in any collection. Several pairs, male
and female, as well as several of the following species, which I
prepared with great care in the interior of California, in Novem-
ber 1826, 1 had the misfortune (too painful to dwell upon) to lose,
with a multitude of treasures botanical and zoological, crossing
one of the rapid tributary streams of the river Multnomah, near
its source in the mountains, on my return northwards. On this
occasion I lost the labour of fifty-four days of fatigue and anxiety,
the too frequent attendants of such undertakings.

2. O. Douglasii. Plumbeo-brunnea : cristd erects alisque supe-
rioribus saturate brunneis : his flavo-ferrugineo striatis :
capite genis nuch^que brunneo- et flavo-ferrugineo striatis :
gul4 alb4 brunneo notatd : abdomine albo guttato.

O. Douglasii. Vigors Mss.

Bill brown : crest linear, black, one inch long. Irides hazel-
red. Body fuscous-brown, with a mixture of lead-colour and
rusty or yellow streaks. Throat whitish, with brown spots.
Belly foxy-red or tawny-white spotted. Quill-feathers 18,
Scapulars and outer coverts bright brown. Under coverts
light reddish-brown. Tail 12 unequal, rounded feathers.
Legs reddish. Length 9 inches. Girth 12 inches. Weight
ten ounces. Flesh pleasant ; dark-coloured.

Female. Crest scarcely perceptible, darker.

VOL. XVI. u This

146 Mr. Douglas 07i some Species

This species appears to be an inhabitant of a more temperate
climate than the preceding one, as it is never seen higher than
42° north latitude, and even that very sparingly in comparison
to O. picta or O. Californica. The species do not associate
together. In manner they are similar, at least as far as the
opportunity I had of observing them went. I have never seen
them but in winter dress, and know nothing of their nesting.

Mr. Vigors, the zealous and enlightened Secretary of the
Zoological Society, in his partial kindness has done me the
honour of placing my name to this species. To that gentle-
man I communicated an account of this bird shortly after my
return to England ; and subsequently he has had an opportunity
of seeing a solitary specimen in a collection brought home by
Captain Beechey.

In addition to Tetrao, I subjoin a few notes relative to some
already described species. But, in the first place, I may be
permitted to mention a new species, nearly allied to T. Lago-
pus, but much smaller, with a white tail, and when in winter-
dress, snow-white, without the least particle of black. This is
an inhabitant of the Rocky Mountains and the snowy peaks of
North-west America. During my journey across the dividing
ridge in April 1827, I killed several, which, from the extreme
difficulties to be surmounted at that early season of the year, I
was reluctantly obliged to leave behind me. This loss I do
not now regret, as Dr. Richardson was fortunate enough to
secure the species, an accurate description of which will be
shortly given by him in his forthcoming Fauna of British North
America.

T. Lagopus of Gmelin is not an uncommon bird on the Rocky
Mountains ; near the verge of perpetual snow, in latitude 54° ;

of the Genera Tttrao and Ortyx. 147

to the north, it is more plentiful ; and it is occasionally seen on
similar altitudes contiguous to the lakes of the Columbia. On the
north-west coast it exists as low as 45° 7', the position of Mount
Hood. This is the same bird as the Scotch Ptarmigan, and has
been distinguished by Captain Sabine, in the Supplement to
Captain Parry's First Voyage, as distinct from the next species.

T. rupestris of Gmelin. I did not meet with this bird on the
Rocky Mountains, and therefore suppose it is confined to the
northern parts of the continent and the adjacent islands, from
which it was brought in abundance by the officers of the diffe-
rent Arctic Voyages. — For the differences between this and
the preceding species, I refer to the accurate examination of
Captain Sabine in the work above referred to, as well as to
Mr. Sabine's Appendix to Captain Franklin's First Narrative.
I am informed by Mr. Sabine, that this is the bird commonly
met with in the northern parts of Europe, where it is erroneously
considered as T. Lagopus, which species he believes to be ex-
clusively confined to the mountains of Scotland and to the
northern parts of America.

T. Saliceti. This bird, so common in Hudson's Bay, appears
rare in the Rocky Mountains. I saw only one pair there ; it
did not come under my notice on the north-west coast.

T. Canadensis. As far as I know, this bird has not yet been
found to the west of the central ridge of the continent. A solitary
individual is occasionally seen contiguous to the eastern base of
that ridge, near the sources of Athabasca river, in 55° north lati-
tude ; but the species does not become in anywise numerous until
we reach the low woody countries in a similar parallel. About
Lesser Slave Lake they abound, and on the woody places of

u 2 Sascatch-

148 Mr. Douglas oh some Species

Sascatchawan river, and the streams that flow into Hudson's
Bay.

7'. Phasiancllus. Like the hist mentioned, is not seen west of
the Rocky Mountains. It abounds on the dry undulating cop-
pices or prairies of Sascatchawan river, throughout the whole
chain of that stream. On the shores of Oxford lake this is the
most common bird of the tribe.

T. Cupido. In August 1827 I killed several birds of this spe-
cies between Red river and Pembina in 49° north latitude. This
may, perhaps, be found to be its most northern range. It did
not come under my observation on the western parts of the
continent.

T. Umbellus. Perhaps no one of the genus extends over such
a tract of country, and no one is more varied in plumage than the
present bird. In the valleys of the Rocky Mountains, 54° north
latitude, and a few miles northwards near the sources of Peace
river, a supposed variety of this species is found, — different from
. T. Umbellus of Wilson. On comparing my specimens from that
country with some which I prepared in the States of New York
and Pennsylvania, and on the shores on the chain of lakes in
Upper Canada, I find the following differences First, the north-
ern bird is constantly one-third smaller, of a very light speckled
mixed gray, having little of that rusty colour so conspicuous in
the southern bird : — secondly, the ruffle consists invariably of
only 20 feathers, these short, black, and with but little azure
glossiness ; the crest-feathers are few and short. Should these
characters hereafter be considered of sufficient importance for
constituting a distinct species, it might perhaps be well to call it
T. Umbello'ides.

1 am

of the Genera Tetrao and Ortyx. 149

r am partially acquainted with two other species of Tetrao, of
the greatest interest, but for the present I forbear to describe
them ; the more especially, as I look forward at no distant
period to again resuming my labours on the western parts of
the same continent, the result of which, in due season, it will
afford me the greatest pleasure to submit to the Society.

( 151 )

XIII. Account of a new Plant of the Gastromycous Order of
Fungi. By J. E. Bowman, Esq., F.L.S.

Read February 19, 1828.

I BEG leave to offer to the Linnean Society the following ac-
count of a minute but very interesting individual of the Gastro-
mycous tribe of Fungi, recently detected b}'^ me in this neigh-
bourhood. Though it does not appear to have been hitherto
noticed by botanists, it is not improbable that it may sometimes
occur in similar favourable situations. Its extreme minuteness
and general resemblance to others of the same natural family,
easily accounts for its having been overlooked altogether, or
confounded with them. The peculiar elegance of its mature
form, were it of sufficient size to meet the common eye, could
not fail to arrest the attention of the most indifferent. As it is,
specimens can be discovered only by the patient explorers of
their shaded and secluded haunts : for so ephemeral is their
duration, and their texture so perishable, that but few of them
can be preserved for future examination. On this account, I
regret that I am unable to present any specimens to the Society
of the individual in question ; but the accompanying plate ex-
hibiting its different stages may be relied on as correct.

Its height scarcely exceeds half a line, and its colour differs
little from the decaying wood on which it grows. Tab. l6. /". a.
represents its natural size both in its early and mature states,
but the rest of the figures are all highly magnified. It requires

VOL. XVI. X a good

152 Mr. BowBiAN on a new Plant

a good lens to distinguish its general structure ; and the in-
sertion of the filaments into the under surface of the pileus, on
which I have founded its generic name {m^dt ab infra, and >-;)/*«
filamentum,) can only be discovered by the compound micro-
scope.

Class and Order. Cryptogamea Fungi.

Natural Order. Gastromyci. Link, Greville. Gasteromy-

CETES. Fries.

ElSTERTnENEMA ELEGANS.

Tab. XVI.

Gen. Char. Peridium subglobatum, pellucidum, lacteo-albidura,
stipite perforante, pileo terminali, filamentis ab infra sur-
silm cirratis.

Spec. Char. Sporangium imprimis sessile, globosum, deinde
stipitatum ; stipite infra cylindraceo, superne conico, po-
stremc!» peridio rimoso, evanescente. Crescit gregatim in
sylvis opacis apud quercfis ramos decorticates.

In its earliest stage the capsule or sporangium is globular and
stemless, gelatinous, white, and semitransparent {Tab. 16. /. b.)
like its kindred genera Trichia, Stemonytis, Arscyria, &c. It
soon acquires a stem, and the head becomes sphaeroidal, the
stipes passing through its shorter axis, and having a small cir-
cular and rather depressed spot on its apex, which may be
termed a pileus or cap {Jig. c, d, Sfc). This pileus hardens, and
changes its colour to a dark brown, while the sporangium is still
soft and diaphanous ; and if the latter be examined in this stage
of its growth by a good microscope in a strong light, very slen-
der brown and waved filaments may be seen imbedded within its
substance, radiating round the pileus {fig. c). The sporangium
afterwards appears coagulated and opaque, though still white ;

the

of the Gastromycous Order of Fungi. 153

the change commencing with the parts surrounding the pileus,
and the sporules may now be first distinguished in white de-
tached masses. The peridium next assumes a light brown co-
lour; and being still partially pellucid, the internal filaments
of a darker brown, and the interspersed groups of sporules, are
distinctly visible through its shining surface {fig. d.). As the
sporules attain maturity, the peridium becomes opaque, and of
a full though lively brown ; but soon cracking irregularly, and
peeling off from the expansion of the filaments, the sporules are
exposed ; and the sporangium, from their dispersion, loses its
regular shape and becomes ragged and broken {fig. e.).

The curious and peculiar structure of this interesting plant
no\y first becomes apparent, and causes it to assume a new and
altered character. As the seeds disperse, the filaments, hitherto
concealed, are exposed to view ; and by the assistance of a high
magnifying power, are found to issue from the inferior surface
of the pileus, as in the genus Hydnum ; but infinitely longer in
proportion, and occasionally branched. The pileus is also
found to be fixed centrally by its under surface on the top of the
pedicel or stipes, which rises independently through the axis of
the sporangium. When therefore, from the ripening of the
seeds, the peridium bursts, and the filaments are set at liberty,
their elasticity or hygrometrical sensibility soon enables them
to expand, and to acquire first a horizontal, and afterwards a
more perpendicular or erect position. Many of them rise, like
a curled lock of hair, above the pileus, giving to the plant a
real increase of altitude ; while the stipes appears to be elon-
gated, by its upper portion (originally concealed within the
sporangium) being exposed to view. The course of the fila-
ments during their erection may be compared to that of the
whalebone stretchers of an umbrella in the act of its being un-
furled. A few of them may be seen in^^. e. just disengaged

X 2 • from

154 Mr. Bowman on a new Plant of the Gastromycous Order, ^-c.

from the sporangium ; while Jig. f, g, h, and i, exhibit dif-
ferent individuals in their expanded state. The filaments are
more or less erected or horizontal ; but some seem always to
retain their original downward direction, like the lower branches
of the larch or some of the palm tribe.

That portion of the stipes which had been surrounded by
the sporangium is very slender, and tapers towards the pileus ;
while its lower half is suddenly swelled out to a very dispro-
portionate thickness, and dilated into a thin membranous and
glutinous base, by which it is attached to the wood whereon it
grows. This kind of base, common to many of these minute
parasites, being destitute of fibres or vascular structure, seems
to indicate that they require no further nourishment after the
sporules are once expanded into the gelatinous mass which
is their earliest visible form, or that they derive any further
supply from the disengaged gases which float in the dank atmo-
sphere in which they live. I first found the Enerthenema in
October, and again in December last, on decaying branches of
oak deprived of their bark, and lying on the ground in the
damp and shady parts of Erddig wood, near Wrexham, Den-
bighshire ; a spot not less attractive to the botanist than to the
lover of picturesque woodland scenery, and always accessible
to the public through the liberality of its worthy proprietor,
S. Yorke, Esq.

XIV. On

( 155 ■)

XIV. On the Origin and Nature of the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia ;
and on a remarkable Multiplication observed in the Parts of
Fructification of that Genus. By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S.

Read November 18, 1828.

The ligulate rays of Zinnia consist of a foliaceous, persistent,
coloured, and highly vascular membrane, with rough, spinously-
denticulated edges. They are traversed by two principal trunks
of vessels almost parallel to their margin, which branch out
into innumerable ramifications through the disk. These trunks,
which are composed of proper and spiral vessels, may be very
distinctly traced from the limb of the ray downwards along the
two prominent edges of the ovarium. The vessels become more
apparent on the withering of the rays, and the beautiful arrange-
ment of their ramifications constitute then an interesting object.
The principal trunks of vessels, thus occupying both sides of the
lamina, tend to extend them so considerably beyond the centre,
as to constitute frequently two distinct lobes. The want of arti-
culation in the tube, visible in the florets of the disk, their con-
sistence, and the disposition of the vessels, and their ramifica-
tion,— a disposition which is found precisely the same in the
central ovaria, — would seem to prove that the rays of Zinnia
are an elongation of the exterior cortical layers of the ovarium,
which in the centre florets are developed into a species of pa-
leaceous pappus, which is not present" in the ray florets. The
peripherical ovaria are frequently triquetrous, and each of the

edges

156 Mr. D. Don oji the Origin and Nature

edges is occupied by a fascicle of vessels : the two parallel ones,
which are also generally the most prominent, develop them-
selves into the ligulate appendage ; and the third, which occu-
pies the facial edge, terminates abruptly in the sinus. There are
other vessels which occupy the space between the three prin-
cipal trunks. These circumstances taken together, have induced
me to regard the corolla as wanting in the rays of Zinnia.

My own observations tend fully to confirm the interesting
hypothesis advanced by Mr. Brown respecting the compound
nature of the pistillum in Compositce. In Zinnia verticillata and
multijlora the branches of the style, especially of such flowers as
have an increased number, only partially cohere together, are
readily separable, and may be traced from the apex of the
stigmata to their connexion with the two filiform cords to which
the embryo is attached, and which Mr. Brown* regards as a
species of placenta. These cords, which are particularly distinct
in Zinnia, are slightly thickened at their extremity, and bear a
striking analogy to the slender bases of the filaments, which are
generally found adherent to the tube of the corolla, as the former
are to the sides of the ovarium. The embryo is attached to the
inner edge of the extremities of these cords, one of which I have
frequently found not adhering to the parietes of the ovarium, but
passing down its centre quite free. In some cases the branches
of the style are found wholly free, so that they resemble so many
distinct stjdes ; and they may not unaptly be compared to those
of Umbelliferce and Araliacece. The embryo of Zinnia is easily
extracted from the ovarium entire suspended between the two
placental cords, and surmounted by the style and stigmata ; and
as there appears to be no interruption between the branches of
the style and these cords, it occurred to me as probable that they
would prove only a continuation of that organ.

* Litm. Tram. vol. xii. p. 89-

The

of the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia^ ^c. 157

The parts of fructification of Zinnia vary exceedingly in
number, and on this account there is not perhaps a more in-
teresting genus in the whole class to which it belongs. While
engaged examining a capitulum of Zinnia verticillata in the
garden at Boyton in September last, my attention was arrested
by a floret of unusual size occupying the centre of the disk ;
and on removing and placing it under a common lens, I dis-
covered that the limb was divided into 10 lobes ; that it had
10 stamina, and 10 stigmata, all perfect. On laying open the
ovarium longitudinally, I found 5 embryos occupying the in-
terior of its cavity, and connected together in a cluster : they
were of unequal size, and their cotyledons were deformed and
unequal, and in some instances solitary. I extended my re-
searches to other capitula of the same species, and likewise
to those of Z. revoluta, multijiora, and paiicijlora, and found
the deviations from the typical form of corolla frequent in
all of them ; and that the limb varied with 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and
10 lobes ; that the stamina were 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 10 ; and the
stigmata, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 10. In such florets as had their limb
divided into 3 or 4 lobes only, the stamina were sometimes of the
usual number, 5 ; but in the others, the stamina were always
found corresponding in number with the divisions of the corolla.
The stigmata were found to be indefinite, and generally not in-
fluenced by the number of the other parts of the flower : for in
the usual form of corolla, — namely, with 5 lobes, — 3 were as fre-
quently observed as 2, and sometimes, although more rarely, 4, 5,
and 6 ; and in the 6-cleft corolla they frequently did not exceed
the ordinary number. In those flowers where the segments
of the corolla amounted to 8 or 10, the stigmata sometimes
equalled that number ; but in the 10-cleft corolla the stigmata
were often found not to exceed 5. With an increased number
of stigmata there is always a plurality of embryos : for example,

with

158 Mr. D. Don on the Ligulate Rays in Zinnia, 8fC.

with 4 or 5 stigmata, the number was two or three ; with 6, three ;
with 8, four ; and with 10, five ; but when they exceeded two,
they were found generally to be imperfectly formed and united
together, having but seldom more than one cotyledon ; and
where no increase takes place, as very often happens, the em-
bryo is always found to be distorted, and the cotyledons un-
equal. It is not unusual to find, even in a floret of the ordinary
structure, but with an increased number of stigmata, a mon-
strous embryo having several unilateral, dolabriform cotyledons,
and a long, filiform radicle. In the perfect embryo of Zinnia the
cotyledons are linear- oblong, obtuse, with a straight, subulate
radicle scarcely half their length.

In conclusion it may be observed, that deviations from the
typical form are of rare occurrence in the flowers of Zinnia ele-
gans, as in all the capitula of that species, which were examined
by me, I did not meet with a solitary instance. The species in
which t have found them most frequently to occur is Zinnia ver-
ticillata; for almost every capitulum of this species will be found
to furnish many examples : and the circumstance of the leaves
being frequently verticillate in this species would appear to
exert an influence over the parts of fructification, affording a
striking proof, as it appears to me, of the correctness of the
theory advanced by Mr. Brown respecting the origin of those
parts, and also of his hypothesis regarding the plan on which
the female organ in phaenogamous plants* is formed. In Zinnia
verticillata I have occasionally met with hermaphrodite florets,
having 5 stamina and 5 perfect stigmata.

* hinn. Trans, loc. cit.

XV. Some

( 159 )

XV. Some Observations on the Common Bat of Fennant : with
an Attempt to prove its Identity with the Pipistrelle of French
Authors. Bi/ the Rev. Leojiard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. Com-
municated by the Zoological Club of the Linnean Society.

Read February 3, 1829-

It has been usual with every systematic writer upon British
zoology from the time of Pennant to the present day, to refer
the Common Bat of this country to the Vespertilio murinus of
Linnaeus. Upon the correctness or incorrectness of this con-
clusion it were not, perhaps, at this period very easy to speak
with certainty ; since many of the descriptions of that author,
from the paucity of species then known, are drawn up in such
vague and general terms as to admit of application to several
others besides the one originally alluded to. It is, however,
somewhat remarkable that no one should ever have observed
the striking disagreement between our English Bat and that to
which the continental authors have continued to give the Lin-
nean name, and the consequent impropriety of referring both
these to the same species and making them synonymous. This
difference resides not merely in the colour and general appear-
ance of these two Bats, comparatively viewed, — in the shape of
the auricle and its operculum, and in some of their relative
dimensions, — but most palpably in their absolute size. In the
detailed descriptions of the Vespertilio murinus given by GeofFroy
and Desmarest, we find the average measurements of this species

VOL. XVI. Y to

l60 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant.

to be nearly as follows : — Length of body three inches and a half ;
head about one inch ; tail about two inches ; and the extent of wing
fifteen inches and upwards. Whereas, in our Common English
Bat, the length, measured from the nose to the insertion of the
tail, is only one inch and seven lines ; that of the head six lines ;
of the tail fourteen ; and the extent of wing rarely, if ever, ex-
ceeds eight inches and a half. It will surely be allowed that a
discrepancy so great as this, — especially when viewed in con-
nection with the other differences above alluded to, which are
sufficiently obvious to all who investigate the matter to preclude
the necessity of being more particularly pointed out, — is at once
sufficient to establish the error of those naturalists who have
considered these as belonging to the same species, and to war-
rant their separation in future.

Which of these two Bats has most claim to be considered
as the true Vespertilio murinus of Linnaeus, for the reason before
given, it is difficult to decide. Nevertheless, if we may hazard
a conjecture, I am inclined to think, from this circumstance of
its larger dimensions, that the identity is greater in the case of
the continental species than in ours. It is true, that Linnaeus
in his concise description says nothing direct about size ; but
since he refers to the Vespertilio major of Brisson*, which that
author asserts to be about a foot in extent of wing, it would
seem that he intended a species of nearly similar dimensions.
As, however, it is very possible that in that day as well as in the
present, synonyms were frequently copied down without pre-

* In fact, these two authors refer to one another. Brisson quotes the sixth edition
of the Systema Nature, and Linnaeus in the twelfth, edition quotes Brisson. — Brisson
was the first to affix any specific name to this Bat, the edition of the Systema Natura
first mentioned having appeared before trivial names were established ; and the term
major, selected by him for this purpose, was afterwards changed by Linnteus in his
later editions to that of murinus, in consequence of Brisson's observation " miirini
coloris."

vious

The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. I6l

vious examination, I would not rest too strongly upon this point:
nevertheless, I conceive that under any circumstances the Lin-
nean name should be suffered to rest with the continental species,
of which there are so many excellent figures and details by Dau-
benton*, Buffont, Geoffroy J, and Desmarest§, rather than with
our own, of which there is not a single delineation or description
by any British naturalist sufficiently accurate to admit of its
being recognised.

Indeed, on this subject, it is surprising to remark the way in
which authors have contented themselves with copying the bare
and meagre descriptions of their predecessors, without adding
anything from their own observation. Of all our English writers,
including Martin, Berkenhout, Bewick, Shaw, Stewart, and
Donovan, there is scarcely one who has done more than repeat
the general colour and dimensions of this Bat, as originally
stated by Pennant, or perhaps merely translate the Linnean
specific character. And even in our two latest publications by
Mr. Griffith and Dr. Fleming |1, though (in the former at least)

* Mim. de I' Acad, des Sciences de Paris, ann. 1759. p. 378. pi. 1. f. 1.

t Hist. Nat. torn. 8. p. 126. pi. 15. f. 1.

% Jtm. du Mils. torn. 8. p. IQl. pi. 47 & 48.

§ Mammal. (Encyd. Method.) p. 134. pi. 33. f.2.

II In the Animal Kingdom of Mr. Griffith the description appears to be a translation
from Desmarest, or at least evidently belongs to the Vespertilio murinus of that author ;
yet along with references to BufFon and other continental writers, are associated as
synonyms the Common Bat of Pennant and the Short-eared English Bat of Edwards ;
thereby showing that these were considered to be the same as the species described,
notwithstanding that Pennant's dimensions of this Bat are set at two inches and a half
for the length of the body, and nine inches for the extent of wing, while Mr. Griffith has
annexed to his own, a length equalling Jbi^r inches, and an expanse of nearly eighteen !

Dr. Fleming in his History of British Animals has fallen into the same mistake. He
has likewise taken for his specific character of our Common Bat that belonging to the
Vespertilio murinus of Geoffi^oy and Desmarest, annexing the usual references to Ray
and Pennant; under the idea that all these authors were describing the same species.

Y 2 the

l62 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat ofFennant.

the description is somewhat more diffuse, there is still the error
of confounding this species with the Vespertilio murinus of con-
tinental authors alluded to in the beginning of this paper.

It would seem, therefore, absolutely necessary to impose a
new trivial name upon the Common Bat of this country and to
treat it as nondescript, if there be really no further account of
it than is to be found in the works of our British naturalists.
But before taking such a step, it becomes necessary to inquire
whether it may not be recognized among any other of the spe-
cies described by foreign authors since the time of Linnaeus,
however distinct from that with which it has been always con-
founded. It does not seem likely that so common a species in
this country should be peculiar to it, and not found on the con-
tinent, where all our other indigenous Vespertilionida are well
known* ; neither is it probable, that if it is to be met with in
equal plenty abroad, it should have wholly escaped notice. Now
on this point I am inclined to answer in the affirmative ; and,
though I give my opinion with much diffidence, I would ask, in
what essential points our Common Bat differs from the Pipistrelle
of Daubenton and succeeding writers. After a careful examina-
tion of very many specimens, and an accurate comparison of
these with the descriptions annexed by Daubenton and Geof-
froy to that species, I can see no material distinction between
them. It is true that Daubenton's dimensions of the Pipistrelle^
as well as those given by Desmarest in his Mammalogie, are
somewhat less than in the generality of our English specimens :
but such appear to have been taken from immature individuals ;
since the proportions between the several parts are still kept
up, and the actual measurements agree in most particulars with
those of one or two small specimens in my possession. GeofFroy,

* The Vespertilio pygmxus, discovered by Dr. Leach in Devonshire, appears as yet
to be an exception.

however,

The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. 163

however, makes this species larger ; and the dimensions which
he has assigned for the length of the head and tail and for the
expanse of wing are scarcely at all different from the results at
which I have arrived. I may add also, that in the British Mu-
seum there is a specimen of the Pipistrelle *, sent by Dr. Leach
from the north coast of Scotland, which is even larger than that
described by Geoffroy ; and with which I have compared more
than once not only my own specimens of the Common Bat, but
likewise those so named in the above Museum, after Pennant,
without being able to detect any thing like a specific dif-
ference.

Rather, however, than dwell any further upon the identity of
these species, or stop to point out every mark of similarity
between them, I beg to subjoin a more accurate description of
our Common Bat than is to be met with in any of our English
authors ; after which persons will be the better enabled to form
their own opinions on this subject.

Vespertilio Pipistrellus. Geoff.

V. teller e fusco-rufescente, suhtiis palUdiori ; auriculis ovato-trian-
gularibus, extrorsitm emarginatis, capite brevioribus ; trago
surrecto apice obtuso ; caudA antibrachium longitudine aquan-
ti, e membrand interfemorali paululum exsertd.

Le Pipistrelle. Daub. Mem. de I' Acad, des Scien. 1759- P- 381.
pL, 1. f. 3. Buff. Hist. Nat. torn. 8. p. 129. pL 19-/. 1.

Vespertilio Pipistrellus. Geoff. Ann. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. torn. 8.
p. 195. pi. 47. ^ 48. Desmar. Mammal. {Encycl. MSthod.)
p. 139. pi- 33. f. 5. Griff. Anim. King. {Synop.) p. 80.
sp. 251.

* Mr. Gray of the British Museum, informed me that he believed this specimen
was named by Kuhl, which, if so, is strong testimony in favour of its being the same
with the Pipistrelle on the continent, notwithstanding its superior size.

Dimensions.

164 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant.

Dimensions.

Inches. Lines.

Length of the body, measured from the nose

to the root of the tail 1 7

of the head 0 6

of the tail 1 2

of the auricle 0 4

Breadth of the auricle at the broadest part . 0 3

Length of the tragus 0 2

Breadth of the tragus 0 Of

Length of the arm 0 8^

of the forearm 1 2

■ of the thumb 0 If

of the thigh 0 5

of the shank ........ 0 5

Distance measured from the carpus to the

apex of the second finger 2 0

measured from the carpus to the

apex of the fourth finger 1 6

Expansion of the flying membrane ... 84
Exsertion of the tail beyond the interfemoral

membrane 0 0\

Strongly resembling the Noctule in its general characters, but
at once distinguished from that species by its inferior size,
weighing only eighty-two grains. Head much depressed
in front, convex behind, with the upper part of the occiput
remarkably protuberant* : no occipital crest. Muzzle ex-
tending three lines beyond the ears, in young specimens
rather elongated, which appearance wears off afterwards,

* I have compared the skull with Geoffroy's figure of that of the Pipistrelle, which
it resembles in all essential particulars.

from

The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant. 165

from the enlargement of the head and the filling up of the
sides of the face, when the profile is somewhat altered.
Nose obtuse at the extremity, and slightly emarginate be-
tween the nostrils ; these last reniform, with tumid edges :
on each side of the nose, immediately above the upper lip,
is a protuberant swelling, formed by a congeries of seba-
ceous glands, which, when cut through, are of a yellowish-
white colour. Eyes round and very small, situate half-
way between the above glands and the ears, and sunk deep
in the head ; over each, immediately above the anterior
angle, is a small elevated wart furnished with a few black
hairs : a transverse tuft of rather long upright hair on the
forehead, which has the effect of making the head appear
more elevated than it really is : rest of the face, including
the cheeks, contour of the eyes, and space above the nose,
almost naked, particularly in young specimens. Auricle
broad, rather more than half as long as the head, oval,
approaching to triangular, deeply notched on its external
margin about midway down ; tragus half the length of the
auricle, oblong, and terminating in a rounded head, nearly
straight or slightly bending inwards. In the upper jaw
four incisors, on each side two, of which the first is longest ;
in the lower aw six, each of which has three lobes ; grinders
five on either side, above and below ; the first in the upper
and the two first in the lower jaw with only one point; of
these last-mentioned teeth, the second is longer than the
first; the other grinders in the lower jaw have each five
points, three on the inner and two on the outer margin,
which last are alternately long and short. Fur rather long
and silky, yellowish red on the forehead and at the base of
the ears, on the rest of the upper parts reddish brown,
with the lower half of each hair dusky ; on the under parts

the

166 The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Fennant.

the hair is wholly dusky, except at the extreme tips, which
are of the same colour as above, but paler. In young speci-
mens the fur is entirely of a dusky-brown or brownish- gray,
in some instances almost black, without any tinge of red,
which appears to come afterwards, and to increase in in-
tensity with the age and size of the individual*. Nose,
lips, ears, flying and interfemoral membranes, dusky.

To the above description of our Common English Bat, which
has been drawn from an examination of many individuals of
different sizes compared togethert, I may, perhaps, be allowed
to add two or three remarks in illustration of its habits. Pen-
nant, and after him some other of our English authors, describe
this species as retiring at the approach of winter into caves,
ruined buildings, the roofs of houses, or hollow trees. This is
by far too general an assertion. I believe that each of our
British Bats has its own peculiar place of concealment, and
that, under ordinary circumstances, their respective habits in
this particular are always the same. As far as my own expe-
rience goes, I have found hollow trees the constant retreat of
the Noctule, and the roofs of houses as uniformly resorted to by
the Long-eared Bat ; whilst the species under consideration I
never met with but in the crevices of decayed brick- work, in
the cracks of old gateways and door-frames, or behind the leaden
pipes frequently attached to buildings for carrying off the rain.
They seem peculiarly to delight in the two former situations,

* In the specimen of the Pipistrelle in the British Museum, the fur is of a remark-
ably red or foxy colour ; and this individual is likewise distinguished by its size.

+ The dimensions are all taken from the same individual, recently killed, and whilst
all the parts were in their natural state. The expansion of the flying membrane varies
in different specimens from seven inches and a half to eight inches and a half, which
last measurement I never found it to exceed ; so that Pennant's statement of nine inches
for this part must be looked upon as considerably above the average.

collecting,

The Rev. L. Jenyns on the Common Bat of Pennant, 167

collecting, sometimes in prodigious quantities, wherever from
the falling out of the mortar they are enabled to insinuate their
bodies, and flocking thither, as well for the purpose of conceal-
ment during the day-time in the summer months, as for that of
undergoing those more profound slumbers which are occasion-
ally superinduced b}^ the severities of winter.

Again : It is a common remark, that the brumal torpidity of
the Bat is liable to be broken through by a sudden increase of
temperature, and that these animals appear abroad at all seasons
of the year, if the thermometer be above 44° : but as far as my
observation goes, this takes place much more frequently at the
commencement of winter than towards its conclusion ; and it
would seem to me, that though it requires a very reduced tempe-
rature,— probably one inch below freezing point, — to throw them
into a state of complete torpidit}^, yet that when this has fairly
taken place, one, much higher than would have proved suffi-
cient to have put them on wing before its commencement, is
necessary to awaken them from their slumbers. Accordingl}^,
we find the Bat showing itself every evening throughout the
months of November and December, if the weather be mild and
open, and I have even noticed it flying with its usual activity
when the thermometer has been down at 38° ; and this will often
continue to be the case till the setting-in of those severe frosts
which usually occur soon after the commencement of the new
year : but after the force of the winter has begun to abate, I have
in vain looked for the Bat on wins; till the beginning or near the
middle of March, notwithstanding the temperature has often
risen considerably above 50° of Fahrenheit

It is also worthy of note, that the whole of the above obser-
vation applies only to the species under consideration. The
Nodule and the Long-eared Bat show themselves for a longer or
shorter period during the summer months, according to circum-

voL. XVI. z stances ;

168 The Rev. L. Jenyns o/j the Common Bat of Pennant.

stances ; but these, after having once withdrawn, are not gene-
rally seen again till the ensuing season*. Most probably their
continuance abroad is regulated by the supply of food, which
itself must depend in some measure upon the state of the
weather : and from the circumstance of our common Bat being
so much on wing in the dead season of the year, it seems likely
that the prey of this species may consist chiefly of gnats and
small TipulidcE, which do not appear to be affected like other
insects by the cold of winter.

I have only to add in conclusion, that if I am right in my
remarks upon the identity of our Common Bat with the Pipis-
trelle of French authors, the true Vespertilio murinus must neces-
sarily be suppressed as a British species, at least till further
observation shall have detected it in this covmtry.

* The early retreat of the Noctule was particularly noticed by White, who in his
Natural History of Selborne (p. 76.) hints at the possibility of its migration. The
same idea seems to be entertained by Dr. Fleming {Phil. Zool. ii. 29.); but as I have
had this species brought to me from the hollows of trees late in the autumn, and in a
very reduced state, I cannot assent to this myself. Pennant also {Hist. Quad. ii. 317.)
mentions one that was taken during winter in Flintshire, Moreover, it may be added,
that the Bat, though capable of supporting itself in the air for a considerable time by
means of its flying membranes, seems on the whole but ill calculated for performing
those extensive journeys which migration supposes. ,

XVI. De-

( 169 )

XVI. Descriptions of the neto Genera and Species of the Class
Composites belonging to the Floras of Peru, Mexico, and Chile.
: Bi/ Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S.

Read January 20, and March 17, 1829-

The extensive herbaria formed in Peru, Quito, and Chile, by
Ruiz, Pavon, and Tafalla, and the Mexican collections of Sess^
and Mocifio, having by fortunate circumstances come into the
possession of Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq., whose unwearied
zeal in the advancement of botanical science is already well
known, I have thought that a description of the Composita, which
form an important part of these collections, might not prove
unacceptable to the Linnean Society. Perhaps no people have
made greater sacrifices for science than the Spanish nation.
Her expeditions and voyages of discovery were fitted out on a
most munificent and extensive scale ; but unfortunately, the
results of them have in but few instances been given to the
scientific world. Don Hipolito Ruiz and Don Josh Pavon,
accompanied by two draftsmen, were charged with the botanical
mission to Peru in 1777, which lasted eleven years ; and their
labours were afterwards continued by Don Juan Tafalla, a
distinguished pupil of Ruiz, and formerly Professor of Botany
at Lima, whose investigations were also extended to the pro-
vince of Quito, and the fertile district of Guayaquil. Don
Martin Sesse, Don Josef Mocino, and Don Vincente Cer-
vantes, were charged with a similar mission to Mexico in the

z 2 year

170 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

year 1788 ; but the botanical expedition for the purpose of ex-
ploring the vegetable riches of New Granada, under the direction
of the celebrated Mutis, was organized on a much more exten-
sive plan. From these several expeditions there has resulted an
immense mass of materials, the greater part of which still remain
unpublished, although many years have elapsed since their col-
lection. The whole of the manuscripts belonging to the Peru-
vian expedition, having also come into Mr. Lambert's hands, I
have been enabled to render the descriptions in some cases
much more complete, and to add many circumstances relative
to particular species, that could not have been ascertained from
an inspection of the dried samples, which, however, are very
perfect, and in most instances there are several duplicates of
each species. Notwithstanding the labours of Humboldt and
Bonpland, whose numerous discoveries have already been given
to the world by my learned friend M. Kunth, through whose
liberality, while at Paris in the autumn of 1821, I was permitted
to examine a considerable part of the Compositce contained in the
herbarium of M. de Humboldt; a very small proportion of the
species in this collection are identically the same with those I am
about to describe.

I have been successful in determining many of the Compositce
figured in the work of Hernandez ; and to the kindness of my
inestimable friend Professor Lagasca I am indebted for point-
ing out to me the various genera which he himself has described.
A small collection from Don Pablo de la Llave has made me
acquainted with the genera described in the " Descriptiones
Novorum Vegetabilium" I have inserted a few species from
other sources, partly with a view to point out their relative
affinities, and more fully to illustrate the characters of certain
groups ; but although I may differ widely in regard to the
generic distribution of the species, the trivial names given to

them

of the Class Composite. 171

them by their discoverers, if not previously applied to other
species, I have scrupulously preserved. In the distribution of
the species, and in the formation of the generic divisions, I have
followed the comprehensive views of Mr. Brown and M. Cas-
sini, whose important labours in this class are universally ad-
mitted : and having myself been engaged for several years
studying this department of botany, — of which very few have
had so extensive opportunities, — the characters of the groups
which I shall have to propose in the sequel, may, therefore,
with more confidence be relied on. In order to render the di-
visions more intelligible, I shall in the first place proceed to
give a descriptive character of the class itself.

COMPOSlTiE. Adans., Brown.

Plores saepiiis hermaphroditi, capitati, toro proprio inserti,
sessiles, involucro h squamis (folia mutata) ssep^ plurimis
inclusi.

Calyx ovario arete adhserens : margo obsoletus v. elevatus,
plerumque scissus, aut in pappum form^ varium abeuns,
nunc (in Zinnid) corollam seraulans !

Corolla monopetala, tubulosa, limbo 5-fida (rar6 4-fida), aesti-
vatione valvata ! laciniis 2 v. 3 connatis nunc bilabiata, aut
latere interiore longitudinaliter rupta, explanata, ligulee-
formis : nervis primariis laciniis alternantibus !

Stamina corollae laciniis numero sequalia, iisdemque altera a :
Jilamenta libera v. partim aut omnin6 corollae tubo adhte-
rentia, prope apicem articulata ! articulo superiore persaepe
dissimili : antherce biloculares : loculis parallelis, longitu-
dinaliter dehiscentibus : valvulis inaequalibus ; interiore an-
gustissima ; basi truncatis v. decurrentibus, aut productis,
apice in appendiculam planam confluentibus.

Pistillum:

172 Mr. D. Don's Desct'iptions of ntw Genera and Species

Pistillum: orormm inferum, indehiscens: disco epigy no: ovulo

erecto, solitario, funiculis 2 pistillaribus manifestis suspense:

stylus e duobus conflatus, indivisus : stigmata 2, saepiiis so-

luta, patentia.
Fructus (Achenium) : pericarpium indehiscens, monosper-

mum.
Semen: testa duplex; exterior coriacea v. Crustacea; interior

membranacea, vascularis, vasis propriis et spiralibus in-

structa : albumen nullum.
Embryo dicotyledoneus, erectus, seminis cavitati conformis :

cotyledones oblongne : radicula his persape brevior, obtusa,

centripeta.
Plantae polymorphae in orbis temperatis vulgatissimae.

The Composites constitute the most extensive and the most
interesting portion of the vegetable kingdom ; and their distri-
bution is so universal, that they form a large proportion of the
Flora of almost every country : but countries traversed by ex-
tensive mountain-chains, and situate within or near the tropics,
are found to be most favourable to the development of the
plants of this class : for in the Floras of Peru, Chile, and
Mexico, they appear to constitute a sixth part of the whole
phsenogamous vegetation ; and this estimate of their number is
justified by an actual comparison both of the published and un-
published plants of these countries.

The CompositcB are related on the one hand to Calycerea, Dip-
saceay and Valerianea ; and on the other to Campanulacea. and
GoodenovicB ; but the disposition of the primary vessels in the
corolla essentially distinguish them from every other family.
The plurality of styles, the inferior monospermous ovarium,
and the presence of an epigynous disk, show at least a con-
siderable degree of analogy, if not of affinity, to the Umbelliferce,

of the Class Compositce. 173

to whose mode of inflorescence that of Compositce may be com-
pared. Singular instances of monstrosity are sometimes to be
observed in Tragopogon, Scorzonera, &c., wherein the capitula
have assumed the form of the compound umbel. 1 have already
had an opportunity of showing that the other parts of fructi-
fication in this class frequently experience a remarkable degree
of increase in number, and that the stigmata are generally un-
affected by the number of the other parts of the flower.

I have now to state an interesting example of reduction of
stamina in Calliopsis Oicolor, a genus widely different from Dahlia
and Coreopsis, with which it has been hitherto associated. In
this genus most of the florets of the capitulum are quadrifid and
tetrandrous ; and, besides the primary vessels, there are others
which occupy singly the axis of two or three of the laciniae,
but in no instance all of them. These secondary vessels evi-
dently arise from the base, and not from the confluence of the
primary trunks, as they become fainter near the apex of the
laciniae ; and I am disposed to believe, that in many instances
the secondary vessels take their rise with the primary trunks.

I have distributed the groups in accordance with their natural
affinities, at least as far as this was practicable in a linear series :
for the families appear evidently to return into each other, ex-
hibiting a number of points of contact.

Fam. 1. CiciiORACE^. Juss.

Flosculi ligulati, hermaphroditi, uniformes ; ligtila apice 5-

dentata, 6-nervia : nervis rectis, parallelis, pari^m infra

dentium sinus furcatis
ANTHERiE crista membranacc^ pellucidd coronatae, basi bisetae

(setis dentibusve membranaceis) s. Iigul4 simplici truncate

auctae.
Stigmata libera, filiformia v. semicylindrica, obtusa, papillosa.

ACHENIA

174 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Ac HEN I A nunc apice calva,

Plantae lactescentes. Folia alterna. Flores saepu\s lutei.

This family constitutes but a very small part of the Compositce
in the South American Flora, being scarcely in the proportion
of one to forty-five, while in the European Flora they are gene-
rally as one to two. The dehor acea are readily distinguished
from the other families of Compositce by their uniform, ligulate,
hermaphrodite florets. The primary vessels are five in the
tube, but at the sinus, where the corolla splits open and expands
into the ligulate lamina, the interior nerve divides into two
simple branches, which run along the opposite sides, either
directly on the margin itself, or more frequently placed a little
within the border. The apparently simple trunks of the inter-
mediate vessels divide a little below the sinus of the teeth, and
traverse their margins, uniting at the summit of each tooth ;
but I have only in one instance, that of Prenanthes virgata of
Michaux, detected secondary vessels, and therefore conclude
that they are rarely present in the plants of this family. The
disposition of the vessels in the lamina of the corolla will be
found an important character in distinguishing the Cichoracece
from such individuals belonging to other families, whose florets
may have assumed an analogous form.

Besides being lactescent, the alternate leaves, their nervation,
and the inequality of their teeth, when present, the irregularity
of the corolla in Lobelia, the cohesion of its antheras, and its
papillary stigmata, show that many analogies exist between this
family and Campanulacece.

Trib. 1. HiERACEiE. Receptacidum epaleatum. Anthera basi
interiore ligula simplici membranace^ truncate auctae ! In-
volucrum polyphyllum.

HiERACIUM.

of the Class Composita. 175

HiERACIUM.
HiERACII SP., L.

Involucrum imbricatum. Receptaculum subfavosum. Achenia
apice simplicia. Fappi radiis simplici ordine copiosis,
persistentibus, setaceo-pilosis.

Involucrum multiplici ordine poly phy Hum, imbricatum : squamis
saepiiis adpressis. Receptaculu7n subfavosum : scrobiculis
margine elevatis, ciliato-laceris. Flosculi plurimi : fauce
extiis barbate. AnthercB appendiculd oblong^ diaphan^ co-
ronatae, basi interiore liguld membranacea truncate saepiiis
lacer4 instructae. Stigmata semicylindrica, obtusa, recur-
vata, cum dimidio superiors stylipapilloso-hispidula. Ache-
nia tetragona, apice simplicia : angulis sulcatis, laevibus.
Pappi radiis singulo ordine digestis, copiosis, pilosis, rigi-
dis, fragilibus, persistentibus, denticulis plurimis exaspe-
ratis, basi distinctis.

Herboe polymorpha, radice perenni. Flores lutei, solitarii v. co-
rymbosi. Pappus cinereo-fulvellus.

l.H. strigosum, pilosum ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis acutis denti-
culatis ; caulinis sessilibus, paniculd racemos^, caule sim-
plici fistuloso.
Hieracium hirsutum. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. ii .

Planta strigosa, pilis copiosis, longis, patulis vestita, hispidula.
Caulis erectus, cubitalis, filiformis, simplex, fistulosus. Folia
radicalia petiolata, palmaria, lanceolata, acuta, mucronulo
obtuso, remote denticulata, membranacea, viridia, subtils
pallidiora, basi attenuata; caulina sessilia, lineari-lanceo-
lata, 3 — 4-pollicaria, nunc spithamaea. Panicula racemosa,

VOL. XVI. 2 A strigosa,

176 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

strigosa, multiflora, spithamaea. Flores H. cymosi, citrini.
PeduncuU, ut et involucra, pube copiosissim^ pilis glanduli-
feris interstinct^ vestiti ; inferiores remotissimi. Involucrum
nigricans, cylindricum : squamis triplici ordine imbricatis,
pluribus (18 — 26), linearibus, obtusis, planis, adpressis,
margine membranaceis ; intimis subaequalibus. Recepta-
culum subfavosum. Flosculi involucrum longitudine sequan-
tes, apice dentibus 5, linearibus, obtusis. Antherce appen-
diculd lanceolate, acut^ ! membranacei coronatae, basi in-
teriore ligula exigua lineari truncatA, instructae. Stigmata
semicylindrica, obtusa, minute papillosa. Achenia tetra-
gona, sulcata, glabra, apice simplicia. Pappus pilosus,
persistans, fulvellus : radiis duplici serie digestis, rigidis,
denticulato-scabris.

2. H. Lagopus, villosissimum ; foliis lanceolatis subintegerri-
mis glaucis, caule ramoso multifloro nudiusculo, ligulis
5-fidis.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno.% .

Herba facie H. cerinthoides, paul6 tamen minor, similiter cses-
pitosa et glauca. Caulis pedalis, erectus, teres, flexuosus,
folio uno alterove tantiim ornatus, inde nudiusculus, in-
fern^ villosissimus. Folia radicalia petiolata, lanceolata,
acuta, remote denticulata, membranacea, utrinque villosa,
demum nudiuscula evadunt, basi attenuata, tripollicaria ;
caulina paucissima, mult6 minora, amplexicaulia, acumi-
nata. Petioli ut et Caudex, qui ad leporis pedem non paulo
refert, villis longis sericeis, exsiccatione aureis, copiosissi-
mis vestiti. Flores lax^ paniculati, citrini. PeduncuU fili-
formes, uniflori, pollicares. Involucrum cum pedunculis,

-o tomento copioso glandulisque pedicellatis numerosissimis

'! ornatum : squamis linearibus, acutis, multiplici ordine im-

y^ A ii bricatis.

^'V--

ii-.n of the Class Composita. ,ioCI /J .-vinv 177

bricatis, adpressis. Keceptaculum leviter favosum, sca-
brum. Flosculi plurimi, ligulati, apice profundi 5-dentati,
involucre multoties longiores : laciniis linearibus, obtusis.
Anther cB appendicula ovata acut4 ! membranace^ coronatae,
basi ligul^ lineari, truncata instructae. Stigmata semicylin-
drica, obtusa, minutfe papillosa. Achenia tetragona, sul-
cata, glabra. Pappus pilosus, persistens, cinereus, fragilis :
radiis simplici serie digestis, contiguis, rigidis, denticulis
exasperatis.

I have already proposed* to separate certain species hitherto
referred to Hieracium, and characterized by their flat, attenuated
achenia surmounted by a dilated epigynous disk, and by their
soft capillary pappus disposed in a double series. This group,
which I have named Hapalostephium, comprises Hieracium palu-
dosum and pyrenaicum of Linnaeus, the Hieracium macrophyllum
of Pursh, and the Crepis Sibirica of Linnaeus. M. de La Peyrouse
has referred the H. pyrenaicum to his Lepicaune, an unnatural
assemblage, which, independent of the faulty name, deserves to
be erased from the catalogue of genera. By the removal of
these species, and the Hieracium aureum and fruticosum of au-
thors, which do not even belong to the same tribe, the genus,
although still very extensive, will scarcely admit of further di-
vision. The Hieracium pusillum of Pursh from Labrador I have
ascertained by an examination of an authentic specimen to
belong to the genus Erigeron of authors. The crest of the an-
thers in most of the species of this genus is obtuse ; but in the
two above described, and in Hieracium murorum, it is acute.

Trib. 2. Hypochceride^. Receptaculum paleis distinctis re-
fertum. Anthera basi bidentatae. Pappus persistens. In-
volucrum polyphyllum.

* Prod. Ft. "Nep. p. l65. Edinb. 'New Phil. Journ. April 1829, p. 307.

;^ A 2 Oreophila.

178 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Oreophila.
Hypochceridis sp., Kunth.

Pappus plumosus, sessilis. Involucrum imbricatum,

Involucrum subrotundum, polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis
lanceolatis, obtusis, membranaceis ; exterioribus apice la-
nuginosis. Receptaculum paleatum : paleis lanceolatis, sca-
riosis, uninerviis, acumine longo, setaceo instructis. Flos-
culi lineari-ligulati : tubo tenui, ligula 5-dentat4, 6-nervi^,
dupl6 longiore. Anthera appendiculd ligulatd, membra-
nace^ coronatae, basi dentibus 2, lanceolatis, acuminatis,
membranaceis, aequalibus munitee. Stigmata filiformia,
recurvata, minutissimfe papillosa. Achenia oblonga, an-
cipiti-compressa, laevia. Pappus sessilis : radiis simplici
serie contiguis, filamentoso-plumosis, validis, inaequalibus,
basi crassiore persistentibus.

Herba perennis, caspitosa, acaulis. Radix fusiformis^ cortice
fusco obducta, digiti minoris crassitie. Folia numerosa, in
orbem acta, humifusa, petiolata, linearia, tunc lanceolata,
obtusa, obtuse sinuato-dentata, coriacea, suprd glabra, subtus
sed prcBcipue ad cost am mediam pilosa, 2 — S-pollicaria. Flos
solitarius, sessilis, in foliorum medio latens, magnus, aureus.
Pappus cinereus.

Herba locis alpinis incola, unde nomen ab opos, opeoy, mons, et
(j>iXeco, amo, i. e. planta in montibus florescens.

1. O.sessiliflora.

Hypochoeris sessiliflora. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp.
PL iv. p. 2.

In Peruviae summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispa-
nic^ dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. 1/ .

The uniform sessile pappus has led me to regard this plant as

constituting

of the Class Composites. 179

constituting a distinct genus, to which, it is very probable, the
Hypocharis sonchoides of M. Kunth should also be referred.
From Hypochosris, which must now be limited to H. glabra and
minima, it will be necessary to separate H.radicata and maculata,
essentially distinguished by having the pappus uniformly stipi-
tate. This division, first proposed by Scopoli under the name
of Achyrophorus, has been very properly adopted by Gsertner.
The genus Seriola of Linnaeus, the Achyrophorus of Vaillant,
which also belongs to this family, is characterized by a simple
polyphyllous involucrum, and by the rays of the pappus being
dilated towards the base.

Trib. 3. LACXUCEa;. Receptaculum epaleatum. Antherce basi
bidentatse. Fappus fugax, mollissimus, capillaceus.

Chondrilla, L.

Involucrum simplici ordine polyphyllum, connivens, basi squa-
mulis pluribus calyculatum. Receptaculum nudum. Achenia
fusiformia, tuberculata. Pappus stipitatus.

Involucrum simplici ordine poly-(8 — 12)phyllum, cylindricum,
connivens, basi squamulis pluribus (8 — 10) calyculatum :
foliolis Eequalibus, margine invicem so imbricatis. Recep-
taculum nudum. Flosculi indefiniti. Antherce appendicuM
ligulata V. ovali diaphan^ coronatse, basi acute bidentatae.
Stylus hispidulus. Stigmata semicylindrica, obtusa, brevia,
crassiuscula, minutissira^ papillosa. Achenia fusiformia,
subtetragona, hinc convexa, inde sulcata, concaviuscula,
supern^ tuberculata, apice in stipitem longum filiformem
producta. Discus epigynus depresso-capitatus ! Pappus
fugax, tenuissim^ capillaceus : radiis duplici ordine copio-
sissimis, basi solutis.

Herbae foliis radicalibus scepius runcinatis, floribus citriniSf pedun-

culatis.

Sect.

180 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Sect. 2. Involucri calyculo polyphyllo, lineari-setaceo, patulo.
Flosculi numerosi. Herba perennes, caulibus nudiusculis, sub-
unifloris. Crinissa.

1. C. paucijlora, glabra; foliis runcinatis, caule subbifloro.
Chondrilla pauciflora. Herb. S. et M.

In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. i/. .

Herba aspectu Apargia, perennis, glabra. Radix fusiformis.
Caulis erectus, cubitalis, teres, simplex, unifiorus, subinde
ramo uno alterove instructus, nudiusculus, hinc inde folio
minore ornatus. Folia radicalia patula, runcinato-pinnati-
fida, laevissima, viridia, 3-pollicaria, basi in petiolum atte-
nuata : lobis remotis, lanceolatis, acutis, integerrimis ; cau-
lina inferiora radicalibus conformia; suprema in squamas
pinnatifidas abeuntia. Flores magnitudine Apargia Tarax-
aci, solitarii, citrini. Involucrum simplici serie 12-phyllum,
cylindraceum, glaucum, tenuissimb pubescens, longitudine
imguiculare, basi squamis pluribus (8 — 10) lineari-setaceis,
patulis, apice nigricantibus munitum : foliolis linearibus,
membranaceis, sub apice tuberculo auctis, Receptaculum
nudum. Flosculi plurimi (30), ligulati, 5-dentati : liguld
6-nervik, involucrum longfe superante. Anthera appendi-
cul4 ovali obtus4 membranace^ coronatae, basi acute bi-
denticulatas. Stigmata brevia, semicylindrica, obtusa, cum
styli apice minutfe papillosa. Achenia fusiformia, hinc ven-
tricosa, 4-sulcata, inde depressa, planiuscula, undique tu-
berculata. Discus epigynus apice annulo lanuginoso in-
structus. Pappus \ongh stipitatus, mollissimus, fulvellus :
radiis tenuissimfe capillaceis, duplici ordine copiosissimis,
confertis, longitudine inaequalibus, basi solutis.

2. C. Sessaana, glabra; foliis linearibus acuminatis subinteger-

rimis, caule unifloro.

of the Class Composite. 181

In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. if. .

Herba perennis, csespitosa, glabra. Radix fusiformis. Caules
plures ex eadem radice, erecti, spithamaei, filiformes, uni-
flori, IfEves, folio unico, lanceolato, integerrimo, sessili ad
medium v. paulc!) infr^, inde squamis aliquot lineari-setaceis
muniti, apicem versus pubescentes. Folia radicalia plu-
rima, sessilia, linearia, acuminata, glabra, integerrima, v.
nunc subruncinata, dentibus paucis, magnis, retrorsis in-
structa, 2 — 3-uncialia, sesquilineam lata. Flares citrini,
parilm minores. Involucrum simplici serie 12-pliyllum,
cylindraceum, glaucum, tenuissimfe pubescens, unguicu-
lare, basi squamis pluribus (8 — 10) lineari-setaceis, patulis,
apice nigricantibus munitum : foliolis linearibus, membra-
naceis, sub apice tuberculo auctis. Receptaculum nudum.
LigulcB 5-dentatae, 6-nerviae, involucro fer6 dupl6 longiores.
Anthene crista ovali membranace^ coronatae, basi biden-
ticulatae. Stigmata brevia, crassiuscula, lineari-lingulata,
pruinosa. Achenia matura nondilm vidi. Pappus omnin6
lit in preecedente. ,^.^. ,„ .../>.

The simple polyphyllous involucrum, independent of any
other character, is alone sufficient to distinguish Chondrilla from
Lactuca, its nearest ally. To the normal group of the genus,
besides Chondrilla juncea of Linnaeus, belong Chondrilla latifolia
and graminea of the " Flora Taurico-Caucasica," and a fourth
species contained in the Pallasian herbarium, marked " Pre-
nanthes nova," and which possibly may prove to be the Pre-
nanthes aspera of Schrader and Willdenow. It is very probable
that Chondrilla lavigata of Pursh may prove a third aberrant
species of this genus, as the description appears to indicate an
intimate affinity to C. Sessceana above described.

Trachodes.

182 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Trachodes.

Involucrum imbricatum. Receptaculum laeve. Achenia subfusi-
formia, transversa rugosissima. Pappus sessilis ; radiis basi
solutis.

Involucrum multiplici ordine poly phy Hum, imbricatum, cylin-
draceum, tubulatum : squamis exteriorihus ovatis, obtusis,
margine scariosis ; intimis 8, elongatis, lineari-ligulatis, con-
niventibus. Beceptaculum\ddve. Flosculi indefimti C^O — 24):
ligulis 5-dentatis, 6-nerviis. Anthem crista ovat^ acuta !
membranace^ coronatae, basi bidentatae. Stigmata semi-
cylindrica, obtusa, cum apice styli papilloso-hispidula !
Achenia subfusiformia, tetragona, apice attenuate acut^
quadrangulo, angulis prominulis, costisque solitariis v. binis
insterstinctis, rugis transversis elevatis scabra. Pappus ses-
silis, capillaceus, mollissimus, fugax : radiis triplici ordine
digestis, basi solutis ; intimis crassitie pariim dissimilibus.
Herba biennis, e viridi ccerulescens. Caulis bipedalis, erectus, ri-
gidus, paniculatim ramosus, teres, aculeis minutissimis scaber,
basin versus purpureo-maculatus, vix calamum scriptorium
crassitie adcequans. Folia radicalia vix spithamaa, subsessilia,
spathulata, sinuato-runcinata, mucronata, margine copios^
spinuloso-denticulata, pollicem v. sesquipollicem lata ; caulina
amplexicaulia, altius lobata : lobis triangulari-ovatis, acumi-
natis. Flores citrini? pedicellati, Lactucae virosae iis vix
majores. Pedicelli squamis ovatis margine scariosis muniti.
Pappus niveus. Nomen ad plantae asperitatem refert,
Tpa)(a>Sr)s, scabrosus,

1. T. paniculatus.

Sonchus paniculatus. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico Sesse et Mocinno. c? .

of the Class Compositce. 183

In Sonc/ms the rays of the pappus are united into bundles at
the base, and the receptacle is rough and much dilated.

Trib. 4. ScoRZONEREiE. Receptaculum epaleatum. Antherce
basi bisetae, appendicula exigua reniformi ! coronatae. Stig-
mata saepiCis filiformia, papillosa. Involucrum simplex v. im-
bricatum.

PiCROSIA.

Involucrum 8-phyllum. Ligulce tridentataj, 4-nervi8e ! Pappus
capillaris, stipitatus.

Involucrum simplici serie 8-phyllum, cylindricum, basi omnin6
nudum : foliolis ligulatis, obtusis, margine invicera se im-
bricatis, planis. Receptaculum planum, nudum. Flosculi
plurimi : tubus tenuissimus, filiformis ; fauce extiis villosi-
uscula : ligulA lineari, tridentatd, 4-nervi4. Stamina ferh
omnin6 exserta : filamenta capillaria, libera : antherce levi-
ter coalitae, basi bidenticulatae, crista exigu4 brevissimd
coronatae. Stigmata brevia, semicylindrica, obtusa, papil-
loso-pruinosa, arcuato-conniventia. Achenia fusiformia, sul-
cis plurimis longitudinaliter notata, glabra. Pappus long^
stipitatus, capillaris, mollis, caducus : radiis duplici ordine
confertis, scabriusculis, inaequalibus, basi solutis.

Herba perennis, lavigata, glauca. Caulis erectus, pedalis, ramo-
sus, teres, striatus, calamum scriptorium crassitie fere ad-
aquans. Rami paucissimi. Folia sessilia, lanceolata, inte-
gerrima, nunc remotissime dentata, palmaria v. spithamcea,
pollicem lata ; inferiora basin versus angustata, sublingulata ;
superiora amplexicaulia, basi sagittata. Flores solitarii, pe-
dunculati. Involucrum unciale, Icevissimum : foliolis apice
puberulis. Flosculi lutei ? tenues, involucro longiores. Pap-
pus semipollicem longus, cinereofulvus. Nomen a iriKpos,
amarus.

VOL. XVI. 2 b 1. V.lon-

184 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

1. P. longifolia.

Tragopogon sp. nova. Herb. R. et P.
In Peruvise alpibus. Ruiz et Pavon. V •

There is no genus with which this can well be compared : it
has the involucrum of Tragopogon, and in habit it resembles
Cynthia virginica*, the Troximon virginicus of Gsertner ; but the
structure of its pappus and florets removes it from every genus
to which it bears any affinity. The Scorzonerea are well distin-
guished from the rest of Cichoracece by the very short, reniform
appendage surmounting the anthers ; that organ in most of the
other tribes having an oblong form. This interesting genus
concludes the family of Cichoracea ; and we shall now proceed
to the consideration of the Labiatiflora, which constitute a much
more numerous and interesting portion of the collection.

Fam. 2. Labiatiflor^:. Dec. et Lag.

Flosculi difFormes, plerumque tubulosi : limbo saepiiis bilabi-

ato-partito, multinervio.
Anthers appendicuM cartilaginea v. callosd, plerumque elon-
, ,:' gata terminatae, basi biaristatae.
Stigmata obtusa, papilloso-pruinosa, rarii\s partim v. omnin6

connata.
Ac HEN I A pappo rar6 destituta.
Plantae non lactescentes. Folia alterna. Flores saepi^s pur-

The Labiatijlorce were first proposed as a distinct group by
Messrs. DeCandolle and Lagasca in the 19th volume of the
'' Annales du MusSum." Professor Lagasca having communi-
cated to M. DeCandolle his remarks on this family, together
with the essential characters of many new genera belonging to

* Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 1. c. p. 309-
-...--.{ it,

v.v-.jjr of the Class Composites, r; v '.> .<,c . . 185

it, the paper may therefore be considered as the joint produc-
tion of these two distinguished botanists ; but about the same
period Professor Lagasca published at Orihuela a separate
treatise on this family, which he therein denominates Chanan-
thophora, with the addition of a few more genera, and several
of those occurring in the other memoir are there given under
different names. The names comprised in the memoir inserted
in the " Annales du Musium" have however prevailed, from the
more extensive circulation of the work, although the former
has the right of priority by some months, as the latter occurs
in the commencement of the nineteenth volume, which was
published in 1812, the year after the separate treatise by Pro-
fessor Lagasca had appeared. In the series of natural affini-
ties the LabiatiflorcB form the connecting link between the Cicho-
racecB and Carduacece ; and although an exact definition of them
is scarcely attainable, yet they appear to me sufficiently distinct
to entitle them to rank as a separate family. Some botanists,
however, have doubted of the propriety of this separation, and
still think that they ought to be reunited to the other families of
Compositce ; but it is unnecessary here to argue against such an
opinion, — derived more, probably, from the works of others, than
from actual observation, — as little investigation is requisite to
see that by this reunion, the limits hitherto well-defined between
the CichoracecB and Carduacece would be completely removed :
and as no advantage whatever can be derived from this arrange-
ment, it is certainly preferable to retain them as a distinct group,
and more especially as they evidently have throughout a very
marked affinity.

The LabiatiflorcB, with the exception of a few species chiefly
belonging to the group Perdiceee, are peculiar to the western
hemisphere ; and they constitute one fifth of the Composites of
the South- American Flora, where they appear to occupy the

2 B 2 place

186 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

place of the CichoracecB of the Northern hemisphere, to whom
they bear a striking analogy both in habit and structure ; but in
the Chilian Flora, where this family is more especially abundant,
they form nearly one-half of the whole class. 1 have ventured
to give the descriptions of a few interesting species from Brazil
belonging to this family, whose affinities seemed to justify their
insertion in this memoir.

Trib. 1. Trixide^. Receptaculum epaleatum. Flosculi uni-
formes, bilabiati, hermaphroditi. Stigmata soluta, semi-
cylindrica, truncata, papillosa. Plant cb scepius fruticoscBt
foliis integris.

Sect. a. Pappo piloso.

Trixis. p. Br., Dec, Lag.

Perdicii sp., L.

Receptaculum villosum. Flosculi indefiniti. Involucrum aequale.

Involucrum simplici v. duplici ordine poly -(5 — l6)phyllum, basi
squamis paucissimis s. bracteis amplis munitum : foliolis
subsequalibus. Receptaculum dense villosum. Flosculi in-
definiti (5 — 25) hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore li-
gulato, patulo, tridenticulato, 4-nervio (nervis rectis, late-
ralibus long^ intramarginalibus) ; interior e revoluto, bi-
partito : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, binerviis, apice pube-
rulis. Anthera intubum connatae, basi bisetosae (setis sim-
plicibus) apice appendicul^ lineari lanceolate acutd co-
riaced coronatae. Stigmata semicylindrica, truncata, re-
curva, apice papillosa, nervo manifesto. Achenia subteretia,
nunc compressiuscula, undique papilloso-scabra : disco epi-
gyno concavo, parCim dilatato, margine elevato, calloso.
Pappus capillaris, caducus : radiis duplici ordine copiosis,
basi solutis, denticulato-scabris.

Frutices

of the Class Cotnpositce. 187

Frutices foliis indivisis, floribus terminalibus numerosis, albis aut
luteis.

* Involucri foliolis simplici serie dispositis. Propriae.

1. T. cacaloides, foliis petiolatis ellipticis subintegerrimis seri-

ceis, involucro pentaphyllo : foliolis ligulatis obtusis floscu-

lis brevioribus.
Perdicium cacaloides. Kiinth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. e't Sp.

PI. 4. p. 154.
In Peruvi4. Ritiz et Pavon. Tj .

Caulis fruticosus, erectus, ramosissimus, rigidus, cortice fusces-
cente obductus. Ramuli hirsuti. Folia petiolata, ex obo-
vata ad ellipticam formam variantia, sed rariiis obovata,
mucronulata, integerrima, nunc rariiis perparcfe denticu-
lata, utrinque sericeo-pubescentia, pollicem v. 2 pollices
longa, h semipoUicari ad unciam latitudine variantia. Pe-
tioli breves. Flores parvi, fasciculato-corymbosi, numero-
sissimi. Pedicelli sericeo-villosi. Bract eola ad basin invo-
lucri subsolitariae, angustb lineares, obtusae, pubescentes.
Involucrum pentaphyllum : foliolis ligulatis, obtusis, aequa-
libus. Hecep^acM^Mw copiosfe villosum. F/oscwZi pauci (5 — 7)j
hermaphroditi, bilabiati, lutei ; labia exteriore ligulato, ob-
tus^ tridenticulato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto : laciniis
linearibus, obtusiusculis, apice barbulatis. AntJierce appen-
dicul4 lineari obtusiuscul4 terminatae, basi bisetae : setis
simplicibus. Stigma bifidum : laciniis recurvatis, truncatis,
minute papillosis. Achenia linearia, compressa, minute
papilloso-scabra. Pappus capillaris, flavescens, denticulis
asper, caducus.

2. T. calycina, foliis petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis dentatis subtiis

lanatis, involucro 10-phyllo : foliolis subulatis flosculis lon-
gioribus.

Perdicium

188 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Perdiciura calycinum. Mart. Mss.
In Bahi4 Brasiliensium. Martins, ij .

Friitex facie jEthonicefruticosce*, erectus, rigidus, ramosissimus,
fragilis. Ramuli teretes, undique villis copiosis glandulis mi-
nutis pedicellatis interstinctis vestiti. Folia alterna, petio-
lata, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, acutfe dentata, turn dentibus
approximatis subserrata, basi attenuata, subtiis copiosfe vil-
loso-lanata, supr^i demiim nuda, viridia, bi- v. tripoUicaria,
semunciam v. ultra lata. Corymbi terminales, lax^ divari-
cati. Pedunculi filiformes, minute glandulosi, pollicares
V. bipoUicares, apicem versus crassiores, squamis aliquot
(2 — 3) lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis muniti. Involucrum
ferh Kleinia, simplex, decaphyllum minute glandulosum,
basi bracteol4 angustissim4 instructum : foliolis lineari-
subulatis, erectis, acutis, flosculis longioribus. Receptacu-
lum copies^ villosum. Flosculi 10 — 12, hermaphroditi, bi-
labiati ; labio exteriore ligulato, patulo, acute tridenticulato ;
interiore bipartito : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, revo-
lutis, apice imberbibus. Anthera basi \ongh biaristatae, ap-
pendicul4 lineari-lanceolata obtusiusculd terminatae. Stig-
ma bipartitum : laciniis recurvatis, ' semicylindricis, apice
truncatis, papilloso-puberulis. Achenia longa, teretiuscula,
undique aspere papillosa, apicem versus paululi^m angusti-
ora. Pappus capillaris, cinereus, denticulis asper, qaducus.

3. T. corymhosa, foliis petiolatis lanceolatis integerrimis puberu-
lis, involucro 8-phyllo : foliolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis.
Perdicium corymbosum. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. Tj .

Caidis lignosus, diffusa ramosissimus. Rami teretes, cortice
striato cinereo-fusco obducti. Folia sparsa, petiolata, lan-

* Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 1. c. p. 309.

ceolata.

of the Class Composita. 189

ceolata, raucronata, margine integerrima, nunc plana, sub-
inde reflexa, utrinque cum ramulis pube subtili vestita, sub-
ti^s cost4 prominuld, reticulato-venosissima, membranacea,
basi attenuata, sesqui- v. tripollicaria, semunciam v. paul6
ultra lata. Flores lutei, copiosissimi, laxfe corymbosi. Pedun-
culi pedicellique densh pubescentes. Bractece inferiores per
pedunculos sparsae, foliis conformes ; superiores sensim vai-
nores ; supremis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, basi attenuatis,
margine revolutis, mult^ minoribus, involucrum munienti-
bus. Receptaculum copies^ villosum. Flosculi 10 — 12,
hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore ligulato, obtusfe
tridenticulato, patulo ; interiore bipartite : laciniis lineari-
lanceolatis, revolutis, apice obtusis, barbulatis, marginibus
prim^ni conglutinatis. Anthera setis 2 capillaceis basi mu-
nita?, apice appendicul4 lineari acutiusculd ipsius antherae
longitudine coronatae. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis semi-
teretibus, papilloso-pruinosis, apice truncatis, recurvis.
Achenia teretia, minute papillosa, et glandulosa. Pappus
capillaris, flavescens, denticulis scaber, caducus.

** Involucri squamis duplici ordine dispositis.
4. T. glutinosa, foliis sessilibus oblongis integerrimis subtils lana-
tis, floribus corymbosis, involucri foliolis lineari-lanceolatis
coriaceis.
Perdicium brasiliense. Mart. Mss. non L.
In Brasiliae provinci^ Minas Geraes vulg6 dict^. Martins, tj .

Caulis fruticosus, erectus, ramosus. Rami teretes, cortice cinna-
momeo obducti, pilis glandulisque copiosb ornati, viscosi,
penna corvin^ vix crassiores. Folia alterna, sessilia, oblonga,
V. lineari-lanceolata, mucronulata, integerrima, coriacea,
supra gramineo-viridia, reticulato-venosa, parc^ incum-
benti-pilosa, glandulosa, et glutinosa, subtiis copies^ cine-

reo-

190 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

reo-lanata, lan^ villosd nunc lutescenti, sesqui- v. bipolli-
caria, semunciam lata. Flores corymbosi, magni, aurei.
Corymbus simplex, terminalis pluri-(5 — 7)florus. Pedunculi
robusti, uniflori, teretes, ut et involucrum, glandulis pedi-
cellatis omnin6 induti, viscosissimi, foliolis aliquot (2 — 4)
caeteris foliis simillimis, at perquam minoribus, instructi.
Involucrum duplici ordine polyphyllum : foliolis lineari-
lanceolatis, acutis, obtus^ carinatis ; praetere^ bracteolce
paucfB, lanceolatae, acutae, subtiis tomentosae, breviores.
Receptaculum densh villosura. Flosculi numerosi, herma-
phroditi, tubo longo, limbo bilabiati : labiis revolutis ; ex-
teriore ligulato, obtusfe 3-denticulato ; interiore bipartite :
laciniis lanceolato-linearibus, spiraliter convolutis. Anthera
appendicul4 lineari-lanceolat^ acutd terminatae, basi long^
bisetae : setis simplicibus, muticis. Stigma bifidum : lobis
recurvis, semiteretibus, supr^ canaliculatis, apice truncate,
papilloso-barbulato. Achenia subteretia longiuscula, undi-
que papilloso-scabra. Pappus pilosus, niveus, denticulis
scaber.

This is totally distinct from the Perdicium brasiliense of Lin-
naeus, as will hereafter appear.

5. T. divaricata, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis denticulatis basi
auriculatis, floribus paniculatis, involucri foliolis lanceo-
latis membranaceis.

Perdicium divaricatum. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp.
PL 4. p. 155. t. 355.

P. auriculatum. Bot. Mag. t. 2765.

In Peruvid. Ruiz et Pavon. t? .

Caulis fruticosus, teres, flexuosus, ut videtur scandens, diva-
ricato-ramosissimus, cortice fulvello pubescente indutus.
Folia alterna, sessilia, lanceolata, acuminata, margine den-
ticulis

of the Class ComposKa. 191

ticulis plurimis perexiguis instriicta, membranacea, deorsiim
attenuata, imA basi auric ulato-cordata, 3 — 5-pollicaria, lati-
tudine pollicaria v. sesqui-pollicaria, supra gramineo-viri-
dia, nunc glabra, subtiis pallida, villosiuscula. Flores nutan-
tes, paniculati, lutescentes. Fanicula terminalis, divaricata,
multiflora. Peduncidi flexuosi, pedicellique copies^ pubes-
centes. Bracteolce paucissimae, lanceolato-subulatae, recur-
vulae, pubescentes. Involucrum duplici serie poly-(13 — 16)-
phyllum, velutinum : foUolis lanceolatis, acuminatis, politis,
merabranaceis ; intimis plurimi^m longioribus. Receptacu-
lum villosum. Flosculi 12 — 14, bilabiati, hermaphroditi ;
labio exteriore ligulato, 3-denticulato ; interiore bipartite :
segmentisl-dxiceolato-suhulatis, apice puberulis. Antherce ap-
pendicula lineari-lanceolatit obtusiuscula ipsa anther^ lon-
giore, basi setis 2 simplicibus munitae. Stigma bipartitum :
laciniis recurvis, apice truncatis, minute papillosis. Achenia
longiuscula, compressa, undique papilloso-glandulosa. Pap-
pus capillaris, flavicans, caducus, denticulis scaber.

The figure given in the Nova Genera et Species is accurate as
to the general character of the plant ; but the leaves are repre-
sented with a perfectly entire margin, which is clearly an error ;
for there can be no question as to the identity of the two plants,
and indeed the description of M. Kunth shows that the figure is
faulty in this respect. I have no doubt that the Perdicium auri-
culatum given in the Potanical Magazine (tab. 2765.) is really
this plant, and that it is not, as there erroneously stated, from
Brazil, but had been imported from Peru.

*** Involucrum basi hracteis 5 amplis foliaceis obvallatum : foliolis
simpUci ordine digestis. Flosculi plurimi. Alcithoe.

6". T. longifolia, foliis petiolatis lanceolatis acuminatis integerri-

mis laevibus.
VOL. XVI. 2 c Perdicium

192 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Perdicium longifolium. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. \ •

Caulis fruticosus. Rami cylindrici, pallidi, perparcb sericeo-
pubescentes. Folia (Salicis) numerosa, alterna, brevissime
petiolata, lanceolata, acuminata, integerrima, submembra-
nacea, utrinque, sed praesertim subti\s, adpresse villosius-
cula, costa prominuU, venisque plurimis obliquis reticu-
latim ramosissimis manifestis, basi v. acut^, v. (in supe-
rioribus) obtusd, gramineo-viridia, plerumque palmaria,
vix semipollicem lata. Petioli teretiusculi, lineam v. ultra
longi. Flores terminales, corymbosi, aurei. Corymbus sim-
plex, foliosus, multiflorus. Pedunculi copiose glanduloso-
pubescentes, unciales. Br act ea 5, amplae, foliacese, ovato-
lanceolatse, acuminatae, glanduloso-pubescentes. Involu-
cnim simplici ordine 8-phyllum : foliolis ligulatis, acutis, co-
riaceis, costatis, intihs sericeo-villosissimis, extiis atomis resi-
nosis copiosissimis. Receptaculum copios^ villosum. Flos-
culi plures, (18 — 20) hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exte-
riore ligulato, patulo, obtus^ tridentato ; interiore bipartite,
revoluto : segmentis lineari-lanceolatis, apice obtusis pube-
rulisque. Anthera appendicula ligulato obtus^ cartilagined
antheram ipsam longitudine aequante, basi setis 2 simplici-
bus longis cuspidatis munitae. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis
recurvis, apice papilloso-barbatis, truncatis. Achenia te-
retiuscula, undique papilloso-scabra. Pappus capillaris,

: fulvellus, denticulis minutissimis scaber, fragilis, inaequalis,
caducus.

7. T. alata, foliis decurrentibus ellipticis denticulatis scabris.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. Tj .

Caulis fruticosus, erectus, rigidus, ramosus. Rami teretes, fo-

liaceo-alati, copios^ pilosi, scabri. Folia alterna, long^ per

mi' .■■(/' caulem

.;j^i : .... of the Clas& Composita. .': 'l X'. .%' 193

caulem decurrentia, oblongo-ovata, acuta, mucronuloque
corneo munita, utrinque papillis setosis exasperata, viridia,
margine denticulata, costa basi peniti\s prominenti api-
cem versus perexili, venis prominulis obliquis ramosissimis,
2 — 3-uncialia, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata. Flores termi-
nales, plures, corymbosi. Corymhus simplex. Pedunculi
teretes, validi, dens^ glanduloso-pilosi, semunciales. Brac-
tece 6, amplae, foliacese, ovato-lanceolatae, acuminatae, co-
piosh glandulosse, poUicares v. sesquipollicares, vix semi-
pollicem lati3e, involucre longiores, atque obvallantes. Invo-
lucrum simplici serie 8-phyllum : foliolis lineari-lanceolatis,
acuminatis, coriaceis, apice membranaceis, papilloso-glan-
dulosis. Meceptaculum densh pilosum. Flosculi aurei, plu-
rimi (24) hermaphroditi, bilabiati, omnibus majores ; labio
exteriore ligulato, elliptico, tridenticulato ; interiore pro-
fundi bipartite : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, pilosiusculis,
spiraliter revolutis. Antherahasihisetse: se^is simplicibus,
aristatis : appendiculd ligulato, obtus^, cartilagine^, ipsd
anther^ breviore. ^/ig'wa bipartitum : /oWs recurvatis, apice
truncatis et papillosis. Achenia teretiuscula, papilloso-
scabra, spadicea. Pappus capillaceus, denticulis scaber,
caducus, niveus.

8, T. involucrata, foliis ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis subtCis se-
riceo-villosissimis.
In Mexico. D. Paullus de La Have, tj .

Caulis fruticosus, ramosus. Rami teretes, undique villosissimi.
Folia alterna, sessilia, conferta, ovato-lanceolata, acumi-
nata, integerrima, uninervia, venis angulo acuto obliquis,
plurimis ; membranacea, supr^ viridia, glandulis pedicel-
latis copiosfe ornata, subtiis sericeo-villosissima, pollicaria.
Flores magni, in apice ramulorum pauci (4 — 5), corymbosi.

2 c 2 Involucrum

194 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Involucrum copiosfe glandulosum, serie simplici 8-phyllum.
bracteis araplis, foliaceis, ovato-lanceolatis, mucronatis ob-
vallatum ; folioUs lineari-lanceolatis, mucronatis, nervosis.
Receptaculum copiosfe villosum. Flosculi aurei, copiosi, bi-
labiati, hermaphroditi, aequales : tuba inti^s hirsuto ; labia
exterior e ligulato, patulo, apice tridenticulato ; interiore alth
bipartito : segmentis linearibus, revolutis, apice obtuso, bar-
bato. Filamenta compressa, glabra. Antherce appendiculA
ipsius antherse longitudine, ligulata, coriacea terminatae,
basi long^ biaristatffi : aristis nudis, lineari-setaceis. Stylus
filiformis, glaber. Stigmata semicylindrica, truncata, minut^
papillosa. Achenia longitudine fer^ involucri, angusta, te-
tragona, minute papilloso-scabra. Pappus pilosus, fulvo-
cinereus : radiis duplici ordine digestis, creberrimb denti-
culatis, basi solutis, deciduis.

This genus constitutes the transition from the Cichoracea to
the more aberrant groups of the Labiatiflora. The habit and
the general resemblance of its flowers to those of the former
family, justify the place which I have assigned to it. I have
followed Lagasca and DeCandolle in restoring the old name
of Trixis, first applied to designate the original species of this
genus by Dr. Patrick Browne- but the genus having been united
to Perdiciiun by Linnaeus, the name was subsequently used by
Swartz to denote the Baillieria of Aublet. The third section
may probably be reckoned sufficiently distinct to constitute
another genus ; but this point I shall leave till further observa-
tions shall determine.

Cleanthes.

Perdicii sp., L.

Receptaculum glabrum ! Flosculi indefiniti. Involucrum aequale.

Involucrum simplici v. duplici ordine polyphyllum : foliolis sub-

aequalibus.

of the Class Composite. 195

Hsqualibus. Receptacuhtm convexura, glabrum. FloscuU in-
definiti, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore elliptico,
obtus^ tridenticulato, 4-nervio, patulo ; interiore bipartite :
laciniis lanceolatis, acutis, binerviis, revolutis, saepfe mar-
gine conglutinatis. Stamina tubo inserta : Jilamenta glabra ;
articulo superiore teretiusculo : anthera appendicul^ lineari-
lanceolata, acuta, cartilagineo-membranace^ coronatee, basi
bisetosae : setis compressis, attenuatis, simplicibus, aequa-
libus. Stylus filiformis, glaber, basi bulbosus. Stigmata
semicylindrica, apice truncata, minutfe papillosa, recnrvata.
Achenia subfusiformia, compressa, undique papilloso-sca-
bra, o-costata : costis callosis. Discus epigijnus dilatatus,
concavus. Pojopi^s pilosus, persistens : rarfm duplici ordine
copiosis, denticulato-scabris.
Herbse perennes, habitu omnino Hieracii. Caulis multiflorus.
Folia indivisa ; radicalia maxima, petiolata. Flores corym-
bosi. Pappus cinereus.

1. C brasiliensis, pilosissima ; caule angulato, involucri foliolis

lanceolatis obtusis.
Perdicium brasiliense. Linn. Mant. 115. Vahl. in Act. Soc.

Hist. Nat. Ilaf. 1. p. 12.
In Brasilia. Arduini. % .

Herba perennis, tota pilis basi callosis copiosfe vestita, hispidula.
Caulis erectus, angulatus, supern^ sulcatus, apice ramosus,
pedalis. Folia radicalia petiolata, patula, elliptico-oblonga,
aut spathulata, sinuato-dentata (dentlbus tuberculo calloso
terminatis, productis, tunc raro paulo retrorsis), basi atte-
nuata, costA, medi^ subtCis prominula nervisque angulo
acuto oblique transversis instriicta, palmaria, sesquiun-
ciam lata ; caulina plura, multoties minora, sessilia, line-
ari-lanceolata, margine dentata, revoluta, tuberculo calloso

terminata,

196 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

terminata, uncialia v. biuncialia. Petioli unciales, subtCis
carinati, basi vald^ dilatati. Flores plures (7) corymbosi,
magnitudine Hieracii Sabaudi. Pedunculi sulcati, bipoUi-
cares, uniflori, imdique dense pilosi et glandulosi, basi
saepi^isque supra medium bracteold lineari-lanceolat4 cana-
liculate muniti. Invohicrum hispidissimum, duplici ordine
poly-(14 — 1 8)ph5dlum : /o/fo/is ligulatis, obtusis, basi sub-
tils obtusfe carinatis, apice planis membranaceis latioribus-
que. Flosculi lutei, numerosi, hermaphroditi, bilabiati :
iubo glanduloso, basi 5-angulo, fauce dilatato ; labio exte-
riore elliptico-oblongo, obtus^ tridenticulato, 4-nervio, ner-
vis intermediis profundi bipartitis ; interiore bipartite : seg-
mentis lanceolatis, acutis, revolutis, nervis 2 longe intramar-
ginalibus. Filamenta glabra ; articulo superiore teretiusculo,
dupl6 breviore. Anthera appendicula lineari, obtusd, sub-
falcatd, cartilagine^ coronatae basi bisetosoe : setis com-
planatis, attenuatis, aequalibus. Stylus glaber, basi callos^.
Stigmata linearia, truncata, minute papillosa, recurva.
Achenia subfusiformia, undique papilloso-scabra. Discus
epigynus concavus. Pappus pilosus, cinereus : radiis duplici
ordine copiosissimis, denticulato-scabris, deciduis.

The foregoing description of this interesting, and hitherto
obscure plant, is taken from the original specimen preserved in
the Linneean herbarium, which together with the extensive col-
lections and library of the late Sir James Edward Smith have
now become the property of the Linnean Society. The acqui-
sition of these collections will add much to the honour and credit
of the Society, and will tend greatly to advance the science of
Natural History in this country. Now that the number of spe-
cies is so much increased, it is impossible in extensive genera
to determine satisfactorily the older ones, without having recourse
to the authentic materials on which they were founded.

2. C. hie-

of the Class Compositce. 197

2. C. hierncioides, glabriuscula ; caule subnudo tereti, involucri
foliolis cuneato-lanceolatis acutis.
In Brasilia. Sello. v .

Planta herbacea, leviter papillosa, virens. Radix- perennis, h
fibris pluribus, fill emporetici crassitie composita. Caules
h radice plures, erecti, teretes, subfiliformes, apice tantiim
ramosi, foliis fer^ destituti, sesquipedales, pennam corvinam
crassitie vix adaequantes. Folia radicalia maxima, petiolata,
patula, oblongo-spathulata, repanda, vix ac ne vix sinuata,
uninervia, basi attenuata, supra prope marginem praesertim
scabriiiscula, aculeis minutissimis caliosis, subtds ad costam
pilosa, palmaria, latitudine fere biuncialia ; caulina paucis-
sima (2 v. 4) plurimxim minora, semiamplexicaulia, lineari-
lanceolata, mucronulata, denticulata, uncialia. Flores plu-
res (5 — 7) corymbosi. Pedunculi longi, simplices v. bifidi,
copiosfe papilloso-glandulosi. Bractea lineares, mucronu-
latee. Involucrum simplici ordine poly(10-)phyllum : foliolis
cuneato-lanceolatis, acutis, concavis, exti^s copiose papil-
loso-glandulosis, scabris. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi
plures, hermaphroditi, albi ? tubo glanduloso : limbo eodem
breviore, bilabiate ; labio exteriore elliptico, obtus^ triden-
ticulato, 4-nervio, patulo ; interiore bipartite : lacimis lan-
ceolatis, acutis, binerviis, revolutis, saepfe margine conglu-
tinatis. Anthera appendicuM lanceolate acut^, cartilagineo-
membranaced coronatae, basi longfe bisetosae. Stylus filifor-
mis, glaber, basi bulbosus. Stigmata seraicylindrica, re-
curvata, apice truncata, pari^m dilatata, minut^que papil-
losa. Achenia subfusiformia, compressa, papilloso-scabra,
5-costata. Pappus pilosus, cinereus, persistens : radiis du-
plici ordine copiosis, scabris, rigidulis.
Very near akin to the preceding species ; but in that the stem

is angular and somewhat leafy, and the whole plant clothed with

bristly

198 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

bristly hairs. The flowers are also larger ; and the leaflets of the
involucrum nearly twice the number, and arranged in a double
series. The genus, which appears to be a very natural one, is
essentially distinguished from Trixis by the naked receptacle.

Proustia. Lag. et Dec.

lleceptaculum pilosum. Flosculi 5. Pappi radiis penicillatis.
Involucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum.

Involucrum tubulosum, polyphyllum : squamis ellipticis, integer-
rimis, multiplici serie adpress^ imbricatis. Receptaculum
parvum, copiose pilosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, bi-
labiati ; labia exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, 4-nervio,
patulo, demiim revoluto ; interiors profundi bipartite :
segmentis lineari-lanceolatis, binerviis, obtusiusculis, revo-
lutis, primiim conglutinatis. Anthera in tubum connatae,
basi bisetae : setis simplicibus v. ramulosis : appendicula ter-
minalis linearis, acutiuscula, cartilaginea. Stigma bilobum :
lohis apice truncatis, papilloso-pruinosis, recurvis. Achenia
cuneata, compressa, pilosa v. teretiuscula et papillosa :
disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus persistens : radiis duplici
ordine copiosis, apice penicillatis.

Arbusculae v. Frutices ramosissimi. Folia alterna, indivisa. Flores
thijrsoidei v. fasciculato-corymbosi, purpurei aut lutei.

* Floribus thyrsoideis purpureis, acheniis pilosis, pappo colorato.
Proprine.

1. P. pyrifolia, foliis petiolatis cordato-rotundis ovalibusve sub-
ti^is tomentosis.
Proustia pyrifolia. Lag. et Dec. in Ann. Mus. 19- p. 70. t. 4.
In Chili prope Talcahuana {Ludovicus Nie) ; ad Coquimbo.
Caldcleugh. Tj .

Arbuscula erecta, ramosissima, tempore florendi ornatissima.

Rami

of the Class Compositce. ... ^99

Rami teretes, k casu foliorum nodosi, tomento cinereo de-
ciduo vestiti. Folia omnin6 Mali v. CydonicB, alterna, petio-
lata, subrotundo-cordata v. ovalia, abrupt^ mucronulata,
mucronulo brevissimo conico, margins integerrima, v. nunc
sajp^ dentibus pluribus mucronulatis instructa, coriacea,
basi nunc rotundata, tunc obsoletiils cordata, suprgl viridia,
nitida, glandulisque elevatis copies^ ornata, reticulato-veno-
sissima, subti^s tomento denso cinereo, demiim flavicanti et
partim deciduo, instructa, sesqui- v. fer^ tri-pollicaria, un-
ciam aut sesquiunciam lata. Petioli teretes, dense tomen-
tosi, supra depressiusculi, 3 lineas longi, basi crassiore re-
manent!, inde rami tuberculati. Flores purpurei, in thyrso
amplo copiosissimi, glomerati, hinc comosi. Rachis et pe-
dicelli omnin6 lanati. Involucrum oblongo-cylindricum, po-
lyphyllum : squamis ovalibus, obsolete mucronulatis, coria-
ceis ; extimis ovatis, levissim^ lanuginosis, margine ciliatis,
adpressfe et decussatim imbricatis. Receptaculum punctum
pilosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exte-
riore ligulato, acute tridenticulato, partem revoluto ; inte-
riore profundi bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : laciniis line-
aribus, acutis, primilm marginibus leviter conglutinatis.
AnthercB appendicula lineari acutd cartilagine^ terminatae,
basi bisetae : setis linearibus, compressis, basi ramulosis.
Stigma bilobum : lobis crassis, recurvulis, apice obtusis,
minute papilloso-pruinosis. Achenia pilosa. Pappus pur-
pureus : radiis basi solutis, apice penicillatis.

2. P. oblongifolia, foliis petiolatis oblongis subtils tomentosis.
In Peruvid. Ruiz et Pavon. t^ .

Pracedenti similis. Rami teretes, flexuosi, post foliorum lapsum
nodulosi, tomento cinereo caduco prim6 vestiti, glandulisque
elevatis persistentibus perparcfe muniti. Folia alterna, pe-

voL. XVI. 2d tiolata,

200 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

tiolata, oblonga, raucronata, mucrone brevi subulato recto,
margine integerrima v. parc^ denticulata, coriacea, supra
viridia, lucida, reticulato-venosissima, venis siccitate pro-
minulis, subtils dens^ cinereo-tomentosa, fer^ bipollicaria,

,.' 9 lineas v. parilm ultra lata. Flores glomerati, in thyrsum

,Bibi€onfertum ovatum dispositi. Pedunculi et pedicelli brevis-
simi, densfe lanati. Involucrum polyphyllum, decussatim

}' imbricatum ; squamis exterioribus ovatis, acutiusculis, con-
cavis ; interioribus oblongis, obtusis, pariter coriaceis, le-
vissimfe lanuginosis. Flosculi 5, omnino ut in pracedente.
AnthercB basi bisetae : setis basi ramulosis : appendicula line-

o ari, acutiuscul4. Stigma hTXohxxra.: /o^w semiteretibus, obtu-
sis, crassis, minute papillosis. ^cAenmpilosa. Pappus fusco-
purpureus : radiis apice penicillatis, im^ basi connexis.

This species is intimately allied to the preceding; but its
oblong, and much narrower leaves, appear to constitute a spe-
cific distinction.

** Floribus pappoque albis, acheniis papilloso-scabris, teretiusculis.

3. P. reticulata, foliis sessilibus oblongo-cuneatis serrulatis gla-
bris, thyrso composito laxo.
Proustia reticulata. Lag. Mss.
Perdicium serrulatum. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. ^ .

Frutex erectus, rigidus, ramosissimus. Rami sulcati, glabri.
Folia sessilia, oblongo-cuneata, quandoque obovata, argute
serrulata, coriacea, basin versus integerrima, utrinque gla-
bra, siccitate lutescenti-viridia, costA venisque ramosissi-
mis prominulis reticulata, subtus punctis numerosissimis
resinosis ornata, 3 pollices longa, unciam v. sesquiunciam
lata; rawezs lineari-oblongis, mucronulatis, vix pollicaribus.
'* Flores

of the Class Composita. 201

Flores glomerati (glomeruli 4 — 9-llori), in thyrsum laxum,
obtusfe pyramidatum digesti, albi, siccitate flavescentes.
Involiicrum tubulosum, imbricatura, ferfe semunciale : squa-
mis ovalibus, obtusis, ciliatis, adpressis. Receptacidum pi-
losum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore
ligulato, obtus^ 3-denticulato ; interiore bipartite : segmen-
tis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, revolutis, priimim congluti-
natis. AnthercB appendicul4 lanceolatd mutic4 cartilagined
coronatae, basi bisetae : setis simplicibus, setaceo-subulatis,
acutissimis, ips^ anther^ longioribus. Stigma bilobum, mi-
nute papilloso-pruinosum. Achenia cuneata, compressa,
minute papillosa. Pappus albus, demilin flavescens, deci-
duus : radiis tenuissimis, apice penicillatis.

4. P. mexicana, foliis amplexicaulibus cordatis acuminatis denti-
culatis merabranaceis, corymbis fasciculatis, involucri squa-
mis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis.

Proustia mexicana. Lag. Mss.

Perdicium mexicanum. Herb. S. et M.

In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. ^ .

Rami erecti, sulcati, pube glandulosd vestiti. Folia alterna,
amplexicaulia, cordato-ovata v. oblonga, acuminata, argute
copios^que spinuloso-denticulata, tunc subserrata, membra-
nacea, reticulato-venosa, utrinque asper^ papillosa, viridia,
subtiis et ramuli, praecipu^ juventute, atomis resinosis aureo-
micantibus adspersa, poUicaria v. bipollicaria, unciam lata.
Flores fasciculato-corymbosi. Pedicelli squamis ovato-lan-
ceolatis, acuminatis, recurvulis, minute glandulosis muniti.
Involucra oblonga, tubulosa, polyphylla, copios^ glandu-
losa : squamis ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, adpressis. Flos-
culi 5, hermaphroditi, bilabiati, albi ; labio exteriore ligu-
lato, acut^ tridentato ; interiore bipartite : laciniis lineari-

2 D 2 bus,

202 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

bus, obtnsiusculis, revolutis. Anthera basi setis longis, sim-
plicibus, acutis munitae, appendiculd lineari-lanceolat^,
obtusiuscul^ terminatae. Stigma bifidum : laciniis semi-
teretibuSj truncatis, recurvis, papilloso-pruinosis. Ache-
nia teretiuscula, papilloso-scabra. Pappus albus : radiis
denticulis scabris, imA basi connexis, apice subsimplici !

*** Flores la,ri spicati, rosei. Achenia cuneato-irigona, villosa.
Pappus capillaris, fusco-purpureus. Harmodia.

5. P. cuneifolia, folii.s lanceolato-cuneatis mucronulatis dentatis
coriaceis glabris, floribus spicatis.
In Chili ad Coquimbo, Caldcleugh. t? .

Frutex erectus, rigidus, facie proteaced. Pami teretes, glabri,
foliosi. Folia alterna, petiolata, bipollicaria, lanceolato-
cuneata, mucronulata, coriacea, rigida, glabra, subti\s costa
prominente venisque conspicuis reticulata, margine nunc
integerrima, nunc denticulata, illinc dentibus paucis ma-
joribus ad apicem instructa, infern^ attenuata, vix semipol-
licem lata. Flores sessiles, solitarii v. per paria remotius-
culi, bracted lineari-lanceolatA mucronat^ foliaced suffulti,
hinc quasi axillares, in spicam terminalem, nunc basi ra-
mosam, palmarem dispositi. Involucra polyphylla, imbri-
cata, parce lanuginosa : squamis ovalibus ellipticisve, ob-
tusis, concavis, coriaceis, margine prsecipu^ lanuginosis,
adpressis. Receptaculum villosum, Flosculi 5, herma-
phroditi, bilabiati, rosei ; labio exteriore ligulato, acut^ tri-
dentato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto : laciniis linearibus,
obtusis. Anthera basi setis 2, longis, simplicibus, acutis
auctae, appendicula ligulato, acutiuscula, cartilagined ter-
minatae. Stigma bifidum : lobis lingulatis, obtusis, minute
papillosis, recurvis. Achenia cuneata, trigona, sericeo-

villosa.

of the Class Composita. 203

villosa. Pappus fusco-purpureus, mollissimus : radiis lon-
gis, capillaceis, apice puberulis.

ACOURTIA.

Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi indefiniti. Pappi radiis penicil-
latis. Involucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum.

Involucrum turbinatum, multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbrica-
tum : squamis lanceolatis, raucronatis, adpressis, integerri-
mis, basi dilatat^ cum rachi articulatis, deciduis ! Recepta-
culum nudum, scrobiculatum. Flosculi plurimi (25 — 30)
hermaphroditi, bilabiati, aequales ; lahio exteriore ligulato,
obtusfe tridentato, 4-nervio ; interiore bipartite, revoluto :
segmentis linearibus, obtusis, binerviis. Anthera appendi-
cul4 lineari-lanceolat^, acutiuscuM, cartilagine^ terminatae,
basi bisetosae : setis simplicibus, obtusis. Stigmata linearia,
truncata, apice papillosa. Achenia teretiuscula, (semun-
cialia) undique papilloso-scabra : disco epigyno parum dila-
tato, planiusculo. Pappi radiis simplici serie contiguis,
deciduis, apice penicillatis.

P\dia.tSifruticosa, habitu omnind Serratulae, glauca. Caulis sesqui-
V. tri-pedalis, erectus, rigidus, teres, paniculatim ramosus.
Rami sulcati, glabri, virides, nunc sanguinolenti, penna cor-
vincB crassitie. Folia alterna, amplexicaulia, cordato-oblonga,
quandoque superne latiora, subspathulata, mucrone calloso in-
structa, margine spinuloso-serrata, posticibus rotmidatis, sub-
stantid cartilaginea, rigida, utrinque nuda, reticulato-veno-
sissima, 2 — 4<-uncialia, pollicem v. sesquipollicem lata ; sum-
mis multd fninoribus, scepiilsque integerrimis. Flores in
apice ramulorum plures (3 — 10) corymboso-glomerati, Ser-
ratulae coronatae magnitudine. Pedunculi teretes, glabri,
semipollicares. Involucra sapi sanguineo-colorata. Flosculi

purpurei :

204 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

picrpurei : nervis infra sinus laciniarum dichotomis. Pappus
niveus.

1. A. formosa.

In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. ^ .

This genus agrees with the preceding in the structure of its
involucrum, and with Trixis in the indefinite number of its
florets ; but it is distinguished from both by its naked recep-
tacle, and from Clarionia by the structure of its pappus, by its
equal florets, as well as by its widely different habit.

I have dedicated this very distinct and interesting genus to
Mrs. A'Court, of Heytesbury House, Wilts, whose botanical
taste and knowledge have long merited for her this compli-
ment.

Clarionia. Lag. et Dec.

Perezia. Lag. Amen. Islat. 1. p. Si.

Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi indefiniti. Pappus capillaris.
Involucrum polyphyllura, imbricatum.

Involucrum oblongum, cylindricum, multiplici ordine polyphyl-
lum, imbricatum. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi omnes
hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; marginales majores, radium aemu-
lantes ; labio exteriore longo, ligulato, 4-nervio, obtus^ tri-
denticulato, patulo ; interiore profundi bipartito : segmen-
tis lineari-angustissimis, binerviis, apice attenuatis, spi-
raliter revolutis, primo margine conglutinatis, uti saepii'is
perfacilfe pro unico et simplici habitis ; disci multoties bre-
viores ; labio exteriore elliptico, concavo, obtus^ tridenticu-
lato ; interiore bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : segmentis simi-
liter conglutinatis, at latioribus. Filamenta capillaria, gla-
bra, articulo manifesto. Anthera appendicul4 lineari, acut^,

cartilagineo-

of the Class Composites. 205

cartilagineo-membranace^ terminatae, basi bisetae : setis
inaequalibus, validiusculis, mucronatis, simplicibus. Stig-
mata linearia, truncata, revoluta, supr^ canaliculata, apice
• iiji pari^m dilatato, papillose. Achenia teretiuscula v. com-
' e-ir; pressa : disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus persistens, pilo-
sus : radiis duplici ordine copiosis, scabris, apice simpli-
cibus.
Herbse perennes. Flores solitarii, magni, rubri v. albi.

* Caulescentes foliis indivisis.

1. C. spathulata, foliis planis spathulatis.
Clarionia spathulata. Lag. Mss.
In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. % •

Herba caespitosa. Caulis pedalis, erectus, simplicissimus, ali-
quand6 ramulum unicum protrudit, uniflorus, filiformis,
glaber, crassitie pennae corvinae, apicem versus glandulis
pedicellatis copiosb ornatus. Folia radicalia ierh omnin6
Othonna cheirifolia, numerosa, spathulata, plana, coriacea,
margine integerrima v. crenulata, utrinque laet^ viridia,
glaberrima, subtiis cost^ valid^ venisque reticulatis in-
structa, basin versus in petiolum attenuata, sesquipolli-

:.; caria, ad laminam latitudine unguem adaequantia; cau-
lina sparsa, plurimi^m minora, stricta, subadpressa, lingu-
lata, margine integerrima ac cartilaginea, basi dilatatd et
denticulate, unguicularia v. nunc (praesertim inferiora) fer^
uncialia. Flos terminalis, solitarius. Involucrum triplici
ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis ligulatis, inte-
gerrimis, adpressis, minute glandulosis ; intei'ioribus mu-
cronulatis, longioribus. Flosculi hermaphroditi, bilabiati,
albi ; labio exteriore longo, ligulato, obtus^ tridenticulato,
4-nervio ; interiore bipartite : segmentis angustissimis, re-
volutis, binerviis. Antherce appendiculd lineari, acut^, co-

1 orate.

206 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

loratd, cartilaginei terminatae, basi bisetae : setis longissimis,
linearibus, complanatis, filamentoso-aristatis. Stylus inclu-
sus. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis linearibus, truncatis,
recurvis, apice papillosis. Achenia ancipiti-compressa, ad-
pressfe sericeo-villosissima. Pappus pilosus, inaequalis, cre-
berrimfe denticulatus, fusco-cinereus.

Near akin to Clarionia lactucoides, the Perdicium lactucoides
of Vahl {Act. Havn. 1. pars 2. p. 11. t.5.), which however is
readily distinguished by having the radical leaves on long foot-
stalks, lanceolate, and obtuse. In other respects both plants are
much alike.

2. C. recurvata, foliis recurvatis linearibus rugosis margine revo-
lutis spinuloso-denticulatis.
Perdicium recurvatum. Vahl. I.e. 1. p. 13. t. 7- (bona.)
In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. % .

Caulescens, sempervirens, fruticulosa. Caules palmares, dense
foliosi. Folia undique versa, basibus valdfe dilatatis, margine
membranaceo-ciliatis, imbricata, surs^im recur vato-patula,
linearia, spinul^ cartilagine^ albA, apiculata, nitida, viridia,
margine revoluta, supr^ transversim reticulato-rugosa, cos-
t^que lat4 planiuscul^ instructa, utrinque glandulis minutis
pedicellatis, prsesertim ad costam, munita, in periphaeri^
paginae superioris praecipufe denticulis plurimis spinulosis,
cartilagineis, albis, unic4 serie digestis, aliisque rar6 ad-
spersis, ornata, pollicaria, sesquilineam lata. Pedunculus
solitarius, terminalis, tripollicaris, erectus, filiformis, uni-
florus, pube glandulos^ asperulus, foliolis aliquot sparsis,
linearibus, costa validd carinatis, spinuloso-mucronatis,
margine ciliatis, adpressis munitus. Livolucrum campanu-
latum, unciale : squamis multiplici ordine adpress^ imbri-

catis.

of the Class Compositce. 207

catis, ligulatis, spinuloso-mucronatis, extvis papilloso-glan-
dulosis, asperiusculis ; exterioribiis margine spinuloso-cilia-
tis ; interioribiis margine membranaceis, integerrimis. Flos-
ctili hermaphroditi, bilabiati, albi ; labio exteriore ligiilato,
3-denticulato, 4-nervio ; interiore bipartite, raembranaceo,
spiraliter revoluto. Antherce appendiculA lineari-lanceolat^
acut4, basi long^ bisetosee. Stigma exsertum, bipartitum :
segmentis semicylindricis, recurvatis, apice latiore trun-
cate, minute papillose. Achenia ancipiti-compressa, gla-
bra. Pappus pilosus, inaequalis, creberrimfe denticulatus,
fusco-brunneus,

Acaules foliis pinnatifidis, acheniis elongatis, teretitisculis.
Palesia.

3. C. runcinata, foliorum segmentis rotundatis spinoso-serratis
undulatis, scapis elongatis, involucri squamis integerrimis.
Perezia runcinata. Lag. Mss.
In Mexico. Sesse ei Moci7ino. V. .

Radix fusiformis. Caudex brevissiraus, lanatus. Folia plurima,
radicalia, breviter petiolata, spathulato-oblonga, runcinato-
pinnatifida, membranacea, utrinque viridia, punctis elevatis
aspera, siccitate tactu arida (an similiter in vivis?) 3 — 5-
pollicaria, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata : lobis latis, rotun-
datis, crebre inaequaliterque spinoso-serratis, undulatis.
Scapi erecti, filiformes, scabri, uniflori, folia longitudine
aequantes, apicem versus paululiim crassiores. Involucrum
multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis lan-
ceolatis, pungenti-mucronatis, integerrimis, rigidis, aliis-
que similibus per scapi superius dimidium sparsis. B.e-
ceptaculum nudum. Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, bila-
biati, nervis infra laciniarum sinus profundi bipartitis ;
exteriores mult6 majores ; labium exterius maximum, ligu-

voL. XVI. 2 E latum,

208 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

latum, patulum, apice tridenticulatum, nervis 4 aequaliter
distantibus ; m/mMS profimde bipartitum: segmentisYmesirx-
lanceolatis, binerviis, apice spiraliter revolutis. Antherce
appendicul^ lanceolate acutd cristatae, basi long^ bicornutae.
Stigmata linearia, revoluta, supr^ canaliculata, apice trun-
cato, dilatato, papilloso. Achenia teretiuscula, papilloso-mu-
ricata, semuncialia : disco epigyno dilatato, calloso. Pappus
longus, pilosus, cinereo-fulvellus : radiis duplici ordine con-
fertissimis, scabris, apice simplicibus, inaequalibus.

4. C? virens, foliorum segmentis ellipticis spinuloso-ciliatis pla-
nis, flore sessili, involucri squamis dentatis.
In Peruviae summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispa-
nic^ dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. 1/ .

Herba ex habitu CI. Magellanicce affinis videtur, acaulis, caespi-
tosa, intensfe clarbque virens. Radix e fibris compluribus
longis crassiusculis composita. Folia in orbem acta, nu-
merosa, patentissima, profunde pinnatifida, circumscrip-
tione lanceolata, membranacea, tactu arida, rigentia, ses-
qui- V. bipollicaria, semunciam lata, basi tenuissim^ mem-
branaceo-ciliatd, cost^ valid^ infernfe latiore subtOis con-
vex^ : segmentis ovalibus, planis, raargine ciliis plurimis
cartilagineis, setaceo-spinulosis ornatis, apice arista tenui,
longiuscul4, rect^ instructis, utrinque oculo armato punctis
numerosis, minutissimis adspersis. Flos solitarius, sessi-
lis, Involucrum polyphyllum : squamis oblongis, mucrona-
tis, spinuloso-dentatis. Caetera mihi ignota.

HOMOIANTHUS.

of the Class CompositcB. 209

HoMoiANTHus. BonpL, Dec.
HoMANTHis. Kunth.
Perezi^ sp., Lag. ^

Perdicii sp., Vahl.

Receptaculum tuberculatum. Pappus pilosus. Involucrum du-
plici ordine polyphyllum, subaequale.

Involucrum hemisphaericum, duplici ordine polyphyllum : folio-
lis longitudine aequalibus ; exterioribus dentatis ; interiorihus
integerrimis, mucronatis. Receptaculum tuberculis trun-
catis margine fimbriatis instructum. Flosculi subaequales,
hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore elliptico, concavo,
marginibus induplicatis, obtuse tridenticulato, substantia
crassiusculo, cartilagineo ; interiore membranaceo, bipar-
tite : laciniis linearibus, spiraliter revolutis. Filament a com-
planata, glabra, articulo manifesto. Anthera appendicuM
lineari-lanceolata acut^ cristatae, basi bisetae : setis sim-
plicibus, attenuatis. Stylus filiformis. Stigma inclusum,
bifidum : lobis semicylindricis, apice truncatis, papilloso-
pruinosis. Achenia compressa, densfe hirsuta. Pappus pi-
losus : radiis duplici serie digestis, denticulato-scabris, basi
solutis, deciduis.

Herbae perennes. Folia pinnatijida. Floras solitarii v. corym-
bosi. Flosculi carulei v. albi. Pappus sordidi fulvus.
Achenia villis adpressis ferrugineis nitidis tecta.

1. 1^. pinnatifidus, inermis ; foliorum segmentis ovalibus obtusis
ciliatis imbricatis, caule unifloro foliis breviore.
Homoianthus. Dec. in Ann. Mm. xix. p. 65. t. S.f. 2.
Homanthis pinnatifidus. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp.
PL 4. p. 308.

2 E 2 Chaetanthera

210 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Chaetanthera pinnatifida. H. et B. PL jEqu. 2. p. 170. 1. 136.

Perezia pinnatifida. Lag. Mss.

In Peru viae alpibus summis fngidissimis. Ruiz et Pavon. 1/ .

Herba perennis, subacaulis, caespitosa. Radix' e fibris coraplu-
ribus filo emporetico crassitie aequalibus, longissimis com-
posita. Caules plures, foliis dupl6 breviores, erecti, sim-
plices, uniflori, teretes, supern^ pilosi, vix pennam anse-
rinam crassitie aequantes. Folia radicalia plurima, in orbem
acta, patula, petiolata, profundi pinnatifida, circumscrip-
tione linearia, obtusa, cost^ dilatatd, subtils convex^, ner-
vosa, bi- V. tri-pollicaria : segmentis subrotundo-ovalibus,
obtusis, inaequilateris, coriaceis, supr^ punctis numerosis
elevatis asperis, subtOis glabris, margine setaceo-ciliatis,
jsaepiiis conduplicatis, invicem se imbricatis, unguiculari-
bus ; caulina paucissima (2 — 3) lineari-lanceolata, dupli-
cato-serrata, serraturis aristatis, semuncialia, 2 lineas lata,
petiolis longioribus membranaceis paginam ipsam latitu-
dine penissim^ aequantibus. Petioli lineares, dilatati, ner-
vosi, margine membranacei, basin versus latiores, subtiis
striati, 2 — 3-unciales, 3 — 4 lineas lati. Flores terminales,
solitarii, albi. Involucrum hemisphaericum, duplici ordine
poly-(24 — 30)phyllum, aequale : foliolis exterioribus dupli-
cato-serratis (serraturis aristatis) foliis caulinis subsimili-
bus ; intimis ligulatis, apice rotundatis, raucronato-arista-
tis, margine membranaceis, integerrimis. Receptaculum an
tuberculatum ? Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, aequales, bi-
labiati ; labia exterior e ovali-oblongo, obtus^ tridenticulato,
substantia crass4 cartilaginea, marginibus inflexis concavo ;
interiore membranaceo, bipartito : laciniis linearibus, atte-
nuatis, spiraliter revolutis. Filamenta complanata, glabra.
Antherce basi setis 2 simplicibus attenuatis auctae, appen-

diculd

of the Class Composita. 2H

diculd lineari-lanceolati acutd atro-purpured terminatge.
Stigma bilobum, inclusum : lobis semicj'^lindricis, trunca-
tis, minute papillosis, recurvis. Achenia elliptica, com-
pressiuscula, dens^ hirsuta. Pappus pilosus, creberriin^
denticulatus, fulvellus, deciduus.

2. H. multijlorus, spinosus ; foliis dentato-pinnatifidis, floribus

corymbosis.
Homoianthus. Dec. I.e. t. 3. f. 6.
Homanthis multiflorus. Kunth I. e. 4. p. 14.
Chaetanthera multiflora. H. et B. I.e. 2. p. 168. i. 135.
In Peruviae locis alpinis frigidis Provinciarum Cantse, Tar-

mae, Huanuci, Huamalies, Jaujae, et Huarochiri. Ruiz et

Pavon. 1/ .

Radix fusiformis. Caulis pedalis v. cubitalis, erectus, foliosus,
teres, villis mollibus articulatis viscidis copiosfe vestitus,
crassitie digiti minoris. Folia alterna, sessilia, bi- v. tri-
poUicaria, lineari-lanceolata, dentato-pinnatifida, coriacea,
siipr^ pube glandules^, subtiis villis articulatis copiose
vestita : dentibus magnis, triangulari-ovatis, simplicibus v.
rarii^is tricuspidatis, spinula albii rect^ terminatis. Flores
terminales, numerosi (20 — 30) in corymbum digesti. Pe-
duneuli crassi, lanati, bracteati. Involucnim duplici ordine
poly-(10 — l6)phyllum: foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, spinuloso-
acuminatis, glanduloso-tomentosis ; intimis margine lato sca-
rioso apice producto, hinc abrupt^ emarginato-truncatis
cum mucrone ; extimis margine inde unidentatis. Recep-
taculum convexum, tuberculatum: tuberculis truncatis, mar-
gine fimbriatis. Flosculi albo-cserulei, qukm in prsecedente
tripl6 minores, hermaphroditi, aequales, bilabiati ; labio ex-
teriore elliptico-oblongo, concavo, subcartilagineo, obtuse
tridenticulato ; interiore membranaceo, bipartite : laciniis

lanceolate-

212 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

lanceolato-linearibus, acutiusculis, primi\m conglutinatis,
demiim spiraliter revolutis. Anthera basi setis 2 simplicibus
munitae : appendiculd lineari-lanceolat^ acuta atro-violaced.
Stigma bifidum: laciniis semicylindricis, apice latiore, trun-
cate, minute papillose. Achenia cuneato-oblonga, pilis rufis
hirsutissima. Pappus pilosus, fulvus : radiis creberrimfe den-
ticulatis, mucronulo simplici nudo apiculatis.
Obs. Planta Scorzonera peruviana nomine a Ruizio inscripta.
Floret tempore pluviarum. Vulg6 Escorzonero. Maxim^
refrigerans et cordialis est : usus ejus communissimus est
in omni Regno Peruviano. Ruiz Mss.

This genus is intimately allied to the preceding ; but its tuber-
culate receptacle, the consistence and greater uniformity of its
florets, and its involucrum composed of a double series of nearly
equal scales, appear to constitute a sufficient generic distinction.
Intimately allied to the last species is the Perdicium squarrosum
of Vahl {Act. Havn. i. par. 2. p. 11. t. 6.), which is, however,
distinguished by its more slender habit; by the more numerous
and closely disposed segments of its leaves ; and lastly, by having
much fewer flowers on longer peduncles, disposed in a loose
spreading corymbus,

b. Pappo Plumoso.
Leuceria. Lag. et Dec.

Flosculi marginales radiati. Pappi radiis plumosis simplici serie
dispositis. Involucrum imbricatum.

Involucrum semiglobosum, triplici circiter serie polyphyllum,
imbricatum. Receptaculum nudum, scrobiculatum. Flos-
culi plurimi, hermaphroditi, bilabiati; in periphaeria ma-
jores liguld longiore patulo et hinc radium constituentibus ;
labio exteriore ligulato, 4-nervio, tridentato ; ititeriore pro-
funde bipartite : segmentis lineari-angustissimis, obtusius-

culis,

of the Class Composites. 213

culis, spiraliter revolutis, margine primi^m conglutinatis.
Aritherce appendiculd lanceolate terminatae, basi longe bi-
setae : setts tenuissimis, simplicibus. Stigmata semicylin-
drica, apice dilatato, truncato, papilloso. Achenia cuneata,
compressa, pilosa. Pappi radiis plumosis, simplici ordine
contiguis, basi conferruminatis.
Herbae caulescentes, niveo-lanatcBj radice sape annuA. Folia raro
indivisa. Flores pedunculati, pwpurei, albi, out Jiavi. Li-
gulae nervi exteriores long^ intramarginales. Pappus niveus.

* Involucri squamis multiplici serie imbricatis ; intimis intramar-
ginalibus, scariosis, paleas mentientibus. Propriae.

1 . L. acanthoides, caule subsimplici, foliis amplexicaulibus pin-
natifidis spinuloso-mucronatis.
In Chili. Huiz et Pavon. 2/ .

Herba perennis, niveo-canescens. Radix fusiformis, crassa,
fusca. Caulis cubitalis, strictus, simplex, teres, gracilis, uno
latere erubescens, lanugine niveo et setulis numerosis glan-
duliferis obsitus, crassitie vix pennam corvinam adaequans.
Folia radicalia fere Arctotis tristis, longe petiolata, profunde
pinnatifida, niveo-lanata, palmaria : seg me?! t is oh\ongis,mu-
cronulatis, tridentatis, v. rarii^s sinuato-dentatis, unguicu-
laribus ; caulina amplexicaulia, pinnatifida, subtds lanugi-
nosa, supra pallid^ viridia, et lanugine fer^ destituta, punc-
tis elevatis glanduliferis, scabriuscula, pollicaria v. sesqui-
pollicaria : laciniis ovato-lanceolatis, spinuloso-mucronatis,
margine revolutis, integerrimis. Flores plures (3 — 5 v. 7)
longe pedunculati, in coryrabum digesti, terminales. Invo-
lucrum semiglobosum, ut et pedunculi tripollicares, lanugi-
nosum, glandulisque pedice'llatis munitum : squamis multi-
plici ordine imbricatis, lanceolatis, muticis v. mucronula-
tis, membranaceis, adpressis. Receptaculum scrobiculatum.

Flosculi

214 ilfr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Flosculi cyanei, omnes hermaphroditi, bilabiati, tubo cylin-
drico limbo eequali; labio exteriore elliptico, obsolete triden-
ticulato ; interiore bipartite, spiraliter revoluto : laciniis line-
aribus, obtusiusculis, pritni^m margine conglutinatis. An-
therce basi longe bisetae, appendicul^ lineari-lanceolata ob-
tus4 terminatae. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis semicylindri-
cis, apice dilatate-truncatis, minutfe papillosis, recurvis.
Achenia cuneato-compressa, pilosa. Pappus niveus, cadu-
cus : radiis plumosis, basi leviter connexis.

2. L. divaricata, caule difFusfe ramosissimo, foliis amplexicaulibus
inciso-pinnatifidis.
In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. o .

Canlis tripedalis, erectus, ramosissimus, divaricatus, uti cum
totd fer^ herb4 glandulis pedicellatis confertissimis necnon
lanugine alb4 parciori instructus. Folia caulina (superiora
tantilm vidi) remote alterna, amplexicaulia, inciso-pinnati-
fida, subtils cost^ prominenti instructa, lanugine nive^ ves-
tita, supra opaco-viridia, glandulosa, uncialia v. sesquiun-
cialia ; segmentis lanceolatis, cuspidatis, margine revolutis,
integerrimis ; imis duobus sagittae more porrectis. Flores
laxfe paniculati. Fediinculi filiformes, uti cum involiicro
copiosissime glandulosi atque lanuginosi, sesquipollicares.
Involucrum subglobosum, truncatum : squamis multiplici or-
dine imbricatis ; eocterioribus ovato-lanceolatis, obtusis, ad-
pressis ; intimis longioribus, acutis. Receptaculum scrobi-
culatum. Flosculi flavi, omnes hermaphroditi, bilabiati;
marginales plures (15 — 16) radium aemulantes ; labio exteriore
ligulato, tridenticulato, in radio majore patulo, in disco re-
voluto ; interiore bipartito : segmentis lineari-angustissimis,
membranaceis, prim6 conglutinatis, revolutis. Filamenta
capillaria, glabra. Anthera basi setis 2 tenuissimis sim-

plicibus

of the Class Composita. ' 215

plicibus longis auctae, appendiculd linear! acut^ anthera
• ips^ longiore terminatae. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis
semicylindricis, revolutis, apice dilatato-truncatis, papil-
loso-pruinosis. Achenia oblonga, compressa, undique se-
tulosa. Pappus albus, fugax : radiis plumosis, simplici
ordine digestis, im^ basi connexis.

** Involucri squamis duplici ordine dispositis, subaqualibus. Cas-

siopea.

3. L. cinerea, foliis petiolatis pinnatifidis : lobis subrotundis den-
tatis, involucri squamis mucronulatis.
In Chili, aridis arenosis ad urbem Conceptionis. Ruiz et

Pavon.Q.

Herha facie Senecionis viscoscB, niveo-lanata. Radix capillaceo-
fibrosa. Catilis erectus, teres, ramulosus, altitudine per-
quam varius, bi- v. tri-pollicaris, nunc palmaris v. spitha-
maeus. Folia alterna, petiolata, cuneato-oblonga, sinuoso-
pinnatifida, subti\s densiOis lanata, basi attenuata, uncialia
V. sesquiuncialia : segmentis subrotundo-ovatis, nunc tra-
pezoideo-ovatis, mucronulatis, margine paululi^m reflexis,
dentibusque inaequalibus mucronulatis instructis, 3 lineas
longis. Petioli lineares, margine membranaceo-alati, sub-
tus convexiusculi, striati, hinc inde lanati, vix unciales.
Flores pauci (3 — 5) magnitudine et facie fer^ Senecionis
elegantis, pedunculosi, rubicundi. Involucrum globosum,
duplici V. rar6 subtriplici ordine polyphyllum, imbrica-
tum : squamis ellipticis sive elliptico-oblotigis, mucronu-
latis, membranaceis, adpressis, longitudine subsequalibus,
extils glanduloso-pubescentibus, apice sanguineo-coloratis.
Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore ligu-
lato, elliptico-oblongo, tridentato ; interiore bipartito, revo-
luto : segmentis linearibus, obtusiusculis, margine congluti-

voL. XV]. 2 F natis.

216 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

natis. Antherce basi setis longis, tenuissirais, simplicibus
auctoe, appendiculd lanceolate acutA terminatae. Achenia
cuneata, compressa, pilis brevibus adpressiusculis vestita.
Pappus niveus, fugax ; 7'adiis leviter plumosis, im^ basi
connexis.

4. L. pidchella, foliis amplexicaulibus pinnatifidis : laciniis ovato-
lanceolatis margine revolutis subintegerrimis, involucri
squamis acuminatis.
In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleiigh. o •

Herha niveo-lanata, glandulis pedicellatis copios^ munita. Ra-
dix fibrosa, annua. Caulis erectus, ramosus, teres, 4 — 5-
uncialis. Folia radicalia petiolata, patula, cuneata, den-
tata ; caulina amplexicaulia, sinuato-pinnatifida, mucronu-
lata, uncialia, margine revoluta, subtils niveo-lanata, supra
viridia, glandulisque copiosis ornata, vix lanuginosa : seg-
mentis ovatis v. lanceolatis, simplicibus, aut rar6 denticu-
latis, apice mucronulatis. Flores pedunculati, rubicundi,
magnitudine praecedentis. Pedunculi tomentosi et glan-
dulosi, filiformes, graciles, uniflori, poUicares v. sesquipol-
licares. Involucrum hemisphaericum, copios^ glandulosum,
atratum : squamis duplici serie digestis, lanceolatis, acumi-
natis, adpressis, subaequalibus. Flosculi omnes hermaphro-
diti, bilabiati ; labio exteriore ligulato, patulo, tridenticu-
lato ; interiore bipartito, revoluto : laciniis lineari-angustis-
simis, primilm margine conglutinatis. Antherce appendi-
culd lineari obtusiuscul4 membranaceA terminatae, basi bi-
setae : setis simplicibus, basi cuspidatis, anther^ ips4 paul6
brevioribus. Stigma bipartitura : segmentis semicylindricis,
recurvatis, apice dilatato-truncatis, minutfe papillosis. Ache-
nia hispidula. Pappus albus, caducus : radiis plumosis, imA.

basi connexis.

5. L. glan-

of the Class Composita. 217

5. Li.glandulosa, foliis sessilibus sinuato-dentatis, involucri squa-
mis mucronulatis.
Cum praecedente. Caldcleiigh. q. j, .. ,

Herba lanugine albd glandulisque pedicellatis copiosissimis prse-
dita. Radix fibrosa, annua. Caulis erectus, ramosus, teres,
gracilis, spithamaeus v. pedalis. Folia radicalia brevissim^
petiolata, cuneato-oblonga, patentia, acutfe sinuato-dentata,
sesqui- v. tri-pollicaria ; caulina inferiora conformia, sed
remotiils dentata (dentibus mucronulo obtuso terminatis) ;
superiora lanceolata, acuminata, nunc integerrima, sub-
amplexicaulia, nunc rari^s tripartita ! Flores plures, long^
pedunculati, intensfe rubicundi, necnon majores quam in
praecedente. Fedunculi recti, filiformes, uniflori, undique,
uti involucrum, copiosfe lanuginosi atque pilis glandulosis pa-
tulis praediti. Involucrum semiglobosum, truncatum, duplici
ordine imbricatum : squamis oblongis, mucronulatis, sub-
aequalibus, adpressis, margine membranaceis. Receptaculum
scrobiculatum. Flosculi omnes hermaphroditi, bilabiati ;
labio exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, superficie asperius-
cula ; interiore bipartito : segmentis lineari-attenuatis, revo-
lutis, primiim margine conglutinatis ; marginales multoties
majores, radium aemulantes. AnthercB appendiculd lineari-
lanceolatd acutiusculd membranaced terminatae, basi bi-
setae : setis simplicibus, acutis, ipsa anther^ paul6 breviori-
bus. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis recurvis, apice dilatato-
truncatis, papilloso-pruinosis. Achenia cuneata, compressa,
pilosissima. Pappus niveus, fugax : radiis eleganter plu-
mosis, im4 basi in annulum connexis.

The Trixis senecioides of Dr. Hooker's Exotic Flora belongs,
as we have elsewhere stated, to this genus, whose receptacle is
certainly naked ; for the paleaceous scales attributed to its cir-

2 F 2 cumference

218 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

cumference are clearly nothing more than the scales composing
the inner series of the involucrura. The plumose pappus com-
pared with that of the inner floret of the partial capitula of
Polyachyrus, a genus hereafter to be described, the form and
structure of their corolla, the outer lamina of which is tra-
versed in both by four distant slender nerves, and the habit of
the plants themselves, show that there is a considerable degree
of affinity between these two genera.

Ptilurus.

FloscuU fequales. Pappi radiis plumosis, duplici serie dispositis.
Involucrwn subaequale.

Involucrum duplici ordine poly-(18 — 20)phyllum, subaequale:
foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, trinerviis, apice membranaceo
acuminate radiatis. Receptacidum nudum. FloscuU omnes
hermaphroditi, tubulosi, bilabiati, eequales ; labio exteriore
ligulato, 4-nervio, obtusfe tridenticulato ; interiore bipartite,
demilm revoluto : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, binerviis.
Anthera coalitae, basi longfe bisetosse : setis simplicibus :
appendiculA lineari-lanceolata, acutd. Stigma bipartitum :
laciniis semicylindricis, recurvis, apice dilatato-truncatis,
pruinosis. Achenia elliptico-oblonga, compressa, dens^ pa-
pilloso-glandulosa, apice angustata, disco parvo. Pappi
radiis crassiusculis, eleganter plumosis, mollissimis, duplici
ordine digestis, basi dilatata imbricatis ! deciduis.

Herba perennis, humilis, ccespitosa, facie Dauci v. Athamantce,
setulis erectis, gland ulifer is, copiosissime instructa. Radix
fusiformis, ramosa. Caulis erectus, teres, subramosus, tri-
uncialis, vix calami scriptorii crassitie. Folia supradecom-
posita, dens^ glandulosa, pollicaria v. sesquipollicaria : seg-
mentis linearibus, obtusis, sesquilineam longis. Petioli foliis
longiores, maxime dilatato-membranacei ; inferiorum foliorum

latiores

of the Class Composite. 219

latiores et loiigiores, basibus caulis partem inferiorem imbvi-
catim tegentes. Flores te7-7ii, brevissime pediaiculati, magni,
semiglobosi. Involucrum villis loiigis articulatis copiose lana-
titm : foliolis ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, cequalibus, discum
paidd superantibus. Flosculi albi.
Ohs. Nomen ad pappi structuram refert, a tttlXos pluma, et ovpa
Cauda.

1. P. daiicifolius.

In Peruviae summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispa-
nicfe dictis. Ruiz et Favon. % .

This is another instance of the many analogies that might be
pointed out between the Compositce and Umbelliferce ; its leaves,
their dilated petioles clasping the stem ; the pubescence, and
indeed the whole habit, has much the air of an umbelliferous
plant ; and without the flowers the acutest botanist would not be
censurable for mistaking it for one of that family. The struc-
ture of its involucrum, the equality of its florets, and the rays of
the pappus arranged in a double series, with dilated imbricate
bases, abundantly distinguish it from Leuceria, to which it other-
wise comes nearest in affinity.

c. Pappo paleaceo.
Triptilion. Ruiz et Favon.

Rcceptaculum villosum. Flosculi 5. Involucrum polyphyllum,

imbricatum.
Involucrum tubulosum, polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis lan-
ceolatis, apice spinoso-mucronatis ; extimis squarrosis. Rc-
ceptaculum parvum, dens^ villosum. Flosculi 5, herma-
phroditi, bilabiati ; labio exteriore pataloideo, tridenticulato,
4-nervio (nervis arcuatis), radium perbreve patulum consti-
• tuenti; interiore membranaceo, bipartite, dupl6 breviore,

revoluto :

220 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

revoluto : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, binerviis,
margine prim6 conglutinatis. Anthera appendiculA, lan-
ceolate, acutd, membranace4 ! terminatae, basi bisetae : setis
simplicibus, nudis, attenuatis. Stigma bipartitum : seg-
mentis semicylindricis, recurvis, apice truncate, papilloso.
Achenia triquetra, sursilra crassiora. Pappi radiisS (rarii^s
5) paleaceis, linearibus, canaliculatis caducis : apicibus pe-
nicillato-plumosis v. ciliatis, involucro longioribus, recur-
vato-patulis.
Herbae ramosissima, decumbentes, squa7'7'osa. Folia alterna, ses-
silia, simplicia, spinoso-mucronata. YXoxes fasciculato-corym-
bosi, aut raro subsolitarii, cyanei v. albi. Pappus niveus aiit
Jlavicans.

* Pappi radiis apice penicillatis. Propriae.

1. T. spinostim, foliis pinnatifidis, floribus fasciculatis, pappi ra-
diis apice penicillatis.

Triptilion spinosum. Ruiz et Pavon Gen. PL Fl. Per. et Chil.
p. 102. t. 22. Syst. 1. p. 185.

In Chili campis et collibus, praesertim circa Conceptionis
xirbem (Ruiz et Pavon) ; ad urbem S. Jacobi Chilensium.
Caldcleugh. V .

Herba diffusfe ramosissima, squarrosa. Radix fibrosa. Caules
plures, decumbentes, flexuosi, graciles, teretes, rigidius-
culi, undique copiosfe pilosi, spithamaei v. pedales. Folia
sparsa, sessilia, circumscriptione lanceolata, margine revo-
luta, utrinque pilosa, substantia, cartilaginea, rigentia, tactu
arida, subtiis costd manifest^ prominente, revera tamen
avenia, semunciam v. unciam longitudine aequantia ; infe-
riora pinnatifida; superiora inciso-dentata, sive rar6 inte-
gerrima : laciniis paucis, lanceolatis, apiceque folii ipsius
mucrone spinoso elongato stricto armatis. Flores confer-

tissimi,

of the Class Composita. 221

tissimi, fasciculato-corymbosi. Involucrum imbricatum, un-
guiculare : sqtiamis bracteisque lanceolato-subulatis, apice
patulo elongate triquetro spinoso-mucronatis ; interiorihus
adpressis, margine dilatato-membranaceis. Receptaciilum
punctum densfe villosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi, radium
perbreve, pulchr^ cyaneum, colore persistente, constituen-
tes; labio exteriore subrotundo-ovali, patulo, subti^s concavo,
obtusb tridenticulato ; interiore pallid^ luteo, bipartito, re-
voluto, exteriore dupl6 breviore : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis,
obtusiusculis, margine primiim conglutinatis. Anthera ap-
pendicul^ lanceolatA, acutd membranace^ apice caerulea
terminatse, basi bisetosne : setis simplicibus, nudis, attenu-
atis. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis linearibus, subtCis con-
vexis : apice dilatato-truncato, minute papilloso. Achenia
pyramidato-trigona, basi attenuata, glabra. Pappus exsertus,
niveus, pulcherrimus : radiis 3, paleaceis, linearibus, cana-
liculatis caducis, apice recurvato- patulo, penicillato-plu-
moso.
Obs. Vulg6 dicitur Siempreviva ob colorem ilorum permanentem
quorum usus est communissimus ad ornamentum. Floret
Januario et Februario. Planta vald^ amara est, et ad ar-
dores urinae atque dolores nephriticos levigandos utilissima.
Ruiz Mss.

2. T. diffusum, foliis lineari-lanceolatis integerrimis, floribus dif-
fusa corymbosis, pappi radiis apice penicillatis.
In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. V. .

Herba diifusfe ramosissima. Caules decumbentes, filiformes,
lenti, supernfe ramisque virgatis copios^ pilosi, spithamaei v.
dodran tales. Folia sparsa, sessilia, lineari-lanceolata, spi-
nuloso-mucronata, subti^s pilosa, margine revoluta, inte-
gerrima, aut rar6 dente uno alterove instructa, uncialia,

sesqui-

222 Mr, D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

sesquilineam v. 2 lineas lata. Flores \axh difFusfeque corym-
bosi. Involucri squamis exterioribus lineari-subulatis, apice
triquetro spinuloso-mucronatis, patulis, squarrosis ; intijnis
membranaceo-dilatatis, extils pilosiusculis. FloscuU radio
subrotimdo-ovali, albo ? Ceetera ut in praecedente.

This is intimately allied to the preceding species, of which it
may ultimately prove to be only a variety ; but I must leave
this question undecided until further observations shall deter-
mine whether the characters by which they are here separated,
are permanent.

** Pappi radiis apice ciliatis.

3. T. cordifolium, foliis subrotundo-cordatis margine setaceo-
spinosis, floribus subternis.
Triptilion cordifolium. Lag. in Bot. Reg. t. 853.
In Chili. D. Place. Q.

Herba radice tenuissime fibres^, annu^, diffusfe ramosissima,
lastb virens. Caules filiformes, valde flexuosi, pubescentes.
Folia sparsa, sessilia; inferiora subrotundo-cordata, am-
plexicaulia ; superior a subrotunda v. rhombea ; cartilagi-
neo-membranacea, cost^ prominente venisque reticulatis
ad Oram confluentibus, hinc marginata, utrinque leviter
pubescentia, viridia, margine spinis longis setaceis, rectis,
divaricato-patulis, solitariis, geminis, aut fasciculatira ter-
natis armata, ad apicem semper trinis approximatis, et
tunc tricuspidata. Flores numerosi, dispersi, in apice ra-
mulorum subsolitarii v. terni, sessiles. Involucrum virens,
pubescens, polyphyllum, imbricatum, squarrosum : squa-
mis lanceolatis, spinoso-mucronatis, carinatis, inaequalibus.
Receptaculum punctum villosum. FloscuU 5, hermaphro-
diti, bilabiati, tubo luteo ; labio iriterior-e bipartito, demiim
revoluto, luteo : laciniis lanceolatis, acuminatis, primum

conglutinatis ;

of the Class Composita. 223

'; conglutinatis ; exteriore subrotundo, patulo, albo, subtiis
concavo, apice tridenticulato. AnthercE appendicuM lance-
olato-attenuati, apice obtusuld, membranaced, terminatae,
basi bisetae : setis lineari-angustissimis, acutis, siraplicibus,
ips^ antheri brevioribus. Stigma bipartitum : laciniis an-
gustissimis, semicylindricis, apice minutfe papillosis, trun-
catis. Achenia turbinato-trigona, glabra. Pappi radiis pa-
leaceis, linearibus, canaliculatis, apice recurvis, ciliatis,
ilavicantibus.

*** Acheniis villosis, pappi radiis apice ciliatis.
4. T. glomerulosum, foliis propriis ovatis : acumine trigone spi-
noso ; secundariis glomeratis muticis, floribus solitariis ses-
silibus.

Triptilion glomerulosum. Lag. Amen. Nat. 1. no. I.

In Chili summis alpibus Cordilleras de los Andes Hispanic^
dictis. Ruiz et Pavon. ^ .
Planta caespitosa, sufFrutescens. Caules procumbentes, lignosi, ri-
gidissimi, sesqui- v. tripoUicares, crassitie ferfe calami scrip-
torii, undique glomerulis sphaericis foliorum secundariorum
simulque propriis persistentibus muniti, inde tuberculati,
hinc spinosi. Folia propria basi lat^ dilatata, ovata, imbri-
cata, margine membranacea, apice in acumen trigonum,
spin^ subulata, rigid4, valid4, recta terminatum producta,
persistentia; ccetera (secundaria scilicet) in capitulis (ramulis
abortivis) axillaribus congesta, minuta, ovalia, obtusissima,
subtiis carinata, margine valdfe incrassata, apice recurvata,
similiter persistentia. Flores terminales, solitarii, sessiles.
Involucrum polyphyllum, undique imbricatum : squamis
ovatis, carinatis, margine dilatatis, scarioso-membrana-
ceis, apice spind conic^, valid^, perbrevi armatis, adpressis.
Receptaculum densh villosum. Flosculi 5, hermaphroditi,
VOL. XVI. 2 G bilabiati,

224 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

bilabiati, lactei ; labio exteriore petaloideo, orbiculato, ob-
tusfe tridenticulato, 4-nervio, patulo ; interiore bipartite :
segmentis lanceolato-attenuatis, apice obtusulis, revolutis.
Anthera appendicula ovato-lanceolat^, acut^, membrana-
ced terminatae, basi bisetae : setis linearibus, acutis, com-
planatis, simplicibus, ipsA^ anther^ ferfe dupl6 brevioribus.
Stigma bipartitum : segmentis recurvis, apice truncatis,
minute papillosis. Achenia trigona, undique villosissima.
Pappi radiis 3, paleaceis, linearibus, canaliculatis, caducis :
apice recur vato, ciliato, niveo.

Ihis curious genus agrees with Proustia, before described, m
the definite number of its florets, in its hairy receptacle, and
in its imbricate involucruin; but I have placed it here prin-
cipally on account of the structure of its pappus, although the
difference of this organ is moi*e apparent than real: for the
palese, which crown the fruit of this genus, are evidently formed
by the confluence of innumerable fibres, whose extremities even
in this instance are free. ii.,oM4«i»-v>i>^5V w ;

Trib. 2. JuNGEiE. Receptacidum paleatum, paleis distinctis.

jF/oscw/i liniformes, bilabiati, hermaphroditi. Stigmata so-
-'■ luta, angusta, obtusa, vix papillosa. Frutices foliis sapiiis

lobatis,Jioribus paniculatis.

■ 1 ■ ■ ■ '

;'' if<iri«rn');>i'iJuNGiA, L.

DuMERiLiA. Lag. et Dec.
M.A^T^A^iA. J^ag. Amen. ^at.\, p.S6.

Involucrum simplex. Pappus plumosus.

Involucrum simplici ordine polyphyllum, basi squamulis aliquot
munitum : foliolis sequalibus, basi callosis. Receptaculum
paleis distinctis, involucri squamis conformibus copios^ re-

fertum.

v'jmo?' ' . .. . . of the Class Composite, i'^ '/.oi.1 .CI .'\V 225

fertum. FloscuU numerosi, bilabiati, herraaphroditi ; labio
exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato, nunc trifido ; interiore bi-
partite : segmentis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, revolutis.
AnthercB appendiculd lineari-lanceolat^ acut4 cartilagined
coronatae, basi bisetae : setis brevibiis, acutis, simplicibus.
Stigmata soluta, linearia, truncata, pruinosa, non papillosa.
Achenia triquetra, papilloso-scabra. Pappus mollis, fugax :
radiis simplici ordine digestis, copiosis, imd basi coalitis,
gracilibus, plumosis. '?; <! J loiffo'is.Vi-iin xno-/

Frutices (Peruviani) facie peculiari, fere ad Vitem accedunt.
Folia alterna, petiolata, latissima, multiloba. Flores parvi,
lutei V. nivei, sapiils terminates copiosissimi. Pappus niveus.

The numerous points of accordance, both in habit and struc-
ture, evidently existing between Dumerilia and Jungia, induced
me to suggest the probability of the identity of these two genera,
in which opinion I was agreeably surprised to find myself anti-
cipated by Sprengel ; but the acquisition by this Society of the
Linnaean herbarium has afforded me the opportunity of setting
this question at rest by an examination of the specimen of the
original species of Jungia described in the Supplementum Plan-
iarum, which removes all doubt as to their identity. Several
capitula being closely associated together at the extremity of
the divisions of the panicle, and the presence of small bracteae
at their base, have no doubt suggested to Linnaeus the idea of
a compound capitulum.

1. J . ferruginea,io\\i^ subtds dens^ tomentosis : lobis subaequa-
libus rotundatis, floribus corymbosis, ligulis revolyitis tri-
denticulatis.
Jungia ferruginea. Linn. Suppl. p. 390.
In ruderatis et ad margines agrorum in Provinci4 Cantae
Peruvianorum. Ruiz et Pavon. t? .

;2 G 2 Planta

226 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Planta fruticosa, subscandens, sarmentosa. Caidis ramosus, teres,
glaber. Rami cylindrici, flexuosi, dens^ pannoso-tomentosi,
fulvescentes. Folia remote alterna, petiolata, 5 — 7-loba,

' Hi), circumscriptione orbiculato-cordata, supra pilis brevibus

.?! ilxecumbentibus aspera, subtils venis prominentibus varicosa,
tomento albo copiosissimo obruta, holosericea, 2 — 3 uncias
longa, latitudine aequalia : lobis rotundatis, repando-crenatis,
nunc integerrimis. Petioli unciales, teretes, dens^ ful-
vescenti-tomentosi, basi crassiore inappendiculati, pennam
corvinam crassitie cfeteriim aequantes. Corymbi terminales,
compositi, dens^ fulvescenti-tomentosi. Involucra sphse-
rica, basi bracteolis aliquot lineari-subulatis munita : squa-
mis simplici ordine plurimis (15 — 20) lanceolatis, acumina-
tis, tomentosis, aequalibus, margine membranaceis, indu-
plicatis, dorso convexis. Palece plurimae, lanceolatae, acutse,
membranaceae, obtus^ carinatae, dorso apiceque nigricante
puberulis. Flosculi 30 circiter, lutei, hermaphroditi, bila-
biati : labiis revolutis ; exteriore elliptico-oblongo, obtuse
tridenticulato ; interiore bifido : laciniis linearibus, obtusis.
AnthercB appendicul^ lineari-lanceolatd acutd cartilagined
coronatae, basi bisetae : setis brevibus, acutis, simplicibus.
Stylus tenuis, glaber. Stigmata lineari-lingulata, truncata,
pruinosa. Achenia longiuscula, triquetra, papilloso-scabra.
Pappus fugax, albus : radiis tenuissimis, plumosis.

Obs. Rami hujus plantae ad sarmenta Vitis non paulo referunt.
Vulg6 Vingri-Vingri. Floret Februario et Martio. Flores
vald^ fragrantes, lutei. Ruiz Mss.

The Dumerilia paniculata of DeCandolle is distinguished from
this species by the lobes of its leaves being longer, somewhat
acute, and the margin more deeply and abruptly crenated, and
finally by the trifid ligulate lip of the corolla, which in this is
terminated by three small teeth only.

2. J. spec-

of the Class CompositcE. 227

2. J. spectahilis, foliis pubescentibus : lobis acutis, floribus radi-
atis glomerato-paniculatis, ligulis patulis tridenticulatis.
In Guayaquil^. Tafalla. ^ .

Planta fruticosa, floribus niveis copiosissimis foliisque latissi-
mis viridibus ad florendi tempus ornatissima. Rami teretes,
obsolete velutini. Folia remote alterna, petiolata, subro-
tundo-cordata, 7 — 9-loba, membranacea, subtus copiosfe
pubescentia, reticulato-venosa, supr^ minutfe papilloso-
setulosa, asperiuscula, 3 — 5-uncialia, tunc fer^ spithamaea ;
ultima plurimum minora, 5-loba, basi vix emarginata : lobis
semi-ovatis, mucronulatis, acutfe dentatis s. rariiis integer-
rimis ; intermedio paululiim majore. Peiioli bipollicares,
teretes, velutini, basi inappendiculati, concavi. Flores ter-
minales, copiosissimi, gloraerato-paniculati, nivei, pulcher-
rimi. Pedicelli squamulosi, pubescentes. Bracteola line-
ares, obtusfe, patulae, velutinae. Involitcra ovalia, insertione
depresso-umbilicata : squamis simplici ordine digestis, plu-
ribus (10 — 12) lanceolatis, acutis, leviter pubescentibus,
dorso convexis, margine membranaceis induplicatis, basi
callosa subtorulosis. Palea plurimae, distinctae, elliptico-
oblongae, acutiusculae, obtusfe carinatae, pubescentes. Flos-
culi 21 circiter, bilabiati, hermaphroditi; exteriores majores,
radium constituentibus ; labio exteriore elliptico, triden-
ticulato patulo, nunquam revoluto ; interiore bipartite,
revoluto : segmentis lanceolato-linearibus, acutis. Antherce
appendiculd lineari acut^ terminatae, basi bisetae : setis bre-
vibus, acutissimis, simplicibus. Stigmata linearia, revoluta,
apice truncata, pruinosa. Achetna longiuscula, triquetra,
papilloso-scabra. Pappus niveus, caducus : radiis apice
tanti^m plumosis.

Pleocarphus.

228 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

-J •

Pleocarphus.

Involucrum imbricatum. Pappus capillaris.

Involucrum triplici serie polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis
lanceolatis, acuminatis, membranaceis ; interioribus sensim
majoribus. Receptaculum paleatum : paleis distinctis, lan-
ceolatis, acutis V. truncatis lacerisque, rigidis, carinatis,
margine scariosis. Flosculi plures, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ;
labio exteriore ligulato, tridentato, quadrinervio, revoluto ;
interiore bipartito : laciniis lanceolatis, acutis, binerviis, re-
volutis. Filamenta gracillima, glabra. Antherce in tubum
connatae, appendicul4 lineari-lanceolatd obtusa cartilagined
terminatae, basi long^ bisetae : setis simplicibus. Stylus fili-
formis, glaber. Stigma bipartitum : segmentis semicylindri-
cis, obtusis, revolutis, minute papillosis. Achenia angusta,
pentagona, copiosfe papilloso-micantia, scabra : disco epi-
gyno dilatato, planiusculo. Pappus capillaris, persistens :
radiis duplici ordine copiosissimis, denticulis minutissimis
scabris, apice paul6 crassiore vix penicillatis.

Caulis fruticosus, erectus, ramosus, teres. Rami cylindrici, undi-
que glandulis pedicellatis copiose induti, rufescentes. Folia
alterna, sessilia, linearia, obtusula, v. mucronulo perbrevi scepi
aucta, margine revoluta, utrinque glandulis capitatis pedicel-
latis copiosi vestita ; primaria sesqui- v. bipoUicaria, basi aliis
2 stipulas mentientibus, sublunatis^ semi-ovatis, obtusis, mar-
gine exteriore revolutis, persistentibus appendiculata ; ramea
breviora atque angustiora, basi nuda, attenuata, vix tamen
petiolata. Flores lutei, in ramulis pedunculati, solitarii, aut
scepiils copiosissimi, tunc racemi v. paniculce modum amulantes.
Pedunculi unijlori, teretes, ut cum involucro glandulosi, 4 — 6
tineas longi. Corollae nervi longe infra sinus loborum dicho-
tomi, hinc ramis intramarginalibus. Pappus cinereus.

Nomen

of the Class Composita. %9Q

Nomen ad receptaculum crebrfe paleatum refert, a TrXeoy refertus,
et Kap<pos palea. ,, •-.;

1. P. revolutus.

In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. i? . . .

This curious and well-marked genus has been referred to the
JungecB entirely from its similarity of structure in the parts of
fructification : for its habit certainly indicates no affinity to
Jungia, unless we regard the stipule-like appendages of the
leaves of Pleocarphus and some species of the former genus as
pointing out a connexion. \ >. mefioiiif > i

Trib. 3. PoLYACiiYREffi. Receptaculum paleatum. Flosculi

uniformes, hermaphroditi, bilabiati. Stigmata linearia,

truncata, apice papillosa. Achenia difformia. HerbcE foliis

pinnatifidis. ,(''V,'> ■ , • , ,.

/ \ a. Fappo difformi. \

PoLYACHYHUs. Lag. ct Dcc. ,5 tv > V..'.

Involucella tetraphylla, biflora, in capitulum congregata. Flos-
culi inaequales. Pappus flosculo interiori elongatus, plu-
mosus.

Capitulum compositum, globosum, basi squamis aliquot ovato-
lanceolatis mucronatis rigidis munitum. Involucella plu-
rima, tetraphylla, biflora, paleis ovato-lanceolatis, mucro-
natis, lanugine interstinctis interjecta : foliolis imbricatis,
ovali-oblongis, apice emarginato-truncatis, scariosis, colo-
ratis, conniventibus ; exteriore latiore, basi gibbosd. Re-
ceptaculum partiale nudum. Flosculi singulo involucello
gemini, hermaphroditi, bilabiati, inaequales (exteriore mi-
nore) ; labio exteriore ligulato, obtuse tridenticulato, patu-
lo; interiore profundi bipartito: laciniis lineari-lanceolatis,
acutis, spiraliter revolutis. Antherce appendicuM lineari-

lanceolatd

230 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

lanceolate acutd terminatae, basi biaristatae : aristis line-
ari-lanceolatis, deorsum attenuatis. Stigma bifidum : lobis
lineari-cuneatis, truncatis, piano-con vexis, minute papillosis,
revolutis. Achenia exteriora cuneato-oblonga, papilloso-
scabra ; flosculis ver6 majoribus (interioribus) longiora,
subtetragona. Pappus difFormis ; achenio exteriori brevis-
simus, setaceus, denticulatus, basi solute caducus, fusco-
cinereus : interiori vero elongatus, plumosus, niveus, invo-
lucellum superans, subpersistens, radiis basi crassiore con-
ferruminatis, apice mucronulo simplici.
Herba habitu omnino Echinopsidis, land nived mollissimd densi
obruta. Caulis cubitalis, erectus, ramosus, teres. Folia al-
terna, basi auriculatd ample xicaulia, palmaria, runcinato-
pinnatijida, vix ultrd, semunciam lata, supra parcius lanata :
segmentis rhombeo-ovatis, dentatis, margine recurvis, mucro-
nulo rejlexo-adpresso terminatis. Capitula sphcerica, pedun-
culata, corymbosa. Pedunculi erecto-patuli, teretes, lanati,
pollicares v. sesquipollicares. Involucella nudiuscula, nitida,
sanguineo-colorata. Flosculi rosei.

1. P. spharocephalus.

In PeruviA. Ruiz et Pavon. q.

The capitulum in this genus consists of a congregation of
smaller capitula, each containing two flowers. It is precisely
analogous to that of Echinops, and may be compared to the
compound umbel in other plants. Expansion first takes place
in the florets of the apex of the capitulum, as Mr. Brown has
already remarked in that of the before-mentioned genus. The
compound capitulum, the two unequal florets, each of which is
furnished with a distinct kind of pappus, sufficiently distinguish
this genus from the following.

b. Pappo

of the Class Compositce. 231

b. Pappo uniformi.

Gastrocarpha.

Involucrum 5-phyllum. Receptaculum paleatum : paleis difFor-
mibus ; exterioribus cucuUatis, basi gibbos^, apice truncatis
cum mucronulo flosculum quasi involucello proprio obval-
lantibus. Flosculi hermaphroditi, bilabiati, aequales. Pap-
pus paleaceus, brevissimus, polyphyllus.

Involucrum 5-phyllum (nunc 6-phyllum) : foliolis ovatis, raucro-
natis, ajqualibus. Receptaculum paleatum : palece difFormes ;
exterior es 8, periphaericae, simplici ordine digestse, foliaceae,
dilatatae, cucullatse, marginibus ciliatis, ferfe collapsis, flos-
culos marginales sigillatira, quasi involucello proprio, in-
cludentes, apice truncatae, mucronuloque instructae, extus
basi gibbos4, reticulatim varicosae ; caeterae interiores, line-
ari-lanceolatae, scariosae, canaliculatae, apice acuminato sim-
plici, V. bi- aut tri-cuspidato. Flosculi omnes hermaphro-
diti, bilabiati, subaequales (periphaericis paul6 majoribus)
extiis pilosiusculi ; labio exteriore ligulato, tridenticulato,
patulo ; interiore multc) minore, profundi bipartite, revo-
luto, laciniis linearibus, acutis : tubo limbo breviore, apice
paululiim dilatato. Filamenta capillaria, teretia, glabra,
elastica, articulo manifesto. Antherce coalitae, flavae, ap-
pendicul4 lineari-lanceolat^, acutd, alba, antherae ipsius
longitudine terminatae, basi long^ bisetae : setis simplicibus,
attenuatis. Stylus filiformis, laevis, basi bulbosus. Stigma
bipartitum : lobis linearibus, compressis, exti^s bisulcatis,
apice truncato, papilloso-hispidulo, par\^m dilatato. Ache-
nia difFormia : marginalia obovata, dorso gibbosa, laevia ;
disci pentagona, minutfe papillosa. Pappus uniformis, pa-
leaceus, brevissimus, polyphyllus : foliolis lanceolatis, mu-

voL. XVI. . 2 H cronatis.

232 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

cronatis, ciliatis, rigidis, siraplici serie contiguis, persisten-
tibus, basi solutis.
Herba erecta, ramosa, virens, copiose glanduloso-villosa, tempore
fiorendi formosa, odorem moscho similem redolens ; radice
Jibrosd, anniid. Caulis teres, flexiiosus, spithamceus v. peda-
lis; in hortis tamen sape 5 pedes attingens. Folia alterna,
profunde runcinato-pinnatifida, suprd opaca, suhtm lucida,
bi- V. tri-pollicaria : in hortis scepe spithamcea v. pedalia ;
caulinis superioribus hasi auriculatd amplexicaulibus : seg-
mentis lanceolatis, mucronatis, undulatis, lobatis, acuteque
dentatis. Flores diffus^ paniculati, pedicellati. Involucrum
foliaceum, virens, hirtellum. Flosculi plures (12 — 16) sin-
gula involucro, nivei. Nob. in Sw. Br. Fl. Gard. t. 229-

1. G. runcinata. Nob. in 1. c.

Moscharia pinnatifida. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. FL Peruv. et

CM. 1. p. 186? Gen. p. 103?
fin Chili ad Coquimbo {Caldcleugh), adYalparaiso (D. Bridges).

0. (v. V. etiam in hort.)

Whether this be really the Moscharia pinnatifida of Ruiz and
Pavon I must leave for the present undetermined, as there exists
no specimen of it in their herbarium ; and the description of
the parts of fructification, both in the published account of the
genus and also in the manuscripts of Ruiz, cannot be recon-
ciled to Gastrocarpha^ • i

Trib.4. CniETANTHERE^. I?,ecep^a!C'MZMm epaleatum. Flosculi
. ^i.difFormes; radii foeminei. Antherarum setis subplumosis !

Stigmata crassa, obtusa, partim connata. Herbce (Chi-
: yciijlenses) plerumque caulescejites, jloribus solitariis, magnis,

radiatis,

j^ ClIiETANTHERA.

of the Class Composites. 233

CniETANTHERA.

CniETANTHERa: sp., Ruiz et Favon.

Involucrwn polyphyllum, subsequale. Pappi radiis capillaceis,
simplici ordine dispositis.

Involucrum depressum, multiplici ordine polyphyllum : squamis
subsequalibus, numerosissimis, foliaceis, perornatfe spinu-
loso-ciliatis ; intimis membranaceis, integerrimis. Recep-
taculum nudum. Flosculi radii plurimi, foeminei, bilabiati,
staminibus sterilibus ; labio exteriore ligulato, obtusfe tri-
lobo, 4-nervio, subtils villosissimo ; interiore bipartite :
laciniis lineari-angustissimis, binerviis apice filo longo spi-
rali terminatis ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, bilabiati :
labiis subaequalibus ; exteriore obtusfe tridentato ; interiore
ovato, emarginato. Anther a appendicul^ lanceolatA, acutd
terminatae, basi longfe bisetae : setis puberulis. Stigma
foemineis bifidum : lobis cymbiformibus, obtusis, conniven-
tibus ; hermapliroditis inclusum : lobis adpressis, plano-
convexis. Achenia ovalia, papilloso-micantia. Pappus ca-
pillaris : radiis copiosis, inaequalibus, persistentibus, sca-
briusculis, simplici ordine dispositis, im4 basi conferrumi-
natis.

Herba radice Jibrosd annuA. Caulis spithamceus, erectus, simplex
V. rariiis divisus, teres, pubescens. Folia alterna, sessilia, fere
uncialia, late linearia, spinuloso-ciliata, suprci villosa, subtils
glabra ! uninervia, viridia. Flos terminalis, solitarius, raro
altera laterali, sessilis. Involucrum virens, magnitudine nucis
Avellana : squamis, tanqudm foliis, supra villosulis, subtus
nudis, politis ! lanceolatis, uninerviis ; intimis linearibus, mu-
cronatis, maculo atrato, extus ad apicem, notatis. Flosculi
lutei. Pappus /"wsco-cmerews.

2 H 2 1. C. ciliata.

234 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

I.e. ciliata.

Chaetanthera ciliata. Kuiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. FL Peruv. et
Chil. 1. p. 190. Gen. t. 23.

In Chili collibus et campis versus Guilquilemu oppidum
copies^. Ruiz et Pavon. o .

ChcEtanthera is here limited to the species on which the genus
was originally founded by Ruiz and Pavon. It is sufficiently
characterized by its involucrum, composed of a series of loose,
foliaceous, and nearly equal scales, and by its capillary pappus.
A comparison of the leaves and the scales of the involucrum of
this plant affords a most satisfactory explanation of the origin
of the latter. There being no sample of this plant in the col-
lections of Ruiz and Pavon, the above description has been
drawn up from a specimen presented to Mr. Lambert by

Mr. Brown.

Proselia.

CniETANTHERai sp., Ruiz et Pavon.

Perdicii sp., Willd.

Involucrum imbricatum. Pappi radiis setaceis, simplici ordine
dispositis.

Involucrum triplici circiter serie polyphyllum, imbricatum, cam-
panulatum : squamis adpressis, lanceolatis, mucronatis, inte-
gerrimis ; exterioribus gradatim minoribus. Receptaculum
planum, nudum. FloscuU radii plures, foeminei, bilabiati,
staminibus sterilibus ; labia exteriore amplo, ligulato, 4-ner-
vio, obtuse tridenticulato, subtiiis sericeo-villosissimo ; inte-
riore tenuissimo, bipartite : segmentis prim6 margine con-
glutinatis, inde unicum simulantibus, binerviis apice in filo
longo, spirali attenuatis ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, limbo
bilabiati ; labia exteriore elliptico, obtusfe tridentato ; inte-
riore lanceolato, bifido. Anthera appendicuM lineari acuta

cartilagine^

of the Class Composites. 235

cartilagine4 terminatae, basi bisetae : setts inaequalibus, pu-
berulis. Stylus teres. Stigma clavatum, bilobutn : lobis
crassis, obtusis, conniventibus. Achenia lineari-oblonga,
ancipiti-compressa, tuberculis minutis crystallizatis copiosfe
ornata. Pappus setaceo-pilosus, subpersistens : radiis sim-
plici ordine dispositis, denticulis exasperatis, apice attenu-
atis, basi conferruminatis.

Planta perennis, suffrutescens. Caules ex eadem radice plures,
adscendentes, simplices, teretes, viminei, laves, rigidiusculi,
fragiles, palmares v. spithamcei, imd basi lanuginosi et lignosi.
Folia linearia, superne paululum dilatata, subcuneata, spinu-
loso-dentata, coriacea, rigida, sericeo-villosa, apice tricuspi-
data, dente medio longiori, uncialia v. sesquiuncialia ; radi-
coMdi plurima, erecta, infern^ marginibus involutis, pent Jili-
formia, hinc prout petiolata ; caulina sparsa, breviora, deci-
dua, ob basin tanqudm, cum caule articulatam. Flos termi-
nalis, solitarius, sessilis. Involucrum basi foliis nonnullis
bracteatum : squamis extiis villosis, apice nigro-coloratis, sub-
inde sphacelatis. Flosculi aui'ei, extiis quandoque purpuras-
centes. Vappusflavo-cinereus.

Nomen a irpoa-qXios apricus,qwod huic plantse apt^ convenit, prop-
tere4 in arenosis et campis apricis se delectare videtur.

1. P, serrata.

Chaetanthera serrata. Ruiz et Pavon I. c. p. I9I.

C. Chilensis. Dec. in Ann. Mus. 19- p. 70. t. 3. f. 8. Lag.

Amen. Nat. 1. p. 38.
Perdicium Chilense. Willd. Sp. PL 3. p. 2118.
In arenosis prope urbem Conceptionis et in Rere provincid

Chilensium. Ruiz et Pavon. % .

This genus differs essentially from the preceding by its imbri-
cate involucrum, composed of many unequal, adpressed, entire

scales.

236 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

scales, and in the structure of its pappus. M. DeCandoUe's
description and figure of this plant above referred to, are very
faithful ; but both he and Professor Lagasca, in adopting the
name of Willdenow, who had referred it to Perdicium, were
evidently ignorant of its being the Chcetanthera serrata of Ruiz
and Pavon.

BiCHENIA.

Involucrum imbricatum. FloscuU radii labio exteriore multi-
nervio ! Pappi radiis triplici ordine dispositis, apice peni-
cillatis.

Involucrum polyphyllum, inordinate imbricatum : squamis lan-

ceolatis, acuminatis, adpressis ; intimis elongatis, radium

sequantibus. Recejjtaculum planum, nudnm. FloscuU radii

plurimi (15 — 18), ligulati, bilabiati, fceminei, stamihibus

sterilibus ; labio exteriore amplo, cuneiformi, obtus^ tri-

dentato, coriaceo, glabro, multi-(10 v. i5)nervio ; interiore

exiguo, membranaceo, bipartito : segmentis lineari-filamen-

tosis, spiraliter revolutis ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulato-

bilabiati : labiis longitudine aequalibus ; exteriore ligulato,

obtus^ trilobo ; interiore bipartito : segmentis linearibus, ob-

tusis, erectis. Filametita linearia, complanata, nervo medio

manifest^ subcarinata. Antherce appendiculA^ ligulata, mu-

cronulat^, coriacea terminatae, basi bisetse : setis ramulosis,

plumosis, extremitate simplici, elongate. Stigma clavatum,

bilobura : lobis brevissimis, crassis, conniventi-applicatis,

pruinosis. Achenia angusta, compresso-tetragona, undique

copies^ papillosa. Pappus pilosus, subpersistens : radiis

infequalibus, triplici ordine digestis, apice penicillatis, le-

viter plumosis.

Herb'A pereniiis, acaulis, caspitosa, land albd, villosci, molli, sicci-

tate lutescente, omnino induta. Polia fert Pedicularium

quarundam, numerosa, radicalia, petiolata, interrupt^ bipin-

natifida,

of the Class Composite. 23^'

natifida, suprd demum nudiuscula ac viridia, hi- v. tri-polli-
caria ; segmentis primariis remotis, linearibus, obtus^ pinna-
tifido-dentatis, iincialibus, margine partem revolutis ; aliis in-
terjeciis, brevissimis, simplicibus, integerrimis s. rariiis uni-
dentatis. Petioli imciales, teretiusculi, basi dilatato-concavi,
atque invicem se imbricati. Scapi erecti, cylindrici, simpli-
cissimi, unijlori, undique copiose, fulvescenti-lanati, apicemque
versus squamis aliquot lanceolatis, acuminatis muniti, crassitie
pennce corvince, Iqngitudine palmares v. spithamcei. Flos ter-
minalis, solitarius, facie et magnitudine Galardiae bicolori
omnind similis, aureus. Involucrum dense lanatum : squamis
fuscescentibus. Pappus niveus.

1. B. aurea.

In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. "U .

A highly interesting addition to this group, for the discovery
of which we are indebted to Alexander Caldcleugh, Esq., F.R.S.
and L.S., who amid other more important avocations has not
neglected the interests of science during his residence in a part
of Chile hitherto but little explored, but has added much to our
knowledge of the Chilian Flora, which, as we have already seen,
is rich in this department of botany.

I have dedicated this genus to my much-valued friend James
E. Bicheno, Esq., F.R.S., the zealous Secretary of this Society,
whose merits as a botanist, and whose liberal views in every de-
partment of science, justly entitle him to this compliment.

Bichenia is most satisfactorily distinguished by its penicillate
pappus, the rays of which are disposed in a triple series, and by
the ligulate florets of the circumference being furnished with an
indefinite number of nerves, which are from 10 to 15, and appa-
rently all primary, as they are of equal size, traversing in straight
parallel lines the corolla from the base to the apex, where they
c •• ■ ' become

238 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

become confluent. They occupy the centre of the lacinise, and,
unlike the other plants of this family, there are no vessels ter-
minating in, or branching off from the sinus.

Tylloma.

Involucrum imbricatum. Flosculi marginales unilabiati ! Pappus
capillaris : radiis simplici ordine dispositis.

Involucrum ovatum, polyphyllum, multiplici ordine imbricatum :
squamis integerrimis, mucronulatis, laevibus, coriaceis, ad-
pressis ; interioribus oblongis, apice coloratis. Receptacu-
lum nudum. Flosculi marginales pauci, foeminei, unila-
biati, vix radiati, obtusfe tridentati ; disci hermaphroditi,
tubulosi, exti\s sericeo-villosi, limbo bilabiati : labiis abbre-
viatis ; exteriore obtus^ tridentato ; interiore bifido, lobis
lanceolatis, acutis, erectis. Stamina tubo infra medium in-
serta : Jilamenta angusta, complanata, glabra, apice atte-
nuata : anther cb in tubum coalitse, basi bisetae : setis longis,
ramulosis, subplumosis : appendicula terminalis lanceolato-
linearis, acuminata, cartilaginea, anthera ips4 brevior.
Stylus filiformis, glaber. Stigma clavatum, bilobum : lobis
abbreviatis, conniventibus, crassis, obtusis, pruinosis, mar-
gine incrassatis. ^c/jenfa trigona, papilloso-muricata. Pap-
pus capillaris, deciduus : radiis simplici ordine contigiiis,
subaequalibus, basi apiceque puberulis.

Herba multicaulis, lanugine laxd parciiis instructa. Radix ramosa,
annua. Caudex brevissimus. Caules procumbentes, cylin-
dracei, pur pur ascent es, 2 — 4>-unciales. Folia alterna, subses-
silia, in apice ramulorum aggregata, cceterilm sparsa, cuneato-
lanceolatUj limbata, integerrima, complicata, Jlexuosa, vald^
coriacea, colore glauco ccerulescentia, utrinque glandulis ma-
jusculis, pedicellatis, sparsis munita, subtus costd validd basi
valde dilatatd, hinc carinata, semuncialia ; ]\iniovQ, pracipue

supra

of the Class Composita. 239

supra lanigera : limbo recurvato-patulo, circuinscriptione cor-
dato, periphcerid callosd rotundatd luteold marginato, mucro-
nulo perbrevi corneo apiculato. Flores terminales, solitarii,
sessiles, foliis numerosis hracteati. Involucrum longitudine
vix ultrd semipollicare : squamis interioribus apice purpu-
rascentibus. Flosculi rosei. Pappus niveus.
Nomen a rvAos- callus, et Aco/na margo ; ob folia or4 callosA
cincta. . . . Z j ,

1. T. limbatum.

In Chili ad Coquimbo. Caldcleugh. q.

Trib. 5. Perdice^. Receptaculum epaleatum. Flosculi dif-
formes ; marginales foeminei : stigmatibus semicylindricis,
obtusis, saepiiis laevibus. Antherarum setts plerumque nu-
dis. HerbcE perennes, acaules, scapis plerumgue unifloris.

Chaptalia. Vent., Dec.

Perdicii sp., Thunb.
TussiLAGiNis SP., Mich.

Flosculi peripharice fceminei, ligulati, radiati ; disci masculi, bi-
labiati.

Involucrum campanulatum, multiplici serie imbricatum : squamis
lanceolatis, acutis, membranaceis, adpressis. Receptacu-
lum nudum. Flosculi in periphcerid plurimi, foeminei, sae-
piiis duplici ordine digesti ; extimis elongatis, ligulatis,
radiatis (labio interiore nullo v. minimo); interioribus, dhxn
adsint, conformibus, sed multoties minoribus, ligulis line-
aribus integerrimis, labello interiore minimo bidenticulato;
c?«sc2 masculi, tubulosi, bilabiati : /aftm- revolutis ; exteriort
tridentato ; interiore bipartite : segmentis lanceolatis, acu

- ioainatis. Anthera appendicul4 ligulata obtusd coriace^

VOL. XVI. 2 I terminatae

240 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

terminatae, basi long^ biaristatae : aristis simplicibus, seta-
ceis. Stigma masculis inclusum, clavatum, bilobum ; foe-
mineis longe exsertum, bipartitum : segmentis brevibus se-
micylindricis, obtusis, recurvis, undique pruinosis. Achenia
elliptico-oblonga, ancipiti-compressa. Pappus pilosus, ful-
vellus, persistens : radiis duplici serie digestis, copiosis,
creberrim^ denticulatis.
Herbae (Amer. et Asiat.) acaules, perennes, niveo-lanatee . Folia
simplicia, coriacea. Flores scepius albi.

* Flosculi fceminei duplici ordine dispositi, difformes, labello inte-
riore audi. Foliis iniegerrimis.

1. C. oblonga, foliis petiolatis oblongis, involucris hirsutissimis.
Perdicium oblongum. Herb. R. et P.
In Peruviae alpibus prope Panao. Ruiz et Pavon. V .

Herba caespitosa. Radix crassa, praemorsa, fibris numerosissi-
mis, aliis crassis, aliis capillaceis, instructa. Folia \ongh
petiolata, lanceolata, v. elliptico-oblonga, obtusa, cori-
acea, basi pariim attenuata, margine angusto, revoluto,
denticulis semi-ovatis, obtusis, nudis, reflexo-adpressis or-
nato ; supr^ leviter lanuginosa, demiim nuda, costa latius-
cul^, nervis transversis venisque reticulatis instructa, sub-
rugosa ; subtils land intertextd, nived, siccitate fulvescente,
dense vestita ; 2 — 5-uncialia, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata.
Petioli simplices, semiteretes, undique copiosfe lanati, 3 — 6-
unciales. Scapus solitarius, teres, validior quam in caeteris
sequentibus, uniflorus, undique lana copiosissimd fulves-
cente instructus, squamis plurimis, praesertim apicem ver-
sus, lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, nudis, nitidis, coloratis mu-
nitus, pedalis v. ultra. Involucrum campanulato-patens,
polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis lanceolatis, acutis, ad-

pressis.

of the Class Composite. ■• .- . 241

pressis, sanguineo-coloratis ; ejr^erfon'iMs lanuginosis; intimis
elongatis, acuminatis, radiatis. Flosculi albi ; radii plurimi,
30 circiter, foeminei, duplici ordine dispositi, lineari-ligu-
lati ; extimis multoties majoribus, involucri squamis intimis
vix longioribus, obtus^ tridenticulatis, radium distinctum
constituentibus ; labio interiore minimo, bipartite : laciniis
angustb linearibus, obtusulis, ineequalibus, rectis ; disci mas-
culi, tubulosi, bilabiati ; labio exieriore ligulato, obtusfe
3-dentato ; interiore bifido : laciniis lanceolato-linearibus,
obtusis. Anthera basi bisetae, appendiculd lineari-ligu-
\a.tk cartilagine^ coronatae. Stigma masculis inclusum bi-
lobum, clavatum ; foemineis exsertum, bifidum : lobis obtu-
sis, papilloso-pruinosis. Achenia elliptica, ancipiti-com-
pressa, glabra : disco epigyno dilatato, planiusculo. Pappus
capillaris, cinereo-fulvellus, denticulis scaber.

2. C. ovalis, foliis petiolatis ovalibus, involucris hirsutissimis.
Perdicium ovale. Herb. R. et P.

In Peruvid ad Huassahuassi et Churapallanam, Ruiz ei
Pavon. 'if. .

Herba caespitosa. Radix compacta, fibris numerosissimis. Ion-'
gissimis, fuscis. Folia plura, radicalia, petiolata, ovalia v.
subrotundo-ovalia, coriacea, or4 angustissimd, recurvatd,
denticulis ovatis, obtusis, nudis, adpress^ reflexis, costa
medid, validd, nervisque trans versis atque venis prope
marginem anastomosantibus ; supr^ demiira calva, viridia,
lucida ; subtils dens^ fulvo-lanata : basi transversa, v. atte-
nuate; 2 V. 2-i- pollices longa, sesquiunciam lata. Petioli
semiteretes, simplices, sesquiunciales, undique fulvo-lanati.
Scopus dodrantalis, erectus, filiformis, uniflorus, undique
land fulva copies^ vestitus, squamisque nonnuUis lanceo-
latis, obtusis, membranaceis, nudis, adpressis munitus. Flos

2 I 2 nutans,

242 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

nutans, albus. Involucrum quadruplici circiter serie poly-
phyllum, campanulatum : squamis lanceolatis, mucronulatis,
adpressis, margine apiceque sanguineo-coloratis ; intitnix
radiantibus. Flosculi radii plurimi, foeminei, duplici ordine
digest! (serie interiore plurimilm minore) ; extimis 20 circiter
ligulatis, obtus^ tridenticulatis ; labio interiore minuto, obtuse
bidentato ; disci masculi, bilabiati : labiis revolutis ; exteriore
ligulato, obtus^ tridenticulato ; interiore bipartito : segmen-
tis lanceolatis, attenuatis. Anthercz basi long^ biaristatae,
appendiculA, ligulata, obtusa coronatae. Stigma masculis
inclusum clavatum, bilobum ; radiis bifidum : laciniis semi-
cylindricis, obtusis, recurvis, pruinosis. Achenia elliptica,^
compressa, glabra : disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capil-
laris, denticulis scaber, fulvellus.

3. C. roiundifolia, foliis petiolatis subreniformibus, involucris
laevibus.
In stagnatis altis frigidis Peruviae ad Pillao. Ruiz et Pa-
von. 2/ .

Herba caespitosa, facie et magnitudine Tussilagini alpincB omnin6
accedens. Radix praemorsa, fibris atro-fuscis, longis, crassis
instructa. Folia plurima, radicalia, petiolata, nunc sub-

, rotunda basi integra, nunc cordata v. subreniformia, obtusa,
suprEi demiim nuda, cost^ validiuscul^, nervis oblique trans-
versis peragrata, ind^ reticulato-venosa, rugosa, subtiis land
nived, siccitate fulvd, copios^ vestita, ord perangustd, re-
volutd, denticulisque plurimis, obtusis, nudis, reflexo-ad-
pressis munit^, unguicularia, v. nunc rari^is pollicaria. Pe-
iioli filiformes, simplicissimi, lanati, sesqui- v. bi-pollicares.
Scapus altitudine maxim^ varians, nunc tripollicaris, nunc
dodrantalis, v. rariiis ferh pedalis. filiformis, solitarius,
wnitlorus, gracilis, land villosissimd rufescente, squamis

.' pluribus.

of the Class Composita. 243

pliiribus, lanceolatis, obtusulis, nudis, coloratis, adpressis
munitus. Flos magnitudine Tussilaginis pradicta, albus,
nutans, hivolucrum polyphyllum, imbricatum, campanu-
latum : squamis lanceolatis, acutis, membranaceis, adpressis,
derniim glabris, lucidulis, viridibus, rar6 sanguiueo-colo-
ratis ; intimis longioribus, radiatis. Receptaculum nudum.
Flosculi radii duplici ordine digesti, foeminei, in serie exte-
riore 20 circiter, ligulati, radium distinctum constituentes,
obtusfe tridenticulati : labio interiore minimo, bipartite :
laciniis acutis, lineari-angustissimis, insequalibus, rectis ;
interiore serie consimili, at plurimiim minore, discum vix
superante ; disci tubulato-bilabiati, hermaphroditi, fauce
dilatati ; lahio exieriore brevi, ligulato, obtusb tridentato ;
interiore bipartite : laciniis lineari-lanceolatis, acutiusculis,
revolutis. Antherce basi bisetse : setis simplicibus : appen-
diculd lineari-ligulatd, obtusd, subcoriace^. Stigma disci
fiosculis bilobum, clavatum, papillosum ; radiis bifidum :
laciniis brevibus, semicylindricis, obtusis, pruinosis. Ache-
nia lineari-oblonga, compressa, glabra, apice angustata :
disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capillaris, fulvellus, denti-
culis scaber.

** Flosculi marginales simplici ordine uniformes, fcsminei, ligulati,
unilabiati ! Foliis sessilibus, pinnatifidis .

4, C. lyrata, foliis sessilibus lyratis ciliato-denticulatis.
Hieracium stipitatum. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. % .

Herba caespitosa. Radix crassa, fibris compluribus longissimis
instructa. Folia plurima, radicalia, sessilia, in orbem acta,
patentia, spathulata, lyrata, raembranacea, suprA, demi^m
nuda, viridia, subtiis dens^ niveo-tomentosa, margine undu-
lata, denticulisque setaceis copios6 ornata, bi- v. tripoUi-

caria.

344 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

caria, sesquipollicem lata : lobis abbreviatis, rotundatis ;
tertninali amplo, elliptico, mucronulato. Scopus solitarius,
gracilis, filiformis, lanuginosus, squamis paucissimis lineari-
bus acuminatis munitus. Flos minor, albus ? nutans. Invo-
lucrum 4-plici circiter serie polyphyllum, imbricatum : squa-
mis lineari-subulatis, dein glabra tis. Heceptaculum nudum.
Flosculi radii simplici ordine uniformes, ligulati, foeminei,
apice acutiusculo, integro ; labia interiore nullo ; disci copi-
osi, hermaphroditi, tubulato-bilabiati ; labio exteriore ligu-
lato, revoluto, obtus^ tridentato ; interiore bipartite : laciniis
lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis, spiraliter revolutis. Antherce
basi longb biaristatae, appendicuM lineari-angustd obtusA
terminatae. Stylus filiformis. Stigma masculis inclusum,
clavatum, bilobum ; radii sexsertum, bifidum : lobis brevi-
bus, obtusis, pruinosis. Achenia oblonga, compressa, pilis
brevissimis vestita. Pappus pilosus, fulvellus, denticulis
scaber.

*** Involucri squamis ellipticis, obtusis, disco brevioribus. Flosculi
marginales simplici ordine dispositi : labello bipartito, spirali.
Antherarum setis ramulosis. Stigmatis lobis brevibus. Foliis
petiolatis, integris. Eurytis.

5. C. heterophylla, foliis lanceolatis planis dentatis integerri-
misve, scapo esquamato, involucri squamis obtusis disco
brevioribus.
Onoseris heterophylla. Spreng. Syst. 3. p. 503 ?
In Monte Video. Sella. ii .

Herba acaulis, land adpressd nived obruta. Folia plurima, radi-
calia, erecto-patentia, petiolata, lanceolata, acutiuscula,
coriacea, margine obtus^ dentata v. integerrima, costd
media validd, venis angulo acuto obliquis, plerumque

inconspicuis,

of the Class Composite. 245

inconspicuis, basi attenuata, utrinque plana, palmaria, vix
pollicem lata; adultiora lan4 fugaci nudiuscula, Petioli
bipollicares, canaliculati, supern^ angusti, basi dilatati,
imbricati et villosi. Scapus erectus, filiformis, apice in
discum dilatatus, uniflorus, squamis omnin6 destitutus, spi-
thamaeus v. dodrantalis. Flos erectus, magnus, aureus.
Involucrum hemispha^ricum, triplici ordine adpress^ imbri-
catum : squamis ovatis, obtusis, coriaceis ; intimis oblongis,
disco duplo brevioribus ! quandoque extimis duabus elon-
gatis bracteas simulantibus. Flosculi radii plurimi (17 — 20),
foeminei, elongati, bilabiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labia ex-
teriore maximo, ligulato, tridentato, coriaceo, nervis secun-
dariis manifestis ; interior e bipartite : segmentis linearibus,
obtusis, spiraliter convolutis, primilm margine conglutina-
tis ; disci masculi, tubulosi, tubo 5-angulo : limbo bilabiato :
labiis subfiequalibus ; exteriore obtus^ tridentato, 4-nervio ;
interiore bipartite, segmentis linearibus, obtusiusculis, bi-
nerviis, apice revolutis. Filamenta articulo inferiore mi-
nute papillose. Anthera appendicula ligulatd acutiusculd
cartilagineA coronata;, basi bisetosae : setis compressis, basi
ramulosis, vix plumosis. Stylus 5-Q.Vig\x\\x^. Stigma hi\Qh\xm:
lobis obtusis, brevissimis, pruinosis. Achenia ancipiti-com-
pressa, dens^ adpress^ pilosa. Pappus capillaris, persistens,
cinereus : radiis denticulatis, scabris, duplici ordine digestis,
copiosissimis.

Besides the Chaplalia integrifolia, which wants the inner lobe
to the marginal florets, and consequently agrees in this respect
with my second section, Perdicium piloselloides of Vahl and Pei'-
dicium tomentosum of Flora Japonica belong also to this genus.
This latter species has all the characters of my second section ;
but C. ifitegrifolia having the female flowers disposed in a double

series.

246 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

series, will constitute perhaps another section. The Chaptalia
maxima of the Prodromus Florce Nepalensis has been improperly
referred by me to this genus, being really a species of Perdicium,
as constituted by Lagasca and DeCandolle. The Chaptalia run-
cinata of M. Kunth having the centre florets with a regular five-
cleft limb appears to belong more properly to the following
genus.

Onoseris. Dec.

Onoseridis sp., Willd., Kunth.

Atractylidis sp., L.

Flosculi periphtsricB foeminei, radiati, bilabiati ; disci hermaphro-
diti, tubulosi : limbo regulari, 5-fido.

Involucrum hemisphaericum, triplici ordine polyphyllum, imbri-
catum. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi radii foeminei, bi-
labiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labio exteriore maximo, ligu-
lato, tridentato ; interiore tenuissimo, saepi^is bipartite, spi-
raliter convoluto ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi : limbo re-
gulari, 5-fido : laciniis linearibus, obtusis, binerviis. Anthera
appendicul^ lineari-lanceolat4 cartilagined coronatae, basi
bisetosae. Stigma bilobum : lobis obtusis, pruinosis. Ache-
nia ancipiti-compressa, sericeo-villosa. Pappus capillaris,
persistens : radiis duplici ordine digestis, denticulato-sca-
bris.

Herbae acaules, lanata. Scapo simplici v. diviso. Flores scepius
purpurei.

1. O. brevifolia, foliis subsessilibus ellipticis denticulatis scabris
venosissimis, flosculis radii labello interiore indiviso.
In Monte Video. Sello. %.
Radix praemorsa fibris compluribus praelongis instructa. Caudex
brevissimus, fulvo-villosissimus. Folia subsessilia, humo

adpressa,

of the Class Composita. 247

adpressa, elliptica, obtusa, margine copies^ denticulata,
subcoriacea, reticulato-venosissima, rugosa, subti\s pilosa,
supra punctis elevatis scabra, utrinque viridia, pollicaria
V. sesquipollicaria. Scapus rectissimus, filiformis, cubita-
lis, undique lan^ adpressA, niveA obtectus, squamis paucis
brevissimis adpressis instructus. Flos erectus. Involucrum
hemisphaericum, triplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum :
squamis lanceolato-linearibus, setaceo-acuminatis, extiis la-
nuginosis ; intimis disco longioribus. Receptaculum nudum,
scabriusculum. F/oscj/Zilutei ? radii plures, bilabiati, foemi-
nei, singulo ordine dispositi, staminibus sterilibus, radium
distinctum constituentibus ; labia exteriore amplo, ligulato,
obtus^ tridentato, [4-nervio ; interiore lineari-angustissimo,
obtuso, canaliculato, erecto, binervio ; disci copiosi, tubu-
losi, 5-fidi, hermaphroditi : segmentis linearibus, obtusis,
erectis, binerviis. Filamenta gracilia, leevia. Antliera ap-
pendiculi lineari-lanceolat^ mucronat^ cartilagine4 coro-
natae, basi bisetosae : setis ramulosis, subplumosis. Stigfna
utriusque bilobum : lobis brevibus, adpressis, obtusissimis,
pruinosis. Achenia linearia, ancipiti-compressa, sericeo-
villosa. Pappus capillaris, persistans, sordide cinereus :
radiis duplici ordine copiosis, denticulato-scabris.

This genus, constituting an intermediate group between Chap-
talia and Leria, differs from the former in the regularity of the
limb of the florets of the disk, and from the latter in the female
florets of the circumference forming a distinct radius, and being
arranged generally in a single series. The Onoseris purpurata of
Willdenow, and the hieracioides and speciosa of M. Kunth, are
clearly referable to the genus, and perhaps also the Chaptalia
runcinata ; but I doubt whether any of the other plants hitherto
included in it are really species of this genus.

VOL. XVI. 2 K Leria.

248 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Leria. Dec.

TUSSILAGINIS SP., L.

Flosculi disci masculi, tubulosi, 5-fidi ; marginales foeminei, fili-
formes : limbo abbreviato.

Involucrum hemisphaericum, triplici v. quadruplici serie poly-
phyllum, imbricatum : squamis linearibus, acuminatis, ad-
pressis, apice coloratis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi
disci masculi, tubulosi, 5-fidi : laciniis aequalibus ; margi-
nales foeminei, multiplici ordine numerosissimi, tunc dif-
forraes, extimis ligulatis, unilabiatis, inaequaliter tridentatis
vix radiantibus ; nunc simplici ordine pauciores, caeterisque
filiformibus, supern^ gradatim coarctatis : limbo parvo, bila-
biate : labiis erectis, abbreviatissimis ; exterior e tridentato ;
interiore bipartite. Anthera basi long^ bisetae, appendicula
lineari-ligulat^, subcoriaced terminatae. Stigma masculis
inclusum, clavatum, bilobum; foemineis long^ exsertum,
bipartitum: Zacmm filiformibus, laevibus. Achenia fusifor-
mia, infernfe compressa, 5-costata, apice attenuata. Pap-
pus tenuissimfe capillaris, nunc stipitatus : radiis inaequa-
libus, denticulatis.

Herbae perennes, niveo-lanatce. Folia simplicia. Scapi uniflori.

1. 1j. nutans, foliis sessilibus sinuatis, flosculis foemineis diffor-

mibus, pappo stipitato.
Leria nutans. Dec. iji Ann. Mus. 19. p- 68.
Tussilago nutans. Linn. Amcen. Acad. 5. p. 406. Sp. PI.

p. 1213.
Dens leonis folio subtiis incano, flore purpureo. Sloan. Hist. 1.

p. 255. ^. 150./. 2.
Aster primulas veris folio, flore singulari purpureo. Plum.

Sp. 14. ^. 41. /. 1. (bona.)

In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. V. .

Herba

of the Class Composita. 249

Herha perennis, caespitosa, acaulis, dens^ niveo-lanata. Radix
praemorsajfibris compluribus, longissimis (5 — 6-uncialibus),
filiformibus, validis, radiculosis. Folia plurima, radicalia,
impetiolata, spathulata, nunc sinuata, nunc lyrata, margine
minutissimfe denticulata, membranacea, supr^ demCim nuda,
viridia, subtCis niveo-tomentosa, infernfe angustata, 3 — 4-
poUicaria, nunc spithamaea, unciam v. 2 uncias lata; lobo
terminali maximo, oblongo, obsolete mucronulato. Scapi
plures, filiformes, uniflori, undique copios^ niveo-lanati,
palmares v. rariiis dodrantales. Flos terminalis, solitarius,
nutans, roseus, diametro pollicem v. ultr^ adoequans. Invo-
lucrum hemisphaericum, polyphyllum : squamis linearibus,
acuminatis, quadruplici circiter serie imbricatis, apice colo-
ratis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi centrales pauci, mas-
culi, tubulosi, supern^ vix dilatati, regulariter 5-fidi ; ceteris
foemineis, numerosissimis, tenuissimfe filiformibus ; extimis
ligulatis, unilabiatis, inaequaliter tridentatis, involucre paul6
longioribus, subinde radiatis ; interioribus limbo parvo bila-
biatis: Za&m abbreviatis, erectis; eo^^erfore tridentato; inte-
riore bipartite : laciniis linearibus, obtusis, erecto-patulis.
Anthera basi setis tenuissimis longis auctae, appendiculd
lineari, obtusd coronatae. iS^i/Zus masculis inclusus : stigmate
clavato, bilobo, lobis abbreviatis crassis, obtusis, conniventi-
bus ; foemineis longfe exsertus : stigrtiate bipartite, segmentis
filiformibus, obtusis, recurvis, laevibus. Achenia fusiformia,
minute papillosa, basi compressd, 5-costat4, apice in stipi-
tem filiformem prodeuntia. Pappus subinde stipitatus, tenu-
issimfe capillaceusjfulvellus : radiis inaequalibus,minutissime
denticulatis, triplici ordine digestis, copiosissimis.

2. L. spathulata, foliis petiolatis integris, flosculis raasculis in-
definitis.

2 K 2 Cacalia

250 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Cacalia spathulata. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mociniio. V .

Herba caespitosa. Folia plurima, radicalia, petiolata, lanceolato-
spathulata aut elliptico-oblonga, membranacea, denticu-
lata, supra demiim calva, viridia, subtiis niveo-lanata, mol-
lissima, 2 — 3-pollicaria, basi attenuata ; juniora margine
revoluta. Petioli lineares, plani, membranaceo-alati, pol-
licares v. bipollicares. Scapi cubitales, subsolitarii, filifor-
mes, uniflori, squamis destituti, undique lanuginosi. Flos
nutans. Livolucrum polyphyllum : squamis triplici circiter
serie imbricatis, lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, lanugi-
nosis. Receptaciilum nudum. Flosculi disci copiosissimi,
masculi, tubulosi, 5-fidJ, longitudine unguiculares, nervis
ad sinum divisis, fauce parilm dilatat^ : laciniis lingulatis,
apice nervis marginalibus validis confluentibus incrassatis,
obtusis, nervis secundariis recurrentibus ad basin lacinia-
rum usque manifestis ! periphcerici foeminei, pauci, simplici
ordine digesti, uniformes, tenuissimfe filiformes, bilabiati,
non radiati, fauce coarctati: labiis minutis; interiore bifido,
laciniis linearibus, revolutis ; eateriore ligulam abbrevia-
tam, linearem, obtuse tridentatam constituente. Antherce
basi bisetae (setis ineequalibus cuspidatis) appendiculd line-
ari-ligulat^, obtusa, cartilaginea coronatae. Stigma mas-
culis bilobum, lobis brevibus, crassis, obtusissimis, minute
papillosis ; foemineis long^ exsertum, bipartitum : laciniis
semicylindricis, obtusis, laevibus, recurvis. Achenia fusi-
formia, compressa, pilosiuscula, apice tant^m angustata :
disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capillaris, fulvellus, nee
stipitatus : radiis inaequalibus, minute denticulatis, duplici
ordine copiosissimis.

This interesting genus is also allied to the Inulea. and Ci-

choracece.

of the Class Composite. 251

choracea. Its entire capitulum may be compared with that of
Gnaphalium, and its soft stipitate pappus with that of Lactuca,
thus showing that the genus is to be regarded as constituting an
osculant group between the three families. The modification of
the apex of the achenium proves that the stipitate pappus is not
a character of generic importance in Leria.

Trib. 6. Diazeuxe;e. Receptaculum subpaleatum. Flosculi
(rar6 dioici !) disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, 5-dentati ; radii
ligulati, foeminei, nunc bilabiati. Antheraricm setis nudis.
Planta sape fruticosa, capitulis plerumqiie solitariis, magnis,
pedunculatis.

DiAZETTXIS.

Atractylidis sp., L.
Onoseridis sp., Willd.

Flores dioici ! Receptaculwn alveolatum.

Flores dioici! Involucrum sphaeroideum, multiplici serie imbri-
catum : squamis innumeris, lanceolatis, acuminatis, coria-
ceis, rigidis, adpressis. Receptaculum alveolatum : alveolis
margine laciniato-fimbriatis. Flosculi masculi creberrimi,
cylindrico-tubulati, 5-nervii, limbo o-fidi : laciniis lineari-
bus, obtusis, canaliculatis, recurvato-patulis, nervis pro-
minentibus apice confluentibns, hinc margine apiceque
incrassatis : ligulis plurimis, accessoriis, patulis, substantid
coriaceis, obtus^ trilobis, 6-nerviis (nervis per paria lacini-
arum discum occupantibus, paribus intermediis magis ap-
proximatis) nunc neutris unilabiatis, nunc pistillo (an sterili ?)
staminum rudimentis, labioque interiore simplici, angustis-
simo, canaliculate, obtuso, binervio, coriaceo, recurvato,
basi dilatato auctis ; foeminei copiosissimi, filiformes, 5-ner-
vii, coriacei, basi callosd, difFormes ; centrales limbo requali,

5-partito ;

?52 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

5-partito; marginales non radiantes, limbo irregulari, ob
laciniam quintain (interiorem) profundiiis sejunctam, indh
quasi bilabiati : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, subsecundis,
canaliculatis, nervis prorainulis, summo apice confluenti-
bus. Filamenta lineari-angustissima, compressa, glabra.
AnthercB semi-exsertae, in tubum connatae, appendicul^
lineari-lanceolatA,, obtus4, coriaced, rigid^, ips^ antherd
breviore coronatae, basi longfe biaristatae: aristis lineari-
bus, setaceo-acuminatis, canaliculatis, antherd longioribus,
aequalibus. Stylus filiformis, basi bulbosus. Stigma mas-
culis pentagonum ! obtusum, indivisum ; ligulis tereti-cla-
vatum, laeve, exsertum ; foemineis bipartitum, exsertum :
lobis lineari-lingulatis, obtusis, pruinosis, persaep^ spira-
liter convolutis. Achenia lineari-oblonga, compressa, gla-
berrima. Pappus masculis cinereus, caducus : radiis inae-
qualibus, paleaceo-setaceis, complanatis, longissimis, den-
ticulis spinulosis exasperatis, apice acuto, nunc subpeni-
cillato, infr^ medium flexuosis, simplici tantCim ordine
digestis ; foemineis capillaris, persistens, albus : radiis tri-
plici serie confertissimis, denticulato-scabris, longioribus
basi latiore subpaleaced.

Frutices niveo-lanati. Folia alterna, petiolata, integra. Flores
terminales, plerumque solitarii, sessiles, magni, purpurei,
cernui.

Nomen a dia^ev^i^ separatio, et generi huic imposuit, ob flores
raros esse dioicos in hac familid.

This is without doubt the most remarkable genus of the whole
family. It is dioecious, and, in the structure of the capitula and
pappus of the male and female flowers, it differs as much as
Antennaria. The male capitula are very much smaller, and
besides the male florets of which they are composed, there is a
single series of ligulate florets, either with or without pistilla,

and

of the Class Composita. 253

and having imperfect stamina. The florets of the female capi-
tulum differ in the disposition of their laciniae ; for in the central
ones the limb is regularly five-cleft, whereas in those of the cir-
cumference it is somewhat bilabiate, the inner segment being
more deeply separated than the rest. The two sexes of this
plant might be readily mistaken for two distinct genera. The
Atractylis mexicana of Linnaeus I have ascertained to be the
male sex of a third species of this genus. Of this interesting
plant, for which I propose the name of Diazeuxis Mutisiana, I
have had an opportunity of examining the original sample in
the Linnsean herbarium.

1. D. trinervis, folils lanceolatis acuminatis triplinerviis, floribus
solitariis.
Aster trinervis. Herb. R. et P.
In Guayaquil^ Peruvianorum. Tafalla. Tj .

Frutex erectus, ramosus, niveo-lanatus, sempervirens, omnium
speciosissimus. Kami teretes, striati, lanugine alb^ fugaci
vestiti. Folia alterna, breviter petiolata, lanceolata, acu-
minata, margine denticulis plurimis acutis ornata, nunc
rard integerrima, 5-nervia, nervis lateralibus extimis fere
obsoletis, hinc quasi triplinervia, membranacea, basi ob-
tusd, supra denudata, laetfe viridia, et lucida, subtiis land
implexd copiosissimd nived, demiim fiilvescenti, vestita,
3 — 5-pollicaria, pollicem v. sesquipoUicem lata. Petioli
supr^ canaliculati, 2 — 3 lineas longi, basi paulo dilatati.
Flores terminates, solitarii, sessiles, nutantes, purpurei;
fceminei magnitudine et facie ferh Cnici centauroides, dia-
metro 2-pollicares ; masculi tripl6 minores. Caetera omnin6
ut in charactere generico.

2. D. ? ser-

254 Mi\ D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

2. D.? A-erro^a, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acutis dentato-serratis
penninerviis, floribus glomeratis.
Carduus mitis. Herb. S. et M.
In Mexico. Sesse et Mocinno. ^ .

Frutex erectus, ramosus. 'Rami sulcato-angulati, undique om-
nin^ albo-lanati. Folia alterna, brevissim^ petiolata, spitha-
maea, ovato-lanceolata, acuta, dentato-serrata, dentibus tri-
angulari-ovatis, mucronatis, leviter antrorsiim uncinatis, aliis
' minimis interjectis, penninervia, nervis obliqu^ transversis,
costdque media validd prominentibus, supr^ demiim calva,
viridia, punctisque elevatis copiosissimis asperiuscula, sub-
t^s land albA, dens^ implex^ copiosissimb vestita, 5 — 7-
pollicaria, 2 — 3 uncias lata, basi acuta integerrimd. Petioli
crassi, brevissimi, vix sesquilineam longi. Flores terminales,
plures (5 — 10), sessiles, glomerati. Involucra globosa, dens^
lanata: squamis multiplici ordine lanceolatis, acuminatis,
rigidis, adpressis. Receptaculum planum, scrobiculatum,
angulis elevatis, acutis exasperatum. Flosculi perfecti non-
diim observati : pappo setaceo, scabro.

Having only seen specimens of this with the capitula in a very
young state, it has been placed here solely from the habit of the
plant itself and from the structure of its involucrum. What relates
to the florets still remains undetermined.

Centroclinium.

Receptaculum aculeatum. Flosculi disci tubulosi, hermaphroditi ;
radii ligulati, foeminei.

Involucrum subglobosum, multiplici ordine imbricatum : squamis
lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, adpressis. Receptaculum
aculeatum : aculeis subulatis, callosis, rigidis, brevibus, in
circulis plurimis dispositis. Flosculi disci hermaphroditi,

tubulosi,

of the Class Composite. 255

tubulosi, aequales, 5-dentati, latere interiore profundiCis fissi,
hinc limbus perinde obliquus : segmentis lanceolato-linea-
ribus, obtusis, erectis, nervis primariis validis, apice con-
fluentibus, inde incrassatis ; radii foeminei, plures (10 — 14),
rudiraentis staminum omnin6 destituti, bilabiati ; labio ex-
teriore (ligul4) longissimo, obtusfe trilobate, coriaceo, subtiis
lanato, 6-nervio, nervis per paria utriusque lobi discum oc-
cupantibus, strictis, parallelis, apice confluentibus ; interiore
profundi bipartite, membranaceo, spiraliter revoluto : seg-
mentis lineari-filamentosis, margine pritnum conglutinatis.
Filamenta glandulosa. /intherce basi aristis 2 longis, atte-
nuatis, munitae, appendicul^ lanceolato-lineari, acutd, co-
riace^, rigid^ coronatas. Sti/lus filiformis, basi depresso-
bulbosus. Stigma hermaphroditis bilobum : lobis lingulatis,
minute papulosis ; foemineis tereti-clavatum (lobis prim6
arct^ applicatis), pruinosura. Achenia pentagona, demilm
glabrata. Pappus fuscescens, basi fulvus ; radiis exterio-
ribus brevibus, pilosis ; interioribiis duplici serie longis-
simis, setaceis, supernfe dilatato-complanatis, denticulatis,
deciduis.

Frutex ramosissimus, sempervirens, candidissimus. Rami teretes.
Folia alterna, petiolata, lanceolata, acuminata, dentata, cori-
acea, pennincrvia, nervis oblique transversis, supra demum
nuda, viridia, polita, subtiis copiose ut et rami niveo-tomentosa,
moUissima, basi cuneatd, integerrimii, sesqtii- v. nunc fere tri-
pollicaria, unciam, aut et dimidium ad medium lata. Petioli
scmicylindrici, 2 v. S lineas longitudine (squantes. Flores
purpurei? soUtarii, long^ pedunculati. Pedunculus cylindri-
cus, primo quasi terminalis, sed prodeunte ramulo revera late-
ralis, 5 — 10-imcialis. Radius pollicaris.

Nomen a Kevrpov stimulus, et kXivt) lectus, et ab ipso recepta-
voL. xvj. 2 L culum

256 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

culum spinulosum, hujus stirpis optimum characterem con-

stituens, designare volui.
The Onoseris salicifolia of M. Kunth may possibly belong to
this genus ; but not having had an opportunity of examining a
sample of it, I am unable to determine this point at present. It
cannot belong to Onoseris, which has the habit of the Perdicece,
and with which tribe the genus must be associated.

I.e. albicans.

Hieracium albicans. Herb. R. et P.
In Peruvia. Huiz et Pavon. tj .

CnaiTACHL^NA.

Receptaculum favosum. Flosculi disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi,
5-dentati ; radii foeminei, ligulati.

Involucrum semiglobosum^ polyphyllum : squamis numerosis-
simis, quadruplici circiter serie imbricatis, lanceolatis, in
setam longam, recurvato-patentem prodeuntibus. Recep-
taculum favosum, dentato-scabrum. Flosculi radii plures,
foeminei, ligulati, unilabiati, trilobati, 6-nervii (nervis per
pariadiscum laciniarum occupantibus) foeminei? staminum
rudimentis ; disci hermaphroditi, tubulosi, 5-dentati, tubo
infra medium angustiore, fauce cylindric^, latere exteriore
profundiils fissi : nervis 5 primariis ad laciniarum sinus di-
visis : dentibus linearibus, obtusis. Anthera appendiculA
lineari-lanceolat^, acutiuscula, coriaced coronatae, basi setis
2, longis, tenuissimis, simplicibus munitae. Stigma herma-
phroditis inclusum, emarginatum, obtusum ; foemineis ex-
sertum, magnum, indivisum, clavatum, pruinosum. Achenia
cuneato-oblonga, pilosiuscula. Pappi radiis persistentibus,
triplici ordine digestis, copiosis ; interioribus compressis, ri-

gidis, serrulatis ; extimis brevissimis, pilosis.

Herba

rjv,:,^' -. ., . , of the Class Composite, i^'^inQ .CI.-.'-'' 257

Herba annua, niveo-lanata, facie Cryptostemmatis calendulacei.
Radix longissima, descendens, fulvella, fibris plurimis, capil-
laceis munita. Caules plures, procumbentes, simplices v. di~
visi, palmares aut spithamai. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovata,
mucronata, sinuato-dentata, nunc sublyrata, dentibus inaqua-
libus, mucronatis, distantibus, membranacea, maxime fragilia,
triplinervia, subtt^s densiils lanata, mollissima, pollicaria v. ses-
quipollicaria, semunciam v. unciam latitudine aquantia ; ra-
dicalia longiils petiolata. Flores solitarii, longi pedunculati,
pulcherrimi, odorati ; diametro sesqui-unciales. Pedunculi
filiformes, uniflori, assurgentes, nunc ex ipsd radice ortum
ducentes, stricti, palmares v. spithamai, lanuginosi, squamuld
unicd setaced muniti. Radius atropurpureus, vix semuncialis.
Discus pallidior. Pappus cinereofulvellus.

Nomen a xat'"'? seta, et ■)(KaLva. involucrum.

1. C. odorata.

Leysera odorata. Herb. R. et P.

In Guayaquil^ Peruvianorum. Tafalla. ©. . v , <

Chatachlana is intimately allied to the preceding genus ; the
structure of the florets and pappus proves this most satisfactorily ;
and the elongated almost cirrhose points of the scales of the
involucrum compared with the tendrils of the leaves of Mutisia,
as well as the woolly habit of the plant, and the general resem-
blance of the flower, appear to me to indicate considerable
affinity to that genus. The leaves of this genus and of Mutisia
lanata are extremely fragile in the dried state.

EUTHUIXIA.

Receptaculum scrobiculatum. Flosculi disci hermaphroditi, tu-
bulosi, 5-dentati ; radii foeminei, bilabiati.

Involucrum campanulatum, polyphyllum, basi attenuatum : squa-

2 L 2 mis

258 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

mis quadruplici circiter ordine imbricatis, obtnsis, membra-
naceis, margine scariosis. Receptaculum depressum, scro-
biculatum. Flosculi disci numerosi, hermaphroditi, tubulosi,
basi angustati : limbo obtus^ 5-dentato, subsequali ; dentibiis
2 exterioribus majoribus, profundiusque sejunctis : nervis

< . primariis ad sinum laciniarum bifidis, ramis marginalibus :
radii plures, foetninei, bilabiati, staminibus sterilibus ; labia
exteriore ligulato,elliptico-oblongo, 4-nervio (nervis extimis
long^ intramarginalibus) apice obtuse tridentato ; interiore
lineari-angustissimo, recto, acut^ bidentato. Antherce ap-

'' pendicula lineari-lanceolatd acut^, cartilagineo-merabrana-

'" ' ced coronatae, basi setis 2, longis tenuissimis, puberulis ipsA
anther^ longioribus munitae. Stigma clavatum, bilobum :
lobis obtusis, conniventibus, minute papillosis. Achenia
lineari-oblonga, compressa, punctis elevatis, crystallinis
copios^ ornata : disco epigyno pariim dilatato, concavo.
Pappus pilosus, persistens : radiis siraplici ordine contiguis,
aequalibus, tenuissimfe denticulatis.

Herba erecta, ramosa, tenella, fragilis, palmaris v. spithamaa, om-
nino glaberrima, radiceJibrosA, annud. Rami elongati, erecto-
patentes, filiformes, purpurascentes, nitiduli, virgati, rigidius-
cidi, foliosi. Folia alterna, sessilia, lineari-subulata, mucro-
nulata, subcarnosa, glabra, subtus convexa, suprd concava,
margine glandulosa, basi adpressd remanenti, semiincialia v .
pariim ultra ; superiora sensim breviora, et infoliolis involucri
abeuntia, nunc raro semipolUcem longa. Flores terminales,
pro ratione planta magni, solitarii, v. pauci laxe corymbosi,
sessiles. Involucrum semipollicare, omnino IcBve : squamis
scarioso-membranaceis, nitidis, nunc purpurascentibus. Flos-
culi aurei. Pappus niveus.

Nomen ab ev beni, et Opi^ capillus (i. e. henh comatus), et ad
pappum refert.

' 5^^^ 1. E. sal-

of the Class Compositce. 259

1. E. salsoloides.

In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. ©.

The naked receptacle, the rays of the pappus disposed in a
simple series, and the habit of the plant itself, readily distinguish
this genus from the rest of this group.

Trib. 7. Mutise^. Receptaculum nudum. FloscuU difFormes :
disci tripartite- bilabiati. Antherarum aristis subplumosis.
Stigmata obtusa, pruinosa, partim connata. Frutices scepe
scandentes, foiiis apice cirrhosis !

MUTISIA, L.

Involucrum polyphyllum, multiplici serie imbricatum : squamis
latis, integerrirais. Receptaculum nudum. FloscuU radii
foeminei, ligulati : ligula ampla, multinervia (nervis 10 v.
15 parallelis, nunc supern^ dichotomis, extimis long^ intra-
marginalibus), apice tridentata, fauce sgep^ ad interiils den-
tibus (labello interiore) accessoriis lineari-setaceis munita ;
disci masculi : tubo 10-nervio : limbo a\th tripartito-bilabiato ;
labio interiore bipartite, revoluto, segmentis binerviis ; ex-
teriore multcj majore, ligulato, 8-nervio (nervis alternis se-
cundariis prope apicem omnin6 obliteratis) obtusfe triden-
ticulato. AnthercB omnin6 exsertae, in tubum connatae,
appendicula longissimA,, lineari-ligulat^, obtus^, coriaceA
terminatae, basi biaristatae : aristis praelongis, pubescenti-
bus, subplumosis. Stylus basi callosus. Stigma bilobum :
lobis obtusis, pruinosis. Achenia linearia, compresso-qua-
drangula, glabra : disco epigyno pariim dilatato. Pappus
deciduus : radiis validis, compressiusculis, filamentoso-plu-
mosis, simplici ordine copiosis, contiguis : villis mollissimis,
caducis.

Frutices

260 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Frutices (Amer. Austr.) scandentes, Yicias facie cemidantes. Folia
alterna, pinnata v. simplicia, apice cirrho (foliolis abortivis
aut costcB elongatione) pinnate partito v. simplici, spirali in-
structa ! Flores solitarii, magni, speciosi, purpurei v. lutei.

The presence or absence of the labellum in the rays is evi-
dently a character of no importance in this genus. Its muta-
bility even in species otherwise intimately allied, shows that it
cannot be employed with advantage as a sectional distinction ;
and in those species where it is less developed, I hardly think it
of specific importance. The younger Linnaeus in his description
of Mutisia Clematis appears to have mistaken the two lobes of
the labellum for the rudiments of stamina. Humboldt and Bon-
pland have represented and described their Mutisia grandiflora
{PL Eq. i. t. 50.) as having the florets of the disk tubular, and
equally five-toothed. This is clearly an error, for the origin of
which it is difficult to account, as we know of no species with a
similar structure ; and indeed this character, if really present,
would alone be sufficient to justify its removal from Mutisia: but
its evident affinity to M. Clematis, which would also have led us
to expect the presence of an interior labellum in the rays, in-
duces us to reject this opinion, and to regard the description and
figure in the Plant es Equinoxiales as erroneous in these respects.
I am not satisfied that this is really distinct from M. Clematis of
the Supplementum, Plantarum, as the sample of the latter pre-
served in the Linnaean herbarium appears to approach very near
to it, even as regards the size of the flower, which is erroneously
compared by the younger Linnaeus to the Dianthus caryophyllus.
They both agree in having the leaflets on distinct footstalks,
which the plant of Cavanilles appears to want entirely. This
last being from Peru, may prove to be a distinct species. The
most remarkable character in Mutisia is the number of vessels

T' of the Class Composita. 261

in the corolla, which are from 10 to 15 in the florets of the circum-
ference, and 10 in those of the disk. These vessels are generally
of the same thickness, and all originate from the base ; but in
the exterior lip of the centre florets, where they are eight in
number, the alternate ones are more slender, and disappear
before they reach the apex of the laciniae. The number of
vessels is uniform in the nine species here enumerated, and
there is every probability of its being general throughout the
rest of the genus. This character and the pubescent setae of
the antherae show an intimate afBnity between Mutisia and
Bichenia, before described. 'r*'>KC<(;:.

* Foliis pinnatis.

1. M. lanata, niveo-lanata ; foliis 7-jwgis, involucris subrotundis:

squamis appendiculatis cirrhosis, radiis copiosis bilabiatis,

caule alato.
Mutisia lanata. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. FL Peruv. et Chil.

p. 192. Gen. PL t. 23.
In Peruviae nemoribus prope Muna vicum in Pozuzo vi^.

Ruiz et Pavon. Tj .

Planta fruticosa, scandens, copios^ niveo-lanata. Caules angu-
lati, plerumque 4-anguli, alati : alis foliaceis, retrorsi\m
dentatis, dentibus triangulari-lanceolatis, acutis. Folia al-
terna, sessilia, pinnata, palmaria v. spithamaea : rachis sub-
tils convexa, supra canaliculata, margine alata, basi dila-
tata : pinnis 6 — 7-jugis, lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, integer-
rimis, planis, subtils dens^ lanatis, supra hinc nudiusculis,
nunc (praesertim in junioribus) lanatis, basi lat4 decurren-
tibus, 2 V. 2^-pollicaribus, semunciam v. ultra latis ; imis
2 stipulas mentientibus, caulem amplexantibus. Cirrhi (fo-
liola abortiva) pinnate partiti : segmentis (3 — 5) filiformi-

compressis.

262 M7'. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

compressis, obtusis, spiraliter revolutis. Flores terminales,
solitarii, magni, omnium formosissimi, pedunculati, dia-
metro fer^ 3 pollices adaequantes. Pedunculi spithamaei,
cylindrici, penn^ corvina pariim crassiores, apicem versus
foliolis simplicibus cirrhosis muniti. Involucrum amplum,
subrotundum, truncatum, longitudine et latitudine 2 uncias
adaequans : squamis ellipticis, adpressis, latissimis, membra-
naceis, appendice (praesertim in exterioribus) saep^ pollicari,
lanceolate, longissime subulato-acuminat^, apice obtus^,
cirrhosd, revolutd auctis ! hinc squamae involucri, ut om-
nibus appareant, tantiim folia sunt mutata. Receptacu-
lum planum, nudum. Flosculi radii plurimi (18 — 20) atro-
sanguinei, fceminei, staminum rudimentis, bilabiati ; labia
exteriore ligulam amplam, bipollicarem, 3 lineas latam,
subtiis lanatam, obtus^ tridentatam, dependenti-patulam
constituente ; interiore profundi bipartite : laciniis setaceis,
apice bidentatis ! revolutis ; disci creberrimi, hermaphro-
diti, tubulati, tripartito-bilabiati : labiis revolutis ; exteriore
lineari-ligulato, obtus^ tridentato ; interiore bipartite : laci-
niis linearibus, obtusis : nervis primariis validis. Filamenta
angustfe linearia, complanata, glabra, libera. Antherce in
tubum connatae, nervo manifestissimo instructae, basi bi-
aristatae : aristis unguicularibus, inferne attenuatis, basi
ramulosis, subplumosis : appendicuM lineari-ligulat4, ob-
tuse, cartilagine4, ips4 antherd dimidio 'longiori. Stylus
filiformis, laevis, basi incrassato-clavatus. Stigma bilo-
bum : lobis brevibus, crassis, obtusissimis, pruinosis. Ache-
7/m radiis tetragona; c??sco oblongo-compressa, glabra. Pap-
pxis fuliginoso-cinereus, sesquipollicaris, mollissimus : radi/s
valdh plumosis, imd basi connatis, ramulis demum deciduis,
tunc simplicibus.

2. M. vi-

of the Class Composita. 263

2. M. vicicefolia, glabriuscula ; foliolis i2-jugis, involucro cylin-
drico : squamis inappendiculatis, radiis paucis unilabiatis,
caule tereti.

Mutisia vicifefolia. Cat. Ic. 5. p. 62. i. 490. Willd. Sp. PL 3.
p. 2069. Lam. lllustr. 6. t. 6yO. /. 2.

In Chili prope Valparaiso. Ludovicus NSe, Ruiz et Pavon. h^ .

Planta fruticosa, scandens, Viciis quibusdam facie fer^ similis.
Caules teretes, rubri, striati, tenuissimfe pubescentes. Folia
alterna, sessilia, pinnata, 3 — 4-uncialia : rachi teretiuscul^,
pubescenti, margine super lore angust^ alat^ : foliolis plu-
rimis (10 — 13-jugis) ellipticis lanceolatisve, acuminatis,
inaequilateris, glabris, semunciam v. nunc fere pollicem
longis. Cirrhi pinnate partiti : laciniis 3 — 5, subulatis, ob-
tusiusculis, revoluti^, semuncialibus. Flores in dichotomiis
solitarii, longe pedunculati. Pedunculi cylindrici, striati,
minute pubescentes, 3 — 5-unciales, apice incrassati. Livo-
liicrum tubulato-cylindricum, laeve, bipollicare : squamis la-
tissimis, integerrirais, laevissimis, adpressis, nudis, nee ap-
pendiculatis ; extimis brevissimis, ovatis, acutis ; interioribus
oblongis, mucronulatis ; nunc in juventute lanigeris. Re-
ccptaculiim nudum. Flosculi radii pauci (6 — 8), foeminei,
atropurpurei, uniiabiati, ligul<i oblonga, patenti, obtus^ tri-
denticulatd, subtils glabrA, involucro dupl6 breviore, rudi-
mentis staminum nuUis ; disci hermaphroditi, pallidiores,
plures (16 — 17), tubulosi, tripartito-bilabiati : labiis erectis ;
exteinore trifido, lobis lineari-lanceolatis, obtusis ; interiore
bipartito, laciniis linearibus, obtusiusculis : nervis primariis
validis. Anther<z biunciales, appendicu]4 lineari, acumi-
nata, unguiculari coronatae, basi longfe biaristatae : aristis
complanatis, inferne capillaceo-attenuatis. Stigma radiis
bifidum, segmentis linearibus, acutis, pruinosis ; disco bi-

voL. XVI. 2 M lobum.

264 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of 7iew Genera and Species

lobum, lobis obtusiusculis, minute papillosis. Achenia ra-
., I . diis quadrangula, glabra; disco compressa, laevia. Pappus
fulvellus, mollissimus, plumosus.

3. M. acuminata, glabra; foliolis multijugis, involucro pyrami-

dali lanuginoso; squamis exterioribus ovatis reflexis, caule

teretiusculo.
Mutisia acuminata. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. FL Peruv. et

Chil. i. p. 192.
In praeruptis, collibus et sepibus Tarmae et Haurocheri ubi-

que. Ruiz, tj .

Planta frutescens, 6-pedalis. Caulis scandens, ramosissimus,
glaber, fragilis, tereti-angulatus. Folia alterna, pinnata,
; ..^ cirrho furcato terminata : foliola lanceolata, acuminata,
integerrima, glabra, sessilia : extima minora, subacinaci-
formia, leviter decurrcntia. Pedunculi terminates, foliosi,
uniflori, folio oppositi. Calyx pyramidalis, ovato-oblongus,
imbricatus, lanuginosus, extils coloratus : squamis 24, con-
cavis; exterioribus ovatis, reflexis; interioribus lanceolato-
cuneiformibus. Corollulce plures in disco hermaphroditae,
flammeae ifoeminea septem in radio, aureae v. flavae. Pappus
plumosus. Ruiz Mss.

Obs. Vulg6 CAmcAmcM/zwa nuncupatur. Floret Maio et Julio.
Ruiz Mss.

There being no specimen of this species in the Herbarium of
Ruiz and Pavon, and as the plant has been only known by the
short specific character contained in the work above-quoted, I
have thought that the above description, derived from the ma-
nuscripts of Ruiz, might not prove unacceptable to my botanical
readers.

4. M. arachnoidea, lanigera ; foliolis subseptemjugis, involucri

squamis

r. n. .. v. . i i.i, of the Class Compositce. .^ . , 265

squamis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis, radiis copiosis bi-

labiatis : ligulis linearibus revolutis.
Mutisia arachnoidea. Mart. Mss.
M. speciosa. Bot. Mag. t. 2705.
In Brasilia ad Rio de Janeiro. Martins. ^ .

Planta sufFruticosa, ramosissima, scandens, lanA cinered, copios^,
fugaci, arachnoidal vestita, quandoque omnin^ laeviuscula
evadit. Caulis 5-gonus. Folia alterna, sessilia, pinnata, pal-
maria, patentissima : piiincE alternae, 12 — 14, elliptico-ob-
longae, obsolete mucronulatae, integerrimae, raembranaceae,
basi angustatd substipitatae, posticibus saepiiis rotundatis,
nee attenuatis, pollicem v. sesquipollicem longae, 6 — 8 lineas
latae : rachis simplicissima, purpurascens, supr^ planiuscula,
canaliculata, subtus carinata, apice in cirrhum pinnate par-
titum, cujus laciniae filiformes spiraliter contortae,prodeunte.
Flores terminales, solitarii, pedunculati. Pedunculi erecti,
teretiusculi, inde planiusculi, spithamaei. Involucriim oblon-
gum, cylindricum, imbricatum, apice paululilm coarctatura :
squamis ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, membranaceis, extiis
praesertim ad oram lanuginosis, nunc omnino glabris ; exte-
rioribus patentibus, basi tantilm adpressis ; intimis oblongis,
conniventibus, apice rotundatis, mucronulatis, margine la-
nuginosis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi radii bilabiati,
rubri, plurimi (15 — 20) foeminei, stauiinibus sterilibus, tubo
compressiusculo longitudine involucri : ligidd lineari, tri-
dentata, revolut^, involucro triple breviore, quandoque bi-
partite ; labio interiore paul6 breviore, pallido, bipartito,
laciniis lineari-angustissimis, spiraliter revolutis, primilm
margine conglutinatis ; disci hermaphroditi, albi, tubulosi,
bilabiati : labiis revolutis ; exteriore ligulato, tridentato, 4-
nervio ; interiore bipartito, laciniis linearibus obtusis, bi-
nerviis. Filamenta linearia, compressa, minutissim^ glan-

2 M 2 dulosa.

266 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of jiew Genera and Species

dulosa. Anthcrce in tubum pentagonum coalitae, appendi-
culd lineari, obtus^ terminatae, basi bisetosae : setis longis,
basi ramulosis. Stylus filiformis, glaber, basi incrassatus.
Stigma bilobum : lobis brevissimis, obtusis, papillosis, par-
tim connatis. Achenia compressiuscula, disco parv^m con-
cava, non dilatata, glabra. Pappi radiis copiosis, contiguis,
pluraosis, cinereo-fulvellis, mollissimis.

The appellation of speciosa being so truly inapplicable to this
species, I have preferred the unpublished one given to it by
Dr. Martius. The plant was imported into this country from
some continental nursery, where the name of speciosa no doubt
originated.

** Foliis pinnatifidis, basi decurrentibus.

5. M. retrorsa, niveo-lanata ; foliis runcinatis, caule tereti.
Mutisia retrorsa. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 65. t. 498.
M, runcinata. Willd. Sp. PL 3. p. 2069. Hook. Bat. Misc. 1.

p. 8. t.5.
In Chili {Ruiz et Pavon) ; ad Fretum Magellanicum. Ludo-

vicus NSe et P. P. King, tj .

Planta suffruticosa, sesqui- v. bipedalis. Caulis scandens, cylin-
dricus, flexuosus, undique lana fugaci nive^ copios^ obrutus,
demilm nudus. Folia alterna, basi decurrenti edentulA, lan-
ceolata, acuminata, runcinata, coriacea, margine revoluta,
subtils densfe niveo-lanata, costd prorainenti, supr^ minils
copios^ lanata, et tandem denudata, perlucida, uncialia v.
sesquiuncialia, 10 lineas v. paulo ultra lata : lobis triangulari-
ovatis, spinoso-mucronatis. Cirrhi simplicissimi, nunc bi-
partiti, compresso-filiformes, obtusiusculi, revoluti, glabri,
vix unciales. Flores terminales, solitarii, subsessiles. In-
volucrum unciale, cylindricum : squamis subrotundo-ovali-
bus, adpressis ; exterioribus appendice lanceolata, spinoso-

mucronatA,

of the Class CompositcB. 2,6t

mucronat^, ipsA squam^ breviore, patuM ; iutimis mucro-
nulatis, raargine lanuginosis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi
lutei ! radii plures (8 — 14) foeminei, bilabiati, staminibus
sterilibus ; labio exteriore amplo, ligulato, obtus^ tridenti-
culato, patulo ; interiore bipartite, laciniis linearibus, revo-
lutis ; disci tubulato-bilabiati ; labio exteriore trifido ; inte-
riore angustiore, bipartite ; utroque revoluto. Antherce basi
setis 2, attenuatis, simplicibus, longis aristatee, appendicula
lineari, apice inflexA, cartilagine^, interiils carinatd coro-
natae. Stylus teres, validus. Stigma bilobum : lobis bre-
vissimis, crassis, obtusis, conniventibus, pruinosis. Pappus
plumosus, cinereus, moUissimus.

6. M. sinuaia, nudiuscula ; foliis pinnatifidis basi attenuatis,
caule alato.
Mutisia sinuata. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 66. t. 499- Willd. Sp. PI. 3.

p. 2070.
In Chili. Ruiz et Pavon. ^ .

Caulis sufFruticosus, scandens, flexuosus, alatus : alis dentatis, in-
terruptis, quod basin versus attenuatis, ibique obliteratis,
nee continuatis. Folia alterna, linearia, pinnatifida, dentata
V. gross^ serrata, margine revoluta, basi attenuata, decur-
rentia, subcoriacea, utrinque nunc leviter lanuginosa, tunc
(pra3cipu^ in af/?</^/on"Z>Hs)glabriuscula,pollicariav.paul6 ul-
tra: lobis ovatis, raucronatis, retrorsis v. saepiiis porrecto-pa-
tulis. Cirrhi simplices, subulati, corneo-mucronati, folio di-
midio breviores, recurvati, vix revoluti. Flores terminales,
solitarii, sessiles. Involucrum cj'lindricum, vix longitudine
unciale : squamis subrotundis, adpressis, laevissimis, mar-
gine tanti\m lanuginosis ; exterioribus appendice lanceolate,
acuminate, strict^, glabra auctis. Flosculi purpurei ? radii
8, foeminei, ligulati, unilabiati, staminum rudimentis; disci

plures

268 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

plures (15) tubulato-bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; labio exteriore
ligulato, tridentato ; m/eriore bipartite, re voluto. Antherce
basi long^ bisetae, appendicula lineari cartilagined coro-
natae. Stigma bilobum, pruinosum. Fappus cinereus, valde
plumosus, mollissimus.

*** Foliis ample xicaulibus, tanthm dentatis.

7. M. ilicifolia, foliis cordato-oblongis spinuloso-serratis veno-
sissimis, caule teretiusculo.

Mutisia ilicifolia. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 63. t. 493. fVilld. Sp. PL 3.
p. 2069. Hook. Bot. Misc. 1. p. 7- t. 4.

M. spinosa. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Chil. i.
p. 193.

In Chili copios^ ad Arauco arcein supra Colocolo montem in-
tra fossas {Ruiz et Pavon); in summis montibus Chilensibus
Cordillera del Planchon dictis, et ad Cucha-Cucha. Ludo-
vicus NSe. Caldcleugh. ^ .

Planta suffruticosa, scandens, nunc land fugacissim^ leviter or-
nata, tunc glaberrima, glauca. Caulis tripedalis v. ultra,
teretiusculus, foliosus. Raini angulati, in plantis adhuc te-
neris alati. Folia alterna, amplexicaulia, conferta, subim-
bricata, cordato-oblonga, argute aequaliterque dentato-ser-
rata (dentibus spinuld rigidd brevissimA terminatis) undu-
lata, coriacea, reticulatim venosissima, apice truncata, costd
valid4 basi dilatat^, apice in cirrho simplici, filiformi, mu-
cronulato, spiraliter revoluto products, pollicem v. sesqui-
pollicem longa, 8 — 10 lineas lata. Flos terminalis, solitarius,
brevissimfe pedunculatus. Pedunculus squamis aliquot cor-
datis, coriaceis, denticulatis, apice recurvis munitus. Invo-
lucrum oblongum, unciale : squamis exterioribus appendice
ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, reflexo-patenti,coriace4auctis;
iuterioribus latissimis, adpressis, subrotundis, coriaceis, mu-

cronulo

of the Class Compositce. 269

cronulo recurvo, lanuginoso. Flosadi radii fcemmei, iplures
(8 — 10) bilabiati, intiis albi, extiis purpurei ; labio exteriore
elliptico-oblongo, apice tridenticulato, subti\s bicarinato ;
interiore brevissimo, bidentato, nunc simplici v. obsolete ;
staminibussterilibus; disci iplurimi (20 — 30) hermaphroditi,
tubuloso-bilabiati : labiis revolutis. Antherahasilonghhi-
setae, appendicul^ lineari obtusiuscula coronataj. Stigma
bifidum : lobis recurvatis, apice paul6 incrassatis, minute
papillosis. Pappus albus, moUissimus, plumosus.

8. M. truncata, foliis cordato-oblongis truncatis basi apiceque
spinoso-dentatis undulatis subaveniis, caule angulato.
In Chili. Caldcleiigh. ^ .

Planta sufFruticosa, scandens, ramosissima, glabra. Caidis an-
gulatus. Folia remote alterna, sessilia, amplexicaulia, e basi
cordate oblonga, lobis posticis truncatis, spinoso-dentatis,
conniventibus, apice truncata, emarginata, dentibusque 2,
spinosis, subremotis utrinque ornata, marginibus strictis,
integerrimis ; subcoriacea, rigida, utrinque glabra, glauco-
viridia, sesqui- v. bipollicaria, vix unciam lata, venis vix
manifestis, cost4 utrinque prominul4 laevi, in cirrhum lon-
gissimum (3 — 4-uncialem) filiformem, laevissimum, apice
complanatum, spiraliter revolutum prodeunte. Flores ter-
minales et alares solitarii, pedunculati. Peduncidi filifor-
■1 mes, unciales, glabri. Involucrum cylindricum, pedunculi
longitudine : sguamis subrotundis ovalibusve, adpressis, mar-
gine membranaceis ; extimis appendice lanceolata, acutd, co-
riace^, patentissimA auctis ; interioribus apice obsolete mu-
cronulatis et lanugine parcissimd barbatis. Receptaculum
nudum. Floscidi radii 8 circiter, purpurei, ligulati, foeminei,
involucre longitudine aequales, obtusfe tridentati, labello in-
teriore obsolete v. bidenticulato ; disci hermaphroditi, tubu-
late-

270 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

lato-bilabiati ; labio exteriore tridentato ; interiore bipartite :
laciniis linearibus, acutis, revolutis. Antherce basi bisetae
(setis longis basi ramosis) appendicul^ lineari, anther^ ips^
paul6 longiori, apice conniventi, obtusiuscula terminatee.
Stigma bilobum : lobis lingulatis, obtusis, pruinosis, saepb
facie interiore applicatis. Pappus valde plumosus. tnollis-
simus, cinereus.

For the opportunity of adding this truly distinct species to
the genus Mutisia I am indebted to 'Mr. Caldcleugh, by whom
specimens of it as well as of the preceding were transmitted to
Mr. Lambert.

9. M. latifolia, foliis basi decurrentibus cordato-ovalibus spi-
noso-dentatis integerrimisve subtds lanatis, radiis copiosis,
caule alato.
In Chili ad Valparaiso. D. Bridges, tj .

Caulis fruticosus, ramosus, scandens, alatus. Rami alati, foliosi :
alis 3, latis, foliaceis, dentatis. Folia conferta, amplexi-
caulia, cordato-ovalia, coriacea, apice rotundata et emar-
ginata, aut omnin6 truncata, margine dentato-serrata, un-
dulata, dentibus spinoso-mucronatis, utrinque land fugaci
vestita, supra demi\m nuda, viridia, venis siccitate conspi-
cuis, reticulatis, cost4 basi latiore, apice in cirrhum longum
(3-uncialem) compressum, obtusura, spiraliter convolutum
prodeunte ; sesqui- v. bipoUicaria, pollicem v. sesquipol-
licem lata: lobis posticis productis, rotundatis, sinu baseos
decurrentibus. Flos terminalis, solitarius, subsessilis. I71V0-
liicrum magnum, cylindricum, unciale, densb arachnoideo-
lanatum ; squamis intimis simplici ordine dispositis, limbo
dilatato, rotundato, membranaceo, margine lanuginoso ; ex-
terioribus appendice ovato-lanceolatd spinoso-mucronatd,
patenti auctis. Flosculi radii plures (14) rosei, ligulati,

spathulato-

of the Class Composifce. 271

spathulato-oblongi, obtus^ tridentato, multinervio, labello
interiore aucti, hujus laciniae lineares, erecte, brevissimse,
staminibus sterilibus ; disci circiter 30, tubxilato-bilabiati :
tiibo 5-angulo : labiis revolutis ; exteriore ligulato, obtusfe tri-
dentato ; interiore bipartite : segmentis linearibus, obtusis,
revolutis, binerviis. Stamina tubo inserta : filamenta com-
pressa, pubescentia, apice articulata. Anthera exsertae, in
tubum coalitae, appendicul^ ligulato obtusd callosa coro-
natae, basi bisetosae : setis longis, compressis, canaliculatis,
basi ramosis, nunc rariiis bipartitis. Stylus 5-angulus, basi
clavatus, glaber. Stigma bilobum : lobis brevissimis, obtu-
sis, minutfe papillosis. Achenia ancipiti-compressa, leviter
quadrangula, glabra : disco epigyno dilatato, planiusculo.
Pappus sordide cinereus : radiis simplici ordine copiosis,
contiguis, plumosis, basi dilatatis, apice mucronulatis.

Specimens of this Mutisia were collected in the neighbourhood
of Valparaiso by Mr. Thomas Bridges, an enterprising young bo-
tanist, from whose exertions we may confidently expect many va-
luable additions to the Chilian Flora, Mr, Bridges informs me
that the plant flowers in October, and that the rays are pink,

**** Foliis simpUcibus, integerrimis.
10. M. injlexa, foliis deflexis perangustis cirrhosis, involucri

squamis appendiculatis.
Mutisia inflexa. Cav. Ic. 5, p. Q5. t. 496, Willd. Sp. PL 3.

p. 2070. Hook. Bot. Misc. 1. p.Q- t. 6.
M, subulata. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. et Cliil. i.

p. 193.
M. linearifolia. Hook. I. c. p. 1\. t. 8. non Cav.
In Chili in sylvis arenosis prope urbem Conceptionis (Ruiz et

Pavoji) \ ad Valparaiso et Cucha-Cucha, Ludovicus NSe. i? .

Caulis suffruticosus, scandens, teres, flexuosus, ramosissimus, ut
VOL. XVI. 2 N et

272 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

et tota planta lan^ fugacissimd leviter instructus, cortice
cinereo laevi obductus, altitudine maximb varians, nunc
altissimus, saep^ 12-pedalis ! Ramiili foliosi, tortuosi, angu-
lati. Folia (laricina) alterna, sessilia, conferta, lineari-an-
gustissima, coriacea, glabra, laetfe viridia, nunc leviter la-
nuginosa, margine revoluta, integerrima, apice cirrho brevi
trilineari v. unguiculari subulato, mucronulato, revoluto in-
structa, basi nunc rarii\s long^ decurrentia; inferiora de-
flexo-patula ; suprema erecta, tantiim mucronata ; sesqui-
V. tripoUicaria, qukm lineae terti^ latitudine vix ampliora.
Flores terminales, solitarii, sessiles. Involucrum cylindri-
cum, longitudine unciale, derailm laevigatum ; squamis ex-
teriorihus appendice lanceolate spinuloso-mucronatcl patuld
auctis; inlerioribus ovalibus, obtusis, nudis, adpressis. Flos-
culi radii sanguinei, plures (8 — 10), foeminei, staminibus
sterilibus, ligulati, subbilabiati ; labello interiore bidentato,
dentibus brevissimis setaceis, nunc rariils obsoletis v. nuUis :
liguld lanceolata, obtusfe tridentat^, involucro vix breviore :
tubo filiformi, unciali ; disci plurirai (20 — 25) hermaphro-
diti, lutei, tubulato-bilabiati : labiis revolutis ; interiore bi-
partito ; altera 3-dentato. Antherce appendicula lineari,
apice obtusd, inflex^, ips4 antherd fer^ dimidio breviori
coronatae, basi biaristatae : aristis subsimplicibus, sesqui-
lineam longis, sursCim latioribus. Stylus filiformis. Stigma
bilobum : lobis brevibus, obtusis, pruinosis. Pappus cine-
reus, raollissimus, plumosus.

11. M, linearifolia, foliis erectis linearibus subimbricatis, invo-
lucri squamis inappendiculatis.
Mutisia linearifolia. Cav. Ic. 5. p. 66. t. 500.
M. linifolia. Book. Bat. Misc. 1. /3. 12. ^. 9?
In Chili cum praecedente. Ludovicus Nee. tj .

Caulis

of the Class CompositcB. 273

Caulis erectiis, dodrantalis. Rami teretes, cortice cinereo Itievi,
foliosi. Folia dupl6 latiora, erecta, subimbricata, linearia,
glabra, margine revoluta, mucrone recto instructa, uncialia
V. sesquiuncialia, lineam v. sesquilineam lata. Flos termi-
nalis, solitarius, sessilis. Involucrum tubulato-cylindricum,
sesquiunciale, tandem laevissimum : squamis ovalibus, ob-
solete mucronulatis, dilatatis, margine superiore puberulis.
Flosculi radii 8, purpurei, involucro breviores. Pappus al-
bus, plumosus. Reliqua ut in praecedente, ad quara max-
im^, ut videtur, affinis sit haec planta ; sed satis discrepat
foliis erectis dupl6 latioribus non cirrhosis, involucro lon-
giore squamis inappendiculatis, atque ligulis brevioribus.

Trib. 8. BARNADESEiE. Hece^^acM/wm paleaceo-villosum. Flos-
culi difFormes v. regulares, 5-partiti. Filamenta nunc mo-
nadelpha ! Anthera. basi quandoque muticae ! Stigmata
crassa, conniventia, papilloso-pruinosa. Frutices erecti,
foliis integerrimis.

Barnadesia, L.

DiACANTHA. Lag.

Bacasi^e sp., Ruiz et Pavon.

Flosculi radii bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; disci masculi, tubulosi.
Pappus diftbrmis.

Involucrum oblongum, basi ventricosum, multiplici ordine poly-
phyllum, imbricatum : squamis mucronatis, integerrimis,
cartilagineis ; intimis elongatis, radiantibus. Receptaculum
paleis tenuissimis, capillaceis, longis, membranaceis, acutis,
muticis, spiraliter tortuosis copiosissim^ vestitum. Flosculi
dissimiles ; disci paucissimi (I — 3) masculi, tubulati, 5-fidi,
basi callos^, genitalibus omnin6 inclusis : nervis primaries

2 N 2 validis.

274 Mr. D. Don's T>esc7'iptions of new Genera and Species

Validis, infr^ laciniarum sinus profundi bipartitis ; secun-
dariis per paria interjectis, tenuioribus, ultra medium co-
rollae obscurioribus, demi^m evanescentibus ; peripharice
plurimi (10 — 20) liermaphroditi, bilabiati, unica serie di-
gesti, radiati, tubo longissimo, filiformi ; labia exieriore
amplo, ligulato, patulo, 4 — 5-fido, 5— 6-nervio; interiore
tenuissimo, subsetaceo, caualiculato, indiviso, uninervio.
Filamenta in tubum C5dindricum connata ! membranacea,
intds villosa, nervo manifesto medium cujusque percur-
renti; nunc raritis omnino libera. AnthercE coalitae, ap-
pendice lineari-lanceolata apice uncinate obtusa cartila-
gine^ coronatae, valvulis in filamentis decurrentibus, hinc
basi simplices, muticae. Stylus hermaphroditis teres, gla-
ber ; masculis subclavatus, pentagonus, stigmate emar-
ginato, imberbi. Stigma hermaphroditis clavatum, bila-
biatum : lobis crassis, brevibus, obtusis, apice subdilatatis,
superficie minute papillosis. Achenia turbinata, dens^ vil-
losa. Pappus difformis ; peripharice longus, eleganter plu-
mosus, mollis, erectus : radiis simplici ordine copiosis (18 —
20) im^ basi connatis ; disci setosus radiis plurimis (15 — 21)
inajqualibus, subulatis, validis, recurvatis, hirsutis, vix plu-
mosis, supr^ planiusculis, imd basi connatis, callosis.
Frutices (Amer. JEqain.) scepius spinosi. Folia petiolata, intc-
gerrima, mucronata, sape fasciculata. Spinae (dum adsint
folia esse mutata) gemince, subulata. Flores solitarii sessiles
V. plures terminates corymbosi, magni. Flosculi piirpurei,
sericeo-villosissimi. Pili receptaculi ct achenii structurd si-
mi II imd,fulvi. Pappus fulvus.

* Flosculis disci nonnullis, tubulosis. Filamentis in tubum con-
natis. Propriae.
1. B. spinosa, foliis obovatis mucronatis nervosis, involucris pu-

bescentibus ;

of the Class Composite. 275

bescentibus ; squamis exterioribus ovatis acuminatis ad-

pressis.
Barnadesia spinosa. Linn. SuppL p. 348. Lam. III. t. 660 ?

Willd. Sp. PL 3. p. 1705. Humb. et Bonpl. PL Mqu. 2.

p. 176. t. 138. Kitnth Syn. 2. p. 360.
In Andibus Novo-Granatensibus. Mutis. i^ .

Frutex erectus, ramosus, rigidus, spinosus. Pami cylindrici,
striati, leviter sulcati, glabriusculi, cortice purpureo indiiti.
Ramuli dens^ villosi. Folia fasciculata, petiolata, obovata,
abrupte mucronata (mucrone setaceo, reflexo) integerrima,
nervosa (nervis pluribus, arcuatis), parilm undulata, utrin-
que subvillosa, supr^ viridia, demum nudiuscula, subtus
pallidiora, basi attenuata, sesquipollicem longa, fere polli-
cem lata. Spince patentes, aciculares, rigidae, brunneae,
unciae dimidium et ultra longae, basi sejunctae. Capitula
subpaniculata. Involucricm oblongum, basi ventricosum,
obtusum, copies^ fulvescenti-pubescens, pollicare ; sqitamis
exterioribus ovatis, acuminatis (acumine subulato, spines-
centi), adpressis, callosis, integerrimis ; intimis lineari-lan-
ceolatis, niucronatis, elongatis, erectis, radiantibus. Re-
ceptaculum paleis capillaceis fulvis dens^ obsitum. Flosculi
periphcBricB numerosi, duplici ordine digesti, hermaphro-
diti, bilabiati: tubo cylindrico, laevi; labio e.r^emre ligulato,
quadrifido (laciniis lanceolato-linearibus, acutis), 5-nervio,
subtus dens^ fulvescenti-villoso, sericeo ; interiore minimo,
simplici, setaceo, canaliculato ; disci 3, masculi, tubulosi,
5-fidi, coriacei, extCis villosissimi, im^ basi callosd, geni-
talibus longe inclusis. Filamenta in tubum membranaceum
connata. Antherce coalitae, basi simplices, muticae, appen-
dicula ligulata obtus^ callosd apice incurvat^ coronatae.
Stigma bilobum : lobis crassis, obtusissimis, brevibus, dila-

tatis,

276 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

tatis, supr^ concaviusculis, pruinosis. Achenia turbinata,
fulvescenti-villosissima. Pappus fulvus, dissimilis ; herma-
phroditis plumosus, mollissimus, radiis copiosis (20 — 25)
basi connatis ; masculis setosus, radiis 20, subulato-setaceis,
recurvatis, hirsutis, basi callosis, connatis.

The above description is taken from the original sample pre-
served in the Linnaean herbarium, and which had been com-
municated to Linnaeus by Mutis. The figure in the Plantes
Equinoxiales is a good representation of this species ; but I am
in doubt respecting that of Lamarck, which appears to ap-
proach nearer to the following. It is most probable that B. spi-
7wsa is peculiar to New Granada, and that the Peruvian plant
said to be the same, is really distinct, and that it belongs to one
of the other species I have enumerated.

2. B. media, foliis obovatis mucronatis subaveniis, floribus co-
rymboso-paniculatis, involucris lanatis ; squamis exteriori-
bus lanceolatis mucronatis.
In Peruvia. Ruiz et Pavon. tj .

Frutex erectus, ramosus, spinosus. Rami undique cinereo-
pubescentes. Spince subulatae, graciles, semunciales, rectse,
divaricato-patentes. Folia fasciculata, brevissim^ petiolata,
obovata, mucronata, integerrima, plana, basi attenuate,
utrinque subsericea, subtCis leviter canescentia, exsicca-
tione obsolete venosa, pollicaria. Flores dupl6 minores,
in ramulorum apice plures (8 — 10) corymboso-paniculati.
Pedunculi uniflori, filiformes, tomentosi, unciales v. sesqui-
unciales. Involucra campanulata, longitudine vix uncialia,
basi paululilm attenuate, folio unico ssepiiis bracteata : squa-
mis fulvo-lanatis ; eocterioribus lanceolatis, pungenti-acumi-
natis, demilm reflexis, squarrosis ; intimis elongatis, line-
aribus, mucronatis, radiatis, revolutis ! Flosculi radii 15,

ligul4

of the Class Composite. 277

liguM semipollicari, laciniis linearibus obtusis : pappo plu-
mose, mollissimo, radiis 18 — 20 erectis ; disci 3, infundi-
buliformes, limbo 5-fidi : pappo subulato, rigido, radiis 15,
recurvatis, hirsutis, dimidio brevioribus. Csetera omnin6
lit in genere.

3. B. reticulata^ foliis elliptico-oblongis abrupt^ mucronulatis

reticulato-venosis subti^is sericeis, involucri squarais ad-
pressis nudiusculis nitidis.
In segetibus Tarmfe Peruvianorum. Ruiz et Pavon. Tj .

Frutex biorgyalis, erectus, ramosissimus, spinosus, cortice fusco.
Rami dependentes, teretes, glabriusculi, apicem versus le-
vissimfe puberuli. Ramuli nutantes. Spina semunciales,
horizontaliter patentes, nee divaricatae, fulvae, nitidae. Fo-
lia in fasciculis paucissima (3 — 6) rar6 subsolitaria, ellipti-
co-oblonga, abrupt^ mucronulata, integerrima, plana, sub-
stantia, tenuiora, fer^ membranacea, supr^, nisi ad venas
primarias, nudiuscula, subtOis sericea, nervis plurimis ob-
liqufe parallelis, venisque ramosissimis connexis reticulata.
Capitula mult6 majora, 8 — 10 subcorymbosa, terminalia,
breviter pedunculata. Involiicra oblonga, basi ventricosa,
rotundata, longitudine sesquipollicaria, v. paul6 ultra : squa-
mis siccitate fulvo-coloratis, nitidis ; exterioribus ellipticis,
subsericeis, abrupte mucronulatis, adpressis ; intimis elon-
gatis, erectis ! acuminatis, radiantibus. Flosculi villosissimi.
Csetera ut in prsecedente.

4. B. lanceolata, foliis obovato-lanceolatis mucronatis aveniis

utrinque sericeo-pubescentibus, floribus subsolitariis ses-

silibus, involucris lanatis.
Bacasia lanceolata. Ruiz et Pavon Mss.
In Andibus Peruviae. Ruiz et Pavon. t;.

Species

278 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

Species distinctissima. Frutex ramosissimus, rigidus, armatus.
Hami teretes, flexuosi, glabriusculi. Ramtili foliiferi to-
mentoso-pubentes, nunc pollicares, infern^ de lapsu folio-
rum tuberculati. Spina ligneae, validae, subulatae, diva-
ricato-patentes, rectae, rigidissimae, ad basin ramulorum
geminatim oppositae, vicem stipularum fungendae, unciales
V. sesquiunciales. Folia alterna, conferta, quasi fascicu-
lata, obovato-lanceolata, mucronata, integerriraa, plana,
coriacea, utrinque avenia, pube ferrugine4 atomisque resi-
nosis numerosissimis vestita, basi attenuata, petiolo ramis
adnato sufFulta, cost^ medi^ conspicuA, ; adultiora supra
nudiuscula. Capitula subsolitaria, sessilia. Involucra ses-
quipollicaria : squamis extiis, sed praesertim in junioribus,
copios^ fulvo-lanuginosis, mollissimis ; intimis elongatis,
strictis, radiantibus ; exterioribus ovatis, acuminatis, demiim
revolutis, squarrosis. Flosculi radii magis copiosi (20) lon-
giores, ligula fere pollicari, 6-nerviA, tubo involucri vix
longitudine, filiform! ; disci 3, infundibuliformes, masculi,
limbo 5-fidi. Pappus periphcBrice radiis (20) eleganter phi-
mosis, erectis, mollissimis, validioribus ; disci 18, validis,
rigidis, recurvatis, subulatis, hirsutis, infern^ crassioribus,
ima basi connatis. Caetera ut in genere.

** Flosculo disci solitario, tubuloso. Filamentis in tubum con-
natis.

5. B. corymbosa, inermis ; foliis sparsis ovato-lanceolatis acu-
minatis nervosis, floribus corymbosis, involucris pubescen-
tibus.
Bacasia corymbosa. Ruiz et Pavon Syst. Veg. Fl. Peruv. 1.

p. 189. Gen. t. 22.
In Andium nemoribus prope Muna vicum Peruviae. Ruiz et
Pavon. \i .

Frutex

of the Class Conipositce. 279

Frutex inermis, erectus, 2-orgyalis. Rami angulati, leviter sul-
cati, calamum scriptorium crassitie adaequantes, cortice
fusco-cinereo obducti, apicem versus fulvo-tomentosi. Fo-
lia sparsa, petiolata, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, coriacea,
rigida, margine callosa, integerrima, supr^ glabra, lucida,
subtiis villosa, basi attenuata, costa medi^ subtiis prominen-
ti, nervis plurimis incurvatis, reticulatim connexis, venosis-
sima, sesqui- v. quadri-uncialia, tunc pollicem v. sesquipol-
licem lata. Fetioli semiteretes, tomentosi, supra canaliculati,
semunciales. F/ores terminales, numerosi(7 — 14)corymbosi,
SerratuliB coronala magnitudine et facie similes. Pedunculi
teretes, copies^ fulvo-tomentosi, semi- v. pollicares. Involu-
crum ovatum, multiplici ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum,
basi ventricosum ; squamis exterioribiis ovatis, acuminatis,
integerrimis, adpressis, cartilagineis, extiis pubescentibus ;
iniimis elongatis, linearibus, mucronulatis, recurvato-patu-
lis, radium efFormantibus. Receptacidum paleis capillaceis
fulvis tectum. FloscuU periphccrice plures (8 — 10) herma-
phroditi, bilabiati, purpurei, fere sesquipoUicares ; labio
exiaiore maximo, ligulato, patente, obtus^ 4 — 5-dentato,
subtus tuboque sericeo-villosissimo, nervis tantiim primariis
5 V. 6, rectis, parallelis ; interiore subsetaceo, canaliculato,
indiviso ; disci unicus, tubulosus, limbo 5-fidus, genitalibus
long^ inclusis (an sterilibus ?) basi callos^, extiis villosissi-
mus : lobis ovato-oblongis, obtusis : nervis primariis validis,
infra loborum sinus alte bipartitis ; secundariis 2 interstinc-
tis, parallelis, tantiim a basi ad medium et ultra manifestis,
supern^ obscurioribus, demilm evanescentibus, hinc reverb
non recurrentibus. Filamenta in tubum membranaceum
connata, inti^s villosa, exserta, infern^ tubo flosculi adhae-
rentia. Anthem connatse, cost4 dilatat^, appendice lan-
voL. XVI. 2 o ceolato-

280 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

ceolato-lineari, coriace^, rigidd, apice uncinate, obtusS,
ips^ anther^ quater breviori coronate, basi simplices, mu-
ticae, ob valvulas basi in filamentis decurrentes. Stijlus
hermaphroditis filiformis, lavis. Stigjna bilabiatiim : luhis
crassis, obtusis, brevibus, supra concaviusculis, pruinosis.
Achenia turbinata, fulvescenti-villosissima. Pappus fulvus,
dissimilis ; flosculo centrali setosus, radiis 21 inaequalibus
subulatis, validis, recurvatis, hirsutis, vix plumosis, basi
connatis ; caeteris dupl6 longior, eleganter plumosus,
mollis, radiis 20 circiter, tenuioribus, imA basi conferru-
minatis.

*** Flosculo disci solitario, tubuloso. Filamentis omninb liberis.

Penthea.

6. B. laxa, spinosa; foliis .... floribus subsolitariis sessilibus,
involucri squamis intimis erectis radiatis.
In Brasilia. Sella, ij .

Caulis fruticosus, spinosus, difFusfe ramosissimus, laxus, cortice
fusco obductus. Rami teretes, glabri, atrofusci. Folia
nondiim vidi. Spince geminae, aciculares, laeves, sequales,
rigidae, patulae, basi distinctae, semipollicares et ultra.
Flores copiosi, in apice ramulorum subsolitarii, sessiles, in
paniculam laxam dispositi. Involucra campanulata, sesqui
V. bi-poUicaria : squamis ovatis, mucronulatis, adpressis,
coriaceis, sericeis, demdm laeviusculis ; n//eriori/;i/s gradatim
longioribus, lanceolatis ; intimis elongatis, linearibus, acu-
minatis, rectis, radiatis. Receptaculwn copiosi villosum.
Flosculi plurimi, hermaphroditi, bilabiati ; lahio exteriore
jinaximo, ligulato, obtus^ tridentato, 5-nervio, subtiis seri-
ceo-villosissimo ; interiore lineari-setaceo, binervio, brevi-
ore ; disci solitarii, masculi, tubulosi, 5-dentati. Filamenta

libera,

of the Class Composite. 281

libera, complanata, glabra ; orticulo superiore longo, sub-
stantia crassiore. Antherce in tubura coalitae, appendiculd
liguJatd obtusA, callos4 rigidd coronatae, basi bidentatae :
dentibus brevissimis, setaceis. Stigma bilobum : lobis ob-
tusis, minute papillosis. Achenia undique sericeo-villosissi-
ma. Pappus difformis ; hermaphroditis plumosus, moUissi-
mus ; flosculo disci setosus, radiis subulato-setaceis, recur-
vatis, rigidis, basi connatis.

The character of Bacasia appears to have been constructed
entirely from B. corymbosa, whose only point of distinction would
consist in the reduced number of male florets, these being soli-
tary in each capitulum, while in Barnadesia there are several ;
but this must be admitted to be a character too unimportant to
be regarded as sufficient to constitute a generic distinction.
Ruiz and Pavon in their Systema Vegetabilium Flora Peruviana
et Chilensis added a second species to Bacasia, namely B, spinosa,
but without altering the generic character previously given in
their Genera Plantarum. It is evident they had not examined
this plant with due attention, otherwise it would have been im-
possible for them to have determined in referring to Bacasia a
plant which accords in so few particulars with their generic de-
scription, and which proves to be really a species of Chi/quiraga.
The Diacantha of Lagasca is apparently identical with Barna-
desia spinosa, but by no means with the Bacasia spinosa of Ruiz
and Pavon, which he has inadvertently regarded as the same
plant. The central florets of Barnadesia have been hitherto
described as sterile, but as the anthers evidently contain grains
of perfect pollen, 1 have considered them as male.

2 o 2 Chuquiuaga.

282 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera aiid Species

Chuquiraga. Juss.

JOHANNIA. Willd.
Bacasi^ sp., Ruiz et Povon.

Flosculi regulares, 5-partiti, hermaphroditi. Pappus uniformis.

Involucrum turbinato-campanulatum, multiplici ordine poly-
phjdlum, imbricatum : squamis adpressis, cartilagineis, ex-
terii\s gradatim minoribus, costd valid^ apice in mucronem
rigidum subulatum excurrente ; intimis elongatis, acumi-
natis, radium constituentibus. Receptaciihim dense villoso-
lanatum. Flosculi indefiniti, hermaphroditi, tubulosi, alte
5-partiti, villosi : fauce inti^s dens^ barbate ! segmentis line-
aribus, strictis, apice penicillatis ! nervis marginaUbus pro-
mmuhs. Stamina disco epigyno inserta : filamenta com-
planata, libera, basi tubi corollse adhaerentia: anthera in
tubum connatae, appendice Hneari-ligulat4 cartilaginea co-
ronatae, basi bisetae v. bidentatae. Stigmata lineari-lingu-
lata, conniventia, papilloso-pruinosa. Achenia turbinata,
undique villosissima. Pappi radiis copiosis, vald^ plu-
mosis, inferne crassioribus, simplici ordine digestis, ima
" basi connatis, apice simplici.

Frutices sempervirentes, erecti, rigidi, ramosissimi, inermes v. spi-
nosi. Folia alterna, margine integerrima, callosa, pungenti-
mticronata, coriacea, nitida ; aut omnind stibulata, spinosa.
Capitula terminalia, solitaria, sessilia, erecta, magna, v.plura
paniculata. Involucra extiis fulvescenti-villosissima, nunc
glabriuscula : squamis luteo-coloratis. Flosculi aurei.

Obs. — Folia sapore amarissimo gaudent.

* Capitulis

of the Class Compositce. 283

* Capitulis solitariis, sessiiibus. Antheris basi bisetosis. Propriae.

1. C. insignis, inerrais; foliis imbricatis, setis antherarum aequa-

libus.
Chuquiraga insignis. Humb. et Bonpl. PL Mqu. 1. p. 153.

Lam. III. t.Q9\. Kunth in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp. PL 4.

p. 18. Sifn.2.p.36l.
C. microphylla. Humb. et Bonpl. I.e. p. 151. t. 43. Kunih

in H. et B. Nov. Gen. et Sp. PL 4. p. 19. Si/n. "2. p. 36l.
C. iancifolia. Humb. et Bonpl. L c. p. 153. Kunth in H. et B.

Nov. Gen. et Sp. PL 4. p. Ip. Si/n. 2. p. 36l.
In Antisana Quitensium, et alpibus Periivianis. Jos. Jussieu,

Humboldt et BonplancL ^. .

Frutex erectus, ramosus, rigidus, 5-pedalis. Kami teretes, a
casu foliorum cortice scabro cicatricoso obducti. Ramuli
adpress^ copios^que pilosi, dem^im glabriusculi. Folia al-
terna, sessilia, confertissima, undique imbricata, ovata, inte-
gerrima, margine calloso, incrassato, mucrone brevi, recto,
subulate, rigido, pungentia, avenia, substantia crassa, cori-
acea, suj)ra concava, subtiis costd valida carinata, utrinque
viridia, perlucida, juventute villosiuscula, demiim nuda, et
exsiccatione prasertim punctis minutissimis quasi resinosis
notata, basi angustiora, 4 — 5 lineas longa, 2 lata. Capitula in
ramulorum summitate solitaria, sessilia. Involucra turbina-
to-campanulata, multiplici ordine polyphylla, imbricata :
squamis adpressis, cartilagineis, rigidis, fulvescenti-villosis-
simis, nervo percurrente apice exserto prominulo, subinde
raucronatis ; exterioribus ovatis ; interioribus gradatim lon-
gioribus ; intimis lanceolato-linearibus, elongatis, acumi-
natis, erectis, radium constituentibus. Receptaculum densfe
villoso-lanatum, villis fulvescentibus. Flosciili numerosissi-
mi (45 — 50), regulares, hermaphroditi, pollicares, profundi

5-partiti :

284 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

5-partiti : tubo pentagon©, 5-nervio, substantia crassiore, ex-
tiis et intiis dens^ fulvo-villoso, limbo ter breviore : segmentis
linearibus, villoso-plumosis, apice penicillatis, strictis, basi
latiore planis, nervis marginalibus prominulis, margine su-
pern^ involutis : villis fulvis. Stamina disco epigyno cum
coroM inserta : Jilamenta linearia, angustissima, compla-
nata, fer^ membranacea, nervo manifestissimo, basi pariim
latiore, imo tubo corollae adhserentia : anthera. in tubum
angustum coalitae, longitudine 8-lineares, appendiculA, li-
neari-ligulatd obtus^ antherd ipsa dimidio breviori cartila-
gined coronatae, basi bisetae : setis aequalibus, compressis,
validis, sulco exaratis, 2 lineas longis, extremitate filamen-
tosii, spirali, retroflexA. Stylus glaber, 5-angulns, basi in-
crassat^. Stigmata lineari-lingulata, obtusa, facie interiori
canaliculata, cum superiore parte styli atom is resinosis co-
piosissimis ornata, conniventi-applicata. Achenia turbinata,

- i'ltundique fulvo-villosissima, hinc convexa, inde biangulata.

0 Pappi radiis pluribus (20 — 34) valdb plumosis, inaequalibus,
infern^ crassioribus, simplici ordine digestis, \mk basi con-
natis, apice simplici setaceo, brevi : ramnlis persistentibus.
Obs, — I'abula Lamarckiana, errors pictoris, tubum antherarum
pro corolla exhibet.

- I have, without hesitation, united the Chuquiraga insignis and
microphylla , being full}' persuaded that the characters relied on,
as marks of distinction, are of too transitor}'^ a nature to justify
the separation of two plants otherwise so much alike. In the
Lambertian herbarium are two specimens of C. insignis from
M. Bonpland himself, with the branches thickly clothed with
short hairs, and the young leaves slightly villous, which cir-
cumstances are regarded by him as constituting the specific
distinction of his C. microphylla ; but, as the epidermis is de-

^ ciduous.

of the Class Composite. 285

ciduous, and the older branches consequently devoid of hairs, I
have no doubt that these two presumed species, as well as the
C. la7icifolia, will be found to possess the same characters, and
that they will prove to be only different states of the same plant,
as M. Kunth has already suspected. ;-.i,iro i j£i'-j^;w.jri ,o.j

2. C. spinosa, armata ; foliis patulis, setis antherarum inaequali-

bus.
Bacasia spinosa. Ruiz et Pavon Sj/st. Veg. Fl. Per. et C/iil. i.

p. 188.
In Peruvise subalpinis et preeruptis frigidis ad Huarocheri,

Tarmae et Canta^ provincias. Ruiz et Pavon. p? . Fl. Maio

et Junio. Vulgo Clavelon de Serranias.

Frutex bipedalis, erectus, ramosissimus, spinosus, cortice fusco
scabro obductus. Ramiili copios^ adpress^que pilosi. Folia
alterna, sessilia, patentia, ovato-lanceolata, coriacea, plana,
avenia, margine calloso integerrima, basi angustiori, spina
subulatci recta terminata, subtOis convexiuscula, costA va-
lida carinata, juventute utrinque hirsutissima, sed deni-
que omnin6 denudata, perlucida, atomis resinosis con-
spersa, semipollicaria, 2 — 3 lineas lata. Spina propria
(folia mutata) axillares, plerumque geminte, subulatae, di-
varicato-patentes, ssep^ foliorum longitudine. Flores in
apice ramulorum solitarii, sessiles, minores quam in prae-
cedente. Involucrum turbinato-campanulatuni, multiplici
ordine polyphyllum, imbricatum, nunc pedunculo brevis-
simo undique squamoso sufFultum : sguomis adpressis, lan-
ceolatis, spinuloso-mucronatis, pungentibus, sericeo-villo-
sissimis (villis fulvescentibus) ; interioribus gradatim longi-
oribus ; intimis elongatis, erectis, subscariosis, radiatis. Re-
ceptaculum densh villoso-lanatum. Flosculi pauciores (15 —
20), regulares, hermaphroditi, minims profunde 5-partiti :

seg mentis

286 Jl/r. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

segmentis lineari-ensatis, strictis, margine conniventibus,

cartilagineis, apice acutis, intils canaliculatis, densh seri-

ceo-villosissimis, penicillatis, denique glabratis : tubo cylin-

draceo, vix fauce dilatatd, extils et intils copiosfe sericeo-vil-

loso, substantia crassiore, limbo ferfe dupl6 breviore : nervis

5, in tubo simplicibus, ad laciniarum sinus divisis in ramis

2 strictis marginalibus, summo apice confluentibus ; secun-

dariis nuUis. Stamina disco epigyno cum corolla inserta :

Jilamenta libera, complanata, glabra, infern^ fer^ mem-

branacea, nervo manifestissimo, canaliculata, basi dilatata,

corollie imo tubo adhaerentia ; articulo superiore dupl6

angustiore, 5-pl6 breviore : anihera in tubum connatae, 5

lineas longae, appendicul^ lineari-ligulata obtusd membra-

nace^, ipsci anthera dimidio longiori coronatffi, basi bise-

tosee : setis callosis, strictis, ineequalibus, interiori latere

leviter canaliculatis, extremitate filamentos^, spirali, nunc

retrofract^ v. revolut^, decidu^ ! Sli/lus filiformis, uncialis,

V. fere sesquiuncialis. Stigma bilobum : lobis lingulatis,

obtusis, pruinosis, compressis. Achenia turbinata, undique

adpress^ villosissima. Pappus fulvus, deciduus : radiis 20

circiter, vald^ plumosis, inaequalibus, imd basi in annulum

connatis : rachibus setaceis, infern^ gradatim crassioribus,

apice tenuissimo, simplici.

Such is the description of authentic specimens of UcrccrAza spi-
nosa contained in the herbarium of Ruiz and Pavon, which will
be found to correspond in every essential point of structure with
the genus Chiiqiiiraga. It is evident, as I have before observed,
that this plant had been referred to Bacasia by the above-men-
tioned botanists from habit alone, without any regard to the struc-
ture of the flower, as the slightest examination would have con-
vinced them of the incorrectness of that arrangement. Cavanilles

seems

of the Class Composita. 287

seems also to have been deceived with regard to the affinity of
this plant, as appears by specimens from him in the Lambertian
herbarium, marked " Ba7'nndesia ex Penivid."

** Capitulis paniculatis. Antheris basi bidentatis : appendiculd
terminali, bilobd. Erinesa.

3. C. hispida, foliis elliptico-oblongis acuminatis subtCis ramulis-
que setosis, spinis basi coadunatis, pedunculis armatis.
In Brasilia. Sello. ^2 .

Fnitex difFusus, spinosus. Caulis teres, cortice cinereo-fusco,
demilm laeviusculo. Ramuli pilis setaceis persistentibus
fuscis copiosfe vestiti. Spina geminae, in ramulorum folio-
rumque axillis praecipufe positae ; caulis erectae, rigidte,
subulatae, durissimse, basi coadunatae, saepfe setis ornatae,
semunciam et ultra longae ; ramulorum brevissimae, recur-
vatae. Folia alterna, brevissimfe petiolata, elliptico-oblonga,
acuminata, integerrima, obsolete triplinervia, reticulato-
venosa, coriacea, supr^ glabra, subt^s hispid^ pilosa, basi
parvim attenuata, 3-pollicaria, unciam v. sesquiunciam lata.
Petioli semicylindricijhispidi, supr^ canaliculati, vix2lineas
longi. Flores terminales, plures, subpaniculati. Pedunculi
breves, unitlori, undique copios^ fulvo-pilosi, spinis solitariis
geminisve reflexis, rectis, subulatis armati. Involucra semi-
pollicaria, cylindrica : squamis ovatis, spinuloso-mucronatis,
coriaceis, adpressis, margine ciliatis ; intimis conniventibus.
Receptaculum parvum, dens^ pilosum: pilis fulvis, brevibus.
Flosculi 8 — 10, hermaphroditi, aequaliter tubulosi, coriacei:
tiibo intus villosissimo : liinbo regulari, 5-partito : segmentis
angust^ linearibus, acutis, canaliculatis, binerviis, erectis,
margine conniventibus, pube adpressa fulv4 sericeis. Fila-
ment a gracillima, glabra, infern^ corollae tubo adhaerentia.
AnthercE, in tubum coalitae, basi bidentatae : dentibus aequa-
voL. xvi. 2 p libus,

288 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

libus, obtusis : appendicula terminalis brevis, ligulata, car-
tilaginea, emarginata ! Stigma bilamelloso-partitum, cum
stylo apice minute papillosum, scabriusculum : lohis planis,
mucronulatis. Achenia undique villosissima, fulva. Fappits
fulvus, moUissimus : radiis plumosis, apice mucronulatis,
ima basi crassioribus, nudis et connatis, simplici ordine di-
gestis.

4. C. latifoUa, foliis ovatis acutis trinerviis, spinis inaqualibus,
floribus racemoso-corymbosis, involucri squamis intimis
revolutis.
In Brasilia. Sella. ^ .

Frutex ramosus, spinosus. Rami cylindrici, leviter sulcati, cor-
tice fusco-cinereo obducti. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovata,
V. ovato-oblonga, acuta, integerrima, trinervia, reticulatim
venosa, submembranacea, basi lata rotundatd, raro parvim
in petiolum decurrentia ; palmaria, fere bipollicem lata,
utrinque demiim glabrata ; junior a tamen cum ramulis no-
vellis villis adpressis fulvescentibus subsericea. Spina ax-
illares, geminaj, inaequales, subulatae, rigidae, divaricatae,
ssepiiisque deflexse, basi coadunatae, trilineares ; altero bre-
viore. Petioli brevissimi, semicyiindrici, pubescentes, basi
par\^m dilatatA ramis articulati. Flores in apice ramulorum
copiosi, racemoso-corymbosi. FedimcuU uniHori, inermes,
vix pollicares. Involucra semipollicaria, campanulata: squa-
mis ovatis, mucronulatis, ciliatis, subcarinatis, coriaceis, ad-
pressfe imbricatis ; intimis elongatis, radium elFormantibus,
revolutis. Ixeceptaculum magis dilatatum, copiose pilosum.
Flosculi indefiniti, omnes regulares, hermaphroditi, tubulosi,
5-partiti,coriacei,infern^ vix attenuati: seg7;ze«^/slinearibus,
acutis, ajqualibus, canaliculatis, binerviis, apice barbatis :
fauce intus villosa. Stamina brevissima, sub fauce inclusa :

fdamenta

of the Class Compositce. 289

filamcnta capillaria, libera, glabra : cmthera appendicula
lineari, membranaced, bifida! coronatae, basi obtus^ biden-
tate. Stigma bilamelloso-partitum : lobis ovalibus, obtusis,
revolutis, cum apice st3'li minutissimfe papillosis, scabrius-
culis. Achenia turbinata, undique fulvo-villosissima. Fop-
pus plumosus, fulvus : radiis simplici ordine digestis, imS,
basi crassiore connatis.

5. C. paniculata, inermis ; foliis elliptico-oblongis triplinerviis
sul>tiis pubescentibus, floribus thyrsoideis, involucri squa-
mis intimis revolutis.
In Brasilia ad ripas fluminis La Plata. Sello.v^.

Caulis fruticosus, diffuse ramosissimus, inermis. Rami angulati,
pubescentes. Folia alterna, petiolata, elliptico-oblonga,
acuta, triplinervia, integerrima, plana, supr^ glabra, sub-
tils copiose pubescentia, denique denudata, basi paululiim
attenuata, 3 — 5-pollicaria, sesquipollicem lata. Petioli
pubescentes, supra planiusculi, semunciales. Capitula ter-
minalia, copiosissima, thyrsoideo-paniculata. Pedunculi
angulati, fulvescenti-tomentosi. Involucrum tubulato-cam-
panulatum, longitudine semipollicare : squamis coriaceis,
tomentosis ; eaterioribus ovatis, acutis, adpressis ; intimis
linearibus, mucronulatis, elongatis, revolutis. Receptacu-
litm dens^ villosum. Flosctdi 12 circiter, tubulosi, herma-
phroditi, limbo profundi 5-partiti : segmentis linearibus,
acutis, apice barbatis, recurvis : nervis marginalibus : tubo
pentagono, substantia crassiore, basi attenuato, intiis villo-
sissimo. Stamina tubo inclusa, brevia : Jilamenta angustfe
linearia, complanata, glabra : anthercE basi obtuse biden-
tatae, appendicula membranaceii, ligulata, biloba ! coro-
natse. Stigma exsertum, bilobum : lobis crassis, obtusis,
pruinosis. Achenia turbinata, undique dens^ adpresseque

2 p 2 pilosissima.

290 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

pilosissima. Pappi radiis 18, eleganter plumosis, simplici
ordine digestis, \rak basi connatis, apice truncatis : ra~
chibus fulvis, infern^ crassioribus : ramulis persistentibus,
argenteis.

6. C. vepreculata, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis trinerviis,
spinis falcatis basi coadunatis, floribus thyrsoideis, anthe-
rarum appendiculd bicuspidat^.
Ad Caracas. D. Fanning. ^2 .

Frutex more Rubi capreolatus, saspfe scandens, ramosissitnus,
spinosus. Rami teretes, sulcati, pubescentes. Folia alterna,
petiolata, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, trinervia, integer-
rima, utrinque (praesertim in junioribus) villosa, demiim
glabrata, suprjl lucidula, basi subacuta, pollicaria v. bi-
pollicaria. Petioli semicylindrici, dense villosi, basi ramis
articulati, sesqui v. bilineam longi. Spina interpetiolares,
brevissimae, subulatae, coadunatae, divaricatae, arcuatae, ri-
gidae, fulvescentes, sesquilineares. Flores terminales, thyr-
soidei. Thyrsi compositi, multiflori. Pedunculi brevissimi,
teretes, validi, tomentosi, uniflori. Involucra oblonga, cy-
lindrica, semuncialia : squamis ovato-lanceolatis, adpressis,
coriaceis, tomentosis, spinil rect^ brevi terminatis ; intimis
linearibus, elongatis, radiantibus, nunc rariiis revolutis. Re-
ceptaculum pilis cinereis dens^ vestitum. Flosculi plures
(18 — 20) uniformes, tubulosi, 5-fidi, hermaphroditi, albi :
tuho attenuato, extCis et intiis villoso, 5-angulo, substantia
coriaceo, fauci longitudine subaequali : laciniis lineari-
lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, erectis, villosis, nervis primariis
marginalibus. Stamina basi tubi \nseri?i: Jilament a capil-
laria, glabra ; articulo superiore brevi : antherce in tubum
pentagonum coalitae, basi acute bidentatae, appendiculd
membranace4 bicuspidatd coronatae. Stylus capillaris, 5-

angulus.

of the Class CompositcE. 291

angulus. Stigma clavatum, bilobum, pruinosum. Achenia
turbinata, copies^ sericeo-villosa. Pappus cinereus : radiis
16 circiter, simplici ordine digestis, eleganter plumosis.

Specimens of this curious species of Chuquiraga formed part
of a small but interesting collection of dried plants made in
Caracas by Mr. Fanning, and which is now in the possession of
Mr. Lambert. Mr. Fanning discovered it in the vicinity of
Caracas, extending its feeble branches, like a bramble, for sup-
port over the other shrubs and trees in its neighbourhood, and
frequently spreading to fifteen or even to thirty feet. Mr. Fan-
ning has also brought to this country a valuable collection of
seeds and living plants, among which is the famous Cow-tree,
Palo de Vaca.

This section, which has entirely the habit of Barnadesia, con-
stitutes a very remarkable osculant group connecimgChuquiraga
with that genus. The species are evidently intimately allied, and
although I have not ventured to separate them entirely from Chu-
quiraga, yet I am satisfied that they are sufficiently characteristic
to merit being regarded as a distinct genus.

Trib. 9. SxiFFTiEiE. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi tubulosi,
5-partiti, regulares, hermaphroditi. Stamina fauci inserta !
AnthercB basi bisetse. Stigmata plerumque soluta, papillosa,
recurva. Frutices foliis simplicibus.

Stifftia. Mikan.

Augusta. Leand.

PLAZiai sp., Spreng.

Stamina limbi sinubus inserta. Pappi radiis multiplici ordine
digestis, cylindricis, undique scabris, apice incrassatis.

Involucrum subglobosum, polyphyllum, imbricatum : squamis

obtusis,

292 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

obtusis, integerrimis, planis, coriaceis, adpressis. JRecep-
taculum nudum, scrobiculatum. F/oscw/i infundibuliformes,
regulares, hermaphroditi, infernb substantia, coriacei, limbo
altc 5-partiti : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, spiraliter revo-
lutis, nervis primariis prominulis marginatis ; nunc primvim
2 V. 3 marginibus leviter connexis, tunc flosculum bilabi-
atum aemulantibus. Stamina inter corollae lacinias inserta :
Jilamenta e sinubus supernc libera, gracilia, glabra : anthera
coalitae, basi longissim^ biaristata^, appendice lineari-subu-
lata compressa callos^i rigid4 coronatse. Stylus filiformis,
laevis. Stigmata soluta, linearia, recurva, papiiloso-prui-
nosa, acuta v. truncata. Achenia elongata, hinc convexa,
jnde angulata. Pappus longus, coloratus, persistens : radiis
multiplici ordine digestis, cylindricis, undique denticulato-
scabris, apice incrassato, hinc penicillatis.
l'Vutices//-o7i^os/, sempervirentes, speciosi. Folia alterna, simplicia,
iniegerrima, uninervia, reticulato-venosa, glabra. Flores ter-
minales solitarii v. paniculati. Pedunculi squamis obtusis or-
nati. Flosculi aurei v. rosei.

1. S. chrysantha, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis, floribus solitariis,
' llosculis indefinitis.
Stifl'tia chrysantha. Mik. Bras.
Augusta grandiflora. Leand. in Act. Man. 7- t. 14.
Plazia brasiliensis. Spreng. Syst. 4. pars 2. p. 301.
Frutex biorgyalis, erectus, ramosissimus, frondosus, cortice lae-
vissimo cinereo obducta. Folia (Lecythidis) alterna, petio-
lata, lanceolata, obtuse acuminata, integerrima, basi acut^
membranacea, nervo medio subtiis prominente, reticulato-
venosissima, utrinque glaberrima, nitida, viridia, 4 — 6 un-
cias longa, sesqui v. biunciam lata. Petioli brevissimi, te-
retiusculi, supra leviter canaliculati, subtils convexi, un-

guiculares.

of the Class Compositce. 29.3

guiculares. Flos speciosus, terminalis, solitarius, pediin-
culatus. Pedunculus teres, supern^ incrassatus, undique
squamis plurimis, ovalibus oblongisve, coriaceis, concavis,
glabris munitus, uncialis. Invohicrum globosum, sextu-
plici circiter serie imbricatum, ut et pedunculus, laeve,
magnitudine atque structural Centaurea majori simillimum :
squamis obtusissimis, integerrimis, coriaceis, adpressis, la^-
vibus, exteriiis gradatim minoribus ; intimis elongatis, ligu-
latis. Receptaculum depressum, nudum. Flosculi numero-
sissimi, hermaphroditi, infundibuliformes, longissimi, (bi-
unciales) : tubo basi coriaceo : fauce dilatatd : Umbo pro-
fundi 5-partito : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, spiraliter
revolutis, nervis primariis validis marginatis, 10 lineas lon-
gis ; nunc primiim 2 v. 3 margine inter se connexis, tunc
flosculum bilabiatura ffimulantibus. Stamina inter liinbi
lacinias inserta : Jilamenta tubo corolhie omnin6 arct^ ad-
heerentia, e sinubus supernti tantCim libera, gracilia, gla-
bra : anthera pollicares, in tubum coalitae, appendice line-
ari-lanceolata, acuminata, coriacea, rigid^ termiuatae, basi
aristis 2 simplicibus, setaceo-attenuatis, longissimis (semi-
poUicaribus) instructae. Stylus longitudine staminum, fili-
formis, glaber. Stigma bilobum, exsertum : lobis semicy-
lindricis, acutis, pruinosis, recurvis. Achenia angusta,
pentagona, hinc convexiuscula, undique rugulosa, pube-
scentia, semuncialia. Pappus longissimus (sesquiuncialis)
persistens, croceus : radiis triplici v, quadruplici ordine di-
gestis, setaceo-capillaribus, teretibus, rigidiusculis, undique
puberulis, scabris, apice penicillato, mucrotiulato ; intimis
compressis.
Obs. — IIujus stirpis pulcherrimae exempla quatuor a Langs-
dorffio et Sellovio coraraunicata vidi.

2. S. parvijlora.

294 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

2. S. parvijloro, foliis cuneato-lanceolatis, floribus paniculatis,
flosculis definitis.
Augusta parviflora. Leand. I. c.
Plazia parviflora. Spreng. Si/st. 4. pars 2. p. 301.
In Brasilia ad Campos Novos et ad Rio das Contas. Martins, ij .

Frutex erectus, frondosus. Rami cylindrici, cortice cinereo laevi
obducti. Folia alterna, brevissim^ petiolata, spathulato-
oblonga, nunc rar6 lanceolata, integerrima, coriacea, uni-
nervia, venis obscurioribus, utrinque glabra, viridia, basin
versus attenuata, 5-pollicaria, unciam v. sesquiunciam la-
titudine aequantia. PetioU semicylindrici, glabri, supnX
plani, 3 lineas longi. Flares parvi, copiosissimi, panicu-
lati. Panicula terminalis, diffusa. Pedunculi teretes, gla-
bri, apicem versus crassiores, squamis nonnullis ovalibus
obtusis concavis muniti. Involucra globosa: squamis ova-
libus, obtusissimis, concavis, membranaceis, laevibus, tri-
plici ordine imbricatis, adpressis ; intimis oblongis. Re-
ceptaculwn nudum. Flosculi definiti (12) hermaphroditi,
infundibuliformes, basi coriace^, limbo 5-partiti : segmentis
linearibus, acutis, glabris, revolutis. Stamina sinubus limbi
inserta : Jilamenta e limbo supern^ libera, capillaria, gla-
bra, infernb nervis primariis longitudinaliter adnata ! an-
thercB in tubum coalitae, exserts, basi calcaribus 2 lineari-
bus, acutis, complanatis, ipsA antherA 4-plo brevioribus or-
natae, appendice lanceolata mucronatA, coriacea rigidA. ter-
minatae. Stylus filiformis, glaber. Stigma bilobum : lobis
lingulatis, truncatis, pruinosis, revolutis. Achenia angusta,
hinc convexa, inde angulata, glabra, 3 — 4 lineas longa.
Pappus capillaris, persistens, flavicans : radiis triplici cir-
citer serie dispositis, insqualibus, undique puberulis, apice
penicillatis, semipollicem longis.

Anastraphia.

of the Class Composita. 295

Anastraphia.

Stamina fauci coroUae inserta. Pappi radiis singulo ordine con-
tiguis, complanatis, margine denticulatis, apice simplici.

Involucrum polyphyllum, campanulatum, basi ventricosum, mul-
tiplici serie imbricatum : squamis ovato-lanceolatis, acumi-
natis,adpressis, cartilagineis ; ?«^iw?s lineari-lanceolatis, tan-
tiim. acutis. Receptaculum nudum. Flosculi numerosissimi,
hermaphroditi, tubulosi : tubo aequali, angulato, coriaceo :
Umbo profundi 5-partito : segmentis linearibus, obtusis, re-
volutis, glabris. Stamina fauci infra laciniarum sinum in-
serta : filamenta supernfe libera, capillaria, glabra : antherce
in tubum coalitae, basi aristis 2, simplicibus, laevibus, ipsius
antherae longitudine munita?, appendice lineari-subulatS,
apice inflexA^ terminate. Stylus filiformis, glaber. Stigma
exsertum, clavatum,emarginatum, pruinosum. Achenialine-
aria, ancipiti-compressa, sericeo-villosa. Pappus capillaris,
persistens : radiis singulo ordine contiguis, basi solutis,
apice simplici setaceo complanatis, margine denticulatis.

Frutex ramosiis, rigidus, sempervirens, cortice cinereo. Rami te-
retes, pube brevissimd cinered obruti, de lapsu foliorum tuher-
ciilati. Folia omnino Querci Ilicis, alterna, petiolata^ eltiptica,
margine spinoso-doitata, subrejiexa, ac undiclata, coriacea, basi
truncatd v. acutd, suprd niida, viridia, lucida, subtiis tomento
brevissimo albo floccidoso dense vestita, exsiccatione venosissima^
costd venisque promineiitibus, 2-pollicaria, vix ultra pollicem
lata. Involucrum campanulatum, exths tomentojlocculoso, bre-
vissimo, cinereo vestitum, bipollicare, diametro unciale. Flos-
culi purpurei, involucro longiores. Antherae semiexserta, albce.
Pappus vix uncialis, sordide cinereus.

Nomen ab avaarpacpeis revolutus, atque ad limbum Hosculi revo-
lutum refert.

VOL. XVI. 2 Q 1. A. ilicij'olia.

296 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Getiera and Species

1. A. ilicifolia.

In America Meridionali. Joannes Fraser, >? .

From the preceding, Anastraphia is readily distinguished by
the insertion of its stamina and by the structure of its pappus,
the rays of which are disposed in a single series. The specimen
in the Lambertian herbarium was received from the late Mr.
Fraser, but in what part of South America it was collected is
not known.

Pentaphorus.

Stamina limbi sinubus inserta. Pappi radiis setaceo-compla-
natis, serrulatis, multiplici ordine coUocatis. Involucrum
5-florum, cylindricum, connivens.

Involucrum oblongum, cylindraceum, polyphyllum, imbricatum:
squamis lanceolatis, acuminatis, coriaceis, adpressis, lanu-
ginosis ; interioribus conniventibus. Receptaculum nudum,
Flosculi 5, tubulosi, hermaphroditi, basin versus sensim
angustati, limbo 5-partiti : segmentis linearibus, apice cras-
siore obtusis, revolutis. Stamina intra limbi lacinias in-
serta : filamenta tantilm h sinubus supern^ libera, capillaria,
glabra : antherce in tubum coalitae, basi bicalcaratae (cal-
caribus linearibus, complanatis, acutis), appendice lanceo-
late, mucronata (mucrone tenui, elongato), coriace^, rigid^
coronatae. Stylus filiformis, glaber. Stigma bilobum : lobis
lingulatis, pruinosis, recurvis. Acheiiia trigona, dens^ vil-
losa. Pappus persistens : 7'adiis setaceis, complanatis, te-
nuissim^ serrulatis, mucronulatis, inaequalibus, multiplici
ordine coUocatis ; intimis latioribus.

Frutex procumbens ? ramosissimus, diffusus. Rami teretes, cor-
tice Icevi, fusco vestiti. Ramuli floriferi conferti, brevissimi,
foliosi, pubescentes, semunciales. Folia alterna, sessilia, vix
ilia Buxi magnitudine adcequantin, obovata, mucronulaia, in-

tegerrima,

of the Class Composita. 297

tegerrhnay coriacea, basi attenuata, utrinque punctis pariim
elevatis, resinosis^ et pube brevissimd cinered copiose instructa,
subtus obsolete trinervia. Flores in apice ramulorum scepius 5,
rarihs 3 v. 7, brevissime pedicellati. Involucrum semipollicis
longitudine. Flosculi purpurei. Pappus cinereus.

Nomen e vocibus graecis Trevre quinque^ et (jxpco porta, composi-
tum.

Genus a praecedente distinctissimum pappi radiis multiplici
ordine dispositis, atque involucro connivente, 5-floro, und^
nomen.

1. V. foliolosus.

In Chili. Caldcleugh. ^ .

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

After Trixis corymbosa, p. 188, insert the three following

Species.

T. glabra, foliis petiolatis ovato-oblongis mucronulatis integer-
rirais glabris, paniculd foliosd.
In Mexico prope Laguna Verde. Schiede et Deppe. ^ .
Floret Martio.

Caulis fruticosus, ramosissimus, laevis. Rami diffusi, cylindrici,
glabri. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovato-oblonga, mucro-
nulata, integerrima, membranacea, utrinque glaberrima,
subti^s reticulata, basi rotundata, sesquiuncialia. Fanicula
foliosa, multiflora. Bracteola subsolitariae, lineares, acutae,
involucro dupl6 breviores. Involucrum 8-phyllum : foliolis
linearibus, acutis, pubescentibus, erectis, siraplici serie di-

2 Q 2 gestis.

298 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

gestis. Receptaculum densh pilosum. Flosculi 8, herma-
, phroditi, bilabiati, lutei ; labio exteriore ligulato, tridentato ;
interiore bipartite, revoluto. Anthera appendicula lineari
obtusiuscul^ elongate cartilagincci. terminatae, basi bisetosae :
seiis longis, simplicibus, attenuatis. Stigmata soluta, trun-
cata, apice minute papillosa. Achenia angusta, angulata,
papilloso-scabra : disco epigyno dilatato. Pappus capillaris,
-; denticulato-scaber, cinereo-fulvellus.

T. salicifolia, foliis elongato-lanceolatis acuminatis denticulatis
subt^s tomentosis basi auriculatis, involucris multibracteo
latis pedunculisque glanduloso-pubescentibus.
In Brasilia. Sello. tj .

Caiilis fruticosus, diffuse ramosissimus, teres, striatus. Rami
hirsuti. Folia alterna, sessilia, elongato-lanceolata, acu-
minata, membranacea, margins denticulis plurimis sub-
setaceis ornata, supr^ hirsuta, subt^s cinereo-tomentosa,
Ijasi attenuate et auriculata, 4 — 5 poUices longa, 10 lineas
lata. Panicula ramosissima, divaricata. Pedunculi teretes,
densfe glanduloso-pubescentes. Involucrum 8 — 10-phyllum,
basi bracteolis 5 v. 7, lineari-lanceolatis, acuminatis, patulis
munitum : squnmis lineari-lanceolatis, acuminatis, membra-
naceis, leviter carinatis, pube copios^ glandulisque inter-
mixt4 vestitis. Receptaculum densfe pilosum. Flosculi plures
(10 — 12) hermaphroditi, bilabiati, Eequales : fauce tubo
;. angusto 5-angulo longiore, dilatatd, intCis villos^ : labiis
brevioribus ; exteriore ligulato, acut^ tridentato ; interiore
bipartite, revoluto : segmentis lanceolato-linearibus, obtu-
siusculis. Filamenta membranacea, canaliculata, glabra.
AnthercE appendicula lineari-lanceolata obtus^ subfalcatd
coronatse, basi setis 2 simplicibus longis instructae. Stig-

. mafa recurvata, apice truncata, minute papillosa. Achenia

undique

of the Class Composita. 299

undique papilloso-scabra : disco epigyno dilatato, concavi-
usculo. Pappus capillaris, flavicans.

T. molUssima, foliis petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis ser-
ratis basi attenuatis utrinque sericeo-villosissimis.
In Brasilia. Sello. f? .

Frutex erectus, ramosissimus. Kami teretes, undique tomen-
tosi. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata,
serrata, basi acuta, penninervia, utrinque sericeo-villosis-
sima, supr^ demilm viridia, 4-pollicaria. Flores difFus^
corymboso-paniculati. Bractea lanceolatae, acutae, inte-
gerrimae. Involucrum duplici ordine polyphyllum : foliolis
lanceolatis, acuminatis, sericeo-villosissimis ; interioribus an-
gustioribus. Receptaculum densh pilosum. Floscitli plures,
hermaphroditi, bilabiati; labio exteriore ligulato, tridenti-
culato, 4-nervio ; interiore bipartite, revoluto : segmentis
lanceolatis, acuminatis, binerviis. Antkercc appendicula
lineari, obtusd breviore cartilaginea coronatae, basi bise-
tosae : setis compressis, vix attenuatis. Achenia subpen-
tagona, undique copiosfe papilloso-glandulosa : disco epi-
gyno dilatato, concavo. Pappus capillaris, denticulato-
scaber, cinereo-fulvellus.

Trixis divaricata, p. I90.

^■j The flowers of this species are most probably entirely white,
although in the dried state they have assumed a yellow colour.
This species, as well as cacaloidesy have been already referred to
Trixis by Sprengel.

After JuNGiA spectabilis, p. 227, insert

3. J . pyramidalis, foliorum lobis obtusis pubescentibus, stipulis

maximis.

.'300 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

maxirais, paniculd ampl^ terrainali, corollae labio exteriore
tridenticulato.
In Brasilia ad ripas fluminis La Plata. Sello. ^ .

Planta pube brevissim^ dens^ vestita, rubiginosa. Caulis levi-
ter angulatus, crassitie digiti minoris. Folia alterna petio-
lata, subrotundo-cordata, 7-loba, 5-nervia, supr^ planius-
cula, punctis minutissimis granulosa, subtils reticulato-
venosissima, varicosa, latitudine 2 — 3-uncialia : lobis ob-
tusis, brevibus, gross^ inaequaliterque dentatis, margins
paululiim revolutis. Petioli teretes, 2 — 3-pollicares, basi
dilatat^, concava. Stipula 2, maximae, foliacese, lobato-
dentatae, sessiles, basi pari^m angustatae, 5-nerviae, reticu-
lato-venosissimse, pollicares v. sesquipoliicares. Panicula
terminalis, ampla, laxa, tripedalis : ramis elongatis, raulti-
floris. Pedicelli filiformes, dens^ pubescentes. BracteolcB
lanceolatae, acuminatae, dentatae ; ultimis integerrimis. In-
volucra simplici ordine polyphylla : foUolis lanceolatis,
acuminatis, membranaceis, striatis, pubescentibus. Palea
foliolis involucri conformes, lanceolatae, acuminatae, mem-
branaceae, concavae, striatae, margine scariosae. Flosculi
10 circiter, albi, bilabiati, hermaphroditi ; labio exteriore
ligulato, revoluto, 4-nervio, obtuse tridenticulato, tubo bre-
viore ; interiore bipartito, spiraliter revoluto : segmentis line-
aribus, obtusis, binerviis, adprimum margine conglutinatis.
Filamenta capillaria, glabra. Antherce coalitae, appendicul4
lineari, falcate acutiuscula cartilagined coronatae, basi bi-
dentatae : dentibus lineari-lanceolatis, acutis. Stylus capil-
laris. Stigmata soluta, semicylindrica, recurvata, apice
dilatato, truncato, minute papilloso. Achenia angust^ fu-
siformia, sulcata, minute papillosa : disco epigyno dilatato,
planiusculo. Pappus cinereus : radiis plurimis (28) ele-

ganter

of the Class Compositee. 301

ganter plumosis, simplici ordine digestis, imd basi con-
natis, patentibus, aequalibus.

Pkoselia, p. 234.

Two new species of this genus have been discovered by
Dr. Gillies, of which he has had the kindness to favour me
with specimens. The rays of the pappus in these are disposed
in a double series.

Tylloma, p. 238.

The flowers in the specimen of Tylloma Umbatiim which I had
to examine being hardly sufficiently advanced to admit of my
ascertaining their structure with perfect accuracy, I beg to sub-
join the following amendments of the character and description
from an inspection of more complete specimens, for which I am
indebted to the liberality of Dr. Gillies.

Flosculi radii foeminei, bilabiati ; labio interiore brevissimo, erecto,
bifido. Pappus capillaris : radiis simplici ordine digestis.

Flosculi radii numerosi (18 — 20) bilabiati, foeminei, staminibus
sterilibus ; labio exteriore amplo, ligulato, obtuse tridenticu-
lato, patulo, 4-nervio, subtiis sericeo-villosissimo, nervis
lateralibus longe intramarginalibus simplicibus, intermediis
supern^ bifurcatis, ramis apice confluentibus ; interiore lan-
ceolato, acuminato, erecto, bifido, brevissimo ; disci her-
maphroditi, tubulosi, bilabiati : labiis ereetis, abbreviatis ;
exteriore obtus^ tridentato ; interiore bilobo.

Obs. — Hujus flosculi aurei, nee rosei, radio semipollicari. In
alter^ specie ab amicissimo D. Gillies lect4 flosculi albi ;
radii 10, foeminei, absque sterilium rudimentis ; labio exte-
riore ligulato, acutfe tridentato ; interiore brevissimo, bipar-
tito, laciniis linearibus, acutis, ereetis, inajqualibus.

DiAZEUXIS ?

302 Mr. D. Don's Descriptions of new Genera and Species

DiAZEUxis? serrata, p. 254.

In a collection of dried plants, which Mr. Lambert lately
received from Messrs. Schiede and Deppe, is a specimen in
flower of this plant, which proves to be a genus akin to Serra-
tula ; and it is therefore to be expunged from Diazeuxis, to
which it had been referred from habit alone, and the following
inserted in its place.

2. D. latifolia, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis triplinerviis basi at-
tenuatis, involucri squamis ovato-lanceolatis, pappi foemi-
nei radiis fasciculatis.
Ad Caracas. D. Fanning, t? .

Praecedenti proxima. Rami angulati, sulcati, undique lana
fugaci vestiti. Folia brevissim^ petiolata, lat^ lanceolata
V. elliptico-oblonga, acuminata, triplinervia, coriacea, basi
attenuata, margine angustissimo, reflexo, denticulato, supr^
nuda, polita, viridia, subtiis land implexd copiosissimd nived
tecta, spithamaea, 2 pollices lata. Involucra fceminea sphae-
roidea : squamis ovato-lanceolatis, mucronatis, coriaceis,
adpressfe imbricatis, extils lanuginosis, obsolete striatis.
Flosculi foeminei filiformes, limbo 5-fidi : laciniis linearibus,
obtusiusculis. Stigmata lingulata, laevia. Pappi radiis co-
piosissimis, fasciculatis, apice penicillatis, cinereis.

MUTISIA, p. 260.

1 ought to have added to my remarks on this genus, that the
presence or absence of appendages to the scales of the invo-
lucrum is a character of specific importance only, as may be
seen by a comparison of species intimately allied, such as Mu-
tisia Clematis and lanata, and M. inflexa and linearifolia. I have
now satisfied mj'^self as to the identity of Mutisia grandifloi'a of
Humboldt and Bonpland with the M. Clematis of Linnaeus, from

the

of the Class Composite. 303

the examination of another and very perfect specimen of the
latter species in the herbarium of the younger Linnaeus, now
incorporated with that of Sir James Edward Smith.

MuTisiA vicicpfolia, p. 363.

The specimens of this species from Cavanilles, as well as from
Ruiz and Pavon, are marked on the tickets as being from Peru ;
but it is stated by Cavanilles in his Icones Plantarum as being a
native of Valparaiso in Chile. Should this information be incor-
rect, and the plant really proves to be a native of Peru, the M.
acuminata may ultimately be found to be identically the same.

MuTisiA sinuata, p. 267-

From a specimen I have received from Dr. Gillies, the rays
appear to be of a pale pink, almost approaching to white. The
broad base of the leaves, and the continuous wings of the stalks,
sufficiently distinguish the M. suhspinosa from this species, al-
though Dr. Hooker has proposed to unite them. I hav^e also a
specimen of this from Dr. Gillies. The rays of M. suhspinosa are

bright yellow.

MuTisiA Unearifolia, p. 272.

I have specimens of this from Dr. Gillies marked M. rigida,
nov. sp.? The exterior scales of the involucrum are furnished
with a short abrupt point. I have referred to this species, with
a mark of doubt, the M. linifolia of Dr. Hooker, which, however,
turns out to be a very distinct plant, as I find from examining a
specimen with which Dr. Gillies has favoured me. It differs in
having perfectly flat leaves, and the exterior scales of the in-
volucrum ovate and acuminate.

[The conlinualion of this Paper will be given in a future Part of the Transactions.]

VOL. XVI. 2 R XVII. On

( 305 )

XVII. On the Organs of Voice in Birds. By William Yarrellt Esq.

F.L.S.

Read June 2 and 16, 1829.

Th e very liberal manner in which the Linnean Society did me
the honour to illustrate a former paper on the Tracheae of Birds,
has been an additional inducement with me to render this sub-
ject as complete as my means of observation would allow : I
therefore now submit descriptions and figures of the numerous
muscles attached to the different parts of the windpipes of birds,
by the action of which their varied and extraordinary powers of
voice are produced, with representations of the tracheae of four
birds, which, though not all entirely unknown, are each of them
illustrative of a portion of this subject, and have not beeii
hitherto so represented as to afford a correct idea of their local
situation or peculiarities.

The organ of voice in birds may be considered as consisting
of four parts ; the glottis or superior larynx, the tube of the
trachea, the inferior larynx with its muscles, and the bronchiae ;
and the variety of modulation birds are known to possess has its
corresponding variety of forms. The glottis or superior larynx
opens into the mouth at the root of the tongue. The orifice is
long and narrow, encircled by two pair of muscles which govern
the size of the aperture, and constitute one of the accessory
means by which the sound of the voice is regulated. Birds
have no epiglottis or covering over this aperture to prevent any

2 R 2 particles

306 Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

particles of food passing into the windpipe; but the surface near
the opening is furnished with numerous papilla?, pointing back-
wards, which assist in directing and conveying food towards and
into the oesophagus.

Tab. XVII. Fig. 1. is a representation of the glottis with its
surrounding membranes. Fig. 2. is a representation of the car-
tilages forming the superior larynx. The letters, a, a refer to
the principal cartilage, which, when in its natural situation, lies
upon the pharyngeal portion, and between the cornua, of the os
hyo'ides or bone of the tongue. This cartilage appears to perform
the double office of the thyroid and cricoid cartilages in the
higher animals. In substance it is uniformly thin, its shape
nearly triangular, one angle placed forwards, the lateral angles
curving upwards to support the base of the arytenoid cartilages
on its own side. The letters b, b refer to the arytenoid cartilages,
supported at their base by the lateral angles of the cricoid car-
tilage before mentioned, and projecting forwards in two narrow
and thin parallel processes over two-thirds of the orifice formed
by the curved lateral portions of the cartilage underneath : each
parallel process forming a slight groove on its superior surface
by the edges curving upwards.

The glottis is closed by a pair of muscles, (Tab. XVII. Fig. 4,
a, a) extending from the upper portion of the cricoid cartilage
along the crura of the arytenoid cartilages, upon each outer edge
of which they ar« inserted ; and it is opened by a pair of muscles
arising from the lateral and posterior portions of the cricoid
cartilage, the fibres of which passing over the pair of smaller
muscles just described, are inserted upon the inner edge of
each arytenoid cartilage (Fig. 3, b, b). The obvious use of
these two pair of muscles is to govern the size of the aper-
ture. Baron Cuvier in his Lemons d' Anatomic Comparee, vol. iv.
p. 490, says, "Birds have no arytenoid cartilages;" but the

uses

Mr. Yariiell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 307

uses to which the two processes already described are sub-
servient, and the action and effect of the muscles attached to
them, render it difficult for me to speak of them under any
better designation.

The tube of the windpipe is composed of two membranes,
inclosing between them numerous cartilaginous or bony rings,
forming a cylinder more or less perfect from end to end. Ossi-
fication appears to commence in these rings at the front of the
trachea, from which point the bone gradually extends equally
on both sides towards the oesophagus as the bird increases in
age : in particular parts, however, of the tracheae of some birds
the rings are not entirely complete at any age. Various in-
equalities of size occur in different parts of the same tube in
some species, producing, as might be expected, a particular
efliect on the voice, to be hereafter explained ; and the length
of the tube deserves consideration. Thus, shrill notes are pro-
duced by short tubes, and vice versd ; the first are possessed by
the Singing Birds, and the reverse by the Waders and Swimmers;
but the diameter of the tube has also its influence, large tubes
producing notes low in the scale, and vice versd. The substance
of the tube itself has also to be considered, though some ano-
malies present themselves. Those birds possessing strong and
broad cartilages or bony rings have monotonous and loud voices,
while the more slender rings with enlarged spaces between them
allow a freedom of motion producing a corresponding variety in
the scale of tone.

The inferior larynx, the true situation of the organ of voice in
birds, — as the experiments of Baron Cuvier have sufficiently
proved, — is situated at the bottom of the tube, and is formed
sometimes by the approximation of several of the lower rings of
the trachea more or less firmly ossified together, and occasion-
ally of solid bones ; varying in form, being compressed, coni-
cal,

'308 Mr. Yarii^ll on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

cal, or triangular at its lower surface, (Tab. XVII. Fig. 7, 11,
& 12) having a central cross-bone extending from behind to the
front, dividing the orifice in two equal parts (Fig. 11 & 12, a, a) ;
to the outer side of which cross-bone the inner membrane of
each bronchial tube is attached. This cross-bone thus dividing
the lower orifice, forms the point of divarication from which the
bronchiae arise separate, and go off to the lungs. But a more
minute description of this important part will be given, when
considering the various muscles connecting the bone of divari-
cation with the bronchise.

The bronchiae are formed on the outer sides by membrane
interposed between and connecting a variable number of carti-
lages which describe only parts of circles, diminishing in size as
they approach the lungs, the circle being completed on the
inner side by a delicate membrane stretching from the opposite
points of the semicircular cartilages, and forming a tube from
the orifice of the inferior larynx to the substance of the lungs
(Tab. XVII. Fig. 9 & 10, c, c). This membrane is called by
Cuvier the membrana tympaniformis, and upon its dilatation and
contraction, as well as the power afforded of altering the form
and length of the bronchiae, some of the varieties of intonation
depend. The bronchiae are also slightly attached to each other
and to the oesophagus.

The muscles of the glottis or superior larynx are uniformly
two pair in all the birds I have examined : but the muscles
of the inferior or true larynx, all largely supplied with nerves,
vary from one pair to five pair, according to the genus or spe-
cies, affording a corresponding increase in the various qualities
of the voice. Some few birds have no true muscles of voice at
the inferior portion of their tracheae. Cuvier describes the
King of the Vultures as being without any ; and this is also the
case with the Condor. Tab. XVII. Fig. 5. is a representation

Mr. Yarkell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 309

of the lower portion of the trachea of a Condor Vulture without
muscles or any true bone of divarication, the bronchial rings
almost completing the circle, with little flexibility, and the voice
of the bird monotonous. The want of muscles of voice will be
more immediately apparent by comparing this representation
with those of Tab. XVIII, all of which exhibit various mus-
cles attached. The Spoonbill is another instance of a bird
without any true muscles of voice. Tab. XIX. is a representa-
tion of part of the inside of this bird with the convolutions of its
singular trachea m situ : the insertion of the bronchiae into the
lobes of the lungs is shown, but no ossification at their junction
with the tube of the trachea will be observed, nor any muscles
by which variations in the length of the trachea or bronchiae can
be effected. The convolutions of the trachea of the Spoonbill
have been described, but I am not aware that they have been
figured.

The next division, or those birds possessing one pair of mus-
cles of voice, is by far the most numerous, including as it does
the genera Falco and Strix, some of the Insessores, all the
Rasores, Grallalores, and Natatores, with a few exceptions
only, which will be pointed out. I refer particularly to the
British species of these different orders, as it is with them I am
best acquainted.

, The single pair of muscles with which these birds are pro-
vided, arise from the whole outer surface of the cricoid carti-
lage ; descending, they form a sheath round the upper part of
the tube, afterwards dividing and passing downwards in two
equal portions, one on each side, uniformly attached to the tube,
and not quitting it till arrived at or near the bone of divarica-
tion ; when, separating from the tube, they pass outwards and
downwards in distinct slips on each side to be inserted upon
each inner lateral edge of the sternum. This pair of muscles

support

310 Mr. Yakrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

support the trachea, and serve to accommodate the tube to all
the varied inflexions of the neck : they influence the length of
the trachea as well as that of the bronchiae, and on account of
their place of insertion have been named sterno-tracheal.

Tab. XVIII. Fig. 1. & 2. are a front and side view of a tra-
chea furnished with one pair of muscles, in which the letters d, d
mark the portion of each muscle going off to be inserted upon
the sternum. Tab. XX. Fig. 1. represents the trachea of the
Curassow {Crax Alector) with its singular convolution lodged
between the shafts of the os furcatorimn. Fig. 2. represents
the posterior aspect of the same trachea removed from its natu-
ral situation to show its single pair of muscles {d, d).

Some of the birds possessing two pair of true muscles of voice
may be considered as exceptions to a general rule, rather than
otherwise, since they belong to those orders which usually pos-
sess but one pair.

The Indian Crowned Pigeon, the largest example of the
family, exhibits this second pair of muscles (Tab. XVIII.
Fig. 3, e). They are formed of a portion of the sterno-tracheal
muscles, but taking a different direction. They proceed by
a narrow slip, from that point upon the tube where the first
pair of muscles go off to be inserted upon the sternum, down
the side of the trachea, to be attached externally to the mem-
brane between the lowest ring of the tube and the first ring
of the bronchia, as shown in the side view before referred to.
By their contraction they shorten the flexible portion of the
tube between their points of attachment, and produce tension
upon the membrana tympaniformis. Our British Pigeons exhibit
a few fibres in the same relative situation.

The Wood Grouse is remarkable for its variation in the or<>;an
of voice from other Gallinaceous birds. The tube of the trachea
IS one fourth longer than the neck of the bird, and this excess

forms

Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 311

forms a free and loose curve or fold within the skin (Tab. XXI.
Fig. 1, a). The first pair of muscles of large size are not at-
tached to the tube throughout any part of its length as in other
birds (Fig. 'i, d), but pass separately downwards, becoming
connected together below the convolution of the trachea, and
inserted upon the os fiircatorium or merrythought, at the angle
formed by the junction of the two shafts of that bone. About
the commencement of the lower third portion of these mus-
cles, each of them sends off a narrow slip downwards, which
becomes attached on its own side to a strong membranous sheath
that invests and strengthens the lower portion of the trachea
(Fig. 1, e), ultimately quitting the tube above the point of diva-
rication in the ordinary way, to be inserted upon the sternum,
becoming the true sterno-tracheal muscles ; the first pair, from
their place of insertion, being called furculo-tracheal, of which
we shall hereafter find further examples. Tab. XXI. Fig. 1, is a
representation of the trachea and its muscles in this bird, in
which another peculiarity will be observed. By the contraction
of the first pair of muscles, marked c?, the glottis may be drawn
downwards two inches below its ordinary or true situation upon
the pharyngeal portion of the os hyoides : the length and flexi-
bility of the tube of the trachea itself, and the power of with-
drawing the glottis just noticed, forming a considerable cavity
by the elongation of the pharynx, are principally instrumental
in producing the very powerful voice this bird is known to pos-
sess. The muscles for elevating and directing the glottis to its
ordinary situation are also shown.

Among the Natatores, which I have stated generally as pos-
sessing but one pair of muscles of voice, there are four excep-
tions known ; the Velvet Duck, the Golden-eye, the Red-breasted
Merganser, and the Gannet ; these birds possess a second pair
of muscles of voice.

VOL. xvi. 2 s I'he

312 Mr. Yarbell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

The Velvet Duck is remarkable for a hollow bony enlarge-
ment in its trachea, situated about two-thirds down the tube,
made up of expanded tracheal rings firmly ossified together.
Upon each side of this enlargement a small muscle, marked e,
arises, which, passing downwards, is inserted upon the inner side
of the shaft of the os furcatorium, and the voice is probably in-
fluenced by the action of these muscles altering the relative
situation of this hollow bulb upon the tube.

There is also another peculiarity, which, as far as I am aware,
has not been noticed. On making a longitudinal section of the
trachea of this rare British bird, (representations of the inner
surfaces of both halves of which are shown at Tab. XXI. Fig. 2,
& 3,) it will be seen, that the inner tube of the trachea at its upper
part has an aperture on each side, by which it communicates
freely with the cavity within the bony enlargement situated im-
mediately below the superior larynx, and brings to mind the
laryngeal cavities found in some of the higher animals. A slip
of paper is represented as passing through both apertures.
Letters d, d, represent the ordinary sterno-tracheal muscles.

In the Golden-eye, the second pair of muscles is of large
size, and inserted also upon the shafts of the os furcatorium.
They arise in part below, and upon a portion of the surface of
the enlarged rings, which form the bulb on the tube of that bird.
When the voice is not exercised, these enlarged rings lie folded
flat upon each other, but by the contraction of these muscles, the
rings are set up at right angles to the axis of the tube, and the
air, forced through and vibrating in an enlarged hollow cavity,
acquires a degree of power which has obtained for this bird the
specific name Clangula.

The trachea of the Red-breasted Merganser has also a perma-
nent enlargement of a portion of the rings, forming a bulb on the
tube. It has also a second pair of muscles (furculo-tracheal),

which

Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 313

which go off about half-way between this bulb and the inferior
larynx, to be inserted upon the os furcatorium. These muscles
are called ypsilo-tracheal by Baron Cuvier, from the form of the
bone upon which they are inserted. They seem peculiar to
those birds having enlargements of the tube, and figures of the
two last-mentioned tracheae will be found attached to Dr. La-
tham's Paper in the 4th volume of the Transactions of the Lin-
nean Society.

I have mentioned the Gannet as differing from the Natatores
generally in being provided with a second pair of true muscles
of voice ; but the second pair in this bird differ materially from
the furculo-tracheal muscles already described as existing in the
three species of palmated birds having enlargements of the tube.
The trachea in the Gannet is uniform in size throughout, and fur-
nished with one strong pair of muscles, which, passing down the
side of the tube nearly the whole of its length, go off to be in-
serted upon the sternum as usual. Underneath and below these
there is another pair given off from the inner surface of the first,
which pass directly downwards, and are inserted upon the upper
surface of a spherical glandular protuberance fixed to the upper
or first half-circular bronchial cartilage. The membranous divi-
sion between the point or bone of divarication and this first ring
is considerable ; and the contraction of this second pair of mus-
cles shortens the bronchiae the whole depth of this division, pro-
ducing at the same time corresponding tension of the membrana
tympaniformis. The protuberances upon the bronchioe here no-
ticed are solid, unctuous in appearance, and probably perform
the office of bronchial glands. Tab. XVIII. Fig. 4, & 5, repre-
sent the lower portion of this trachea in two points of view.

Tracheae possessing three pairs of true muscles of voice are
confined entirel}?-, as far as my observations have extended, to
one very large family only, the Psittacida ; and these muscles

2 s 2 will

314 Mr. Yaurell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

will be found uniform in situation and shape throughout the
whole of the Parrot tribe. The upper orifice is governed by two
pair of muscles as in other birds ; and when mentioning the true
muscles of voice, I refer only to those situated near the inferior
larynx. As the organ of voice is more complex in these birds
than in any of those hitherto noticed, it will be necessary to
enter somewhat more into detail. The bony rings forming the
tube of the trachea are strong, and of large size at the upper part,
diminishing gradually as they approach the point of divarication,
which is formed by the lower rings becoming elongated from
before backwards, and terminating both before and behind in a
small triangular-shaped bone (Tab. XVII. Fig. 8, b) having its
apex pointing downwards. To each side of the bottom of the
tube there is attached by intervening membrane a thin crescent-
shaped bone (Tab. XVII. Fig. 6, Z/), the horns of which, directed
also downward, pass below the points of the triangular interposed
bones ; the connecting membrane permitting a certain degree of
lateral motion in the inferior edges of both these crescent-shaped
portions of bone. Tab. XVII. Fig. 6. 7- & 8, represent these
parts as they appear when divested of their muscles in the great
blue and yellow Macaw. None of the Parrot tribe possess the
cross-bone which usually divides the opening at the bottom of
the tube in other birds. The bronchiae are triangular in shape
and very short, extremely flexible, being made up principally of
membrane with slender semicircular cartilages placed at consi-
derable distances from each other, having a broad surface of
membrane only between the lower edge of the moveable bones
of the tube, and the first bronchial cartilage, to facilitate the
requisite alteration in the length of the bronchial tubes. The
inner membranes of the bronchia unite at their upper broad
edges to form their own division between the bronchiae in the
absence of the cross-bone.

The

Mi\ Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 315

The first pair of muscles after passing down the sides of the
tube in the ordinary w^ay do not quit it to be attached to the
sternum, but have their tendons inserted upon the outside of
the second pair of muscles, their use being to influence the
length of the tube, and assist the second pair in their action
upon the bronchiae (Tab. XVIII. Fig. 7, d). The second pair
of muscles have their origin one on each side a little above the
bones of divarication. Somewhat broad at first, they become
narrower as they pass downwards, and are inserted upon the
outer and central portion of the bronchiae at the fourth semi-
circular cartilage (Fig. 7, e). The third pair of muscles arise
broad and thick from the sides of the last ring of the tube, and
are inserted over the whole surface of the moveable crescent-
shaped bones below (Fig. 7 & 8, /), their obvious use being
that of separating the inferior edges of these bones, thereby
enlarging the aperture. Fig. 8. represents a side view of the
lower portion of the trachea in the Macaw, the three muscles
detached from each other to render them more distinct. It may
be necessary here to remark that the two sides of a trachea and
their attendant muscles are invariably alike, except in some of
the JnatidcE. Fig. 6. & 7- are two views of the same portion of
the trachea with the three pair of muscles in situ. Their diffe-
rent powers will be obvious on inspection ; the second pair,
marked e, performing by their contraction the double oflSce of
altering the length of the bronchiae, and, pressing upon the pro-
jecting surface of the third pair of muscles, which they pass over,
diminish the aperture formed by the edges of the moveable semi-
lunar-shaped side bones. It is to this power of diminishing the
aperture these birds are indebted for the notes they are able to
produce so high in the scale of tone.

I have never yet been fortunate enough to meet with a bird pos-
sessing four pair of true muscles of voice. I proceed therefore
« to

316 Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

to the consideration of the most complex organ, that furnished
with five pair.

The birds included in this division are all the Corvi, Starling,
Thrush tribe, Larks, Buntings, Finches, Warblers, Swallows,
&c., the organs of voice in which vary only in size. The tube
of the trachea is generally uniform in shape throughout, the
bronchiae long in proportion, and both parts perfectly flexi-
ble. Tab. XVIII. Fig. 9- 10. & 11. are an anterior, posterior,
and side view of a portion of the trachea and its muscles in the
Raven, which may be considered as the type of this form, and
from its size admits of clear explanation. Tab. XVII. Fig. 9- is
a side view of the same part divested of its muscles, to show by
the prevalence and interposition of membrane the degree of
alteration the various muscles are able to effect.

Tab. XVII. Fig. 10. represents part of the same trachea,
one bronchia having been removed to show the membrana tym-
paniformis, letter c, on the inner side of the other. Tab. XVII.
Fig. 11. is a view of the under surface of the bone of divari-
cation. Letter a with a cross is the wider posterior part to
admit the passage of the oesophagus from behind forwards, be-
tween the bronchiae, when both are in their natural situation.
Letters a, in Fig. 11. & 12. mark the situation of the cross-
bone.

Referring again to Tab. XVIII. Fig. 11. the pair of muscles
which descend on the outside of the trachea, divide at a short
distance above the end of the tube, and send one portion in
continuation downwards and backwards, to be inserted upon
the extreme posterior end of the first bone of the bronchia,
and is marked f. Its counterpart (e) passes from the place of
separation downwards and forwards, to be inserted below the
extreme point of the last bone of the tube. Within the angle
formed by the separation of these two muscles, a third slender

and

Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 317

and cord-like muscle (d) arises, which goes off to be inserted
upon the sternum. The fourth muscle (A) is the shortest of
the five, and partly hid by the muscle just described marked /.
It arises near the centre of the bottom of the tube, and its
fibres, directed obliquely backwards and downwards, are inserted
by tendon upon the extremity of the first half-circular bone.
The fifth muscle, marked g, arises also from the centre of the
tube similar to the last, but is something longer, oval in shape,
and much more fleshy. It has the appearance of being made
up of several small muscles in close contact. Its direction is
obliquely downwards and forwards, its substance in part hid by
the muscle already described, marked e, and it is attached by a
broad base to the last bony ring of the tube, to the cartilaginous
projection immediately below, and sends one portion to be in-
serted upon the extreme end of the first bronchial bone. Fig. 12.
represents these five muscles, three of them being partly de-
tached for distinction. Should names for these four muscles
be considered necessary, they may be called the long and short
anterior and posterior tensors : the muscle, marked d, from its
insertion upon the sternum, may still retain the name of sterno-
tracheal. Thus, it will be seen, the lungs govern the volume
of air as well as the force with which it is expelled, while
these muscles influence the diameter and length of the bron-
chial tubes.

The advantageous size of the organ of voice in the Raven,
and its perfect similarity to those of all the song-birds, was my
reason for selecting it in illustration of a subject to which, in
quality of tone, there is no resemblance ; but it must not be
forgotten that this bird possesses the power of imitating that
most diflicult of all sounds, the human voice.

It will appear anomalous that the Parrots, with their three

pair of muscles of voice, should possess a greater range of sound,

♦ or

318 Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

or compass of voice, than those provided with five pair ; but it
will be seen by a reference that the insertion of the principal
muscle shortening the bronchial tube, in the Parrots is much
lower down than in any other birds ; nor do any of the song-
birds possess the power of altering the size of the aperture at
the bottom of the tube of the trachea. Considerable advantage
is supposed to be afforded the Parrots by their soft, fleshy,
human-like tongue ; yet it cannot be denied that the Raven,
Magpie, Jay and Starling produce a close imitation of the
human voice with tongues long, slender and horny. The cele-
brated Mocking-bird of America, which I have once had an
opportunity of examining, has an organ of voice and tongue
precisely similar to our own Song-thrush.

The organs of voice in the Mammalia, possessing chorda vo-
cales, have been considered to bear some relation to musical
instruments with strings ; and those of birds, to wind instru-
ments. Among the latter, (with most of which there are some
points of similarity,) they appear to me to have a closer resem-
blance to the French horn than any other ; the bronchiae per-
forming the same of?ice as the lips of the musician, and the
muscles of the glottis, like the hand, governing the extent of
the other aperture. The voices of the Stanley Crane and De-
moiselle, with their single convolution in the trachea, are lower
in the scale of tone than those of the other species of the same
family having no such convolution ; and the Common Crane
with his elongated double convolution possesses a voice still
deeper than the Stanley Crane or Demoiselle. In this circum-
stance they also particularly resemble the French horn, the
performers upon which fix additional circles of tube upon their
instrument when required to take a part in any concerted piece
of music that is set in a low key.

It will perhaps be objected, that the utmost extent of motion

which

Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 319

which birds appear to possess the power of exercising over the
various parts of their organ of voice, seems insufficient to ac-
count for the effects produced ; but it may in answer be urged,
that the closest examination or most scientific demonstration of
the chordae vocales and muscles in man, with all the auxiliary
appendages, afford but an imperfect illustration of the varied
and extraordinary powers of the human voice.

EXPLANATION OF THE, PLATES.

Tab. XVIL

Fig. 1. The glottis in situ, a, a, a. Part of the pharynx, b. The
rima glottidis.

2. Cartilages of the superior larynx, a, a, a. Cricoid car-

tilage, b, b. Arytenoid cartilages, c. Upper rings
of the trachea.

3. 6, b. The muscles opening the arytenoid cartilages.

a. Part of the muscle closing the arytenoid carti-
lages.

4. Shows at a, a, the muscles closing the arytenoid carti-

lages.

5. Part of the trachea of a Condor Vulture {Vultur Gry-

phus). a. Part of the tube. 6. Point of divarication,
c, c. The bronchiae.

6. Side view of the lower portion of the trachea of the

Great Blue and Yellow Macaw (Psittacus Ararauna).
a. Part of the tube. b. Semilunar bone. c. The
bronchia.
7- Bottom of the tube seen from below.
VOL. XVI. 2 T Fig.

330 Mr. Yarkell on the Organs of Voice in Birds.

Fig. 9. Front view of the same trachea, a. Part of the tube.
b. The triangular bone between the crescent-shaped
bones.
9. Side view of the trachea of the Raven {Corvus Corax).

a. Part of the tube. b. Point of divarication, c. Bron-
chia outside.

10. Another view of the same, one bronchia being removed

to show the inner portion (membrana tympaniformis)
of the other, letter c.

11. Bone of divarication in the Raven (Corvus Corax), seen

from below, a*. Posterior part, a, a. Cross-bone.

b, h. The sides.

12. Lower part of the trachea of the Great Black-backed

Gull [Larus marinus). h. The triangular bone of di-
varication ; and c, a. The triangular cross-bone.

Tab. XVIII.

Fig. 1 & 2. Front and side views of a trachea having one pair of
muscles of voice, a, b, & c. Refer as before, d, d. The
first pair of muscles.

3. Side view of a trachea with two pair of muscles of voice.
d. Sterno-tracheal or first pair. e. The second pair.

4 & 5. Front and side views of part of the trachea of the Gan-
net (Pelicanus bassanus), having two pair of muscles of
voice. d,d. The first pair, sterno-tracheal. e,e. The
second pair.

6 & 7. Front and side views of part of the trachea of the
Great Blue and Yellow Macaw {Psittacus Ararauna),
having three pair of muscles of voice, d, d. The first
pair. e,e. The second pair. f,f. The third pair.

8. Side view of the same, the muscles partly detached for

distinction. Letters of reference the same.

Fig.

Mr. Yarrell on the Organs of Voice in Birds. 321

Fig. 9. 10 «Sc 11. Front, back and side views of part of the tra-
chea of the Raven {Corvus Cor ax), d. The sterno-
tracheal muscle, e. The long anterior tensor, f. The
long posterior tensor, g. The short anterior tensor.
h. The short posterior tensor.
12. Side view of the same trachea, the muscles partly de-
tached for distinction. Letters of reference the same.

Tab. XIX.
Trachea of the Spoonbill {Platalea leucorodia) in situ.

Tab. XX.
Fig. 1. Trachea of the Curassow (Crax Alector) in situ, seen
from before.
2. The same trachea seen from behind, a, a. The con-
volutions of the tube. b. Point of divarication,
c, c. The bronchiae. d, d. The single pair of mus-
cles of voice.

Tab. XXI.

Fig. 1. Trachea of the Wood Grouse (Tetrao Urogallus), half
the natural size. a. The loose portion, c, c. The
bronchiae. d. The furculo-tracheal muscles, e, e. The
sterno-tracheal muscles.
2 & 3. Inside views of both halves of the trachea of the
Velvet Duck (Anasfusca). d, d. Sterno-tracheal mus-
cles, e, e. The furculo-tracheal muscles, a, a. The
laryngeal cavity.

2 T 2 XVIII. A Syn-

Trans. Linn.Sac.7ol.T77. Tab. 27.

r^^

Trans. Lirvh. Soq. Yol.XYI. Tab. 18.

< d.

Tnuu!. i:i7M.Si)e.faL.yvi. TaJj,.

i^-.

(^^^t6u:/i€<7^ of m.^ (^y/u^rt

;W^^N^-w>..:.^

( 323 )

XVIII. A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mol-
lusca of Great Britain. By J. G. Jeffreys, Esq. In a Letter
addressed to L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. F.R. and L.S.

Read November 18, and December 16, 1828.

Dear Sir,
If you think that the following account of an interesting branch
of our native Testacea, compiled from my own observations and
a careful investigation of those authors who have written on the
subject, will be found worthy the notice of the Linnean Society,
I shall be glad to avail myself, with permission, of your medium
in submitting it to that learned body. The few changes in sy-
stem and nomenclature which I have ventured to propose are
very partial, and I am sure that you will think with me that they
are justifiable in an attempt to ascertain uncertain characters, or
determine new ones. I do not lay much stress upon the distinct-
ive marks furnished by the animals of this order specifically con-
sidered, though I am fully aware of their importance in forming
the leading features of the higher divisions. The accompanying
catalogue will I believe be found to comprise all the species
hitherto known as British, with some not inconsiderable ad-
ditions. They are, with a single exception, in my Cabinet.

I am, Dear Sir,

Yours truly,

J. G. Jeffreys.

Swansea, September Ist, 1828.

324 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchoiis

Class. GASTEROPODA. Juct.

Ordo. PNEUMONOBRANCHIJ. Pulmones. FSr.

Stirps 1. — Animal; pallio interrupto; test^ plerumque spiral!
obtectum.

Familiarum et Generum Synopsis.

Familia I. HELICIDiE. — Tentaculis quatuor cylindricis, re-
tractilibus ; quorum superiora ad apicem ocu-
ligera.
II. CARYCHIAD^.— Tentaculis duobus cylindricis,
contractilibus, ad basin internam oculatis.
III. LIMNiEA.DiE. — Tentaculis duobus compressis,
contractilibus ; quorum ad basin externam
pedunculi oculigeri.

if'amilial. HELICID^. Leach.
Tentacula superiora longiora.

% Test4 transverso-ovat4, absque umbilico.

1. Succinea.

2. Vitrina.

|§ Test4 conoide4 seu depress^, umbilico subcentrali.

3. Helix.

§§| Testd turriti, umbilico transverso, seu nuUo.

4. Bulimus.

5. Cianella.

6. Clausilia.

7. Pupa.

Tentacula inferiora indistincta, seu nulla.

8. Alaea.

9. Vertigo.

Genus

Mio. ... Mollusca of Great Britain. 325

Genus I. SUCCINEA. Drap.

Animal redundans, gelatinosum : tentaculis brevibus, inflatis :

sustentacula crasso.
Testa ovato-conica : spird exsertd ; anfractu ultimo majore :

aperturd arapl^.

1. PUTRIS.

Animal griseo-maculatum. Tentacula concentric^ rugosa.

Testa ampullacea, fragilis, nitida, glabra, subflava. An-

fractus 3. Apertura ovata, marginibus dispunctis.

Long. O.6.— Diam. 0.35.
Succinea amphibia. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 58. t. 3.

f. 22. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 135.
Helix putris. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1249.
— — succinea. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 97.

liraosa. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 966.

a. Minor, oblonga ; apertura effusiore.

Common, in marshy places, on the water-flag ; but not,
as the name given to it by Draparnaud imports, amphi-
bious.

2. Oblonga.

Animal nigro-griseum. Tentacula ferfe conica.
Testa ovata, subventricosa, nitida, substriata, rufescenti-

cornea. Anfractus 3 vix 4, producti : siiturd distinctd.

Apertura ovalis, peristomio subcontinuo.

Long O.3.— Diam. 0.15.

Succinea oblonga. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 59- t.S.f. 24.

In great abundance in a ditch at Britonferry near Swan-
sea.

Genus

S26 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Fneumonohranchous

Germs II. VITRINA. Drap.

Animal redundans : •pallii processu spirae partem obtegente.
Testa depresso-conica, fragilissima : spird obliqud ; anfractu

ultimo vald^ maximo : aperturd obliqu^ lunata, mar-

ginibus dispunctis.

1. MiiLLEllI.

Animal albo-cinereum. Sustentaculum perangustum eras-
sum. Pallii processus a\hus.

Testa orbiculata, utrinque convexa, hyalina, politissima,

subvirescenti-alba. AnfractusS. AperturaswhroiundiO-

lunata.

Long; 0.125.— Diam. 0.175.

Helix pellucida. Miill Verm. p. 16.
La Transparente. Geoff, p. 38. ^ 2 ?
a. Globosa; spir^ prominul^.

In moist woods, in autumn, on the Jungcrmannia platy-
pliylla (on which the animal feeds) ; and under decaying
leaves. The shell differs from the following in the spire
being more central and produced, and in the form of the
aperture, which is slightly angular near the insertion of the
columellar border. The size of the animal is also not so
disproportionately large.

2. Draparnaldi.

Animal griseum, testam vald^ superans. Sustentaculum

permagnum.
Testa depressior, spir^ parilm exsert^ laterali, perlucida, sub-

viridis. AnfrnctusS. yiper^wra ampla, elliptico-lunata.
Long. 0.135.— Diam. 0.25.

Vitrina pellucida. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 119- t. 8.

f. 38.

Plentifully

Mollusca of Great Britain. . 327

Plentifully towards the end of autumn at the roots of the
^osa spinosissima, on the Swansea Burrows.

3. Depressa.

Animal

Testa depressa, lentissim^ et irregulariter rugosa, albida.
Anfractus 2, vix 3. Apertura lunata.
Long. 0.065.— Diam. 0.145.
As yet I have only found two dead specimens from
Britonferry wood near Swansea. In its general contour
this more nearly resembles the true Helices than any of tlie
preceding ones. It is whitish, and has not much of the
pellucidity and glossiness characteristic of its genus. The
last volution is not so proportionally large and swollen,
and the spire is in consequence more central.

4. Elongata.

Animal elongatum, peramplum. Tentacula brevia, fere

conica.
Testa globosa, spir^ prominula, alba. Anfractus vix 2.
Apertura ovato-lunata.

Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.15.
Vitrina elongata. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 102. t. 8.
/. 40.

From Britonferry wood, near Swansea; very rare. Ex-
cept in the fewer volutions and less orbicular form, (cha-
racters which do not alter with the growth of the shell,) T
should have been inclined to consider this as the young of
the V. Miilkri.

Draparnaud's representation of this shell is very incor-
rect, and by no means agrees with his description. Nor
has he better succeeded in his figures of the V. diaphana,
VOL. XVI. 2 u judging

328 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

judging from the appearance of French specimens of that
shell in the cabinet of Mr. Dillwyn.

Genus III. HELIX. Auct.
Animal mediocre : sustentacula lato, testam aequiparante vel

pariim superante.
Testa conoidea seu depressa: umbilico subcentrali.

* Suhglohosa, incBquilaterales ; umbilico indistincto, in juni-
oribus perforato.

1. AsPERSA.

Animal superne verrucosum, luteo-griseum, fascia dorsali

pallidiore.
Testa subrotundo-ovata, globosa, solidior, lutea, fasciis

quatuor subrufis. Anfractus4i. .^per^a^ra subrotundo-

lunata : peristomio albo, reflexo.
Long. 1.3. — Diam. 1.

Helix grisea. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1247? Dillw.
Cat. 2. p. 943.

aspersa. Midi. Verm. 2. p. 59-

hortensis, Fenn. Zool. 4. p. 136. t. 84. /. 129.

a. fasciis quinque fuscis angustis.

/3. fascia unic4 alba, strigisque transversis.

y. ventricosa, anfractibus fer^ disjunctis.

Common in old walls, gardens, &c. The var. a is from
the neighbourhood of Leith ; and the last is found on the
dry short grass which covers the limestone rocks at Oyster-
mouth near Swansea.

Although this probably is the Helix grisea of Linnaeus,
from the great uncertainty which prevails in his descrip-
tions of the banded species, I do not think that name
ought to be retained to the exclusion of the more apt and

now

Mollusca of Great Britain. 329

now generally adopted one of aspersa, given to it by
Muller.

2. POMATIA.

Animal superne verrucosum, pallida fuscum, subtiis gri-

seum. Tentacula longiora.
Testa subrotundo-ovata, ventricosa, solidior, fasciis variis

rufo-brunneis depicta. Anfractus 4 — 5. Apertura sub-

rotundo-lunata : peristomio crasso, subreflexo.
Long. 2. — Diam, 1.5.

Helix pomatia. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244.

Not uncommon in woods of the midland and southern
counties of England. Many distortions of the shell occur,
but they may be all referred to the same principle, and
cannot rank as varieties, which are chiefly influenced by
food and situation.

3. Arbustorum,

Animal verrucosum, nigro-viridescens. Tentacula per-

brevia.
Testa globosa, solidior, fascia unic^ fusca maculisque flavis

insignita. Anfractus 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata :

peristomio reflexo, in junioribus intils submarginato.
Long. 0.75. — Diam. 0.65.

Helix arbustorum. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1245.
a. efasciata, pellucida.

Not uncommon in moist woods.

4. Nemoralis.

Animal colore varians, plerumque viridescenti-griseum.

Sustentaculum latum.
Testa rotundata, depressiuscula, solidior, nunc fasciis di-

2 u 2 versh

330 Mr. Jeffreys o/i the Testaceous Tneumonohranchous

- " vers^ picta interdiim unicolor. Anfractus 5 — 6. Aper-

tura subrotundo-lunata, compressa. Umbilicus per-

angustus.

Long. 1.15. — Diam. 0.85.

Helix nemoralis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1247.

Common in hedges, woods, &c,, particularly after showers
of rain.

Among the numerous varieties of this species I cannot
help remarking one, which in its markings and consistency
seems closely allied to the H. sylvatica of Continental au-
thors, and from which it only differs in being of a rather
more globular form, and in having the umbilicus a little
impressed.

5. HORTENSIS. . ,!

Animal colore varians, plerumque rubicundo-griseum. Ten-

tacula grisea.
Testa rotundata, depressior, nunc vari^ fasciata, interdilm
unicolor. Anfractus 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata,
costa interiore alb^ marginata : peristomio albo.

Long. 0.85. — Diam. 0.7.
Helix hortensis. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 52.

nemoralis var. Maton %■ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8.

p. 206. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 942.

Found with the last, though less commonly.

Linnaeus's variety of his Helix nemoralis, which has been
referred by Miiller and others to this shell, is probably the
H. vermiculata, a Continental species.

** Conoidea, cequilaterales ; umhilico angustato.

6. FuscA.

Animal

Testa

Mollusca of Great Britain. 331

Testa subglobosa, subdiaphana, fragilissima, luteo-fusca.

Anfractus vix 5. Apertura lunata : peristomio sim-

plici.

Long. 0.225.~Diam. 0.3.

Helix fusca. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 424. t. 13. /. 1.

From woods in the neighbourhood of Swansea and
Cardiff. Mr. J. S. Miller of Bristol, who has described
this shell in the Annals of Philosophy as a new species
(H. siihrufescens), says he has not unfrequently found it in
Somersetshire ; but it is at least a local species.

Trochiformis.

Animal fusco-griseum, nitidissimum. Sustentaculum per-

angustura tenue. Tentacula perlonga, valdfe flexilia.
Testa supern^ conica, globosa ; subtds planiuscula ; niti-

dissima, glabra, corneo-fulva. Anfractus 6. Apertura

lunata, compressa.

Long. 0.1 fer^. — Diam.0.1.

Helix trochiformis. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 427. 1. 11. f. 9.

fulva. Brap. Hist, des Moll. p.Q\. t.7.f.l2.

a. subfusca, diaphana.

Not uncommon under stones at the bank of an old canal
on Crymlin Burrows ; and on the waterflag, and under de-
caying wood, in marshy ground, at Marino near Swansea.
The \^ar. a. is from Somersetshire.

To this species may perhaps be referred the Trochus ter-
restris of Pennant, said to have been found by Mr. Hudson
on the mountains of Cumberland ; though the figure of that
author (which hardly agrees with the description) repre-
sents quite a different shell. The Helix fulva of Mliller is
quite distinct, and is probably the H. edentula of Drapar-
naud.

8. MORTONI.

332 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

8. MORTONI.

Animal pallidum. Tentacula nigra, respectu corpusculi

longa. (MiilL)
Testa supr^ depressior, nitidissima, glabra ; subtCis planata,

substriata ; lateribus utrinque acutis ; pallid^ fulva.

Anfractus 5. Apertura compressa, subrhomboidea.

Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.11.
Helix Trochulus. MiilL Verm. 2. j?. 79?

From the rejectamenta of the Avon river, near Bristol.

I have scarcely any doubt of this species being the Trochus
terresiris /3. of Da Costa, which is stated by that author to
have been found by Mr. Morton in the clefts of a sallow
near a pond in Thorpe Mandeville, Northamptonshire, and
which, as well as the Trochus terresiris of Pennant, has been
referred by Montagu and succeeding authors to the Helix ele-
ga7is, a species inhabiting the plains of the South of France.

9. ACULEATA.

Animal grisescens, testd erects incedit. Tentacula per-

longa, cylindrica.
Testa globosa, lamellis mucronatis trans versis aspera, fusca.

Anfractus vix 4. Apertura elliptico-rotundata.

Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.1 fer^.

Helix aculeata. MiilL Verm. 2. p. 81.

spinulosa. Lightf. in Phil. Trans. 76. p. 166.

Mont. Test. Brit. p. 429- t 11. /. 10. Maton ^
Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 201.

Not uncommon in a coppice at Newton near Swansea.
The animal feeds on the Jungermannia platyphylla.

10. Lamellata.

Mollusca of Great Britai7i. 333

10. Lamellata.
Animal ■ —

Testa pyramidalis, subglobosa, lamellis muticis numerosis,
subfusca. Anfractiis 6, pariim decrescentes, subtur-
ritae. Apertura lunata.

Long. 0.1. — Diam. 0.1.
From the neighbourhood of Scarborough, Yorkshire.
Favoured me by Mr. J. S. Miller of Bristol (as well known
for his elaborate work on the Crinoidea as for his successful
attention to other intricate departments of natural history)
under the specific name of holosericea ; but Gmelin's and
Ferussac's shell of that name is very different, being nearly
allied to the HelLv obvoluta, and is five times the size of this.

11. Sericea.

Animal

Testa subglobosa, nitidula, diaphana, setis obsita confertis,
cereo-lutescens aut strigata. Anfr actus 5 — 6. Aper-
tura subrotundo-lunata, intCis subincrassata : peristo-
mio posticfe reflexo.

Long. 0.35.— Diam. 0.4.
Helix sericea. Milll. Verm. 2. p. 62. Drop. Hist, des

Moll. p. 103. t. 7. /. 16, 17. Fh. Tabl. p. 44.
hispida. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 423. t. 23. /. 3.

Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 198.
velutina. Lam. Hist, des Anim.sans Vert. 6. p. 86?

Not uncommon in hedge-banks and moist woods in
Somersetshire.

*** Depresso-coniccB ; umbilico in aperto, spiram detegente.

12. CiNGENDA.

Animal albido-lutescens ; collo purpurascente. Tentacula

clavata, longiora.
::fi-.; Testa

334 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneiimonobranchous

Testa globosa, supr^ depressior, glabra, zonis rufo-brunneis
saep^ interruptis depicta. Anfractus 5. Apertura sub-
rotundo-lunata : fatice rose^, intern^ marginatd : pe-
ristomio posticb reflexo.

Long. 0.55. — Diam. 0.75.
Helix cingenda. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 418. t. 24./. 4.
Maton ^ RacJcett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 195. t.o.f.G.

rhodostoma. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 86. t. 5.

f. 13, 15.

strigata Dillw. Cat.2. p.QW.

pisana. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 82.

This species, which is rather local, covers the sandy plains
near Tenby in vast profusion, probably affording nourish-
ment to a great number of small birds of the Finch tribe,
as I have frequently observed the dead shells collected
in heaps, with the apex broken and the animal picked
out. The beautiful pink gloss observable on the mouths
of this and the following species, is entirely owing to the
action of, and their exposure to, the sun. In the specimens
found in more sheltered situations, the colours and mark-
ings are much fainter, and sometimes altogether wanting.

I suspect that MuUer confounded this with the next,
under the name of Fisana,

13. ViRGATA.

Animal purpurascente-cinereum. Sustentaculum crassum,
subflavum.

Testa subconica, globosa, glabra, fascid medi^ rufescenti-
brunnea aliisque angustioribus saep^ confluentibus cir-
cumscripta. Anfractus 6. Apertura suborbiculata,
intern^ marginata : peristomio subreflexo.

Long. 0.4. — Diam. 0.6.

Helix

Mollusca of Great Britain. 335

Helix virgata. Mo7it. Test. Brit.MS. t. 24. /.I. Maton

^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 195.
variabilis. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 84. t. 5. f. 11,

12.-
pisana. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 911.

a. minor, conica, obscur^ rubra, fascia ta, fauce purpuras-
centi.
Helix maritima. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 85. t. 9, 10.

Very plentiful on all sandy heaths. The variety is com-
mon on the sandy plains near Swansea.

14. Caperata.

Animal jflavescenti-cinereum, supernfe verrucosum. Sus-
tentaculum crassiusculum.
Testa subdepressa, subcarinata, striis argutissimis exarata,
fascid rufescenti-brunnea spiram circumornante aliis-
que variis inferioribus. Anfractus vix 6. Apertura
subrotundo-lunata, intiis marginata.
Long. 0.25. — Diam. 0.35.
Helix caperata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 430. t. 11. /. 11.
Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 196.

crenulata. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 68 ? Dillw. Cat. 2.

p. 895.
striata. Drap. Hist. des Moll. p.l06. t. 6. f. 18 — 21.

Common in the same situations as the last.

15. Pallida.

Animal griseiim; supernfe fusco- verrucosum ^ Sustentacu-
lum exile.
Testa subdepressa, globosa, fragilis, roseo-pallescens. An-
fractus 6. Apertura subrotundo-lunata, inti^s marginata.
Long. 0.5. — Diam. 0.7.
VOL. XVI. 2 X Helix

336 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pnewnonobranchous

ii ' Helix pallida. Don. British Shells, t. 157. /. 2.

cantiana. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 422. t. 23. /. 1.

f Maton 8f Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 197.

a. paul6 minor, albida.

Helix carthusiana. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 101. t. 7,
/. 3, 4.
Not uncommon in parts of Somersetshire and the neigh-
bourhood of Swansea : to be seen in hedges after showers of
rain. The variety, which exactly resembles some French
specimens of Draparnaud's carthusiana in my possession,
was presented to me by Mrs. Smith of Bristol, and was, I
believe, found by that lady in Gloucestershire. The inha-
bitants of this and many of its congeners have a dorsal line
or band, of a lighter colour than the rest of the body. It
corresponds with the circular lines sometimes observable on
the last volution of their shells.

Local names should at all times be avoided ; but where,
as in the present instance, two such happen to be applied
to the same species, there can be no doubt of the propriety
of changing them.

16. CONCINJSTA.

Animal rufescens, politissimum. Tentacula longiora.

Testa subdepressa, subcarinata, nitidula, setis albidis vald^
caducis sparsa, rufo-brunnea. Anfractus5 — 6. Aper-
tura subrotundo-lunata, intils marginata. Umbilicus
patulus.

Long. O.2.— Diam. 0.3.

a. minor, candidior ; aperturA vix marginata.
Helix polita. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 33 ?

hispida, y. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 104. t. 7-

/.22?

Under

Mollusca of Great Britain. ..>,. 337

Under stones &c. in dry places in the neighbourhood
of Swansea, mixed with the following ; and very plentifully
among the rejectamenta of the Avon river, near Bristol.
The variety is of a smaller size, more pellucid, and of a
paler colour, and was presented to me by Mr. Dillwyn as
Irish. Miiller's specimens (if this shell be the long-sought-
for H. polita of that author) may have been bleached, and
conveyed to the habitat mentioned by him (on the banks of
torrents in Lombardy) by the waters of a flood.

17. RUFESCENS.

Animal nigro-griseum. Tentacula superiora crassiora, vald^
divergentia.

Testa depressior, glabra, striata, subcarinata, rufescenti-

cornea. Anfractus 6. Apertura subrotundo-lunata,

intiis marginata : peristomio subreflexo. Umbilicus pa-

tulus.

Long. 0.25. — Diam. 0.5.

Helix rufescens. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 134. Mont.
Test. Brit. p. 420. t. 23. /. 2. Maton ^ Rackett in
Linn. Trans. 8. p. I96. Dillzv. Cat. 2. p. 895.

hispida, jwniores, ett;ar. helvetica. Miill. Verm.2.

i>. 74.

Common in hedges, gardens, &c. In every stage of
growth, from half a line upwards, it is smooth, and not in
the least hispid ; and it is surprising that Montagu, who has
been followed in this respect by succeeding British authors,
should have confounded this with the following well-known
Continental species.

It is either the glabella or hispida, var. /3. of Draparnaud,
but I am rather inclined to think the former.

2x2 18. Hispida.

338 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Frieumonohranchous

18. HiSPIDA.

^wiwa/ griseum. Sustentaculum album, crassum.

Testa subdepressa, globosa, substriata, setis obsita confertis.
Anfractus vix 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata, plerum-
que emarginata. Umbilicus subangustatus, sinu pro-
fundo.

Long. 0.225.— Diam. 0.325.

Helix hispida. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244? Miill.

Verm. 2. p. 73.
— • — rufescens, var. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 421.

conspurcata. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 105. t. 7-

f. 23—25.
a. minor, albida, striata, subcarinata.
/8. minor, tenuior ; spird productiore.

y. paul6 major, solidior ; aperturd intus denticulato-mar-
ginat^.

Common under stones &c. in shady places. The var. a.
is found in moist willow grounds, and may be a distinct
species. /3. is not uncommon on the Swansea Burrows, at
the roots of the Rosa spinosissima.

I do not think that Draparnaud's hispida has ever been
found in this country : ours, which is that of Miiller, Da
Costa, and Donovan, and probably also of Linnaeus, is the
Helix conspurcata of Continental writers, and constitutes a
variety only remarkable for its more depressed form, and
the dark irregular blotches or spots which are often ob-
servable on the surface. The spots are noticed by Miiller,
and originate in the mantle of the animal.

19- Ericetorum.

Animal albido-griseum. Sustentaculum, tenue, pellucidum.

Testa

MoUusca of Great Britain. 339

Testa utrinque depressior, fragilis, albida, fasci4 superiore
rufescenti-brunne4 aliisque saepb divisis inferioribus,
Anfractus 5 — 6. Apertura orbiculata, intils margi-
nata : peristomio subreflexo. Umbilicus valdh patens,
sinu prof undo.

Long. 0.35. — Diam. 0.65.
Helix ericetorum, jQ. MUIL Verm. 2. p. 34.

Common on heaths, sandy plains, &c. It does not
exactly agree with any of the varieties of Draparnaud's
ericetorum or cespitum.

20. NiTIDA.

Animal caerulescenti-nigrum, politissimum. Tentacula bre-

via, crassiuscula.
Testa subdepressa, nitidissima, substriata, fulvo-cornea.
Anfractus vix 5. Apertura suborbiculato-ovata : pe-
ristomio simplici. Umbilicus patulus, sinu profundo.

Long. 0.15.— Diam. 0.275.
Helix nitida. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 39- Lam. Hist, des
Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 91'

nitens. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3633.

lucida. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 103. /.8./. 11,12.

(var.) Mont. Test. Brit. p. 425 ?
a. paul6 minor, striata ; anfractibus 6, sensim decrescenti-

bus, convexis.
/3. hyalina, albido-virescens.

Not uncommon under stones, at the roots of rushes &c.,
in marshy places near Swansea. Some specimens nearly
equal the largest size noted by Miiller, 3-|^ lines of our mea-
sure. The var. /3. I received from Mr. Dillwyn as Irish.

Gmelin, by changing the name given to this species by
Miiller, has created no little confusion.

21. NiTIDULA.

340 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

21. NiTIDULA.

Animal griseo-maculatum, pellucidum. Sustentaculum al-
bescens.

Testa depressior, nitida, glabra, cereo-lutescens, subtus
albida. Anfr actus vix 5, convexiusculi. Apertura
magna, subovata : peristomio simplici. Umbilicus plus-
qu^m patens.

Long. 0.2. — Diam. 0.4.

Helix cellaria. Miill.Verm.2. p.2Sl Gmel.Syst.Nat.l.
p, 3634. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 193.

nitidula. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 117-

fi. minor, albida, diaphana, subcarinata ; anfractibus sensim
decrescentibus.
Helix nitidula, /3. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 117- t. 8.

/. 21, 22.
nitidosa. Fir. Tabl. des Anim. Moll. p. 41.

Not uncommon under stones &c. in sheltered places.
The variety is a very pretty shell, and approaches in form
to the Helix rufa {Helicophanta, Ferussac) of Drapar-
naud.

22. LuciDA.

Animal caerulescenti-griseum. Sustentaculum albidum, pel-
lucidum, elongatum. Tentacula flexilia.

Testa depressa, pellucida, nitidissima, testacei coloris ; sub-
tiis lactea. Anfractus 5 — 6, planiusculi. Apertura
magna, oblique lunata, emarginata. Umbilicus patulus,
sinu profundo.

Long. 0.275. — Diam. 0.55.

Helix lucida. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 425. t. 23. /. 4.

Helix

Mollusca of Great Britain. 341

Helix nitens. Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 198.
t.5.f.7. ^,. 'fv'.

cellaria. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 91.

Common ; found with the last.

23. Alliacea.

Animal nigrescens. Tentacula brevia, cylindrica.

Testa supr^ plana, politissima, diaphana, rufescenti-cornea ;

subtiis lactea. Anfractus 4 — 5, sutur^ marginat4. Aper-

tura obliqua, subrotundo-lunata. Umbilicus suban-

gustatus, sinu profundo.

Long. 0.1.— Diam. 0.225.

Helix alliaria. Miller in Ann. of Philos. 1822, p. 379.

Under stones &c. in moist situations ; often in company
with the H. nitida, but by no means so common. The ani-
mal has a strong odour of garlic, which is very perceptible
on its being plunged into boiling water. It is a very distinct
species, and differs from the young of the last in the greater
depression of its spire, and greater transparency and con-
traction of the umbilicus. First described by Mr. J. S. Mil-
ler in the Annals of Philosophy for 1822.

24. Crystallina.

Animal lacteum. Tentacula superiora obtus^ cylindrica.

Testa supr^ plana, vitrea, hyalina, politissima. Anfractus 5,

pariim decrescentes, subtiis convexiusculi, suturi sub-

marginata. Apertura lunata. Umbilicus angustatus,

foramine cylindrico.

Long. 0.075.— Diam. 0.125.

Helix crystallina. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 23. Drap. Hist.

des Moll. p.U8. t. 8./. 13—17. Non Billw. Cat. 2.

p. 909.

Under

342 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Under stones in moist sheltered situations, but not very
common. The shell varies much in size. Dead ones are'
of an opaque white colour.

First noticed as British by Mr. J. S. Miller in the Annals
of Philosophy for 1822.

25. ROTUNDATA.

Animal pallid^ griseum, supernfe punctatum. Sustentaculum
, perbreve, hyalinum.

Testa depressior, subcarinata, striis argutis divaricatis ex-
arata, rufo-maculata. Anfractus 6 — 7. Apertura com-
pressa, suborbiculata, emarginata. Umbilicus vald^
patens, sinu profundo.

Long. 0.125.— Diam. 0.375.
Helix rotundata. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 29- Drap. Hist, des
Moll. p. 114. t. 8. f.4r— 7.

radiata. Da Costa Brit. Conch, p. 57. t. 4.f. 15,

16. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 432. t. 24. /. 3. Maton
^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 199-
a. viridescenti-albida, immaculata.

Common in shady places, under decayed wood, &c. A
single specimen of the variety has occurred to me from the
neighbourhood of Swansea.

26. Umbilicata.

Animal nigro-griseum, politum. Tentacula superiora cylin-
drica.

Testa subdepressa, subcarinata (praesertim juniores), diva-
ricate striata, brunnea. Anfractus vix 5, suturd exca-
vate. Apertura compressa, suborbiculata. Umbilicus
ya\dh patens.

Long. 0.05. — Diam. 0.1.

Helix

Mollusca of Great Britain. 343

Helix umbilicata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 434. t. 13./. 2.

Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 200. Dillw.

Cat.2. p.9i5.
rupestris, 13. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 82. t. 7.

f- 7—9.
Very plentiful in the crevices of limestone-rocks near
Swansea, Tenby, and other parts of South Wales ; and in
the rocks near Bristol. The animal walks with its shell
erect, owing to the shortness of its foot.

27. Pygm^ea.

Animal nigro-griseum, politum. Tentacula stiperiora fili-

formia, approximata. Sustentaculum longius.
Testa subdepressa, pellucida, subtiliter striata, pallid^ brun-
nea. Anfractus 3 — 4, globosi. Apeitura compressa,
suborbiculata : perislomio simplici, marginibus dis-
junctis. Umbilicus patulus, sinu profundo.

Long. 0.025.— Diam. 0.06.
Helix pygmaea. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 114. t. 8.

/. 8—10.
Kirbii. Shepp. in Linn. Trans. 14. p. 162.

At the roots of rushes in a marshy piece of ground at
Marino near Swansea.

**** Depresses; peristomio incrassato, reflexo.

28. PULCHELLA.

Animal croceo-lactescens, pellucidum. Tentacula perbre-

via ; superior a cylindrica.
Testa pellucida, nitida, subtiliter striata, albida. Anfractus
3 — 4, subglobosi. Umbilicus patens, sinu profundo.
Apertura suborbicularis : peristomio subcontinuo.
Long. 0.04. — Diam. 0.1.
VOL. XVI. 2 Y Helix

344 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Helix pulchella. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 30. Drop. Hist, des
Moll, p.112. t.7.f. 30—32.

paludosa. Da Costa Brit. Conch, p. 59. Mont.

Test. Brit. p. 440. Maton ^ Rackett in Linn.
Trans. 8. p. 193. t. 5. /. 5.
a. epidermide laminosd induta.

Helix costata. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 31.

crenella. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 441. t. 13. /. 3.

Turbo helicinus. Light/, in Phil. Trans. 76. t. 3.
/. 1-4.
Common in moist places under stones, in moss, and at
the roots of grass.

29. Acuta.

Animal supri\ nigrescenti-rufum, granulatumque ; subt\!is

pallidius. Tentacula superiora longiora.
Testa solidior, granulato-scabra, carinata, rufo-maculata.
Anfractus 5, subtiis convexiusculi. Apertura trans-
verso-ovata : peristomio continue. Umbilicus patulus.

Long. 0.3. — Diam. 0.65.
Helix lapicida. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1241.
acuta. Da Costa Brit. Conch, p. 55. t. 4. y. 9-

Not uncommon in the clefts of rocks, under stones, &c.
Somersetshire.

I cannot account for the vulgar error which dictated to
Linnaeus the name oi lapicida ^or Stone-eroder,for this shell.

Genus IV. BULIMUS. Bruguiere.

Animal elongatum. Sustentaculum angustum, testam non aequi-

parans.
Testa oblonga, anfractu ultimo majore. Apertura inaequalis, ad

basin integra. Umbilicus semiclausus, perforatus.

* Ovato-

Mollusca of Great Britain. 345

* Ovato-ohlonga ; apice obtuso : peristoinio extus reflexo.

1. Obscurus.

Animal rosaceo-griseum. Sustentaculum crassum. Tenta-
cula superiora subulata, tenuiter arcuata.

Testa oblongiuscula, ventricosa, tenuis, epidermide luteo-
fusco (praesertini in junioribus) induta. Anfractus 6 — 7-
Apertura subovata, marginibus subinaequalibus : peri-
stomio albo, incrassato. Umbilicus angustatus.

Long. 0.35. — Diam. 0.125.
Bulimus obscurus. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 74. t. 4.
/• 23.

hordeaceus. Brug. Encycl. Meth.n.62. Lam.

Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 125.
Helix obscura. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 103.

In woods, hedge-banks, under stones, &c. ; but not very
common.

2. MONTACUTI.

Animal pallidum. Tentacula clavata. (Mont.)
Testa oblonga, ventricosior, ferrugineo-fusca. Anfractus
6 — 7, reticulato-striati. Apertura subovata, margini-
bus inaequalibus : peristomio rosaceo-albo, in columel-
1am pariim reflexo. Umbilicus subangustatus.

Long O.6.— Diam. 0.275.

Bulimus montanus. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 74. t. 4/.

f. 22.
Helix Lackhamensis. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 394. ^. 11./.3.

Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 212. Dillw.

Cat. 2. p. 953.

In moist woods of the midland and southern counties of

2 Y 2 England,

346 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

England, though by no means common. For specimens
I am indebted to my friend Mrs. Smith, who found them in
Shortwood, Gloucestershire. Mr. Miller also tells me that
he has collected several alive from the bark of Viburnum
Lantana in woods near Bristol.

** Elongato-oblonga; ; apice acuto : peristomio simplici.
3. AcuTus.

Animal pallid^ flavescens. Tentacula superiora longa, sub-

ulata ; inferiora brevissima.
Testa clavata, ventricosa, striata, albida, fasciis fulvis stri-

gatis aut obliteratis. Anfractus 8 — 9- Apertura sub-

ovata, marginibus subinsequalibus. Peristomium pos-

tich reflexiusculum.

Long. 0.6. — Diam. 0.2 fer^.
Bulimus acutus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 42. Drop.

Hist, des Moll. p. 77- t. 4. /. 29.
Helix acuta (var.). Miill. Verm. 2. p. 100.
bifasciata. Pult. Dorset, p. AQ; ed. 2. p. 65. 1. 18.

f. 8 — 10. Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8.

p. 210.
Turbo fasciatus. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 131. t. 82.

/. 119.
a. testa ventricosior, fasciis 2 nigro-fuscis pulchr^ ornata.

Abundantly on sandy banks and high plains on many
of the western coasts. The Bulimus ventricosus of Drapar-
naud, which that author refers to the jB. acutus of Miiller,
is nothing more than a variety of this species.

The Helix {Cochlicella) Clavulus of Ferussac (described by
Mr. J. S. Miller in the Annals of Philosophy under the name
of Helix Goodallii), which is found so abundantly in the

Pine-

Mollusca of Great Britain. 347

Pine-pits at Miller's nursery near Bristol, can hardly be
said to be thoroughly naturalized.

Genus V. CIONELLA.

Animal glutinosum. Tentacula injh'iora brevissima.

Testa oblonga seu elongata ; anfracta ultimo niajore. Ayex
acutiusculus. Columella subinterrupta. Apertura ca-
naliculata, ad basin subefFusa, marginibus ina^qualis-
simis. Umbilicus nullus.

Baron Ferussac remarks, that the animals of his Styloides,
a group of his subgenus Cochlicopa, and which answers to
this division, do not agree in their conformation with those
of the true Polyphemi of Montfort. This remark will, I
believe, be found to apply equally well to the genus Aclia-
tina as established by Lamarck, besides the character which
seems essential to that genus, of the truncature of the colu-
mella being parallel, or nearly so, with the base of the
shell. In the genus I have proposed, the columella is
slightly interrupted, and forms a channel or sinus in the
aperture ; though 1 have not observed that it is attended
on the part of the animal by any corresponding pecu-
liarity.

1. LUBTJICA.

yi/M';na/nitidum, fuscescenti-nigrum ; subtiis pallidius. Ten-
tacula inferiora vix percipienda.
Testa oblonga, subcylindrica, diaphana, polita, nitidissima,
fulvo-flavescens. Anfractus 4 — 6, rotundati. Apertura
ovato-oblonga, in junioribus ad basin arcuata : peri-
stomio saepfe incrassato, luteo, in columellam reflexius-
culo.

Long. 0.25.— Diam. 0.085.

Helix

348 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Helix subcylindrica. Linn. St/st. Nat. I. p. 1248? Dillw.

Cat.2.p.95'i.

lubrica. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 104.

Bulimus lubricus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 23. Lam.

Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 126.
Buccinum obtusulum. Adams's Microsc. Essays, t. 25.
/.25.

Common in moist places, at the roots of grass, under
stones, decaying wood, &c.

2. ACICULA.

Animal albidum, pellucidum. Tentacula superiora subu-

lata.
Testa elongato-oblonga, diaphana, nitidissima, albida. A7i-
fractiis 6, turriti, Apertura elliptica, convoluta, rar6
intOis submarginata : peristomio simplici.

Long. 0.2.—Diam. 0.05.
Buccinum Acicula. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 150.
Bulimus Acicula. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 22. Drap.

Hist, des Moll. p. 15. t. 4. /. 25, 26.
Helix octona. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3653.
Buccinum terrestre. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 248. t. 8.f. 3.

In moss at the roots of grass, &c. in sheltered situations ;
very plentifully among the rejectamenta of streams. I once
found it alive in a coppice at Newton near Swansea.

3. Elongata.

Animal ■

Testa elongato-oblonga, subturrita, striata, nitida, pellucida,
lutescenti-alba. AnfractusS — 9, teretes, acuminati, su-
ture profunda. Apertura ovata : peristomio simplici.
Long. 0.6. — Diam. 0.125.

Bulimus

MoUusca of Great Britain. 349

Bulimus octonus. Brug. EncycL Meth. n. 47. Lam.

Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 124.
Helix octona, (3. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3653.

I am happy in being enabled to add the following very
respectable authorities for considering this shell as British. I
was lately presented with a specimen which I observed in the
cabinet of Mr. Henry Collins of Swansea, who assured me
that he had found it a few years ago, in company with the
Clausilia nigricans and Pupa umbilicata, in the walls of the
old castle at Oystermouth near Swansea. It is a young shell,
and has the remains of the animal in it. Mr. Dillwyn also
favoured me with a full-grown specimen, which he believes
was given him by Miss Hutchins, as collected by that lady
in the neighbourhood of Bantry, Ireland. This latter spe-
cimen was sent upon the above authority by Mr. Dillwyn to
the late Colonel Montagu to be named, who returned it for
further information.

The Helix octona of Linnaeus, and probably also of
Dr. Pulteney, is the Helix octanfracta of Montagu and
other British authors.

Genus VI. CLAUSILIA. Brap.

Animal; corpore angusto, attenuato : tentaculis inferioribushre-
vissimis.

Testa fusiformis, elongata, acuminata: spirA sinistrorsa, intiis
juxta aperturam ossiculo testaceo resiliente seu clauso
plerumque instruct^. Apertura laminis coarctata, ex-
tils compressa : peristomio continuo, undique libero,
reflexo. Umbilicus perangustus.

This and part of the genus Cyclostoma of Lamarck (the
shells of which latter are uniformly dextral) have been,

with

350 Mr. Jeffreys o?i the Teaiaceous Vneumonobranchous

with many others of the land Turbines of Linnaeus, reunited
by Ferussac under his subgenus Cochlodina ; but, as I am
inclined to think, without sufficient reason. The validity
of a theory first proposed by our older physiological writers,
that a peculiarity in the form of the shell, attended by a
corresponding formation in its animal inhabitant, is of itself
sufficient ground for systematical distinction, has been often
questioned, but is I believe at present, with some partial
exceptions, pretty well established. But it is most curious
that facts, in themselves indicating the closest relation
between the animal and its external covering, and which at
first seem totally opposed to all the known rules of organi-
zation, have at the same time been either disregarded as
mere liisus natiircp, and therefore unworthy of the attention
of the naturalist, or, in the prevailing rage for classification,
adopted as generic characters in the fullest and sometimes
most absurd extent. The reversed direction of the spire of
the shell in the restricted order Mollusca is, it is well known,
influenced by the position of the circulating and respiratory
organs of the animal ; and, according to the frequency of
its occurrence, and its presumed perpetuation in individuals,
furnishes more or less invariable characters in the distribu-
tion of that intricate tribe. But I am convinced that the
distinction ends here, and that it ought not to be extended
to those tribes in which, from the more imperfect organiza-
tion of the animals, there is not the same connexion between
their external and internal structure. Such is the case with
the Nautilida and others of the testaceous Annelides, many
of the individuals of which have been generically separated
upon no other ground than a variation in the form of their
shells, without any regard to the characters afforded by the
inhabitant. As we descend in the scale of animated nature,

instances

Mollusca of Great Britain. 351

instances of this seeming disorganization are still more
numerous, while our researches become necessarily more
confined ; and we are at last forced to confess how very
imperfect our greatest diligence has been, and what a
large extent of ground yet remains untrodden in the fields
of natural history.

* Incompleta ; umbilico perforata.

1. Fragilis.

Animal flavo-fuscescens. Ten taenia superior a breviora, cla-
vata.

Testa clavata, subventricosa, striata, pellucida, nitida, fulva.

Anfractus 6 — 7. Apertura compressa, subquadrata,

interdiim uniplicata : peristomio simplici, postic6 sub-

reflexo.

Long. 0.25.— Diam. 0.085.

Turbo perversus. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1240.
Pupa fragilis. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 68. t. 4<.f. 4.
Balea fragilis. Leach Mss.

Among moss, under the bark of trees, &c., but not very
common. The females have their shells much more ven-
tricose and with fewer volutions.

** Completa ; umbilico imperforato.

2. Nigricans.

Animal nitidum, fuscum, supern^ corrugatum. Sustenta-
culum tenuius, angustum.

Testa subventricosa, subopaca, subcrenato-striata, nigres-
centi-fusca. Anfractus 10 — 12. Apertura subtrian-
gularis plicis 2 columellaribus distantibus instructa:
peristomio producto, albido, incrassato.

Long. 0.5.— Diam. 0.085.
VOL. XVI. 2 z ClausiKa

352 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

Clausilia rugosa. Drap. Hist, des Molt. p. 73. t. 4.
/. 19, 20. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6.
p. 115.
Helix perversa. Milll. Verm. 2. p. 118.
Turbo perversus. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 130. t. 82.
/. 116. Don. Brit. Shells, 2. t.72.

bidens. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 357. t. 11./. 7.

nigricans. Pidt. Dorset.p.46. ed.2. p. 51. t.lQ.

f. 10. Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 180.
"■* ' a. ventricosior ; apertura plicis 2 vix 3 mediis columella-
ribus.
^. minor ; anfractibus paucioribus.
•^ •'''*' Turbo Everetti. Miller in Ann. of Philos. 1822. p. 377.

Common in the clefts of old walls, under stones, «Scc.
Many curious distortions occur of the shell. In one a
prominent medial ridge accompanies the order of the vo-
lutions.

3. Pauvula.

Animal

Testa gracilis, pellucida, glabriuscula, fulva. Anfractus 9,
sutur^ indistinct^. Apertura uti in praecedente 2-pli-
cata.

Long. 0.425.— Diam. 0.07-
Helix (Cochlodina) parvula. Fir. Tab. des Moll. p. 63.
Of this rare and elegant shell I found one specimen
which had the remains of the animal in it, among the re-
jectamenta of the Avon river near Bristol. Ferussac re-
stricts the locality of the species to France and Switzerland.
It is of a much more slender and tapering form than the
last, with the suture less distinct, and is nearly smooth and
exceedingly transparent.

4. Plicatula.

Mollusca of Great Britain, ii ; • i 353

4. Plicatula.

Animal

Testa ventricosa, tenuis, pellucida, fuscescens, striis 40 — 50
ad aperturam confertioribus exarata. Apertura dila-
tata, subquadrata, plicis 2 columellaribus distantibus,
mediisque 2 vix 3 minoribus instructa : peristomio albo,
tenuiore.

Long. 0.4. — Diam. 0.1 fer^.
Clausilia plicatula. Drap. Hist, des Moll.' p. 72. t.4.

f. 17, 18.
Rolphii. Leach Mss.

For this shell I am obliged to Mr. Dillwyn, to whom it
had been sent by Dr. Leach. Charlton wood, Kent, is
mentioned by him as its locality.

5. Labiata.

Animal ■

Testa subventricosa, subopaca, fuscescenti-cornea, clathra-
tim striata. Anfractus 10, sutur4 indistincti. Aper-
tura suborbiculata, dilatata, plicis 2 columellaribus in-
structa : peristomio albo, incrassato.

Long. 0.65.— Diam. 0.125.

Clausilia solida. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 69. t.4.

/. 8, 9.
Turbo labiatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 362. t. 11. f. 6.
Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 180. Dillw.
Cat. 2. p. 875.

I observed a specimen of this shell in the extensive col-
lection of Mr. Lyons of Tenby, who said it came from Hyde
Park, near the Serpentine river.

2 z 2 6. Ventricosa.

354 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

6. Ventricosa.
Minimal

Testa ventricosior, tenuis, subpellucida, nigro-fuscescens,
striis argutis numerosis exarata. Anfractus 12, sutur^
obliquiore. Apertura subquadrata, dilatata, plicis 2
columellaribus approximatis, mediisque 2 vix 3 mi-
noribus instructa : peristomio tenui, fer^ disjuncto.

Long. 0.65. — Diam. 0.125.
Clausilia ventricosa. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 7. t. 4i.

f. 14.
Helix perversa (adulta). Miill. Verm. 2. p. 118.
Turbo biplicatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 361. t. 11. /. 5.

Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 179- Dillw.

Cat. 2. p. 874.
Helix (Cochlodina) ventriculosa. Fh\ Tab. des Moll.

p. 63.

For this also I am indebted to Mr. Dillwyn, who received
it from Colonel Montagu as British. It bears some resem-
blance to the C. plicatula, but is larger, of a thinner texture,
and has the striae much finer and more numerous. The
teeth are also differently disposed.

The C ventricosa of Draparnaud constitutes a variety of
this species, distinguished by the more oval form of the
aperture and more tumid volutions.

Derugata.

Animal ^dWidh fulvum. Tentacula superiora clavata, longiora.

Testa subarcuata, ventricosior, glabriuscula, nitida, pellu-

cida, fulva. Anfractus 10 — 12. Apertura subrhom-

boidea, biplicata : peristomio albo, subincrassato, co-

lumellae insidenti : clausio emarginato.

Long. 0.65. — Diam. 0.135.

Clausilia

Mollusca of Gi'eat Britain. 355

Clausilia bidens. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 68. t. 4.

f.5—7.
Helix bidens. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 116.
Turbo laminatus. Pult. Dorset, p. 4-6. ed.2. p. 51. 1. 19.

/. 9. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 359. t. 11. / 4.
Helix (Cochlodina) derugata. Fir. Tab. des Moll. p. 63.

Not uncommon on the bark of trees in many of the mid-
land and southern counties of England.

Genus VII. PUPA. Drap.

Animal corpora attenuato ; anteriore parte capitis proboscidali.

Testa pyramidali-cylindracea ; anfractu ultimo ferh majore :
apertura dilatata, marginibus disjunctis, intiis la-
mellis continuis coarctata : peristomio extiis reflexo.
Umbilicus subperforatus.

1. Secale.

Animal nigrescenti-fuscum, nitidum, supern^ verrucosum.

Sustentaculum angustum, crassum.
Testa cylindracea, in apicem attenuata, obliqu^ striata,

pallid^ fusca. Anfractus 8. Apertura subrhomboidea,

plicis 7 — 8 albis, nemp6 4 columellaribus et 3 — 4 la-

bralibus instructa : peristomio albo.

Long. 0.3. — Diam. 0.115.

Pupa secale. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 64. t. 3.f. 49, 50.

Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 110.
Turbo Juniperi. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 340. t. 12. /. 12.

Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 182. Dillw.

Cat. 2. p. 877.

Plentifully in the crevices of limestone-rocks in some
parts of Somersetshire and Gloucestershire. When young

the

556 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneunomobranchous

the shell is clothed with an earthy covering like that of the
Bulimus obscurus. This seems a provisional defence to the
animal until the teeth of the aperture are completely formed,
when it divests itself of its coat by rubbing the shell against
extraneous substances ; and it is one of the many and va-
rious contrivances of nature which we cannot sufficiently
admire.

This is not the Grain d'avoine of GeofFroy, to which as
well as the Pupa avena of Draparnaud, Ferussac has re-
ferred it. The Helix ventricosa of Miiller is without doubt
this species in its young state.

2. RiNGENS.

Animal

Testa ventricosa, nitida, glabra, fulva. Anfractus 5, sutur^
lineari. Apertura elongato-lunata, plicis 5, inaequali-
bus, nempfe 3 columellaribus et 2 labralibus instructa :
peristomio fulvo, subincrassato. Umbilicus foramine
cylindrico.

Long. 0.115. — Diam. 0.065.
Vertigo anglica. F6r. Tab. des Moll. p. 64.
From the neighbourhood of Scarborough by Mr. J. S.
Miller.

3. Umbilicata.

Animal nigro-griseum, politum. Tentacula superiora ar-
cuata.

Testa cylindracea, glabra, nitida, fulvescenti-cornea. An-
fractus 5 — 7. Apertura elongato-lunata, plic^ unic4
columellari et alik interddm tenuiori in ipso columellae
labio instructa : peristomio subincrassato. Umbilicus

angustatus, foramine cylindrico.

Long.

Mollusca of Great Britain. S57

Long. 0.14.— Diam. 0.075.

Pupa umbilicata. Drap.Hist.des Moll. p.62. t.3.f.39,

40. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 111.
Turbo muscorum. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 335. t. 22./. 3.
Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 182.
a. major, fulva, fere edentula.

Common everywhere among moss, in the clefts of old
walls, &c.

The character of " apertura edentula" given by Linnaeus
to his Turbo muscorum will hardly suit this species. I rather
think that celebrated naturalist has, with GeoftVoy, Miiller,
and others, confounded it with the following, to which, in-
deed, at first sight it bears no slight resemblance.

Genus VIII. AL^A.

Animal; tentaculis inferior ihus punctiformibus.

Testa verh cylindrica. Apertura extus plerumque marginata, et
intiis denticulis sive lamellis incontinuis munita, mar-
ginibus subaequalibus : peristomio simplici.

I have separated this from the genus Vertigo as esta-
blished by Ferussac, for the reasons stated in my remarks
on Clausilia. From Pupa it differs in the shell being always
of a more cylindrical form, and in having the aperture gene-
rally thickened by an exterior rib, and never reflexed. The
teeth too, when present, are never laminar or continued on
the penultimate whorl. The animal agrees in most respects
with that of Vertigo.

1. Marginata.

^nzmo/ nigro-griseura, nitidum. Sustentaculum crassulum.

Testa subventricosa, nitida, glabriuscula, corneo-fuscescens.

-^ ■'- Anfractus

358 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Anfractus 5 — 7, suturd profundi. Apertura subro-
tundo-lunata, extils cost^ fulv^, inti^s denticulo unico
in medi^ columella instructa. Umbilicus subapertus.

Long. 0.15.— Diam. 0.065.
Turbo muscorum. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1240?
Helix muscorum. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 105?
Pupa marginata. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 61. t. 3.
/. 36—38.

muscorum. Lam.Hist.des Jnim. sans Vert.6. p. 111.

Turbo chrysalis. Turto7i's Conch. Diet.

Not uncommon in marshy ground, under stones, at the
roots of grass, &c. It varies exceedingly in size and the
compactness of its spire.

2, NlTIDA. .,

Animal

Testa dolioliformis, ventricosa, substriata, corneo-fusces-
cens. Anfractus 4 — 5. Apertura subrotundo-lunata,
edentula, extils emarginata : peristomio postice pariim
reflexo. Umbilicus subapertus.

Long. 0.1 fer^— Diam. 0.05.
Pupa edentula. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 59. t.3.f.2S,

29.
Vertigo nitida. FSr. Tab. des Moll. p. 64.
Turbo offtonensis. Shepp. in Linn. Trans. 14. p. 155 ?
At the roots of grass in a rather marshy piece of ground
near Swansea, but rare. Mr. J. S. Miller tells me it is
found plentifully around Bristol.

I am inclined to think this is the variety of the Pupa
umbilicata noticed by Montagu, who says (with reference to
that shell) that it is only half the size, and wants the tooth
and marginated aperture.

3. Revoluta.

Mollusca of Great Britain. 359

3. Revoluta.
Animal —

Testa subventricosa, subattenuata, albida, glabra. Anfrac-
tus 5, sensim minores, sutur4 levi. Apertura suborbi-
cularis, extrinsecalis, edentula, nee uiarginata : peri-
stomio postic^ subreflexo. Umbilicus dilatatus, com-
pressus, foramine cylindrico.

Long. 0.1. — Diam. 0.05.

Among the rejectamenta of a small stream at Marino
near Swansea, where only one specimen has as yet occurred
to me. The umbilicus is much more flattened and open than
in the rest of the genus.

4. Cylindrica.
Animal

Testa attenuata, pellucida, striis argutis obliquis, pallid^

fusca. Anfractus 5, suturd profundi. Apertura ovata,

extiis parilm marginata, edentula. Umbilicus angus-

tatus.

Long. 0.075.— Diam. 0.03.

Pupa muscorum (a). Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 59-
Vertigo cylindrica. Fir. Tab. des Moll. p. 64.

Of this very beautiful little shell I found a single live
specimen on the imder side of a loose stone on Durdham
Downs near Bristol ; but I regret that J did not at the time
examine the animal.

5. Vulgaris.

Animal nigro-griseum, nitidulum. Tentacula nudo oculo
nequaquam discernenda, armato punctiformia viden-
tur.
VOL. XVI. 3 a Testa

360 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Testa oviformis, subventricosa, glabra, nitida, rufescenti-
brunnea. Anfractus 4 — 5. Apertura suborbiculato-
lunata, marginibus disjunctis, extiis marginata, int^s
4 lamellis, nemp^ 1 columellari et 3 labralibus in-
structa : peristomio tenui, posticfe subreflexo. Umbi-
licus angustatus.

Long. 0.075. — Diam. 0.04.
Turbo sexdentatus junior. Mont. Test, Brit. p. 337.
Pupa pygmsea. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 60. t. 3.

/. 30,31.
Vertigo pygmaea. Fir. Tab. des Moll. p. 64.
vulgaris. Leach Mss.

Not uncommon under stones, &c. in sheltered parts of
the limestone rocks in the neighbourhood of Swansea and
Bristol ; and occasionally found with the following.

6. Palustris.

Animal nigro-griseum, nitidum. Tentacula superiora brevia,
ad basin inflata ; inferiora sub lente punctiformia.
Anterior pars capitis proboscidiformis.
Testa dolioliformis, ventricosa, nitida, glabra, fusco-comea.
Anfractus 5. Apertura suborbiculato-lunata, margi-
nibus disjunctis, extiis marginata, sinuata, int^is 6 — 9
lamellis, nempfe 2 — 3 columellaribus et 4 — 6 labralibus
coarctata : peristomio simplici. Umbilicus angustatus.

Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.05.
Turbo sexdentatus. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 337. 1. 12./. 8.
Maton <^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 183. Pult.
Dorset, ed. 2. p. 52. 1. 19. /. 12.
Pupa Antivertigo. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 60. t. 3.

/. 32, 33.
Vertigo palustris. Leach Mss.

Mollusca of Great Britain. S6l

On the waterflag in marshy ground at Marino near
Swansea, and among the rejectamenta of the Avon river
near Bristol.

The Helix minuta of Miiller, referred by Montagu with
doubt to the present species, is probably the Cyclostoma
vitreum of Draparnaud (a variety of the Paludina acuta),
and is a freshwater shell.

Genus IX. VERTIGO. Mull.

Animal corpore attenuato. Tentacula inferiora punctiformia,

vdldh indistincta.
Testa cylindraceo-fusiformis, spir4 brevi, sinistrors^. Apertura

extiis marginata, sinuata, inti\s denticulis coarctata :

peristomio subreflexo.

1. PUSILLA.

Animal griseum, subt^s pallidius. Sustentaculum angustum.

Testa ventricosior, attenuata, glabra, nitidula, fragilissima,
pallida fusca. Anfractus 5. Apertura subquadrata,
subtiis rotundata, lamellis 6 — 7 albis, nempfe 2 vix 3
columellaribus et 4 labralibus munita : peristomio tenui.
Umbilicus subangustatus.

Long. 0.085.— Diam. 0.045.

Vertigo pusilla. Milll. Verm. 2. p. 124.

Pupa Vertigo. Drop. Hist. des Moll. p. 61. t.3.f.34,35.

Alive under moss in a coppice at Newton near Swansea,
and among the rejectamenta of the Avon river near Bristol.

2. Angustior.

Animal

Testa ventricosior, subdolioliformis, pallid^ fulva, argute et

3 A 2 lentissimfe

362 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Fneumonohranchous

lentissimfe striata. Anfractus 4 — 5, penultim^ vix la-
tiori. Apertura subtriangularis, dentibus 4 — 5, nemp^
2 columellaribus et 2 — 3 labralibus insignita : peri-
stomio subincrassato. Umhilicus angustatus.

Long. 0.06.— Diam. 0.035.
Turbo Vertigo. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 363. 1. 12./. 6.

Among the rejectamenta of a small stream at Marino
near Swansea, but very sparingly.

Besides the very different contour and more contracted
aperture of this shell, the circumstance of the teeth being
more sunk in some specimens than in others (which pecu-
liarly denotes the growth of dentate shells), sufficiently
refutes the idea of its being the young of the V. pusilla.

Familiall. CARYCHIADiE. Leach.

Divisio I. Operculo testaceo.

10. Cyclostoma.
Divisio II. Operculo nullo.

11. Carychium.

12. Auricula.

Genus X. CYCLOSTOMA. Drop.

Animal anteriore parte capitis proboscidali. Tentacula brevia,

inflata, Oculi subpedunculati.
Testa turrita : anfractibus cylindricis. Apertura suborbiculata :

peristomio incrassato, subreflexo, continuo. Operculum

nucleatum.

1. Elegans.

Animal fusco-griseum : prohoscide elongato, contractili.
Testa ovato-conica, acuminata, solidior, flavescenti-cinerea,

saep^

Mollusca of Great Britain. 363

saepfe duplici serie macularum insignita, spiraliter can-
cellato-striata. Anfractus 5, ventricosi. Apertura or-
biculata. Umbilicus foramine obliquo. Operculum soli-
dum.

Long, 0.6. — Diam. 0.4.

Turbo reflexus. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1238 ?

Nerita elegans. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 177.

Turbo elegans. Mont.Test.Brit.34>2. t.22.f.7. Maton

Sc Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. iGj. I>illw. Cat. 2.

p. 863.
Cyclostoma elegans. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 32. t.l.

f. 5 — 8. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 148.

Not uncommon at the roots of fern and in the clefts of
limestone rocks near Swansea.

2. Truncatum.

Animal pallidum : proboscide elongato. Tentacula brevia,

pariim acuminata. Sustentaculum breve. Operculum

fragile, arcuatb striatum. (Drap.)
Testa elongato-cylindrica, glabra, fragilis, pallid^ lutescens.

Anfractus 4, sutur^ distinct^, subcrenata. Apertura

ovata. Umbilicus vix ullus.

Long. 0.165.— Diam. 0.065.

Turbo truncatus. Mo7it. Test. Brit. p. 300. t. 10. /. 7-
Cyclostoma truncatulum, j8. et y. Drap. Hist, des Moll.
p.4>0.t.l.f.SO,31.

Of this I found a few specimens mixed with the Cionella
Acicula and other land-shells in some fine sand from Wey-
mouth-bay, into which they were probably carried down
by some freshwater stream. Mr. J. S. Miller showed me

several

364 M7'. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

several in his cabinet, which he said were from marshes in
Hampshire.

The Helix suhcylindrica of Montagu, which he informs
us was sent him by Dr. Pulteney as found " on water-plants
in rivers and ponds in Dorsetshire," is marine, and a diffe-
rent species, though classed with the present by Drapar-
naud.

Genus XL CARYCHIUM. Miill.

Animal corpore angustato. Tentacula brevia, cylindrica.

Testa turrita, elongato-clavata seu fusiformis, spir4 acuminata.

Apertura plerumque marginata, int^is subcontinuis la-

mellis instructa.

* Edentula ; peristomio simplici.
1. FuscuM.

Animal tentaculis subulatis, ad basin approximatis. In
loco tentaculorum inferiorum 2 maculae nigrae inae-
quales discernendae. {Fir.)

Testa clavata, obtus^ acuminata, rufescenti-brunnea, nitida,
lineolis transversis raris impressa. AnfractusQ. Aper-
tura ovata : peristomio tenui, posticb subreflexo. Um-
bilicus patens.

Long. 0.125.— Diam. 0.05.

Turbo fuscus. Walker Test. Min. Rar. f. 42. Mont.

Test. Brit. p. 3301
Auricula lineata. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 57. t. 3.

f. 20, 21.
Carychium lineatum. Fir. Tab. des Moll. p. 100.
Monstrum spir4 sinistrors^.

Of this hitherto obscure shell (if it be indeed the Turbo
fuscus referred by Montagu to Walker's plate, which was

published

Mollusca of Great Britain. 365

published in 1784,) several specimens have occurred to me,
and one of the reversed distortion, among the rejectamenta
of the Avon river near Bristol. It is, as Ferussac, who has
given a detailed description of the animal, very justly ob-
serves, quite an anomaly in the genus.

** Aperturd marginatd, dentibus seu lamellis subcontinuis
instructd : peristomio incrassato.

2. Minimum.

Animal albido-flavescens, pellucidum. Sustentaculum tenue,
dilatatum.

Testa ovato-subclavata, acuminata, nitida, pellucida, albida,
(sub lente) argute et transversim striata. Anfractus 5,
subtruncati. Apertura ovalis, lamellis 3, scilicet 1 colu-
mellari et 2 labralibus munita : peristomio subreflexo.
Umbilicus vix ullus.

Long. 0.07.— Diam. 0.045.

Carychium minimum. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 125.

Turbo carychium. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 339. t. 22./. 2.

Maton Sj- Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 184. Dillw.

Cat. 2. p. 880.
Auricula minima. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 57. t. 3.
f. 18, i9.

Common at the roots of grass, &c. in moist places.

3. POLITUM.

Animal

Testa clavata, subfusiformis, glabra, nitida, dilute fusca.
Anfractus 7, suturd vix conspicuA, marginati. Aper-
tura subcordata, sinuata, lamellis 5, nemp^ 2 inaequa-

libus

366 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

libus in columella, 2 in columellari labio, et 2 in labio
externo : peristomio subincrassato. Umbilicus nullus.

Long. 0.25. — Diam. 0.1 fer^.

Turbo tridens. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 338. t. 11. /. 2.

Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 181. Pult.

Dorset, ed. 2. p. 51. t. 21. f. 15.
Helix (Cochlodonta) Goodalli. FSr. Tab. des Moll. p. 71.

Though confined to certain localities, this shell has been
lately found in considerable plenty in different parts of
Great Britain. For my specimens I am indebted to the
kindness of Mrs. Smith, who collected several of them
alive about eight or ten years ago on some loose fragments
of rock in Brockley Coombe near Bristol. The physiology
of the animal yet remains in considerable doubt ; and it is
much to be wished that some naturalist, who has an oppor-
tunity of doing so, would attend to the habits and pecu-
liarities of this interesting species.

The Helix tridens of Miiller is more closely allied to this
species than has been supposed ; and from its great resem-
blance in the form of the shell will probably rank under the
same genus.

Genus XII. AURICULA. Drap.

Animal anteriore parte capitis proboscidali. Tentacula subu-
lata.

Testa turrita, fusiformis, spir^ acuminata, incomplete. Anfractus
sese invicem involventes, ultimo plusquam maximo.
Apertura elongata, dimidium testae aequiparans, ad ba-
sin subefFusa, lamellis continuis instructa. Umbilicus
nullus.

The inhabitants of this genus, though from the nature of

their

Mollusca of Great Britain. 367

their organs of respiration they must rank with the ter-
restrial Mollusca, are strictly amphibious, living in the
clefts of rocks and the under surfaces of stones which are
exposed only by the recess of the tide. Their food (at least
that of the A.denticulata, the only one of which I have
observed the animal,) consists of decaying animal and ve-
getable substances. It is curious to observe the strange
confusion that has taken place among later authors as to
the real habitat of this class. Montagu and Draparnaud
respectively assigned to their Valuta denticulata and Auricula
myosotis a place among the marine and terrestrial Mollusca :
the one from having observed the shells with their animals
on Alga at high- water mark on the Plymouth coast; and
the other on dead and decaying wood on the shores of the
Mediterranean. Baron Ferussac indeed was perfectly
aware of their peculiar organization, but errs in saying
that they have the power of going out of the water. The
last-mentioned author has arranged them under his Gehy-
drophiles, a very interesting sub-order of the pulmoniferous
Mollusca, but a much too extensive one, since it embraces
the Valuta tornatilis. Turbo unidentatus, plicatus, ^c. of Mon-
tagu ; all which, from opportunities I have had of examining
their animals, I am perfectly assured do not agree with the
present division, having a very different respiratory system
and a truly marine habitat.

The want of the internal spiral septa of the shells first
noticed by Montagu is very curious.

1. Denticulata.

Animal griseo-purpurascens. Tentacula brevia, annulata.
Proboscis elongatus.

Testa oblonga, subventricosa, fragilis, glabra, purpureo-
voL. XVI. 3 B fuscescens.

368 Mr. Jeffreys 071 the Testaceous Pneumonobranclious

fuscescens. Anfractus 6 — 8. Apertura oblonga, in-
t^is subincrassata, plicis 3 — 5 columellaribus instructa :

• j pemtomio subreflexo.

'■ ' ' '^ -•- - Long. O.3.— Diara. 0.125.

Voluta denticulata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 234. t. 20. /. 5.
'^ft. ventricosior, plicis columellaribus 2 vix 3.
' KiiiTj;- Turbo bidentata. Walker Test. Mm. Rar. f. 50 & 53.
Auricula myosotis. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 56. t. 3.
/. 16,17.
' /3. labio interno denticulato.

Voluta ringens. Turton's Conch. Diet,
y. major ; spir4 productiore, aperturae labio denticulato.
Voluta reflexa. Turton's Conch. Diet.

Among the rejectamenta of rivers, &c., near their com-
'rjj munication with the sea. The variety 7. is found, unmixed
J. 'I with the common sort, in the clefts of rocks on the Swansea
^ .^^ coast near high-water mark, within the influx of the tide.
J ..~,.This variety is less ventricose, and has the peristome not so
much reflected on the columella. I was at first inclined to
consider it a distinct species ; but the intermediate gra-
dations are almost imperceptible, and I have been assured
,5-1 i it is found, together with the other varieties, in the crevices
..,^+of the harbour walls at Weymouth.

I suspect that the Voluta hyalina of Montagu is only an
imperfect specimen of this last variety.

2. Bidentata.

Animal albidum. Tentacula perbrevissima, nigro-margi-
.rJ.i. nata. (Mont.)

Testa ovata, ventricosa, solida, alba, glabra, nitida, spira
-o3':! , brevi. Anfractus 5, suturA, valde indistincta. Ape}--
.■ . iOiij'j'-:/! tura

Mollusca of Great Britain. * i^ 'i •: :-■ I. '^.'-- S69

ttira oblonga, plicis 2 columellaribus conspicuis : pe-
ristomio subincrassato, postic^ subreflexo. 'J
Long. 0. 15.— Diam. 0.085. ' ■

Voluta bidentata. Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 100.

t.30.f.2. :y" • '':•■>■

Auricula bidentata. FSr. Tab. des Moll. p. 103.

From the coasts of Devon ; but I have never found it
alive. It differs from the following in colour and thick-
ness, in the teeth or folds being more conspicuous, and not
sunk in the interior of the aperture, and especially in the
tumidity of the last volution.

3. Erosa.
Animal

Testa ovato-oblonga, solidior, albida, spird rugosd, saep^
decorticate. Anfractus 4 — 5. Apertura oblonga, in-
ti^s juxta peristomium subincrassata, plicis 2 colu-
mellaribus pari^m obtectis munita ; peristomio tenui,
posticfe subreflexo.

Long. 0.165.— Diam. 0.075.

Not uncommon on the Plymouth coast on the under
surfaces of stones left bare by the tide. In Mr. Dillwyn's
cabinet I observed a specimen which had been sent him by
the late Colonel Montagu under the name of Voluta biden-
tata. In this the spire is more regularly produced ; and it
has that eroded appearance which is characteristic of the
species.

Alba.

:!y 'i'^f.

Animal

Testa fusiforrais, acuminata, tenuis, pellucida, alba, trans-

3 B 2 versim

370 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

versim substriata. Anfractus 6. Apertura oblonga,
angustior, plicis 2 columellaribus munita : peristomio
simplici.

Long. 0.175.— Diam. 0.065.

Voluta alba. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 235 ? (not of the
Suppl.) Turton's Conch. Diet.

Not uncommon among the rejectamenta of streams, near
their communication with the sea.

The Voluta triplicata of British authors (if a true Auri-
cula) has as yet only been found in Guernsey ; and is there-
fore not admissible into the present catalogue.

Familia III. LIMN^AD^E. Leach.

Tentaculis compressis, triangularibus.

Divisio I. Testa cochleceformis.

§ Test^ turrita.

13. Limneus.

14. Physa.

Tentaculis compressis, subulatis.

|§ Test^ discoided.

15. Planorbis.

Divisio II. Testa patella for mis.

16. Ancylus.

Genus XIII. LIMNEUS. Drop.

Animal tentaculis brevibus. Sustentaculum latum, antic^ bifidum.
Testa ovato-oblonga, sen elongata, interdiim subconica. Apertura

ovato-oblonga, ad basin effusa : peristomio simplici, po-

stic^ subreflexo : columella revolutd.

All the inhabitants of this genus may be truly termed

amphibious,

Mollusca of Great Britain. 371

amphibious, since the nature of their food frequently obliges
them to seek it on wet and marshy ground. During the
spring they are greatly infested by a minute slender spe-
cies of Gordius, which in number from two to ten attach
themselves to the interior of the mantle near its connection
with the neck of the animal. Draparnaud called them fila-
mentary organs, and supposed that they performed the office
of tentacula, probably from seeing them always in motion
and appearing to issue from the back of the head. This
troublesome parasite does not seem to be stationary, since
I have not unfrequently observed it to change its place and
take up perhaps more commodious quarters in another shell.
It probably constitutes part of the food of the smaller Dy-
tiscidce. Afterlhadput two sorts (the D.^rj^i/Ms, and D.cras-
sicornis, M.) into the glass vessel where the Limnei were
kept, I could not detect any signs of the Gordii ; though
in other cases I have known them to survive even after
their guardians had begun to putrefy.

The food of the Limnei is animal and vegetable matter in
different states of putridity ; which makes them deserve the
perhaps not inapt epithet of " Scavengers of the waters."
In the absence of other nourishment they will even devour
each other, piercing the shell near its apex, and eating away
the upper folds of its inhabitant. This accounts for the
mutilated and often imperfectly repaired state of the upper
volutions of some specimens.

* Umbilico nullo, perislomio non rejlexo.

1. Glutinosus.

Animal lubricum, viscidum, album, punctis sparsum ci-

nereis : pallio gelatinoso spiram obtegente. {Miill.)
Testa subglobosa, ventricosa, nitida, diaphana, fragilis-

sima.

372 Mr. Jeffreys 07i the Testaceous FneiimonobrancJious

sima, lutescenti-cornea. Anfractus 2 vix 3, spirA de-
pressd, vix exsert^. Apertura amplissima : peristomio
tenui.

Long. 0.3. — Diam. 0.2.

Limneus glutinosus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 50.
Buccinum glutinosum. Miill. Venn. 2. p. 129.
Helix glutinosa. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 379. t. l6.f. 5.

Sent me by Mr. J. S. Miller, by whom it was found in
tolerable abundance in ditches near Oxford, It is the
only species not figured by Draparnaud in his Histoire
des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles de la France.

** Umbilico transversa, foramine in junioribus obtecto, peri-
stomio reflexo.

2. AURICULARIUS.

Animal subflavum, punctis aureolis minutis sparsum.

Testa subrotundo-ovata, valde ventricosa, glabra, pellucida,
pallida fulva, spir^ parum exserta, acuminata. An-
fractus 4. Apertura ovalis, perampla.

Long. 1.25. — Diam. 0.85.

Limneus auricularius. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 49.

^2./. 28, 29.
Helix auricularia. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1250.
a. paul^ minor; spira exsertiore striis argutis transversis
exaratA.

Buccinium Auricula, var. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 128.
Helix limosa. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 381. t. l6.f. 1 ?

Ditches and lakes in most of the midland counties in
England.

Tab. 2. f. 23. of Ijister's Historia Animalium Anglia, which

has

Mollusca of Great Britain. 373

has been generally referred to this species, is rather a good
representation of the L. pereger. Indeed the L. auricu-
larius has not been figured in either of that author's works ;
and the only distinction made in the Historia Animalium
Anglia between the two species is by designating the former
" maxima."

3. AcuTUS.

Animal virescenti-fuscum, punctis nigris et flavis minute

sparsum.
Testa elongato-ovata, ventricosa, glabra, subpellucida, ful-

vescens, spird obliqud, acuminata. Anfractus4t. Jper-

tura ovata.

Long. 0.65. — Diam. 0.375.
a. pellucidior, striis remotis transversis.

Plentifully in a large pool on Crymlyn Burrows, unmixed
with any of the other Limnei except L. truncatulus. Young
shells are of a more elongated form than those of either the
L. auricularius or L. pereger. It appears to be intermediate
between the two last-named species ; and I hesitated at first,
knowing the great variation to which this genus is subject,
to separate it from the L. auricularius^ to which it is closely
allied through its variety : but, independently of the more
oblique and less ampullaceous form, and of its being in-
variably of a thicker consistency than that shell, the cir-
cumstance of the two species never being found together,
though equally common in their respective localities, con-
firms me in my opinion. Besides, if they are not distinct,
I am convinced that no real difference will be found to
exist between any of the three species.

It is admirably described and figured (Plate VII. fig. 12.)

374 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

in Schroter's Flusskonchylien. A specimen in Mr. Dill-
wyn's cabinet, and which, if I mistake not, he said was also
from the locality above mentioned, is named in Col. Mon-
tagu's handwriting as both Helix auricularia and H. lutea.

4. Pereger.

Animal colore varians, plerumque flavo-maculatum. Ten-
tacula flexilia. Testa ovato-oblonga, subventricosa,
glabra, lutescens, seepfe limo fcedata, spir^ acutd. An-
fractus 4 — 5. Apertura ovata.

Long. 0.65.— Diam. 0.325.
Limneus pereger. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 50. t. 2.

/. 34—37.
Buccinura peregrum. Milll. Verm. 2. p. 130.
Helix putris. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 139. t. 86. /. 137.

peregra. Grnel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3659. Mont.

Test. Brit. p. 373. t. 16. /. 3.
a. major, subovata ; spira brevi, acut^.

Limneus ovatus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 50. t.2.f. 30,
31.
/3. ovata ; peristomio reflexo, subincrassato.
y. ovalis, ampullacea; spir4 vix exsert^.

Helix lutea. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 380. t. l6. f. 6.
5. minor, oblongiuscula ; spir^ acut^, sutur4 obliqu^.

Common every where in ditches, ponds, &c. It is ex-
ceedingly variable in size ; some of the variety a. from Ire-
land exceeding an inch and a quarter, while few specimens
of the variety 5. attain a quarter of an inch in length. Young
shells of the varieties /3. and y. are remarkably ampul-
laceous.

I have no hesitation in referring the Helix lutea of Mon-
:^. tagu

MoUusca of Great Britain. 375

tagu to a variety of this species, having found it both in a
living state, and thrown up together with other varieties on
the sea shore near Swansea within the influx of the Briton-
ferry river ; but it would be curious to ascertain by what
chemical process they receive their additional thickness.

Major.

Animal lutescenti-fulvum, subtiis pallidius. Tentacula sub-

conica.
Testa ovato-subulata, acuminata, glabra (sub lente seriatim

arguto-striata), fragilis, albescenti-fusca. Anfractus 6,

subangulati. Apertura ovata.

Long. 1.65. — Diam. 0.85.
Limneus stagnalis. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 51. t. 2.

/. 38, 39.
Lymnaea stagnalis. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert.

6. p. 159.
Helix stagnalis. Linn. St/st. Nat. 1. p. 1249-
a. pellucidior, miniis gibbosa.
/3. albida, teretior ; sutur4 obliquiore.

Helix fragilis. Mo7it. Test. Brit. p. 369. t. l6.f. 7.
Bulimus fragilis. Lam. I. c. 6. p. 123?

Not uncommon in lakes, ponds, &c. Specimens of the
variety jS, which I have received from Oxfordshire, in all.
respects agree with a small specimen in the cabinet of Mr.
Dillwyn, marked by Colonel Montagu with a reference to
his Helix fragilis; and also with specimens in Mr. J. S.
Miller's collection, sent by Dr. Leach under the specific
name of elegans. The fig. 6. Plate VII. of Schroter's
Flussconchylien, referred by Gmelin to the Linnaean ^ra-
gilis, seems to agree well with this variety ; but his fig. 8.
VOL. XVI. 3 c Plate

376 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

Plate VII. (referred by Montagu to the same shell) is only
a very distinct variety of the L. pereger, specimens of which
I have seen from France. This last is I believe the Lym-
naa intermedia of Lamarck.

6. Communis.

Animal lutescenti-fuscum. Tentacula subconica, acuminata.

Testa oblonga, acuminata, glabra, interdiim spiraliter ru-
gosa, et sub lente striis transversis seriatim dispositis
ornata,fu SCO -cornea. AnfractusQ — 7. Aperturaovd^ia.:
labro intiis saepfe violaceo, subincrassato.
Long. 0.875.— Diam. 0.325.

Limneus palustris. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 52. t. 2.

/.40,41. & ^.3./. 1,2.
Helix limosa. Lijin: Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1249?

palustris. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3658.

Buccinum palustre. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 133.
Stagnicola communis. Leach MSS.

Very common in ditches and slowly-running streams.

7. Elongatus.

Animal nigrum. Tentacula albida. (Miill.)
Testa oblongo-cylindracea, acuminata, fragilis, pellucida,
glabra (sub lente pulchr^ seriatim striatula), albido-lu-
tescens. Anfractus 7 — 8, teretes. Apertura elongato-
ovata : peristomio vix posticb reflexo.

Long. 0.525.— Diam. 0.175.

Limneus elongatus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 53. t. 3.

/. 3, 4.
Lymnaea leucostoma. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert.

6. p. 162.

Helix

M oil usca of Great Britain. 377

Helix octona. Lin7i. St/st. Nat. 4. p. 1248. Penn. Brit.

Zool. 4<. p. 13S. t. 86. f. 135.
octanfracta. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 396 & 588.

t. 11./. 8.

peregrina. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 954.

a. subovata ; anfractus 6, quorum infimus dimidium testae
subaequans.
Buccinura glabrum. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 135.

In many parts of the North of England ; though a local
shell. The variety is from Yorkshire. The outer lip of the
aperture is often thickened exteriorly by a white rib.

8. Tritncatulus.

Animal cinerascens. Tentacula brevia, acuminata.

Testa ovato-oblonga, acuminata, fragilis, substriata, flaves-
centi-cinerea. Anfractus 6, ventricosiores, supern^ an-
gulati, sutur^ excavate. Apertura ovato-oblonga.

Long. 0.425.— Diam. 0.2.
Limneus minutus. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 53. t. 3.

/. 5-7.
Buccinum truncatulum. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 130.
Helix Fossaria. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 372. t. 16. f 9-
MatonSf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 217. i.5.f.9-
Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 964.
Bulimus peregrus. Brug. Encycl. Meth. n. 10.
a. minor, cornea, ventricosior.
13. magis cylindrica, fulva; sutur4 obliquiore.
Nerita minuta. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 174?

Common nearly every where in ditches ; often found in
marshes occasionally overflowed by the sea.

The variety )Q. is remarkable for its more cylindrical form,

3 c 2 obtuse

378 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

obtuse apex, and the deep umbilical perforation which is
not interrupted by the reflexure of the peristome.

9. TiNCTUS.

Animal nigrescenti-fuscum. Sustentaculum amplum.

Testa ovata, subconica, ventricosa, fragilis, pellucida, gla-
bra (sub lente ut in L. elongato seriatim striatula), vio-
laceo-cornea, spir^ brevi, obtusA,. Anfractus 4 — 5.
Apertura ovata : peristomio vix postic^ retlexo.

Long. 0.225.— Diam. 0.15.

In a marshy piece of ground at Marino near Swansea.
It seems to be an intermediate species between the L. trun-
catulus and the following.

10. Grayanus.

Animal

Testa iexh conica, subventricosa, acuminata, nitida, pel-
lucida, substriata, violascenti-cornea. Anfractus 6.
Apertura subovata : peristomio simplici, posticfe albo,
reflexiusculo.

Long. 0.125.— Diam. 0.08.

Sent me by Mr. J. S. Miller under the name of Assi-
minea Grayana, first given to it by Dr. Leach. From the
Greenwich marshes.

II. Detritus.
Animal

Testa ovata, subconica, subventricosa, solidula, alba, sub
lente spiraliter striatula. Anfractus 6, suturA vix
distinct^. Apertura oblongiuscula, labro intiis sub-
incrassato : peristomio tenui, subreflexo.

Long.

Mollusca of Great Britain. 379

Long. 0.6. — Diam. 0.4.

Helix detrita. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 101. Fult. Dorset.

]). 49. ^d edit. p. 56. 1. 19. f. 26. Mont. Test. Brit.

p. 384. t. 11. f. 1.
substriata. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p.5667. Dillw.

Cat. 2. /;. 958.

Given me by Mr. Dillwyn, who thinks he procured
them from the neighbourhood of Bantry, Ireland. I place
it last, as a doubt may reasonably be entertained of its be-
longing to this genus ; or indeed to the Limnaadce at all.
Mr. Bryer is said to have found it in several streams in
Dorsetshire ; and Dr. Turton says that he has himself seen
it alive in Freshwater, Dublin. It is not the Bulimus ra-
diatus of Bruguiere and Draparnaud,

Genus XIV. PHYSA. Drap.

Animal tentaculis filiformibus. Sustentaculum perbreve, latum,

antic^ integrum.
Testa sinistrorsa, oblonga, ampullacea. Apertura oblonga, ad

basin eff'usa : peristomio simplici : columelld revolut^.

1. FONTINALIS.

Animal nigro-griseum. Tent a cula alhida. Pallium amp\\im,

in lacinias divisum.
Testa ovato-oblonga, ventricosa, fragilis, diaphana, cornea;

spir4 brevi, obtus^, excentric^. Anfractus 4. Apertura

ovato-oblonga.

Long. 0.3. —Diam. 0.2.

Physa fontinalis. Drap.Hist.desMoU. p.54. t.3.f.8,9.
Bulla fontinalis. Lifin. Syst. JSlat. 1. p. 1185.
Planorbis Bulla. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 167.

a. major,

380 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

a. major, ventricosior, albida.
/3. ovalis, fulva ; spirA prominul^.

Bulla rivalis. Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8.
p. 126. t.4^.f.2.
y. oblongiuscula, fragilissima, resiliens ; apertura oblong^,
angustiore.
Planorbis gelatinus. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 170?
5. minor, globosa.

Bulla fluviatilis. Turton's Coiich. Diet.

On aquatic plants in slowly-running streams.

The variety j8., which has I suspect been mistaken by the
learned authors of the Catalogue of British Testacea for a
distinct species, is of a paler colour, less fragile texture, and
has the spire, which consists of from five to six volutions,
more produced. Such I have received from Oxfordshire, of
a larger size. In the Physa acuta of Draparnaud, specimens
of which I have from one of the North American lakes, the
spire is nearly exactly central ; and, though not more pro-
duced, tapers to an exceedingly fine point. The aperture
is also narrower and more elongated. The variety a. was
favoured me by Mr. Dillwyn, who in company with Dr.
Leach found it in a small stream on Monavallach mountain
near Kilmacthomas, Waterford.

The animal is phytophagous, feeding principally on
water-cresses and other aquatics. The spawn is cast in the
beginning of April and following months, and at first ap-
pears a globular and confused mass, of a clear white colour;
but in process of time and before the young are excluded,
its form alters to oblong, and the embryos are very distinctly
seen, in number from three to ten, inclosed in its gelatinous
and now transparent covering. In about a month or five

weeks.

Mollusca of Great Britain. 381

weeks, the young, with their testaceous coats completely
formed, and about the size of a pin's head, burst their en-
velope, and immediately enter upon their new functions,
swimming and walking with great activity.

2. Hypnorum.

Animal nigrescens. Tentacula supernfe albida. Susten-
taculum latum.

Testa elongato-fusiformis, subventricosa, acuminata, fragilis,
diaphana, polita, fulvo-cornea. Anfractus 7, valdh tur-
riti. Apertura oblonga.

Long. 0.5. — Diam. 0.2,

Physa hypnorum. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 55. t. 3.

/. 12, 13.

Bulla hypnorum. Linn. Si/st. Nat. 1. p. 1185.

Planorbis turritus. Miill. Verm. 2. p. I69.

In slowly-running streams in many parts of Great Bri-
tain. Some specimens before me, from the garden ponds
of Fremington-house, Devonshire, are of unusual size,
measuring full three quarters of an inch in length. I have
only found them in the hottest days of the summer and
autumn months on the surface of the water, where they lie
floating with their shells downwards.

Genus XV. PLANORBIS. Miill.

Animal tentaculis filiformibus, acuminatis. Sustentaculum an-

tich integrum, rotundatum.
Testa depressa : anfractibus cylindraceis : spirA vix unquam ex-

sert4 : aperturd subrhomboide^, marginibus inaequali-

bus : peristomio simplici.

* Anfractibus

382 Mr. Jepfreys on the Testaceous Pneumonohranchous

* Anfractibus plurimis, connexis.

1. Vortex.

Animal violaceo-fuscum. Tentacula albida.

Testa supra subconcava, glabra, tenuis, pellucida, fusces-
centi-cornea, subtils plana, carinA, marginal!. Anfrac-
tus 6 — 8, sensim decrescentes. Apertura compresso-
rhomboidea.

Long. 0.065.— Diam. 0.4.

Planorbis Vortex. MilU. Verm. 2. p. 158. Drop. Hist.
des Moll. p. 44. t. 2./. 4, 5.

Helix Vortex. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1243.
a. anfractu ultimo in carinam supernfe obliquato.
/3. minor, carina obsolete.

Planorbis Vortex, /3. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 45. t. 2.

f.6,7.
spirorbis. Miill. Verm. 2. p. l6l. Lam. Hist.

des Anim. sans Vert. 6. p. 153.
Helix spirorbis. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3624. Mont.

Test. Brit. p. 455. t. 25. f. 2.

Common in ditches, &c. The presence of a keel, and
the consequent flatness of the under side, are not constant
characters.

2. CONTORTUS.

Animal fuscum. Tentacula brevia, pallida.

Testa suprk subconcava, subtils concava, perforata, glabra,
tenuis, pellucida, fulvescenti-cornea. Anfractus 8, ex-
tils rotundati, sutur^ excavate. Apertura valdfe com-
pressa.

Long. 0.075. — Diam. 0.25.

Planorbis

Mollusca of Great Britain. 383

Planorbis contortus. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 162. Drop.

Hist, des Moll. p. 4>^. t.l.f. 39 — 41.
Helix contorta. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244.

In ditches, &c. ; but more local than the last.
** Anfractibus paucis.

3. CORNEUS.

Animal nigrum. Tentacula longa, curvata, sordid^ cinerea.

(Milll.)
Testa supr^ concava, perforata, subtiis plana, subumbili-

cata, tenuis, substriata, castaneo-fusca seu cornea.

Anfr actus 6, extiis rotundati. Apertwa subdilatata :

peristomio reflexiusculo.

Long. 0.45. — Diam. 1.25 ferh.

Planorbis corneus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 43. t. 1.
f. 42—44.

Purpura. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 154.

Helix cornea. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1243.

In slow rivers and large pools of the midland counties of
England.

4. TURGIDUS.

Animal

Testa supr^ planiuscula, subtiis plana, lateribus inaequa-
lissimis, utrinque subumbilicata, fragilis, hyalina,
substriata, sordid^ alba. Anfr actus 6, subangulati.
Apertura inaequalis.

Long. 0.2. — Diam. 0.55.

Planorbis albus. Shroter Flussconch. t. 5.f. 28.
Helix turgida. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3641.
VOL. XVI. 3d a single

384 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

H'- A single dead specimen only has as yet occurred to me
of this curious shell, which was found in Crymlyn Bog near
Swansea. It is totally diiFerent from any other British
Planorbis; and has somewhat the form of the last. The
whitish bands remarked by Shroter on the body volution
of his specimens are wanting in this.

5. Umbilicatus. ^_^,,„,.r_5...^.

JmmaZnigrescens. Tent acula ruf a. {Miill.)
Testa supr^ umbilicata, subtils plana, subperforata, carind
,r ;,;o: margiuali distiucta, tenuis, substriata, flavescenti-cor-
; ^v nea. Anfractus 5 — 6, rotundati, globosi. Apertura

subrotundo-rhomboidea,, ,^ , ,; , .n^oi..»^vi
Long. 0.175.— Diam. 0.6. •

Planorbis umbilicatus. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 160.
marginatus. Drop. Hist, des Moll. p. 45.

t.2.f. 11, 12.
Helix complanata. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1242. Dillw.

Cat. 2. p. 897.
Planorbis. Penn. Brit. Zool. 4. p. 133. t. 83.

/. 123. Maton ^ Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8. p. 188.

^.5./. 13.

In ditches, &c. Young shells show scarcely any trace of
a keel ; and, independently of the greater thickness and
convexity of the volutions, they cannot be mistaken for the
following, in which the carina is in every stage of growth
equally distinct on both sides, owing to the greater slope of
the body whorl.

6. Carinatus.

Animal fuscum. Tentacula incurvata, opaca.

Testa

v.vu, ,.•..' MoUusca of Great Britain. 385

Testa supr^ umbilicatula, subtiis convexiuscula, vix per-
forata, utrinque in carinam acutam obliquata, lateri-
bus subinaequalibus, tenuis, substriata, flavescens. An-
fractm 6, subdepressi. Apertura angulata.
Long. 0.2. — Diam. 0.65.

Planorbis carinatus. Miill, Verm. 2. p. 157. Drop.

Hist, des Moll. p. 46. t. 2. /. l6.
Helix Planorbis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1242. Gmel.

St/St. Nat. I. p. 3617.

complanata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 450. t. 25./. 4.

planata. Maton Sf Rackett in Linn. Trans. 8.

p. 189. <. 5./. 14.

In ditches, &c. ; but I have never found it mixed with
the last.

7. LUTESCENS.

Animal pallide flavescens. Tentacula pellucida. {Mo7it.)
Testa dilatata, vald^ depressa, supr^ umbilicatula, sub-
perforata, subtils convexiuscula, utrinque in carinam
acutam prominulam obliquata, lateribus sequalibus,
fragilissima, hyalina, glabra, albido-lutescens. Anfrac-
tus 4 vix 5. Apertura acuta, angulosa.

Long. 0.125. — Diam. 0.5.

Planorbis lutescens. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6.

p. 153.
Helix carinata. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 451. t. 25./. 1.
Planorbis. Dillw. Cat. 2. p. 896.

In stagnant pools in some of the midland counties of Eng-
land ; often mixed with the last, but much less common.

Schroter has noted all the three last species, though, as
is evident from his referring his figure of the Planorbis ca-

3 D 2 rinatus

386 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

rinatus in his Einleilung to the Helix complanata of Linnaeus,
he has not separated the other two. His fig. 13. PI. V. of the
Flussconchylien is an exact representation of the P/. lutes-
cens ; and in speaking of his " Helix planorbis crassa" (our
PL umbilicatus), he says, " The specimen from Hamburgh is
black, with the keel sharp and visible on both sides.

Much confusion existed in Miiller's time as to the Helix
Planorbis and complanata of Linnaeus ; nor has it been in
any wise removed by succeeding authors. In their eager-
ness to adapt their new discoveries to the pages of that
illustrious naturalist, they seem to have lost sight of the
circumstances under which even the latest edition of the
Systema Natura was written, and to have given him credit
for trivial distinctions, which it was scarcely possible could,
in that state of science, have been attended to, and which
often they themselves but imperfectly understood. The
Helix Planorbis of that work has been referred by the three
authors who have last treated on the subject of British Con-
chology, to as many distinct species ; and nearly as great
uncertainty has prevailed as to the true H. complanata.

8. Draparnaldi.
Animal

Testa utrinque subumbilicata, perforata, caring medid sub-
prominul4, lateribus aequalibus, tenuis, pellucida, gla-
bra (sub lente transversim argutissim^ striata), lutes-
centi-fusca. Anfr actus 5, convexiores. Apertura dila-
tata, subrotundo-rhomboidea : peristomio libero.

Long. 0.1. — Diam. 0.325.

Planorbis spirorbis. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 45. t. 2.

/. 8, 9?

Planorbis

Mollusca of Great Britain. 387

Planorbis deformis. Lam. Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. 6.

p. 154.
Helix rhombea. Turtons Conch. Diet. ?
Draparnaudi. Shepp. in Linn. Trans. 14. p. 158.

Sparingly among the rejectamenta of the river Taaf
near Cardiff. It somewhat resembles an over-grown spe-
cimen of the following ; but differs in the disproportionate
size and medial carina of the last volution, and, above all,
in its colour and fine transverse striae.

9- Albus.

Animal grisescens. Tentacula longa, flexilia.

Testa utrinque subumbilicata, perforata, tenuis, pellucida,

reticulato-striata, albida, epidermide fusco induta.

Anfractus 5, convexiores. Apertura subrotundo-rhom-

boidea : peristomio vix soluto.

Long. 0.075. — Diam. 0.2.

Planorbis albus. Miill. Verm. 2. p. l64.

hispidus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 43. t. 1.

y.45 — 18. Lam. Hist.des Anim.sansVert.Q. p.l54i.
Helix spirorbis. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1244.
alba. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3625. Mont. Test.

Brit. p. 459. t.25.f. 7-

Common on aquatic plants in ditches and slowly-running
streams. The term " souvent hispide," applied by Dra-
parnaud to this shell, may perhaps have originated in an
accidental erosion of the epidermis.

10, Glaber.

Animal

Testa supra planior, subtiis umbilicata, utrinque perfo-
rata.

388 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

rata, tenuis, nitida, diaphana, glabra, alba. Anfractus
4 vix 5, convexiusculi. Apertura subrotundo-rhom-
boidea : peristomio vix soluto.

Long. 0.05.— Diam. 0.175.

Found with the last ; though much less common. It is a
much more depressed shell than the PL albiis, of a white
colour, more polished and transparent, and is destitute of
any markings. The upper side is uniformly more even,
and the under exceedingly concave. joIor>

11. Imbricatus.

Animal grisescens. Tentacula longa, flexilia, acuminata.
Testa depressa, supr^ planior, subtiis convexiuscula, um-
bilicata, tenuis, pellucida, transversim imbricato-stri-
ata, fulva, epidermide fusco lamelloso induta. An-
fractus vix 3 ; ultimo in carinam obtusam obliquante.
Apertura subrotundo-rhomboidea : peristomio soluto.

Long. 0.015.— Diam. 0.1.

Planorbis imbricatus. Mull. Verm. 2. p. 165. Drop.

Hist, des Moll. p. 44. t.l.f. 49—51.
Turbo nautileus. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1241, Gmel.

Syst.Nat. 1. p. 3612.
Helix nautilea. Mont. Test. Brit. p. 464. t. 25. /. 5.
a. dupl6 minor, albida, striis rarioribus.
Planorbis cristatus. Drap. I. c.

On the Iris Pseudacorus (on the decaying leaves of which
the animal feeds), in pools and ditches, in the autumn ; but
not common.

12. NiTIDUS.

Animal nigrum. Sustentaculwn latum.

Testa

Mollusca of Great Britain. 389

Testa depressa, utrinque planior, subumbilicata, subtils

perforata, fragilis, diaphana, politissima, ferrugineo-

cornea aut albida. AnfractusS — 4; ultimo in carmam

' acutiusculam utrinque obliquante. Apertura elongata,

angulata : perist omio non reflexo, columellae insidente.

Long. 0.05.— Diam. 0.175.

Planorbis nitidus. Miill. Verm. 2. p. l63.

complanatus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 45.

^2./. 20— 22.
Helix fontana. Light/, in Phil. Trans. 76. t. 2. f. 1.

Mont. Test. Brit. p. 462. t. 6.f. 6.

On aquatic plants in ditches ; but not very common.

13. LiNEATUS.

J/zmaZ griseo-fuscum. Tentacula filiformia. (Light/.)
Testa supr^ convexa, subtiis planior, perforata, utrinque
subumbilicata, fragilis, diaphana, politissima, albido-
lutescens. An/ractus 5 — 6 ; ultimo in carinam infe-
riorem obtusam utrinque obliquante, septis internis 3
vix 4 albis partito. ^per^wra elongata, angulata : pe-
ristomio non reflexo, columellae insidente.

Long. 0.15.— Diam. 0.275.
Planorbis nitidus. Drap. Hist, des Moll. p. 46. t. 2.

/. 17—19?
Helix lineata. Walker Test. Min. Bar. 1. 1./. 28.
Nautilus lacustris. Light/ in Phil. Trans. 76. t. 1.
/ 1—7.
My specimens were presented to me by Mr. J. S. Miller,
and I believe came from the neighbourhood of London.
The internal plates seem to stand in the place of the teeth
or folds which barricade the apertures of many other Mol-
lusca :

390 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous

lusca ; and, I should think, would not impede the free
ingress and egress of the inhabitant. They are noticed
by Miiller and Draparnaud, and were considered by the
former (to whom both species appear to have been known)
as the marks of growth or repair.

Genus XVI. ANCYLUS. Mull.

Animal tentaculis brevibus, cylindricis, subtruncatis. Susten-
taculum anticfe integrum.
Testa conica : apice acuto, recurvo : spird null^.

1. Fluviatilis.

Animal grisescens. Sustentaculum postic^ dilatatum.

Testa ovata depressiuscula, vertice subcentrali, posteriiis
inflexo ; fragilis, nigrescenti-fusca, transversim radiato-
striata, intiis caerulescens nitida. Apertura subovata.

Long. 0.125. — Diam. 0.25.

; Ancylus fluviatilis. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 201. Drap.

Hist, des Moll. p. 48. t. 2. /. 23, 24.
Patella lacustris. Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 1260? Penn.
Brit. Zool. 4. p. 143.

fluviatilis. Da Costa Brit. Conch. 1. t. 2./. 8.

Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3711. Mo7it. Test. Brit,
p. 482.
«. major, pellucidior, viridescenti-albida ; vertice elatiore.

On stones in running streams. The variety is found in
cold mountain springs, and has often a greenish tinge, pro-
bably arising from some minute adherent Conferva or other
adventitious matter.

2. Lacustris.

Mollusca of Great Britain. 391

2. Lacustris.

Animal nigrescens. Tentacula breviora.
Testa .oblonga, subdepressa, vertice excentrico ; fragilis,
membranacea, concentric^ substriata, nigrescens.
Apertura oblonga.

Long. 0.1. — Diam. 0.35.
Ancylus lacustris. Miill. Verm. 2. p. 199- Drop. Hist.

des Moll. p. 47. t. 2. f. 25—27.
Patella oblonga. Light/, in Phil. Trans. 76. p. 168.
t. 3./. 1—5.

lacustris. Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 3710. Mont.

Test. Brit. p. 484.

On water-plants in ditches, lakes, &c.; though rather a
local species. It is not uncommon in Blackpill marsh near
Swansea, mixed with the Planorbis nitidus.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Page 324,ybr Cianella, read Cionella.

Helix fusca, p. 330.

Animal lutescenti-griseum, dorso flavescenti. Tentacula
praelonga, flexilia.

Since writing the above list, I have discovered this local
species in great abundance in moist parts of Penllergare
wood, near Swansea, on the leaves and stems of the Hera-
cleum Sphondylium and other plants.

Helix nitida, p. 339-

The variety /3. is found not uncommonly under leaves,
decaying Boleti, <^c. in the woods at Penllergare.
VOL. XVI. . 3e Limneus

392 Mr. Jeffreys on the Testaceous <^c. Mollusca.

LiMNEUS TINCTUS, p. 378.

Is the young of a small variety of communis ; but so very
dissimilar in its form from that shell, that I could not, till
after a careful examination, and comparison of a series of
specimens of both species, be brought to unite them.

XIX. On

( 393 )

XIX. On Chamcemeles coriacea and Sempervivum glutinosum.
By the Rev. R. T. Lowe, B.A. Travelling Bachelor to the Uni-
versity of Cambridge. Communicated by Francis Boott, M.D.
F.L.S.

Read June 2, 1829-

In the 13th volume of the Linnean Transactions, Mr. Lindley
has described, under the name of Chamcemeles coriacea, a plant
which was originally discovered by Masson in Madeira, and
named Cratcegus coriacea. This description appears to be the
only one, founded upon an examination of specimens, in exist-
ence ; the accounts given by DeCandolle and Sprengel in their
latest works being apparently wholly derived from it, and not
claiming to rank as independent descriptions by furnishing any
fresh or additional particulars of their own. It may therefore
be inferred that the plant is of sufficient rarity to render the
completion of its history a matter of interest. This must be my
apology for undertaking the task without having it in my power
to consult Mr. Lindley 's original paper and description ; for
which reason I shall confine myself principally in this place to
an account of the fruit, which, not being mentioned by DeCan-
dolle and only guessed at by Sprengel, seems to have remained
hitherto unknown. The present description then is to be con-
sidered in the light of a supplement to the original observations
and description of Mr. Lindley ; on which account I am de-
sirous it should be honoured by a place in the Transactions of
the Society in which they have already appeared.

3 E 2 " C. coriacea

394 The Rev. R. T. Lowe on Chamameles coriacea

C. coriacea is one of the rarest plants in Madeira ; and at pre-
sent I am only acquainted with one locality for it. This is on
the sea-cliffs to the eastward of Funchal, about a mile out of the
town along the Canifo road. As this is a direction very likely
to be taken in a short botanical ramble by a casual visitor, it
might well be supposed by such a person that the plant was far
more common than a longer residence would discover to be the
case. It grows at the summit on the extreme verge of the cliff
(in this place about two hundred or three hundred feet high), or
on its perpendicular face a little lower down, forming a thick
evergreen bush about four or five feet high, with something of
the habit of the pomegranate {Punica Granatum). The soil (if
soil it can be called) an arid crumbling tufa, mixed with basaltic
debris. The flowers are produced abundantly in the months of
December, January, or February, according to the earliness of
the autumnal rains. Very few of them come to perfection, and
the fruit is not ripe before the following November or De-
cember. It is indeed so rarely perfected, that from the whole
of the bushes, five or six in number, which had been covered
the same month of the preceding year with a profusion of
flowers, 1 only obtained, last December, eleven in a full-grown
ripe state.

When thus mature, the fruit or haw is quite smooth and even,
of a globose-oblong subpyriform shape, flattened or truncate at
the apex, and depressed or with a small hollow in the centre,
which is nearly covered and concealed by the converging,
withered and blackened, or discoloured segments of the calyx.
It is about the size of the fruit of CratcBgus oxyacanthOi which
indeed it exactly resembles externally in every thing but colour ;
this being in the present plant, when fully ripe, pale yellowish-
white, or rather a rich cream-colour. Length, at most half an
inch ; breadth, three-eighths. Flesh (sarcocarpium) thick, i. e. a

little

and Sempervivum glutinosum. 395

little more than one-sixteenth of an inch ; mealy, rather dry and
insipid, much resembling in flavour the fruit of C. oxyacantha^
but rather bitter. When first cut or broken, the flesh is quite
white internally, but changes almost immediately to a reddish
rusty-brown if the cut or fracture be transverse, not so remark-
ably if otherwise : it invests an uniformly single, one-celled
carpell, of an ovate or rather oval form and smooth, i. e. not in
any way conspicuously furrowed or even rough, with a slightly
prominent suture up one side ; but in all states perfectly closed,
and not bursting or splitting open. The substance of this (the
endocarpium) is of irregular thickness, very hard and bony.
Seed single, erect, narrow-elliptic, narrowing at each end, and
even pointed at the upper ; invested with a thin light-brown
skin {spermodermium). Its substance {amygdala) is pale green-
ish internally ; and a transverse section shows it to be beauti-
fully convolute spirally, or composed of two leaves or laminee
applied face to face and rolled together spirally in a longi-
tudinal direction.

The above is extracted nearly verbatim from notes made on
the fresh fruit; but in more botanical language it will stand
thus:

Fructus : pomum calyce baccato carpelloque solitario con-

stans.
Epicarpium glabrum, tenue.
Sarcocarpium crassiusculum, farinoso-carnosum, subsiccum,

endocarpio adhaerens.
Endocarpium uniloculare, indehiscens, clausum, osseum,

durum, crassiusculum, glabrum, sutur4 distinct^, mono-

spermum : setnine erecto.
Spermodermium tenue, glabrum, membranaceum.
Amygdala : cotyledonibus foliaceis, contiguis, convolutis.

396 The Rev. R. T. Lowe 07i Chamameles coriacea

By a misapprehension, easily accounted for, it has been stated
that this plant is called " Buxo" in Madeira. It is not nncommon
here, as perhaps elsewhere, with a countryman when hard pressed
for a name, to conceal his ignorance by coining an extempore
one for the occasion ; or rather, possibly, by taking the first
that occurs of some similar object or plant. In the case of the
present plant, it is therefore probable that some countryman
who was applied to for its Portuguese name, misled by a fancied
resemblance, really mistook it for the Buxo; which, as any
common Portuguese Dictionary will confirm, is the common
garden Box {Buxus sempervirens). Misled myself by the above
statement given in DeCandoUe's Prodromus, on my first arrival
here I made all possible inquiry after the Buxo of Madeira ;
and the result of every requisition for a supply, never failed to
be a huge bunch of common Box, or Buxus sempervirens, pro-
cured from some garden, of all which in Madeira it is a favourite
and constant inmate. Various disappointments of this sort
confirmed a suspicion, entertained from the first, of the impro-
bability that the common and well-known name Buxo (Anglic^
Box) should be properly applied, peculiarly and par excellence,
to another quite different plant. These ideas have been since
strengthened to certainty, since my discovery of the true Chama-
meles coriacea, by the assurance that it is not at all known or
distinguished by any particular common name here : and indeed
the plant is far too rare and unimportant as far as regards prac-
tical utility, to render it probable it should have obtained one.

Among the few plants of much importance in their domestic
uses peculiar to Madeira, Sempervivum glutinosum, or Ensaido
as it is called by the country-people (pronounced In-say-oung or
En-sai-yound), is distinguished for the use made of it by fisher-
men in preserving their lines. This species, belonging to a
genus which peculiarly characterizes the vegetation of this island

and Sempervivum glutinosum. 397

as well as of the Canaries, grows in the greatest abundance on
the rocks in all parts : and though particularly plentiful on the
sea-clifFs, it is by no means confined to maritime situations, but
occurs in almost equal abundance in the interior to a consider-
able elevation. All parts of the plant, but the stems particu-
larly, are covered with a clammy viscid secretion, as if coated
with moist varnish. It is probably this, chiefly, which renders
the plant so useful to the fishermen in preserving their lines and
defending them from the action of the salt-water. This is the
account they give themselves of its use ; to which may perhaps
be added, the stiffness and smoothness it gives, rendering them
less liable to entangle. It also, no doubt, in some measure
strengthens them, and diminishes friction ; and the dark colour
renders them less visible in the water.

It is thus applied. — A large quantity of the plant being col-
lected, the stems are bruised with stones (usuallj'^ by children), till
the bark can be readily stripped off; the leaves and young shoots
or flower-stems being rejected, as, perhaps, containing a weaker,
less viscid juice, which would too much dilute the rest : the bark
thus collected, is pounded in a rude mortar, till its fragments are
sufficiently small to allow a handful of them to be rubbed with a
cloth backwards and forwards along the outstretched lines till
they are well saturated with the juice : they are then coiled up,
and put to steep till the following day in some alkaline liquid,
(usually common urine,) when the rubbing is again repeated, if
necessary ; that is, if the line does not appear uniformly black
and evenly coated in all parts. If when dried there still appear
in it any knots or inequalities, it is put to soak in sea-water, for
the purpose of softening previous to any more rubbing. When
quite finished, it has become black, perfectly smooth and even,
and shines as if coated with varnish, or rather with the wax
used by shoemakers, whose waxed threads it much resembles,

except

398 The Rev. R. T. Lowe on Chamameles coriaceoy S^c.

except that it is not at all clammy. It is also rather hard and
stiff, but still perfectly flexible. Some affirm that the first rub-
bing with the pounded bark is sufficient, if well and thoroughly
done, the others being merely to remove inequalities : while
others say, that three or even four rubbings with bark are
necessary. This want of agreement proves it perhaps immate-
rial.

Funchal, Madeira.

XX. On

( 399 )

XX. On the Parasitical Connection of Lathreea Squamaria, and the
peculiar Structure of its Subterranean Leaves : in a Letter to
Robert Brown, Esq., F.R.S. V.P.L.S. By J. E. BoxDman,
Esq., F.L.S.

Read November 3, 1829.

The study of Vegetable Physiology, comprehending the affini-
ties and properties of plants, and the relation they bear to the
animal kingdom, constitutes, doubtless, in every point of view,
the most important as well as the most delightful branch of
botany, and claims for it a rank among the natural sciences, to
which it would not be intitled, if confined merely to nomen-
clature and system. Though the general laws which govern the
structure and oeconomy of vegetables be now tolerably under-
stood, there are many deviations from them, which oiFer to the
philosophic botanist subjects peculiarly worthy of his study and
investigation. Here a vast and almost unexplored field lies before
him, where analogy can contribute little assistance, and where his
progress must be proportionably slow and unsatisfactory.

Perhaps the most striking exceptions to the prevailing laws are
found in the tribe of parasitic plants, whether they be Phaenoga-
mous or Cryptogamous. Having in the course of the last and
present season detected some interesting peculiarities in an indi-
vidual of the former of these divisions, the Lathreea Squamaria *,

which

* It is suspected that we have two British species, or at least varieties of this plant.

I have in Loudon's Magazine of Natural History, vol. 1. p. 105, stated the differences

VOL. XVI. 3f between

400 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

which I believe to be new to botanists, I venture to lay them be-
fore the Linnean Society.

I regret that my attempts to investigate the germination of
the seeds and the character of the cotyledons have not yet been
fully satisfactory. The two last seasons I sowed the seeds be-
tween dead leaves, in pots filled with the soil in which the plant
grows, and placed them in its native situation : but in both in-
stances they failed to germinate ; at least they still remain in-
active. Neither have I been able, by dissection, to trace any
division of the cotyledons. However, in one of my attempts to
ascertain the parasitical connection of the plant, I detected among
the mass of roots, when cleared from the soil, what proved on
examination to be a minute embryo. This I have represented,
both of the natural size and also in two positions highly mag-
nified, at Tab. XXII. Fig. 1. a, b, c. Though the cotyledons

between our Welsh plant, and that figured in English Botany, tab. 50, and the de-
scription in English Flora, vol. 3. p. 128 ; to which I may add, that all the specimens
which have afforded the materials of the present paper, have the upper lip of the co-
rolla entire, or very slightly notched ; while in the authorities just quoted, it is repre-
sented as deeply cloven. In Curtis's figure (British Entomology, vol. 4. tab. l60) it is
undivided. The height of the flowering stems, in favourable situations, is even more
gigantic than I have stated in Loudon's ikfo^a2ine, being sometimes 15 or even 18
inches, bearing from 50 to 60 flowers ; on one I counted 63. The subterranean stems
are often from 2 to 3 feet long, surrounded at intervals of 5 or 6 inches by thick
irregular whorls of cylindrical, often forked branches, closely beset with scales ; and
it is often in these parts so swollen and distorted, that it can with difficulty be traced
through the labyrinth. Its usual habit is horizontal, producing at the upper whorls,
1, 2, or 3 flowering branches, which are the only parts that ever emerge into day ; and
it sometimes happens, that the whorls which bear them one season throw up none the
next, and vice versa. New branches are added to the subterranean stems every season,
and the extremities of the old ones are lengthened out by fresh shoots, both being
clothed with a delicately white and succulent herbage, which is permanent and never
renewed. Tab. XXII. Fig. 2. is decisive as to their perennial character, the smaller
scales just above the crown of the root (o) being evidently those of the embryo plant.

unfortunately

of Lathrcea Squamaria, SfC. 401

unfortunately are not in a perfect state, their situation and foot-
stalks are sufficiently apparent, and refer it to the Dicotyledonous
family*. The four scales and the radicle were perfect; but
from the minuteness and delicacy of the embryo I could not
satisfy myself whether the larger rudiment of the cotyledon
consisted of the petiole only, or the decaying and collapsed
state of the whole lobe. Those most conversant with the com-
pound microscope can best appreciate the difficulty of correctly
defining such minute objects amid the deceptions arising from
the discordant reflections and evaporations of the fluid employed,
and of the surrounding lights and shades. From viewing it in
different directions and in a variety of lights, as well as from the
close resemblance of its scales in shape and texture to those of
the perfect plant, I was however assured of its being an embryo
LathrcEa, before I noticed the solitary tubercle near the extre-
mity of one of its radical fibres. This determined me, in the
absence of its more complete development, to take the sketches
already referred to, though I lay them before the Linnean So-
ciety with less confidence than any other in the series of draw-
ings which elucidate this paper.

After many ineffectual attempts, I at length succeeded in
obtaining specimens of the Lathraa with its real original root ;
and this part so satisfactorily helps us to understand the early
growth of the plant, that the failure of observations on the ger-
mination of the seeds is the less to be regretted. I caused a
circular trench, about two feet in diameter, to be dug round the

* The oily nature of the seeds, and the uniform ligneous reticulated fibre in which
the sap-vessels of the subterranean stem are interspersed, though without a concen-
tric arrangement, support this view : but I do not think the sap-vessels have a spiral
structure. The bark consists of a simple cuticle, and a broad circle of spongy cellu-
lar tissue, which ranges round the woody fibre, and occupies more than half of the
radius of the stem.

-- • 3 F 2 flowering

402 Mr. Bowman 07i the Parasitical Connection

flowering stems of a young plant, carefully cutting and sawing
off all the roots of the Ash-tree (under which it grew) that came
in contact with the spade, without disturbing the central mass.
When the trench was sunk lower than the horizontal roots of the
tree, I caused the labourers to undermine the insulated lump on
all sides, and to lift it carefully into a large garden basket, in
which they carried it into a neighbouring and rather rapid
stream : here, by repeated and cautious agitation, I at length
washed away all the soil, leaving exposed the roots and fibres
of the Ash, and the subterranean stems of the Lathrcea com-
pletely matted and entangled together. On separating them,
I had the satisfaction to find the parasite with its root, of the
size, shape, and habit represented in Fig. 2. This clearly shows
its true character, and solves the problem, that though its base
is not inserted into the stock, as in Orobanche, but is spindle-
shaped and terminates in many forked fibres, it is strictly para-
sitical, each fibre being furnished with very minute tubercles,
which fix themselves on the roots of the tree to extract their
juices. It is only by means of these that the fibres can perform
their oflSce of ducts. As these tubercles are also copiously found
on the fibres of the subterranean stem, and will be best described
with it, I shall for the present defer the detail of them, noticing
only two or three of an extraordinary size, which may be
seen in Fig. 2.6, on the upper part of the caudex of the root.
These are of a much firmer and more woody texture than the
smaller ones, and their interior organization is more complex,
though they perform the same functions. A magnified longitu-
dinal section of one of them is shown in Fig. 4 ; but it will be
better understood hereafter. The exterior of the caudex is of a
red-brown, and tolerably smooth ; its texture is solid and woody.
A cross section of it exhibits very numerous angular cells con-
nected by a fibrous network, which forms the solid portion.

of Lathraa Squamaria, Sj-c. 403

It is evident from an inspection of Fig. 2, that in an early
stage of its growth the embryo-stem, contrary to the almost
universal rule, avoids the surface^ and takes a downward direc-
tion in common with the root. The intention of this is suffi-
ciently apparent ; for when once it finds itself among the roots
and fibres of the tree, it no longer continues to descend, but
spreads horizontally, fixing its tubers upon them, and com-
mencing its attacks on every hand. This is one of those in-
stances of adaptation effected in direct opposition to an esta-
blished law, which fills us with unceasing wonder, and cannot
fail to exalt our views of the Mighty Author of Universal Na-
ture. A necessary consequence of the downward tendency of
the young stem is, the contrary direction of the flowering
branches, one of which is shown at c, in Fig. 2, evidently seek-
ing its natural element, the atmosphere. They are invariably
curved at their base till they acquire a perpendicular position,
and are the only portion of this singular plant which ever ap-
pears above the surface of the soil. As this takes place before
the trees acquire their leafy honours, it weakens the opinion,
that their unnatural and sickly hue is owing to a deficiency of
light.

It seems probable, from the sound and healthy appearance of
the root, and from the large tubers on the caudex being in full
activity, that it continues for many years ; at all events, that it
does not decay as soon as the smaller tubers of the stem have
begun their operations. Yet I have little doubt, that if it were
possible to separate the root from the stems without disturbing
them, they would receive adequate and ample nourishment from
their own tubers to supply the flowering stems they respectively
produce.

I shall now endeavour to describe the nature of the parasitical
connection of our plant with some minuteness, as it has hitherto

been

404 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

been very imperfectly understood. Its subterranean stem throws
out from between the scales many succulent and tender fibres,
bearing a profusion of minute tubercles or bulbs, which fix
themselves upon the roots of the Ash, Hazel, &c. and extract
their juices in the manner shown in Fig. 3. These tubercles are
principally formed near the extremities of the fibres ; they are
either solitary or in groups of two or three, and bear some
external resemblance to small beads, or the knotty excrescences
on the roots of some leguminous plants. The connecting fibres
are so tender, that it is difficult to get them up without breaking
off the tubers, which are left behind upon the root of the stock.
The tubers are brown, semiglobular, and succulent, and usually
not larger than a small pin head ; so that, even should a few
remain on the fibres after being dug up, they might escape
observation among the soil that adheres to them. Hence I
attribute their having so long escaped the notice of botanists.
Neither these tubers nor their fibres are to be found in the very
spirited woodcuts of Matthiolus, Parkinson, or Gerarde*. Sir
J. E. Smith (English Flora, vol. 3. p. 128.) alludes to the fibrous
character of the root ; but though he says he believes it to be
parasitical, he does not explain in what way. On first washing
the Ash roots, I was astonished to find some of them thickly
studded with the tubercles adhering closely to the bark on all
sides, and to the fibrous roots of the parasite, in the manner I
have represented in Fig. 3. To remove all doubt on this head,
I traced these fibres from the tubers to their insertion in the stem
between the imbricated scales of the Lathrcea, and, by the aid of
the microscope, through its cellular bark to their junction with
the ligneous part which ranges round the medulla. It was ne-

* The figure in Matthiolus is the largest and best of the three ; but the flowers in all
are too small, and too thinly scattered on the stem. The cut in Gerarde (edit. 1597)
is « copy from Matthiolus, but reversed and on a smaller scale.

cessary

of Lathrcea Squamaria, ^c. 405

cessary to ascertain this, as many of the tree roots are con-
stantly found entangled between the scales.

When the tubers are first formed on their fibres, they are nearly
round (Tab. XXII. Fig. 5. a.), but after their attachment to the
bark they become compressed and semiglobular. On being
carefully remov^ed, their under surface at the point of contact
has an irregular warty appearance, arising more from the firmer
texture of the vessels about to be described, than the almost
gelatinous substance in which they are imbedded. These ap-
pearances are shown in the magnified figure 5, as is also the
surrounding lacerated cuticle, which probably excludes the at-
mosphere in the soil from all interference with the process of un-
natural exhaustion. Tab. XXIII. Fig. 1. & 2. represent highly
magnified perpendicular sections of the tuber attached to the
root of the Ash (of which latter, the portion shown is a trans-
verse section). Fig. 2. represents it cut through longitudinally
in the direction of its fibre : and Fig. 1. at right angles with, or
across it. A reference to these will help the Society to under-
stand its organization and functions. The tuber consists of a
succulent and nearly homogeneous substance, showing only a
cellular texture near its circumference, which gradually becomes
more delicate interiorly, and in the central parts is entirely want-
ing. From its under surface, or point of attachment, it sends
down a tap or funnel-shaped process, generally straight but
sometimes curved, which penetrates through the cortical layers
of the root to various depths into the alburnum, but never into
the solid woody fibre. The tap does not send out any lateral
auxiliary branches ; but a single filament or duct passes through
it, thickening in its progress upwards ; and on its entering the
body of the bulb dividing into several branches, each tra-
versing its substance in a tortuous manner, and frequently
intersecting the others, but finally approaching and unitedly

forming

406 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

forming a confused mass under the point in contact with the
fibre. By this system of vessels the food of the parasite is
doubtless alienated and conveyed along the root-like fibres into
its subterranean stem ; and from their dispersed and sinuous
course within the tuber, it is probable the sap may there undergo
a necessary change. These vessels consist of a close series of
minute semi-opake oval bodies, and have a moniliform or beaded
structure. Tab. XXIII. Fig. 3. shows a transverse section of
a tuber and its central vessels.

Some of the many tubers I examined, differed materially from
the rest, and deserve attention, from the light they appear to throw
upon the nature of the action excited by parasites in general.
The section Tab. XXIII. Fig. 4. is one of these ; it is divided in
the direction of the fibre and of the vessels of the Ash root on
which I found it. The interior of the tuber was more densely and
uniformly cellular than usual ; and instead of the meandering
group of beaded ducts in the centre, it had on each side, near its
circumference, a separate set of anastomozing vessels, strong and
darker coloured near their contact with the fibre, but becoming
gradually paler and more delicate as they approached the middle
and lower portions of the tuber. Each fascicle communicated
with the fibre by a single detached trunk, and the spaces be-
tween a few of the larger reticulations only, were transparent ;
the remainder of the section being much more opake. than in
Tab. XXIII. Flo;. 1. & 2. Here also was no trace of the
funnel-shaped process ; and the only symptom of derangement
or disease in the bark and alburnum of the Ash root, was a
number of small globules, mostly detached, but more closely
congregated beneath the centre of the tuber. Both the funnel
and dark anastomozing vessels just described, were wanting in
other tubers ; but they contained the transparent globules, which
were also seen more perfectly formed in the alburnum under-
neath.

of Lathraa Squamaria, ^c. 407

neath. One had a dark group of them under the fibre, but in-
stead of a regular set of tortuous vessels through its centre, it
had well-defined but mostly detached globules interspersed,
and indications of a tap striking downwards into the alburnum.
Several others had a tap in different stages of development,
sometimes irregular and ill-defined. In some, the globules
(which were filled with fluid) seemed to have formed fissures
or cavities in the alburnum, similar to those in Tab, XXIII.
Fig. 1. & 2 ; while many of the tubers were without either tap,
beaded vessels, or the transparent globules, and consisted only
of the delicate cellular substance already described.

I think it probable that all these, including the section
Fig. 4, were tubers in the early stages of their action on the
parent root ; and that the globules interspersed in them and in
the bark and alburnum underneath, with a central tendency,
were preparing the way for the yet undeveloped inferior ap-
pendage or funnel. It is diflScult to conceive how so delicate
and succulent a substance can penetrate the comparatively hard
bark and alburnum of the root, but by means of some chemical
change, or corrosion effected by the union of their respective
juices. The irregular fissures or cavities in the alburnum ex-
hibited in Tab. XXIII. Fig. 1. 2. & 5, are generally present
under those tubers which have pierced it with their funnels. The
septa and parts immediately in contact are frequently brown and
discoloured, indicating disease from being drained of their sap.
They are always surrounded by a light-coloured border, as in
the figures, probably a new layer of liber formed by the reno-
vating power of Nature to check the progress of the morbid
action. Beyond this border, the surrounding parts are con-
stantly sound and healthy, the injured portion seldom extend-
ing wider than the space covered by the tuber.

I am inclined to think that the tubers are renewed annually,
VOL. XVI. 3 G like

408 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

like the radical fibres of trees and perennial plants. This opinion
is strengthened, from a larger portion of those which I have ex-
amined in October and November having had taps inserted into
the returning vessels of the alburnum, than those I have ex-
amined in the spring, the greater number of which had short
or imperfect taps, and were often without the interior system of
beaded vessels. If a root on which they have fixed be carefully
examined, some minute scars may be observed on the bark, each
divided, by a straight fissure with prominent lips, into two equal
parts. These are the cicatrized wounds caused by old and de-
cayed tubers, some of which may be seen of the natural size on
the broken extremity of the Ash root (Tab. XXII. Fig. 3. a) ;
and a magnified transverse section of one, with the cavities
within, surrounded by its margin of new liber, at Fig. 5.

The organization of the large tubers of the caudex differs
from that of the small ones of the extremities, in having a more
crowded system of beaded and nearly parallel vessels (instead
of the central intersecting set of the latter) distributed through
its whole substance. These vessels are intersected by a dark-
coloured regular cone, in the situation represented in the longi-
tudinal section (Tab. XXII. Fig. 4.), which seems to consist only
of a more dense assemblage of the vessels themselves, and whose
entire figure would be that of the concave bottom of a glass bot-
tle. A cross section of this tuber exhibited its numerous vessels
in detached spots. The tap was broken ofi" in the root of the
stock, but its situation is indicated by the letter a.

I now pass on to that portion of this singular plant from
which it has severally been called Dentaria, Squamaria, and
Toothwort, and whose true character seems to have puzzled
both the older and more modern botanists ; I mean the squamae,
or tooth-shaped scales. Matthiolus {Comm. in Lib. quartum Di-
oscoridis, p. 314. edit. Ven. 1583.) evidently took them for roots ;

" Radice

of LathrcEa Squamaria, ^c. 409

*' Radice nititur albicante, magna, succosa, fragili, compactili squa-
marum congerie:" yet it will scarcely be contended that his ^^tniro
sane natura artificio elahorata" refers to anything beyond their
exterior appearance. Linnaeus, Withering, Willdenow, &c., also
call them roots ; and the able author of Vegetable Physiology *
considers them as " scaly appendages to the roots." Sir J. E.
Smith in English Botany (vol. i. tab. 50.), and in his Introduction
to Botany (chap, xii.), also calls them roots, though he was sub-
sequently led {English Flora, vol. iii. p. 128.), from the analogy
of this genus to Melampyrum, to refer them to their true cha-
racter of a subterranean herbage. He seems nevertheless,
incorrectly I presume, to confound them with the bracteas of
the flowering branches, which he distinctly calls leaves. The
idea of their being roots, though erroneous, was venial enough
from their underground situation, and is probably as old as
a knowledge of the plant itself. It has perhaps been per-
petuated among botanists by a remark made by Linnaeus, and
alluded to by Mr. Brown in his very luminous paper on the
Rafflesia {Linn. Trans, vol. xiii. p. 236.), " that the whole
tribe of parasitic plants are distinguishable by the imperfect
development of their leaves, and the entire absence of green
colour." The learned author last quoted justly observes that
plants parasitic on roots are chiefly thus distinguishable. This
rule however is not universal, an exception being found in the
genus Cuscuta ; which, after the decay of its original root, has
no connection whatever with the earth, but is nourished and
supported solely by radicles fixed upon the stems of other plants.
Many if not all of the foreign species of Cuscuta have a similar
economy, and are destitute of leaves and of green colour ; in-
deed I know of no plant without true leaves that is green. I

* No. XIV. of the Treatises published by the Society for the DiiFusion of Useful
Knowledge, p. 29. col. 2.

3 G 2 am

410 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

am therefore inclined to believe that the pale and sickly hue of
such parasites, whether fixed on roots or stems, results at least
as much from this circumstance as from the surreptitious nutri-
ment on which they feed. The absence of true leaves consti-
tutes one essential physiological distinction between Cuscuta and
Viscum ; and though Listera JSlidiis avis, Monotropa, and Orobanche
are parasitic on roots, they are also destitute of leaves furnished
with pores. All such plants are consequently incapable of draw-
ing sustenance from the atmosphere, and of being acted on by
the powerful stimulus of light, and can only derive the necessary
supply of food through the medium of their lower extremities.
It may be said that as they find their food ready provided for
them by the stock on which they grow, leaves would be super-
fluous ; and that Nature, in depriving them of these usual organs
of assimilation, has, in the plenitude of her power, prepared it
for them through the medium of a foreign source. But this
does not explain the cause of the absence of green colour ; in-
deed the instance of the Misletoe renders the reasoning incon-
elusive. This plant is perhaps more strictly parasitical than
any of those just named, yet it is green ; — a necessary conse-
quence, as I conceive, of having leaves, though they be sparingly
supplied with pores *.

I hope to make it appear that the Lathraa differs in struc-
ture from all the parasites just named; and that, though it be

* 1 lia^'e observed that the Misletoe dies with the tree on which it grows ; and from
a notice in the Magazine of Natural History (vol. ii. p. 294.), it seems that the La-
thraa does so too. It has long been doubted whether Listera Nidus avis be strictly
l)arasitical. Whatever it may be in the earUer stages of its growth, it certainly is not
so in its more advanced state. If it be carefully got up in a clod, and the soil after-
wards washed from around it, the base of the central root or caudex may be seen to
terminate in a short curved spur, which tapers to a fine point, and evidently is not at-
tached to any other vegetable. The cuticle of the stem and its bracteas has no per-
spiring pores.

parasitic

of Lathraa Squamaria, SfC. 411

parasitic on roots, it is copiously supplied with true leaves, while
it shares, in common with them, the appearance indicative of the
want of those organs. Assuming for the present that the tooth-
like scales of the subterraneous stem are really leaves, the appa-
rent anomaly will be reconciled by reflecting that their functions
are necessarily performed in the total absence of light, that
essential agent in the production of the common livery of the
vegetable kingdom. Neither is their cuticle perforated by any
pores. In order to ascertain if light would produce any change,
on the 20th of November last I carefully laid them bare and
washed away the soil ; but after having been as much exposed
as their gloomy situation would admit till the middle of January,
they had not acquired the slightest approach to a green colour,
nor any absorbing pores. Frost now set in ; and on again
examining them on the 5th of February, I found the uncovered
parts blackened and destroyed by this unnatural exposure. A
head of flowers has since shot up within two inches of the spot,
without any change in its natural appearance.

The general shape and character of the leaves, though they vary
considerably in detail, are known to most botanists, and may be
understood by reference to Tab. XXII. Fig. 2. & 3, and Tab.
XXIII. Fig. 6. 7. & 8. If their outer or convex surface be viewed
attentively by the naked eye, especially those on the newly formed
branches, a number of longitudinal parallel striae, or tubes, may
be observed under the cuticle, whiter and more diaphanous than
the contiguous parts, but having no apparent orifice or external
communication. On dissecting the leaf, these are found to be so
many hollow cells or chambers imbedded within its solid succu-
lent substance ; and varying in number from six to twelve accord-
ing to the size of the leaf. A lens of moderate power shows their
interior surface to consist of a variety of irregular corrugations
or tortuous ridges, which increase the superficial area very con-
siderably.

412 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

siderably. A longitudinal section of one of these cells may not
inaptly be compared to the folds within the helix of the human
ear ; but its usual form may be seen in the magnified perpendi-
cular section, Tab. XXIII . Fig. 7 ; and its cross section in Fig. 8.
10. & 11. The compound microscope shows every part of its sur-
face to be lined with innumerable oval transparent glands or pa-
pillae, some sitting, but for the most part raised on pedicels of va-
rious lengths, and all pointing towards the centre of the cavity.
These glands are so minute as to be barely visible with the
lowest magnifier of the compound microscope. Their situation
may be seen in Fig. 10: & 11 ; and their shape, very highly
magnified, in Fig. 12. They are marked by four longitudinal
depressions, which indicate as many septa or valves within, the
intermediate spaces being hollow (see d. and e. of Fig. 12.); but I
have not been able to ascertain whether the apex of the gland,
or the pedicel, be perforated. They have a very beautiful ap
pearance under the compound microscope, either in a trans-
verse section of the cell, or when the lining of the cell is viewed
as an opake object. On account of their extremely delicate
texture, they soon shrivel up as the section dries.

Though satisfied, from the elaborate structure of these secret
chambers, that they were destined to perform some important
office, and that they must, some way or other, have an exterior
communication, it was not till after repeated observations and
many tedious and unavailing efforts, that I had the good fortune
to discover it. If the longitudinal section of the leaf and one of
its cells (Tab. XXIII. Fig. 7.), or the more highly magnified part
of it (Fig. 9')i be attentively examined, a very narrow interstitial
opening or passage may be traced from a. inwards, between the
incurved lower edge of the leaf d, and the underside of the leaf-
stalk e, and leading into the inclosed wider space within, b.
This inner space (a cross section only of which can be shown

of Lathraa Sguamaria,^c. 413

in this figure) runs along the whole underside of the leaf be-
neath the course of the dotted line a. b. of Tab. XXIII.
Fig. 6 ; and communicates, by means of an oblong narrow
orifice (Fig 9. c), with the bottom of each of the perpendicular
leaf-cells. This appearance may be best detected in a very thin
longitudinal section of the leaf placed under the microscope ;
and though the inner curvature of the leaf d. will sometimes
adhere to the leafstalk e, and close the aperture, the application
of a needle or bristle will immediately discover it. The cuticle
of the leaves is destitute of pores on both its surfaces*. When
highly magnified, it appears to be traversed by an irregular net-
work of veins, the reticulations a little prominent, and connected
by a transparent but strictly imperforate membrane.

Keeping in view this very curious and singular structure, I
think its oeconomy cannot be misunderstood ; viz. that the
squamae or scales of the subterranean stem are real leaves, and
that the prominent glandular papillae of their interior cells
perform the office of true cuticular absorbents. Under ordinary
circumstances, leaves freely exposed to the action of the air and
of light, and provided with a porous cuticle, receive carbonic
acid gas into the cells of their parenchyma, where the oxygen is
separated and thrown off, and the carbon assimilated with the
hydrogen imbibed by the roots. But in the case of the Latfircea,
where they are destined to perform their functions, not only in
the dark, but buried in the earth, such an arrangement would
have been inexpedient; it is therefore substituted by another,

* So is the cuticle of the flower-stem, the individual flower-stalks, the calyx, and
both surfaces of the bracteas. The copious woolly hair on the flower-stem and calyx,
when highly magnified, appears jointed like a bamboo cane, and tipped with a globular
or oval summit; but I cannot ascertain whether they are perforated. The bracteas
have neither the internal cells nor the bladders of the true leaves ; but there are often
several at the base of the flower-stem, of an intermediate character, being partly succu-
lent and chambered like the latter, and partly thin and solid like the former.

admirably

414 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

admirably adapted to their peculiar circumstances and situation.
Had the cuticle been furnished with air-valves, the soil would
have continually clogged and impeded their office ; they are
therefore removed by a contrivance, as beautiful as wise, and
placed within the convoluted chambers excavated for them in the
interior of the leaf, where they perform securely and unseen their
destined office. If it be doubted whether, from the unusual
form and prominence of these papillae, they are the real ab-
sorbents of the leaves, I would hint the probable advantage of
some such arrangement to enable them more effectually to act
upon the very small supply of air admitted into the cells, which
is, moreover, always in a stagnant state. It will not, I think,
be contended that they absorb moisture rather than air ; and as
this forms the grand distinction between roots and leaves, I trust
I have satisfactorily proved them to be the latter ; though, be-
cause their functions are performed in the dark, one material
effect of these organs is not produced.

The succulent or solid portion of the leaves also deserves atten-
tion from its singularity of structure. It consists altogether of a
framework of cellular substance, chiefly in hexagonal compart-
ments, resembling a number of hollow dodecahedron crystals
closely fitted together (see the sections. Tab. XXIII. Fig. 10. &
11.). Each cavity, besides the watery juice which fills it, contains
several oval or pear-shaped and perfectly transparent bladders,
quite detached from each other and from the sides of the cells, and
lying over one another in an irregular manner (see Tab. XXIII.
Fig. 13.). They are from their minuteness invisible to the naked
eye, but exhibit a very curious appearance in a thin section of the
leaf under the compound microscope. In one of these sections,
placed between the talcs of an ivory slider in April 1828, they
still retain their original shape and size ; from which I at first
concluded they were distended with air. Subsequent experi-
ments

of Lathraa Squamaria, ^c. 415

ments have, however, proved them to be filled with a glutinous
or mucilaginous fluid of much greater specific gravity than water ;
in which, though no larger than particles of the finest pollen, they
sink as freely as grains of sand. As they are not attached to the
sides of the cells, they may be easily separated by macerating
the leaf in water, and carefully removing the fecula with a
camel-hair pencil, when they will be found at the bottom like a
mass of impalpable particles of pounded glass. On evaporating
the water, and submitting them to a very considerable dry heat,
they still remain distended ; but on bruising them with the flat
side of a knife, they give out a fluid, which, though it becomes
stiff and fixed by heat, almost immediately regains its viscidity
by re-absorption from the atmosphere. From their extreme
minuteness this experiment can only be tried by collecting the
bladders in considerable quantity and examining the expressed
fluid under the microscope. In pure alcohol they generally
remain quiescent, not more than one in fifty, even of the small-
est, ranging about like particles of pollen similarly treated.
When held over a spirit-lamp, either in distilled water or in
alcohol, they burst simultaneously, but the shrivelled transpa-
rent skins still lie at the bottom of the fluid. The mucilage
diluted in alcohol retained its transparency ; in distilled water
it gave a red tinge to blue litmus paper, but did not aftect the
red litmus ; and on dropping into it a little diluted sulphuric
acid, a few milky or opal-coloured flakes were formed. No
sensible effect was produced by prussiate of potash or super-
acetate of lead. I tried in vain to crystallize it by evaporation ;
indeed, when removed out of a dry atmosphere, it almost imme-
diately resumed its viscidity. I am therefore disposed to con-
sider the contents of these bladders, a kind of liquid sugar, in-
capable of crystallization, from the little free acid it seems to
contain ; and that it is secreted from the aqueous juices in
VOL. XVI. 3 11 which

4l6 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

which the bladders float, to minister to the support of the
plant during the decay of the old and the formation of the new
tubers. The scaly roots of Lilittm candiclum and the tunicate
ones of Narcissus are provided with similar bladders in their cel-
lular substance, which also are detached and sink in water. In
the former they are smaller and more numerous than in La-
thraa ; and those in the upper portions of the scales are chiefly
concentrated round the fascicles of spiral. sap- vessels. It is
worthy of remark, that the cuticle of these scales has also no
absorbents, nor do they become green by long exposure to
light.

I have already hinted, that the partial shade in which the
Lalhrcea is always found cannot be the sole cause of its pale
and sickly colour. Many other plants, which grow promiscu-
ously with it, flourish, and severally possess their full and pecu-
liar tints of green*. These all draw their nourishment imme-
diately from the soil ; have leaves furnished with cuticular pores,
and are powerfully attracted by light. Not so our Lathraa ; for
when its flower-stems have acquired their full altitude, they are
always perpendicular ; and in groups of twenty or thirty in the
most umbrageous situations, the rows of flowers (which have
always an unilateral direction) are as frequently turned from
the only side on which light is admitted as towards it. J have
repeatedly witnessed this singular fact ; and have even seen it
come up within, though near the door of, a dark hovel, without
the stem or its flowers evincing any tendency to incline towards
the light. Again, it will be recollected that the various species
of Orobanche and Cuscuta show no inclination to put on the
usual vegetable robe of green, though not hidden " from day's
garish eye." It is therefore, I conceive, in the structure and

* Such as Melica uniftora, Samcula europcea, Allium ursirium, Scilla nutam,
Geranium Robeitianum, &c. &c.

mode

of Latliraa Squaynaria, i'^c. 41?

mode of growth, that we must endeavour to find a solution of this
problem.

By laws which almost universally prevail in the vegetable
kingdom, plants imbibe moisture from the soil by means of
their radical fibres, and gases and moisture from the atmosphere
through the medium of pores in the cuticle of their leaves.
These elements are conveyed into the parenchyma, where innu-
merable and inconceivably delicate organs, stimulated by light
and heat, throw off the oxygen and retain the hydrogen and
carbon. These essential ingredients at once produce the green
colour, and are converted, by a mysterious and hidden process,
into the several substances of the vegetable body. Parasitical
plants, in one or more respects, and in different ways, are excep-
tions to these general laws. Though the Lathrcea, unlike many
of its tribe, has leaves amply supplied with absorbents, these
organs are doubly concealed in a cold subterranean laboratory,
and there destined to breathe in darkness ; while the flowering
stem, — the only part in contact with the light, — is destitute of
those cuticular pores through which air can be admitted, and by
means of which the ordinary functions can be performed. The
materials and the stimulus are at hand, but for want of the
proper apparatus they cannot act. Again : the radicles of the
Lathrcea do not imbibe moisture immediately from the soil, but
extract the already assimilated juices of its foster-parent ; and
whether we suppose these juices to be derived from the inner
cortical layers after the accession of carbon through the leaves, .
or from the alburnum, where they are in a less combined state ;
they probably contain no free hydrogen to minister to the gene-
ration of the green colour. They may also undergo a further
chemical change, either in consequence of the partial disease
occasioned by the attack of the tubers, or in passing through the
substance of the tuber itself. We know that in the dark, plants

3 H 2 invariably

418 Mr. Bowman on the Parasitical Connection

invariably acquire a pale and sickly tint for want of the stimulus
of light to fix the carbon and throw oflf the oxygen. DeCandoUe
says, that under such circumstances they are without perspiring
pores. We also know, that the etiolated parts of some varieties
of Celery, the under surface of the leaves of Nymphaa, Hydro-
charis, &c. &c. are tinged with the same beautiful violet hue as
the flowering-stems of the Lathrcea. These striking coincidences
render it probable that the cadaverous appearance of our plant
is chiefly owing to the absence of leaves and of pores on the
flowering-stems, to the condition of the absorbents of the sub-
terranean leaves, and to its subsisting on food elaborated by a
foreign agent. But in what manner, and in what degree, each
of these causes operates and combines. Chemistry has not yet
discovered ; nor will she probably be ever able to draw aside
the impenetrable veil which checks our researches, and baffles
the proud philosophy of man. By the aid of the microscope
we can often detect the mechanical contrivances by which
various operations in Nature are effected ; we can explore her
laboratory, determine the elements, inspect the apparatus, and
witness the results. But we can no more explain the delicate
and subtle chemistry by which, in the vegetable body, the air
inhaled bj^ the leaves is assimilated with the juices drawn up
through the roots, and converted into woody fibre, and into
innumerable secretions, odours, and colours, than we can tell
how, in the animal, distinct and discordant fluids are all elabo-
rated from the blood, to support the various functions of life,
and the organs of sense and intelligence !

EXPLA-

\ «

. Jrans . Lirvru. Soc . 7ol .271^ ■Iai.ZZ.p.419.

-AT,.'.- V .-fir. .•

->">.- V .-fir.

,■ : *

^-, "rv

^■'» . ■• -,"^ ^V ■ ■ ' .• •, .'b

•vV.'i ■■ i'"''' »•"■"'<■

Trans. Linn.Sooyol Wl Tai23.p.il9.

^Ml r

a, bed.

.B.del.

of LathrcEa Squamaria, SfC. 419

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XXIL

Fig. 1. An embryo plant: a, the natural size; b and c, highly
magnified in different positions.

2. An entire plant, showing the large tubers on the caudex

of the root at b; the small ones on the fibres, and a
young abortive flower-stem, c, in its progress towards
the surface of the soil.

3. Portion of a subterranean stem with its tuberiferous

fibres, and a portion of an Ash-root with some of the
tubers fixed upon it. a. Wounds in the bark caused
by old decayed tubers.

4. Longitudinal section of part of the caudex and one of

its large tubers magnified, showing its complex system
of vessels ; some of which, towards the base, a, are
cut through transversely.

5. Portion of a fibre with a young tuber before its attach-

ment ; and another torn from the bark, showing the
lacerated edge of the cuticle and the reticulated por-
tion in contact with the bark. The dark central spot
is the branching off of the exhausting vessels : — highly
magnified.

Tab. XXIIL

Fig. 1. Perpendicular section of a tuber cut across its fibre,
showing its beaded system of vessels, the insertion of
its tap-shaped base into the alburnum, and the bor-
der of new liber formed round the cavities to stop the
progress of the diseased parts, a. Section of the con-
necting fibre.
2. Ditto, ditto, in the direction of its fibre. - •

JFV^. 3.

420 Mr. Bowman on the Lathraa Squamaria, 3fC.

Fig. 3. Transverse section of a tuber and its vessels.

4. Perpendicular section of a tuber at an early stage of its

attachment to the bark, a, b, c, d. The bark, albur-
num, solid wood, and pith of the tree-root. — Fig. 1.
2. 3. & 4. are all highly magnified.

5. Transverse section of the cavity formed in the root of

the Ash under an old decayed tuber, with the sur-
sounding border of the new liber to check the pro-
gress of the injury : — highly magnified.

6. Exterior surface of a subterranean leaf. The dotted

line a, b indicates the direction of the inclosed space
which communicates with the interior chambers.

7. Perpendicular section of ditto, and one of its chambers.

8. Transverse section of ditto passing through its imbedded

chambers. — Fig. 6. 7. & 8. are equally magnified.

9. The lower portion of Fig. 7- enlarged ad libitum, to

show the passage by which air is admitted into the
cells of the leaf, in the direction of a, b. b. Is the
space inclosed by the incurvation of the base of the
leaf, d; and c. The orifice into the cell, /. e. The
leafstalk.

10. Transverse section of a leaf, more highly magnified than

Fig. 8, showing its cellular texture, and the convolu-
tions of the chambers, with their papillae.

11. One of the chambers of ditto, still more highly magni*

fied, to show more distinctly the papillae scattered over
its inner surface.

12. a,b,c. The papillae very highly magnified. </,&e. Per-

pendicular and transverse sections of ditto, showing
their valves and interior cells.

13. Minute pear-shaped bladders lodged within the cavities

of the cellular substance of the leaf.

XXI. On

( 421 )

XXI. On the Origin of Buds. By the Rev. Patrick Keith, F.L.S.

ReadJprin, 1829.

Phytologists have been at all times much puzzled to account
for the origin of buds. Hence the variety of opinions which
they have advanced, or advocated, on the subject. Pliny be-
lieved them to be formed from the pith, but without giving
us any particular account of the ground of his belief*. Mal-
pighi believed them to be formed from the pith, or from the
cellular tissue which he regarded as viscera peculiarly destined
to the elaboration of the sap and protrusion of future buds -f.
Du Hamel seems to have entertained different opinions upon
this subject at different periods. In the outset of his researches
he believed buds to be formed from the wood or pith of the former
year. But what are we to say of the first year itself? Afterwards
he regarded them as proceeding from pre-organized germs ex-
isting in the proper juice, and deposited by it in the course of
its descent from the leaves, so as to pervade the whole plant.
Where the pre-organized germs were themselves formed, I think
we are not told. But his proof of their existence is as follows :
— Having taken some cuttings of a willow, he stuck them in the
ground, and made them, at the same time, to pass through a
barrel filled with earth, so as to have a portion exposed to the
air between the ground and the barrel, and another portion pro-
jecting above the top of the barrel. The part inserted in the

* Nat. Hist. lib. xvii. cap. 21. f Amt. Plant. 13.

ground

422 The Rev. 'P. Keith on the Origin of Buds.

ground produced roots, and the part passing through the earth
contained in the barrel produced also roots ; but the other
two portions produced branches. It was of little consequence
whether the cuttings were inserted in the ground by the upper
or under extremity, as relative to their original growth, and
they vegetated even when made to pass through the barrel ho-
rizontally. Hence Du Hamel concluded that germs both of
the root and branch are dispersed throughout the whole extent
of the plant, and are developed as the exigency of the case
requires*.

Others have contended that buds are generated only from the
plexus of the vessels of the inner bark ; because, perhaps, it is
from the inner bark that the union of the graft and stock is
effected in the well-known operation of grafting.

Mr. Knight seems to have embraced the opinion of Du Hamel
with some slight modifications. I do not mean to say that he
has adopted the appellation, or even the notion of pre-organized
germs. But he contends that buds are generated in the albur-
num by means of the agency of the descending proper juice ;
and thus dispersed, as we may infer, over the surface of the
whole plant. His proof is as follows : — The runners connecting
the tubers of a potatoe with the root were intersected and im-
mersed by both portions in a decoction of logwood. The de-
coction passed along in both directions. But it was in the di-
rection of the tubers that the proof wanted was elicited. For
there, the decoction was found to have passed through an ela-
borate plexus of vessels between the bark and alburnum, which
was seen to approach the skin at the base of the buds-f*. Hence
it was inferred that buds are formed by the agency of the de-
scending proper juice in its passage through the vessels of the
inner bark.

* Phi/s. des Arb. liv. iv. chap. v. f Phil. Trans. 1803, p. 289-

4 Also

The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds. 42S

Also the alburnum, according to Mr. Knight, possesses the
power of regenerating buds. A number of plants of the Apple,
Pear and Plum, which were raised from seed in the spring of
1802, were again cut down to the collar in the autumn with
part of the root exposed. In the beginning of the following
spring, protuberances were observed on the bark of the ex-
posed roots, which were found to be processes issuing from the
alburnum. They were incipient buds, and were ultimately pro-
truded into shoots. Experiments upon the stem and root of
aged trees gave the same result; establishing, as Mr. Knight
thinks, the position, that the alburnum, or the proper juice de-
posited in it, possesses the peculiar property of the organizing
of buds ; whence it follows, as a corollary, that the origin of
any bud is not more deeply seated in the stem than the layer of
alburnum from which it is protruded into a shoot.

This common doctrine of Du Hamel and of Knight, and I
might add of Mirbel also, is combated by a late writer on the
subject of Vegetable Physiology ; who contends, in direct op-
position to their theory, that all buds protruded from the sur-
face of the plant, at whatever period of its growth, have been ori-
ginally formed at the centre of the stem or branch on which
they appear ; that is, in the original or annual shoot ; and have
been pushed outwards horizontally through every additional
layer of alburnum while yet in a soft state, though it requires
some peculiar excitement to protrude them into shoots, which
may not occur till after a period of many years *. The bud in
its progress outwards is represented as leaving behind it a pale
streak of parenchyma indicating its path, which is in the di-
rection of the medullary rays, and very perceptible in a trans-
verse section of the Willow taken near the place of the pro-
trusion of a young shoot. This rule can apply only to woody

* Library of Useful Knowledge.

VOL. XVI. 3 I plants

424 The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds.

plants which have their diameters augmented by the addition
of annual and concentric layers. It may include dicotyledonous
perennials ; but dicotyledonous annuals, and monocotyledonous
plants, as well as plants without cotyledons, it cannot possibly
apply to.

It is admitted that buds, though not originating as above,
may be produced from any layer of alburnum by artificial
means ; — what are these means ? — but it is contended that Na-
ture never protrudes a branch-bud except in the aforesaid way.
At all events, the discovery is not entirely new. It is at least
as old as the researches of Mrs. Ibbetson, who saw, as I be-
lieve, through the medium of the microscope, the buds in the
very act of crossing the concentric layers on their way to the
alburnum, and who has advocated and illustrated the fact and
the doctrine with the most laudable zeal*. She thought, in-
deed, that the bud is originally formed in the root, from whence
it ascends by " the line of life" — that is, the medullary sheath —
till at last some unknown but potent and irresistible cause gives
it a horizontal direction, and forces it ultimately to the circum-
ference, in spite of all intervening layers of wood, however nu-
merous and however hard. This was indeed very difficult to
believe ; and was, as I should suppose, never much believed.

But the subject was not left to be elucidated merely by the
labours of Mrs. Ibbetson. It had long occupied the attention
of M. Du Petit-Thouars, a French botanist distinguished for
his able Illustrations of the Plants of Madagascar. In a paper
entitled De la Terminaison des Plant es, and read at a sitting of
the Royal Academy of Sciences on the 7th of October, 1816, he
exhibits the result of his observations, and develops his views
at some length. The following extracts will show that the
doctrine of the central origin and horizontal protrusion of buds

* Phil. Mag. vol. 45. 56.

comes

The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds. 425

comes from his hands considerably improved. " A partir de
la [the terminal bud], je peux redescendre jusqu'4 la base,
en suivant une ligne plus ou moins droite, que je regarderai
comme I'origine de toutes les branches, c'est I'axe de I'arbre/'
Again, — " A mesure que I'augmentation en diaraetre a lieu, ce
Bourgeon s'eloigne de plus en plus de son point de depart ;
mais a tel point qu'on I'examine, on aperpoit toujours une trace
horizontale qui le lie a la mpelle centrale. Ainsi, si, comme
cela arrive quelquefois, on en trouve un sur un tronc d'un pied
d'epaisseur, il est evident qu'il se sera ecarte horizontalement
de six pouces de son point de depart."

This view of the subject approaches very near to that of
the writer who now advances the doctrine in opposition to the
views of Du Hamel and of Knight. Indeed they are both very
similar to the view of it that was originally exhibited by Du Ha-
mel himself. Having taken the trunk of a Lime-tree of about
four or five inches in diameter, and about the middle of which
there was a bud, and having cut it asunder obliquely in the di-
rection of the bud, Du Hamel found that he could trace a ray
of a whiter shade than the rest of the wood, extending from the
pith to the bud. Hence he concluded that the bud is formed
from the pith, and that the ray extending from the one to the
other is with propriety denominated a medullary ray *. This
conclusion he afterwards abandoned ; but it is evident that it
embraces the doctrine in question, the ground of which I have-
lately been induced to investigate with some care. I had been
looking out, in the course of last summer, for a good subject of
inspection, and found rather opportunely the stem of a Willow
of about twelve or thirteen years old, which having been felled
in the preceding winter or spring, was left lying on the ground,
at its full length, and in rather a moist situation, and was in the

* Phys. des Arb. liv. i. chap. iii.

3 I 2 month

426 The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds.

month of August furnished with a number of young shoots pro-
truding from its upper surface. These shoots were evidently
formed posterior to the felling of the stem ; and if the doctrine
was true, they were of course traceable to the centre. Accord-
ingly, having taken a number of transverse sections of the stem
of the above Willow, I found that I could, in all cases, trace the
path of the progress of the bud by means of the streak of paren-
chyma, extending from the centre, or nearly so, to the base of
the shoot. There were many other streaks terminating, not in
shoots, but in an emerging point between the alburnum and
bark, which point contained, no doubt, a bud that might have
been protruded into a shoot in some future year, if the tree had
been allowed to continue growing.

There is a capability afforded no doubt in the annual protru-
sion of the bud into every additional layer of alburnum, that ac-
counts well for the ready supply and regeneration of buds which
almost all perennials furnish when lopped or accidentally muti-
lated. The fact is evidently hostile, as far as it goes, to the
opinions of Du Hamel and of Knight, but it does not amount
to a refutation of them : for that which is true of the Willow
may not be true of every other tree. There are some trees in
which no trace can be observed of the horizontal streak of
parenchyma, from the origin of the shoot to the centre of the
stem.

At the same time, the opinions of Du Hamel and of Knight,
though strongly sanctioned, are not altogether indisputably
established by the facts which they adduce in support of them.
For it may be said that the result of their experiments would
have been the same, whether we suppose buds to originate at
the centre, or at the circumference. The buds had, indeed,
gained the circumference ; but whence they came, or by what
route, there is no positive evidence to show. Yet this question

might

The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds. 427

might have been decided by experiments made by the above or
by other phytologists many years ago, if the experimenters had
but instituted them with that particular view. Dr. Hope's ex-
periment, for example, might have decided it. If any bud is-
sued from the wood that was formed within the displaced and
hollow bark of the Willow on which his experiment was made ;
then buds are, to say the least, occasionally generated and pro-
truded into shoots without having been formed originally at the
centre, and without having come horizontally to the circum-
ference. So also in the experiments of Du Hamel and of
Knight, — if any shoot issued from the new layers that were su-
perinduced by vegetation over a decorticated portion of albur-
num that had been left exposed to the action of the atmosphere,
so long as to destroy its vitality, then were buds generated and
brought to the circumference through a route different from that
of the horizontal channel. Yet as no fact of this sort has hitherto
been observed or recorded, as far as my reading or recollection
goes, and as vvounds by decortication or by excision are con-
tinually happening and again healing up, I began to think of
looking out for examples, which, if they existed, it could not be
very difficult to find.

On the 20th of September last I observed a shoot actually
issuing from the lip formed over the section of a lopped branch
of a Lime-tree. The tree grew in the garden of the Vicar of
Ashford in Kent. In what did the bud originate ? In the lip,
or in the truncated branch ? On the 25th I caused a portion of
the trunk to be sawed off, so as to expose the origin of the bud
as much as possible. The inspection of it was not decisive, as
the lip was the growth of one year only, and the bud seemed
rather to have come from the interior of the wood.

On the 30th of the same month, I observed in my walks an
Elm-tree of about eight or nine inches in diameter, and twenty

feet

428 The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds.

feet in height, the stem of which had been wounded some years
ago, by a portion of its bark having been stripped off to the ex-
tent of about ten inches in length by five or six in breadth, and
at about a foot and a half from the ground. On the edges of this
wound was formed a lip of new bark and wood, narrowing its
extent, and forming a margin of between two and three inches
in breadth. The surface of the lip was marked with ridges and
furrows indicating a growth of at least three years ; and from the
last and innermost ridge there had issued two shoots of several
inches in length in the course of the preceding summer. Now
it was to be inferred, that these shoots could not have originated
in, nor proceeded from, the pith or central layers of wood,
because the vitality of the outer layer had been destroyed by
means of its exposure to the atmosphere, in consequence of the
decortication of part of the trunk ; so that it could no longer
afford a passage for a centrifugal bud. Nor could these shoots
have made their way to the place of their protrusion, from any
given point in the sound part of the layer that was partially
decorticated ; because in that case the buds would have had to
travel across the divergent layers, which there is no proof of their
being able to do, or example of their having ever done.

On the 13th of October I caused a horizontal section, pene-
trating to a sufficient depth, to be made both above and below
the shoots, and the portion between the sections to be extracted.
The inspection of the extracted portion corroborated my infe-
rences in every particular. The buds had no radiant nor radical
connexion with the centre of the stem, as was evident from the
intervening layer of dead wood, to which the bark and wood of
the lip were indeed vegetably agglutinated, but not connected by
a continuity of living growth. Beyond that layer the medullary
rays began anew, and took a totally different direction. Hence
it follows irresistibly, that the shoots in question originated merely

The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds. 429

in the lip, and sprung from buds, which, if not formed by, were
yet conveyed to, and deposited in, the alburnum through the
medium or agency of the proper juice, without having ever been
connected with the pith or central layers of the incipient stem,
and without having been annually protruded towards the cir-
cumference through each successive layer of wood-
Thus the doctrine of Du Hamel and of Knight is established
indisputably, at least to a certain degree, and corroborated by a
new and irrefragable proof; whilst the deductions of the writer
who combats it have been shown to possess less of the character
"of universality than we find to be claimed for them, and to rest
upon an induction of particulars rather too limited in its extent.
Particularly it has been shown by the above facts, that "an ad-
ventitious bud, or bud appearing on an old stem or branch,"
does not always " originate in a germ generated at the develop-
ment of the stem or branch on which it appears," and that a
plant may contain latent germs besides those which are annually
carried outwards in a horizontal direction.

If it be said that the central origin of the bud, together with
its horizontal protrusion, is the rule, the position will readily be
admitted, at least with regard to the subjects already examined,
and perhaps with regard to others also. Yet it is quite as
important to know the exception, as to know the rule itself;
because exceptions are the means which Nature has recourse to
in extraordinary cases. It may be but seldom that buds are
protruded in the way I have now stated, or that the shoots
issuing from them are augmented into branches of any great
importance. But the same thing may be said of buds issuing
from the surface of a large trunk, even after having finished their
horizontal course. They seldom attain to any great size, unless
the stem is truncated, when the others would doubtless do the
same ; and it is those shoots only that are protruded in the first

year

430 The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds.

year of the stem's growth, before it has acquired anything of
horizontal extent, that constitute the leading branches.

Still it may be said that the origin of the bud is not yet
fully accounted for, as it is its path that has been traced and
rendered visible rather than its source. If we are to trace
buds to their earliest indications of existence, it will be neces-
sary to go back to the seed. In many seeds the rudiments of
buds may be discovered in the protuberance that is usually
formed at the collar of the embryo plant*, at first a simple vesi-
cle ; afterwards, as germination advances, an enlarged globule;
at last, in the matured shoot, a distinctly visible body ; one or
more buds crowning the shoot, some protruding from its sur-
face, and many, as it appears, imbedded in the alburnum. How
have they been generated? and how dispersed or distributed
through the plant ? Either we must suppose that the embryo
plant contains already in miniature all the buds to which it can
ever possibly give development, arranged, as we must also sup-
pose, in a determinate order, and waiting only the occurrence
of such conditions as shall afford the nutriment necessary to ve-
getable growth, and give dispersion or distribution to the buds
by the general expansion of the whole. Or we must suppose
that the bud or buds already existing in the embryo plant have
the power of generating new buds, which the plant has the power
of propelling to their appointed stations.

The first hypothesis, which is that of Leibnitz, is encumbered
with many difficulties, as embracing the doctrine of the invo-
lution of all future generations in the first individual of the spe-
cies ; — thus, baffling the powers of the most acute imagination,
and explaining nothing after all. It is indeed so thoroughly
enigmatical as to stand but very little chance of being ever gene-
rally adopted. Yet if we embrace, without modification, the

♦ Keith's Phys. Bot. ii. 389.

doctrine

The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds. 431

doctrine of the writer, who discards the hypothesis of Du Hamel
and of Knight, I cannot see how we are to do without it ; as he
seems to acknowledge no movement of any individual bud be-
yond that which must arise from the general expansion of the
whole shoot, excepting a horizontal movement. But if it has
been shown that buds do occasionally issue from points on the
surface of the stem, to which they could not possibly have come
by any horizontal channel, then we shall be compelled to ac-
count for their appearance in some other way.

The second hypothesis is not without its difficulties, any more
than the first ; but it accounts much better for the anomaly in
question. The impenetrable veil which overhangs the subject
of generation, whether animal or vegetable, whether seminal or
by a bud, conceals for ever from the observation of man the
commencement of those recondite and mysterious processes by
which the operation is effected, and leaves us no resource be-
yond that of watching its future results, and forming our opi-
nions by inference. Hence the hypotheses of Du Hamel and
of Knight, by both of which we have the means of conveying
buds to every new layer of wood in all imaginable cases, not ex-
cepting even the case that I have now presented to the notice
of this Society ; and yet we need not confine ourselves to the
precise terms or principle of either the one or the other. Du
Hamel gives to the plant a profusion of what he calls pre-orga-
nized germs, but I do not recollect that he specifies their origin.
Mr. Knight gives to the proper juice an unlimited capacity of
forming and of dispersing buds, — which may be thought to be
rather too gratuitous, particularly as his experiments do not so
much prove that buds are formed by the proper juice, as that
they are nourished by it. But if it is admitted that one bud
has the capacity of generating others like itself, the difficulty is
surmounted. Say that this process is effected by the bud or

VOL. XVI. 3 k buds

432 The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds.

buds lodged in the embryo plant, or protruding from the sur-
face of the shoot, and the new formed bud, or rudiment of a
bud, a minute, and insulated, and imperceptible globule or fila-
ment ; there is nothing incredible in the supposition of its being
carried upwards with the current of the ascending sap in its
passage through the alburnum ; or, of its entering even the
plexus of the vessels of the inner bark, being again carried
downwards with the current of the descending and proper
juice, as well as ultimately deposited in a situation favourable
to its future evolution. The necessity of accounting for the
appearance of the bud and shoot that originated in the lip of
the closing wound of the Elm-tree, — that is, in a new layer of
alburnum that was spreading over the surface of an old and
dead layer, — renders the adoption of this or of some such hy-
pothesis indispensable. Not that the horizontal progression of
the bud as a general rule is to be denied. The fact is esta-
blished beyond a doubt. But that the exception to the rule
must be accounted for also ; and even upon the principle of the
rule itself, I am not sure that the longitudinal progression of the
bud may not be occasionally wanted, if it were but to bring buds
up to the point of their horizontal protrusion.

If we admit the above process in the shoot of the first year,
we shall have no difficulty in extending it to the shoots of future
and succeeding years. The buds crowning the primary shoot or
distributed over its surface, will evolve and develope their parts
in the manner of the bud of the embryo plant ; and the buds of
future shoots, in the manner of those of the primary shoot ; so
that the growth of the primary shoot is an epitome of the growth
of the whole plant ; and that which illustrates the one will illus-
trate also the other. There may be error in our inferences : but
if the microscopic observations, to which I have already alluded,
are good for anything, we must believe that buds do actually

ascend

The Rev. P. Keith on the Origin of Buds. 433

ascend the stem either through the tubes of the medullary sheath,
or through the tubes of the alburnum, or through both ; and
although botanists have hitherto had their doubts with regard
to the accuracy of the observations in question, yet, after the
novel and extraordinary views of Nature which have been opened
up to us of late by a microscopical observer of undoubted ability
and veracity, we must not be surprised at the wonders seen by
others, nor discard their alleged facts without due examination.

3 K 2 XXII. Obser-

( 435 )

XXII. Observations on the Vicia angustifolia of the English Flora
of Sir James Edward Smith, P.L.S. By Edward Forster, Esq.,
F.R.S. V. P.L.S.

Read December 15, 1829-

Encouraged by the readiness always shown by our late re-
vered President to listen to any suggestions made by me, though
they were contrary to his own preconceived opinions, I venture
to offer to the Linnean Society some remarks on the Vicia an-
gustifolia of the English Flora, to which I have been led by
perceiving a Vicia lately figured under that name in the Supple-
ment to English Botany, for the continuation of which useful
work the public are greatly indebted to the sons of the able
coadjutor of Sir James Edward Smith. I trust the eminent
botanists who have furnished and described the Vicia, n. 2614.
of that publication, will receive the freedom of my statements
with the same candour with which they would have been met by
my late friend.

When, fortunately for the botany of Great Britain, the her-
barium of Linnaeus came into the possession of our founder, he
very soon perceived that some few plants had been erroneously
referred to the Species Plantarum of Linnaeus, by Hudson in his
Flora Anglica, — a book which is less consulted by authors of the
present time than it ought to be, — for it is certainly a work of
great merit, and it may fairly excite wonder that more mis-
application of the Linnaean nomenclature does not occur in it.

436 Mr. FoiisTER on the Vicia angustifolia

It was ascertained b}' the examination of the herbarium, that
the Vicia lathyroides of Hudson was not the plant intended by
Linnaeus, which in the first edition of the Flora Anglica, pub-
lished in 1762, is referred to Ervum soloniense, and in the second
edition of 1778 is placed as a varietj'^ of Vicia lathyroides : this
was not improperly referred to Ervum soloniense, for it seems
that Ficia lathyroides and Ervum soloniense are the same plant,
(vide English Flora, vol. 3. p. 283.) Hudson's error consisted in
calling the Vicia sylvestris, sive Cracca major of Ray, Vicia lathy-
roides, and in his second edition placing the Vicia minima of
Rivinus, the true Linnaean V. lathyroides, as a variety. This
being the case, Smith in his Flora Britannica and in English
Botany published the, Vicia minima of Rivinus, Vicia minima
prcEcox Parisiensium of Dillenius in Ray's Synopsis, as the V. la-
thyroides of Linnaeus. So far he did well : but finding that Lin-
naeus in his Species Plantarum had placed the Vicia semine ro-
tunda nigro of Bauhin's Pinax, which is the Vicia sylvestris, sive
Cracca major of Ray, together with Vicia folio angustiore, Jlore
ruhro of Dillenius, as one varietj'^ of V. sativa, accompanied with
an observation, "Varietas /3. foliis angustioribus sublinearibus ;"
and also finding that the first of these is in the herbarium pinned
to the sativa, marked H. U. {Hortus Upsaliensis), he followed
his great master in continuing both these plants as varieties of
that species. Subsequently, however, he was induced by the
observations of the late Thomas Furly Forster " to re-examine
the matter;" and accordingly in the English Flora he has adopted
the Vicia sylvestris, Jlore ruberrimo, siliqua longa nigra of Ray,
or the Vicia folio angustiore, jlore ruhro of Dillenius, as a species,
under the name of Vicia angustifolia, stating it to be the V. an-
gustifolia of Sibthorp, but not of Roth, or Willdenow, or Rivi-
nus ; to this he was led by a specimen in his own herbarium,
received from Sibthorp, which specimen evidently is the Vicia

sylvestris,

• of the English Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 437

sylvestris, fore ruberrimo, siliqua longa nigra ; but it may be
doubted whether Sibthorp distinguished the two plants ; for his
specific character, as well as his reference to Roth and Rivinus,
belong to one, and the synonyms of Ray and Hudson to the
other. We still, however, unfortunately find the Vicia sylvestris,
sive Cracca major remaining in the English Flora as a variety of
f^. sativa.

Having continued to pay attention to this subject ever since
the separation of the true Linnaean V. lathyroides from that of
Hudson, I have remained steady in my opinion, that the V. sa-
tiva fi. of Linnaeus and Smith is specifically distinct from the
cultivated Vetch, though I allow their great affinity.

Having an opportunity of examining the truly invaluable her-
barium now deposited in the Museum of this Society, I conceive
with Professor Hooker, that it must be satisfactory to the British
botanist to know what is the Vicia angustifolia of the English
Flora, and therefore I have been induced to make these obser-
vations and to submit the following arrangement, though in so
doing I stand opposed to Linnaeus, Smith, and Hooker ; yet I
feel confident, supported as I am by the accurate Ray, the labo-
rious Hudson, together with Roth, and a host of authors ancient
and modern : indeed, I have in some measure the sanction of
my friend Borrer, who, by presenting the Vicia, n. 2614. of
English Botany to be figured as V. angustifolia, clearly takes it
away from V. sativa, though he was not aware that it is not the
V. angustifolia of the English Flora, but the V. sativa ^. of that
work, and the V. angustifolia of Roth and Willdenow.

It being an invariable maxim with me never to swerve from
the good practice of keeping the trivial name of the first author
who established the species, since the reformation of the bota-
nical nomenclature by Linnaeus, I am reluctantly obliged to
adopt that of angustifolia from Roth, and therefore to give some

other

438 Mr. FoiisTER on the Vicia angustifolia

other to the V. angustifolia of Smith*. I do not call it nigra,
though so designated by Linnaeus as a variety, because he in-
cluded two plants of the old botanists under his jS. nigra ; and
as the rule has never been considered absolute when the name
was only that of a variety, I conceive it right to follow Roth, who
has taken a much older, and certainly a much better name,
though perhaps it is one which is still more applicable to the
species to which it is given by Smith.

1. Vicia sativa.

V. leguminibus subsessilibus binatis erectiusculis, foliolis ellip-

tico-oblongis ; inferioribus retusis, stipulis dentatis notatis,

seminibus globosis laevibus.
V. sativa. Linn. Sp. PL 1037- Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. i. 278. ed. 2.

318. Sm. Fl. Brit. 769- Engl. Bot. v. 5. t. 334. Engl. Fl.

V. 3. 281. Willd. V. 3. 1 104. Hook. Fl. Scot. 215. Fers. Syn.

V. 3. 307. DeCand. Prod. v. 2. 360.
Vicia. R. Si/n. ed. 1. 129- ed. 2. 188. ed. 3. 320. Hist. v. 1. 900.

Dod. Frum. 134. Pempt. 530, Riv. Tetrap. Irr. f. 54.

Ger. 1052. f. 1. Ger. Em. 1227. /. 1. Lob. Ic. v. 2. 75.

Cajuer. Epit. 320. Trag. Hist. 624. Li/te Herb. 483.
V. vulgaris sativa. Bauh. Hist. v. 2. 310. Park. 1072.
V. vulgaris, seraino nigro. Bauh. Pin. 344.
V. major sativa vulgaris. Mor. Ox. v. 2. 62. sect. 2. t. 4<.f. 12.
/3. " V . sativa vulgaris semine albo. Bauh. Pin. 344." Huds.
Anglis Vetch or Tare.

Habitat. On the margins of cultivated fields, self-sown, but

not a native.

It does not appear that this is a native of Europe. In the

* I am sorry to observe some botanists of the present day totally regardless of this
act of justice, adopting without scruple and without reason, the name given by any
modern author who happens to be in fashion.

Smithian

of the British Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 439

Smithian herbarium there is a specimen marked " Tangier,
M. Durand, 1503," but no note whether cultivated or indige-
nous. I do not understand the variety j8. which I have inserted
from Hudson ; it cannot be the Summer Tare, for the seeds of
that as well as of the Winter Tare are black : these differ in habit,
the summer variety coming up erect, whereas the winter variety
is more procumbent, a circumstance deserving the attention of
botanists.

2. ViCIA ANGUSTIFOLIA.

V. leguminibus subsessilibus subbinatis, foliolis lineari-lanceo-
latis ; inferioribus obcordatis, stipulis dentatis notatis, semi-
nibus globosis laevibus.

V. angustifolia. Riv. Tetrap. Irr. t. 55. Roth. Germ. v. 1. 310.
V. 2. 186. Willd. V. 3. 1105. Ehrh. Herb. 57. Engl. Bot.
Suppl. f. 2614. Pers. Syn. v. 2. 307.

V. lathyroides. Buds. Fl. Angl. ed. 1. 279- ed. 2. 318. (excluding
the synonym of Herm. Farad. 242, which belongs to V. la-
thyroides Linn.). Relh. Cant. ed. 1. 274.

V. sativa /3. nigra. Linn. Sp. PI. 1. 1037.

V. sativa /3. Sm. Fl. Brit. 770. Engl. Fl. v. 3. 281. Relh. Cant.
ed.^2. 281.

V, sativa 8. angustifolia. DeCand. Prod. v. 2. 361.

Vicia. Matth. Valg. v. 1. 501.

V. sylvestris, sive Cracca major. Raii Syn. ed. 1. 129- ed. 2. 188.
ed. 3. 321. Hist. v. 1. 902. Lob. Ic. v. 2. 75. Ger. Em.
1227. y.4 ; and Johnson's additional remarks, excluding Ge-
rarde's own description, and his English name of Strangle
Tare or Tine.

V. vulgaris sylvestris, semine parvo et nigro, frugum. Bauh.
Hist. V. 2. 312.

V. semine rotundo nigro. Bauh. Pin. 345.

VOL. XVI. 3 L V. syl-

440 Mr. FoRSTER on the Vicia angustifolia

V. sylvestris, semine nigro et variegato. Moris. Ox. v. 2. 63.

sect. 2. t. 4. f. 11.
Aphaca vera, Vicia Matthiolo. Dalech. Hist. 478.
Arachus. Lyte's Herb. 483.
Arachus, seu Cracca major. Park. 1071.
Craccae primum genus. Dod. Frum. I6l. Pempt. 542.
Anglis Wild Vetch.

Habitat. In dry pastures and cornfields, common.

Confusion seems to have taken place very early in regard to
this species ; for in Gerarde's own edition of his Herball, the
Vicia sylvestris, Strangle Tare, Tine or Wild Fetch, can scarcely
be intended for it, the figure being totally unlike it, resembling
Ervum hirsutum, to which his description is more applicable.
" Strangle Tare, called in some countries Tine, and of others
Wilde Vetch, is a ramping herbe like unto the common Tare,
ramping and climing among corne where it chanceth, that it
plucketh it downe to the ground, and overgroweth the same in
such sort, that it spoiieth and killeth not onely Wheate, but all
other graine whatsoever : the herbe is better knowne than de-
sired, therefore these few lines may serve for the description."
This is probably taken from Dodoens, who in his Historia Fru-
mentorum Leguminum Palustrium et Aquatilium Herbarum ac
eorum qua. eo pertinent, printed in 1569 under Cracca alteram
genus, has an excellent figure of Ervum hirsutum, with the fol-
lowing observation : " Provenit utrumque vicium una cum se-
getibus, quibus coeli statu humido admodum perniciosum est,
tunc enim cito incrementum sumens confestim segetem prae-
occupat, teneramque pertinaci vinctu crebrisque circumvoluti-
onibus, deorsim trahit, delapsamque erigi non patitur ac ca-
lamitosam ipsam efficit." Johnson in his edition of the Herball
has erroneously changed the figure of Vicia sylvestris, adding.

of the British Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 441

" sive Cracca major" to the name, and substituting the very block
of Dodoens's Cracca primum genus, which is generally supposed
to be Vicia angustifolia ; and from the breadth of the leaflets I
have been induced to refer to it as such, notwithstanding that
the pods are solitary.

Lyte in his Niewe Herball, or Historic of Plants, 1578, which
is a translation of a French version of the Cruydeboeck of Do-
doens, has this plant : the figure it is true is not very good,
and is the same as Turner in his Herball, 156'8, puts for the
cultivated Vetch ; yet his description leaves no doubt on the
subject: "Arachus is much lyke to the Common Vetche, in
stalkes, leaves, and coddes, but in all these much lesse. The
stalkes be tender, weake and slender, with cornered trayles or
square crested edges. The leaves are spread abroade like the
other Vetche, but cloven and parted above at the endes, into
two or three clasping tendrelles. The flowers be smal, of a
light purple, or incarnate colour, and do growe uppon the
stalke selfe, as the flowers of beanes or common Vetches do,
without any foote stalkes. The coddes be small, long and nar-
rowe, wherein is couched sixe or seven seedes of a blackishe
colour, harde and smaller than Vetches.^'

John Bauhin observes : " A Vici^ sativd semine potissimi^m
difFerre videtur, quod admodiim parvum et rotundum, copi-
osum (ad octona eximere memini) in siliquis angustioribus, lon-
gioribus, magisque teretibus, quam viciae sepium, minus hir-
sutis et fer^ glabris, quae siccae nigrescunt."

Ray says : " Hujus speciem seu varietatem majorem obser-
vavimus (ego et D. Dale) in marginibus agrorum quorundam
supra molam fullonicam Bockingse in Essexia." What this is I
know not. Then follows in another paragraph, copied from his
edition of I69O, in which the discovery of the large variety is
not noticed : " Viciae sativae similis est ; flores habet pulchr^

3 L 2 purpureos,

442 Mr. FoRSTER on the Vicia angustifolia

purpureos, umbilico albo, ad singulas foliorum alas plerumque
binos rar6 ternos, in solo steriliore singulos duntaxat ; siliquas
longas, teretlusculas, rectas, semina octo aut decern continentes,
ex fusco- et luteo-viridi vaiia, non penitus nigra, prout ea de-
scribit J. Bauhinus. Variat ergo seminura colore." The differ-
ence from Vicia sativa is also pointed out in Ray's Historic Plan-
tarum.

Hudson, who it must be remembered includes Vicia angus-
tifolia Roth, V. angustifolia Smith, and V. lathyroides Linn.,
remarks : " variat foliis imis obcordatis, retusis et obovatis,
superioribus linearibus et lanceolatis, quaternis, senis, octonis, et
subinde denis ; floribus solitariis et geminis ; stipulis maculatis,
nimis affinis Viciee sativae.

3. Vicia Bobartii.

V. legurainibus subsessilibus solitariis, foliolis linearibus ; infe-
rioribus obcordatis, stipulis dentatis notatis, seminibus glo-
bosis laevibus.

V. angustifolia. Sm. Eng. FL v. 3. 282. Spreng. Syst. v. 3. 264
(excluding the reference to Roth). Sibth. Ox. 224 (exclu-
ding the synonyms of Roth and Rivinus).

V. angustifolia /3 acuta. Pers. Syn. v. 2. 307-

V. lathyroides. Dicks. Hort. Sicc.fasc. 4. 12.

V. lathyroides /8. Huds. Fl. Angl. ed. 1. 279- ed. 2. 319-

V. sativa y. Sm. Fl. Brit. 770.

V. sylvestris, flore ruberrimo, siliqua longa nigr4 D. Bobart.
Raii Syn. ed. 2. 188. ed. 3. 321.

V. folio angustiore, flore rubro. Dill. Giss. App. 47.

V. vulgaris, acutiore folio, semine parvo nigro. Bauh. Pin. 345.
Habitat. On heaths and in pastures, on a gravelly or chalky soil.

I apprehend the following remark of John Bauhin applies
to this plant : " Huic" (V. angustifolia Roth) " affinis, si non

eadem,

of the British Flora of Sir J. E. Smith. 443

eadem, angustissimis foliis ac tenuissimis, longiusculis, flore
pulchro, purpureo, k me reperta, cum essem Monspelii, inter
saxa."

So also Ray : " An eadem praecedentis speciei ? Varietatis
secundae."

I have arranged this as a species in deference to the great
authority of Smith rather than from my own judgement, being,
with John Bauhin and Ray, inclined to doubt whether it be
right to do so. As the name of angustifolia is already applied,
I have called it Bobartii, in honour of Bobart, whose name Ray
has taken, and who was probably the discoverer of it in Oxford-
shire *.

Whether it be considered as a species, or onl}?^ a variety of
V. angustifolia, I hope the Editors of the Supplement to English
Botany will give a figure of it in a future number, the V. sativa
and V. angustifolia being now well represented in that work.

4. ViCIA LATHYROIDES.

Of this species I have nothing to remark, except that Vicia la-
thyroides purpureo-cceruleis foribus, Herm. Farad. 242. /. 242.
Raii Hist. v. 3448. ought to be added to the synonyms, and not
referred to V. angustifolia. Hermann, whose figure and descrip-
tion are excellent, received it from Scotland, sent to him by
Sutherland. Ray inserts it in his Historia Plantarum, v. 3. copy-
ing the description from the Paradisus.

I cannot close these remarks without expressing my regret,
that in the English Flora the synonym of Ray, V. luteo flore syl-
vestris is removed from Vicia lutea to Vicia hybrida. Having,
with many other botanists, gathered V. lutea on Glastonbury

* As the elder Bobart, the first supervisor of the Oxford Garden, died in 1679, and
this plant is not mentioned in the first edition of Ray's Synopsis, it was probably his
son and successor in the care of the garden whose name Ray has adopted.

Tor-hill,

444 Mr. FoRSTER on the Vicia angustifoUa, ^c.

Tor-hill, it seems probable that it was this species which Ray
intended, though we have the evidence of a specimen in the
Smithian herbarium, marked "from Glastonbury Tor, Somerset,
A. B. Lambert, Esq.", thatVicia hybrida has also been discovered
there. V. Icevigata is likewise well authenticated by specimens
from the same gentleman, found near Weymouth. I have never
seen the latter growing ; but from the specimens in the above-
mentioned herbarium it appears to me that V. lutea, V. hy-
brida, and F. Icevigata agree in general habit, differing only
in the vexillum and legumen, both of which in V. hybrida are
hairy, and in V. laevigata smooth, whereas in V. lutea the vex-
illum is smooth and the legumen hairy. The V. Icevigata ap-
pears to be unknown to foreigners, though discovered in this
country many years since, and mistaken by Hudson for V. hy-
brida. There are native specimens in the Banksian herbarium,
from Portland Island, gathered by Lightfoot in 1774.

XXIII. On

( 445 )

XXIII. On a new Species of Wild Swan, taken in England, and
hitherto confounded with the Hooper. By William Yarrell, Esq.
F.L.S.

Read January 19, 1830.

It is now about six years since I prepared and preserved the
trachea and part of the bones of a young Wild Swan, shot in
this country, which, possessing peculiarities I had never ob-
served in the bones of the Hooper at any age, induced me to
believe it would prove to belong to a distinct species.

At the sale of part of the valuable Museum of Joshua Brookes,
Esq., I became possessed of the sternum and trachea of a Wild
Swan which had been prepared by Dr. Leach, and presented
by that distinguished naturalist to Mr. Brookes ; this also, from
its anatomical structure, appeared to be distinct from that of
the Hooper, and is now ascertained to belong to an adult bird
of the same species as the bones of the young one just men-
tioned.

I was presented in December last, by I. B. Baker, Esq., with
the sternum and trachea of a third example of this new species,
shot at Yarmouth during the winter of 1827-28, and of which
I had an opportunity of examining the skin while under prepa-
ration for mounting for that gentleman's collection at Hard-
wicke Court.

In age and consequent developement of structure, this third
example was intermediate between the two I at that time pos-
sessed, and proved a valuable addition.

During the late severe weather, Wild Swans were unusually

numerous.

446 Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Swan.

numerous. More than fifty were counted in one flock at Wit-
tlesey-mere. Among a considerable number which have been
forwarded to the London markets for sale, I have been most
unexpectedly fortunate in securing five examples of this new
species, of different ages ; and possessing thus a series of gra-
dations in structure, which it is the object of this memoir to
describe, I have no doubt of proving them to belong to a spe-
cies entirely distinct, though hitherto confounded with our more
common winter visitor the Hooper ; ornithologists having as yet
admitted but one species of Wild Swan in their systematic cata-
logues of European Birds.

In size the new species is one-third smaller than the Hooper
at the same age. The plumage is first grey, afterwards white,
tinged with rust-colour over the head and on the under surface
of the belly, and ultimately pure white. The beak is black at
the point, and orange-yellow at the base ; this last colour ap-
pears first on the sides of the upper mandible, and afterwards
covers the upper surface in front of the forehead, to the extent
of three quarters of an inch, receding from thence by a convex
line to the lower edge of the mandible at the gape ; the nostrils
are oblong and open ; the irides orange-yellow ; the wings
have the second and third primaries the longest and equal, the
first and fourth half an inch shorter than the second and third,
and also equal ; the tail consists of eighteen feathers, gra-
duated, cuneiform; the legs, toes, and claws, black.

In anatomical structure the new species diflfers much more
decidedly from the Hooper than in its external characters. The
principal difference is in the trachea, which forms one of the best
distinctions in the separation of nearly allied species throughout
this numerous family.

The tube of the wind-pipe is of equal diameter throughout,
and descending in front of the neck enters the keel of the ster-
num, M'hich is hollow as in the Hooper, traversing its whole

length.

Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Swan. 447

length. Having arrived at the end of the keel, the tube then
gradually inclining upwards and outwards passes into a cavity
in the sternum destined to receive it, caused by the separation
of the parallel horizontal plates of bone forming the posterior
flattened portion of the breast bone, and producing a convex
protuberance on the inner surface. The tube also changing its
position from vertical to horizontal, and reaching within half an
inch of the posterior edge, is reflected back after making a con-
siderable curve, till it once more reaches the keel (Tab. XXV.
Fig. 3.), again traversing which, in a line immediately over the
first portion of the tube, it passes out under the arch of the os
furcntorium ; where turning upwards and afterwards backwards,
it enters the body of the bird to be attached to the lungs in the
usual manner (Tab. XXIV. Fig. 1.). This is the state of de-
velopement in the most perfect bird I have yet met with. The
degree next in order below, differs in having the horizontal loop
of the trachea confined to one side only of the cavity of the ster-
num, both sides of which cavity are at this time formed, but the
loop of the tube is not yet sufficiently elongated to occupy the
whole space (Tab. XXV. Fig. 2.) ; and the third in order,
being that of a still younger bird, possesses only the vertical
insertion of the fold of the trachea (Tab. XXV. Fig. 1.); yet
even in this specimen the cavity in the posterior portion of the
sternum already exists to a considerable extent, and will be ob-
served to be more capacious on that side to which, judging by
the preceding example, the loop of the trachea is first to be de-
termined.

These are the peculiarities of structure which belong to the
tube and sternum. The bronchiae are very short ; but the flex-
ible part intervening between the bone of divarication and the
bronchial rings is considerable, producing an effect to be here-
after noticed. This elongated, flexible, and delicate portion,

VOL. XVI. 3 M being

448 ■ Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Swan.

being defended on each outer side by a distinct membrane,
attached to the whole edge of the bone of divarication ; and
posteriorly to a slender semicircular bone on each side, by
which it is supported. The muscles of voice with which this
bird is provided, pass down, as usual, one on each side of the
trachea till the tube is about to enter the cavity in the keel,
they then quit that part of the tube to be attached to the
ascending portion of the curve, which they follow, ultimately
branching off a little short of the bone of divarication to be in-
serted upon each side of the sternum (Tab. XXIV. Fig. 1.
& 2. Letters d. d. d).

The stomach, a true gizzard, is only half as large as the same
part in the Mute Swan, and one-third less than that of the
Hooper ; the intestinal canal is uniform in calibre, coiled up in
seven oblong folds, measuring from the pylorus to the end of the
rectum ten feet two inches, with two caeca of ten inches each.

In their general external appearance, the Hooper and this
new species are similar ; and that they have been so long con-
founded together is probably owing to the circumstance that
the Hooper, when first gaining its white plumage, is but little
larger than the adult bird of the new one. The head of the
new species is however shorter, and the elevation of the cra-
nium greater, in proportion to the size of the head ; the beak
narrow at the middle, and dilated towards the point. The
wings when closed do not extend quite so far beyond the roots
of the tail feathers ; the tail itself is somewhat more cuneiform ;
and the toes appear shorter in proportion to the length of the
tarsi. In the Hooper, the sides of the beak are parallel, the
bright yellow colour at the base of the upper mandible ex-
tends along each outside edge even beyond the line of the nos-
trils, and occupies a much larger space comparatively than in
the new species. But the following relative measurements of

the

Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Swan. 449

the oldest and most perfect specimen of each sort I have been
able to procure during the present winter, exhibit the real dis-
tinctions in a manner not to be easily mistaken.

New species. Hooper.
Weight ISflbs. 24 lbs.

Ft. Inch. Ft. Inch.

Point of the beak to the end of the tail 3 9 5 0

Width with wings extended .... 6 1 7 10

Point of beak to the edge of the forehead 0 3^ 0 4f

eye 0 4f 0 5^

occiput .... 0 6^ 07

Carpus to the end of the primaries . . 0 20^ 0 25

Tail feathers in number 18 20

Length of tarsus 0 3|- 0 4

middle toe 0 5| 0 6i

intestines 10 2 12 0

cseca 0 10 0 11

breast bone 0 6f 0 ' 8^-

Depth of insertion of the trachea within 0 5|- 0 3

Length of bronchial tubes 0 1^ 0 3^

The anatomy of the Hooper is too well known to require
further notice, except on some points of comparison. The fold
of the trachea confined within the keel, never departs from the
vertical position in this species at any age ; nor have I ever
seen, in the oldest examples, the slightest appearance of exca-
vation in the sternum itself. In the new species, on the con-
trary, the trachea will always be found to have assumed the
horizontal direction in old birds ; and even when young, the
sternum is excavated to a greater depth ready to receive the
fold of the trachea, to be developed at a subsequent period.
The depth of the insertion of the fold of the trachea in the old

3 M 2 Hooper

450 Mr. Yareell on a new Species of Wild Swan.

Hooper is but 3 inches in a breast bone of 8^ inches in length ;
while the depth of insertion in the new species is 5f inches in a
breast-bone of only 6f inches. The bone of divarication, placed
perpendicular to the base of the sternum, is in the adult birds
of both these species of the same height, that is, 1^- of an inch
from top to bottom, and is therefore much larger in proportion
in the new species ; in this bird also it is considerably convex on
each outside. The bone of divarication in the Hooper is com-
pressed, and the membrane connecting this bone with the bron-
chial rings is not provided with the semicircular bone and mem-
brane which so remarkably assists in sustaining and protecting
the same delicate structure in the new one.

The bronchial tubes in the Hooper are invariably long ; those
of the new bird are as invariably short ; but the arrangement of
the muscles of voice, and the beautiful manner in which the
inner ascending curve of the trachea is supported by a tendinous
fascia (as shown at Tab. XXIV. P'ig. 2.), are the same in both
birds.

By a paper in the Philosophical Transactions, vol. 56. p. 204.
It appears, that a wild Swan of this new species, brought alive
from Philadelphia, but which died soon after, had been dissected
by Dr. Parsons, but without considering it to be distinct from
the Hooper.

Hearne met with both species of our Wild Swans at Hudson's
Bay, and the following two short extracts from the published
account of his " Journey to the Northern Ocean" refer particu-
larly to this subject.

" Swans. — There are two species of this bird that visit Hud-
son's Bay in summer ; and only differ in size, as the plumage of
both are perfectly white, with black bill and legs. The smaller
sort are more frequent near the coast, but by no means plentiful,
and are most frequently seen in pairs, but sometimes single,

probably

Mr. Yarrell on a weffi* Species of Wild Swan. 451

probably owing to their mates having been killed on their pas-
sage north."

" The windpipes of both these species are found to be exactly
alike, though their note is quite different. In serene evenings,
after sun-set, I have heard them make a noise not very unlike
that of a French-horn, but entirely divested of every note that
constituted melody. The voice of the larger is much harsher
and louder than that of the smaller."

If we consider these Swans to be identical with our birds, of
which there can be but little doubt, it is difficult to account for
the statement here made, that the windpipes of the two species
were found to be exactly alike ; except by supposing, either, that
the object of the Indians in obtaining these Swans being a
lucrative traffic in the feathers and skins, only external exami-
nation of the denuded bodies of the birds took place, when the
tracheae of both would be seen to enter the hollow keel in the
same manner ; or, as the birds of the new species attain their
white plumage before the trachea assumes the horizontal direc-
tion and insertion, and as old birds are known to be most diffi-
cult of approach by the hunter, such Swans only of the rarer
sort were examined, as exhibited when the breast-bone was cut
into, merely the vertical insertion of the trachea common to the
Hooper.

The difference in the voices of the two species will be ac-
counted for on the principles assumed in the description of the
organs of voice in birds. The large and irregular calibre of the
tube in the Hooper produces the loud and harsh sound; the
superior quality of tone, and increased power of modulation in
the new species, are owing to the smaller and more uniform
tube, and greater flexibility of the bronchiae. The new bird
appears to frequent all the localities common to the Hooper.

From an article on the Hooper in the Supplement to the

Ornithological

452 Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Swan.

Ornithological Dictionary, it appears Mr. Montagu considered
the structure of the trachea in the new species, which he has
accurately described, as the sexual distinction of the male
Hooper, and the figure in Dr. Latham's paper, as representing
the form common to the female ; but this assuredly is not the
case. Dr. Latham, M. Temminck, and others who have de-
scribed the tracheal structure of the Hooper, have stated it as
common to both sexes of that bird, and my own multiplied
observations confirm the fact. I have examined males and fe-
males of both species.

Several examples of this new species are now ascertained to
be in British collections. The Museum of the Cambridge Phi-
losophical Society contains one. There is one in the possession
of Edward Lombe, Esq. of Great Melton, who has an excellent
collection of British birds. A third was shot in the winter of
1827-28 by Colonel Hawker. These three were preserved by
Mr. Leadbeater. A specimen was also killed in February 1829
near Haydon Bridge, upon which bird some remarks have been
lately made before the Natural History Society of Newcastle,
by Mr. Richard Wingate of that town. I have also had the
pleasure of presenting three specimens, which furnished part of
the materials for this paper, to the collections of the British
Museum and the Linnean and Zoological Societies.

It is my intention, and on this occasion 1 anticipate the ac-
cordance of every British naturalist, to devote this species,
which, I trust. I have proved to be distinct and unnamed before,
to the memory of our late unrivalled engraver on wood, the
justly celebrated Bewick. The instruction and gratification
which thousands have derived from the beautiful and animated
delineations of this most faithful illustrator of Nature, in all her
varied scenes and objects, entitle him to this tribute ; and 1
rejoice in the opportunity this new species affords me of attach-
ing

•3

Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Stuan. 453

ing his imperishable name to so valuable and interesting an
example among his own most admired and favourite subjects.

Ordo. Natatoues. Illiger.

Fam. ANATiDai. Leach.

Genus. Cygnus. Meyer.

Bewickii. C. rostro semicylindrico atro, basi aurantiaca, cor-
pore albo, caud^ rectricibus 18, pedibus nigris.

And the better to distinguish the Anas Cygnus (ferus) of
Linnaeus, I venture to propose the following specific character :

ferns. C. rostro semicylindrico atro, basi lateribusque (his

ultra nares) flavis, corpore albo, caudd rectri-
cibus 20, pedibus nigris.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XXIV.

Fig. 1. Side view of the sternum and trachea of Bewick's Swan.
a. The keel; b. sternum; c,c. trachea; d,d. muscles
of voice; e. bone of divarication ; f. bronchiae.
2. Front view of the same part, the anterior portion of the
trachea turned aside to show the inner ascending part
of it, the muscles of voice, and the tendinous fascia by
which both are supported.

Tab. XXV.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of the sternum of a young bird.

Fig. 2.

454 Mr. Yarrell on a new Species of Wild Swan.

Fig. 2. Upper surface of the sternum of an older bird, showing
the loop of the trachea occupying one side of the ca-
vity only. Part of the slender plate of bone being
cut away.
3. Upper surface of the sternum of an adult bird, the cavity
wholly occupied by the loop of the trachea. Part of
the plate of bone being also cut away.
All the representations are one-fourth less than the na-
tural size.

■N

^•.

( '•

I- .

( 455 )

XXIV. A further Description of the Anatomy of the Mammary
Organs of the Kangaroo. By John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S.

Read April 6, 1830.

Having upon a former occasion presented the Society with a
description of certain changes which take place in the struc-
ture and functions of the mammary organs of the Kangaroo,
during the period of approaching puberty, as well as during
several different periods of gestation ; I now beg leave to offer
a few additional facts relative to the anatomy of these parts,
which I have recently been made acquainted with, by a dis-
section of a much younger animal than any that I had previously
examined.

r: It will be recollected, that in my former communication I
described the anatomical peculiarities which I had met with in
the mammae of the adult, and in those of the half-grown animal.
I then stated that in the pouch of the adult and impregnated
kangaroo, we always find four distinct and perfectly formed
teats, two being placed on either side, one above the other ; and
that each of the four teats is attached to its respective mam-
mary gland : whilst in the younger and unimpregnated animal
(when nearly approaching the age of puberty) only two of the
four adult teats can be discovered ; these being the upper on
each side. I pointed out the mode in which the two lower ones
became developed : viz. by the protrusion and eversion of mem-
branous cylindrical canals imbedded in the interior of the
VOL. XVI. 3 N lower

456 Mr. Mougan's Description of the Anatomy

lower mammary glands. Each of these canals was described as
terminating at one extremity by an open mouth upon the sur-
face of the skin, the opposite end of the tube being closed by a
papillary projection (the future nipple). The lining membrane
of that tube was represented as forming a sort of pouch from
its reflection over this papillary termination. Thus in the de-
velopment of the inferior teats on each side, the membranous
tube or canal becoming everted from the protrusion of the im-
bedded nipple through its external opening, its lining membrane
must necessarily be turned inside-out to form a cutaneous cover-
ing for the protruded teat. This process of eversion, which is
somewhat similar to the replacement of an inverted finger of a
glove, is peculiar to marsupial animals.

In the paper to which I refer, I have also stated that the
inferior mammary glands on each side are very much larger
than the upper ones ; that the young of the animal when first
received into the pouch is invariably found attached to one of
the two lower teats ; and that the milk during the whole period
of suckling is furnished by the inferior mammae. The upper
teats, which I had found perfectly developed in the half-grown
subject, were compared to those supernumerary organs of the
same kind which are so frequently met with in other mammife-
rous quadrupeds. I have thought it necessary to refer thus far
to my first paper on this subject, in order to render the details
of ray present communication more clearly understood. In the
month of October, 1828, I obtained a living female kangaroo,
the pouch of which contained a young one still adhering to the
marsupial teat, the size of the young at the time being about
equal to that of a small rat ; its skin was entirely destitute of
hair, of a light flesh colour, and constantly lubricated by a viscid
moist secretion of a brownish red colour, which secretion was
spread also over the whole of the interior of the pouch.

Since

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 457

Since I became possessed of this animal it has been my en-
deavour to overcome by domestication its natural timidity and
shyness, with a view of being thus enabled to ascertain, by a
very frequent examination of the interior of the pouch, some
additional facts relative to the changes which are known to take
place in the economy of its contents during different periods of
gestation ; since we can expect by such a mode of investigation
alone to obtain any satisfactory information respecting the
obscure process of parturition in marsupial animals. My at-
tempts to domesticate the kangaroo have been completely
successful, the principal obstacle with which I had to contend
being the extreme timidity of the animal. I found, however,
after it had been in my possession a few weeks, perfectly ex-
cluded from any object of alarm, and accustomed to feed
from my own hand, that I was permitted, without any effort on
the part of the animal to prevent me, to introduce my hand into
the pouch, and to make, for as long a period as I could wish,
and as frequently as I thought proper, the most complete
examination of the young one within, and of the teat to which
it was adherent.

After about six weeks the animal became completely fami-
liarised, and would follow either myself or my servant about
the lower part of my house like a dog.

As the young one had been already delivered into the pouch,
my observations were of course confined to the condition of the
pouch and teats during its growth : these may perhaps appear
of a nature too trivial for the subject of a communication to
the Society ; yet, as we are at present so completely in the dark
respecting the ultimate object of our researches, — namely a
knowledge of the mode in which the foetus is passed from the
uterus to the teat, — and as it is therefore impossible to deter-
mine how far a few insulated facts my assist in bringing our

3 N 2 inquiries

458 Mr. Morgan's Description of the Anatomy

inquiries to a satisfactory termination, I am induced to state
briefly the result of my observations, before I describe the ana-
tomical peculiarities in the mammary organs, to which I have
already referred, and which were made known to me by a dis-
section of the young animal in question.

In speaking of the reddish brown secretion of the pouch upon
a former occasion, I stated that it was very much diminished,
or altogether suspended, at the time the young animal is lodged
within the part. I have now ascertained from repeated exami-
nations, that in the unimpregnated state this secretion is always
darker in colour, and more viscid in consistence than during
gestation ; that after the young has been brought into the pouch
it becomes of a lighter red and more fluid, and that when the
young has dropped from the teat and is perfectly covered with
hair the secretion cannot be detected by its colour, although,
from a slight moisture of the interior of the bag, it is probable
that it still exists in an altered condition. Its use in lubricating
the imperfectly formed animal and the cavity in which it is
contained, as a means of preventing friction between the two,
must be obvious to every one. After I was enabled to examine
the pouch as freely as I wished, my first endeavour was to
ascertain whether a marsupial animal so imperfectly formed,
and in such an immature state, could be considered as existing
in a condition analogous to that of the suckling young of other
mammiferous quadrupeds. There can be no doubt that such
is not the case when it is first attached to the teat ; for then I
have already shown, that in its state of imperfect organization
its nourishment is injected by the mother through the teat into
its adhering mouth, instead of being extracted by the young
itself, as in the case of other mammiferous quadrupeds. I may
also state, that when, in the very early periods of extra-uterine
existence, the marsupial foetus has been separated from the

teat,

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 459

teat, its life has been destroyed in every instance which I have
hitherto met with. It seems therefore fair to infer in such
cases, that the organization and general condition of the mar-
supial young is intermediate between the state in which we find
other classes of mammalia whilst inclosed in the uterus and
after they have been brought forth; for it must be manifest,
that in such cases the re-union of the lips of the immature ani-
mal to the separated teat is prevented by an absence of those
powers of volition with which other newly born quadrupeds are
invariably endowed. Numerous other arguments, which I need
not now instance, might be brought forward in proof of the fact,
that the first period of extra-uterine existence in marsupial ani-
mals is intermediate between the two states which I have just
mentioned.

Now, as somewhat more than a mere matter of curiosity, it
may be interesting to future inquirers to know at what period
the re-union of a separated marsupial young one from the teat
can be effected ; since at that period it may be presumed that
the immature animal is no longer receiving involuntarily the
nourishment of the mother ; and since we have reason to believe
that it is at this time that the intermediate state of existence to
which I have alluded will have ceased.

This can only be known by repeated experimental examina-
tions, made by others whose opportunity must be much more
extensive than my own ; and for their information therefore I
have to state, that I have repeatedly separated from its adherent
teat the young of the kangaroo whilst perfectly naked and ap-
parently blind, and at a time when its size was not equal to that
of a large Norway rat ; and that I have in more than one in-
stance prevented a re-union for nearly two hours, with a view
of ascertaining how far a constant supply of milk under such

circum-

460 Mr. Morgan's Description of the Anatomy

circumstances was necessary to the existence of this animal.
The result of such experiments has proved to me, that in this
advanced state it is decidedly a voluntary agent, and must be
considered as having outlived any intermediate state of exist-
ence between foetal and perfect life ; for in all my experiments
I found that the young one, at the age I have mentioned, was
respiring, and capable of applying its mouth to the teat of the
mother. At what earlier period the same artificial separation
may be effected without destruction of its life, I must leave as a
question for others to decide. In the beginning of February
the young one was completely covered with hair ; and at this
time the red secretion from the interior of the pouch, which had
for many weeks been gradually diminishing, was no longer per-
ceptible. In the following June it left the pouch for the first
time, and being somewhat awkward in finding its way back
again, an assistance was afforded by the mother in the following
way. The parent bent down until her belly nearly touched the
ground ; she then introduced her fore paws into the opening of
the pouch, and thus pulling the aperture wide open at the same
time that it was lowered nearly to a level with the ground, a
very easy access was afforded for its tenant. This was fre-
quently repeated for the first month after the young had left
the bag.

Having dissected a suckling kangaroo in which two elon-
gated and perfect marsupial teats were apparently found to
have conveyed nourishment to a single young one, I was sur-
prised to find that, in the animal to which I am now referring,
only one and the same teat was affording a supply of milk
throughout the whole period of suckling, this being the one to
which the foetus was adherent when first received into the
pouch.

The

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 46 1

The different degrees of development met with in the mam-
mary organs of the two animals have been since partly explain-
ed to me in the following way.

Where a number of female kangaroos have been confined in
the same inclosure, and have borne in their pouches their
respective young of nearly the same age and size, — under such
circumstances it has now and then happened that two of the
little ones, having escaped from their pouches, have formed an
association and returned to the common pouch of one or other
of the mothers ; the animal therefore which is thus destined to
carry double, must of course be called upon to furnish a double
supply of nutriment for the tenants of her pouch : it appears to
me, then, that whenever such is the case, the additional supply
is afforded by a sympathetic and increased action of the vessels
of the opposite mamma, in consequence of which a correspond-
ing secretion of milk is produced, and of course an equal en-
largement of the mammae and teats on both sides. That such
might have been the cause which gave rise to the development
of two mammai and teats in the kangaroo which I had formerly
examined, is rendered probable from the circumstance of her
having been confined in company with others which were also
bearing young. I am unable however to prove the truth of the
position which I have advanced by other than circumstantial
evidence and analogical deductions ; since I have never had an
opportunity of examining the pouch of any of these animals
under the circumstances mentioned. I may however remark,
that I have never met with a single instance in which two teats
had been developed in the same animal for the supply of a
single young one.

With this brief notice of the changes which I have lately ob-
served in the condition of the pouch and its contents, I have
now to describe the appearances presented on dissection of the

mammary

462 Mr. Morgan's Description of the Anatomxj

mammary organs of the young animal, which died about two
months after it had entirely quitted the pouch, and at an earlier
age than any I had previously examined. On opening the
pouch after death, I found that not one of the four future teats
was to be discovered (Fig. 1.), but that four distinct follicular
apertures occupied the situation in which the nipples are
afterwards found to protrude : from this circumstance I had
no doubt that not only the lower, but the upper teats also,
of the kangaroo were originally formed from the eversion of
follicular canals, of which the external apertures were thus ex-
posed, and that consequently the analogy which I had drawn
between the superior teats of this animal and the supernumerary
nipples of other quadrupeds, was applicable to their functions
only, and not to any similarity in their structure and develop-
ment.

The fact that all the four teats in the kangaroo are formed
in precisely the same way, was clearly proved by a dissection
of the mammary glands in the young animal before me ; for on
tracing the course of the upper follicular openings, I found in
them an exact correspondence with that peculiarity of structure
which I have already described as existing in the lower mammae
previous to the appearance of their nipples (Fig. 2.). At
this early period of life, however, it will be seen that the four
glands are of nearly the same size, and that they have not yet
acquired sufficient magnitude to envelop completely their mem-
branous canals.

It appears then from this dissection and from my former one,
that the young of the kangaroo at a very early period of life is
devoid of any external mammary organs ; that their first appear-
ance is shown in the development of the two superior and appa-
rently supernumerary and useless teats ; that subsequently the
inferior teats are protruded from their respective glands, and

that

Trans. Linn. Sac. 7ol.7V7. Ta^. 26 p. 4 63.

of the Mammary Organs of the Kangaroo. 463

that from these alone does the future young receive nourish-
ment ; that each of the four teats exists prior to its external
appearance in the form of a follicular membranous canal, ter-
minated by a projecting nipple, which becomes everted and
protruded from its imbedded situation in the mammary gland,
to form a permanent medium of communication between the
mouth of the young and the secreting gland from which its
nutriment is derived.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXVI.

Fig. 1. A view of the interior of the pouch of a young kangaroo,
showing the four follicular apertures through which the
future teats are protruded.

Fig. 2. Dissection of the mammary organs of the same, showing
the glands, membranous canals, and imbedded and unde-
veloped nipples.

VOL. XVI. 3 0 XXV. On

( 465 )

XXV. On the Anatomy of some of the Organs of Deglutition
in the Capybara {Hydrochcerus Capybara). By John Morgan,
Esq. F.L.S.

Read June 15, 1830.

The very great advantage which a zoologist derives from the
study of comparative anatomy, in the systematic arrangement
of the different genera and species composing the animal king-
dom, must be acknowledged by every one who has turned his
attention to this branch of natural science ; and it will therefore
be unnecessary that I should offer any apology for presenting
the Linnaean Society with a paper upon a subject almost exclu-
sively anatomical.

The details of my present communication may perhaps appear
of trivial importance ; but as the dissections I have to describe
are, I believe, entirely new, and as it is probable that the pub-
lication of new anatomical facts (although insulated and appa-
rently of little interest in themselves) may eventually form a
groundwork for the more important discoveries of our successors,
I am induced to lay before this Society a short account of some
anatomical peculiarities hitherto undescribed, which I have met
with in dissecting certain organs connected with the process of
digestion in several species of the order Rodentia. It is now
more than a twelvemonth since I examined the body of a Capy-
bara, one of the largest animals of the order to which it belongs,
and in which therefore I conclude that the prominent distin-

3 o 2 guishing

466 Mr. Morgan on the Anatomy

guishing characters are more strongly marked than in most
other species of the rodent animals.

The stomach is formed by a single membranous bag (Tab.
XXVII. Fig. l.),and as in the case of other mammiferous vege-
table feeders, in which we find this simple form of stomach, it
will be seen by reference to the plate (Tab. XXVII. Fig. 2.) that
the caecum is large and complicated in proportion.

Having met with nothing requiring particular notice in the
remaining part of the alimentary canal, I proceeded to examine
more particularly the structure of the mouth and throat. The
grinding surfaces of the molar teeth are of very considerable
extent, as will be seen in Tab. XXVIII. ; and it must be obvious
how necessary such an arrangement of parts must be to the
health of the animal, when we consider the nature of its food, and
the simple structure and limited functions of its most important
digestive organ, a provision being thus made for the proper
mastication of the hard vegetable substances upon which the
animal must occasionally subsist. I found however, upon further
examination, that there was another structure hitherto unde-
scribed, by which the process of perfect mastication is rendered
indispensable to the passage of food from the mouth to the
stomach. The structure to which I allude, and by which the
possibility of swallowing any portion of unmasticated nutriment
is prevented, was shown in an extraordinary formation of the
velum palati mollis, or soft palate : this membrane, which in
other animals generally forms an imperfect floating septum,
suspended from the back part of the roof of the palate, and
interposed between the cavity of the mouth and pharynx, I
found in the Capybara (and in some of its congeners) to be
much more extensive in its attachments and diflerent in its form
and uses.

On separating the jaws and examining the fauces, the mouth

appears

of the Capybara. 467

appears to terminate in a nearly blind pouch ; for the commu-
nication with the pharynx seems as if shut by a strong mem-
brane of a funnel shape, of which the concavity recedes towards
the throat. (Tab. XXVIII. a.)

This membrane is an extended velum pal^ti, attached to the
whole circumference of the fauces and root of the tongue, and
is prevented from forming a complete septum by the existence of
a small, central, circular aperture, by which a communication
between the mouth and the pharynx is established for passage of
food ; so that through this small membranous funnel, or strainer
(if I may be allowed the expression), it is physically impossible
that any considerable portion of unmasticated nutriment should
find its way by natural means, from the mouth into the alimen-
tary canal : and from this circumstance the first process towards
digestion must be rendered certain and complete ; for the grosser
particles of food must remain in the mouth from the inter-
position of the membranous sieve or strainer, which is thus
placed between the organs of mastication and those of digestion.

The same provision for the complete mastication of all solid
substances, previous to their being swallowed, will be found in
others of the same group. I shall, however, confine my descrip-
tion of the anatomy of these parts to the dissections I have made
of the Capybara, as the parts are more fully developed, and more
clearly seen in that animal than in any other I have met with.
On removing the mucous membranes of the mouth and pharynx
from the anterior and posterior surfaces of the whole of the
velum palati, the muscles which support and lie between the
two membranes were exposed, and were as follows.

The circumference of the funnel is supported on each side
anteriorly by a strong muscular column, which arising from a
projecting point in the middle of the os hyoides, passes through
a deep groove in the fore part of the bone, to be continued up-
wards

468 Mr. Morgan on the Anatomy

wards behind the tongue, with the muscular structure of which
its fibres at the lower part intermix. Each muscle ascending
from behind the root of the tongue passes on the side of the
funnel between the two layers of mucous membrane, forming
the anterior and .posterior surfaces of the velum, its fibres be-
coming more diffused and spreading over the upper part of the
velum to join above the funnel with those of its fellow on the
opposite side ; the superior termination of the two muscular
columns thus intermixing appears to be insensibly lost upon the
palative membrane.

The two muscles are connected with a thin circular band of
muscular fibre, which forms an anterior sphincter to the circum-
ference of the funnel. On the posterior part of the velum a
lateral support is afforded in the same way by a band of muscle
on each side, which having an attachment above to the palate
is continued downwards, to terminate by intermixing with the
muscular structure of the pharynx. These two posterior slips
of muscle are connected above and below the aperture in the
velum by transverse fibres.

To the four supporting muscles which I have now described,
and which may perhaps be considered as analogous to the pil-
lars of the fauces in other animals, the circumference of the
funnel will be found attached by the connection of its muscular
fibres with those already described : these are arranged in a
circular order, and form a complete sphincter over the whole
cone, by the contraction and dilatation of which the passage of
any substance through its central aperture must be assisted or
prevented.

It will be seen by the drawing in which these parts are re-
presented (Tab. XXX.), that when any substance is passing
from the mouth to the pharynx, the conical projection of the
velum must necessarily pass over the epiglottis, and thus prevent

the

-J-(uis. luw.. Soc.7ol. JC:. Tab. 27 p. 469

•fi^-2.

Trans Lirni .Soc XolJm.Tab 28 p if69

Tnms. Linn. SocVcl.m. Tab S9p-'fe9.

:/itf"/

•*

Tr^w. Ivm.Sx ycl.Xn.ToLt.JO.fi.itS

of the Capybara. 469

the entrance of any part of the food into the larynx and trachea.
It will be further seen that the membrane of the velum is so
closely united with the epiglottis as to render it impossible to
admit the projection backwards of the one, without the com-
plete closure of the rima glottidis from the depression of the
other, thus affording an additional protection for the entrance
to the air passages.

The principal use, however, in the peculiar form of the
velum palati, which I have described, appears to me to have
reference to the digestive organs, and to be confined almost
entirely to the process of deglutition.

EXPLANATION of the PLATES.

Tab. XXVII.
Fig. 1. Stomach. Fig. 2. Caecum.

Tab. XXVIIL
Head ; — the lower jaw, dislocated on one side, to show a sec-
tion of the mouth ; b, pharynx, and a, funnel-shaped velum palati.

Tab. XXIX.
a. Root of the tongue, cut through to show the anterior mus-
cular pillars of the velum palati, b.

Tab. XXX.
Fig. 1. Posterior view of the muscles of the velum palati; a,
sphincter muscle of the funnel ; b, posterior muscular
pillars.

2. Os hyoides.

3. Connection of the epiglottis with the membrane of the

velum palati ; a, epiglottis.

XXVI. Notice

( 471 )

XXVI. Notice of several recent Discoveries in the Structure and
Economy of Spiders. By John Blackwall, Esq. F.L.S.

Read January 18, and February 15, 1831.

Among the various species of Spiders which capture their prey
by means of snares composed of the animal secretion emitted
from their spinners, it would be difficult to select any, the Geo-
metricians alone excepted, whose structure and economy are
better deserving of investigation than those of Clubiona atrox.
Whoever inspects closely the web of this very common species,
cannot fail to be struck with the singularity of its appearance,
and will naturally feel a desire to be made acquainted with the
process employed in its formation. Such, at least, has been
the case with myself; and I have experienced no small degree
of disappointment, in not being able to obtain any information
on the subject from those authors whose works I have had an
opportunity of consulting. This unsuccessful examination of
the labours of naturalists, many of them distinguished for the
extent of their learning, the minuteness of their researches, and
the comprehensiveness of their views, induces me to believe it
probable that the inquiry may not have had that attention
bestowed upon it which it undoubtedly merits. As it is one,
however, which for some time past has occasionally occupied a
portion of my leisure hours, I shall proceed to detail the results
of my observations ; trusting that if they should not possess that
VOL. XVI. 3 p novelty

472 Mr. Blackwall on the

novelty which, notwithstanding my limited knowledge of the
writings of foreign zoologists, 1 am disposed to claim for them,
still they will not be found wholly devoid of interest.

The favourite haunts of Clubiona atrox are the branches of
trees and shrubs growing against buildings ; crevices in old
walls ; and the corners of windows. In these and similar
localities it fixes its residence and fabricates its snare. On the
objects surrounding the spot selected for its retreat, it extends
to a considerable distance, but without any apparent regularity
of design, a number of fine shining lines intersecting each
other at various angles, to which it attaches other lines, or
rather fasciculi of threads, of a more complicated structure, and
of a pale blue tint, nearly approaching the colour of skimmed
milk. These compound threads, or flocculi, which in exposed
situations retain their delicate hue for a short period only, (old
webs being generally of a dull or sullied white, not at all
advantageous to their appearance,) are arranged on the first-
spun glossy lines both in longitudinal and transverse directions.
When recently produced, they adhere strongly to such insects
as come in contact with them, and, though perfectly inelastic,
may be drawn out into fibres of extreme tenuity. A communi-
cation between the snare of this spider and its retreat is esta-
blished by means of a funnel-shaped tube of a slight texture,
whose smaller extremity is in immediate connection with the
latter, and, indeed, sometimes constitutes the animal's abode.
Not unfrequently two or more tubes occur in the same web, by
one or other of which the spider usually effects its retreat when
disturbed.

If a newly formed flocculus be minutely examined under the
microscope, with a pretty high magnifying power, it will be found
to consist of six lines, presenting an appearance similar to that
represented by Tab. XXXI. Fig. 1. Two of tliese filaments are

straight

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 473

straight and exceedingly attenuated ; and upon each of them is
disposed a tortuous white line inflected into short curves and
loops like a ravelled thread of fine silk. A pale blue band,
thickly distributed on each of the inflected lines in numerous
irregular curvatures, completes the flocculus. The flexures of
the pale blue bands are more vpidely extended than those of
the white tortuous lines on which they occur, and to them the
adhesive property of the snare is chiefly to be ascribed, in
attempting to determine by experiment the cause of adhesion
in the blue bands, I ascertained that bodies with highly polished
surfaces, such as the bulbs of thermometers and burnished
metallic rods, if carefully applied to thera, may be withdrawn
without deranging their structure, though the viscid globules
in the nets of Geometric Spiders adhere to the same bodies
as soon as they are brought into contact with them. From this
circumstance I was led to infer that the blue bands are fibrous,
although their structure is so exceedingly fine that I cannot
detect it even with the assistance of the microscope ; and that
the imperceptible filaments of which they are composed adhere
to objects, not in consequence of being glutinous, but solely by
attaching themselves to inequalities on their surfaces. The
following brief description of the manner in which the flocculi
are fabricated, and of the curious apparatus employed in the
process, gives additional weight to this opinion.

There are on the upper joint of the tarsi of the posterior legs
of Clubiona atrox two parallel rows of spines, moveable at the
pleasure of the animal, which may readily be discerned by
means of a lens having a magnifying power of ten or twelve.
They are situated upon a prominent ridge on the abdominal
side of the superior region of the joint, commencing just below
its articulation with the tibia, and terminating in a strong spur
near its lower extremity. The spines composing the upper row

3 p 2 have

474 Mr. Blackwall oji the

have a considerable degree of curvature, and taper gradually
to a fine point ; those of the lower row being stronger, more
closely set, and less curved. Inclined towards each other, the
two sets, in the performance of their functions, describe a series
of acute angles whose vertices are directed down the joint.
This important appendage constitutes a striking specific charac-
ter, which ought on no account to be omitted in descriptions
of Clubiona atrox.

When the spider purposes to form a flocculus, it presses its
spinners against one of the glossy lines composing the founda-
tion of its snare, and emitting from them a small quantity of
liquid gum, attaches to it several fine threads, drawn out by ad-
vancing the abdomen a little, and kept distinct by extending
the mammulae laterally. The foot of one of the hind-legs is
then applied to the superior part of the upper tarsal joint of the
other hind-leg, a little above its articulation with the lower joint
of the tarsus, and the curious apparatus of spines, above de-
scribed, is brought immediately beneath the spinners at right
angles with the line of the abdomen. By a slight extension of
the joints of the hind-legs the apparatus is forced backwards
across the mammulae, the diverging extremities of which it
touches in its transit, and is restored to its former position by
a corresponding degree of contraction in the joints. In pro-
portion to the continuation of this process, (and it is not at all
unusual for the spider to pass its spiny apparatus across the
points of the mammulae several hundred times in rapid succes-
sion,) the inflected lines of the flocculus are found to be pro-
duced, the spider making room for them as they accumulate,
by elevating and at the same time advancing the abdomen in a
small degree, which it effiects by slightly extending the joints of
the third pair of legs, and contracting those of the two anterior
pair. As this operation is generally accomplished in the night,

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 475

it can seldom be seen to advantage, unless artificial light be
employed, some skill in the management of which is required
in order to avoid disturbing the spider. The modus operaiidi,
as nearly as I can ascertain it by the most diligent observation,
appears to be this. The points of the lower row of spines are
protruded between those of the upper row, and in passing across
the extremities of the mammuloe comb out the tortuous lines,
which run into numerous flexures in consequence of not being
kept fully extended. The purpose subserved by the upper row
of spines seems to be the extrication of the tortuous lines from
the spines of the lower row, by a slight motion outwards, which
disengages their points. Now, were the blue bands glutinous,
this mode of proceeding would be quite unavailing ; it is only
on the supposition, therefore, that they have a fibrous structure,
that their adhesive property can be satisfactorily explained.
When a sufliicient quantity of the inflected filaments is produced,
the spider again applies its spinners to one of the glossy lines,
and attaches the flocculus to it. In this manner it proceeds
with its labours, occasionally employing the combing apparatus
of both hind-legs, till the web is completed. Should any of the
flocculi be destroyed, or rendered almost useless by having their
adhesive property impaired, new ones are constantly added to
the snare.

A more exact idea of the mechanism of the combing appara-
tus than can be conveyed in words, will be obtained by inspect-
ing the accompanying plate (Tab. XXXI.).

Naturalists appear to concur in the opinion, that the tarsi of
spiders are armed at their extremities with three claws, which
occupy the upper and anterior portion of the foot. That this is
the case with some species cannot be denied ; other species, how-
ever, belonging to various genera, My gale avicularia,Drassus me-

lanogaster.

476 Mr. Blackwali. on the

lanogaster, and Salticus scenicus, for example, have only two clazvs
on each foot ; and if the tarsi of the larger Geometric Spiders
indigenous to Great Britain, such as Epeira cicatricosa, Epeira
Diadema, and Epeira apoclisa, be examined under the microscope
with a high magnifying power, it will be distinctly perceived
that the inferior part of their feet is provided with several claws,
which have a considerable degree of curvature, are finelypointed^
and are furnished with tooth-like processes on the under side
(Tab. XXXI. Fig. 4.); and should the investigation be extended
to other retiary spiders, the feet of many species which con-
struct complicated snares will likewise be found to exhibit a
similar organization. As the best means of guarding against
errors, to which the inspection of limbs defective in structure
might conduce, it is advisable to select the legs of vigorous
individuals which have recently moulted, whenever such can be
procured.

The supernumerary claws were first observed by me in exa-
mining the feet of Epeira apoclisa ; and in every instance I
counted as many as five, which, with the three upper ones
previously known, give a total of eight claws on the same foot,
distinguishable at a glance from the coarse setaceous bristles in
their vicinity. There is also a strong moveable spine inserted
near the termination of the tarsus of each posterior leg on the
under side, which curves upwards at its extremity, and exhibits
a slight irregularity of outline at its superior surface. The
function performed by these spines is an important one. By
the contraction of their flexor muscles they are drawn towards
the foot, and are thus brought in immediate opposition to the
claws, by which means the animal is enabled to hold with a
firm grasp such lines as it designs to attach itself to. Now, as
the spines and the spinning apparatus are the most efficient

instruments

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 477

instruments employed by the Geometric Spiders for the purpose
of suspension, it is obvious why they usually direct their heads
downwards when they occupy the centre of their nets.

As several difficulties present themselves in the prosecution
of these researches, occasioned chiefly by the impracticability
of comprising all the claws in one distinct view ; and as I have
not yet succeeded in procuring instruments of sufficient delicacy
to enable me to accomplish the dissection of exceedingly minute
objects under the microscope, I cannot completely satisfy myself
at present whether the number and arrangement of the addi-
tional claws are uniformly the same on the feet of such spiders
as I have ascertained to be supplied with them ; though as
regards the larger species I am thoroughly convinced that this
is the case, and I have reason to think that it will ultimately
prove to be so with the rest. In pursuing the inquiry, these
particulars, of course, will claim my especial attention.

It is not at all surprising that the Geometricians, which em-
ploy their feet in the fabrication of complicated nets, should
have them more amply provided with claws than those species
which use theirs principally as instruments of progression. An
estimate of the number of viscid globules distributed on the
elastic spiral line in a net of Epeira apoclisa of a medium size,
will convey some idea of the elaborate operations performed by
the Geometric Spiders in the construction of their snares*. The
mean distance between two contiguous radii in a net of this
species, is about seven tenths of an inch ; if, therefore, the
number 7 be multiplied by 20, the mean number of viscid glo-
bules which occur on one tenth of an inch of the elastic spiral
line at the ordinary degree of tension, the product will be 140,

*For a circumstantial account of the manner in which the Geometric Spiders con-
struct their nets, see the Zoological Journal, vol. v. p. 181. et seq.

the

478 Mr. Blackwall on the

the mean number of globules deposited on seven tenths of an
inch of the elastic spiral line ; this product multiplied by 24,
the mean number of circumvolutions formed by the elastic
spiral line, gives 3,360, the mean number of globules contained
between two radii ; which multiplied by 26, the mean number
of radii, produces 87,360, the total number of viscid globules in
a finished net of average dimensions. A large net, fourteen or
sixteen inches in diameter, I have found, by a similar calculation,
to contain upward of 120,000 viscid globules, and yet Epeira
apoclisa will complete its snare in about forty minutes, on an
average, if it meet with no interruption. Astonishingly great
as this number of globules is, each is separated from those ad-
jacent to it by a sensible space ; indeed the material of which
they are composed is so fluid, that they run together the mo-
ment they are brought into contact. The globules and the
intervals between them may be distinctly seen with the assist-
ance of a magnifier of the power of ten ; and it would appear
from the following passage extracted from Micrographia, p. 202,
that they did not escape the notice of Dr. Hooke. "I observed
further," he informs us, " that the radiating chords of the web
were much bigger and smoother than those that were woven
round, which seemed smaller, and all over knotted or pearled
with small transparent globules, not unlike small crystal beads
or seed pearls, thin strung on a clew of silk ; which, whether
they were so spun by the spider, or by the adventitious mois-
ture of a fog (which I have observed to cover all these fila-
ments with such crystalline beads), I will not now dispute."

Messrs. Kirby and Spence, in their Introduction to Ento-
mology, vol. i. Letter xiii. state that " the net of the garden
spider is composed of two distinct kinds of silk ; that of the
radii not adhesive, that of the circles extremely viscid :" and
this difference, they remark, " when it is considered that both

sorts

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 479

sorts proceed from the same instrument, is truly wonderful."
The fact, however, is even more extraordinary than it is repre-
sented to be by those distinguished naturalists ; for not only the
garden spider, but every geometric species with which I am
acquainted, employs three distinct kinds of silk, if a liquid gum
can with propriety be termed silk, in the construction of its net.
The boundary lines, radii, and first formed spiral line being
unadhesive, and possessing only a moderate share of elasticity,
are evidently composed of a different material from the last
formed spiral line, which is exceedingly viscid, and elastic in a
remarkable degree. Now, the viscidity of the elastic spiral
line may be shown to depend entirely upon the globules with
which it is studded ; for if they be removed by careful applica-
tions of the finger, a fine glossy line remains, which is highly
elastic, but perfectly unadhesive. As the globules, therefore,
and the line on which they are disposed differ so essentially
from each other, and from the rest of the snare, it is reasonable
to infer that the physical constitution of these several portions
of the net must be dissimilar.

When exposed to the desiccating influence of the sun, and of
air briskly agitated, the nets of geometric spiders speedily lose
their adhesive property ; but when formed in situations from
which light is excluded, and where the atmosphere is not liable
to be perceptibly disturbed, I have known them retain their
viscidity for a long period. In a net of Epeira Diadema con-
structed in a glass jar, which was placed in a dark closet where
the temperature was not subject to great or sudden fluctuations,
the globules preserved their adhesive power almost unimpaired,
and the last-formed spiral line its elasticity for more than seven
months.

The belief that spiders are incapable of ascending the per-
pendicular surfaces of polished bodies without the assistance of

VOL. XVI. 3 Q lines

480 Mr. Blackwall on the

lines emitted from their spinners is so widely extended, that an
attempt to prove its fallacy in particular cases will, in all proba-
bility, be received with some distrust : nevertheless, the fact
that several species have the power of traversing vertical panes
of window-glass in any direction whatever, unsupported by a
single filament, may be easily confirmed by experiment. Among
the British spiders observed to ascend with facility well cleansed
windows, and the sides of glass jars in which they have been
confined, I may name Drassus melanogaster and Saliicus scenicus.
The latter species is extensively known, and may be readily
procured in warm sunny weather in summer, on the walls of old
buildings having a southern aspect.

On examining the legs of these animals under the microscope,
with a view to discover the means by which they support them-
selves against gravity, I perceived that the tarsi are provided
on the underside with numerous appendages curving down-
wards, which are slender at their bases and dilated towards their
extremities. The idea immediately occurred to me that these
appendages may perform the oflBce of suckers, and that the
spiders are probably enabled to adhere to the upright sides of
smooth objects by atmospherical pressure; but being sensible
that mere conjecture, however plausible it may appear, is the
bane of Natural History, I resolved to investigate the subject
experimentally. Having obtained spiders of the above-named
species, in various stages of growth, I found that the larger indi-
viduals experienced greater difficulty in ascending glass than
the smaller ones, which in numerous instances were capable of
moving slowly on an ordinary window-pane, even in an inverted
position, or with the back downwards. It was evident also that
physical strength (other conditions being the same) gave its pos-
sessor a decided advantage in this respect. When highly polished
glass of a superior quality was employed, the diflSculty was con-
siderably

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 481

siderably increased ; and in all cases, those spiders effected an
ascent with the greatest effort, which, in proportion to their
bulk, had the inferior surface of their tarsi most sparinglj?^ fur-
nished with the requisite apparatus. These results, some of
which are in direct opposition to the hypothesis I had previously
entertained, determined me to inspect the tarsal appendages
more minutely than I had hitherto done ; and a peculiarly favour-
able opportunity unexpectedly presented itself. Three living
specimens of Mygale avicularia having been brought accident-
ally to Manchester in dye-woods imported from the West India
Islands during the present year (1830), I availed myself of the
circumstance to examine under the microscope the appendages
with which the tarsi of this gigantic species are so abundantly
supplied ; conceiving that their structure would be exhibited to
greater advantage in a recent subject than in individuals which
have long occupied a place in the cabinet. In this expectation
T was not disappointed ; and I shall now proceed to describe the
organism of the appendages, which is much more complex than
I had anticipated. — Each consists of a slender bristle fringed on
the sides with exceedingly fine hairs gradually diminishing in
length as they approach its extremity, where they occur in such
profusion as to form a thick brush on its inferior surface, giving
the part that dilated appearance already alluded to. This
structure, as far as my researches extend, is common to the tar-
sal appendages of those spiders which are able to ascend the
perpendicular sides of smooth bodies without supervenient aid ;
and the minute bristles with which the tarsal cushions of many
insects, remarkable for their ability to walk up glass, are fur-
nished, appear to possess an organization closely analogous.

Tlie hold upon objects which the setaceous bristles give to the
spiders provided with them seems to be purely mechanical,
depending, in a great measure, on the numerous points of con-^

3 Q 2 tact

482 Mr. Blackwall on the

tact they present. At a very low estimate, there are on the
slender bristles which form the brushes occurring on the inferior
part of the tarsi, and the terminal joint of the pediform palpi
of adult females of the species My gale avicularia, more than
6,000,000 hairs of extreme delicacy, a large proportion of which
can be applied by the spider to bodies with plain surfaces. If
the finger be drawn gently along the underside of the tarsi, from
their extremities towards the tibiae, they will be found to adhere
powerfully to the cuticle ; the sensation occasioned by this pro-
ceeding exciting in the mind the idea that they are smeared
with some viscous matter. There can be no doubt, therefore,
that the influence they exercise is in the direction indicated
by this observation. A setaceous bristle from one of the tarsi
of Mygale avicularia, very highly magnified, is represented by
Fig. 5; and care must be taken not to confound these tarsal
appendages with the compound hairs which clothe the limbs of
some spiders (J rawea domesticavn particular), one of which is
represented by Fig. 6, on a large scale.

Dr. Leach, in treating upon spiders in the article Annulosa,
published in the Supplement to the Encyclopcedia Britannica,
p. 435, remarks that " when about to cast their covering, they
suspend themselves in some corner, and creep out of a crack
which takes place on their back, gradually withdrawing their
legs from the skin, as if from a glove." With deference to so
accomplished a zoologist, I may be allowed to observe that this
statement is not in strict accordance with my own experience ;
and as I do not remember to have met with a satisfactory account
of the moulting of spiders in the course of my reading, I shall
endeavour to elucidate this curious subject, by giving such par-
ticulars relative to it as have fallen under my notice.

Considering the apparent uniformity of the process by which
this important change in the external condition of spiders is

effected,

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 483

effected, it will suffice to detail the proceedings of a single spe-
cies ; and as Epeira calophylla is of frequent occurrence about
retired buildings situated in the country, and, consequently,
may be procured without difficulty, I shall select it for the pur-
pose. Preparatory to casting its integuments, this spider spins
several strong lines in the vicinity of its snare, from which it
suspends itself by the feet and a filament proceeding from the
spinners. After remaining for a short time in this situation, the
corneous covering of the thorax gives way, — not in the medial
line of the dorsal region, as Dr. Leach's statement would seem
to imply, but laterally, disuniting immediately above the inser-
tion of the mandibles and legs, so that the head and thorax are
the first parts liberated. The line of separation pursues the
same direction till it extends to the abdomen, which is next dis-
engaged ; the extrication of the legs being the last and greatest
difficulty which the spider has to overcome. As the suspensory
filament connected with the spinners of the exuviae is consider-
ably shorter than the legs, and does not undergo any sensible
alteration in length, the abdomen, during the process of moult-
ing, becomes gradually deflected from its original horizontal
direction, till it assumes a vertical position nearly at right
angles with the thorax. By this change of posture, attended
with numerous contortions of the body and alternate contractions
and extensions of the limbs, the spider is ultimately enabled to
accomplish its purpose. The spines with which the legs are
provided no doubt contribute to facilitate the operation greatly;
for as they are directed down the limbs, and are moveable at
the will of the animal, when it has partially withdrawn the legs
from their sheaths by contracting them, it can prevent them
from re-entering by slightly erecting the spines and thus bring-
ing their extremities in contact with the inner surface of the
integuments. When the spider has completely disengaged itself

from

484 Mr. Blackwall on the

from the slough, it remains for a short period in a state of great
exhaustion, suspended solely by a thread from the spinners
connected with the interior of the abdominal portion of the cast
skin, which is much corrugated and drawn together. The entire
process, as above described, occupies the space of about twenty
minutes. After reposing a little, the spider further attaches
itself to the suspensory lines by the claws of the feet ; and when
its strength is sufficiently restored, and its limbs have acquired
the requisite degree of firmness, it ascends its filaments and
seeks its retreat.

Having frequently witnessed the moulting of spiders in their
natural haunts, and also in a state of captivity, and having care-
fully examined the cast skins of numerous species belonging to
the genera Epeira, Theridmi, Aranea, Clubiona, Drassus, Salticus,
^c, in the precise situations and under the same circumstances,
apparently, in which they have been left by their former occu-
piers, I am thoroughly persuaded that the process is a very
uniform one. ,.. . ua ^a-. ,«;^i tr^

Intimately connected with the renovation of the integuments
is the reproduction of the limbs of spiders. For this interesting
discovery we are indebted to the late Dr. C. Heineken, whose
investigations relative to the subject are published in the Zoolo-
gical Journal, vol. iv. p. 284 & 422 ; and I am happy to bear tes-
timony to the general accuracy of his conclusions.

The reproduction of the palpi does not appear to have been
noticed by Dr. Heineken ; but that these members, after suffer-
ing mutilation, are restored in the same manner as the legs, I
have clearly proved by repeated experiments. That mutilated
members are not always reproduced at a subsequent moulting,
even when it takes place at a period considerably after the
infliction of the injury, is rendered evident by the following
remarkable fact. On the 13th of July, 1830, a male specimen
fil. of

//v///.,: /.,n/i. X'r y,'/ .\17, '/■„/,. .•>'/// ./v.

Structure and Economy of Spiders. 485

of Clubiona atrox had the palpus and the second leg on the right
side divided, the former near its base, the latter about the
middle of the femur, and on the 15th of the succeeding month
it cast its skin ; yet, though all the other limbs were renewed,
the stumps only of the mutilated members were reproduced. In
cases where spiders spontaneously throw off their legs at the
suture, or have them partially removed by amputation, it would
be desirable to ascertain in what state the rudiments of the
limbs to be reproduced exist just previously to the act of moult-
ing, as there is something mysterious in their extraordinarj'"
development during that process.

For the drawings which accompany this communication, I am
indebted to Mr. John Parry, of Manchester ; and it gives me
much pleasure that I am enabled to employ his skilful and accu-
rate pencil in a manner so congenial to his taste, as in illustra-
ting new and interesting facts in natural history.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXI.

Fig. 1. A newly formed flocculus highly magnified.

Fig. 2. A representation of the tarsus of one of the hind-legs of
Clubiona atrox, highly magnified ; a, the upper row of
spines ; b, the lower row of spines ; c, the spur at the
lower extremity of the apparatus.

Fig. 3. A view of the superior joint of the tarsus, highly mag-
nified; a, the upper row of spines; b, the lower row
of spines ; c, the spur.

Fig. 4. The foot of the right anterior leg of Epeira Diadetna,
highly magnified.

Fig. 5. A setaceous bristle from one of the tarsi, magnified, of
My gale avicularia.

Fig. 6. A compound hair from the Aranea domestica, magnified.

XXVII. Remarks

[ 487 ]

XXVII. Remarks on the Pulvilli of Insects. By John Black-
wall, Esq., F.L.S.

Read, February 1, 1831.

In the Physico-Theology of Dr. Derham, p. 363, note b, it is
stated that " diverse Flies, and other Insects, besides their sharp
hook'd Nails, have also skinny Palms to their Feet, to enable
them to stick on Glass, and other smooth Bodies, by means of
the Pressure of the Atmosphere." This opinion, which appears
to be almost universally adopted by the entomologists of the
present day, has derived additional weight from the investiga-
tions of Sir Everard Home, whose papers relative to this curious
subject, illustrated by figures of the parts employed in climbing,
engraved principally from drawings made by Mr. Bauer, are
published in the Transactions of the Royal Society for 1816.
These researches are regarded by Messrs. Kirby and Spence
(see their Introduction to Entomology, vol. ii,. Letter xxiii.) as
having " proved most satisfactorily, that it is by producing a
vacuum between certain organs destined for that purpose and
the plane of position, sufficient to cause atmospheric pressure
upon the exterior surface, that the animals in question are en-
abled to walk up a polished perpendicular, like the glass in our
windows, or with their backs downward on a ceiling, without
being brought to the ground by the weight of their bodies." To
dissent from a theory so generally received, including among its
advocates numerous illustrious names, may, perhaps, be deemed
VOL. XVI. 3r presumptuous;

488 Mr. Blackwall on the Pulvilli of Insects.

presumptuous ; nevertheless, as facts absolutely irreconcileable
with this supposition have been forced upon my attention, while
engaged in examining the evidence by which it is supported, I
shall, with every sentiment of respect for the high authorities
to whom I stand opposed, submit my views to the consideration
of candid and intelligent naturalists.

Concerning the structure of the instruments by means of
which flies ascend the vertical sides of smooth bodies, various
opinions have been promulgated. Some authors compare them
to sponges, and conjecture that they are designed to contain a
glutinous secretion capable of adhering to well cleaned glass.
Dr. Hooke describes them as palms or soles beset underneath
with small bristles or tenters, like the wire teeth of a card for
working wool, which he conceived give them a strong hold upon
objects having irregular, or yielding surfaces ; and he imagined
that there is upon glass a kind of smoky substance penetrable
by the points of these bristles*. According to the observations
of Sir Everard Home, they are expanded membranes, having
their inferior surface granulated, and their edges beautifully
serrated -f-; while Messrs. Kirby and Spence, on the contrary,
remark that they are downy on the underside and granulated
above :]:.

The want of accordance so conspicuous in the preceding ac-
counts induced me to inspect the parts minutely under a good
compound microscope, when it was immediately perceived that
the function ascribed to them by Dr. Derham and Sir E. Home
is quite incompatible with their organization. Minute hairs,
very closely set and directed downward, so completely cover the
inferior surface of the expanded membranes, improperly deno-

* Micrographia,p. 170-171.

■f Transactions of the Ro?/al Society for 1816, p. 323.

X Introduction to Entomology, vol. ii.. Letter xxill.

minated

Mr. Blackwall on the Pulvilli of Insects. 489

minated suckers, with which the terminal joint of the tarsi of
flies is provided, that it cannot possibly be brought into contact
with the objects on which those insects move, by any muscular
force they are capable of exerting : the production of a vacuum
between each membrane and the plane of position is therefore
clearly impracticable, unless the numerous hairs on the under-
side of these organs individually perform the office of suckers,
and there does not appear to be anything in their mechanism
which in the slightest degree countenances such a hypothesis.
When highly magnified, their extremities, it is true, are seen to
be somewhat enlarged ; but, whether they be viewed in action
or in repose, they never assume a figure at all adapted to the
formation of a vacuum.

Satisfied that this difficult problem must admit of a solution
more consistent with the various phenomena it comprehends
than the popular one here controverted, I determined to insti-
tute an experimental investigation of it. Accordingly, having
procured living specimens of the House-fly, Musca domestical
and of the large Flesh-fly, Musca vomitoria, I inclosed them in
clean jars and phials of transparent glass, the interior surface of
which they traversed in every direction with the greatest facility,
walking upon it even with their backs downward, while they
remained in full vigour ; but when enfeebled by exposure to
cold, or when fatigued by over exertion, the identical individuals
ascended the sides of the same jars and phials with considerable
difficulty, falling from them in numerous instances, and they
were entirely incapacitated for adhering to them in an inverted
position ; yet when their physical energy was restored by repose,
or an increase of temperature, they again repeated their most
extraordinary feats with all their original promptness and dex-
terity, '"-''"i -"'i^'i'. n? ;
J ^ Flies which are unable to maintain an inverted position on

3 R 2 highly

490 Mr. Blackwall on the Pulvilli of Insects.

highly polished bodies will frequently adhere firmly, with their
backs downward, to glass rather defective in polish, or slightly
soiled ; indeed, I may remark generally, that the results of ex-
periments, similar to those detailed above, will always be modified
by the vigour of the insects and the state of the glass vessels
with regard to cleanness and polish.

. These facts plainly indicate that flies are not supported on the
vertical sides of smooth bodies by the pressure of the atmo-
sphere, nor by the aid of a glutinous secretion, but by means
strictly mechanical, as Dr. Hooke has suggested: he erred, how-
ever, in supposing that the hairs on the underside of the tarsal
membranes are pointed, and that there is a smoky substance on
glass which they penetrate. One other link in the chain of evi-
dence was wanting to place the matter beyond all dispute, and
that, the kindness of Mr.W. Hadfield of Cornbrook has enabled
me to supply. With his assistance, and the help of his air-pump,
it was demonstrated to the entire satisfaction of several intelli-
gent gentlemen present, that the House-fly, while it retains its
vital powers unimpaired, can not only traverse the upright sides,
but even the interior of the dome of an exhausted receiver; and
that the cause of its relaxing its hold and ultimately falling
from the station it occupies, is a diminution of muscular force
attributable to impeded respiration.

Having thus established the mechanical theory of the move-
ments of flies on polished perpendicular surfaces, I shall offer a
few remarks on the apparatus by whose instrumentality they
accomplish their purpose. In structure and function it bears
the closest analogy to the pulvilli of insects, which, if named
with reference to the most important office they perform, should
be termed holders or supporters. It consists of expanded mem-
branes, varying in size, figure, and number in difterent species,
the edges of which are plain, not serrated, as Sir E. Home

asserts.

Mr. Blackwall on the Fulvilli of hisects. 491

asserts, though when placed in such a situation relative to the
eye of the observer that the hairs connected with them are fore-
shortened, they certainly present an appearance which, on a
superficial view, might lead to the latter conclusion. If the
slender bristles on the inferior surface of the pulvilli of some of
the larger Coleoptera, Prionus cervicornis for example, be very
highly magnified, each, beside the numerous short hairs which
project from its sides, will be found to have a small dense brush
of exceedingly minute hairs at its extremity; and as the hairs
on the pulvilli of flies, and many other insects belonging to
various orders and genera, with which I have experimented,
perform a function similar to that exercised by the bristles, and
also exhibit a striking resemblance to them in external appear-
ance, it is extremely probable that they are analogous in struc-
ture ; though from the smallness of their dimensions, I have not
yet been able to satisfy myself that this is the case by direct
observation, notwithstanding I have employed the highest mag-
nifying power at my command. The hold which insects are
enabled to take of any roughness or irregularity of surface by
means of the fine hairs composing the brushes must be very
considerable; and whoever examines the most carefully polished
glass in a favourable light with a powerful lens, will speedily be
convinced that it is not free from flaws and imperfections.

That some species of spiders can support themselves against
gravity on the sides of polished bodies by the assistance of a
mechanical apparatus similar in principle to that employed by
insects in like circumstances, I have announced in a communi-
cation recently made to the Linnean Society * ; and the fact
affords a strong collateral proof of the truth of my theory.

I am aware that the males of several aquatic beetles have the
tarsi of the first and second pair of legs supplied on the under-

* See preceding paper, " On the Structure and Economy of Spiders."

side

492 Mr. Blackwall on the Pulvilli of Insects.

side with numerous cup-shaped suckers of various sizes, which
have their edges (the larger ones at least) beautifully fringed
with delicate hairs. These suckers, which probably serve to
facilitate the intercourse of the sexes, are remarkably conspi-
cuous on the tarsi of the males of a very common species,
Di/ticus marginalis, and unquestionably give them a firm hold
of smooth objects occurring in water, a liquid whose specific
gravity rather exceeds their own ; but that they are inadequate
to the support of this insect, the average weight of which is
about twenty-eight grains, on the vertical sides of dry, polished
bodies, in so rare a medium as air, I have had frequent oppor-
tunities of remarking. My chief object in adverting to these
singular organs on the present occasion, is to guard entomolo-
gists against the error of supposing that they correspond to
the pulvilli of insects, which, as I have endeavoured to show,
differ from them essentially both in structure and function.

XXVIII. An

[ 493 ]

XXVIII. An Account of the Mode of Growth of young Corals
of the Genus Fungia. Bt/ Mr. Samuel Sttitchbury, A.L.S.

Read January 19, 1830.

As I trust that the Linnean Society will receive favourably any
new observations upon natural history, I beg permission to lay
before them the following facts in regard to the young state of
corals of the genus Fungia, which I met with in the Society
Islands and the Paumotu's or Low Islands forming part of the
Dangerous Archipelago.

Having a strong wish to travel and see the productions of
nature in tropical climates, I agreed to accompany a voyage
undertaken by a company formed in the year 1825, for the pur-
pose of fishing for pearls in the Pacific Ocean. My engagement
was as a collector in natural history.

On our arrival at Tahiti a number of natives of that island
were (as is generally the practice in such voyages) engaged as
divers, and we proceeded to the Dangerous Archipelago, which
is one of the best grounds for the pearl fishery in the Pacific.

The specimens of Fungia which I have seen, generally lie in
hollows of the reefs, where they are in some degree protected
from the more violent agitation of the sea by the surrounding
portions of branching coral, which inclose the hollows and, at
the same time, allow sea water free access through their inter-
stices.

It appears, that although the older and larger individuals are
quite unattached and present no mark of former attachment, yet

that

494 Mr. Stutchbury on the Growth of young Corals

that in the young state they are fixed sometimes to rocks, and
frequently to the dead remains of one of their own species. In
this state they grow upon a footstalk, and generally remain at-
tached till they acquire the size of nearly an inch in diameter,
when they separate at the top of the peduncle*.

At this time the coral, when divested of the fleshy part, shows
a circular opening beneath, through which the radiating plates of
the upper surface are visible. In a short time a deposit of coral
matter takes place, which cicatrizes the opening, the marks of
which however can be traced for a considerable time ; at length
the increase of this deposit, which continues with the growth of
the animal, entirely obliterates all appearance of it. It will not
appear surprising that this circumstance should hitherto have
been unnoticed, when it is recollected that it has very rarely
occurred to naturalists to visit the places of their growth, and
that to general collectors the smaller specimens would appear
hardly worth the trouble of preserving and bringing home.

The sheltered situations in which the Fungiee are found are
peculiarly well adapted to their nature, as they would be liable
to injury if they were exposed to the full force of a stormy sea;
and the circumstance of their being attached in the young state
is a beautiful provision of Nature for their preservation at that
period, as from their light weight when first developed they

* The following is extracted from my Journal written at the time.

"Thursday, January 4, 1827. — This day went to the reefs with two natives to col-
lect some specimens of the Madrepora fungites. Succeeded in obtaining one specimen,
which illustrates a fact respecting their growth. This is a dead coral having a number
of young living corals attached to it by a pedicle : thus it appears that, when very young,
they are attached until about the size of a shilling"; you may then perceive a line of
demarcation, at which mark the larger ones are easily separable, the lower portion
being dead. Thus it would appear that an action takes place similar to sloughing,
the larger corals of this genus having no trace left of attachment. These corals appear
to inhabit very shallow water."

would,

of the Genus Fungia. 495

would, if unattached, be exposed to great injury even by a slight
agitation of the water.

1 have also to remark upon this fact, that the Fungia while
attached agree in every respect with Lamarck's genus Caryo-
phi/Uia, more especially in their early state, when the radiating
plates are first developed. At this time their upper discs are
scarcely larger than the stem, but they soon begin to spread and
show indications of their characteristic form.

There are not unfrequently instances of smaller individuals
remaining fixed to large ones in a living state, and such speci-
mens are not unfrequent in collections of corals ; but in all such
cases that I have seen, the younger ones are attached to the
under side of the old one, and I believe them to be cases of
accidental attachment.

I consider the specimens found at Tahiti, which are figured
in the accompanying plate, to belong to Lamarck's species
of Fungia agariciformis, of which there appear to be many va-
rieties. These have closer plates than those from Sincapore,
and smaller serratures along their edges.

In the Paumotus, which are principally coral reef islands
inclosing a lagoon studded with smaller reefs, I met with a spe-
cies which 1 have not observed elsewhere, and do not remember
to have seen figured in any work on natural histor}'. One is re-
presented in Tab. xxxii. Fig. 6. a, b. The coral is of an ovate
form, flatter in proportion than i^. agariciformis, and thicker in
substance, but the lamellae are much thinner and more numerous.
As I believe that these characters will prove sufficient to consti-
tute a distinct species, I propose to call it Fungia Paumotensis.
The Fungia limacina occurred frequently among the Society
Islands, but I did not find it in its young and attached state.
The figures represented in the accompanying plate are all taken
from specimens collected in the voyage above mentioned.

In Ellis's Zoophytes (page 146.) is the following passage,
VOL. XVI. 3 s quoted

496 Mr. Stutchbury on the Growth of young Corals

quoted from Rumphius, in regard to the animal of F. agarici-
formis. " The more elevated folds or plaits have borders like
the denticulated edges of needlework lace ; these are covered
with innumerable oblong vesicles formed of a gelatinous sub-
stance, which appear alive under water, and may be observed
to move like an insect."

I observed these radiating folds of the animal, which secrete
the lamellae, and which shrink between them when the animal
contracts itself on being disturbed. They are constantly moving
in tremulous undulations; but the vesicles above described ap-
peared to me to be air-vessels, placed along the edges of the
folds ; and it is some confirmation of this opinion, that the vesi-
cles disappeared when the animal was touched.

This arrangement of air-vessels would very materially assist
in keeping uppermost the convex disc of the coral, and be of
vital importance to the young polype at the time of separation,
and subsequently, in keeping it upon the surface of its sandy
bed : or if they were moved by a sudden roll of the sea, which
would lift even the most ponderous, and possibly convey them
a considerable distance, they would be again deposited in their
natural position.

That they have no power of turning themselves I proved
during a sojourn of six weeks at Tahiti, by placing a healthy
specimen with its upper surface downwards, during which time
it remained in the position placed, and the vitality of the points
of contact with the rock upon which it was laid, was destroyed.

In Fungia limacina I have seen instances where the coral,
having been accidentally placed, and permanently fixed in such
unusual positions, has adapted itself to its new situation, by
increasing upon its edges and forming a new convex surface.

Since writing the preceding, it has been pointed out to me
that in April 1828, some months after my arrival in England

with

oj the Genus Fungia. 497

with the specimens above mentioned, a slight notice of this sub-
ject appeared under the article Fungia in the " Encyclopedia
Metropolitana "; and I regret that when I communicated to the
author of that account some remarks on the corals which I had
collected, I was not aware that he intended to publish a notice of
this discovery; as I could have given him more particulars upon
the subject.

That writer states, " that they seem, when young, to be coni-
cal, and attached to some marine bod)^ often their parent, by
the base, which is contracted into a kind of stem;" and " when
young, the coral has the appearance of a solitary CaryophyUia ;
in this state the animal only occupies the upper surface, but
when it is full grown and free it completely incloses the coral."

As long as the young Fungia retains the form of a Caryo-
phyllia it is entirely enveloped by the soft parts of the animal;
but as the upper disc of the coral spreads, and it assumes its
characteristic form, the pedicle is left naked, and the soft part
extends only to the line where the separation afterwards takes
place. I consider the cases in which young Fungia are found
fixed to the underside of others of the same species, to arise from
the accidental attachment of the young polype, when detached
from the ovarium of the parent, and by the motion of the water
floated underneath a larger one of its own species, the edges of
which were not so even as to touch the rock or coral on which
it rested, at every part of its circumference. In such cases the
soft parts of the older specimen would continue to cover the
short stem of the younger individual, and hence its separation
from its pedicle would be prevented.

3s2 EXPLA

498 Mr. Stutchbury on the Growth of young Corals.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXII.

Fig. 1 . represents part of a large dead specimen of F. agaricifor-
mis, upon which a great number of young ones have grown.
Many remain still attached ; and at a. are seen the foot-
stalks from which others have been separated. This speci-
men, which is the finest that has been found, is now in
the collection of Dr. Bright. A part only is represented,
but enough is shown to illustrate the subject. A com-
plete drawing of this very rich specimen would be a most
laborious work.

Fig. 2. a, b, represents two of the young of F. agariciformis
growing attached to one of the lamellae of a dead coral of its
own species.

Fig. 3 and 4 are upper and under views of two specimens of the
same species, taken soon after they had separated from their
peduncles, in which the lamellae are distinctly seen on the
under surface.

Fig. 5. A larger individual of the same. In the under view the
place where it was formerly attached can be clearly traced,
but the part has been covered with a deposit of calcareous
matter similar to the rest of the coral, and the lamellae are
no longer distinctly seen.

Fig. 6. Two views oiFungia Paumotensis in a similar state to the
preceding.

XXIX. On

!a'a^:Z^r,:6oo: Vol XVI Tc^ .JXZII.f . 4 3 8 .

,w*#^ '\

e tScluafdyii ib Itiko^

Ji^nftil hy CSa&komUIj

( 499 )

XXIX. 071 the remarkable Formation of the Trachea in the
Egyptian Tantalus. By Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. ^ L.S.

Read March l6, 1830.

Of all the organs with which animals are furnished, the vital
organs justly excite our highest admiration; and in contempla-
ting the great variety of conformation in the thoracic viscera in
various species, the physiologist is frequently at a loss to account
for the function of their striking peculiarities of structure.

The subject of the present observations is the trachea of the
Tantalus Ibis, or Egyptian Tantalus*, a bird rarely imported in
a living state, and probably the present specimen of that organ
is the only one of the kind in Europe. I am not aware that
there is any record of a similarly constructed trachea having
been found in any other genus of the feathered tribe. This bird
died shortly after its arrival in England ; and being sent to Mr.
Leadbeater for preservation, he kindly presented me with the
body in a recent state.

As there is not any unusual occurrence in the upper part of
the trachea, I shall proceed immediately to describe that por-
tion of the organ which is contained within the thorax. Here
a lateral compression takes place of about three inches in
lenght, and an inch in breadth ; the part thus compressed is
larger and rounder at one margin than it is at the other, where

* The preparation of this organ was presented to the Zoological Society, and may
now be seen in the Museum of that Institution.

500 Mr. Brookes on the Formation of the Trachea

it is almost acute, but having a small indentation inferiorly. It
is formed of flattened minute rings (connected by intervening
membranes) firmly ossified at their rounded edge. From the
lower extremity the bronchi separate ; these decussate each
other in a very extraordinary manner, as may be seen in the
specimen. The membranous spaces between the rings of the
bronchi are very distinct; and I must confess myself at a loss
to account for this singular arrangement. The trachea occupies
the anterior surface of the oesophagus at the entrance into the
thorax. This proceeds to its destination between the bronchi.

Probably one reason for the compressed figure of the inferior
part of the trachea may be for the purpose of allowing large
erpetalous animals to descend in deglutition with greater facility
than could otherwise happen without impediment to respiration;
for in consequence of the ossified structure of this singular por-
tion of the aspera arteria, neither the pressure of the individual
by its volume, nor by its struggles in articulo mortis, would cause
obstruction.

Perhaps it is not possible for the naturalist to investigate any
subject more fraught with interest than the pulmonary organ in
birds, the more striking peculiarities of which exist in some of
the genera of the order Grallatores ; for instance, in the Gruidce,
the Platalea, and, as it now seems, in the Tantalus. They are
found also in the Anatidce almost universally; and although the
genus Anser is an exception, nevertheless the Anser semipalma-
tus, an Australian goose, is singularly furnished with the most
contorted trachea of the whole aquatic tribe.

The species of the genus Cygnus are remarkable for the con-
tortions of the trachea within the carina of the sternum, but the
domestic swan is altogether an exception, and presents another
discrepancy in the number of the ribs. The form of the trachea
in the Fuligula nigra (Black Scoter) is the most simple among

in the Egyptian Tantalus. 501

the ducks, having only a trifling enlargement of that organ and
of the bronchi.

The Cracidce and CapricalccB (Urogatlus) exhibit also ma-
nifestations of similar conformation, as well as an individual of
the Cassican family, described by M. Lesson in his " Manuel
d'Ornithologie," under the title Fhonygama Keraudrenii, and
probably in other birds whose larynges and tracheae have not
as yet fallen under my notice.

The very remarkable circumstance of the tracheae in many
birds, especially those of the order Naiatores, being ossified and
composed of various pieces, and each ring being entire (not as
in man and mammalia, having a muscular membrane occupy-
ing the posterior third part of the canal), which possibly can only
be accounted for from the apparent necessity of the air being
required to remain in the body of the animal, rarefied in readi-
ness for the purpose of raising itself, whenever it may be induced
to wing its flight through the atmosphere ; and assuredly aquatic
birds must be rendered very buoyant in consequence when
swimming.

The bodies of the pelican {Onocrotalus), gannet {Sula), and
chaja {Palamedea Chavaria) may be inflated almost like a blad-
der between the skin and muscles ; so also, but partially, that
of the powting pigeon, the adjutant, marabou, and tachypetes,
but particularly the emeu, whose trachea, somewhat below the
middle of the neck, being there deficient in cartilaginous rings,
is formed into a membranous sac, which can be distended at
pleasure : and everybody has seen the male turkey, in the pride
of dominion, enlarge its breast and even menace the spectator ;
faculties clearly tending to accelerate progression when required.
: With few exceptions, birds, having a crop, are not furnished
with inflexions, or obvious deviations from the apparent ordi-
nary

502 Mr. Brookes oji the Formation of the Trachea

nary structure of the trachea : quans, curassows, the caperkallj^,
and riionygama Keraudrenii, are instances of those exceptions.

Nothing striking in this respect occurs in individuals of the
order Rapt ores, all of which have an ingluvies, with an osfurci-
forme very strong, and bent concavely for its support ; whereas
in the Rasores the same bone is of so delicate a nature, that in
one of the largest species, the turkey, it is even of a slighter
texture, in proportion to the size of the bird, than in all the
other genera. This circumstance arises probably from the spe-
cies of this order being constructed more for walking than
flying ; the turkey especially, whose migrations are sometimes
of considerable extent, performing them chiefly on foot. The
Strut hionidcB have no perfect osfurciforme.

I hope to be understood as not implying that there is no
peculiarity of the larynges and tracheae, except in some genera;
for I believe all have the admirable mechanism of the organ of
voice differently constructed, with corresponding muscles, and
distribution of nerves, producing those various modulations of
sound so familiar to us, and destined for the excitement of love,
as well as for other purposes.

It would seem superfluous in me to offer further observations
on this head, after the luminous representations which are to be
found in different authors, demonstrating these facts, but more
particularly by Mr.Yarrell, who favoured the Society with highly
interesting details of this curious subject, illustrated by prepa-
rations, and drawings of the remarkable forms of the labyrinths,
larynges, divaricating septa, and extensive contortions of the
tracheae in various species, as well as of the appropriate muscles,
some of which were before altogether undescribed.

It may be thought worthy of remark, that the Tantalus affords
the only instance, I am acquainted with, except the spoonbill,

in the Egyptian Tantalus. 503

of a bird that feeds on large living animals, having a very ob-
vious augmentation of the trachea. As in the spoonbill also, in
which the formation of the lower portion of the trachea is the
same, the inferior larynx of our bird is deficient, as are likewise
the muscles, and consequently it is found to produce few varia-
tions of sound.

Neither the adjutant, the largest of the Grallatores, nor the
stork, heron, pelican, gannet, corvorant, or loon, has any such
structure. Of the jabiru and albatross I cannot speak with any
certainty.

VOL. XVI. 3t XXX. a Sup

( 505 )

XXX. A Supplement to the '^ Synopsis of Testaceous Pneumono-
branchous Mollusca of Great Britain." By John Gwyn Jeffreys,
Esq., F.L.S.

Read June 21, 1831.

More extensive opportunities and the assistance of scientific
friends enable me to offer a few remarks, by way of addition
and correction to the list of Mollusca which the Society lately
did me the honour of publishing in their Transactions. Except
in a verj?^ few instances I shall, as before, only notice such habi-
tats for the species as have fallen under my own observation, or
oeen communicated to me by others.

SUCCINEA.

S. putris var. a. Linn. Trans. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 325.

Mr. Alder, in a valuable paper on the land and freshwater
shells of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, which is to be found in the first
volume of the Transactions of the Natural History Society of that
place, describes this variety under the specific name of oblonga.
Dr. Leach fell into the same mistake ; and has moreover, in his
inedited work on the British Mollusca, referred it to the S. ob-
longa of Draparnaud. It is a very variable species.

S. oblonga, p. 325.

Sparingly in ditches on Braunton Burrows, North Devon. I
observed specimens in the Hon. Lady Elizabeth Finch's collec-

3 T 2 tion

506 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the "Synopsis of

tion of British shells, and also in Dr. Turton's cabinet ; in both
cases mixed with the other sort.

VlTRINA.

V. Mulleri, p. 326.

V. beryllina. Pfeiffer, Sand-und-wasser Schnecken ^-c. i.

p. 47. Taf .in. Jig. 1.
V. pellucida. Mr. Alder, Catal.
The distribution of this species over our island appears to be
very extensive. It is also mentioned in the Appendix to Welsh
and Whitelaw's History of Dublin, under Captain Brown's name
of Helix ellipfica, as found at Ferbane and other parts of that
neighbourhood. The animal has the same carnivorous pro-
pensities as the smaller Limacidae and Testacelli; and I once
detected no less than seven individuals busily engaged in feed-
ing on a scarcely dead earthworm, which was faintly writhing
about, and endeavoured in vain to get rid of its assailants.

V. Draparnaldi, p. 326.

Helicolimax Audebardi. FSrussac, Trodr.p. 21.

In addition to the locality before mentioned, I have to add
that I lately found a single specimen on Mount Edgecumbe near
Plymouth. It is an intermediate species between the last and
the Helix diaphana of Draparnaud.

V. elongata, p. 327, lege Dillwynii, Jeffreys.

This being a different species from the V. elongata of Drapar-
naud, I have ventured to dedicate it to my much esteemed
friend, L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. of Penllergare, the well known
author of several standard works on natural history.

Helix.

H. pomatia, p. 329.

'i'his species appears to be most attached to chalky soils and
• those

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous MqHusco of Great Britain." 507

those of an oolite formation, perhaps on account of the quantity
of lime which is necessary for the secretion of its shell and win-
ter epiphragm.

H. fusca, p. 330.

Common in moist woods of the North of Devon. It fre-
quently exceeds the size mentioned in the former part of my
Synopsis.

H. trochiformis, p. 331.

In the same situations as the last, Wiltshire and Devonshire.
Rathgael House, County Down, Ireland (^Mr. Cleland) ; Eton,
and Tenby ; Rev. Dr. Goodall.

H. Mortoni, p. 332.
Box, near Bath, rare.

H. kculeata, p. 332.

In moist woods of Devon and Wiltshire

H. lamellata, p. 333.

"Animal pale grey," Mr. Alder; who very obligingly furnished
me with specimens of this and other rare species of the North
of England.

H. sericea, p. 333, lege globularis, Jeffreys.

Animal albidum, anteriils griseum. Sustentaculum bre-
vius crassum.

Abundantly in the South of Devon: also at Tenby {Kev. Dr.
Goodall) ; and Salisbury. Neighbourhood of Dublin : Appen-
dix to Welsh and Whitelaw's Hist, of Dublin.

The H. sericea of Draparnaud is a very different species from
this. The name of grantdata, given to the present by Dr. Tur-
ton and adopted by Mr. Alder, is objectionable, as indicating
an imperfect appearance of the specimens ; but I rather doubt
its being distinct from the H. hispida. It is not uncommon in

many

508 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the ^^Synopsis of

many parts of Switzerland and on the French side of the Jura ;
but has not I believe been found in more southern districts.

H. cingenda, p. 333.

Whitsand Bay, Cornwall. " Balbriggan Strand": App. to
Welsh ^ Whitelaw's Hist, of Dublin.

H. virgata, p. 334.

The variety a is very plentiful on Braunton Burrows, North
Devon ; and Mr. Alder has sent me a charming thin milk-white
variety with a band of the same colour.

The H. neglecta of Draparnaud may, I think, be referred to
another variety.

PfeifFer's var. a and both his figures for this species {variabilis,
P.) belong to the H. cingenda.

H. caperata, p. 335.

H. Thymorum. Pfeifer, i. 37. Taf. ii. fig. 21, 22.
Var. a. Candida, zon4 submarginali fusca, duabusque ap-
proximatis inferioribus.

H. candidula. Fir.?
Of this very beautiful variety I found a few specimens on the
downs which overhang Whitsand Bay near Plymouth. Pfeiffer
at first called it a variety of his H. Thymorum ; but he seems
afterwards to have considered it as a distinct species in the Sy-
stematic Table at the end of his work. The point of difference
between it and the caperata seems to be the same as that which
is made to distinguish the Pecten opercularis and lineatus of
British conchologists.

H. pallida, p. 335.

Common in many parts of Surry and Kent. Neighbourhood
of Dublin: App. to Welsh ^ Whitelaw's Hist, of Dublin.

Young shells are hispid, a character common to this and
many of its continental congeners.

15bis.

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 509

.15 bis. rufilabris. Jeffreys.

Animal testaceum aut griseum, supern^ croceo-verru-

cosum. Tentacula longa flexilia.
Testa subdepressa, subglobosa, glabra, nitidiuscula, cro-
ceo-pallescens. A nfraclus 5 — 6. Apertura subro-
tundo-lunata, margine rufo, limboque ssepfe eburneo
instructa.

Long. 0.25. — Diam. 0.5.

H. Carthusiana. Miiller.

H. Carthusianella. Drap. p. 10l.pl. vi./. 31, 32. FSr. 47.

Var. a. minor, convexior.

H. (Helicella) Olivieri. F&. p. 47.

Mr. J. F. Stephens (who presented me with specimens) says
he found it many years ago in great abundance about Dover ;
and subsequently at Brighton and other parts of that line of
coast. Little Hampton, Sussex : Mr. J. E. Gray.

Dr. Leach, in his admirable (though as yet inedited) work
on the British Mollusca, says that " Mr. Gibbs discovered
this species to be an inhabitant of Britain in 1814, and com-
municated it to Montagu, who named it in his MSS. H.
Gibhsii."

It was, I believe, first publicly recorded as British by Baron
de F6russac in his Concordance Systematique pour les Mollusques
terrestres et flutiatiles de la Grande Bretagne.

I did not notice this species in the former part of my Synopsis,

from a supposition (perhaps not altogether unfounded) that it

had been naturalized in this country by an importation from

the opposite coast of France. Certain it is that on a late visit

to Dover, I could not, after a long and strict search, find any

traces of its having inhabited that neighbourhood. The above

description of the animal has been taken, faute de mieux, from

specimens collected by myself in Normandy.

H. concinna,

510 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplejnejit to the '^Synopsis of

H. concinna, p. 336.

H. depilata. Pfeiffer, i. 35. t. ii.f. 18?

By a careful examination of many hundred specimens from,
different localities, I am inclined to think that the above-named
species must be eventually referred to the H. hispida. It is the
H. rufescens of Swiss authors. The variety a abounds in the
environs of Dover and the opposite coast of Calais.

The H. plebeium of Draparnaud is sometimes found in com-
pany with this species, and is probably another of the numerous
varieties of the H. hispida.

H. rufescens, p. 331.

Var. a alba. Neighbourhood of Salisbury ; and rejecta-
menta of the Thames at Battersea.

H. hispida, p. 338.

The H. conspurcata of Draparnaud is different from this spe-
cies, being allied to our H. caperata.

Dr. James Lindsay, in a letter addressed to Roderick Impey
Murchison, Esq., F.R.S., and lately read before the Society,
states his having found the H. obvoluta alive and in consider-
able plenty in Ditcham Wood near Buriton, Hants. Mr. G. B.
Sowerby had previously favoured me with a specimen from the
same place. But its confined locality and the circumstance of
its having remained so long unnoticed by British authors might
warrant a suspicion that it may be of the same recent and preca-
rious indigenousness in this country with the H. Carfhusianella.

H. ericetorum, p. 338.

I am quite satisfied of this being the H. cespitum of Drapar-
naud.

A more produced variety was obligingly favoured me by the
Rev. R. T. Lowe, who tells me he found it many years ago in
great abundance at lona.

H. nitida,

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 511

H. nitida, p. 339.

Devonshire; Somersetshire; and the neighbourhood of Lon-
don.

The H. excavata of Messrs. Bean and Alder appears to be
the variety a of my Synopsis.

H. nitidula, var. a. p. 340.

H. pura. Mr. Alder, Catal.
21 bis. radiatula.

Animal nigrescens. Tentacula breviuscula.
Testa depressior, nitida, cornea, subtiliter et elegantissimfe
striata. Anfractus S — 4; sutura distinct^. Apertura
suborbiculato-ovata ; peristomio simplici. Umbilicus
valdh patens.

Long. 0.05.— Diam. 0.125.

H. radiatula. Mr. Alder, Catal.

The striae are fainter on the under side and do not quite reach
to the umbilicus. — Among decaying leaves and moss in woods
of the North of Devon, Kent, and Wiltshire.

For the discovery and publication of this elegant little species
we are indebted to Mr. J. Alder.

H. alliacea, p. 341.

Var. a paul6 major ; spird productiore.
Under stones and logs of wood on Mount Edgecumbe near
Plymouth.

H. rotunda ta, p. 342.

Var. a sparingly among the rejectamenta of the Thames
at Battersea. Dinton Hall, Bucks : Rev. Dr. GoodalL
By the kind permission of Dr. Turton, I have examined his
specimen of the Helix rotundata Conch. Diet. It is, as I sus-
pected, only a distortion of the above variety, and answers to
the var. )8 of PfeifFer, who refers it to the H. perspectiva of Miihl-
voL. XVI. 3 u field.

512 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the ^^ Synopsis of

field. The upper volutions are nearly flat, and the umbilicus
very patent. I possess a specimen from the neighbourhood of
Dover, which seems to connect the two species.

H. umbilicata, p. 342.

Torquay ; Dr. Turton. Cloonoomy Barracks and at Cove,
plentiful ; App. to JVelsh Sf Whitelaw's Hist, of Dublin.

My friend M. D'Orbigny of Rochelle was good enough to set
me right as to the identity of Draparnaud's H. pygmcea with this
species ; and from his intimate acquaintance with that author
during his lifetime, and having been for many years a contem-
porary and fellow-labourer in the same pursuits, 1 have no doubt
of his correctness. Mr. Sheppard's name of Kirbii should
therefore be retained for the following species.

H. pygmsea, p. .S43, lege Kirbii.

Woods of the North of Devon. Neighbourhood of Bristol ;
Mr. J. S. Miller. Tor Abbey Wood (Gen. Bingham); Rev.
Dr. Goodall.

H. acuta, p. 344.

Kent; and South of Devon. — "Near Belfast (Dr. ilfacDon-
neiy. and by Mrs. Travers at Belgrove ;" App. to Welsh cj- White-
law's Hist, of Dublin.

BULIMUS.

B. Montacuti, p. 345.

Occasionally found on the Kentish Downs. — Neighbourhood
of Dublin : App. to Welsh ^ Whitelaw's Hist, of Dublin.

Dr. Turton has described in the ZoologicalJournal, No.VII.
p. 363. a well known Sicilian species under the name of Bui.
tuberculatus ; but I can hardly think the information he received
as to its habitat can have been correct.

B. acutus, p. 346.

I was

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous MoUusca of Great Britain." 513

I was wrong ia saying the B. ventricosus of Draparnaud is a
variety of this species ; though the transition to our species
through the variety a is certainly very slight. This last variety
Mr. Lowe tells me he found in great abundance on lona island
in the summer of 1824.

ClONELI.A.

C. lubrica, p. 347.

Var. a virescenti-alba, hyalina.
Pentifully in the grounds of Tawstock (Sir Bourchier Wrey's)
House, near Barnstaple, North Devon.

Clausilia.
C. nigricans, p. 351.

Var. a. alba. Dinton Hall, Bucks : Rev. Dr. GoodalL

C. parvula, p. 352.

There is a specimen of this shell in Dr. Leach's Cabinet, Bri-
tish Museum.

C. plicatula, p. 354, lege Rolphii.

Animal nigrescens, superne valde corrugatum. Susten-
taculum angustius.
C. pumila. Pfeifer, iii. 41. Taf. vii. Jig. 16?
I believe this to be a distinct species from the C. plicatula of
Draparnaud ; and Leach's name of Rolphii (which has been
published by Mr. Gray in one of the Numbers of the London
Medical Review for 1821) should perhaps be adopted.

C. labiata, p. 353.

Not an uncommon species in Sicily and the Ionian Archipe-
lago. Mr. G. B. Sowerby furnished me with specimens from
the late Mr. G. Humphrey's collection ; and he supposes that it
was through the same channel introduced into Montagu's Bri-
tish Catalogue. Mr. Lyons informs me that his specimen was
presented to him by Miss Pocock.

3 u 2 C. ven-

514 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the "Synopsis of

C. ventricosa, p. 354.

Animal nigrescens, pede dilutiore. Ten^acw^abreviuscula.

Not uncommon at the roots of willows, and among the rejec-
tamenta at Battersea Fields. Eton ; rejectamenta at Weymouth,
and parts of South Devon ; Rev. Dr. Goodall.

C. derugata, p. 354.

Var. a. alba, hyalina.

Neighbourhood of Bath, rare. Darnwood : Kent ; Mr. J. F.
Stephens.

Dr. Turton favoured me with the C. papillaris of Draparnaud
as British. It is rather narrower in girth, with the peristome
not so thick and reflected as in South-European specimens ; but
as the Doctor could not give me the exact locality of his shells,
and Baron Ferussac has pronounced this, with (deservedly) the
Helix ociona and Bulla rivalis of British authors, as exotic to this
country, I cannot for the present give it a place in my catalogue.

Pupa.
P. Secale, p. 355.

Jaminia Secale. Risso, Prod, de TEiir. MSr. iv. 88.

Devizes, Dr. Turton : and my friend Doctor Gibbon of
Swansea showed me some specimens which he had received
from the neighbourhood of Brecon, South Wales.

Mr. J. E. Gray tells me that he once found a specimen of
the Pupa cinerea (Draparnaud) among the rejectamenta of the
Thames at Battersea ; and I have since myself detected an im-
perfect specimen at the same place.

P. ringens, p. 356.

"Animal dark lead colour above and white below." Mr. Alder,
Catal.

P. bidentata. Pfeifer, i. 59. Taf. Hi. fig. 21, 22.

P. Muscorum c. Id. iii. 6l. ?

P. um-

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain," 515

P. umbilicata, p. 356.

P. unidentata. Pfeiffer, i. 58. Taf. ni.fg. 19, 20. ?

P. Muscorum b. Id. iii. 6l.

Var. a.

P. Muscorum. Pfeiffer?

P. Muscorum a. Id. ?

Jaminia {Leach?) Muscorum. RissOy Prod, de I'Eur. MSr
iv. 88.

Al^a.
A. marginala, p. 357.

Pupa Muscorum d. Pfeiffer, iii. 61 ?
Jaminia marginata. Risso, iv. 88.

A. nitida, p. 358.

Animal griseum. Tentacula superiora breviuscula, cla-

vata; inferiora vix (etiam cum lente) discernenda.
Vertigo edentula. Pfeiffer ?
Pupa edentula. Mr. Alder, Catal.
Jaminia edentula. Russo, iv. 88.
North Devon, and Surry. The Alaa revoluta of my Synopsis
is an old and bleached specimen, with the aperture placed more
extrinsically than usual.

A. cylindrica, p. 359.

Animal rufo-nigricans, nitidum. Tentacula superiora

paululum arcuata.
Pupa minutissima. Pf. ?
T have added a description of the animal from specimens taken
in the South-west of France, where it is not uncommon in situa-
tions similar to that of the British specimen before noticed.

4 bis. suBSTRiATA, Jeffreijs.

Animal nigricanti-griseum. Tentacula superiora longius-
cula, gracilia ; inferiora bulbiformia. Sustentaculum
angustius.

Testa

516' Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the " Synopsis of

Testa subdolioliformis, ventricosior, nitidula et (praeser-
tim ad apicem) argute striata, fulvo-cornea. Anfrac-
tus 4 — 5, globosi. Aperture suborbiculato-lunata,
extils parilm marginata, subsinuata; int^s 5- — 6
lam§llis, nemp^ 2 — 3 columellaribus et 3 labralibus
instructa : peristomio tenui, subreflexo. Umbilicus
angustatus.

Long. 0.06.— Diam. 0.04.

Vertigo 4 — 5-dentata. Studer, Catal.

V. pygmsea. Ff.?

V. similis. Ferussac, Frodr. 64.

Pupa sexdentata. Mr. Alder, Catal.
In a marshy piece of ground near Rawleigh House (Mrs. Bar-
bor's), Barnstaple, together with the last and following species,
rare.

The first intimation I had of this very desirable shell having
been found in Britain, was through the Baron de Ferussac, in
whose cabinet at Paris I observed specimens which Mr. Bean
had sent him from Scarborough as the Turbo sexdentatus of
Montagu. And Mr. Alder (who was aware of its distinctness
from Montagu's species) has since obligingly presented me with
a fine series from the neighbourhood of Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

A. vulgaris, p. 360.

Jaminia 5-dentata Risso, iv. 88 ?
A. palustris, p. 360.

Jaminia 7-dentata. Rmo, iv. 88?
Under ash-boughs which had lain long on the ground ; not
uncommon in several places about Bath ; rejectamenta at Bat-
tersea, rare ; and with the last species.

Vertigo.
V. pusilla, jp. 361.

Jaminia

Testaceous Pneumonobranchoics Mollusca of Great Britain." 517

Jaminia heterostropha. Risso, 88.
Moist woods of the North of Devon, rare. Dr. Turton.

V. angustior, p. 36l.

V. Venetzia {CItarpentier). FSrussac, Prodr.p. 651
In the Honourable Lady E. Finch's collection of British
shells. Mr. Stephens also possesses a young specimen from
Battersea Fields.

Cyclostoma.

We are indebted to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley for an elaborate
paper in the Zoological Journal, on the Animal of the C. elegans,
which, together with its neighbouring genera the Helicina and
that comprising the Cyclostoma maculatum, Sec. of Draparnaud,
might conveniently form a new order by itself intermediate be
tween the Fulmonobranchia and Pectinibranchia of Cuvier.

Carychium.

C. fuscum, p. 364.

Two specimens in a moist wood near Barnstaple, Devon-
shire, Miss Hill. And Mrs. Griffiths of Torquay, who also
some time ago found this species in considerable abundance
near Ilfracombe in the same county, has confirmed to me
Ferussac's description of the animal.

C. politum, p. 365, lege Goodalli.

Animal fuscescenti-nigrum, nitidum, lubricum. Tenta-

cula superiora cylindrico-clavata.
Carychium Menkeanum. Pfeiffer.
Pupa Menkeana. Pfeiffer.

Azeca tridens. Fleming, B. A. p. 269- Mr. Alder, Catal.
Warley-wood near Bath : Mr. Miller. Amersham, Bucks :
Rev. Dr. Goodall.

Having also myself lately 'discovered this species in great
abundance in woods of the North of Devon, I am fully assured

that

518 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the " Synopsis of

that it is not a Carychium, the animal having four tentacula, the
two upper ones ocellated at their extremity. Indeed the ap-
pearance of the animal and its shell (the latter being slightly
channelled at its base when young) bears so close a resemblance
to the Cionella lubrica of my Synopsis, that I have no hesitation
in assigning it a place near that species. As the character
indicated by the word politus is common to all the hitherto
known species of Cionella, I cannot do better than adopt for
this the name of GoodalU, which Baron Ferussac has proposed
in honour of my kind and much respected friend the Provost
of Eton.

PfeifFer is, I believe, the first author who has noticed it out
of this country.

Auricula.
A. alba, p. 369.

Animal album. Sustentaculum latius, hyalinum.

Alive in crevices of the rocks at Ilfracombe and Linton, North

Devon.

4 bis. A. multivolvis. Jeffreys.

Animal

Testa ovato-fusiformis, ventricosa, solidior, glabra, nitida,
castaneo-albescens. Anfractus 12 connexi, supern^
pari^m crenati: spir^ obtusfe acuminata. Apertura
oblonga, angusta; plic^ unica ad inferiorem partem
columellae discernendd : peristomio simplice.
Long. O.3.— Diam. 0.15.
Voluta bullaoides. Montagu, Suppl. p. 102. t. 30./. 4.
Tornatella bullaoides. Fer. 108.
Baron de Ferussac favoured me with the specimen above de-
scribed, which he had received with two others from Mr. Bean
of Scarborough, as found on that coast. It has the habit and

aperture

Testaceous Ptieumonobranchous MoUusca of Great Britain." 519

aperture of a true Auricula; but I have not ventured to break
my solitary specimen to examine the internal structure of the
spire, which I consider the main test of distinction between that
genus and Tornatella conchologically considered. The upper
whorls are very small in proportion ; and the last, as usual in
the genus, occupies more than two thirds of the entire shell.

Mr. Clark of Bath, whose well known zeal and industry as a
British conchologist is more than equalled by his accuracy, has
since informed me that he discovered a specimen some years
ago among a parcel of West Indian shells of no great value.
This is an interesting fact, and must leave the indigenousness of
this species (at present at least) in some doubt.

The section of Auricula {Conovulus Lam.), to which this be-
longs, are all natives of tropical climates.

LiMNEUS.

L. glutinosus, p. 371.

Dr.Goodall possesses specimens in his cabinet marked as from
" Scarborough ; Swaffham ; Windermere ; Oxford ; Eton ; and
Deal marshes.'' Wittleseamere ; Mr. Stephens. From this latter
place I have seen specimens which measure full three quarters
of an inch in length. Stanmore, Middlesex ; Mr. G.B.Sowerby.

L. pereger, p. 374.

Var. y. Gulnaria lacustris. Leach's British MoUusca
{inedited)? Bad. Brit. Mus.
The Limnei ovatus, vulgaris and pereger of PfeiiFer, all appear
to belong to this species.

L. major, p. 375.

Var. )3. Surry and Croydon canal, not uncommon.

The Physa scaturiginum of Draparnaud, which Dr. Turton
has noticed as British in one of the Numbers of the Zoological
Journal, is the fry of this species.

VOL. XVI. S x This

520 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the " Synopsis of

This section of Limneus belongs to M. Risso's genus Leachia,
and the Stagnicolu of Dr. Leach.

L. communis, p. 376.

Var. a. magis elongata, labro intils vix reflexo. Dorking,
Surry : Mr. Stutchbury.

Var. )8. minor, testacei coloris, truncatulo affinis.

L. fuscus. Ffeiffer i. 92. Taf. iv.fig. 25 ?
Common in marshes along the banks of the Thames from
Battersea to Woolwich. The gradation from one to another of
the different species of European Limnei is so very slight, that
unless, as M. Blainville once expressed to me, the stagnalis,
palustris and pereger are excepted, there would properly be
no species at all.

L. elongatus, p. 376.

Ireland (Rev. James Bui wer); Scarborough (Mr. Bean) ; and
Norfolk (Dr. Leach); Rev. Dr. Goodall.

L. Grayanus, p. 378.
does not belong to the Pulmonobranchia ; but (on account of
its animal) would form a curious anomaly in Ferussac's sub-
genus Paludina of the genus of the same name. In the form of
the shell it approaches to some of the smaller Melania.

L. detritus, p. 378.

I have seen Dr. Turton's specimens of his Helix detrita,
which are a true Bulimus, and very different from the above
species. Dr. Pulteney's cabinet in the Linnean Society's mu-
seum contains several ; but I did not observe any appearance
of bands. It is, however, a very doubtful species both as to its
habitat and locality. Ferussac refers it without a doubt to a
variety of the Bulimus radiatus of Draparnaud.

Physa.

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain." 521

Physa.
1 bis. P. alba.

Phyza. Risso.

Animal

Testa sphaerico-ovata, ventricosa, fragilis, diaphana, stri-
atula, alba. Anfr actus 3 — 4, globosi; sutur^ exca-
vata ] spird brevissima, acutiore. Apertura larga,
ovata.

Long. 0.275.— Diam. 0.175.

Physa alba. Turton in Zool. Journ. No. vii. p. 363. t. xiii.
/.3.
Dr. Turton says, this rare and eminently beautiful species Avas
sent him by Mr. Blomer as from the river Towin, North Wales.
Lady Elizabeth Finch did me the honour of presenting me with
a specimen, which I believe was procured through the same
channel. Mr. Sowerby has this species from Sicily ; and I
fear Dr. Turton has been deceived or mistaken in its British
locality.

P. hypnorum, p. 382.

Var. a. minor, magis oblonga.
In pools on Crymlyn Burrows near Swansea, rare. Colour
a deep and bright bronze.

Planorbis.
P. Vortex, p. 382.

The variety a of my Synopsis is abundant at Battersea ; and
the other below the Thames about Woolwich.

P. corneus, p. 383.

Neighbourhood of Dublin: App. to Welsh ^ Whitelaw's Hist,
of Dublin.

P. lutescens, p. 385, lege disciformis.
1 ^ 3x2 Not

522 Mr. Jeffreys's Supplement to the " Synopsis of

Not the Planorbis lutescens of Lamarck, as I had supposed.

P. Draparnaldi, p. 386.

P. albusa. Pfeifer,3. 64?

In the Honourable Lady E. Finch's collection of British
shells, mixed with the P. albus.

The Helix rhombea of Turton's Conchological Dictionary
should be referred to a variety of the Planorbis umbilicatus, and
not this species. My error arose from having seen in the late
Mr. Miller's cabinet, specimens of the above, which Dr. Turton
had named " PL rhombeus."

P. albus, p. 387.

P. reticulatus. Risso.

P. nitidus,p. 388.

Abundantly in a pool on Wandsworth Common near London ;
and more sparingly in Battersea marshes and other parts of the
neighbourhood. The shells are frequently infested by the ova
of a small aquatic insect.

Var. a. dupl6 minor, subt^s lath umbilicata.

This was given to me by the Provost of Eton, who received it
from Mr. Bean of Scarborough, and may possibly be a distinct
species. Its form is intermediate between the PL nitidus and
lineatus.

P. lineatus, p. 389.

P. clausulatus. FSrussac, Concordance ^-c.

Ancylus.

This genus, as M. Rauq remarks, has not ceased from being
bandied about from one family to another ; and even now, its
proper position among the Scutibranchous (for it is quite certain
they do not belong to the Pulmonobranchous) Mollusca, is far

from

Testaceous Pneumonobranchous MoUusca of Great Britain." 523

from being determined. In this, as well as the genus Patella,
to which it is most probably allied, I have frequently observed
individuals out of their natural element, and only occasionally
in the enjoyment of a few spray drops of water which fell from
the sides of the rock to which they were attached.

XXXI. On

( 525 )

XXXI. On the Osteological Symmetry of the Camel; Camelus
Bactrianus of Aristotle, Linnceus, and Cuvier. By Walter
Adam, Fellow of the College of Physicians of Edinburgh.
Communicated by R. Brown, Esq., V.P.L.S.

Read April 19, 1831.

The objects in this paper are, to state correctly the dimen-
sions of the several bones of a large quadruped ; to trace
the mutual relations of these dimensions ; and thus to exem-
plify the general osteological form in animals of similar con-
figuration.

The dimensions are arranged in tables, so as to show not
only the symmetry of the Camel, but also the aberrations from
the apparent normal proportions of a species, and the inequa-
lities of the right and the left sides in an individual animal.
The Camel has been selected to illustrate the general type of its
class on account of the stature of that animal rendering these
slighter differences more evident than in man and in other
animals of inferior size. As such differences must always be
limited by the characteristic symmetry of the species to which
an animal belongs, none other than the most exact measure-
ments would have been of value. The accuracy that has been
attempted will not, it is hoped, be thought needless in a general
inquiry.

The bones measured are those of a Baggage-camel from Ben-
gal, and constitute one of many osteological specimens, for

whose

526 Dr. Walter Adam on

whose examination the writer of this paper is indebted to the
liberality of Professor Jameson.

The bones are described in accordance with the nomencla-
ture of Dr. Barclay.

The terms 'lateral,' 'mesial/ 'rostral/ 'caudal/ are applied to
all the bones, as expressing the aspects of the sides, the mesial
plane, the muzzle, and the tip of the tail.

The terms ' basilar' in the head,

• sternal' in the neck and trunk,

signify the aspects of the base of the head and of the breast-
bone ; — in common language,

' downwards' in the head and trunk,

' forwards' in the neck.
The terms ' coronal' in the head,

' dorsal' in the neck and trunk,
signify the aspects of the forehead, and of the back-bone ; — in
common language,

' upwards' in the head and trunk,

* backwards' in the neck.

In the limbs, besides their more correct denominations of
'atlantal' and 'sacral', for 'fore' and 'hind', two further terms
are necessary :

These are, 'proximal' towards the trunk,

' digital' towards the extremity of the limb.

The adverbial termination is ad.

Of the Head.

The height, the breadth, and the basilar length of the cra-
nium are very nearly in the proportion

1. 2. 4.
The union of the lower jaws ; the height from the angle of
the lower jaw to the summit of the occiput; and the length

from

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 527

from the muzzle to the upper margin of the occipital fora-
men, are in the proportion

1. 2. 3.
The common difference of the palatal, the coronal, the basi-
lar, and the extreme lengths of the cranium, is the breadth of
the cranium at the temporal fossee : these lengths in the animal
examined being respectively

12. 15. 18. 21 inches:
The chief measurements of the coronal breadth of the head
are in consecutive proportion as the numbers

3. 2. 4. 5:
Those on the level of the zigomatic arch are also in consecutive
proportion nearly as the numbers

8. 9. 8. 4:
While the chief measurements of breadth on the level of the
palate are consecutively as the numbers

3. 4. 7.

Of the Vertebra. — Cervical Vertebra.

In the accompanying Tables, the dimensions of the bones of
the neck are very minutely stated. This minuteness will be
deemed the less superfluous, if it be considered that these bones,
from their remarkable size, may be viewed as an enlarged re-
presentation of the type of the similar bones of the human body
and in other mammalia.

The dimensions of the atlas and of the second vertebra of the
neck are, on account of their great importance, given apart ;
and an endeavour has been made to trace the correspondence
of their dimensions with the dimensions of the other cervical
vertebrae.

The lateral extent of the atlas is equal to the distance
between the inner margins of the orbits. The atlas, besides

VOL. XVI. 3 Y its

528 Dr. Walter Adam on the

its articulation with the occipital condyles, affords support to
the lower jaw; — whence that graceful carriage of the head,
so frequent a theme of the fervid eulogy of the Arabian
poets. "ID700 ?JU( tiuiuiiit! t?i.j

The sternal length of the 2nd vertebra of the neck is three
times that of the atlas, and half the coronal length of the head.
In this bone, the dimensions of length, the distance between
its arteries and the breadth of its articulation with the 3rd cer-
vical vertebra, are even numbers of proportional parts. The
other dimensions are odd numbers of these parts.

The succeeding bones of the neck diminish in length, while
their dimensions of breadth and thickness increase.

The decrements of length are irregular.

Of the breadths, those of the rostral balls of articulation in-
crease uniformly. The extremes, namely, the rostral globular
articulations of the 3rd and of the 7th cervical vertebrae, are.

The other augments of breadth are irregular. But in the ex-
tremes, the rostral ends of the plates that shield the gullet and
trachea, are, : : 3:4.

While the breadths at the roots of the rostral oblique processes
of the same bones (the 3rd and 7th cervical vertebrae) are,

: : 1:2.

In the cervical vertebrae of the Camel, a depressed rudiment
of a process appears on the dorsal ridge of the 5th vertebra.
The 6th and 7th have complete spinous processes.
, A scabrous elevation on the lateral surfaces of the sternal
plates that shield the gullet and trachea, marks the incipient
transverse processes that in the lumbar vertebrae attain their
full development.

In the cervical vertebrae of the animal examined, a curtail-
ment of the caudal oblique process of the 6th on the right side,
-li and

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 529

and perhaps the defective ossification on the right side of the
3rd and 4th over the nerval canal, show the tendency to exert
the muscles of the right side more than those of the left.

Dorsal Vertebrce.

The labours of the animal have much altered the form of the
bodies of the dorsal vertebrae.

The sternal length from the 3rd to the 10th inclusively
appears to be the sixth part of the basilar length of the head.
In this dimension, the sternal length, the 1st dorsal vertebra
corresponds with the 11th ; as does the 2nd with the 12th.

The greatest elevation of the spine is at the 3rd dorsal ver-
tebra ; the extreme length of that bone equalling the greatest
extent of the pelvis towards the mesial plane.

The spinal lengths, rostrad and caudad from the 3rd dorsal
vertebra, diminish irregularly ; but so that the spinal length of
the 7th dorsal vertebra is the same as that of the 1st.

The spinal length of the ]2th and last dorsal vertebra is equal
to the length of the 1st rib, and to the greatest breadth of the
head.

The spinal epiphyses that form the nucleus of the hump, are
nearly steatomatous in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th dorsal ver-
tebrae ; as also in the 9th and 10th. In the other dorsal verte-
brae the epiphyses are externally osseous.

From the 1st dorsal vertebra to the 10th, the distance between
the margins of the roots of the spinous processes diminishes a
third. In the same interval, the distance between the extremi-
ties of the transverse processes diminishes a fourth.

The natural breadth of the bodies of the dorsal vertebrae seems
to be not greater than the wideness of the nostrils : but, owing
to the great weights borne by the animal, the enlargement is
such that these bones are an instance of exostosis rather than

3 Y 2 of

530 Dr. Walter Adam on the

of normal proportion : though still that enlargement has been
controlled by the laws of symmetry.

The greatest breadth is attained at the connection of the 5th
with the 6th dorsal vertebra : there the pressure of the burthens
has evidently been most severe. The breadth so increased
equals the cerebral bulge of the cranium.

As a further exemplification of strength gained under toil,

and of disparity in ossification, it may be deserving of notice,

that the right sides of the caudal margins of the 6th and 7th

dorsal vertebrae project as a socket over the contiguous rostral

margins.

Lumbar Vertebra.

The lumbar vertebrae diminish in length and in height as
they approach the sacrum.

The transverse processes occupy somewhat of an oval space.
The other dimensions of breadth increase towards the sacrum.

The distance between the extremities of the 1st lumbar ver-
tebra is equal to the spinal extent of the last dorsal vertebra,
which has been stated to be also equal to the length of the 1st
rib, and to the greatest breadth of the head.

The sum of the differences of the distances between the extre-
mities of the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebrae is
equal to the sum of the breadths of these vertebrae at the roots
of their rostral oblique processes.

The Sacrum.

The caudal height of the sacrum is the third of its rostral
height: while, again, the rostral height is two thirds of the
sternal length, and equal to the caudal height of the cranium.

The rostral breadth of the sacrum equals the height of the
1st lumbar vertebra. The caudal breadth is half the length of
the bone over the nerval canal.

The

Osteological Symmetry of the Catnel. 531

The Tail.

The dimensions of the bones of the tail, relatively to the other
bones of the body, are perhaps more curious than interesting.

The sum of their lengths is equal to the greatest spinal extent
in the dorsal vertebrae, namely, to that of the 3rd dorsal ver-
tebra.

The sum of their transverse breadths is equal to the greatest
transverse extent in the lumbar vertebrae, namely, to that of the
5th lumbar vertebra.

The sum of the breadths at their oblique processes equals the
sum of their spinous heights : and both are equal to the greatest
transverse aperture of the pelvis.

The sum of their rostral thicknesses is twice the caudal height
of the head : and the tip of the tail may be compared with the
aperture of the auditory canal.

Of the Ribs.

The longest of the twelve ribs are the 7th and the 8th. The
length of each of these equals the length of the spine of the sca-
pula, being the greatest extent of that bone.

The decrements of length in the other ribs, rostrad from the
7th, and caudad from the 8th, are such, that

The 6th rib corresponds with the 10th,

The 5th with the 11th,

The 4th with the 12th.

The sum of the lengths of the twelve ribs is about ten times that
of the longest rib.

'&^

At the sternal end of the ribs the breadth is greatest. The
broadest are the 4th and the 5th ; their breadth equals that of
the cranium at the temporal fossae.

The sum of the breadths of the ribs at their sternal ends is

eight

532 Dr. Walter Adam o;z the

eight times the breadth of the broadest rib, and equal to the
length of the cubitus from the summit of the olecranon to the
carpal articulation.

The sum of the breadths of the ribs where broadest and the
ulnar length of the cubitus, the longest bone in the body of the
Camel, exceed the greatest width of the chest by the common
difference of the 4 longitudinal dimensions of the cranium.
The width of the chest, as stated below, is equal to the greatest
length of the head. The costal breadths and the length of the
cubitus are therefore 5th proportionals to the 4 longitudinal
dimensions of the cranium.

It will be observed in the Tables, that the ribs on the right
side have been more ossified than those on the left.

Of the Cavity of the Thorax and of the Sternum.

The cartilages of the ribs being entire in the animal examined,
the dimensions of the cavity of the chest are seen to agree with
those of the separate bones of the body.

The greatest width of the chest is equal to the greatest length
of the head.

The length of the sternum is three fourths of the greatest
thickness of the body, namely, from the caudal end of the
sternum to the summit of the hump at the 6th dorsal ver-
tebra.

The length of the caudal portion of the sternum is twice the
length of the 3rd and of the 5th portions ; and is equal to the
distance between the inner margins of the orbits.

The rostral breadth of the caudal portion of the sternum is
twice its caudal breadth, and also twice its rostral thickness.

The thicknesses of the other portions of the sternum increase
by regular augments as they approach the caudal portion.

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 533

Of the Scapula.

The scapula bears to the pelvis the relation of similar position
in regard to the limbs, and also in some degree that of conformity.
But as in the Camel this bone, towards the summits of the dorsal
vertebrae, terminates in a thin tendinous expansion, the osseous
boundary cannot be very accurately distinguished.

The greatest breadth of this expansion is four times the
greatest dimension of the glenoid cavity.

The length of the spine of the scapula, which is also the
greatest extent of the bone, is four times the distance of the
termination of the process of the spine of the scapula over the
glenoid cavity, from the furthest point on the margin of that
cavity.

Of the Pelvis.

The breadths of the pelvis rostrad from the acetabula are even
numbers of proportional parts. The breadths caudad from the
acetabula, including the acetabular breadth itself, are odd num-
bers of proportional parts.

The difference of the greatest and the smallest breadths of
the pelvis caudad from the acetabula is one third of the greatest
breadth rostrad from the acetabula : while the difference of the
greatest caudal breadth and the acetabular breadth is half the
difference of the greatest and the smallest rostral breadths.

Again: The smallest rostral breadth of the pelvis equals its
smallest mesial height from the union of the ossa pubis to the
floor of the nerval canal of the sacrum, rum f)fi'>o'>a efft ?"-=> }-^il

.Ifioi)cgbi e>*;

The chief dimensions of the pelvis are identical with the chief
dimensions of the head. -^

1. The greatest dimension of the pelvis, being through the
mesial plane, is equal to the greatest length of the head.

2. The

534 Dr. Walter Adam on the

2. The greatest mesial extent of the pelvis is equal to the
coronal length of the head.

3. The length of the union of the ossa pubis is equal to the
length of the union of the lower jaws.

4. The lateral length of the pelvis is equal to the distance
from the muzzle to the caudal surface of the zigomatic inclo-
sure.

5. The greatest rostral breadth of the pelvis is equal to the
zigomatic length of the head.

6. The acetabular breadth of the pelvis is equal to the greatest
breadth of the head.

7. The greatest caudal breadth of the pelvis is equal to the
distance from the muzzle to the end of the pterygoid pro-
cesses.

Of the Limbs.

• The lengths of the four long bones of the atlantal limbs, in-
dependently of processes and elevations, are consecutively as
the numbers 22. 28. 20. 6 :— Sum 76".

The similar lengths of the four long bones of the sacral limbs
are consecutively as the numbers

28. 23. 20. 5:— Sum 76.

The correspondence is obvious :

The second number of the atlantal series is identical with the
first number of the sacral series.

The last number in each series expresses the difference of the
first and the second numbers of the series.

The penultimates are identical, and the sums are equal.

Osteologically, Notwithstanding the dissimilitude of flexure
in the atlantal and the sacral limbs ;

The sums of what may be termed their articular lengths are
equal.

The

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 65S

The articular lengths of the metacarpus and of the metatarsus
are identical ; as appear to be the articular lengths of the cubitus
and of the femur.

The difference of the articular length in the first and second
bones of each limb is equal to the length of the first pastern of
the limb.

In all animals there seems to be a normal locality for the
entrance of the arteries that nourish the interior of the bones :
but these arteries being liable to the same variations as the
tubes that convey the fluids to the less compact substances of
the body, the distance of the medullary arteries from the joints
is liere unnoted.

The bones of the atlantal limbs of the Bactrian Camel are, in
their breadth and thickness, more robust and more symmetrical
than the bones of the sacral limbs.

The middle breadths of the atlantal limbs are consecutively,

9. 9- 6. 4 proportional parts : — Sum 28.
Their middle thicknesses are consecutively,

8. Q. 4 proportional parts : — Sum 18.

And their middle girths are consecutively,

30. 26. 20. 12 proportional parts : — Sum 88.
The middle breadths of the sacral limbs are consecutively,

7. 8. 5. 3 proportional parts : — Sum 23.
Their middle thicknesses are consecutively,

6. 5. 4 proportional parts : — Sum 13.

And their middle girths are consecutively,

22. 20. 17. 10 proportional parts : — Sum 69.
So that the thickness of the first pasterns being omitted, the
sums of the middle breadth, thickness, and girth in the atlantal
limbs are even numbers of proportional parts ; while the similar
dimensions in the sacral limbs are odd numbers of these parts.
VOL. XVI. 3 z There

536 Dr. Walter Adam o?i ^Ae

There is also an identity in the excesses of the sums of the
middle breadths, and of the sums of the middle thicknesses in
the atlantal limbs, over the sums of the similar dimensions in
the sacral limbs.

It may be further remarked, that if to the four girths of the
sacral limbs, that of the calcaneum be added, the sum of the
five sacral girths is seven eighths of the sum of the girths of the
four atlantal limbs :

The sum of the five sacral girths being 77 proportional parts.

The sum of the four atlantal girths being 88 proportional
parts.

It would be tedious to dwell on the proportions of the various
processes and elevations of the bones of the limbs. In the
accompanying Tables, osteologists will find their dimensions in
the Bactrian Camel noted with every possible accuracy.

The proportions of the rudimentary bones of the feet, of the
carpus and tarsus, and of the ungual bones, are withheld ; as,
in an articulated specimen, these bones cannot be exactly mea-
sured.

From what has been now stated, it appears that throughout
the dimensions of the bones of the Bactrian Camel there is such
an agreement, that many of the dimensions are continued pro-
portionals, and that the mutual relations of nearly all admit of
a very simple expression.

Corresponding relations have been found to prevail in the
bones of every species of animal examined by the writer of this
paper. The prosecution of his investigations has been thwarted
by unforeseen obstacles. Under more favourable circumstances,
should what has been observed in the Camel be fully verified in
other animals, it will result,

1. That

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 537

1 . That though the hardness and durability of bones peculiarly-

fit them for inquiries similar to that detailed in these pages ;
yet as the bones always arise from and are moulded by the
softer tissues, the whole organic system is determinable in
its proportions.

2. That the relation of the forms of extinct animals to the

forms of animals now living, — the affinities of species and
genera, — the simultaneous growth of the parts of the same
animal, and the rates of such growth comparatively in
other animals ; — the improvement of domestic races, —
even the structure and development of the human frame, —
are all matters both of physiological and of numerical
study. , / , .

3. That Zoology is, to an equal extent with the departments of

knowledge that regard inanimate things, susceptible of
a classification established on the sure basis of number.

Edinburgh,
November 1830.

3 z 2 TABLES.

538 Dr. Walter Adam on the

TABLES.

In the first columns of the following Tables are the actual
measurements of an individual Camel, taken with compasses
and callipers, of a radius suited to the extent of the bones ; the
girths of course otherwise.

The measurements of the first columns are in the next column
adjusted to the normal proportion, on the assumption that the
aberrations in the form of an individual animal from the perfect
form of its species may be at least as great as the inequalities of
the right and the left sides of that individual animal. But the
numbers assigned for these normal proportions are meant rather
as an indication of what they may be, than as an averment that
they really are as stated. Several, especially of those given for
the vertebral dimensions, must be erroneous : they have been
inserted for facility of comparison. Few adjustments exceed a
quarter of an inch, — trifling in so large an animal, — and being
placed beside the number of the actual measurement they can
lead to no mistake.

It is not improbable, that the symmetry of the swift Drome-
daries will be found to be much more complete than that of the
Baggage-camel.

The proportional parts in the penultimate column are 72nd
parts of the basilar length of the cranium. This length being in
the animal examined 18 inches, the proportional parts are the
numbers in the preceding column multiplied by 4.

The differences occupy the last column.

The relative position of the numbers in the Tables is the same
as that of the parts measured.

The Roman numerals over the dimensions of the dorsal and
of the succeeding vertebrae, refer to the corresponding dimen-
sions in the cervical vertebrae.

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

539

Dimensions of the CRA NIUM in the Bactrian Camel.
Dimensions in the Mesial Plane.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dime»-

Dimen-

sions in

Proport.

Parts.

Diffe-
rence.

Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) in the Mesial Plane.
Mesial Coronal Length.

Distance in the mesial plane from the corono-rostral margin of the nose,
To the corono-caudal margin of the occipital plate 15"05

Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad,
To the corono-caudal margin of the occipital plate 20"90

Mesial Zigomatic Length.

Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad,
To the corono-caudal margin of the occipital foramen 1 9"45

Mesial Basilar Length.

Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad,
To the caudal margin of the palate 11 '85

Distance in the mesial plane from the extent of the intermaxillary bones rostrad,
To the basilo-caudal margin of the occipital foramen 1 8'00

Length of the Union of the Basilar Maxillas.

Distance on the mesial plane from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisors,
To the caudal termination of the union of the basilar maxillae 642

1500
2100

19'50

1200
18 00

6-50

60
84

48
72

Corono- Basilar Dimensions (Height) of the Cranium in the Mesial Plane.

Distance in the mesial plane from the surface of the palate at the interval disjoin-
ing the rostral from the lateral teeth, To the summit of the nose 3"75

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal margin of the palate, To the frontal
hollow over the orbits, at the corono-orbital arteries 4' 65

Distance in the mesial plane from the basilar surface of the cuneiform process of
the occipital bone. To the summit of the sagittal ridge 4"45

Distance in the mesial plane from the basilar surface of the basilar margin of the
occipital foramen, To the summit of the occipital plate 4'40

Distance in the mesial plane from the basilar surface of the coronal margin of the
occipital foramen, To the summit of the occipital plate 2-60

Caudal and greatest Height of the Head on each side of the Mesial Plane.

375

475

4-50

275

Distance from the caudal termination of the basilar margin
of the right basilar maxilla. To the mesio-caudal sum-
mit of the occipital plate (on the right side) .... 13-05

Similar dimen-
sion (on the
leftside). . 1305

13 00

540

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the CRANIUM
Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) on

Actuiil Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Lateral Zigomatic Length.
On the Right Side.

1030

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone, To the lateral
margin of the right rostro-orbital artery .

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone, To the inner
surface of the right orbit at the orbicular
groove

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone, To the furthest
point of the inner surface of the caudo-late-
ral margin of the right orbit 1 2'34

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone. To the caudal
surface of the zigomatic inclosure . . . 15'52

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone, To the rostral
margin of the entrance of the auditory ca-
nal 1730

Distance from the caudo-mesial margin of
the occipital plate. To the furthest point
on the internal surface of the caudo-lateral
margin of the right orbit I0"20

Distance from the caudo-mesial margin of
the occipital plate, To the inner surface of
the right orbit at the orbicular groove . . 1 1'30

Distance from the rostro-coronal margin of
the right zigomatic inclosure, To its caudo-
coronal margin 3'60

On the Left Side.

Similar dimen-
sions on the
left side . .

Similar dimen-
sions on the

8-22

10-36

left side . .

Similar dimen-
sions on the

12-48

left side . .

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side .

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

15-48

17-30

10-10

11-43

3-55

8-25

10-25

12-50

15-50

17-25

10-25

11-25

3-50

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea

Lateral Ba

On the Right Side.

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone, To the rostral
margin of the socket of the large coronal-
canine tooth on the right side . . . . 2-10

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone. To the caudal
margin of the socket of the right coronal
subsidiary canine tooth 4-56

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone. To the rostral
margin of the socket of the right corono-
rostral molar tooth 6'20

Distance from tlie rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone. To the extre-
mity of the process on the caudal surface
of the socket of the (right corono-caudal)
molar tooth 12-50

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
right intermaxillary bone, To the caudo-
lateral extremity of the right pterygoid pro-
cess 14-38

Distance from the rostral margin of the socket
of the (right corono-) rostral molar tooth,
To the caudal margin of the socket of the
(right corono-) caudal molar tooth . . . 5-78

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

in the Bactrian Camel.
each side of the Mesial Plane.

surements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parts.

silar Length.

On the Left Side.

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side « .

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side

2-03

4-58

6-26

2-00

4-50

625

12-38

14'25

12-50

14-25

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

5-74

5-75

Lateral Length of the Basilar Maxillae.
On the Right Side.

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth, To the caudal margin of the socket of the right
large basilar canine tooth 3-26

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth, To the caudal margin of the socket of the right
basilar subsidiary canine tooth 4-88

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth, To the rostral margin of the socket of the (right
basilar) caudal molar tooth 7-14

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth. To the caudal margin of the socket of the (right
basilo-) caudal molar tooth 12-90

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth. To the corono-caudal extremity of the coronary
process of the riglit basilar maxilla 16-53

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth. To the basilar margin of the articular surface
of the condyle of the right basilar maxilla I7'50

Distance from the rostral margin of the (basilar) incisor
teeth. To the caudal margin of the basilar maxilla at
its coronal termination 17-90

Distance from the rostral margin of the socket of the (right
basilo-) rostral molar tooth. To the caudal margin of
the socket of the (right basilo-) caudal molar tooth . . 5-50

Distance from the basilar margin of the right basilar max-
illa at its caudal termination, To the coronal extremity
of its coronary process 8-95

On the Left Side.

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

3-26

4-91

7-65

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

1307

16-50

Similar dimen-
sion on the
leftside . . 17-47

Similar dimen-
sion on the

left side

17-90

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side . .

5-50

8-95

3-25
500

7-50

1300

16-50

17-50

18-00

5-50

9-00

Dr. Walter Adam 07i the

Dimensions of the CRANIUM
Transverse Dimensions (Bre

Supposed

Dimen-

Supposed

Dimen-

Normal

sions in

Diff.

Normal

sions in

Actual Measurements.

Dimen-

Proport.

Actual Measurements.

Dimen-

Proport.

Diff.

sions.

Parts.

sions.

Parts.

I Coronal Breadth.

Zigomatic Breadth.

distance coronad and rostrad between the lateral

surfaces of the margins of the nostrils . . . 2" 69

275

mallest distance between the lateral surfaces of

;the coronal maxillae interveningly to the nos-

trils and the orbits. Being over the rostral mo-

lar teeth 2*25

2-25

Distance between the hollows of the orbiciilar

Ustance between the mesial margins of the co-

rono-orbital arteries ; in the frontal hollow over

grooves on the mesio-rostral margins of the

the orbits I'OO

1-00

orbits

Distance between the lateral terminations of the

6-20

6-25

►istance between the lateral margins of the co-

rono-orbital arteries; in the frontal hollow over

caudal margins of the orbits. Being the great-

thp orbits . ... 1*4.5

1-50

est breadth of the head

9-25

9*25

mallest distance between the hollows of the

Distance between the latero-basilar extremities

temporal fossae immediately caudad from the

of the occipital plates. Being immediately cau-

orbits 3-00

3-00

dad from the entrance of the auditory canals .

5-90

6-00

•istance between the lateral surfaces of the ce-

Distance between the hollows of the grooves that

rebral bulge of the cranium 3*80

375

separate the occipital plate from tie occipital

condyles

310

300

Greatest distance between the lateral margins of

the occipital condyles

3-42

3-50

Dimensions of Apertures.

Dimensions of the Nasal Passage.

Dimensions of tht

i Orbits.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

Distance from the inter-

nal surface of the hol-

low of the orbicular
groove of the right or-
bit. To the nearest

Similar dimen-

istance internally between the lateral margins

point on its caudo-late-

sion on the

of the entrance of the nasal passage . . . 2'23

2-25

ral margin .... 2'20
Greatest distance from
the inner surface of the

left side . .

2-30

2-25

nallest distance internally between the lateral

coronal margin of the

surfaces of the nasal passage. Being over the

right orbit. To the in-

Similar dimen-

caudal margin of the palate and the caudal

ner surface of the oppo-

sion on the

molar teeth 1'52

1-50

site basilar margin . . 2"28

left side . .

2-47

2-25

AAAX"L4rL li\.*\.*V*» •»•••■■••■• ^ «.^ ^

istance internally between the lateral margins

200

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

in the Bactrian Camel.
adth) of the Cranium.

Actual Measurements.

Basilar Breadth.

Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces of
the corono-maxillary bones; immediately ros-
trad from the great canine teeth 2-25

Greatest distance between the lateral surfaces of
the sockets of the large coronal canine teeth . 2"95

Smallest distance between the lateral margins of
the palate at the interval disjoining the rostral
from the lateral teeth 1 • 1 5

Distance between the lateral surfaces of the sock-
ets of the (corono-) caudal molar teeth . . . 5 '25

Distance between the external surfaces of the
partitions forming the lateral inclosures of the
nasal passage caudad r85

Distance between the caudo-lateral extremities
of the pterygoid processes 3"25

Supposed Dimen-

Normal sions in

Dimen- ! Proport

sions. Parts.

2-25

300

1-25
5-25

1-75
3-25

7
13

Diff.

7
16
14

Dimensions of Apertures.

Dimensions of the Occipital Foramen.

Smallest distance internally between the lateral
surfaces of the occipital foramen . . . . T

Distance in the mesial plane from the internal
surface of the coronal margin of the occipital
foramen. To the internal surface of the oppo-
site basilar margin 1"50

1-25

1-50

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Breadth of the Basilar Maxills.

Greatest distance between the lateral surfaces of
the sockets of the large basilar canine teeth . 2'50

Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces of
the basilar maxillae, interveningly to the large
canine teeth and the (caudal) subsidiary ca-
nines 1*33

Greatest distance between the sockets of the (cau-
dal) subsidiary canine teeth of the basilar max-
illae 1-71

Greatest distance between the caudo-basilar
margins of the basilar maxillae 6"57

Distance between the lateral surfaces of the ba-
silar maxillae at the coronal terminations of
the caudal margins 5"82

Distance between the lateral extremities of the
condyles of the basilar maxillffi 6'58

Distance between the lateral surfaces of the co-
ronal extremities of the coronary processes of
the basilar maxillae 5"80

Distance between the mesial margins of the ar-
terial canals on the mesial surfaces of the basi-
lar maxillae and basilad from the sockets of their
(caudal) subsidiary canine teeth .... 1 '02

Distance between the mesial extremities of the
processes on the mesial surfaces of the basilar
maxillae immediately caudad from the sockets
of the caudal molar teeth 1-97

Greatest distance between
the lateral and the me-
sial surfaces of the right
basilar maxillae. Being
at the pene-caudal mo-
lar tooth on the right
side 1-63

Similar dimen-
sion on the
left side .

1-65

2-50

1-25

5-75

1-00

200

1-75

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parte.

Dimensions of the Auditory Canal.
Width of the aper- Width of the aper-

ture of the audi- ture of the audi-

tory canal rostro- Similar di- tory canal coro-

caudally on the mensionon no-basilarly on

right side .... -30 the left side -3 1 the right side . .

•38

1-75

6-50

5-75

6-50

Similar di-
mension on
the left side '

VOL. XVI.

4 A

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimemiom of the CERVICAL VER
Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Le

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Mesio-
sternal
Length,

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
ParU.

Diff.

II.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen,

ofStemo-
rostral

Diagonal
Length.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal
margin of the same surface 2'55

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
rounded margin of the sternal surface, To
the sternal margin of the ball of articula-
tion caudad 7'60

Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal
margin of the ball of articulation rostrad,To
the sternal margin of the hall of articula-
tion caudad 6'65

. . . .- |. . 6-50

6-oy

5-25

. 406

38-61

2-50

7-50

6-75
6-50
6-00
5-25
4-00

27
26
24
21
16

38-50

154 I 34

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the sternal surface, To the caudal
margin of the dorsal surface .... 3'2.5

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
rounded margin of the sternal surface, To
the marginal termination of the dorsal sur-
face caudad 8'00

Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal
margin of the ball of articulation rostrad.
To the marginal termination of the dorsal
surface caudad 7'00

660

655

6-22

5-58

43-20

3-25

8-00

7-00
6-75
6.50
6-25
5-50

28
27
26
25
22

43.25

173

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Mesio-
dorsal
Length.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

VI.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen.

ofSterno-
caudal

Diagonal
Length.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the dorsal surface, To the caudal
margin of the same surface 2-55

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
process of the spinous ridge, To the margi-
nal termination of the dorsal surface cau-
dad 5-95

5-68

5-36

512

4.22

3-12

3200

2-50

6-00

5-75
5-25
5-00
4-25
3-00

23
21
20
17
12

31-75 127 26

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal
margin of the sternal surface. To the rostral
margin of the dorsal surface 3-50

Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal
margin of the ball of articulation caudad,
To the rostral process of the spinous ridge
on the dorsal surface 6-70

670

6-64

6-30

5-78

5-50

41-12

3-50

6-75

6-75
6-50
6-25
5-75
5-50

41-00

27
26
25
23
22

164

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

TEBR2E in the Bactrian Camel.
ngth) in the Mesial Plane.

III.

Actual Measurements.

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the sternal surface, To the cau-
dal extremity of the spinous process

705

872

1577

Dimen.

Supposed
Normsl
Dim. of sions in
Rostro- I Propor-
spinal I tional

Diagonal Farts.
Length.

7-00

875

1575

28
35

Diff.

Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Thickness) in the Mesial Plane

IV.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
I Normal
I Dimen-
sions of
Rostral
Thick,
ness.

Distance in the mesial plane rostrad, from the
sternal, To the dorsal surface 2' 10

Distance in the mesial plane, from the dorsal
margin of the spinous ridge, at its greatest
elevation rostrad. To the nearest point on
the sternal surface 2-34

Distance in the mesial plane from the dorsal
margin of the spinous ridge, at its greatest
elevation rostrad in 3rd, 4th, and 5th, (in
6th and 7th from the termination of the
spinous process over the nerval canal,) To
the nearest point on the sternal surface . 242

282

326

282

• . 370

19-46

200

2-25

2-50
275
3-25
275
3.75

19-25 77

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

lO
11
13
11
15

DifF.

2
4

VII.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal Dimen-
Dimen. sions in

ofCaudo-l Propor-
spinal j tional

Diaganal| Parts.
Length.

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal
margin of the sternal surface. To the rostral
extremity of the spinous process

650
830

6-50

8-25

26
33

14-80 14-75

Diff.

VIII.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed]
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Caudal
Thick.

Distance in the mesial plane caudad, from
the sternal. To the dorsal surface . . . 2-82

Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal
surface of the caudo-sternal protuberance.
To the caudal summit of the spinous ridge
on the dorsal surface 4-33

Distance in the mesial plane from the sternal
margin of the caudal ball of articulation. To
the nearest point on the dorsal surface
caudad; in the 6th and 7th, To the common
termination caudad of the caudal margin of
the spinous process, and of the internal
surface of the nerval canal 3-57

3-78

4-05

J ^. • 400

4-50

2-75

4-25

3-50
375
400
4-00
4-50

2705 2G-75

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

14
15
16
16
18

4 A 2

107

Dr. Walter Adam on the

•

Dimensions of the CERVICAL VER

Rostro-Caudal Dimensions (Length) on each

IX.

Suppose(
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in

Actual Measurements.

smallest
Sterno.
lateral
Length.

Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

Actual

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

Distance from the sterno-lateral sinuosity of
the rostral margin. To the dorso-lateral

-1st,
1

Distance from the caudal margin of the ster-
nal division of the arterial canal rostrad
(at tiie sternal root of the slender rostral
spoke), To the sinuosity on the caudal

Similar di-
mension
on the left

sinuosity of the caudal margin .... 3*80
Distance from the caudal margin of the dor-
sal division of the arterial canal rostrad (at
the dorsal root of the slender rostral spoke,)
To the sinuous surface caudad, at the root

2nd,

margin of the sternal plate 4'32

side . . 4-22

4-25

of the caudal oblique process .... 3*92

Smaller distance from the sinuosity on the
rostral margin of the sternal plate. To the

Similar di-
mensions
on the left

Smallest distance from the sinuous surface
rostrad, at the root of the rostral oblique
process, To the sinuous surface at the

3rd,

corresponding sinuosity caudad .... 5'32

side . . 5-42

5-25

root of the caudal oblique process . . . 4-40

4th,
,5th,
.6th,

5-38

.... 5-28

5*25

19
18

4^6

4v2

.... 4*94

475

4.48

4-60

.... 4-57
.... 1-48

4-50
1-50

1
1?

3.47

1-52

,7th,

1.53

25-86

25-91

25-50

loa

25-96

Rostro -Caudal Dimensions (Length) &c. (continued).

Oblique Sterno-dorsal Dimensions

XII.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of

Dimen-
sions in

XIII.

smallest
Dorsal

Proport.
Parts.

Difi:

Actual Measurements.

I.ength

of Nerval

Canal.

Actual

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

Distance from the rostro-lateral margin of the

dorsal surface, To the caudo-lateral margin

1st,

of the same surface 4'04

Smallest distance from the sinuous margin on
the right side of the rostro-mesial process of

.... 4-02

Similar di-

4-00

the dorsal surface. To the caudal margin

mensions

of the same surface, between the spinous

on the left

2nd,

ridge and the right caudal oblique process . 5*80
Smallest distance intervcningly to the spinous

side . .5-80
Similar di-

575

Distance from the rostro-lateral extremity of

dorsal ridge and the oblique processes, from

mensions

the sternal plate, To the nearest mesial

the rostral margin of the dorsal surface, To

on the left

point on the spinous dorsal ridge ; in 6th,

Srd,

the caudal margin of the same surface . . 5'30

side . . 5-62

5-50

To the rostral process over the nerval canal 5-15

4 th

; . . 4-80

.... 5-33
. . . .4 68

5-25
4-75

6-09

5th

470

6-60

6th,

6-60

_7th.

os.-tc 1

,«, 1

Osteological Symmetry oj the Camel.

TEBRM m the Bactrian Camel.
Side of and parallel to the Mesial Plane.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-

XI.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-

Measurement

sions of
Dorso-
lateral
Sinuous

sions m
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

sions of
Dorso-
lateral

extreme

Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Length.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

Distance from the rostral margin of the atlas

dorsally, To the caudo-lateral extremity of

Siaiilar di-

the bone, Being the length of the inclined

mension

plane of the rounded margin whereon the

on the left

caudal edge of the basilar maxilla rests in

Similar dimension on

side . .

370

375

the elevated position of the head . . .

5-54

the left side . .

5-86

5-75

1st

Similar di-

mension

Distance from the right rostral extremity of

on the left

the dental process, To the caudal margin

Similar dimension on

side . .

375

of the right caudal oblique process . . .

8-36

the left side . .

8-25

i2nd

Similar di-

mensions

Distance from the rostral margin of the ros-

on the left

tral oblique process. To the caudal margin

Similar dimensions on

side . .

4-35

4-50

0
0
3

of the caudal oblique process ....

8-20

the left side . .

8-18

8-25

3rd

4-50

8-18

8-28

8-25

4th

4-50
374

4-50
375

18
15

7-93
7-25

8-10
7-50

8-00
7-50

32
30

5th
6lh

1-54

1-50

6-48

6-30

6-50

7th _

■

26-08

26-25

105

51-94

52-47

52-50

210

on each Side of the Mesial Plane.

Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Rostro-
Lateral
Height.

On the Left Side.

Similar di-
mensions
on the left
side . . 5-03

.... 6-07

.... 6-60

o/i QA oi.nn

500
6-00
6 50
6-50

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parts.

20
24
26
26

Diff.

XIV.

Actual Measurements.

On the Right Side.

Distance from the rostro-lateral extremity of
the sternal plate, To the summit of the ele-
vation of the spinous dorsal ridge in the 4th,
5th, and 6th cervical vertebree. And to
the caudo-dorsal extremity of the spinous
process of the 7th 6-44

6-95

8-44

On the Left Side.

630

6-90

8-46

Supposec
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Caudo-
lateral
Height.

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parts.

Diff

6-50

700

9-00
8-50

26
28
36
34

2
8
2

Qi-nn

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the CERVICAL VER
Transverse Dimensions (Bre

XV.

Actual Measurements-

Supposed]
Normal ! Dimen-
Dimen- sions in
sions of i Propor-
Rostral j tional
Articular Parts.
Breadth, j

Diff.

XVI.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
dimen-
sions of
Rostro.
sternal
Breadth.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Distance between the lateral margins of the
rostral globular surfaces of articulation;
that surface being in each cervical vertebra
connected with the similar caudal surfaces
of the vertebra preceding 2*00

2-30

2-48

275

2-98

12-51

200
2-25
2-50
275
300

12-50

Distance between the mesial margins of the
arterial canals on the sternal surface of

the atlas 2-55

Distance between the lateral rounded mar-
gins of the rostral articulation .... 3-63

Distance between lateral extremities of ster-
nal plates rostrad 4-61

5-80

6-05

5-26

6-06

3396

250
375

4-50
575
6-00
5-25
6-00

lO
15

18
23

24
21
24

3375

135 20

Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) on the Sternal Aspect {continued).

XIX.

Actual Measurement.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Trans-
verso-
caudal
Breadth.

Dimen-
sion in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifT.

XX.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Caudal
Articular
Breadth.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Smallest distance between the sinuosities
that disjoin the transverso-sternal process
of the 7th cervical vertebra from the cau-
dal ball of articulation

2-82

2 75

Distance between the lateral margins of the
caudal globular surface of articulation, con-
nected with the similar rostral surface of
the 3rd cervical vertebra 2-10

Distance between the lateral margins of the
caudal globular surfaces of articulation,
connected with the similar rostral surfaces
of the succeeding vertebrae 2"14

2-60

2-79

2-78

3-56

2-00

2-25
2-50
2-75
2-75
350

9
lO
11
11
14

2-82

2-75

15-97 15-75

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

TEBR^ in the Bactrian Camel.
adth) on the Sternal Aspect.

XVII.

Actual Measurements.

Smallest distance between the rostral origins
of the sternal plates 1 "25

Smallest distance between the lateral margins
of the sternal plates, interveningly to the
rostral and the caudal distance between
these plates 3'47

3'68

4-10

473
5-54

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
interme-
diate
Sternal
Breadth.

1-25

3-50
3-75
4-00
4-75
5-50

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

14
15
16
19
22

Diff.

22-77 22-75 I 91 i 17

XVIII.

Actual Measurements.

Distance between the caudo-lateral extremi-
ties of the atlas ; Being the greatest breadth
of that bone 6-22

Distance between the lateral extremities of
the sternal plates caudad 3'77

Distance between the lateral extremities of
the sternal plates caudad 4 '75

4-98

4-57

4-63

6-18

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Caudo-
sternal
Breadth.

35-10 35-25 141 24

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

6-25

3-75

4-75

5-00

4-50

4-75

6-25

Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) on the Dorsal Aspect.

XXI.

Actual Measurements.

Greatest distance dorsally between the late-
ral surfaces of the rostral processes of the
atlas, forming the socket for receiving the
occipital condyles 3-95

Distance between the lateral surfaces of the
rostral terminations of the slender spokes
extended rostro-caudally over the rostral en-
largement and division of the arterial ca-
nals 2-50

Distance between the lateral margins of the
rostral oblique processes 3-30

3-18

3-60

3-62

4-02

24-17

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-

. , sions in

sionsof propor-

Rostro-

dorsal

ext^me

Breadth.

400

2-50

3-25
3-25
3-50
3-50
4-00

tional
Parts.

DifF.

13
13
14
14
16

24-00

96 12

XXIV.

Actual Measurements.

Distance between the lateral margins of the
caudal oblique processes 3-15

2-96

3-28

• • • • t • • '•.-•■•■•••'■•O *^

3-00

. ... . . . . • ... ... 4-18

19-79

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Caudo-
dorsal
extreme
Breadth.

3-25

3-00
3-25
3-25
3-75

4-25

20-75

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

12
13
13
15
17

Dr, Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the CERVICAL VERTEBRA in the Bactrian Camel.
Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) on the Dorsal Aspect {continued).

XXII.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Rostro-
dorsal
sinuous
Breadth.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

XXV.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of

Caudo.

dorsal
sinuous
Breadth.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Smallest distance laterally between the late-
ral surfaces of the rostral processes of the
atlas, forming the socket for receiving the
occipital condyles 3*70

Distance between the lateral surfaces of the
Cnd vertebra at the attenuation in the mid-
dle of the bone 1"80

Smallest distance between the lateral sinuous
surfaces at the roots of the rostral oblique
processes 2*00

2-48

2-80

3-18

3-94

19-90

3-75

1-75

2-00
2-50
2-75
3-25
4-00

8
lO
II
13
16

2000

Distance between the mesial margins of the
arterial canals on the dorsal surface of the

atlas caudad 3"26

Smallest distance between the lateral sinuous
surfaces at the roots of the caudal oblique

processes 1 '26

1-25

1.50

1-60

1-80

2-12

12-79

3-25

1-25

1-25
1-50
1-50
1-75
2-00

12-50

5
6
6
7
8

XXIII.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions of
Inter-
mediate
Dorsal
Breadth.

Distance between the mesial margins of the
arterial canals on the dorsal surface of the
atlas rostrad 2-32

Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces
on the dorsal aspect, interveningly to the ar-
terial canals rostrad and the caudal oblique
processes 1-28

Smallest distance between the lateral surfaces
on the dorsal aspect, interveningly to the
rostral and the caudal oblique processes . 1 -25

1.44

1-57
1-72
2-10

2-25

1-25

1-25
1-50
1-50
1-75
200

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff".

11-68 11-50 46

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 551

Dimensions of the DORSAL VERTEBRA in the Bactrian Camel.

Rostro-caudal Dimension (Length)
in the Mesial Plane.

Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Height)
in the Mesial Plane.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the rostral margin of the sternal
surface. To the caudal margin
of the same surface.

III.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the rostral margin of the sternal
surface. To the caudal junction
of the solid bone of the spinous
processes with the osteo-steato-
matous epiphyses that form the
nucleus of the hump.

III.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the rostral margin of the sternal
surface. To the caudo-dorsal ex-
tremity of the osteo-steatoma-
tous epiphyses that form the
nucleus of the hump.

Actual Mea.
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di.
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Proper-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

"ist,
2nd,
3r(l,
4th,
5th,
6th,
Tth,
8th,
9th,
lOtli,
11th,

_12th.

2-70
2-40
3-20
2-98
3-20
3-10
2-95
2-85
3-10
3-00
2-73
2-45

2-75
2-50
3-00
3-00
3-00
3-00
3-00
3-00
3-00
3-00
2-75
2-50

11
lO
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
11
lO

1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1

12-50
13-55
14-85
14-10
13-40
13-20
12-50

12-50
13-50
14-75
14-00
13-50
13-25
12-50

50
54
59
56
54
53
50

4
5
3
2

1
3

13-95
14-50
16-45
15-80
15-05
14-55
13-90
12-75
12-25
11-25
10-05
9-30

14-00
14-50
16-50
15-75
15-00
14-50
14-00
12-75
12-25
11-25
1000
9-25

56
58
66
63
60
58
56
51
49
45
40
37

2
8
3
3
2
2
5
2
4
5
3

34-66

34-50

138

94-10

94-00

376

159-80

159-75

639

VII.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the caudal margin of the sternal
surface. To the rostral junction
of the solid bone of the spinous
processes with the osteo-steato-
matous epiphyses that form the
nucleus of the hump.

VII.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the caudal margin of the sternal
surface. To the rostro-dorsal ex-
tremity of the osteo-steatoma-
tous epiphyses that form the
nucleus of the hump.

-1st,
2nd,
3rd,
4th,
5tb,
6th,
7th,
8th,
9th,
10th,
11th,
12th,

11-00
12-00
12-90
12-55
12-85
12-00
11 00
10-65
9-90
9-35

11-00
12-00
13-00
12-50
12-75
12-00
11-00
10-50
10-00
9-25

44
48
52
50
51
48
44
42
40
37

4
4
2
1
3
4
2
2
3

12-45

12-35

13-80

13-95

13-20

12-05

11-30

10-80

10-20

9-50

9-45

9-00

12-50

12-25

13-75

14-00

13-25

12-00

11-25

10-75

10-25

9-50

900

50
49
55
56
53
48
45
43
41
38
38
36

1
6
1
3
5
3
2
2
3
0
2

114-20

11400

456

13805

138-00

552

VOL. XVI.

4 B

552

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the DORSAL VERTEBRM in the Bactrian Camel
Transverse Dimensions (Breadth).

XV.

XXIII.

XVI.

Distance between th

e rostro-late-

Distance between the lateral mar-

Distance between the lateral ex-

ral margins of the sternal por-

gins at the roots of the spinous

tremities of the transverse pro-

tions (the bodies)

of the dorsal

processes of the dorsal verte-

cesses of the dorsal vertebrse.

vertebrae.

brjB.

Dimen-

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

-1st,

1-88

1-75

1-50

4-96

5 00

2nd,

1-52

1-50

4-40

4-50

3rd,

1-72

1-75

4-22

4-25

4th,

2-26

2-25

1-50

4-38

4-25

3th,

3-20

3-25

4-40

4-25

6th,

3-78

3-75

4-25

7 th,

2-80

2-75

1-25

4-22

4-25

8tb,

2-40

2-50

3-90

4-00

9th,

2-16

2-25

1
0
0

3-96

4-00

1
0
2

10th,

1-97

20O

1-00

3-65

3-75

11th,

200

2-00

3-65

3-75

,12th,

2-00

3-34

3-25

27-69

28-75

111

49-33

49-50

198

XX.

XIX.

Distance between th

e caudo-late-

Smallest distance between the si-

ral margins of the

sternal por-

nuosities that disjoin the trans-

tions (the bodies)

of the dorsal

verse processes of the dorsal ver-

vertebrae.

tebrae from the caudo-lateral mar-
gins of the sternal portions (the
bodies) of the vertebrae.

-1st,

2-26

2-25

2-35

2-25

2nd,

2-30

2-25

2
0

4
2

3-05

3-00

1
1
1
1

3rd,

2-82

2-75

3-22

3-25

4th,

2-88

2-75

3-48

3-50

5th,

3.73

3-75

3-30

3-25

6th,

3-26

3-25

2-93

3-00

><
-3

7th,

3-32

3-25

2-78

2-75

8th,

2-24

2-25

2-66

2-50

9th,

203

2-00

2-50

10th,

2-06

200

2-30

2-25

nth,

2-03

2-00

2-20

2-25

.13th,

2-14

2-25

....

1-98

2-00

3107

30-75

123

32-75

32-50

130

Osteological Symmetry/ of the Camel. 553

Dimensions of the LUMBAR VERTEBRM in the Bactrian Camel.

Rostro-caudal Dimension (Length)
in the Mesial Plane.

Sternodorsal Dimensions (Height)
in the Mesial Plane.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the rostral margin of the sternal
surface. To the caudal margin of
the same surface.

IV.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the rostral margin of the sternal
surface, To the dorso-rostral ex-
tremity of the spinous process.

III.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the rostral margin of the sternal
surface. To the dorso-caudal ex-
tremity of the spinous process.

Actual Mea. NoS'dU
sureraents. tensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diffi

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifE

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

-1st,
2nd,
3rd,
4th,
5th,
6th,

,7 th.

2-58
2-60
2-60
2-65
2-65
2-40
2-00

2-50

2-75

2-50
2-00

1
2

8-55
7-48
6-90
6-46
5-90
5-62
5-31

8-50
7-50
7-00
6-50
6-00
5-75
5-25

34
30
28
26
24
23
21

4
2
2
2
1
2

7-72
7-00
6-45
6-02
5-82
5-74
5-02

7-75
7-00
6-50
6-00
5-75
5-75
5-00

31
28
26
24
23
23
20

3
2
2
1
0
3

17-48

46-22

46-50

186

43-77

43-75

175

VIII.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the caudal margin of the sternal
surface, To the dorso-caudal ex-
tremity of the spinous process.

VII.

Distance in the mesial plane from
the caudal margin of the sternal
surface, To the dorso-rostral ex-
tremity of the spinous process.

ri<!t

7-25
6-55
6-16
5-67
5-34
5-40
5-08

7-25
6-50
6.25
5-75
5-50
5-25
5-00

29
26
25
23
22
21
20

1
2
1

8-50
7-85
7-50
7-17
6-54
6-00
5-70

8-50
7-75
7-50
7-25
6-50
6-00
5-75

34
31
30
29
26
24
23

1
1
3
2

s
><

8nd,
3rd,
4th,
5th,
6th,
.7th,

41-45

41-50

166

49-26

49-25

197

4 B 2

554

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the LUMBAR VERTEBRA in the Bactrian Camel.
Transverse Dimensions (Breadth).

■^"■^1

XXI.

Distance between the lateral

XXII

Distance between the rostro-late-

sur-

Smallest distance between the la-

ral margins of the sternal cyhn-

faces of the extremities of the

teral surfaces of the roots of the

r 1st,

drical portions (the bodies) of the
lumbar vertebrae.

rostral oblique processes.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Proper-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

211

1-78

1-75

1
1
2
1
3

1-58

1-50

1
0

1
1
3
3

2nd,

1-98

2-00

1-92

2-00

1-66

1-75

3rd,

1-95

2-14

2-25

1-70

1-75

4tb,
5th,

1-92
2-04

2-54
2-90

2-50
3-00

lO
12

2-07
2-32

2-00
2-25

8
9

6th,

2-19

3-30

3-25

2-90

3-00

_ 7th,

2-40

2-50

3-92

4-00

3-80

3-75

14-59

18-50

18-75

16-03

16-00

XX.

Distance between the caudo-late.

XVI.

Distance between the latera

XTX

I ex-

Smallest distance between the si-

ral margins of the sternal cylin-

tremities of the transverse

prc-

nuosities that disjoin the trans-

"ist,
8nd,

drical portions (the bodies) of
the lumbar vertebrae.

cesses.

verse processes from the caudo-
lateral margins of the bones.

2-04

2-00

9-30
13-65

9-25
13-75

37
55

18
5
4
1
3

1-98
202

200

2-05

l-l

3rd,

210

15-00

2-09

4th,

2-20

2-25

15-90

16-00

2-12

5th,

2-32

16-25

2-24

2-25

6th,

2-46

15-55

15-50

2-33

7 th,

2-52

2-50

12-15

12-25

2-50

15-69

97-80

98-00

392

15-28

Osteological Symmetry oj the Camel.

553

Dimensions of the SACRUM in the Bactrian Camel.

Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) in the Mesial Plane.

Actual Measurements.

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum.
To the caudal margin of the same surface

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the root of the spinous process
of the rostral (1st) of four vertebrje that
compose the sacrum, To the caudal mar-
gin of the root of the caudal (4th) of these
four vertebrae, being over the nerval canal

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostro-
dorsal extremity of the spinous process of
the rostral (1st) of four vertebrae that com-
pose the sacrum, To the caudo-<lorsal ex-
tremity of the caudal (4th) of these four
vertebrae 7-02

6-55

Distance in the
margin of the
To the caudo
nous process
vertebrae that

Distance in the
margin of the
To the rostro-
nous process
vertebrae that

mesial plane from the rostral
sternal surface of the sacrum,
-dorsal extremity of the spi-
of the caudal (4th) of four
compose the bone . .
mesial plane from the caudal
sternal surface of the sacrum,
dorsal extremity of the spi-
of the rostral (1st) of four
compose the bone . . .

III.

7-18

VII.

7-58

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

6-75

6-50

7 '00

7-25

7-50

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

Sterno-dorsal Dimensions (Height) in the Mesial Plane.

Actual Measurements.

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum,
To the summit of the corresponding spi-
nous process of the rostral (ist) of four
vertebra; that compose the bone . . .

Distance in the mesial plane from the sum-
mit of the rostral (1st) of four vertebrae that IV.
compose the sacrum, To the nearest point
on the sternal surface of the bone . .

Similar dimension from the spinous summit
of the 2nd vertebra of the sacrum . .

Similar dimension from the spinous summit
of the 3rd vertebra of the sacrum . . .

Similar dimension from the spinous summit
of the caudal (4th) vertebra of the sacrum

IV.

4-45

3-94

3-13

2-34

1-96

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal
margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum,
To the summit of the corresponding spi-
nous process of the caudal (4th) of four
vertebrte that compose the bone . . .

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal
margin of the sternal surface of the sacrum, VIII.
To the caudal margin of the floor of the
nerval canal "71

VIII.

1-50

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

4-50

4'00
3-25
2-25
2-00

1-50

•75

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

16
13

9
8

Diff.

On the Sternal Aspect.

Distance between the lateral terminations of yir
the rostral margin of the sternal surface
of the sacrum 8"50

On the sternal surface of the sacrum. Dis-
tance between the mesial margins of the „-..
foramina intervening to the rostral (1st)
and the 2nd of the vertebras that compose
the bone r84

Similar dimension between the sternal fora-
mina intervening to the 2nd and the 3rd
vertebrae of the sacrum 1'64

Similar dimension between the sternal fora-
mina intervening to the 3rd and the caudal
(4th) vertebrae of the sacrum .... 1 '49

Distance between the lateral extremities of „„
the caudal margin of the sternal surface
of the sacrum 3'26

Transverse Dimensions (Breadth).

On the Dorsal Aspect.

8-50

1-75
1-50
3-25

On the dorsal surface of the sacrum. Di-
stance between the mesial margins of the yyv
foramina intervening to theVostral (1st)
and the 2nd of four vertebrae that compose
the bone • 2-58

Similar dimension between the dorsal fora-
mina intervening to the 2nd and the 3rd
vertebra; of the sacrum 2*37

Similar dimension between the dorsal fora-
mina intervening to the 3rd and the caudal
(4th) vertebrae of the sacrum . . . . 1'62

2-50

1-75

556

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the CAUDAL VERTEBRA in the Bactrian Camel.

Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Length) of the

Sferno-dorsal Dimensions (Height) of the Vertebrae of the Tail,

Vertebrae

of the Tail, in the Mesial Plane.

in the Mesial Plane.

IV.

VIII.

Distance in the mesial plane from

the rostral margin of the sternal

the summit of the spinous pro-

surface of the vertebrae of the tail.

surface of the vertebra of the tail,

cess of each vertebra of the tail.

To the caudal margin of the same

To the opposite dorsal margin,

To the nearest point on the ster-

surface.

Being at the articulation of each

nal surface of the vertebra.

vertebra with that preceding.

Dimen-

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensious.

sions m
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Mea-
surements.

Supposed
Normal Di-
mensions.

sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

fist.

1-34

•75

1^48

1^50

Snd,

1-32

•75

1-28

r25

3rfl,

1-16

•78

r20

4th,

1-22

•83

1-06

100

5th,

1-22

•72

•93

6th,

1-22

•73

•93

7th,

1-23

1-25

•72

° 1

8th,

1-20

•66

9th,

1-20

■66

10th,

115

•58

11th,

1-18

•58

12th,

1-12

•50

ISth,

1-05

•43

. 14th,

100

1-00

•36

16-61

9-05

6-88

Transverse Dimensio

ns (Breadth) of the Vertebrae

of the Tail.

XXI.

XVI.

Distance between the lateral extre-

mities of the (rostral) oblique pro-

mities of the transverse processes

cesses of the vertebrae of the tail.

of the vertebrae of the tail.

fist,
Snd,
3rd,
4th,
5th,
6th

None.

1-36

1-26

1-21

•99

•89

1-25
100

5
4

3^35
2^18
2-03
1-65
1-30
M4

3-25
2^25
2^00
175
125

9
8
7
5

1
1
2

7 th,
8th,
9th

•63

•48

•50

•87
•73
•68

•75

lOlh,

•61

11th

•54

jyth,

•47

•50

nth

•40

^14th,

•34

6-82

16^29

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

557

Dimensions of the RIBS and of the Width of the THORAX in the Bactrian Camel.
Dorso-sternal Dimensions (Length) of the Ribs.

Distance from the summit of the
dorsal edge of the mesial articula-
tion of each rib with the rostro-
lateral margin of the sternal cylin-
drical portion of the dorsal verte-
bra of the same number, and like-
wise with the similar caudo-lateral
margin of the preceding vertebra
(in the rostral (1st) rib, with that
margin of the caudal, 7th cervical
vertebra), To the sternal termina-
tion of the rostral margin of each
rib in its sternal cartilage.

Greatest distance from the rostral ex-
tremity of the dorsal edge of the
mesial articulation of each rib with
the rostro-lateral margin of the ster-
nal cylindrical portion of the dor-
sal vertebra of the same number,
and likewise with the similar caudo-
lateral margin of the preceding ver-
tebra (in the rostral (1st) rib, with
that margin of the caudal, 7th cer-
vical vertebra,) To the sternal ter-
mination of the caudal margin of
each rib in its sternal cartilage.

Distance from the summit of the
caudal margin of the rostral (1st)
rib — in the 2nd and nine succeeding
ribs. From the rostral extremity of
the elevated rostro-caudal ridge on
each rib, immediately laterad from
its articulation with the transverse
process of the same number — the
caudal (12th) rib having no trans-
verse articulation, From a slight
rostral enlargement on the summit
of its curvature, — in all the twelve
ribs, — To the sternal termination of
the caudal margin of each rib in its
sternal cartilage.

Actual Meisure-
ments.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measure-
ments.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measure-
ments.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

On the
right side.

On the
left side.

On the
right side.

On the
left side.

On the

right side.

On the

left side.

'ist,
2nd,
Srtl,
4th,
5th,
6th,
7th,
8th,
9th,
10th,

nth,

^12th,

8-40
10-97
13-70
16-10
17-80
18-73
19-43
20-00
19-87
19-70
19-13
17-37

8-45
10-80
13-35
15-80
17-45
18-30
19-33
19-82
19-50
19-15
18-20
17-03

8-50
11-00
13-50
16-00
17-75
18-75
19-50
20-00
19-75
19-50
1900
17-25

34
44
54
64
71
75
78
80
79
78
76
69

10
10
10
7
4
3
2
1
1
2
7

8-94
10-90
13-90
16-37
18-30
19-58
20-22
20-45
20-50
20-36
19-64
17-54

9-04
11-00
13-55
16-03
18-07
19-33
20-00
20-30
20-10
19-60
18-76
17-42

9 00
11-00
13-75
16-25
18-25
19-50
20-25
20-50
20-50
20-25
19-50
17-50

36
44
55
65
73
78
81
82
82
81
78
70

8
11
10
8
5
3
1
0
1
3
8

9-28
11-36
14-00
16-60
18-40
19-60
20-20
20-25
20-12
19-50
18-50
15-90

9-28
10-75
13-70
16-20
18-03
19-17
20-07
20-03
19-32
18-95
17-87
15-90

9-25
11-25
14-00
16-50
18-25
19-50
20-25
20-25
20-00
19-50
18-50
16-00

37
45
56
66
73
78
81
81
80
78
74
64

201-20

197-18

200-50

8oa

206-70

203-20

206-25

825

203-71

199-27

203-25

813

Dorso-sternal Dimensions (Length)
of the Ribs {continued).

Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth)
of the Ribs.

Dimensions of the Width of the
Thorax.

Distance from the summit of the
dorso-lateral edge of the lateral ar-
ticulation of each rib with the ster-
nal surface of the lateral extremity
of the transverse process of the
same number, To the apparent
termination of the middle of the
osseous lateral surface of each rib
in its sternal cartilage.

Distance from the sternal termina-
nation of the rostral margin of each
rib. To the opposite sternal termi-
nation of its caudal margin.

Distance between the dorsal termi-
nations of the lateral surfaces of the
right and the left rostral (1st) ribs;
between the caudo-lateral surfaces
of the 2nd ribs; and between the
caudal margins of seven right and
left succeeding ribs; disregarding
exostoses (from burden) on the
5 th and 6th ribs.

fist,
2nd,
3rd,
4th,
5th,
6th,
7th,
8th,
9th,
10th,

nth,

12th,

9-20
11-00
13-50
16-50
18-50
19-00
20-00
20-00
19-70
19-00
18-50
16-50

9-25
11-00
13-50
16-50
18-00
19-00
20-00
2000
19-70
19 00
18-00
16-50

9-25
11-00
13-50
16-50
18-50
1900
20-00
20-00
19-50
19-00
18-50
16-50

37
44
54
66
74
76
80
80
78
76
74
66

10
12
8
2
4
0
2
2
2
8

1-71
2-00
2-11
3-02
2-93
2-43
2-03
1-93
2-12
1-68
1-20
102

1-73
1-72
2-22
2-98
2-95
2-36
1-86
1-93
2-22
1-84
1-37
1-10

1-75
2-00
2-25
3 00
3-00
2-50
2-00
2-00
2-25
1-75
1-25
1-00

1
1
3
0
2
2
0
1
2
2
1

5-92
5-52
6-55
10-00
13-32
16-50
17-87
19-25
20-83

6-00
5-50
6-50
10-00
13-50
16-50
18-00
19-50
21-00

24
22
26
40
54
66
72
78
84

201-40

200-45

201-25

805

24-18

24-28

24-75

115

116-50

466

}

. Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the STERNUM a7id of the

ostio-Caudal Dimensions (Length) of the separate Portions of the
Sternum, in the Mesial Plane.

Dermo-pleural Dimensions

Actual Measurements.

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
extremity of the rostral (1st) bone of the
sternum, To the caudal margin of its der-
mal (sternal) surface "96

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the dermal (sternal) surface, To
the caudal margin of the same surface;
That surface being smooth and round in the
2nd and 3rd bones; a sinooth blunt ridge
in the 4th; villous'and bulging in the 5th;
in the 6th villous and bulging laterally,
smooth and. deeply hollowed mesially . . 3'05

3-56

3-30

3-53

7-10

21-50

Supposed! Dimen-

^™- "tS"
Parts.

1-00

3'00
3-50
325
3-50
7-00

21-25

14
13
14
28

0iff.

Actual Measurements.

2
1
1

Distance in the mesial plane from the rostral
margin of the dermal (sternal) surface, To
the opposite rostral margin of the pleural
(dorsal) surface '78

1-42

1-98

2-90

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

-75
1-00
1-50
2-00
3-00

8-25

Dimen-
sions ia
Propor-
tional
Parts.

3
4

Diff.

Whole Length of the Sternum.

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
rostral (1st) bone of the sternum. To the
caudal margin of the caudal (6th) bone . 22-64

22-50

Dimensions of the Depth of the Thorax.

Distance in the mesial plane from the der-
mal (sternal) surface of the rostral (1st)
bone of the sternum, To the summit of the
spinous process of the 7th cervical ver-
tebra 3000

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal
margin of the caudal (6th) bone of the
sternum. To the summit of the epiphysis
of the spinous process of the 6tli dorsal
vertebra 15-50

3000

15-50

120

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.
Depth of the THORAX in the Bactrian Camel.

559

(Thickness) of the separate Portions of the Sternum, in the Mesial Plane.

Actual Measurements.

Greatest distance from the dermal (sternal)
scabrous surface of the rostral (1st) bone of
the sternum, To the opposite dorsal surface,
at the sternal ends of the 1st ribs . . . "56

Smallest distance in the mesial plane from
the dermal (sternal), To the pleural (dorsal)
surface; interveningly to the rostral and the
caudal ends of each portion of the sternum 51

-90

1-32

3-29

„ J Dimen-

Supposed 3i„„3 i„

Normal
Dimen-
sions.

•50

•50
1-00
1-25

3-25

Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Meazurements.

Supposed P™«P-
Noraal SI™""'

Distance in the mesial plane from the caudal
margin of the dermal (sternal) surface,
To the opposite caudal margin of the pleu-
ral (dorsal) surface 1^04

1-45

208

3-20

038

8-15

Dimen-
sions.

1-00
1-50
2-00
3-25
•50

8-25

Propor-
tional
Parts.

4
6

8
13

Diff.

Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) of the separate Portions of the Sternum.

rist,

a
a

Sad,
3rd,
4th,
5th,
6th,

Distance between the lateral scabrous sur-
faces of the rostral (1st) bone of the ster-
num. Being at the meeting of the sternal
ends of the right and the left rostral (1 st) ribs '76

Smallest distance between the lateral sinuous
margins of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th bones of
the sternum, and between the smooth sinu-
ous surfaces of the 5th and 6th bones, in
the intervals of the junction of the carti-
lages of the six rostral ribs with the liga-
mento-cartilaginous connection of the ends
of the bones of the sternum .... r58

213

240

2-64

4^15

•75

1-50
2-25
2-50

2-75
4-00

13-66 13-75 55

9
lO
11
16

Distance between the rounded lateral mar-
gins of the dermal (sternal) surface of the
6th bone of the sternum, at the dermal
(sternal) termination of the cartilage of the
6th rib ; the cartilage of the 7th rib, the
last joined to the sternum being closely
caudad from that of the 6th ....

6-12

Distance between the lateral extremities of
the caudal margin of the caudal (6th)
bone of the sternum 2'95

6-00

3-00

VOL. XVI.

4 c

560

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the SCA

Dorso-sternal Dimensions (Length).

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Proport.
Parts.

Diff.

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual

On the Right Side.

Distance from the rostral edge of the glenoid
cavity. To the osseous rostral angle of the
dorsal expansion of the scapula . . . . 15"10

Distance from the hollow of the sinuous sur-
face at the root of the scabrous and elon-
gated digital process of the lateral ridge
(spine), To the extremity of the cartilagi-
nous dorsal margin (base) 18"36

Distance from the digital extremity of the sca-
brous and elongated digital process of the
lateral ridge (spine). To the extremity of
the cartilaginous dorsal margin (base) . . 20'00

On the Left Side.

15-45

18-28

19-90

Distance from the caudal edge of the glenoid
cavity. To the extremity of the cartilaginous
dorsal margin (base) in the line of the dor-
sal termination of the lateral ridge . . . 19-50

Distance from the caudal edge of the glenoid
cavity. To the cartilaginous dorso-caudal
extremity of the dorsal expansion of the
scapula *

Distance from the caudal edge of the glenoid
cavity. To the dorsal termination of the
osseous portion of the firm and rounded
caudal margin (costa) ...;... 16-00

15-50

18-25

20-00

19-45 19-50

18-00

16-00

18-00

16-00

On the Right Side.

Distance from the osseous rostral angle of the
dorsal expansion of the scapula, To the car-
tilaginous dorso-caudal extremity of the ex-
pansion of the bone 12-10

Smallest distance from the thin and falciform
rostral margin of the scapula, To the firm
and rounded caudal margin 3-22

Distance from the rostral extremity of the sca-
brous rostral protuberance immediately over
the glenoid cavity. To the caudal edge of
that cavity 4-74

Distance from the rostral edge of the glenoid
cavity, To the opposite caudal edge of that
cavity 2-90

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

561

PULA in the Bactrian Camel,

sions (Breadth).

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Thickness).

Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-

sions in

ProporU

Parts.

Diffi

Actual MeasuremenK.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Proport
Parts.

Diffi

On the Left Side.

12-05

3-13

12-00

3-25

. 4-84

4-75

2-94

3-00

On the Right Side.

Distance between the margin of the lateral
ridge of the scapula at the rise of the sca-
brous and elongated digital process of that
ridge, And the nearest point on the mesial
surface of the bone

2-28

Distance between the rostro-lateral extremity
of the scabrous and elongated digital pro-
cess of the lateral ridge, And the furthest
point of the caudo-mesial rounding of the
glenoid cavity 5-04

Distance between the lateral marginal extre-
mity of the lateral and larger portion of the
scabrous rostral protuberance immediately
over the glenoid cavity. And the mesial ex-
tremity of the mesial and smaller portion of
that protuberance. The separation being by
a narrow proximo-digital groove . . . . 2-23

Smallest distance between the lateral and
the mesial surfaces of the scapula; inter-
veningly to the lateral ridge (spine) of the
bone and the glenoid cavity 1-50

Distance between the lateral extremity of the
caudo-Iateral enlargement of the glenoid ca-
vity, And the furthest opposite point of the
mesial rounding of that cavity .... 2-63

On the Left Side.

2-30

5-06

2-12

1-47

2-72

2-25

5-00

2-25

1-50

2-75

4 c 2

562

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the PEL

Dimensions of the Pelvis in the Mesial Plane.

Dimensions of the Pelvis on each side of, and parallel or nearly
parallel to, the Mesial Plane.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

nee in the mesial plane i'rom the rostral
' .nination of the union of the ossa pubis,
I

6-15

the caudal termination of that union
nee in the mesial plane from the rostral
nination of the union of the sternal
"aces of the ossa pubis, To the rostral
nination of the union of their dorsal

faces

race in the mesial plane from the caudal
nination of the union of the sternal sur-
:s of the ossa pubis, To the caudal ter-
lation of the union of their dorsal sur-
d's

' nee in the mesial plane from the rostral
nination of the union of the sternal

I .faees of the ossa pubis, To the summit
.he spinous process of the 1st (rostral)

ebra of the sacrum 12'98

nee in the mesial plane from the rostral

7 nination of the union of the sternal sur-
;s of the ossa pubis. To the caudal mar-

• of the floor of the nerval canal of the

1-32

2-50

nee in the mesial plane from the rostral
nination of the union of the sternal
faces of the ossa pubis, To the dorso-
dal extremity of the spinous process of
4th (and caudal) vertebra of the sa-
m

9-45

10-52

nee in the mesial plane from the cau-

tcrmination of the union of the sternal
faces of the ossa pubis, To the rostro-
sal extremity of the spinous process of

1st (rostral) vertebra of the sacrum . 15'02
jice in the mesial plane from the cau-

/crmination of the union of the sternal
faees of the ossa pubis, To the rostro-
sal extremity of the spinous process of

2nd vertebra of the sacrum . . . 13"75

6-25

1-25

2-50

13-00

9-50

10-50

15-00

13-75

Actual Measurements.

Diff.

On the
riglit side.

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the
right OS ilium, To the rostro-lateral mar-
gin of the right thyroid foramen . . . 11-20

Distance from the rostro-mesial extremity
of the scabrous rostral margin (spine) of
the right os ilium, To the sterno-caudal
margin of the right acetabulum . . . 12-42

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the right
OS ilium, To the caudal sinuous surface
disjoining the scabrous caudo-mesial pro-
cess of the right os ischii, and the large
lateral protuberance of that bone . . . 14-46

Distance from the rostral extremity of the
scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the right
OS ilium. To the caudal extremity of the
scabrous caudo-mesial process of the right
OS ischii 15-50

Smallest distance from the rostral surface of
the right os pubis, To the rostral margin
of the right thyroid foramen ....

Smallest distance from the caudal margin of
the thyroid foramen, To the caudal sinu-
ous surface disjoining the scabrous caudo-
mesial process of the right os ischii, and
the large lateral protuberance of that bone

1-22

1-95

On the
left side.

11-00

12-50

14-18

15-44

1-30

1-93

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

11-25

12-50

14-25

15-50

1-25

2-00

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diffi

Oblique Dimensions of the Pelvis through the Mesial Plane.

Distance from the rostro-lateral extremity of
the scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the
right OS ilium, To the hollow of the sinu-
ous surface immediately caudad from the
left acetabulum 16-75

Distance from the lateral extremity of the
scabrous rostral margin of the right os
ilium, To the caudo-lateral extremity of
the large lateral protuberance of the left
OS ischii 21-15

Distance from the rostro-dorsal margin of
the right acetabulum. To the lateral ex-
tremity of the large lateral protuberance
of the left OS ischii 13-73

16-67

20-93

13-68

16-75

21-00

13-75

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.

563

VIS in the Bactrian Camel.

Transverse Dimensions (Breadth) of the Pelvis.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifE

Oblique Dimensions of the Pelvis on each side of the Mesial Plane.

Actual Measurements.

On the
right Side,

On the
left Side,

„ ,1 Dimen-

Supposed ,i„ns ;„

Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Greatest distance between the lateral extre-
mities of the scabrous rostral margins
(spines) of the ossa ilium 19*45

Smallest distance between the lateral sur-
faces of the ossa ilium; interveningly to
the rostral expansion of these bones and
the rostral surfaces of the acetabula . . 9"50

Greatest distance between the dorso-mesial
surfaces of the ossa ilium, Being interve-
ningly to the rostral expansion of these
bones and the rostral surfaces of the ace-
tabula 7-00

Smallest distance between the mesial mar-
gins of the thyroid foramina 2'26

Smallest distance between the dorso-lateral
margins of the acetabula 9'35

Smallest distance between the lateral sur-
faces of the ossa ischii : interveningly to
the caudal surfaces of the acetabula and
the large lateral protuberances of the ossa
ischii , 7"75

Greatest distance between the lateral extre-
mities of the large lateral protuberances of
ossa iscbii . . . 14"20

19-50

9-50

7-00
2-25
9-25

7-75

14-25

9
37

Distance from the rostral termination of the
union of the sternal surfaces of the ossa
pubis, To the summit of the scabrous ros-
tral margin (spine) of the right os ilium . 13-66

Distance from the caudal termination of the
union of the sternal surfaces of the ossa
pubis, To the rostro-mesial extremity of
the scabrous rostral margin (spine) of the
right OS ilium 16-60

Greatest distance between the lateral extre-
mity of the scabrous rostral margin of the
right OS ilium. And the furthest mesial ex-
tremity of that margin 11-95

Smallest distance between the sterno-lateral
rounded margin of the right os ilium, And
the opposite dorso-mesial rounded mar-
gin of the bone ; interveningly to the ros-
tral expansion of the os ilium and the ros-
tral surface of the acetabulum .... 3-04

13-59

16-62

12-20

13-75

16-50

12-00

3-08

3-00

Smallest distance from the dorso-lateral mar-
gin of the right thyroid foramen, To the
dorsal sinuous and fluted surface disjoin-
ing the dorso-caudal surface of the aceta-
bulum, and the large lateral protuberance
of the OS ischii 1-55

Distance from the caudo-lateral margin of
the right thyroid foramen, To the lateral
extremity of the large lateral protuberance
of the right OS ischii 5-22

1-58

5-28

1-50

5-25

Dr. Walter Adam 07i the

Proximo-digital Dimensions {Length) of the Bones oj

Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Humerus.

Proximo -digital Dimensions

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diffi

Actual

a
O

■G J

c
O

a
O

On the Right Side.

Distance from the proximal extremity of the
prominent rostral margin of the lateral of
three rostral protuberances at the proximal
end of the humerus, To the digital ex-
tremity of the lateral margin of the digital
articular surface of the bone .... 17"53

Distance from the most digital point late-
rally on the large hollow space disjoining
the summits of the rostro-proximal pro-
tuberances of the humerus, and the ball of
its glenoid articulation. To the digital ex-
tremity of the lateral margin of the digital
articular surface of the bone .... 16"52

Distance from the most digital point in that
part of the large proximal hollow of the
humerus, adjoining to the rounded and
middle of its three rostro-proximal pro-
tuberances, To the most proximal point
in the caudo-digital cavity that receives the
articular portion of the olecranon . . 13"02

Distance from the most digital point mesi-
ally on tiie large hollow space disjoining
the summits of the rostro-proximal pro-
tuberances of the humerus and the ball of
its glenoid articulation, To the digital ex-
tremity of the mesial margin of the digital
articular surface of the bone . . . . 16'14

Distance from the proximal acuminated ex-
tremity of the prominent rostral margin of
the mesial of three rostral protuberances
at the proximal end of the humerus. To
the digital extremity of the mesial margin
of the digital articular surface of the bone 17'63

On the Left Side.

17-35

17-50

16-40

16-50

13-10

13-00

16-04

16-00

17-52

17-50

Ob the Right Side.

Distance from the lateral margin of the
proximal articular surface of the cubitus,
To the lateral margin of the digital articu-
lar surface of the bone 20-90,

(

Distance from the proximal extremity of the
process of the rostral articular margin of
the cubitus received within the groove on
the rostro-digital articular surface of the
humerus. To the digital extremity of the
rostral sharp and prominent ridge sepa-
rating the lateral and the mesial wide
grooves at the digital end of the cubitus . 21-90

Distance from the proximal scabrous summit
of tlie olecranon, To the digital extremity
of the rostral sharp and prominent ridge
separating the lateral and the mesial wide
grooves at the digital end of the cubitus . 24-83

Distance from the mesial margin of the
proximal articular surface of the cubitus,
To the mesial margin of the digital arti-
cular surface of the bone 21-601

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.
ihe ATLANTAL LIMBS in the Bactrian Camel.

Length) of the Cubitus.

VIeaiurementii.

Supposed
Normal
Dlmen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Metacarpus.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen*

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifF.

On the Left Side.

2090

21-00

21-90

22-00

24-70

21-64

24-75

21-75

On the Right Side.

Distance from the lateral margin of the arti-
cular surface at the proximal end of the
metacarpus, To the digital extremity of
the articular surface of the latero-digital
condyle of the bone 14-94

Distance from the rostral margin of the
proximal articular surface of the lateral
portion of the metacarpus, To the rostral
margin of the digital articular surface of
the latero-digital condyle of the bone . 14-22

Distance from the rounded rostral margin
of the groove disjoining tlie proximal arti-
cular surfaces of the lateral and the mesial
portions of the metacarpus, To the rostral
angle of the digital bifurcation of the bone 12-54

Distance from the rostral margin of the
proximal articular surface of the mesial
portion of the metacarpus. To the rostral
margin of the digital articular surface of
the mesio-digital condyle of the bone . 14-38

Distance from the mesio-caudal margin of
the proximal articular surface of the lateral
portion of the metacarpus. To the summit
of the mesial of three tubercles on the
caudal articular margin of the latero-digital
condyle of the bone 13-97

Distance from the blunt caudal margin of
the inter-articular hollow, being the caudal
enlargement of the groove disjoining the
proximal articular surfaces of the lateral
and the mesial portions of the metacarpus,
To the caudal angle of the digital bifurca-
tion of the bone 12-68

Distance from the caudal margin of the
caudal extension of the proximal articular
surface of the mesial portion of the meta-
carpus. To the summit of the middle of
three tubercles on the caudal articular
margin of the mesio-digital condyle of the
bone 14-03

Distance from the proximal extremity of the
slight prominence of the mesial articular
margin at the proximal end of the meta-
carpus, in the interval of the two mesio-
digital bones of the carpus, To the digital
extremity of the articular surface of the
mesio-digital condyle of the bone . . . 15-10

On the Left Side.

14-88

14-10

12-26

14-04

13-68

12-48

13-83

15-00

14-25

12-50

14-25

14-00

12-50 SO

14-00

14-91

15-00

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Proxmo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Bones of

a
O

Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Femur.

Actual Measurements.

On the Right Side.

Distance from the summit of the lateral
(larger) trochanter of the femur, To the
most proximal point in the circular lateral
cavity on the space disjoining the latcro-
digital condyle and the lateral margin of
the patellar groove 20*22

Distance from the summit of the lateral
(larger) trochanter of the femur, To the
digital extremity of the mesial rounded
margin of tlie articular surface of the la-
tero-digital condyle of the bone . . . 21'12

Distance from the summit of the lateral
(larger) trochanter of the femur. To the
digital extremity of the lateral margin of
the patellar groove 21 "05

Distance from the summit of the lateral
(larger) trochanter of the femur. To the
digital extremity of the mesial margin of
the patellar groove 21"10

Distance from the most digital point on the
depression of the proximal surface of the
femur uniting the globular articulation
with the lateral (larger) trochanter — the
cervix, — To the blunt caudo-digital margin
of the hollow disjoining the lateral and the
mesial condyles at the digital end of the
bone , 19-38

a
O

Distance from the most digital point on the
depression of the proximal surface of the
femur uniting the globular articulation
with the lateral (larger) trochanter — the
cervix, — To the digital extremity of the la-
teral rounded margin of the articular sur-
face of the mesio-digital condyle of the
bone , 20'80

On the Left Side.

20-60

21-20

21-28

21-22

19-50

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

20-50

21-25

19-50

20-88

20-75

Dimen- i
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Proximo-digital Dimensions

Actual

On ihe Right Side.

Distance from the proximal extremity of
the slightly elevated lateral margin of the
proximal articular surface of the crus, To
the digital extremity of the lateral articular
margin of the digital end of the bone, at
the caudal portion of that margin . . . 17-

Distance from the summit of the elevated
process of the lateral margin of the mesio-
proximal articular surface of the cms, for
receiving the mesio-digital condyle of the
femur, To the digital extremity of the pro-
cess of the rostro-digital articular margin
of the bone, disjoining the lateral and the
mesial curvatures of that margin . . . 19'50j

Distance from the summit of the elevated
process of the mesial margin of the latero-
proximal articular surface of the crus, for
receiving the latcro-digital condyle of the
femur, To the sharp sinuous caudal mar-
gin of the articular surface of the digital
end, over the caudo-latcral surface of the
astragalus 18*55

Distance from the summit of the elevated
process of the lateral margin of the mesio-
proximal articular surface of the crus. To
the mesio-caudal extremity of the digital
articular margin of the bone .... 19-22

Distance from the mesial margin of the
proximal articular surface of the crus. To
the rostro-mesial extremity of the digital
articular margin of the bone .... 19-28

\^Ufr \j\jv\i^ t/K-'iA.V "^ *.iitf)iim\*tt* y vf «> ret..

the SACRAL LIMBS in the Bactrian Camel.

x_^ \^t rm\r f*

(Length) of the Crus.

Proximo- digital Dimensions

(Length) of the Metatarsus.

„ ,1 Dimen-
Supposed ^i„„^ ;„

Supposed

Dimen-
sions in

Measurements.

Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

Distance from the lateral margin of the ar-

ticular surface at the proximal end of the

metatarsus, To the digital extremity of the

articular surface of the latero-digital con-

. . . 17-61

17-50

dyle of the bone 15-10

Distance from the mesio-rostral margin of
the proximal articular surface of the lateral
portion of the metatarsus, To the mesio-

15-18

15-25

rostral margin of the digital articular sur-

face of the latero-digital condyle of the

bone 14-32

14-30

14-25

Distance from the hollow of the groove dis-

JO
o

joining rostrally the articular surfaces of the

lateral and the mesial portions of the meta-

S-

tarsus, To the rostral angle of the digital

. . . 19-50

19-50

bifurcation of the bone 12-30

Distance from the mesio-rostral margin of
the proximal articular surface of the mesial
portion of the metatarsus, To the nearest
point (at the middle) of the rostral margin
of the digital articular surface of the mesio-

12-25

digital condyle of the bone 14-00

1400

14-00

Distance from the latero-caudal margin of

the proximal articular surface of the lateral

portion of the metatarsus, To the summit
of the middle of three tubercles on the cau-
dal articular margin of the latero-digital

condyle 14-30

14-20

14-25

Distance from the summit of the smooth

proximal process closing caudally the groove

that disjoins the proximal articular sur-

faces of the lateral and the mesial por-

tions of the metatarsus. To the caudal an-

, . . . 18-50

18-50

gle of the digital bifurcation of the bone . 13-25

Distance from the caudal margin of the cir-
cular mesio-caudal articular surface of the
proximal end of the mesial portion of the
metatarsus, To the summit of the middle
of three tubercles on the caudal articular
margin of the mesio-digital condyle of the

13-30

13-25

. . . 1912

19-25

bone 13-88

13-86

13-75

Distance from the proximal extremity of the

process of the mesial articular margin of

the proximal end of the metatarsus, dis-

.^s

joining the two mesial bones of the tarsus.

>1°

To the digital extremity of the articular
surface of the mesio-digital condyle of the

. . . 19-28

19-25

bone . M'QS

14-98

1 ^■CtCi

0/\

tJ\JAM\/ •••••■•■«•«( i -^ J *J

Lo yjyJ 1 w>^

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth and

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth).

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Ditnen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual

On the Eight Side.

At the proximal end of the humerus. Great-
est distance between the lateral surface of
the lateral of three rostro-proximal protu-
berances, And the opposite mesial surface
of the mesial of these three protuberances

5-30

On the Left Side.

5-23

5-25

Smallest distance, interveningly to the proxi-
mal end of the humerus and the lateral sca-
brous and tuberous ridge ; between the la-
teral And the mesial surfaces of the rostro-
caudal flattening of the bone ....

3-92

Greatest distance between the lateral margin
of the lateral scabrous ridge of the hume-
rus, And the opposite mesial surface of the
bone 4'14

Smallest distance between the lateral And
the mesial surfaces of the humerus; inter-
veningly to the lateral scabrous ridge and
the digital end of the bone 2'32

At the digital end of the humerus. Distance
between the lateral surface of the scabrous
ridge over the lateral condyle. And the op-
posite mesial surface of the smooth ridge
over the mesial condyle 4" 10

At the digital end of the humerus. Distance
between the digital extremity of the lateral
margin'of the lateral condyle. And the op-
posite digital extremity of the mesial mar-
gin of the mesial condyle 3"50

At the digital end of the humerus. Greatest
distance between the lateral And tlie mesial
margins of the caudal cavity that receives
the articular portion of the olecranon . . '*

3-88

4-18

2-32

4-00

3-45

1-50

400

4-25

2-25

400

350

1-50

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the humerus. Great-
est distance from the rostral surface of the
rounded and middle of three rostro-proxi-
mal protuberances, To the opposite caudal
margin of the ball of articulation with the
glenoid cavity of the scapula . . . . 5"30

At the proximal end of the humerus. Dis-
tance from the hollow of the mesial of two
proximo-digital grooves on the rostral sur-
face ; at the marginal termination of the
groove digitad. To the opposite caudal mar-
gin of the ball of articulation .... 4"52

Smallest distance from the rostral surface of
the humerus, To the opposite caudal sur-
face. Being at the digital termination of
the lateral scabrous ridge r93

At the digital end of the humerus. Distance
from the rostro-mesial margin of the me-
sial condyle. To the caudo-raesial promi-
nent margin of the socket for receiving the
articular portion of the olecranon . . . 3'77

At the digital end of the humerus. Distance
from the rostral surface of the lateral con-
dyle. To the caudo-lateral margin of the
socket for receiving the articular portion of
the olecranon 2'52

At the digital end of the humerus. Distance
from margin To margin of the mesial sur-
face of the articulation of the mesial con-
dyle 2-78

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.
Arterial Distances of the HUMERUS in the Bactrian Camel.

569

sions (Thickness).

Girth.

Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

Supposec
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

. . . 5-25

525

. . . 4-53

4-50

. . . 1-93

2-00

Girth of the humerus at the digital termina-
tion of the lateral scabrous ridge . . . lO'OO

1002

1000

3-75

7
5

Smallest girth of the humerus, interveningly
to the lateral scabrous ridge and the digi-
tal end of the bone 7'56

7-61

7-50

Arterial Distance.

. . . 3-76

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Distance.

Dis-
tance in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

, . . 252

. . . 2-78

2-50
2-75

lO
11

Distance from the summit of the rounded
and middle of three rostral protuberances
at the proximal end of the humerus, To
the digital margin of the entrance of the
medullary artery, on the rostral surface of

the* V\rme> 1 1 '"^f^

11-40

11-25

4 D 2

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions {Breadth and Thickness), Girth

53 J

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth).

Actual Measurements.

On the Right Side.

At the proximal (caudal) end of the olecra-
non. Distance between the scabrous eleva-
tion of the lateral surface, And the opposite
mesial smooth surface 1

Smallest distance between the lateral And the
mesial smooth surfaces of the olecranon;
interveningly to the proximal (caudal) end,
and the articulation with the digital end of
the humerus 1 -00

At the proximal end of the cubitus. Distance
between the lateral And the mesial margins
of the surface of articulation with the digi-
tal end of the humerus 3-32

At the proximal end of the cubitus. Distance
between the lateral extremity of the lateral
scabrous protuberance, And the opposite
mesial scabrous surface 4' 16

Smallest distance between the lateral And the
mesial surfaces of the cubitus; interve-
ningly to the proximal and the digital ends
of the bone 2'23

At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance
between the lateral And the mesial sca-
brous tuberosities; over the articulation
with the proximal bones of the carpus . . 4* 35

At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance be-
tween the lateral And the mesial margins
of the surface of articulation with tlie prox-
imal Doncs of the carpus ...... 3-68

On the Left Side.

1-80

Supposed

Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

1-00

3-32

4-22 4-25

1-75

1-00

3-25

2-31 2-25

4-32

3-72

4-25

3-75

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual

On the lUght Side.

Smallest distance from the rostral (dorsal)
margin of the olecranon. To its caudal
(sternal) margin; interveningly to the prox-
imal (caudal) end of the olecranon and the
articulation with the digital end of the hu-
merus

At the proximal end of the cubitus. Smallest
distance from the rostral surface of the mar-
ginal process of the articular socket, re-
ceived within the articular groove sepa^
rating the condyles of the humerus. To
the opposite caudal margin of the bone
extending digitad from the olecranon . .

310

3-50

Smallest distance from the rostral surface of
the cubitus, To the opposite caudal surface;
interveningly to the proximal and the digi-
tal ends of the bone, Being towards the di-
gital end 1-45

At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance
from the hollow of the lateral of two wide
proximo-digital grooves on the rostral sur-
face, To the opposite caudal surface . .1-50

At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance
from the rostral margin of the proximo-di-
gital sharp and prominent ridge separating
the lateral and the mesial wide articular
groove on the rostral surface, To the tube-
rosity on the opposite caudal surface . . 2'58

At the digital end of the cubitus. Distance
from the hollow of the mesial of two wide
proximo-digital grooves on the rostral arti-
cular surface. To the opposite smooth cau-
dal surface 2' 17

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel,
and Arterial Distances of the CUBITUS in the Bactrian Camel.

571

sions (Thickness).

Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

UifF.

Girth.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

On the L^ft Side.

305

300

3-55

3-50

1-43

1-46

2-58

2-22

1-50

2-50

2-25

On the Right Side.

Smallest girth of the cubitus, interveningly
to the proximal and the digital ends of the
bone, Being towards the digital end . . 6'48

On the Left Side.

. 6-53

6-50

Arterial Distances.

Actual Measurements.

On the Right Side.

Distance from the rostro-proximal surface of
the unciform articular process of the cubi-
tus, received within the caudal articular
groove separating the condyles of the hu-
merus, To the blunt proximal margin of the
entrance of the medullary artery, on the
mesial side of the digital prolongation of
the olecranon 5'07

Distance from the rostro-proximal surface of
the unciform articular process of the cubi-
tus, received within the articular groove se-
parating the condyles of the humerus, To
the blunt digital margin of the entrance of
the proximal medullary artery . . . . 5"60

Distance from the digital extremity of the
latero-digital articular surface of the cubi-
tus, To the digital margin of the entrance
of the digital medullary artery, on the cau-
dal surface of the bone and towards the
lateral margin of that surface .... 3"78

On the Left Side.

4-73

5-35

3-97

Supposed
Normal
Distan-

500

5-50

3-75

Distan-
ces in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

2,0.

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Di7nensions {Breadth and Thickness), Girth

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth).

Actual Measurements.

Supposedj
Normal
Dimen.

Dimen-
sions in
Proper-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual

( On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis-
tance between the lateral And the mesial
margins of the surface of articulation with
the carpal bones 3'02

At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis-
tance between the lateral And the mesial
scabrous elevations immediately digitad
from the articular margins 3' 11

Greatest distance, interveningly to the prox-
imal and the digital ends of the metacarpus;
between the lateral And the mesial surfaces
of the caudal margins of the groove occu-
pying the caudal surface of the bone . . 1"78

Smallest distance between the lateral And the
mesial surfaces of the rostral and more
solid portion of the metacarpus; interve-
ningly to the proximal and the digital ends
of the bone 1 '55

At the digital end of the metacarpus. Distance
between the lateral And the mesial termina-
tions of the rostral articular margins . . 4'22

Atthe digital end of the metacarpus. Distance
between the sinuosity on the caudo-digital
extremity of the lateral articular margin,
And the opposite and similar sinuosity on
the mesial articular margin 3 '82

On the Left Side.

. 300

. . . 310

3-00

1-77

1-75

1.57

1-50

4'25

3-75

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis-
tance from the lateral pitted surface imme-
diately digitad from the rostral articular
margin. To the opposite and similar caudal
surface 1*49

At the proximal end of the metacarpus. Dis-
tance from the rostral protuberance imme-
diately digitad from the rostro-mesial arti-
cular margin, To the opposite caudal sca-
brous surface 2'07

Greatest distance, interveningly to the prox-
imal and the digital ends of the metacarpus;
from the rostral surface of the lateral por-
tion of the bone (divided from the mesial
portion by a furrow-like depression). To
the opposite caudo-lateral margin of the
groove occupying the caudal surface . . 1 "45

Greatest distance, interveningly to the prox-
imal and the digital ends of the metacarpus;
from the rostral surface of the mesial por-
tion of the bone. To the opposite caudo-
mesial margin of the groove occupying the
caudal surface 1'43

Smallest distance from the rostral surface
of the metacarpus. To the opposite caudal
surface; over the digital bifurcation of the
bone. Being the smallest distance interve-
ningly to the proximal and the digital ends . 1'04

Atthe digital end of the metacarpus. Distance
from the rostro-lateral articular margin of
the lateral condyle. To the hollow of the
disjunction of the lateral and the middle of
three tubercles on the caudal articular mar-
gin of that condyle 1*80

At the digital endof the metacarpus. Distance
from the rostro-mesial articular margin of
the lateral condyle. To the caudal extremity
of the mesial of three tubercles on the cau-
dal articular margin of that condyle . . 2'01

At the digital end of the metacarpus. Distance
from the rostro-lateral articular margin of
the mesial condyle, To the caudal extremity
of the lateral of three tubercles on the cau-
dal articular margin of that condyle . . r95

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel,
and Arterial Distances of the METACARPUS in the Bactrian Camel.

573

sions (Thickness).

Girth.

Meaiurements.

On the Left Side.

1-59

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

2-03

1-48

1-43

100

1-78

1-95

1-93

1-50

2-00

1-50

100

1-75

2-00

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

On the Right Side.

Greatest girth of the metacarpus interveningly
to its proximal and its digital ends, Being
at the greatest elevation of the sides of the
groove that occupies the caudal surface of
the bone 5'75

Smallest girth of the metacarpus interveningly
to the proximal and the digital ends of the
bone, Being over its digital bifurcation

On the Left Side.

5-76

610

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

5-75

500

Dimen-
sions in
Proper,
tional
■ Parts.

Diff.

Arterial Distances.

Actual Measurements.

On the Kight Side.

Distance from the blunt caudal margin of the
inter-articular hollowr at the proximal end
of the metacarpus, To the proximal margin
of the entrance of the lateral of two medul-
lary arteries in the groove occupying the
caudal surface of the bone 5'58

Distance from the blunt caudal margin of the
inter-articular hollow at the proximal end
of the metacarpus, To the proximal margin
of the entrance of the mesial of two medul-
lary arteries in the groove occupying the
caudal surface of the bone 5'92

On the Left Side.

5-48

5-34

Supposed

Normal
Distan-

5-5

Distan-
ces in

Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions (Breadth and Thickness), Girth and

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth).

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual Measurements.

Supposed ?'"'™-

NoVnial """S""

Dimen- ^jopof"

sions. t;""^
Parts.

Diff.

Actual

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the femur. Distance
between the lateral surface of the lateral
(larger) trochanter, And the digito-mesial
margin of the globular surface of articula-
tion with the acetabulum (the head) . .

At the proximal end of the femur. Smallest
distance between the lateral smooth surface
immediately digitad from the lateral (larger)
trochanter, And the mesial smooth surface
connecting the globular articulation of the
bone with the mesial (smaller) trochanter

3-45

Smallest distance between the lateral And
the mesial surfaces of the femur; interve-
ningly to the proximal and the digital ends
of the bone 1*80

At the digital end of the femur. Distance be-
tween the lateral And the mesial smooth
surfaces of the rostral projection grooved
proximo-digitally rostrad for the motion of
the patella 1-98

At the digital end of the femur. Distance
between the smooth lateral surface of the
enlargement immediately over the lateral
condyle. And the mesial margin of the
mesial condyle 4'60

On the Left Side.

5-17

5-25

3-45

3-50

1-78

1-75

2-06

4-74

200

4-50

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the femur. Distance
from the rostral scabrous surface of the
(larger) lateral trochanter, To the caudo-
mesial margin of the (mesial) opening of
the cavity within the trochanter . . . 2'30

At the proximal end of the femur. Smallest
distance from the rostral To the caudal
surface of the flattening of the bone that
unites the globular articulation with the
lateral and the mesial trochanters (the
cervix) 1'28

At the proximal end of the femur. Distance
from the rostral To the caudal surface of
the globular articulation with the acetabu-
lum (the head) 2'22

Smallest distance, interveningly to the proxi-
mal and the digital ends of the bone, from
the rostral smooth surface of the femur,
To the opposite caudal ridge of the linea
aspera 1'56

At the digital end of the femur. Distance
from the lateral rostro-digital margin of
the patellar groove, To the opposite caudal
surface of articulation of the lateral con-
dyle 4*66

At the digital end of the femur. Distance
from the hollow of the patellar groove, To
the opposite caudal surface disuniting the
lateral and the mesial condyles . . . 3'33

At the digital end of the femur. Distance
from the mesial rostro-digital margin of
the patellar groove. To the opposite caudal
surface of articulation of the mesial con-
dyle 4-93

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel,
and Arterial Distances of the FEMUR in the Bactrian Camel.

575

sions (Thickness).

Girth.

Measurements.

Supposes
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-

Diff.

Actual Measurements. .>? i

Suppose(J
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sion in
Propor-

sions.

Parts.

sion.

Parts.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

. . . 2-25

2-25

. . . 1-30

1-25

. . . 2-22

2-25

. . . 1-60

1-50
4-75

6
19

13
6

Smallest girth of the femur, interveningly to
the proximal and the digital ends of the
bone 5 "44

5-50

Arterial Distance.

. . . 4-66

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Distance.

Dis-
tance in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

, . . 3-33

. . . 4-88

3-25
5-00

Distance from the most digital point on the
proximal surface of the cervix of the femur,
To the proximal margin of the entrance of
the medullary artery, on the caudal surface
of the bone, and within the scabrous en-
largement of the linea aspera . . . 11-38

8-48

11-25

VOL. XVI.

4 E

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions {Breadth and Thickness), Girth

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth).

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual Measurements.

_ V Dimen-

Suppose^ sionsin
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Diff.

Actual

. "J r

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the cms. Distance
between the lateral And the mesial pitted
surfaces immediately digitad from the
margins of the articulation with the digital
end of the femur 4*94

Smallest distance between the lateral And
the mesial surfaces of the crus ; interve-
ningly to the proximal and the digital ends
of the bone .• •. _. . 1'93

At the digital end of the cms. Distance
between the lateral extremity of the sty-
loid termination of the rostral articular
margin, And the scabrous elevation over
the mesial termination of that margin . . 3"22

At the digital end of the crus. Distance
between the lateral extremity of the sca-
brous tuberosity terminating the caudal
articular margin, And the similar mesial
termination of that margin; a denticular
process of the proximo-lateral bone of the
tarsus being interposed in the lateral dis-
junction of the rostral and the caudal
margins 3'44

On the Left Side.

4-94

5-00

orit

1-99

2-00

3-28

3-25

3-48

3-50

On the Eight Side.

At the proximal end of the cms. Distance
from the rostral projection of the lateral
(fibular) surface of articulation, To the
opposite caudal projection of the same sur-
face 2-53

At the proximal end of the crus. Distance
from the rostral proximo-digital groove,
separating the lateral (fibular) and the
mesial (tibial) surface of articulation. To
the opposite caudal rounded margin . . 1'76

At the proximal end of the crus. Distance
from the rostro-digital extremity of the
scabrous prominence of the knee, To the
smooth caudo-lateral extension of the
mesial articular surface 4 '80

Smallest distance from the rostro-digital ex-
tremity of the scabrous prominence of the
knee, To the opposite plane caudal surface
of the bone; the prominence of the knee
being continued digitad in a sharp falciform
ridge 3-50

Smallest distance from the rostral to the
caudal surface of the crus ; interveningly
to the proximal and the digital ends of the
bone; being towards the digital end . . I'SO

At the digital end of the cms. Distance
from the rostro-lateral scabrous surface
over the rostral margin of articulation. To
the opposite caudo-lateral scabrous surface
over the caudal margin of articulation . .

1-74

At the digital end of the crus. Distance
from the rostro-mesial scabrous elevation
over the rostral articular margin. To the
opposite caudal surface 2'04

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel,
and Arterial Distances of the CRUS in the Bactrian Camel.

577

sions (Thickness).

Girth.

Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sion.

Dimen-
sion in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

On the Left Side.

On the lUght Side.

On the Left Side.

. . . 2-53

2-50

. . . 1-77

1-75

. . . 4-77

4-75

. . . 3-49

3-50

. . . 1-20

1-25

Smallest girth of the cms; interveningly to
the proximal and the digital ends of the

1-75

bone, Being towards the digital end . . 5'20

5-26

5-25

Arterial Distances.

. . . 1-79

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Distance.

Distance
in

Propor-
tional
Parts.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

Distance from the caudal margin of the la-

tero-proximal articular surface of the crus,
To the digital margin of the entrance of

. . . 204

2-00

the medullary artery, on the caudal surface
of the bone, and towards the lateral margin
of that surface 4"06

403

4-00

4 E 2

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial and Rostro-caudal Dimensions {Breadth and Thickness), Girth

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth).

Rostro-caudal Dimen

Actual Measurements.

S o

•s

. -• V

lid £3

1 c o

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of tlie metatarsus. Dis-
tance between the lateral And the mesial
margins of the surface of articulation with
the tarsal bones 2'47

At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis-
tance between the lateral scabrous surface
immediately digitad from the articular mar-
gin, And the extremity of the scabrous pro-
tuberance on the opposite mesial surface . 2'65

Greatest distance ; interveningly to the proxi-
mal and the digital ends of the metatarsus,
between the lateral and the mesial surfaces
of the caudal margins of the groove occupy-
ing the caudal surface of the bone . . . 1"56

Smallest distance between the lateral And the
mesial surfaces of the rostral and more
solid portion of the metatarsus; interve-
ningly to the proximal and the digital ends
of the bone 1-25

At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance
between the lateral And the mesial margins
of the digital extremity of the surfaces of
articulation with the plantar bones ... *

At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance
betiveen the sinuosity on the caudo-digital
extremity of the lateral articular margin,
And the opposite similar sinuosity on tlie
mesial articular margin *

On the Left Side.

2-50

2-75

1-58

1-25

3-58

3-28

Supposed

Normal
Dimen-

2-50

2-75

1-50

1-25

3-50

3-25

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

DifE

AciutI

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis-
tance from the rostro-lateral articular mar-
gin, To the opposite caudal extremity of
the tuberous proximal elevation of the cau-
dal articular margin 2'05

At the proximal end of the metatarsus. Dis-
tance from the scabrous surface immedi-
ately digitad from the rostro-mesial articular
margin. To the opposite smooth and flat-
tened surface of the enlargement and prox-
imal elevation of the caudal articular mar-
gin 1-96

Greatest distance from the rostral surface of
the lateral portion of the metatarsus (di-
vided from the mesial portion by a furrow-
like depression), To the caudo-lateral mar-
gin of the groove occupying the caudal
surface of the bone; interveningly to the
proximal and the digital ends .... r72

Greatest distance from the rostral surface of
the mesial portion of the metatarsus. To
the caudo-mesial margin of the groove oc-
cupying the caudal surface of the bone;
interveningly to the proximal and the digi-
tal ends 1'48

Smallest distance from the rostral surface of
the metatarsus. To the opposite caudal
surface; interveningly to the proximal and
the digital ends of the bone, Being over its
digital bifurcation l-QO

At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance
from the rostro-lateral articular margin of
the lateral condyle. To the hollow of the
disjunction of the lateral and the middle of
three tubercles on the caudal articular mar-
gin of that condyle 1'49

At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance
from the rostro-mesial articular margin of
the lateral condyle. To the caudal extremity
of the mesial of three tubercles on the cau-
dal articular margin of that condyle . . 1-58

At the digital end of the metatarsus. Distance
from the rostro-lateral articular margin of
the mesial condyle, To the caudal extremity
of the lateral of three tubercles on the cau-
dal articular margin of that condyle . . 1'73

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel,
and Arterial Distances of the METATARSUS in the Bactrian Camel.

579

sions (Thickness).

Girth.

Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

.... 200

200

■

.... 1-97

2-00

.... 1-69

1-75

Greatest girth of the metatarsus interveningly
to its proximal and its digital ends, Being
at the greatest elevation of the sides of the

.... 1-51

1-50

groove occnpying the caudal surface of the
bone 5-52

5-50

Smallest girth of the metatarsus interveningly
to the proximal and the digital ends of the

.... 100

.... 1-47

1-00
1-50

4
6

2
0

bone, Being over its digital bifurcation . *

4-28 4-25

Arterial Distances.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal

Dis-
tances.

Dis-
tances in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff:

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

Distance from the summit of the smooth

.... 1-60

1-50

caudal inter-condylar process at the proxi-
mal end of the metatarsus, To the proximal
margin of the entrance of the lateral of two
medullary arteries in the groove occupying
the caudal surface of the bone .... 6'28

6-38

6-25

.... 1-80

1-75

Distance from the summitof the smooth cau-

dal inter-condylar process at the proximal
end of the metatarsus, To the proximal
margin of the entrance of the mesial of two
medullary arteries in the groove occupying
the caudal surface of the bone . . . . 5-77

6-20

6-25

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Proximo-digital Dimensions {Length) of the PALMAR and of the PLANTAR

Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Palmar Bones.

_ ,' Dimen-

Supposed ^i„„3 i„

Actual Measurements

iNormal
Dimeu-

Propor-
tional

Diff.

of the Lateral Fore Pasterns.

of the Mesial Fore Pasterns.

aons.

Parts.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

On the Eight Side.

On the Left Side.

-
T

i
i

Distance from the lateral mar-
gin of the proximal articular
surface of the lateral of the
tvfo proximo-palmar bones,
To the lateral margin of the

Similar dimension in the left
lateral proximo-palmar bone

digital articular surface of

the bone

■—

4-39 ....
Distance from the proximal ex-

. . . 4-45 . . .
Similar dimension in the left

4-50

Similar dimension in the corre-

tremity of the rostro-proxi-

lateral proximo-palmar bone

sponding right mesial proxi-

sponding left mesial proxi-

!-l

tnal articular margin of the

mo-palmar bone

lateral of the two proximo-

palmar bones, To the near-

est point (at the middle) of

the rostral margin of the di-

^'S

gital articular surface of the

bone

3-48 ....

. . . 3-53 . . .

. . . 3-47 . . .

. . . 3-60 . . .

3-50

Distance from the mesial mar-

Similar dimension in the left

• <

gin of the proximal articular

mesial proximo-palmar bone

surface of the mesial of the
two proximo-palmar bones.
To the mesial margin of the
digital articular surface of
the bone

i L

4-37 . . .

. . . 4-41 . . .

4-50

Distance from the lateral mar-
gin of the proximal articular
surface of the lateral of the
two digito-palmar bones, To
the lateral margin of the

Similar dimension in the left
lateral digito-palmar bone

ungual (digital) articular

surface of the bone

2-58 . . .

. . . 2-72 . . .

2-75

Distance from the proximal

Similar dimension in the left

Similar dimension in the cor-

extremityof the rostro-proxi-

lateral digito-palmar bone

responding right mesial di-

responding left mesial digito-

mal articular margin of the

gito-palmar bone

palmar bone

5 ^

lateral of the two digito-

palmar bones. To the near-

est point (at the middle) of

' ^ O

the rostral margin of the

ungual (digital) articular sur-

face of the bone

217 . . .

. . . 210 . . .

. . . 212 . . .

. . . 217 . . .

2-25

Distance from the mesial mar-

Similar dimension in the left

gin of the proximal articular

mesial digito-palmar bone

surface of the mesial of the

two digito-palmar bones, To

the mesial margin of the un-

■

gual (digital) articular sur-

face of the bone

2-60 . . .

. . . 2-62 . . .

2-75

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel.
BONES (the Pasterns of the Fore and of the Hind Feet) in the Bactrian Camel.

5£

Proximo-digital Dimensions (Length) of the Plantar Bones.

Suppose!

Dimen-
sions in

Actual Measurement*

Normal
Dimen-

Proper-
tional

Dii

of the Lateral Hind Pasterns.

of the Mesial Hind Pasterns.

sions.

Parts.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

On the Right Side.

On the Left Side.

'" Distance from the lateral mar-

Similar dimension in the left

gin of the proximal articular

lateral proximo-plantar bone

surface of the lateral of the

two proximo-plantar bones,

To the lateral margin of the

- • • • .

■ . -. ; ,'^ . . . .

digital articular surface of

the bone

3-67 . . .

. . . 3-65 . . .

3-75

Distance from the proximal

Similar dimension in the left

Similar dimension in the corre-

Similar dimension in the cor-

extremity of the rostro-proxi-

lateral proximo-plantar bone

sponding right mesial proxi-

responding left mesial proxi-

mal articular margin of the

mo-plantar bone

E S

lateral of the two proximo-

plantar bones, To the near-

est point (at the middle) of

fflS

the rostral margin of the di-

gital articular surface of the

bone

310 , . .

. . . 312 . . .

. . . 3-20 . . .

. . . 3-15 . . .

3-25

Distance from the mesial mar-

Similar dimension in the left

gin of the proximal articular

mesial proximo-plantar bone

surface of the mesial of the
two proximo-plantar bones,
To the mesial margin of the
digital articular surface of
the bone

3-78 . . .

* . . . .

375

Distance from the lateral mar-
gin of the proximal articular
surface of the lateral of the
two digito-plantar bones. To
the lateral margin of the im-

Similar dimension in the left
lateral digito-plantar bone

gual (digital) articular sur-

face of the bone

2-22 . . .

. . . 2-35 . . .

.:/:;:s.jvij.:..ii ■•

2-25

c/1

Distance from the proximal

Similar dimension in the left

Similar dimension in the cor-

extremity of the rostro-

lateral digito-plantar bone

responding right mesial di-

responding left mesial digito.

"c •

proximal articular margin

gito-plantar bone

plantar bone

of the lateral of the two di-

gito-plantar bones, To the

nearest point (in the middle)

a -5

of the rostral margin of the

ungual (digital) articular

surface of the bone

1-83 . . .

. . . 1-92 . . . "

. . . 1-92 . . .

. . -. 1-98 . . .

2 00

Distance from the mesial mar-

Similar dimension in the left

•So

gin of the proximal articular

mesial digito-plantar bone

surface of the mesial of the
two digito-plantar bones.
To the mesial margin of the
ungual (digital) articular
surface of the bone

2-25 . . .

. . . 240 . . .

2-25

52 Dr. Walter Adam on the

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth) of the PALMAR and of the PLANTAR BONES (the Pasterns of the Fore*

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth) of the Palmar Bones.

Actual Measurements

of the Lateral Fore Pasterns.

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the lateral of the
two proximo-palmar bones. Distance be-
tween the lateral And the mesial margins
of the surface of articulation with the me-
tacarpus

Smallest distance between the lateral And
the mesial surfaces of the lateral of the
two proximo-palmar bones ; interveningly
to the proximal and the digital ends of the
bone

At the digital end of the lateral of the two
proximo-palmar bones. Distance between
the lateral And the mesial margins of the
surface of articulation with the lateral of
the two digito-palmar bones 1"75

1-89

On the Left Side.

Similar dimensions in
the left lateral proxi-
mo-palmar bone

. . . 1-94 . . .

•89

1-78

of the Mesial Fore Pasterns.

On the Right Side.

Similar dimensions in
the corresponding
right mesial proximo-
palmar bone

. . . 1-92 . . .

•87

On the Left Side.

Similar dimensions in
the corresponding left
mesial proximo-pal
mar bone

. . . 1-92 . . .

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

•90

1-75 \-15 .

2-00

1-00

1-75

DifT.

At the proximal end of the lateral of the two
digito-palmar bones. Distance between the
lateral And the mesial margins of the sur-
face of articulation with the lateral of the
two proximo-palmar bones 1'38

Smallest distance between the hollows of the
notches on the lateral And on the mesial
margins of the lateral of the two digito-
palmar bones; and, interveningly to the
proximal and the digital ends of the bone . 1'30

At the digital end of the lateral of the two
digito-palmar bones. Distance between the
lateral And the mesial margins of the sur-
face of articulation with the lateral of the
two unguo-palmar bones 1'58

Similar dimensions in
the left lateral digito-
palmar bone

. . . 1-38 . . .

1-27

1-65

-■

Similar dimensions in
the corresponding
right mesial digito-
palmar bone

. . . 1-35 . . .

1-34 .

reo

Similar dimensions in
the corresponding
left mesial digito-
palmar bone

. . . 1-32 . . .

r32

1-60

1-50

1-25

1-75

Girth of the Proximo-palmar Bones.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diff.

from

the

Hind.

On the Right Side.

Smallest girth of the lateral proximo-palmar
bone, interveningly to its proximal and its
digital ends 3-00

On the Left Side.

Similar girth of the left
lateral proximo-pal-
mar bone

. . . 2-96 . . .

On the Right Side.
Similar girth in the cor-
responding right me-
sial proximo-palmar
bone. 3-00 . . .

On the Left Side.
Similar girth in the cor-
responding left me-
sial proximo-palmar
bone. 2-98 . . .

3-00

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel. 5i

and of the Hind Feet) and Girth of the Proximo-palmar and of the Proximo-plantar Bones in the Bactrian Camel.

Latero-mesial Dimensions (Breadth) of the Plantar Bones.

Actual Measurements

of the Lateral Hind Pasterns.

On the Right Side.

At the proximal end of the lateral of the
two proximo-plantar bones. Distance be-
tween the lateral And the mesial margins
of the surface of articulation with the me-
tatarsus 1'64

Smallest distance between the lateral And
the mesial surfaces of the lateral of the
two proximo-plantar bones; interveningly
to the proximal and the digital ends of the
bone -83

At the digital end of the lateral of the two
proximo-plantar bones. Distance between
the lateral And the mesial margins of the
surface of articulation with the lateral of
the two digito-plan tar bones I'oO

of the Mesial Hind Pasterns.

_, ,; Dimen-

Supposed 3i^„j j„

Normal i^ropor-

tional

Parts.

Dimen-
sions.

Dif

0) 'O

^ B> J

^ o
a.
I

On the Left Side.
Similar dimensions in
the left lateral prox-
imo-plantar bone

. . . 1-64 . . .

On the Right Side.
Similar dimensions in
the corresponding
right mesial proxi-
mo-plantar bone
. . . 1-66 . . .

■83

1-52

■78

1-58

On the Left Side.

Similar dimensions in
the corresponding left
mesial proximo-plan-
tar bone

. . . 1-63 . . .

•75

1-75

•75

1^50

en U^

lU .S <
C it! 1
O "^

CQ <u

2
'So

At the proximal end of the lateral of the two
digi to- plantar bones. Distance between the
lateral And the mesial margins of the sur-
face of articulation with the lateral of the
two proximo-plantar bones 1^18

Smallest distance between the hollows of the
notches on the lateral And on the mesial
margins of the two digito-plantar bones;
interveningly to the proximal and the digi-
tal ends of the bone ro6

At the digital end of the lateral of the two
digito-plantar bones. Distance between the
lateral And the mesial margins of the sur-
face of articulation with the lateral of the
two unguo-plantar bones 1"53

Similar dimensions in
the left lateral digito-
plantar bone

. . . 1-20 . . .

POO

1'43

Similar dimensions in
the corresponding
right mesial digito-
plantar bone

. . . 1-18 . . .

1-09

1-58

Similar dimensions
the corresponding left
mesial digito-plantar
bone.
. . . \-20 . .

1-00

144

125

1^00

1^50

Girth of the Proximo-plantar Bones.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

On the Right Side.

Smallest girth of the lateral proximo-plantar
bone, interveningly to its proximal and its
digital ends 2^52

On the Left Side.

Similar girth of the left
lateral proximo-plan-
tar bone

. . . 2-52 . . .

On the Right Side.
Similar girth of the cor-
responding right me-
sial proximo-plantar
bone . 2-53 . . .

On the Left Side.
Similar girth of the cor-
responding left me-
sial proximo-plantar
bone . 2-53 . . .

250

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

fro
th
Fo

VOL. XVI.

4 F

'584

Dr. Walter Adam on the

Dimensions of the PATELLA and of

Dimensions of the Patella.

Actual Measurements.

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions.

Dimen-
sions in I
Propoi- Difr.

tional I

Parts.

Dinien

Actual

On the Right Side.

Distance from the proximal extremity of the
proximal articular surface of the patella,
To the digital extremity of the digital sca-
brous and flattened surface of the bone . 3-61

Greatest distance between the lateral margin
of the articular surface of the patella, And
the opposite mesial scabrous surface of the
bone, Being towards the proximal end . . r78

-o J
rt <

01 '

Greatest distance from the irregular rostral
surface of the patella, To the opposite cau-
dal surface of articulation adapted to the
rostro-'digital groove of the femur . . . 2'00

On the Lrft Side.

. 3'61

350

1-78

1-75

200

2-00

On the Right Side.

Greatest distance from the extremity of the
rostral process of the lateral articular mar-
gin of the calcaneum, To the extremity of
the flattened and irregular surface at the
further end of the bone 6 '4 2

Distance from the curvature of the mesial
margin of the articular surface of the cal-
caneum. To the extremity of the flattened
and irregular surface at the further end of
the bone 437

Distance between the lateral margin of the
surface of the calcaneum articulated with
the proximo-lateral bone of the tarsus. And
the opposite curved mesial margin conti-
guous to the astragalus 2'32

Smallest distance between the lateral And
the mesial smooth surfaces of the calca^
neum; interveningly to the tarsal articu-
lated surface and the further end of the
bone -88

At the further end of the calcaneum (digital
end). Distance between the scabrous lateral
margin. And the opposite scabrous mesial
surface of the bone 1-68

Smallest distance from the rostral smooth
surface of the calcaneum, To the opposite
caudal scabrous surface; interveningly to
the tarsal articulated surface and the further
end of the bone 1'68

Osteological Symmetry of the Camel,
the CALCANEUMin the Bacttian Camel.

585

sions of the Calcaneum.

Measurements.

On the Left Side.

6-36

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-
sions,

Dimen-
sions in
Propor-
tional
Parts.

Diffi

4-32

. 2'30

■88

. 1-68

1-64

6-50

4-25

2-25

•75

1-75

Actual Measurements.

On the Eight Side.

On the Left Side.

Smallest girth of the calcaneum, interve-
ningly to the tarsal articulated surface and
the further end of the bone 4' 60

Supposed
Normal
Dimen-

Dimen-
sion in

Propor-
tional
Parts.

4.60

4.50

4 F 2

XXXII. Remarks

( 587 )

XXXII. Remarks on a certain Kind of Organic Matter found
in Sulphureous Springs. By Charles Daubeny, M.D., F.R.S.
and L.S., Professor of Chemistry in the University of Oxford.

Read June 7, 1831.

The general occurrence in certain thermal waters of a sub-
stance which, from its general aspect, as well as from cer-
tain of its chemical properties, is thought to possess a claim
to be classed among animal products ; the medical importance
that has often been attached to its presence ; and the singular
theories by which its existence has been explained, — are circum-
stances, that combine to confer an interest on any observations
calculated to throw light upon the real nature of such a phae-
nomenon.

Hence, though the present communication may, perhaps, be
regarded as little more than a confirmation of what has been
already affirmed with regard to the hot springs of Aix in
Savoy, by Saussure*, and the cold sulphureous ones of this
country, by Dillwynt, — yet the additional evidence to the same
effect which I have to offer, derived from an examination of
certain thermal waters in France last summer, will not be re-
garded as superfluous, when it is recollected that, in defiance
of the statements of the above-mentioned naturalists, several
crude notions and erroneous hypotheses prevail concerning this

* Vide Journal de Physique for 1790, p. 410.
t Dillwyn's British Conferva, p. 54.

deposit.

588 Dr. Daubeny on a certain Kind of

deposit, which have served to throw a certain air of mystery
over its nature and origin.

I am therefore induced to lay before this Society a drawing*,
which represents the appearances exhibited, under a micro-
scope of Amici's construction, by an organic substance which
I obtained hist summer at the hot spring of Greoulx in Pro-
vence (departement des Basses Alpes). This matter was found
everywhere on the pavements of the bathing-rooms, in parts
exposed to the splashing of the thermal water, which, for
the convenience of topical bathing, or the douche^ is usually
allowed to descend in a constant stream from an open pipe,
communicating with the reservoir which receives the mineral
water, and terminating just below the ceiling of the room,
through which it passes in a direction nearly perpendicular.

The substance alluded to, seen by the naked eye, has a green-
ish tinge, and seems made up of bundles of filaments : under
the microscope, however, the latter are magnified into long
cylindrical tubes, almost transparent, and divided into articuli,
the length and diameter of which appear nearly equal, filled
with a darkish fluid, whilst the intervening spaces are nearly
colourless. This appearance may, perhaps, be explained by
supposing a double tube, the exterior one transparent and con-
tinuous throughout, the interior composed of articulations filled
with a coloured matter, and distinct one from the other, in con-
formity to the general structure of Conferva, as laid down by
Bory de St. Vincentt and others. These same filaments are
sometimes so disposed with reference one to the other, as to pre-
sent a stellated appearance of greater or less regularity.

In fig. 5. of the plate representing Arthrodia, which is given
in the 2nd volume of the Dictionnaire Classique d' Histoire

* The drawing is deposited in the Library of the Society,
t Diet. Classique (THist. Nat., article "yJrthrodiees."

Natiirelle,

Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 589

Naturelle, may be seen figured an Oscillatoria, the filaments of
which are disposed a good deal in the same manner ; and
Vaucher, in his work on Confervce* , has depicted, under the
name of Oscillatoria major, an appearance very similar in kind
to the cylindrical tubes detected by the microscope in my spe-
cimen. Now this particular species of Oscillatoria is one of
those found by Saussure in the hot springs of Aix near Cham-
bery, occasioning there a deposit in the canals and cisterns
of the baths, which, notwithstanding the explanation thus
long ago afforded of it by the above able naturalist, continues
even at the present day to give rise to much speculation and
wonder.

The mineral water of Greoulx resembles in constitution that
of Aix, being a hot sulphureous spring, possessing a tempera-
ture of 31° Reaumur, and containing, according to the Report
published by the proprietor of the baths, the following saline
ingredients in the pint.

Common salt 12'25 grains.

Muriate of magnesia ... 1'75

Sulphate of lime . . . 1*66

Carbonate of lime ... 3"00

Total •«■>'.''. 18-66

The quantity of organic matter present in the water of Greoulx
is estimated in the above document at no less than 6"66 grains
to the pint ; but the greater part of this quantity must have
been merely suspended in the water ; for a portion of it, which
I collected on the spot, being evaporated to dryness, gave but
very feeble indications of ammonia, or of any animal or vege-
table matter whatsoever.

A substance altogether similar to that from Greoulx was found

* Geneva, 1803.

590 . Dr. Daubeny on a certain Kind of

in the analogous thermal spring of Digne in the Same depart-
ment. I met with it, as at the former locality, wherever the
water was allowed to drop upon the floor of the bath.

When examined under Amici's microscope, it presented a
fibrous structure, the filaments being so interlaced as to form a
kind of netvA'ork. These filaments by a stronger magnifying
power exhibited the same appearance of tubes with granulations,
as those did from the former locality.

Among the hot springs which are so abundant in the Py-
renees, I collected several samples of this same organic matter,
and remarked, that when the spring from which it had been
obtained was impregnated with sulphuretted hydrogen, the ap-
pearances approached those already described.

Thus, at Aries in the departement des Pyrenees Orientales,
south of Perpignan, there occurs an abundant deposit of or-
ganic matter, which, examined through the microscope, pre-
sented a tubular structure, in which, however, the granulations
were not very distinguishable.

At Barege, one of the most powerful of the sulphureous
springs, a substance is collected in the pipes and reservoirs
receiving the water, which seems to consist of a cluster of little
transparent irregular vesicles, having interspersed certain dark-
coloured roundish bodies, that appears like the same vesicles,
rendered opake by some kind of matter which fills their in-
terior. As, however, there were signs of decomposition in this
matter at the time when I was first enabled to submit it to the
microscope, I considered it useless to obtain a drawing of the
appearances it then presented, — and I allude to it at present,
only in order to establish the general position, that the glairy
or mucous-looking matter called baregine, which is met with in
so many warm sulphureous springs, derives its origin from the
growth of ConfervcE.

This

Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 591

This proposition has indeed been contested by an eminent
chemist at Montpellier, Professor Anglada, who is engaged
in publishing an elaborate description of the thermal sulphu-
reous waters of Roussillon *, in which he endeavours to show,
that the baregine must be considered a chemical product, held
in solution by the waters at the time they issue from the earth,
and deposited by them in a flocculent form, when they come
in contact with the external air.

Others, on the contrary, and amongst the rest the celebrated
Vauquelint, inclined to the opinion, that the substance in ques-
tion had been extracted from the organic remains present in the
rocks through which the mineral water found a passage, owing
to the high temperature which the latter may be supposed to
possess before it issues from the ground, just as gelatine is se-
parated from bones by water under a high pressure,— a notion,
unfortunately, inconsistent with the geological position of many
of these springs, which proceed from granitic, or other rocks,
totally destitute of all traces of organization.

It will be time, however, to discuss the probability of these
chemical theories, when any specimen of the substance alluded
to has been submitted to us, in no part of which signs of an
organic structure can be perceived : at present it may be suffi-
cient to remark, that since, in all the situations in which I have
collected it, the greater part at least of the mass appeared to be
made up of a congeries of Conferva or Oscillatoria, we need not
hesitate in ascribing the whole to the rapid growth of those or-
ganic bodies, to which the temperature and constitution of the
thermal waters alluded to might chance to be congenial.

I am happy to be able to fortify this conclusion by the au-
thority of Professor DeCandolle, who has assured me, that he

* Memoires pour servir a VHistoire Ginerale des Eaux Minerales, Sfc. — Two vo-
lumes have already appeared. f Aiinales de Chimie, vol. xxviii.

VOL. XVI. 4 G formerly

59^ Dr. Daubenyo/j a certain Kind of

formerly examined the mucous matter deposited by the waters
of Valdieri in Piedmont, — a thermal spring containing sulphu-
retted hydrogen, — and that he fully satisfied himself, as to the
whole being derived from bodies that once possessed organiza-
tion, having traced the different stages of decomposition and
change exhibited by the several parts of the same deposit, from
a structure completely analogous to that of a Conferva^ to a
gelatinous mass in which no distinction of parts was visible.

It has been remarked, indeed, by Anglada, Gimbernat, and
others who have noticed this phaenomenon, that a portion of the
substance in question is chemically dissolved in these waters ;
and although 1 cannot admit the proposition as a general truth,
yet I have myself found, that the thermal waters of Aix in Savoy,
and those of Chaudes-aigues in the department of Cantal in
France, even when carefully filtered and completely transpa-
rent, begin to exhibit traces of a substance of this kind as soon
as they are concentrated.

But this only proves, that the mucous matter derived from
such sources is soluble in water*, and that the growth of these
bodies takes place, not only in the reservoirs which receive the
water after it has escaped from the earth, but also in the sub-
terranean canals through which it finds its way in reaching the
surface ; — a notion which will be admitted without difficulty,
when we reflect upon the luxuriant growth of many species
belonging to the lower tribes of animals and vegetables in spots
equally secluded from light and the external air. Neither, if
the substance called zoogene by Gimbernat agree in its charac-
ters with this product of the Pyrenean waters, (and I am in-
duced to suspect that it does, from his enumerating Aix in
Savoy as one of the spots in which he found it,) need we

* During the process of evaporation it seems to undergo some chemical change ;
for it is no longer soluble in water, when once separated from it.

Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 593

be embarrassed to account for the fact he states, of his having
met with it in the thermal waters of Ischia, or even in those
temporary springs which are caused by the condensation of
the steam disengaged from Vesuvius*.

I have myself collected the water emitted from the spiracles
of several volcanos, as at -^tna, Volcano, and the Solfatara of
Puzzuoli ; and have remarked, that it was in general perfectly
pure, with the exception of a slight impregnation either of sul-
phuretted hydrogen, sulphureous, or muriatic acid, and that it
was entirely destitute of any ingredient to which an animal or
vegetable origin could be ascribed.

The deposition of zoogene therefore, in such situations, must
be supposed, as it may be without difficulty, to have arisen
from the rapid generation of certain Oscillatoria or other living
bodies allied to them, owing to the temperature and chemical
constitution of the water derived from this source being favour-
able to their existence.

To show the impossibility of supposing the organic matter to
have been disengaged, according to Professor Anglada's notion,
from a state of chemical solution, I may mention, that at Aries
in Roussillon (the thermal water already alluded to), it occurs
in great abundance, adhering in flakes to the rock, with which
the hot spring comes in contact on first issuing from the earth :
now this rock is inclined at so high an angle, that a substance
deposited by the water could not possibly have adhered to its
surface, but must inevitably have been washed down into the
reservoir below, which receives the runnings from the spring,
where, however, comparatively little of it is to be found.

On the other hand, it is not more difficult to account for the
growth of organic bodies in such a position, favoured, as it is, by

* Bibliotheque Universelle, torn. xi. p. 410. He supposes the animal matter to be
carried up along with the steam in a state of vapour.

4 G 2 the

594 Dr. Daubeny on a certain Kind of

the genial temperature and mineral constitution of the water that
flows over it, than to understand the production oi AlgcB on the
abrupt escarpment of a cliff exposed to the waves of the sea.

It would be natural to inquire, what degree of resemblance
this product of warm sulphuretted springs may bear to that
which Mr. Dillwyn has described, under the name of Conferva
nivea*, as peculiar to the cold sulphureous waters of various
parts of England and Wales. The latter was first discovered
by Dr. Willant in the sulphureous water of Croft in Yorkshire,
where a white hairy mucous matter is seen adhering to the sticks,
grass, &c., which had been mistaken for sulphur, until Dr. Willan
proved it to be of a vegetable nature, corresponding with Byssus
of Linnaeus ;|.. He notices, as a remarkable circumstance, that
this Bysms should be found below the spring no further than the
water retains its sensible sulphureous qualities, as if the hepa-
tic gas were necessary for its production and nourishment. It
occurs also at Dimsdale in the same county, at Middleton-
One-Row near Darlington, at Llanwrtyd in Wales, — all springs
of the same quality. It grows, says Mr. Dillwyn, on roots and
other substances, which it covers with white filaments two or
three lines in length, and so extremely slender, that under the
highest power of my microscope their thickness scarcely ap-
peared equal to that of a horse-hair. Some of the filaments
are simple, but most of them are singularly beset towards the
middle with a whorl-like cluster of very simple branches, re-
sembling proliferous shoots. Dissepiments with a high power
are clearly discernible, and they divide the filaments into joints,
the length and thickness of which are nearly equal.

* C. fills ramosis, tenuissimis, rigidiusculis, niveis ; ramis in verticillo confertis,
articulis diametrum longitudine superantibus. — Dillmyn's Conferva, p. 54.
t Willan On Sulphureous Waters, p. 10.
% I found it myself this autumn growing in great abundance at the old spring of Croft.

Mr.

Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 695

Mr. Dillwyn adds, in a private communication with which he
has favoured me, that he has since found Conferva nivea abun-
dant in the hot springs about Aix la Chapelle, especially near
Frankenburg.

I leave it to the many better judges of such matters, than
myself, that are to be found among the members of this So-
ciety, to pronounce, whether the body, whose appearances under
the microscope are faithfully depicted in the accompanying
drawing, approaches near enough to the characters of Dillwyn's
Conferva nivea to be regarded as the same, or as an allied spe-
cies. To this, the want of resemblance as to colour must not be
regarded an objection ; for the specimen I obtained at Digne,
which appeared under the microscope to be the same kind of
Oscillatoria as the one alluded to, was perfectly white; and
M. Longchamp, in his treatise on the Waters of Vichy, informs
us, that what he collected at Bareges was originally white, but
became green when kept for a few days*, so that the discre-
pancy as to colour ought not to be looked upon as establishing
a distinction of species. Neitlier will the difference of tem-
perature between the sulphureous water of Harrowgate and of
Greoulx be considered inconsistent with the notion of the same
Conferva growing in both, when we are reminded that it has
also been found by Mr. Dillwyn himself in the thermal waters
of Aix la Chapellet.

At all events, it must be considered as a curious circumstance,
that springs, of whatever temperature, which give out sulphu-

* This change also took place very rapidly in the C. nivea which I collected at
Croft in Yorkshire this autumn.

t Dr. Hooker found close to the edge of the Geysers in Iceland, and within a few
inches of the boiling water, Conferva limosa, Dillw., a new species of Oscillatoria,
and the finest specimens of Jungermannia angulosa he ever saw. In water, also, of
a very great degree of heat, were, both abundant and luxurious, Conferva Jlavescens of
Roth, and a new species allied to C. rivularis.

retted

596 Dr. Daubeny on a certain Kind of

retted hydrogen, — a gas so noxious to most other living bodies, —
should be eminently fitted to favour the growth of certain kinds
of Conferva, whilst thermal waters destitute of this impregna-
tion— if I may judge from those of the Pyrenees — would seem
not to deposit any organic matter of the same description.

I am aware, indeed, that similar appearances are noticed as
occurring in hot springs of other kinds ; but, judging from my
own experience, I should be disinclined to attribute their ex-
istence, in this as in the former instance, to any peculiar pro-
perty of the water. Thus, I observed on the reservoirs which
received the water of the hot spring of Bagneres de Bigorre,
departement des Hautes Pyrenees, a red coriaceous-looking
scum covering the surface of the water, which appeared to de-
rive its colour from a portion of oxide of iron entangled in the
interstices of some kind of organic matter. It is easy to under-
stand how it happens, that the ferruginous contents of the water,
when no longer held in solution, are found to collect in this
instance on the surface, and not at the bottom, of the reservoir.
Ever)?^ successive portion of the water, as it issues from the
ground, being of a higher temperature than that which has been
for some time exposed to the cooling influence of the external
air, will, by virtue of its inferior specific gravity, rise to the sur-
face, where it gives out a portion of that carbonic acid, with
which it was surcharged whilst under pressure. But this gas
having been the solvent of the carbonate of lime and oxide of
iron which the water contained, a portion of both these ingre-
dients will be separated at the moment of its disengagement ;
and, supposing any vegetable or animal matter to be at the
time floating near, the earthy and ferruginous particles will be
entangled within its interstices, and thereby be prevented from
sinking to the bottom.

In this way I likewise account for a red scum, which I have

found

Organic Matter found in Sulphureous Springs. 597

found at Vichy*, and in several other warm springs, that liberate
carbonic acid, but are destitute of sulphuretted hydrogen*, and
notwithstanding the similarity of external appearance belonging
to the specimens of this substance which are taken from different
localities, I am inclined to doubt whether they possess anything
in common, except the earthy and ferruginous matter with which
they are respectively charged.

In support of this opinion, I might appeal to a drawing exe-
cuted by M. Heuland, to whom I am also indebted for that of
the Oscillatoria from Greoulx, which represents the appearances
exhibited under the microscope by a portion of the red coria-
ceous-looking substance, already alluded to as having been
found at Bagneres de Bigorre.

From this it would appear, that the medium, by which the
earthy and ferruginous matters disengaged from the water were
in that instance held together, consisted of nothing more than
the parenchyma of decayed leaves, some of the stomata of which
were still visible.

Without meaning indeed to deny, that Conferva are met
with in thermal waters of all descriptions, I am inclined to
believe, that they are peculiarly abundant in sulphureous ones ;
for it has never occurred to me to witness, in any of the nume-
rous mineral springs I have visited in different parts of Europe,
an accumulation of organic matter at all comparable to that,
which takes place in some of the sulphureous ones of the Py-
renees already alluded to ; and, whereas there are many of the
purer kinds of hot springs, such as that of Buxton, which do not
appear to contain, or to deposit, any organic matter whatsoever,
I scarcely know one containing sulphuretted hydrogen, that does
not exhibit more or less of it.

* As that of Campagne in Roussillon, on the road from Carcassone to Perpignan.

XXXIII. On

( 599 )

XXXIII. On the Plant which yields the Gum Ammoniacum.
By Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S.

Read December 7, 1830.

To discriminate and characterize those plants which more
immediately administer to the wants and comforts of man, is
one of the chief objects of practical botany ; but it is a task
replete with difficulties, — the countries whence many of the
substances are derived, particularly those belonging to the Ma-
teria Medica, being generally remote and often inaccessible to
travellers.

Although the gum Ammoniacum has held a place in the Ma-
teria Medica from a very early period, yet the plant from which
it is obtained has hitherto remained almost totally unknown ;
and the same may be said of the analogous gum Galbanum,
and many other articles derived from the vegetable kingdom
enumerated in the Pharmacopoeia. It is true, Dioscorides and
Pliny mention the plant which yields the gum Ammoniacum,
the former under the appellation of Agasyllis, and the latter
under that of Metopium, and give Libya as its native country :
but if the gum was anciently imported thence, it must have
been the produce of a different plant from the one I shall
shortly describe ; and probably identical with the species of
Ferula represented by Jackson in his Account of Morocco,
as the gum now comes to Europe by way of the Levant and
India. Dioscorides, whose opinion is adopted by all subse-

VOL. XVI, 4 II quent

600 Mr. Don on the Plant

quent writers, derives the name Ammoniacum from Ammon or
Hammon, the Jupiter of the Libyans, whose temple was situated
in the desert of Cyrene, near to which the plant was said to
grow. But it appears to me that Dioscorides was altogether
mistaken as to its native country ; and that the name Ammonia-
cum or Armoniacum, as it is indifferently written, is really a
corruption of Armeniacum, for it is now ascertained beyond all
doubt that the plant is a native of Persia, and that the gum
must have anciently been brought to Europe by way of Ar-
menia ; and we find in ancient authors the name of the apricot
sometimes written Malum Armoniacum.

Willdenow fancied he had obtained the plant itself; for
having sown some seeds picked from the gum Ammoniacum,
a species of Heracleum came up, of which he has published a
figure and description in the " Hortus Berolinensis," under the
name of H. gummiferum ; but as the plant possesses no smell
analogous to Ammoniacum, and affords no gummy substance
whatever, it is probable it was only an accidental weed, as it
does not appear to be specifically different from Heracleum
pyrenaicum.

The materials from which I drew up the following descrip-
tion were procured, by Lieut.-Colonel Wright of the Royal En-
gineers, in the district where the gum Ammoniacum is collected,
— namely, in the vicinity of Jezd Khast, a town of Irak El Ajam,
the ancient Parthia, about forty-two miles south of Ispahan, —
and presented by him along with other dried plants to the Linnean
Society. Every part of the specimen is covered with drops of a
gum possessing all the properties of Ammoniacum ; and this cir-
cumstance alone, independent of any other evidence, would
seem sufficient to remove all doubt on the subject : but besides,
I have carefully compared the specimen with the portions of
inflorescence and fruit, which are found abundantly intermixed

with

which yields the Gum Ammoniacum. 601

with the gum in the shops, and I find them to agree in every
particular. The name applied to the plant by Dioscorides is
already preoccupied by another genus of Umhelliferce ; and
that of Pliny is scarcely unexceptionable, as originating in a
mistake, Metopium having been used by some ancient authors
to denote the Galbanum, and by others the gum Arabic tree ;
but most writers seem to agree in considering it the appella-
tion of an ointment, or some oleaginous substance, rather than
of a plant. To avoid any confusion, and as the plant proves to
be a new genus, I propose to call it Dorema, from the Greek
word ^o§ti[ji.u, a gift or benefit ; not that I consider the Ammo-
niacum plant as pre-eminently deserving that title, but the name
is at least a short one, and agreeable to the ear, — considerations
not to be overlooked in nomenclature. I shall now proceed to
give the essential character and a detailed description of the
genus.

DOREMA.

Syst. Linn. Pentandria Digynia.

Ord. Nat. Umbellifer;e. Juss. Trib. vii. PEucEDANE^i.

DeCand.

Char. Essent. Discus epigynus cyathiformis, Achenia com-
pressa, marginata : costis 3 intermediis distinctis, filiformi-
bus. Vallecula univittatae. Commissura 4-vittata.

Descr. Flores lanugini immersi, sessiles ! Calycis margo 5-
dentatus : dentibus ovatis, acutis, membranaceis, exiguis.
Petala 5, ovata, acumine inflexo. Stamina 6, cit6 ca-
duca : Jilamenta complanata, basi dilatata : antherce in-
cumbentes, biloculares : loculis longitudinaliter dehiscen-
tibus, basi solutis, parilm divergentibus. Ovaria subte-
retia, lineis 6 utrinqiie exarata : disco epigyno amplo, car-

4 H 2 noso.

602 . Mr. Don on the Plant

noso, cyathiformi, margine plicato, sublobulato. Slyli
complanati, leviter canaliculati, basi dilatati, subconnati
apice recurvati. Stigmata truncata. Fructus ellipticus,
a dorso vald^ compressus, margine complanato, latius-
culo cinctus : raphe angustissim^, ssep^ claus^. Achenia 2,
parallela, 5-costata ; costis intermediis 3, distinctis, filifor-
mibus, equidistantibus ; lateralibus 2 cum margine conflu-
entibus. Vallecula univittatae : vittis prominulis. Com-
missura plana, dilatata, 4-vittata, sulco levissimo medio
exarata. Columella filiformis, tenuissima, bipartita. Se-
men complanatum : albumen corneum, continuum, test^
adhaerenti.
Herba (Persica) rohusta, glauco-viridis, radice perenni, pube
glandulosd vestita, facie ferS Opopanacis. Folia ampla,
petiolata, subbipinnata, bipedalia : pinnis subtrijugis, per
paria remotis : foliolis inferioribus distinctis ; superioribus
conjluentibus, inciso-pinnatifidis : segmentis oblongis, mucro-
nulatis, integerrimis, v. raro sublobatis, coriaceis, subtus ve-
nosis, 1 — 5-pollicaribus, semunciam v. 2 uncias latis. Petioli
cum rachide teretiusculi, costati, pubescentes, basi valdi dila-
tati, subvaginantes, margine superiore alato, stipulaceo. Um-
bella prolifera, racemosa. Umbellulae globosce, breviter pe-
dunculatce, spicato modo scepe disposita, pilorum lance minorum
instar. Pedunculi teretes, lanuginosi. Involucrum et In-
volucellum nulla. Petala alba. Stamina et Styli Jlava.
Ovaria densissime lanata. Fructus nudus.

1. D. Ammoniacum.
Habitat circa pagum Jezd Khast in Persia meridionali. D.
Wright. % . (v. s. sp. in Mus. Soc. Linn.)

The large cup-shaped epigynous disk, and the solitary resi-
niferous canals distinguish this genus from Ferula and Opopanas,

which yields the Gum Ammoniacum. 603

to both of which it is closely allied. The flowers being com-
pletely sessile is also a remarkable character.

With respect to the plant which yields the gum Galbanum I
am enabled to say but little, not having seen any part of it
except the fruit, some of which, almost perfect, I have been so
fortunate as to pick from the gum. These, however, are quite
sufficient to determine the most important characters of the
plant, which appears to constitute a new genus allied to Siler,
but differing essentially from it in the absence of dorsal resi-
niferous canals, and the commissure being furnished with only
two. I propose for the plant the appellation of Galbanum offici-
nale, and shall conclude these few imperfect observations by
adding a description of the fruit.

Fructus a dorso compressus, ellipticus, unguicularis : raphe
angustd apertd, nee clausd. Achenia 7-juga : jugis ele-
vatis, compressis, obtus^ carinatis, nee alatis ; lateralibus
distinctis, marginalibus. Vallecula latiusculae, concavae,
evittatae ! Commissura plana, dilatata, bivittata ; vittis latis,
subarcuatis.

The plant, according to Dioscorides, is a native of Syria ; but
it must be in some remote and inaccessible part of it, as it has
not been observed by any of the numerous travellers who have
visited that country.

As the gum is partly imported from Smyrna, and partly from
India, it is very probable that the plant is also a native of
Persia.

The Bubon Galbanum of Linnaeus possesses neither the smell
nor the taste of Galbanum, but in these particulars agrees better
with Fennel, and the fruit has no resemblance whatever to
that found in the gum. How a plant differing so essentially

from

604 Mr. Don on the Plant

from Galbanum should yet have been retained so long in the
Pharmacopoeia may well be a subject of surprise, especially as
the Bubon Galbanum, being so frequent in botanical collections,
afforded abundant opportunities of settling the question.

Since writing the above, I have been enabled, by the assist-
ance of friends, to add the following information on the subject
of the Ammoniacum plant.

The first volume of the Dictionnaire Universel de Matiire
MSdicale, by Merat and De Lens, published at Paris in 1829,
contains some valuable notices on the Ammoniacum plant, from
which it appears that the plant was already known to Mr. Brown,
and had been determined by him to constitute a new genus.
We also learn from the same work, that M. Fontanier, a
geologist sent into the Levant by the French Government,
had visited the district where the plant grows spontaneously,
and transmitted a drawing together with specimens of the
herb and gum to the Museum of Natural History at Paris.
M. Fontanier was informed that the plant groAvs likewise in
Khorasan.

In the Appendix to the first volume of the Transactions of
the Medical Society of Calcutta, p. 369, is an extract of a
letter addressed to Dr. Wallich by Lieut, -Colonel Kennett, ac-
companied by a rude figure of the plant which yields the gum
Ammoniacum, of which the following is a copy.

'* I have the pleasure to forward you a drawing and descrip-
tion of the Oshac, a Persian plant that produces the gum Ammo-
niac. It was procured by Captain Hart (of the 5th batallion
Bombay native regiment) whilst on sick certificate in Persia;
and understanding it was a desideratum in botany, he has
requested me to send it to you in his name. It is to be re-
gretted that Captain Hart did not know enough of botany to

give

which yields the Gum Ammoniacum, 605

give a particular description of the plant, flower, and seed ;
but he brought away a root, with a piece of the stem and some
dry leaves attached, and which I have forwarded in a box to
your address. You will observe the account of the plant is
dated in July 1822, though 1 only received it a short time
ago.

" ^Description of the Oshac, or Gum Ammoniac Plant.

" ' It having been intimated to me while at Bushire, by the
Resident, Captain Bruce, that the plant which produces the
gum Ammoniac, — called by the Persians Oshac, — would be
acceptable to botanists, as it was but imperfectly known, I
procured the accompanying piece of stem, leaf, and flower,
and took a drawing of one of the finest plants. Its height was
seven feet two inches, and the circumference of the lower part
of the stem four inches. It grows principally on the plains
between Yerdekaust and Kumisha, in the province of Irauk,
without cultivation. The gum is so abundant, that upon the
slightest puncture being made, it instantly oozes forth, even at
the ends of the leaves. When the plant has attained perfection,
innumerable beetles, armed with an anterior and posterior probe
of half an inch in length, pierce it in all directions ; it soon
becomes dry, and is then picked off, and sent vid Bushire to
India and various parts of the world, and is an article of con-
siderable export. I am of opinion it might be cultivated with
success in many parts of Kattywar, and the experiment might
be worth the consideration of Government. The gum might
easily be procured by artificial means, which would answer the
purpose equally well.

" ' From the part of the stem attached to the roots of the spe-
cimen I sent you, a considerable portion of the gum will be
seen exuded, in which respect it resembles the Assafoetida

plant.

606 Mr. Don on the Plant which yields the Gum Ammoniacum.

plant, which abounds in the mountains in the south of Persia,
particularly in the province of Lar.'"

The gum is collected about the middle of June ; a tenth is
remitted as tribute to the Government; the rest is sent to
Bushire on the Persian Gulf, and thence to Europe. Part
of that imported to this country came from the Levant; but
Mr. S. F. Gray, P.L.S. informs me that the largest quantity
and the best comes by way of India.

For the following particulars I am indebted to Major Wil-
lock, who has visited the districts where the plant grows wild.
" The Ooshak or gum Ammoniacum plant grows in great abun-
dance over the arid plains in the vicinity of the town of Jezud
Khast, on the borders of the provinces of Fars and Irak. Jezud
Khast is a district appertaining to the Government of Ispahan.
The plant is perennial, and throws up from the root a cluster of
leaves, and one or more strong vigorous naked stems, of three
or four feet in height, divided into joints of five or six inches
long, throwing out various branches of equal length. The
white juice which forms the gum pervades the whole plant,
but exudes chiefly from the principal stems. It either remains
on them in lumps, or, falling to the ground, is gathered by
the villagers in the autumn, and is sold by them. The Ooshak
plant is to be met with nowhere but in the province of Irak,
growing in very dry plains, gravelly soils, and exposed to an
ardent sun."

XXXIV. O

( 607 )

XXXIV. On the Paussida, a Family of Coleopterous Insects.
By Mr. J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

Read June I, 1830.

Influenced by the desire which every naturalist ought to
entertain, that the treasures of Nature collected and discovered
by his countrymen, or added to our museums and cabinets
through their zeal and assiduity, should also be made known
by fellow-naturalists of his native rather than of foreign coun-
tries, (although for the advancement of science it might even
be wished that these treasures, rather than remain unnoticed
and undescribed, should be thrown open to the examination of
and be described by foreign naturalists ;) and considering it the
duty of every member of the Linnean Society to add his mite,
however scanty, to the stores of knowledge which are recorded
in its Transactions, — it was my intention, on becoming ac-
quainted with the interesting nondescript insect, subsequently
described under the name of Pentaplatarthrus Paiissoides, merely
to have offered to the Society its description, with a few ob-
servations upon its affinities, to prove its relationship to the
Paussida, one of the most interesting families of Coleopterous
insects. On discovering, however, in our cabinets, in addition
to this new genus, not only several other undescribed species
belonging to the family, but also such a variation of structure
in some of the known species as to warrant their separation
from Paussus, and finding that confusion had been introduced
into the nomenclature even of the few species composing the
VOL. XVI. 4 I family,

608 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paiissida^

family, — I considered that it might not be deemed uninteresting
to extend my observations to the whole family, and which I
trust will not be regarded as unworthy of attention, both from
the great interest which the insects themselves possess from the
extreme singularity of their structure, (for, as Latreille has
observed in the Nouveau Diet. d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 57 :
"Vainement chercherions nous dans tout I'ordre des Coleop-
t^res un genre qui nous ofFre des caract^res aussi bizarres et
aussi insolites que les Paussus") as well as from the circum-
stance of the records of this Society already containing a va-
luable paper by the learned Professor Afzelius upon the spe-
cies known to him ; and from the opportunity thus afforded me
of exhibiting the rapid strides which Entomology has since
made ; and lastly, from the circumstance of the genus Faussus
constituting the final entomological labour of that great man,
whose name we have adopted as our own.

But few remarks are requisite upon the hislorjj of the family.
The genus Paussus was established in the Dissertationes Aca-
demicce in the year 1775, and the genus Cerapterus by Swederus
in the Swedish Transactions for 1788. These two genera con-
tinued to be regarded as unconnected with other genera, or
with each other, until Latreille inserted the former, as one of
the genera composing the family Seolitaires, in his Ilhtoire
Natnrelle ^-c. tom. xi. p. 204. — Afzelius, regarding only the
genus Paussus, proposed for its reception in the Linnean Trans-
actions, vol. iv. a distinct fifth section of the Coleoptera, cha-
racterized " Antennis clav4 integra, inflate" The genus Cera-
pterus, however, remained unnoticed by entomologists until
Donovan pointed out its affinity with Paussus in his work upon
the Insects of New Holland ; and Latreille, profiting by his
observations, formed the two genera into a distinct family in the
Genera Crustaceorum Sfc. vol. iii. p. 1, and Considerations G6n6'

rales

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 609

rales SfC. p. 225, under the name of Paiissili, and which he
placed between the Bostrichidce and the Cisida. This family
name was altered in the Edinburgh Encyclopedia by Dr. Leach
to Paussides. In the Regne Animal, the two genera considered
a subgenera together form the second genus of the first section of
the Xylophages between the Scolytidce and the Bostrichidce. And
in the Analecta Entomologica, Dalman proposed to establish
the species, previously named by him Paussus Bucephalus^ into
a distinct genus named Hylotorus.

To these three genera I have now the pleasure of adding
several others ; and the following may be regarded as the prin-
cipal typical characters of the family.

Ordo. COLEOPTERA.

Sectio. Pentamera? Latr.

' (Chilopodomorpha ? MacLeay.)

Stirps. Necrophaga? MacLeay.

Familia. Paussid^ mihi. Paussili. Latr., S^c. Paussides.

Leach, Edin. Encycl.

Genus typicum. Paussus. Linn.

Familia Character typicus.

Corpus oblongo-quadratum, subdepressum, antice subacumi-

natum.
Caput parvum, subtriangulari-globosum, porrectum, collo in-

structum.
ANTENNiE permagnse, crassee, articulis 2 — 10 plils miniisve

depressae (pro magnitudine insectorum).

Palpi magni, coriacei, exserti, inaequales.

Labium magnum, coriaceum, planum.

Thorax plus miniisve bipartitus.

Elytra postice quadrata.

4 I 2 Pedes

610 Mr, J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

Pedes subaequales, breves, compressi. Tarsi breves, articulis

integris, articulo basali minuto, subtils producto.
Abdomen thorace mult6 majus et elj'tris longius.
Insecta exotica, parva, duriuscula, longitudine 2 — 5^ lin.

Of the habits of the family we possess but little information,
and that only upon two species of Paussus, which will be found
noticed under that genus : it is, however, probable that the
other genera are similar in their habits, and that in their pre-
paratory states their habitat is either under the bark of trees or
in timber. They are steady and slow in their movements, and
nocturnal in their habits, and in their perfect state are met
with in newly-built houses. The species, however, must be of
considerable rarity, since many of our richest cabinets do not
even possess an individual of the family.

With respect to the geographical distribution of the family
it may be remarked, that they appear to inhabit the Old World
exclusively, and that the tropical and southern portions of Africa
and the East Indies and Indian islands, are their peculiar range.
Cerapterus MacLeaii is, however, described by Donovan as an
inhabitant of New Holland.

From the singularity in the structure of these insects, it is
difficult to speak of their affinities with precision. With respect
to their relationship with Cerocoma, in which genus they were
originally placed by Fabricius, there is, as Afzelius correctly
conceived, no affinity, and indeed but little analogy beyond the
singularity in the antennae. Afzelius, indeed, supposed that
they approached nearest to Clerus, bearing to it, as he observes,
at least upon the whole, so much natural resemblance, that
their most proper place in the systematic arrangement will be
next after that genus. It is to be wished, however, that this
author had more precisely stated the points in which he sup-
posed

a Family of Coleopterous hisects. 6ll

posed this natural resemblance to consist, since I can scarcely
conceive that these insects are more nearly allied to Clerus than
they are to Cerocoma. Swederus was equally distant from their
true affinities, when he considered Cerapterus as intermediate
between Silpha and Hispa ; but the legitimate study of affinities
was in the days of these authors in its infancy.

Latreille, in the Histoire Naturelle Spc. vol. xi. p. 206. "profitant
de quelques rapports naturels qu'ont ces insectes avec les Scolites,
les Bost7'iches, les Cis," adds, " J'avois soupfonne qu'on devoit
r6unir les uns et les autres dans une meme famille. De nouvelles
considerations ont confirme ce sentiment, et malgre que les or-
ganes de la manducation des Paitsses different de ceux des Sco-
lites, on voit cependant qu'il y a entre eux une grande affinite."

He accordingly places Paitssus immediately between the Cur-
culionidce and the genus Scolijfus (a location by no means tena-
ble), forming the genera Pamsus, Scoli/tus (including the modern
groups Scoli/tus, Tomicus, liylesinus and Hylurgus'), Platypus and
Phloiotribus, into the family Scolitaires; the genera Bostri-
chus, Cis and Cerylon, into that of Bostiuchini ; and the genera
Colydium, l^emosoma, Bitoma, Lyctus, Latridius, Silvanus, Trogo-
sita, Meryx and Mycetophagus, into the family Xylophagi. In
the Genera Crustacearum SfC. the family Paussili was established
and placed between the Scolitaires and the Xylophagi ; which
latter family was made to include the Bostrichini as well as the
genera of which it was previously composed. In the Considera-
tions Ghi6rales the Paussidce were properly still further removed
from the Scolitaires, being placed between the Bostrichini (in-
cluding both the Scolitaires and the Bostrichini) and the Xylo-
phagi of the Histoire Naturelle. In the Regne Animal, Families
Naturelles, and 2nd edition of the Regne Animal, all these genera
and families are formed into one great family group, under the
name of Xylophagi, by which Latreille endeavours, but as it

appears

612 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Faussidce,

appears to me unsuccessfully, to establish the passage from the
weevils to the Capricorn beetles. In the first and last of these
works the Faussidce are placed between the Scolitaires and Bos-
irichini; and in the second, between the Bostrichmi and the Tro-
gositarii. When we consider the very discordant structure of the
insects composing these families, — of which Mr. MacLeay has
well observed in the Annulosa Javanica, that they at present form
a most artificial assemblage, — it cannot be a matter of surprise
that the situation of the Faussidce should have been subject to such
continued change. It cannot, however, be denied, that it is one
of the most diflficult, although most interesting tasks of the natu-
ralist, and one in which (from the great number of links which
remain to be discovered,) the greatest caution is requisite to
trace the aflHnities of such anomalous animals as these, espe-
cially when they have been employed to effect the transition
between extensive groups of very distinct structure.

Of the impropriety of Latreille's location of the majority of
the insects composing these various families between the Curcu-
lionidce and Cerambi/cidce, and upon their decided aflSnities with
many of the Necrophaga of MacLeay, especially the Eugida, I
shall refer the student to the various remarks of that author upon
the genera of the latter family in the An7iulosa Javanica. To him
the praise is due for pointing out these affinities, which Latreille
himself appears willing to admit in the new edition of the llegne
Animal, vol. v. p. 89. n. 4, where, speaking of the joints of the
tarsi of his family Xylophagi, comprising all these subfamilies, he
says : " Leur nombre paralt etre de cinq dans quelques. Ces
insectes semblent se lier avec les Cryptophages et autres in-
sectes analogues de la section des Pentameres."

The student may also consult with advantage Curtis's Bri-
tish Entomology, genera Cryptophagus, Mycetophagiis, Tetra-
toma, Ciconis, and Bitoma. I cannot, however, here omit to

remark.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 613

remark, with some degree of astonishment, that after the ob-
servations of Mr. MacLeay in the Annulosa Java?iica above
referred to, Mr. Curtis should have stated, that " we cannot
help expressing some surprise, that out of the many systems
that have been proposed, none should have released Myceto-
phagiis from its present unnatural situation, viz. from the Xylo-
phagi or Trogositarii of Latreille." The Systematic Catalogue,
and Illustrations of British Entomology, of Mr. Stephens may
also be consulted, in which the first attempt has been made to
arrange these various genera in accordance with Mr. MacLeay 's
views, although it may perhaps be considered that this arrange-
ment has been made upon general considerations rather than
upon strict analytical examination and dissection. It should,
however, be constantly borne in mind, that the characters pre-
sented by the larvae of these various genera will tend in a great
degree to establish their affinities upon a sure foundation, and
it is greatly to be regretted that so little is recorded concerning
them : hence arises the absolute necessity of attentively study-
ing and minutely recording the peculiarities of these preparatory
states whenever opportunity presents itself.

Taking, therefore, the preceding observations into considera-
tion, it is evident that in these groups Nature appears to have
disregarded all decided regularity in the number of the joints
of the tarsi ; and hence, if the majority of Latreille's Xylophagi
should be removed, — as it appears to me they ought to be, — to
a situation in the stirps Necrophaga, the Paussida must also
accompany them, notwithstanding the absence of the terminal
clavation of the antennae; but between the Paussida and the true
ScolytidcE (which are certainly most intimately allied to the Cur-
culionidcB,) or the Bostrichidce* (compare Mr. Curtis's Dissections

* I exclude from this family (as Latreille indeed has done in some of his earlier works)
the genus Cis, which has also, in my opinion, no immediate affinity with Mycetophagus.
The genus Bontrichus Geoffroy {Apate Fabr.) is the typical form of this family.

614 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paiissidce,

of Scolytus, Cossonus, and other curculionideous genera), I do
not think that any natural affinity exists, either regarding struc-
ture or habits : neither do I consider that any material affinity
exists between them and the Mycetophagidce*. On the other
hand, in general appearance, in the consistency of their external
structure, and probably also in their natural habits, they make the
nearest approach to the Trogositarii'^: but the trophi are very dis-
similar, and the antennae oi Pentaplatarthrus and Cerapterus pre-
sent no appearance of a terminal clava ; which clearly shows the
great hiatus existing between these insects and the Trogositarii,
and appears to point the way to the Cuctijidce (the remaining
family placed by Latreille between the CurcuUonidce and the
Cerambi/cida), and which may perhaps hence be considered as
having the greatest affinity with the Paussidce, particularly when
we also notice the depressed bodies, the formation of the antennae,

and

* The genera composing the section MycetopJiages, as restricted by Latreille in the
liew edition of the Regne Animal, (with the exception of Colydium, which is placed
alone in a distinct subdivision,) appear to agree more nearly in natural affinity than
those of which the section is composed in any of his previous works, at least so far as
I am able to judge from the genera which I have dissected : — they are Mycelophagus,
Triphyllus, Meryx, Dasycerus, Latridius, and Silvanus. The situation of the last
appears to me, however, doubtful, Mr. Curtis has also proved the intimate affinity
between Tetratoma and Mycetopkagus.

f This family appears to me to be capable of demarcation, from the general appear-
ance of the species, and from the structure of their trophi, especially the lower lip ; —
in my opinion, founded upon the formation of the latter organs in many of these in-
sects which I have dissected, it naturally includes the genera Trogosita, Megagriathus,
Cerylon, Rhyzophagus, Nemosoma, Colydium, Monotonia, Bitoma, Cicones, Synchita,
and probably Lyctus. To these groups must also be added the pentamerous genus Ips,
which has recently been ably illustrated by Mr. Curtis, who however, taking Latreille
for his guide, has placed the genus in the family NitiduHdtE, and merely stated the chief
diflferences existing between it and Nitidula, thus evidently regarded as the genus most
nearly allied to Ips. It is impossible, however, on examining the Ips J'errugineus,
(which Mr. Curtis has considered the type of the genus,) not to be struck with its
resemblance to some of the preceding genera, such as Cerylon, Nemosoma, Sfc, which

resemblance

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 6l5

and especially the pentamerous tarsi in many of the genera of
that family; such as Catogeiins, Clbndium, Eliysocles, Sfc; upon
which point I further beg leave to refer the student to my
paper " On the Affinities of CUnidium" inserted in the 18th
Number of the Zoological Journal.

The following is a Synoptical view of the genera belonging to
the family, and subsequently described.

rCaput(ocellisduabus)tlioraceimmersum. .3. Hylolorus.
rPalpi labiales articulo 1 „ n

Antennae quasi

Caput (ocellis ,.■ i . / ■

>: ^ I ultimo elongato . . . )

nullis) coUo < p^j i j^y^,^^ ^^jj^^^j;
L in^t-ctum. [ ^^^„^,.^„, } 4- PlatyrUpalus.

i/lytia subqua- i ^ r v i ultimo elongato . . . )

J dratajpalpilaJ Wa^iculatae. nullis) coUo < p^jpj j^y^,^^ ^^^j^^j;

Antennae quasi 10-articulatae 5. Cerapterus.

.Antennoe quasi 6-articulat£e : . . . 1. Pentaplatarthrus.

Elytra subovata; palpi labiales brevissimi 6. Trochoideus.

It will at once be perceived, that the characters laid down
above tend, in some respects, to give us only an artificial result;

resemblance is fully confirmed by the similarity in the structure of the trophi, although
the tarsi (according to the tarsal system) would remove the genera far asunder.

Since the preceding observations were written, Mr. Curtis with his usual ability has
illustrated the genus Nemosoma : but in his observations upon its affinities, by again
implicitly following Latreille as his guide, he has remarked, " Nemosoma is placed by
Latreiile between Cis and Cerylon, and there can be no doubt that it belongs to the
BostrkidcE; but never having had an opportunity of examining this rare insect until
now, I have arranged it in my Guide between Bitoma and Rhyzophagus, but its natural
situation will be near Cis and Apate." — Now I do not hesitate to state, that the rela-
tionship of this genus with Cis or Apate is of the most remote and unnatural kind, whilst
its affinity with Ips, Cerylon, Rhyzophagus, Sfc. is perfectly evident from Mr. Curtis's
own delineations of several of these and allied genera, especially in tlie structure of the
maxillae; and I am convinced tiiat no one on comparing them together and with Sturm's
dissections of Trogosita, and my own o[ Temnosclieita (Zool. Journ. no. 18.), can pos-
sibly adopt Mr. Curtis's views, or will doubt that Trogosita is the type of a group of
genera including those above mentioned. But it is riot in the perfect insect alone that
we are to search for correct ideas of the affinities of the Coleoptera. The larvae, as I
have before stated, affisrd the most important clues to their discovery ; and Mr. Curtis
will be surprised to learn that Nemosoma is chilopodiform ; Cis chilognathiform, hex-
apod, forked-tailed ; and Scolytus an apod-larva.

VOL. XVI. 4 K indeed

6l6 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce^

indeed it does not appear to me (on comparing the charac-
ters of the different genera and the observations upon their
respective affinities subsequently detailed,) that a natural linear
or circular disposition can at present be traced in the few-
genera composing the family. Thus if we look to the variation
in the number of joints in the antennte, we shall find Trochoi-
deus intervening between Paiissiis and Fentaplatarthrus, and the
latter between Flatyrhopalus and Cerapterus. Again, if we re-
gard the form of the antennae, we shall find the resemblance
between Hylotorus and Paussus pilicornis Don., sufficient to
separate Paussus from Pentaplatarlhrus. Again, as the genera
are numerically arranged above, the genus Hylotorus unnatu-
rally separates the true Paussi with a continuous thorax from
the Platyrhopali. If, also, we attempt to form a tabular ar-
rangement of the genera from the structure of the trophi, —
which, according to the Table given by Mr. MacLeay in the first
part of the Ilora. Entomologicce, are the organs susceptible of the
least variation, and which consequently are of the first impor-
tance in regulating the distribution of genera, — I fear that the
result will not be more satisfactory : indeed, in some of the genera
we are not acquainted with the structure of these organs.

It appears, however, sufficiently natural to commence the
series with Pentaplatarthrus, and to proceed thence to the true
Paussi with a bipartite thorax ; thence, by means of P. sphcero-
cerus, to those with the thorax continuous, and to the Platyrho-
pali, which evidently lead to the Cerapteri

Genus 1. Pentaplatarthrus* mihi.

Type of the Genus, P. paussoides mihi.

Corpus subdepressum ; capite parvo ; thorace majori ; abdomine

* nivTs, quinque; TtXaTxi;, platus ; apipov, articulus; — in allusion to the formation of
the antennae.

latiore

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. Q\J

latiore et corporis longitudinis dimidio paull6 longiore.
Caput thorace angustius, depressum, subquadratum, facie
subtransvers^, postic^ collo brevi instructum. Oculi me-
diocres, laterales, ovales. Antennce ad marginem anticurii
capitis, inter oculorum partem superiorem insertae, capite
cum thorace paull6 longiores, quasi 6-articulatae ; articulo
]mo cylindrico, brevi, postic6 subemarginato, tunc articu-
lus ? parvus, subglobosus, in apicem prioris insertus, cui in-
sidet articulus 2dus verus, brevis, transversus, subpunctatus,
Imo fer^ dupl6 latior, planus, apice truncate ; articuli 3, 4,
et 5, longitudine primi at illo fere tripl6 latiores, plani,
transversi ; articulus ultimus planus, paullo major, apice
circulari, raargineque externo vel postico in angulum par-
vum producto. Os inferum. Labrum crustaceum, parvum,
subtriangulare margine antico rotundato, basi utrinque
obliqufe truncate. Mandihidce parvae sub labro occurrentes
et eo longitudine aequantes, corneae, elongatae, curvatse,
basi latiores, lobo basali externo, et intern^ excisione mi-
nuta, apice acutse, extern^ angulum formantes. Palpi,
Maxilla, Labiumque ex oris cavitatis margine infero et
transverse parallel© prodeuntia ; palpi longi ; labiales cla-
vati, maxillares longitudine aequantes, porrecti. Maxilla
parvae subconicae, lobo magno apicali ferh quadrate, supr^
extern^ subhirto, facie internA. ceriace<i ultra mandibulas
protensi. Palpi maxillares longi, crassi, cylindrici, arti-
culis 4 crassitie aequalibus, articulis Imo Stioque brevi-
bus, 2de 4toque longioribus, hoc apice acutiori vel cy-
lindrico-conico. Mentum transversum, rigidum, angulis
anticis paull6 productis. Labium internum, mentoque
longius et angustius subtriangulare apice transverse. Palpi
labiales in scapes vel lobes dues cornees inter mentum la-
biumque insert! , articulis tribus, Imo brevi, 2nde illo du-

4 K 2 pl6

618 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

pl6 longiori apice pauUc!) crassiori, Stioque magno, clavato,
apice obliqu^ subtruncato. Thorax subquadratus et sub-
cylindricus, antice latior, abdomine angustior. Scutellum
parvum, trigonum, pedunculo abdominis immersum. Meso-
stethium magnum, transversum, medio linea longitudinal!
etiam line^ transversa, margine postico paralleiri, impres-
sum. Elytra elongato-quadrata, laevia, dorso plana, ad
latera detlexa, immarginata, postice truncata. Alee duae.
CoxcB posticae, transversae, apice majores. Abdomen in spe-
cimine viso mutilatum. Pedes omnes similes, breves, valdfe
compressi, lati. Tibia omnes spin^ minutissima terminali
intern^ instruct^:. Tarsi breves, subcylindrici, articulis 5
integris, articulo Imo brevissimo, tribus proximis brevibus
aequalibus subtus paullo villosis, articulo ultimo longitudine
quatuor praecedentium, cylindrico, apice paull6 crassiori,
unguibus duobus validiusculis, acutis, simplicibus.

The characters of this genus are perhaps as interesting as
any hitherto presented to the entomologist. The various parts
of the mouth, especially the development of the palpi and their
basal scapes, and the internal labium, are worthy of notice, as
is also the insertion and structure of the antennae. Between
the upper part of the eyes there are two slightly raised tuber-
cles, the centres of which appear excavated for the reception of
a circular ball, probably capable of a rotatory motion, upon the
upper or exposed surface of which the lower part of the basal
joint of the antennae is inserted. In general appearance and in
the formation of the thorax, this genus resembles the first section
of Paussits; whilst the formation of the antennae would lead
towards Cerapterus, There are four joints more in its antennae
than in Paussus; while Cerapterus exceeds it by four joints
more. In the incrassation of the labial palpi it approaches

Cerapterus;

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 6 19

Cerapterus ; whilst the formation of the mentum and labium,
and the insertion of the labial palpi vary very materially from
the structure of Paussus.

The only species with which I am acquainted being unde-
scribed, I have (in consequence of its general appearance agree-
ing with the typical species of Paussus) given it the name of

Pentaplatahthrus paussoides mihi.
(Tab. nostr. Fig.l— 14.)

P. totus rufo-piceus, thoracis angulis anticis utrinque in spinam
obtusam productis, et in medio antic^ subcucullato, dorso
centrali profundi excavate.

Habitat in Africa ?

Long. Corp. (antennis exclusis) lin. 3^. — Lat. corp. (ad basin
elytrorum) lin. 1-i-,

Specimen unicum in Mus. Dora. T. W. Edwards, Soc. Linn.
Social. &c. conservatum, et mihi benevolo delineari descri-
bique comraunicatum.

Nova species. Caput parvum, transversum, punctatum, piceum
vertice paullo excavato. AntenncB rufo-piceae, articulo
Imo punctate, 2do subpunctato, articulis reliquis laevis-
simis. Thorax laevis, nitidus, rufo-piceus, angulis anticis
utrinque in spinam brevem obtusam productis, antice sub-
cucullatus, disco centrali profunde excavato (sc. in medio
elevatione magn^, anticfe rotundat^, posticeque emarginat^,
culmen formante ad thoracis latera ductum), inde carina
longitudinali ad marginem posticum, et utrinque lined
elevata cum margine laterali parallela. Elytra rufo-picea,
nitida, tenuissime punctata, punctis ad suturam in lineas
obscuras perpaucas dispositis.

Subtus. Corpus et pedes picea.

Unique in the cabinet of T. W. Edwards, Esq. F.L.S. &c.,

who,

620 Mr. J. O. Westvvood on the Paussida,

who, with a liberality as disinterested as rare, permitted me not
only to examine, describe and figure, but also to relax his spe-
cimen, thereby enabling me to render my paper more complete
by adding figures of its various characters, especially of the
trophi, which from their size I was able to effect with facility,
and which, together with the other dissections figured by me,
are the first representations which have been given in detail of
those most valuable organs in the family. Of its locality that
gentleman can give me no further information than that it came
into his possession in a large box containing chiefly African in-
sects.

Genus 2. Paussus. Linn., Fabr.t Latr., ^c.

Pausus. Thunb., Afz., ^c.

Type of the Genus P. microcephalus Linn.

It is not my intention to detail the characters of this genus,
the Transactions of this Society being already enriched with
the elaborate details given by Afzelius. I however insert the
cibarian characters, in consequence of the confusion existing in
the writings of Afzelius and Latreille upon their nomenclature
and formation. A considerable portion of the following cha-
racters is indeed derived from their researches, but those of the
lower lip and its appendages are the result of my own dis-
sections.

Corpus subdepressum. Caput mediocre, thorace angustius, pos-
tic^ coUo brevi instructum. Antenna magnae, articulo Imo
minori, crasso, cylindrico-ovato, apice obliqufe emarginato,
tunc articulus ? parvus, subglobosus, emarginaturae prioris
immersus, cui insidet articulus ultimus maximus saepiils ir-
regulariter obtrigonus, compressus vel subdepressus, angulo
infero et externo interdum uncinato. Labrum subcoria-
ceum, parvum, transversum, angulis anticis rotundatis.

MandibulcB

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 621

MandihulcE cornese, parvee, elongatse, dimidio basali stipi-
tali latiori, compresso, subelongato quadrate ad latus inter-
num membranaceo producto ; dimidio apicali in dentem
sublunato-trigonum, acutum, formato. Maxilla stipite
crustaceo, processu terminali corneo, compresso, piano,
mandibuliformi, subquadrato in dentem arcuatum brevem
acutum desinente, extern^ subciliato, latere interno sub
eodem apice obtus^ uni- vel bi-dentato. Falpi maxillares
magni, exserti, porrecti, labialibus e terti^ parte longiores
ad originem antennarum usque producti, maxillarum stipiti
basin externam versus inserti ; articulis 4, basilari parvo, tu-
berculiformi ; 2do maximo, compresso, subquadrato ; 3tio
valdfe angustiore, tripl6 breviore, subcylindrico ; ultimo
3tio paul6 minori, cylindrico-conico (ces deux palpes se
rapprochent a leur extremite superieure, et forment une
sorte d'arcade k la Ifevre inferieure. Latr.). Mentum rect-
angulari-triangulariforme (hypothenusd antic^ transversa,
sc. inter oculos ductd) lateribus obliquis capite coalitis, nee
basi articulatum, medio convex^ subelevatum, et margine
antico in medio paullulum producto; angulisque anticis late-
ralibus (basi exarticulatis) porrectis, compressis, in dentem
subacutum productis. Labium, os inferum claudens, palpis
labialibus brevius, subquadratum, corneum, subplanum, vel
medio longitrorsum subcarinatum, margine antico integrum
(ut in P. sphcerocero, vid. Afz. Linn. Trans, iv. 252.), vel
carinie apice in dentem parvum centralem producto (ut in
P. microcephala, vid. Afz. loc. cit.) inti^is subconcavum e
raarginibus ejus anticis lateralibusque intiis conniventibus.
Palpi labiates maxillaribus breviores, ad ortum subconati
inter mentum et labii basin inserti labiique faciem anticam
velantes et marginem illius superum ultra progressi, in-
terdum reflexi, 3-articulati, articulis 2dis inferis brevissi-

mis

622 Mr. J. O, Westwood on the Taussidce,

. mis (priori paul6 raajori, globoso) ; ultimo magno, long^
ovato, aut cylindrico-subulato, apice acuto. Thorax sub-
cylindricus, paul6 longior quam latior, antice plerumque
dilatatus, parte elevata anticA, plCis minilsve articuliformi.
Elytra postic^ truncata.

The characters given above will at once separate the species
of the genus from their immediate affinities, the palpi mate-
rially assisting in tracing the boundaries of the genus.

It will be observed that Afzelius (who, notwithstanding his
admitted inability satisfactorily to examine the trophi of the
genus, has given their characters drawn from an external com-
parison of P. microcephalus and sphcerocerics,) has, as might have
been expected, fallen into several errors, chiefly regarding the
nomenclature of the different parts : — thus his polpi inleriores are
the labial palpi ; his palpi exteriores, the anterior produced lateral
lobes of the mentum; his mandibulcB, the maxillary palpi ; his* max-
illcB are i\\e mandibles ; and his gula triangularis is the mentum.

This author, however, most properly considered the flat plate-
like part which closes the underside of the mouth, as the lower
lip (labium) ; and (with the exception of the anterior lateral lobes
of the mentum being incorrectly articulated, to represent palpi,
as they were considered ; and the maxillary palpi being repre-
sented as without joints, being regarded as the mandibles,) his
figures of the underside of the heads of both species correctly
exhibit the general structure of the various parts of the mouth
as seen externally.

Latreille, however, both in the Histoire Nalurelle and Genera
Crustaceorum, SfC. appears to have regarded the organs, which
Afzelius described as the external palpi, and which I have de-

* It must be borne in mind that Afzelius is not blameable for this variation of
nomenclature, since it was in accordance with that of Fabricius, adopted by liim,—
See Kirby and Spence, vol. iii. p. 429.

scribed

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 623

scribed as the produced lateral angles of the mentum, as part of
the labium, expressly stating in the latter work that there is no
mentum. His description of the lower lip in the former work is
as follows: "Cette dernifere piece" (the "levre inferieure") "est
petite, cornee, presque carree, un peu voutee, tridentee au bord
superieur, dont le milieu est un peu plus eleve ; les dents late-
rales sont form6es par les saillies des angles lateraux ; le milieu
de la face anterieure de cette 16vre est en car^ne et se prolonge
en pointe au sommet, d'oii resulte la dent intermediaire." I
shall, however, endeavour to prove that there is a mentum, and
that these " dents laterales" are in fact the produced angles of
that organ, and that they are perfectly distinct from the labium.
For this purpose it is necessary for me to state, that these pro-
duced angles or "saillies" are not articulated at the base, but
merely produced portions of the gula triangularis of Afzelius :
indeed that author expressly says, that these parts seem to have
neither joints nor motion, and to be of a very different structure
and substance from the true palpi labiales : hence, therefore,
they cannot be considered as parts of the labium, which, typi-
cally regarded, is a distinct organ arising below the insertion of
the palpi ; and consequently the supposition of Latreille, that
these spines are "formees par les saillies des angles lateraux" of
the labium, must be considered as incorrect. It may indeed per-
haps be contended that these produced lateral spines are repre-
sentatives of the produced undersides of the head or under-
cheeks particularly developed, as in Catogenus, Passandra, Me-
gagnathus, SfC. and consequently, that they do not form part of
the mentum, which must either be sought for in the more
advanced or in the internal parts of the mouth, or must be, as
Latreille states, wanting. I am induced, however, from the
abhorrence which Nature entertains of such anomalies, — not-
withstanding the absence of any articulation at the sides or
VOL. XVI. 4 L base

624 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

base of the part which Afzelius terms the gula triangularis, — to
consider that part, which Latreille has not noticed, as the
representative of the mentum, and consequentl)^ the " dents
laterales" of Latreille, or the external palpi of Afzelius, as the
produced anterior angles of the mentum ; 1st, from the evident
analogy between it and the mentum of Pentaplatarthrus and
Flatyrhopalus ; 2ndly, because Latreille himself has shown
that the mentum is not always articulated at the base, as in
Siagona, which he describes in the Genera Crustaceorum, ^c.
vol. iv. p. 208. as " sutur^ nulM basilari et processu paginae
inferae capitis efFormatum;" Srdly, because the labial palpi
arise between it and the true lip, which appears to be the
true typical structure of the Coleoptera ; and 4thly, because the
maxillae arise at the outer sides of the produced spines and
within the mouth ; in which respect this formation also agrees
with the typical structure of the Coleoptera, where the base of
the maxillae arises at the outer sides of the mentum ; whereas
in Catogenus, Passandra, Megagnathus, ^c. the maxillae arise
within or between the produced lobes or spines.

As to the " dent intermediaire" of the labium mentioned by
Latreille, it appears from the observations of Afzelius, that it is
not a constant generic character ; its examination, however, in
the various species is rendered more difficult in consequence of
the peculiar arched formation of the maxillary palpi described
by Latreille as above.

The labial palpi are generally bent backwards, although, as
may be observed from Afzelius's figures, they are occasionally
stretched forward ; in which latter case they fill up the space
formed by the arch of the maxillary palpi, and almost entirely
conceal the lip.

The paucity of joints in the antennae, and their comparatively
immense size, are circumstances well worthy the attention of

the

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 625

the philosophical entomologist; and if observation were par-
ticularly paid to the peculiar uses which the living insects make
of them, it is not to be doubted that some light would be thrown
upon the dubious nature of the general uses and senses of those
organs. Latreille indeed says in the Nouveau Diet. d'Hist. Nat.
vol. XXV. p. 57, " Ton soupfonne que quelques especes se tien-
nent suspendues au moyen des dents ou des rochets du dernier
article de leurs antennes." This circumstance, however, appears
to me to be extremely improbable.

In describing the antennae of the species known to him, Fa-
bricius, in order to state their peculiar structure, employed the
term " irregulares," upon which Afzelius has commented in his
paper, considering that, as it must convey the idea of the clava
being of a shape either not always uniform or deviating from
the ordinary rules of Nature, its employment is improper, since
he states neither of these circumstances to be the case. That
the antennae of the Paussi materially differ from the ordinary
structure of these organs, no one will be inclined to question ;
although it cannot be admitted that Nature has here deviated
from her ordinary rule of introducing variations in the charac-
ters of her groups. The term has, however, another definition,
which the Professor has overlooked, which will convey a per-
fect idea of their formation ; namely, by translating the word,
'uneven', or 'with the surface irregular': this I doubt not is
the sense in which it was employed by Fabricius.

With regard to the very interesting observations of Afzelius
upon the luminosity of the second joint of the antennae of
P. spharocerus, I am under the necessity of stating the doubts
which I entertain upon the existence of so extraordinary a cir-
cumstance. Might not the light reflected from the wall, falling
upon the semipellucid livid-coloured balls of the antennae, give
them the appearance described, with expressions of doubt, by

4 L 2 Afzelius ?

626 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

Afzelius ? Without, however, venturing to question the correct-
ness of his observations, I beg to be permitted to throw out this
remark as a not unnatural cause of the appearance. Or may
not the appearance be accounted for (regard being had to the
globular and subpellucid structure of the clava,) precisely in the
same maimer as the light emitted by the shining moss mentioned
in Loudon's Magazine of Natural History, No. xv. p. 463.
(published since the preceding observations were written); where
Mr. Bowman in explaining its cause observes: "A person ac-
quainted with the laws of optics as exhibited in lenses, would,
on examining its (the moss's) structure of innumerable perfect
globules filled with a highly pellucid green fluid, have pro-
nounced, a priori, that they would condense the rays of light,
and appear luminous to an eye placed in the angle of incidence ;
and the fact, that it is always most brilliant either in the cave, or
in a room with only a single window, when the face is turned from
the light, illustrates the theory in a singular manner,"

Of the " differentiae sexuales" of the family I am only able to
state, that according to Afzelius, the female of P. spharocerus
differs chiefly from the male in having the labial palpi rather
narrower, the produced lobes of the mentum glaucous, the max-
illary palpi shorter, with the second joint narrower, the abdomen
longer, and the posterior femora slenderer.

Of the habits of the species we know but little. Latreille, in
the Histoire Naturelle, states, " Les Pousses doivent vivre dans
les bois." — I need not occupy the valuable time of the Society
with repeating the account given by Afzelius of the habits of
P. spharocerus ; and shall therefore merely add, that Dr. Hors-
field has informed me that Mr. Arnold captured a species in
Java under precisely similar circumstances.

M. Dupont of Paris has also informed me, (subsequent to the
commencement of the reading of this paper,) that the species

which

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 627

which I have subsequently introduced from his splendid collec-
tion under the name of P. excavatus, was observed by his corre-
spondent at Senegal, by whom the insect was captured, to make
several repeated discharges of smoke, accompanied by a slight
noise similar to that produced by the Bombadier Beetle (Brachi-
nus), whence M. Dupont named it P. crepitans. I cannot, how-
ever, help imagining that some mistake must have arisen with
respect to this peculiarity. Afzelius, who captured several spe-
cimens of the genus, has recorded nothing of the kind, and it may
reasonably be doubted whether the internal structure of M. Du-
pont's insect would so far differ from that of the other species as
to enable it to produce these repeated discharges. Having con-
sulted M. Latreille upon the subject, whose opinion corre-
sponds with my own, I have not hesitated to propose another
specific name for the insect in question in lieu of that proposed
by the possessor of the specimen, which, but for the circum-
stances stated above, I should with pleasure have adopted.

The following observations comprise the details most worthy
of notice regarding the history of this singular genus, upon
which but few authors have treated. The genus was established
under the name Paussus in the last entomological dissertation
of the Academy of Upsal, under the presidency of Linnaeus, the
title whereof is " Bigae Insectorum quas Praeside DD. Car. v.
Linne proposuit Andreas Dahl, Westragothus, Upsaliae 1775."
The only species described and figured was P. microcephalus,
which Linnaeus had received in a collection of North American
and African insects from Dr. Fothergill of London. In 1781,
Thunberg described in the Swedish Transactions two new spe-
cies of the genus discovered by himself in South Africa in the
year 1772 (and which he had previously considered as forming
a new genus), under the names Pausus lineatus and P. ruber, the
former of which alone was indifferently figured. Fabricius in

the

628 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Pnussida,

the Entomologia Systematica 1792, deviating from his general
plan of adopting well-defined genera established by other au-
thors, inserted the P. microcephalus of Linnaeus and the P. liiiea-
tus alone of Thunberg in his genus Cerocoma, observing upon
the former species, " ad ulteriorem examinationem hie insero
insectum singulare, proprium genus uti videtur constituens,
mihi haud rith notum." To these two species a third was
added, named ruficollis. Afzelius is the next author who has
treated upon the genus, and whose elaborate paper in the 4th
volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, published
in 1798, deserves the study of every naturalist. Leaving no
part of his available materials to be elucidated by future ento-
mologists, his remarks (from the advantages which, as a prac-
tical collector, as one of the pupils of Linnaeus, and as a pro-
found naturalist, he possessed,) are entitled to the greatest con-
sideration. This author deemed it proper, with Thunberg, to
alter the generic name Paussus into Fausus, in consequence of
Linnaeus's supposed derivation of the name from "Pausa," and
in which respect he has been followed by many entomologists.
Latreille and Fabricius, however, preserved (with great pro-
priety according to my views of entomological nomenclature)
the name as originally spelt by Linnaeus. In addition to the
very extended generic characters, to numerous interesting obser-
vations upon its affinities, Sec, as well as to the more detailed
specific description of the Linnaean species, he added the de-
scription of a new species, which he named spharoceriis, refer-
ring also to the lineatus and ruber of Thunberg, and the ruficollis
of Fabricius, — making together five species.

Donovan, in his splendid Natural History of the Insects of
India, described and figured not less than four new species
belonging to the family, and placed by him in this genus;
namely, Paussus denticornis Don. (Platyrhopalus dcnticornis

mihi) ;

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 629

mihi) ; F.thoracicusT)or\.', P.Fichtelii Don.; and P.pilicornis
Don. ; the second and third of which he conjectures may pro-
bably be the sexes of the same species. In the Sy sterna Eleu-
theratorum 1801, Fabricius adopted the genus Paussus with this
remark : " Novum genus et distinctum, at mihi haud rith exa-
minatum, nee mihi satisfacit character genericus a D. Afzelio,
in A. S. Linn, datus, sed e novo conficiendus." The species in-
serted in this work in the genus are the microcephalus, lineaius,
and ritficollis, with the addition of another insect named P. Jla-
vicornisy of which he says, " Animalculum singulare vix hujus
generis ;" which, in fact, does not belong to the family, and
which I have formed into the genus Megadius, described below.
Latreille having received three species of the genus from Mr.
MacLeay, (one of which he submitted to dissection for the pur-
pose of giving a more detailed account of the formation of the
trophi than had been given by Afzelius,) published the result of
his observations in the Histoire GSn6rale, ^c. vol. xi., giving
only the four species recorded in the Systema Eleutheratorum,
with the same remark upon the P.flavicornis. In the Genera
Crust aceor urn, <^c. vol. iii. p. 1., he again detailed the characters
of the genus, giving as the type the microcephalus, and adding
a description of Donovan's P. thoracicus, under the name of tri-
gonicornis.

Schbnherr in the Synonymia Insectorum, vol. i. part 3. gives
the following list of ten species belonging to the genus, as at
that time constituted, (including two new species, but omitting
those described by Donovan, except the P. thoracicus, which it
is evident he was only acquainted with through Latreille's syno-
nymical reference in the Genera Crustaceorum, ^c.) ; 1. P. micro-
cephalus Linn. ; 2. spharocerus Afz. ; 3. lineatus Thunb. ; 4. tri-
gonicornis Latr. {thoracicus Don.) ; 5. denticornis (a new species
described under this name by Gyllenhal in the Appendix to

the

630 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

the volume, but distinct from Donovan's denticornis) ; 6. ruber
Thunb. ; 7- Bucephalus (a new species, also described in the
Appendix by Gyllenhal) ; 8. ruficollis Yahr. ; 9-flavicornis'Fahr.
(without the expression of any doubt as to its belonging to this
genus) ; and 10. the Hispa bihamata of Linnaeus, with the re-
mark, "An hujus generis?" Dalman in the Analecta Entomo-
logica has published some observations upon the propriety of
forming the Bucephalus into a new genus under the name of
Hylotorus, and upon the affinities of the P.Jlavicornis Fabr. :
and the same author, in a very interesting paper in the Swedish
Transactions for 1825, upon insects found in the gum copal,
has described an insect under the name of Paussus cruciatus,
which, although evidently belonging to the family, materially
recedes from the genuine Paussi, and which I have consequently
considered as the type of the genus Trochoideus subsequentlj'"
described.

The above are, I believe, the only works in which any mate-
rial original matter has been published upon these insects ; and
I cannot, therefore, but rejoice at being enabled to increase the
lists given by Schonherr and Donovan by the addition of several
other undescribed species.

The species vary most materially from each other in the
formation of the terminal joint of the antennae : these parts
therefore, together with the size and colour of the insects, may
be considered as affording the chief specific characters. The
thorax may be emploj^ed for the purpose of dividing the species
into two sections ; viz. those in which it is more distinctly bi-
partite with the margins produced into an angular spine on
each side in front, and those with the thorax almost continuous,
the anterior part being only separated from the posterior by a
slight impression, with the lateral margins rounded in front.
The P. spharocerus appears to unite the two sections.

Sectio

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 631

Sectio I. Thorax quasi bipartitus.

Species 1. Paussus microcephalus. Linn.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 21.

P. obscurfe niger, vel nigricanti-brunneus, elytris magis piceis,
vel rufo-piceis, capita mutico, aDtennarum clavA per-
magn^, oblongo-sphEeroidaed, inaequaliter elevate, ad basin
subelongatfe pedunculate, latere externo quadri-tuberculato,
infr^ in uncum obtusum unidentatum producto, thorace in
medio profundi excavato, parte anticd strangulo distincto,
valdfe et transversa elevatA, illius margine supero acuto,
tibiis linearibus, posticis paul6 latioribus, apice subangus-
tioribus.

Paussus microcephalus. Linn. (Dahl. Diss. Acad. Biga Ins.)
p. 6. tab. ann. f. 6 — 10. Thunberg. Act. Suec. 1781. 170. 1.
Fuess. Arch. Ins. Flag. iii. p. 1. sq. ; ed. Gall. p. 42. t. 13.
Afzelius, Act. Soc. Linn. vol. iv. p. 263. t. 22. /. 1 — 5.
Herbst. Coll. iv. p. 100. t. 39. /. 6. a, b. Gmel. Syst. Nat.
vol. i. p. 4. p. 1737 — 1. Fab. Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 75. 1.
Weidem. Arch. 1. 2. p. 297. 1. Latr. Hist. Nat. ^c. t. 11.
p. 208. Latr. Gen. Crust. S^c. t. 3. p. 2. Nouv. Diet.
d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 58. Schonhcrr, Syn. Ins. vol. i.
p. 3. p. 18. Shaw, Gen. Zool. vi. part 1. p. 42. pi, 12.
Fncyclopcedia Londinensis, vol. xix. Genus ^ tab. Pausus,
Jig. 1, 2, 3. Kees' Encycl. vol. xxvi. Pausus, no. 1.

Cerocoma microcephala, Fabr. Ent. Syst. t. i. p. 2. p. 82.
Leske, Naturg. i. t. 12. f. 19.

" Habitat in Insula Bananas ejusdemque vicinitate." Afz.

Magn. nat. Dermestes lardarii Linn.- — Long. corp. lin. 3-^.

In Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim Banks). Dom. MacLeay
(olim Drury) ; etiam olim in Musaeo Linnaei (Smith) ;
etiam in Mus. Latreille (nunc Dejean).

VOL. XVI. 4 m As

632 Mr J. O. Westwood o)i the Paussida,

As this species has already been very fully described by
Afzelius, I shall not recapitulate its specific characters. It
is necessary, however, to make a few observations upon the
species, in consequence of the Linnean cabinet at the present
time not possessing the original Linnean specimen, a distinct
species being attached to the Linnean generic label. For the
purpose therefore of identifying the species, I beg to direct
attention to the size of the insect, which is stated in the original
description to be equal to Dermestes lardarius, and also to the
original figures, which are suflSciently exact to convince the
student that the specimen originally contained in the Banksian
cabinet, and now belonging to the Linnean Society, is the
P. microcephalus : it is true, that Afzelius states that he only
casually examined the Linnean insect in the possession of our
late lamented President; but it is not to be supposed that
Afzelius, himself the capturer of one of the species, could have
mistaken any other species which might at that time have been
introduced into the Linnean cabinet when he examined it ; and
this is rendered more unlikely, from the circumstance of the
original figures of the insect having been drawn by J. Afzelius.
Whence the first above-mentioned circumstance has arisen may
perhaps be learned by tracing the history of the three specimens
known to Afzelius. That in the cabinet of Sir Joseph Banks
now belongs to the Linnean Society (from which both Afzelius^s
and my own figures vvere drawn). The second, originally in
the cabinet of Mr. Drury, I understand subsequently came
into the possession of Mr. MacLeay : but of the third spe-
cimen, originallj'^ belonging to Linnaeus, I can discover no
trace. It appears, however, in the Histoire l^atiirelle <^c. that
Latreille received from " un des naturalistes de I'Angleterre le
plus estimable par ses connoissances, par ses communications
amicales, Alexandre MacLeay," three species of the genus, but

which

a Famihj of Coleopterous Insects. 633

which are not named. In the Genera Crustaceorwn ^c. we
learn, however, that Latreille received the P. microcephalus
" ex dono generosissimi amici Domini Alex. MacLeay." As,
however, it is not probable that Mr. MacLeay would have for-
warded this species to Latreille, unless the specimen forwarded
were a duplicate in his collection, it appears to follow, either
that Mr. MacLeay must have obtained other specimens of the
insect from abroad, or that he had procured the original Lin-
nean specimen from its then possessor, as well as that belonging
to Mr. Drury, and had forwarded one of them to Latreille.
Should this latter supposition be correct, it affords an additional
instance of the want of that true spirit of veneration towards
the scientific relics of Linnaeus which every disciple of that
great master ought to entertain, and which (although it was
sufficiently strong to induce our late President, in consequence
of his predilection for botanical studies, to preserve the botanical
treasures of Linnaeus untouched and in their original and entire
condition, and sacred for the interest of science,) it is greatly to
be regretted did not also operate with him to prevent the incor-
poration of the Linnean cabinet of insects with his own private
collection. Had this, however, been the only cause of regret, the
mischief might easily have been remedied ; but the entomologist
has also to regret that the original Linnean specimens, and, as
in this instance before us, even species, were in many instances
allowed to be changed, probably for the purpose of renovating
the collection, whereby the authenticity of the cabinet has un-
fortunately been diminished to so great a degree, that amongst
the minute insects it is now almost unsafe, without the greatest
possible caution, to rely on the collection as a standard of re-
ference. It is not, however, too late to remedy much of the
mischief which has been thus occasioned ; and I state these cir-
cumstances in the hope of inducing the influential members of

4 M 2 the

634 Mr. 3.0. West wood on the Paussidce,

the Society to institute such an inquiry into the state of the Lin-
nean cabinet of insects as will tend in the result to diminish the
confusion which has so inadvertently been produced, — whereby
the value of the cabinet has been diminished, and the increase
of knowledge retarded, — by endeavouring, as far as may be
possible, to reinstate the collection in its original form.

Species 2. Paussus Linn^i mihi.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 22—24.

P. subcylindricus, rufo-piceus, elytris rufescentibus, antennarum
clavA, supr^ latA, subquadrat^, apice vald^ depresso, recurvo,
subhirsuto.

Habitat ?

Long. Corp. (exclus. antennis) lin. 2.

In Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim Smith?).

Nova species. Parvus, subcylindricus, tenuissimfe punctatissi-
mus. Caput supra subconvexum, piceum, obscurum, por-
rectum, subtriangulare, postic^ in collum breve productum ;
margine antico emarginato ; vertice impressione parva,
subrotundatd, in qu4 tuberculum minutum. Oculi parvi
laterales. Palpi ut supra descripti. Antenna magnae, ob-
scuree, castaneae vel rufo-piceae, apice subpiloso, articulo
Imo cylindrico, brevi, apice obliquo, articulo ultimo max-
imo, supr^ subquadrato, inaequaliter elevato, basi paul6
latiori, et obliqu^ truncato ; latere interno tuberculis tribus
minutis, apice cit6 vald^ depresso, acuto et supra reflexo.
Thorax longior, quasi bipartitus, et in medio profundi
excavato, rufo-piceus, portio antica obscura capite latior
strangulo distincta, valdfe et transversa elevata, illius mar-
gine supero acuto et in medio subemarginata, ejusdem
angulis lateralibus acutis ; portio postlca nitida paul6 an-
gustior, lateribus rotundatis, vertice vald^ depresso, de-

pressione

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 635

pressione postice bituberculata, Scutellum parvum con-
color. Elytra thoracis parte antica paul6 latiora, magls
rufescentia, nitida, subconvexa, linearia, apice truncata,
abdomine paulclt longiora. Pedes longi tenues, castanei,
parum compressi.
LiNNiEo discipulus novissimus banc speciem inscribit.

This species appears to agree in size, colour, and general
structure with the next, if indeed it be not specifically identical.
The chief apparent differences between its characters and the
description of P. ruber being, 1st, the formation of the head
and thorax of the two species, and which, as I have suggested
below, may not perhaps actually exist; and, 2ndly, the for-
mation of the terminal joint of the antennae, which must I
apprehend, on the other hand, be considered as indicative of
a distinct species. The circumstance of this species being pre-
served in the Linnean cabinet and actually attached to the
generic label in Linnaeus's hand-writing, — the original Linnean
species at the same time not being preserved in the cabinet, —
renders it necessary to state that this is not the P. microcephalus.
From Donovan's P. pilicornis it varies in colour, although when
the antennae are seen sideways, there appears to be some spe-
cific affinity.

Species 3. Paussus ruber. Thunh.

P. totus obscure rufescens, elytris rufescentibus, capite in medio
. angustato et postic^ utrinque spinoso, thorace antic^ eroso,
antennis clav^ lat4 complanatd basi cordata, apice eroso-
sulcato.
Paussus ruber. Thunb. Act. Holm. 1781. p. 170. 1 ; ed. Germ.
21. p. 171. Herbst. Syst. Ins.-Col. 4. p. 101. 2. Afzelius, Linn.
Trans, vol. iv. 272. 1. Schonherr. Syn. Ins. 1. part 3. p. 19-

Kees'

636 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussiilce,

Rees' Encycl. vol. xxvi. Genus Paussus, no. 3. Enci/cl.

Londineiisis, vol. xix. Genus Paussus, no. 3.
Habitat Caput Bonae Spei. Dom. Thunberg.

In Mus. ?

Magn. nat. Notoxi Rhinocerotis.

Corpus oblongum depressum, obscur^ rufescens, laeve, glabrum.
Caput anticfe margine elevato, in medio depressum et an-
gustatum, postic^ transversa elevatum et dilatatum, in
spinam lateralem utrinque exstantem, supr^ anticfe in me-
dio est ruga elevata bifida inter oculos. AntenncB antheri-
formes biarticulatae, articulus infimus minor cylindricus,
extimus latus complanatus basi cordato, apice eroso-sulcato,
antheram bifidam referente. Thorax anticfe erosus. Scu-
tellum nigrum. Elytra magis rufescentia, margine exteriori
deflexo, abdomine breviora, truncata.

I am unacquainted with this insect, except through the de-
scription of Thunberg, which I have detailed above ; conse-
quently it is with some hesitation that I venture from analogy
to place it in this section of the genus, and to suggest that that
author may have fallen into an error in his description of its
head, inasmuch as it appears to me not improbable that he has
regarded the anterior portion of the thorax as the hinder part of
the head, such hinder part, according to his description, appear-
ing to me to have precisely the same formation as the anterior
part of the thorax in the preceding species, with which, if I am
correct in the above opinion, it seems to possess considerable
affinity. It is greatly to be regretted that Thunberg did not
figure the insect.

Species

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 637

Species 4. Paussus excavatus mihi.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 5Q, 51.

P. obscur^ rufescenti-fuscus, capite thoraceque paul6 obscuri-
oribus, antennarum clav^ lata latere interno acuto, externo
crasso, excavatione oblong4.

Paussus crepitans. Diipont Mss.

Habitat in Africa occidentali ; Senegalia.

Long. corp. lin. 2.

Specimen unicum in Mus. Dupont, Parisiis.

Nova species. Parvus, subcylindricus, tenuissime punctatis-
simus. Caput subquadratum suprii, convexum, obscure
rufescenti-fuscum, posticfe in collum breve contractiim,
margine antico emarginato, vertice impressione parva
rotundatd. OcuU mediocres. AntenncB rufo-fuscae, clava
magna lat4 oblongo-trigon^ apice subrotundato, margine
interno acuto, impressionibus nonnullis parvis transversis
infra marginem, postic^ mult6 crassiori, margine externo
in naviculam vel cavitatem oblongo-ovalem longitrorsCim
excavato, serieque impressionum transversarum in pagi-
nam inferiorem, quae in marginem ipsum in denticulatio-
nibus 4 vel 5 desinunt : angulo basali subhamato, denteque
parvo in medio marginis basalis. Thorax obscure rufo-
fuscus, longior, bipartitus, portione antic^ mult6 breviori
et h posticd, excavatione profundi!, separate, capite latiori,
valdfe et transverse elevatA, illius margine supero acuto
et in medio subemarginato, ejusdem angulis lateralibus
acutis, portione postic^ longiori sed angustiori, anticfe utrin-
que obliqufe product^., lateribus posticis subinflexis, disco
valdfedepresso, excavatione subheptangulari. Scutellumipar-
vum concolor. Elytra thoracis parte antic^ latiora, fusco-
rufescentia, sub lente forti punctatissima subconvexa, ab-

domine

638 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidaf

domine paul6 breviora. Pedes breves fusci, femoribus
tibiisque valde compressis.

I am indebted for a knowledge of this pretty and very distinct
little species to the liberality of M. Dupont, who obligingly
allowed me to describe and figure it from his rich Coleopterous
collection at Paris. In size and the structure of the thorax it
agrees with the two preceding species, especially P. Linneei;
whilst the antennae resemble those of P. thoracicus and Fich-
telii. It also agrees with the P. Linneei in having the circular
impression on the crown of the head ; but it wants the small
central tubercle.

I have already alluded to the alleged habits of this species,
and the consequent change which I have been compelled to
introduce in its specific name.

Species 5. Paussus rufitarsis.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 25—27.

P. flavescenti-fulvus ; antennarum articulo basali, thoracis an-

gulis posticis, elytrorum disco, pedibusque piceis ; tarsis

rufis, antennarum clav4 ovat^, apice subacute, basique in

spinam externe producto.

Habitat ?

Long. Corp. lin. 3.

In Mus. Brit. Specimen unicum sub nomine Ms. ^^ rufitarsis"

conserv.

Nova species. Brevis, indfe speciebus reliquis quasi latior et ob-
tusior videtur, cylindricus, minutissimfe punctatissimus et te-
nuissim^ pubescens. Caput porrectum, ferfe thoracis magni-
tudine, subtriangulare, anticfe truncatum, emarginatumque,
pallid^ fulvo-flavescens, in vertice exstat excavatio parva
rotundata inter quam et oculos utrinque excavatio alia mi-

nutissima.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 639

nutissima. Oculi mediocres laterales. Palpi ut in conge-
neribus. Antennce articulo Imo cylindrico, piceo, articulo
ultimo magno lividfe flavescenti, ovali globoso, apice sub-
acuto latere interno tenufe corapresso, latere externo exca-
vatione parv4 lineari-oblong4 vel carind in qu^ lineae 4
elevatae tranversae ; basi extern^ in spinam obtusam pro-
ducto. Thorax subquadratus capite vix major, bipartitus,
flavescenti-fulvus, lateribus vel angulis portionis posticae
piceis, portio antica angusta et elevata, in medio culmen
acutum efFormans, hoc in medio subemarginatum, ejusdem
angulis lateralibus acutis, portio postica major, lateribus
subrotundatis disco irregulari. Elytra iexh cylindrica, ab-
domen tegentia, basi thorace fer^ dupl6 latiora et illo
quadrupl6 longiora, etiam postic^ quam anteriiis paul^
latiora, nitida, basi fulvo-rufescentia, marginibus lateralibus
posticisque rufis, disco piceo, obsoletissimfe punctata, mar-
gine externo et apicali fasciculis aliquot setarum rigidarum
rufarum. Corpus subtiis pallid^ testaceum nitidum. Pedes
nigro-picei, mediocres ; femoribus cylindricis, posticis cras-
sioribus ; tibiis vix corapressis ; tarsis rufis.

Of this pretty nondescript species, which is nearly allied to
P. thoracicus, I have seen only a single specimen contained in
the cabinet of the British Museum, and which, solely in con-
sequence of the wish expressed by me to describe and figure
the new unnamed species of Paussus contained in that cabinet,
was immediately designated by the manuscript name which I
have adopted above, although I regret to state, that the species
belonging to the neighbouring, and indeed I might add, to the
majority of the genera of insects contained in that national
repository, still for the most part remain unnamed and in con-
fusion.

VOL. XVI. 4 N The

640 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidcs,

The curious fascicles or bundles of short, rigid, red hairs
which are observed on the margins of the elytra are peculiarly-
characteristic of the species.

Species 6. Paussus thoracicus. Donovan.

Tab. XXXIIT. Fig. 28—30.

P. ferrugineo-testaceus, elytris disco lateribusque fuscis, an-

tennarum clav4 oblonga compress^ trigone, latere interno

acuto, externo excavato, cavitate ovali, marginibus den-

ticulatis.
Paussus thoracicus. Donovan, Epitome Ins. Ind. t. 4. /. |.

Rees' Encycl. Entomology, pi. 8. Jig. 11. ^* 11*, sine de-

scriptione.
Paussus trigonicornis. Latreille, Genera Crustaceorum, ^c. vol. iii.

p. 3. pi. II. f. 8. Schonh. Syn. Ins. vol. i. p. 3. p. 19-
Habitat Indi^ Orientali ; Bengal. Dom. Fichtel.
Long. corp. lin. 3^.
In Mus. Brit., Soc. Linn. Lond., Kirby, Haworth, B. Clark,

Latreille (nunc Dejean).

Subcylindricus, rufo-testaceus. Caput thorace antico subaequ^
latum, margine antico acuto, emarginato, vertice arcu du-
plici elevato, centroque vari^ impresso, et prominulo coro-
nato. Palpi ut in congeneribus. Antennce articulo apicali
compresso, oblongo trigono, latere interno acuto, externo
vel postico in naviculam vel cavitatem oblongo-ovalem lon-
gitrorsiim excavato, punctorura impressorum vel denticula-
tionum serie ex illius utroque margine, angulo basali acuto.
Thorax bipartitus, sulco postico ; medio transversa profund^-
que excavato, parte anticd et eminenti postice in medio
emarginata ejusdem angulis lateralibus acutis. Elytra nigra,
basi et apice rubro-ferrugineis, margine externo setis ali-
quot rigidis hispido, ejusdem angulo apicali incrassato.

Pedes

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 641

Pedes elongati ; tibiis 4 anticis tenuibus ; posticis com-
presso-sublatioribus ad apicem paulo angustioribus.

This species appears to be the least rare of the genus. It
varies in size, one of the three specimens in the British Museum
cabinet being considerably smaller than the others. The legs
are longer and slenderer than in the majority of the species.
The dark colour of the disk of the elytra is more suffused than
in the next species, extending to the sides.

The observation of Latreille upon this species, (the name of
which he has unnecessarily altered to ' trigonicornis,') " P. li-
neato proximus et forth varietas elytris latiiis nigris," appears to
me to be incorrect, that species belonging, as I imagine, to the
second section, and in structure being nearly allied to P. affinis
and Hardwickii.

Species 7. Paussus Fichtelii. Donovan.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 31—33.

P. testaceus elytris fuscis, lateribus, basi apiceque testaceis,

thorace subbipartito ; antennarum clavA, oblong^, latere

interno acuto, externo excavato, cavitate pyriformi, mar-

ginibus denticulatis.
Paussus Fichtelii. Donovan, Epit. Ins. Ind. pi. 4./". *^*. Hees

Encycl. vol. xxvi. sub genere "Paussus," pi. 8. Jig. 12. ^ 12*,

sine descriptione.
Habitat India Orientali ; Bengal. Dom. Fichtel.
Long. Corp. (secundum figuram Donovani) lin. 2^.
In Mus. Kirby.

Parvus subcylindricus. Pausso thoracico maxime affinis. Dif-
fert praecipu^ magnitudine minori, antennarum articuli
apicalis form^ divers^ et excavatione pyriformi nee ovali ;
thorace sub-bipartito, elytrorumque marginibus lateralibus
basi apiceque testaceis, pubescentibus.

4 N 2 Not

6*42 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the FaussidcB,

Not having seen this species, I have been compelled to de-
duce the character detailed above from Donovan's short specific
description and figure ; and I doubt not that they will be con-
sidered sufficient to have warranted him in regarding this as
specifically distinct from P. thoracicus, although Donovan was
inclined to think they might ultimately prove to be the sexes of
the same species. Of these characters, the most material are
the variation in the form of the excavation of the last joint of
the antennae, and in the thorax ; and as it appears from Afzelius's
description of P. sphcerocerus that the sexes do not vary in the
formation of these organs, I am induced with Donovan to regard
them as distinct, rather than run the hazard of uniting what
Nature has apparently separated*.

* Since the preceding observations were written, the Rev. William Kirby has, in
the most obliging manner, brought up to London for my inspection his collection of
Paussidee, including two specimens which he purchased at the sale of Mr. Francillon's
cabinet, one of them being the P. thoracicus, and the other a specimen which is
decidedly the P. Fichtelii, From a minute comparison of these specimens, I now
find that I did not err in considering the species as distinct. 1 have accordingly in-
troduced into the plate several outline figures drawn from Mr. Kirby's specimen of
P. Fichtelii in lieu of the tracing from Donovan's figure, which I had originally in-
serted. On comparing these with the original figures which I have given of P. thora-
cicus, other material specific differences will be perceived in addition to those stated
above. The general shape of the antennae and the number of elevations on the ridge
of the excavation of those organs are diflferent ; the keel-like anterior margin of the
clava is acute, and extends to the base in P. thoracicus; but in P. Fichtelii its anterior
margin is obtuse and irregular. The front of the head is more emarginate in P. tho-
racicus, and is more distinctly quadrate behind the eyes than in P. Fichtelii; whilst
the excavation on the crown of the head of the latter is oval and much deeper than in
P. thoracicus, in which it is somewhat square behind. The difference in the forma-
tion of the thorax will at once be perceived ; its posterior angles in P. thoracicus are
dark piceous. The colouring of the elytra scarcely affords a specific character, neither
of the species being so strongly marked as in Donovan's figures ; but in P. thoracicus
the lateral margins of those organs are furnished with strong bristles, whilst in P. Fich-
telii they are simply pubescent.

Species

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. ' 643

Species 8. Paussus pilicornis. Donovan.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 34.

P. testaceus, elytris piceis, thorace bipartite ; antennarum clavd
oblongd, apice attenuate, incurv4, pilis longis sparsis.

Paussus pilicornis. Donovan, Ejpit. Ins. Ind. pi. Paussus,
Jig. *** .

Paussus pectinicornis, Rees' Encycl. Entomology, pi. Q. fig. 13.
(^ 13*. sine descriptione.

Habitat Indi^ Orientali ; Bengal. Dom. Fichtel.

Long. corp. (e fig. Donovani) lin. 2.

Parvus, tenuior, testaceus. Caput thoracis portione anticA an-
gustius. Antenna articulo ultimo oblongo, apice attenuate,
incurvo, pilis longis sparsis. Thorax bipartitus, portio an-
tica lateribus acuta, portioque postica mult6 angustior late-
ribus rotundatis. Elytra thorace basi latiora, etiam postic^
quam antic^ paul6 latiora, picea. Pedes graciles.

I have never seen this species, and have therefore been
compelled to draw the above description from Donovan's short
specific character and figure ; and, as that author remarks, it
altogether differs in the formation of the terminal joint of
the antennae from the other species, being entire, not exca-
vated, and slightly beset with hairs. It appears to be allied to
P. Linncei.

Sectio II. Thorax suhcontinuus.

Species 9. Paussus sph^rocerus. Afzelius.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 35.

P. rufo-castaneus, nitidissimus, angustior, subcylindricus ; ca-
pite vertice cornu parvo conico, erecto, pilis terminate, in-

structo ;

644 Mr. 3 . O. Westwood ofi the Paussida,

structo; antic^ subemarginato ; antennarum clav4 sphaericd,
magnitudine capitis, vesicae inflatae simili, incarnate semi-
pellucid^ sublivid^, carind minute, vertice tuberculo unico
pilifero castaneo terminata, instructa; etiam basi extern^
in hamulum conicum apice piloso, castaneura, producto.
Palpis ut in speciebus reliquis, labio apice deflexo et fer^
trnncato, carind sulco destitute ; thorace capitis latitudine,
par^im inaequali, supra subdepresso, et vix bipartite, parte
antic4 subelevat^, lateribus rotundatis, posticfe subemar-
ginat^, parteque postic^ lateribus rectis, margine anteriori,
signo medio quadrato, depresso, nigrescenti posteriorique
pariim elevata ; elytris abdomine brevioribus punctatis
rufescentibus, pedibus longioribus gracilioribus subaequa-
iibus.
P, sphaerocerus. Afzelius, Linn. Trans, vol. iv. p. 270. t. 22.
/. 1 — 6. Weidem. Archiv. 1 — 2. p. 297- 2. Schonh. Stjn.
Ins. 1. pt. 3. p. 18. Sturm, Catalog, meiner Ins. Sarnml.
pi. 4). Jig. Si. Rees, Encycl. vol. xxvi. genus Pausus, sp. 2.
Encycl. Lond. vol. xix. genus Paussus, sp. 2. pi. Jig. 4, 5, 6.
P. sphaeroides. Donovan, Ins. Lid. sub genere Pausso.
Habitat Sierra Leone. Dom. Afzelius.
Long. corp. lin. 3^.

In Mus. Smith, olim (nunc Soc. Linn.), Marsham olim, et Afze-
lius olim.
I have not thought it necessary to detail the specific descrip-
tion of this species, preferring rather to refer the entomologist
to the original description of Afzelius of the six specimens
stated by that author to have been brought by him from Sierra
Leone : I have been able to inspect only that formerly con-
tained in the cabinet of Sir J. E. Smith, and now belonging to
the Linnean Society. To this insect is attached a label with
the observations, " Novum genus S. Leone, Afzelius. Antennis

apice

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 645

apice globoso lucentibus." From this specimen the accom-
panying sketch was taken. I may be here allowed to correct
the reference to the parts of fig. 3. in the plate accompanying
Afzelius's paper, in which b. represents the ball of the pedicle
of the antennae, and not the hook of the clava, which is repre-
sented by fig. d, and not, as stated in the description of the
plate, by fig. b.

Species 10. Paussus armatus. Dejean.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 62—64.

P. oblongus, angustior, obscur^ rufescenti-fuscus, capitis vertice
spina erect4 acut^ Isevi ; antennarum clav4 subrotundatd
depress^, basi extern^ in spinam producto, thorace posticfe
paul6 angustiori et in medio vald^ excavate.

Paussus armatus. Dejean Mss.

Habitat in Senegali^.

In Mus. Dejean (e Mus. D. Latreille), Dupont.

Long. Corp. lin. 5.

Nova species. Oblongus, angustus, subdepressus, toto obscur^
rufescenti-fuscus, punctatissimus, subpubescens, vix niti-
dus. Caput magnum thoracis latitudine ferh hexangulare,
antic^ emarginatum, subdepressum, ante oculos paul6 plCis
productum quam in speciebus reliquis ; vertice inter oculos
spin^ erectd acutd parva Iffivi, line^que tenui impress^i ante
oculos e margine capitis ferh ad ejus verticem utrinque
obliqufe, ducta. Oculi magni. Antennarum clava thorace
major, basi subemarginatfe truncata, lat^ ovalis, margine
externo prope basin emarginatb contracta, inde basis ipse
externus in spinam acutam produci videtur ; disco supr^
subtdsque convexo, margine omni acuto setigero. Thorax
paul6 longior quam latior, parte anticd (tertiam thoracis
partem occupante) utrinque obliqufe rect^que dilatatd ind^

postice

646 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

postic^ paul6 latiori et elevation pland, in duabus partibus
line4 impressa longitudinali centralique divis^ ; parte pos-
tica angustiori (praesertim ad ejus basin) in medio exca-
vatione oblonga. Elytra thorace latiora, lineari-oblonga,
subdepressa, abdominis apicem non tegentia. Pedes me-
diocres femoribus tibiisque subcylindricis hirsutis, tarsis
tibiarum crassitudine hirtis.

This is a very remarkable species : the elongation of the
body, the structure of the antennae, thorax, tarsi, and spinous
head at once distinguish it from all the other species, and are
so remarkable, that I have no doubt, when the trophi are care-
fully examined, sufficient variation from the typical formation
will be discovered to warrant the establishment of it as a distinct
genus. I regret that I was unable to examine these organs in
the specimen preserved in the collection of M. le Comte Dejean,
from which the above description and accompanying drawing
were made, and which originally formed part of that of M. La-
treille. It is therefore only provisionally that I place it amongst
the Paussi near to P. sphccrocerus, to which in some respects
it most nearly approaches.

Species 11. Paussus affinis mihi.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 36, 37.
P. castaneo-rufescens, elytrorum disco nigro, thorace supr^ in-
aequali lateribus anticb rotundatis ; antennarum clava sub-
ovata, subconvex^, basi extern^ in spinam exeunte.

Habitat ?

Long. Corp. lin. 3^.

In Mus. Brit, (sub nomine Ms. " lineatus").

Nova species. Subcylindricus, nitidus, tenuissime punctatis-
simus, et subpubescens. Caput thoracis latitudine, porrec-

tum.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 647

turn, subtriangulare, supra subconvexum, castaneo-rufum,
postic^ in collo angustiori productum, margine antico
paul6 emarginato. Oculi magni laterales. Falpi ut in con-
generibus rufo-castanei. Antenna, rufo-castaneae, articulo
Imo brevi cylindrico, apice obliquo, ultimo magno sub-
ovato, subdepresso, basi truncato et extern^ in spinam
obtusam producto, latere externo marginato. Thorax rufo-
castaneus subcylindricus, antic^ supra paul6 elevatus sub-
depressus, lateribus rotundatis et postic^ parte anticd an-
gustior. Elytra subdepressa ex oblongo-quadrata, thorace
fer^ dupl6 latiora et abdominis longitudine tenuissim^
pubescentia et punctatissima rufo-castanea, singuli disco
nigro. Fedes rufo-castanei, longi, tenues, tibiis subcylin-
dricis.

It will be seen that this species (which now stands in the
cabinet of the British Museum under the name of P. lineatus,)
agrees in the majority of its characters with the description
given by Thunberg of that species. The variation in the
formation of the clava of the antennae and the rounded an-
terior margins of the thorax are, however, characters sufficient
to distinguish it as a species. I have seen but one specimen,
and I regret that I have not been able to obtain any informa-
tion respecting its habitat, &c.

Species 12. Paussus lineatus. Thunberg.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 38.

P. rufescens, elytrorum disco nigro, thorace inaequali lateribus
anticfe unispinosis, antennarum clavd magna, apice obtus^,
basi extern^ in spinam exeunte.

Paussus lineatus. Thiinb. Act. Holm. 1781. p. 171- pi. 3. Jig. 4.
4- 5. Fabr. Syst. Eleuth. 2. 75. 2. Herbst, Syst. Ins. Col.

VOL. XVI. 4 o vol.

648 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

vol. iv. p. 102. t. 39. Jig- 7 a. b. Afzelius, Linn. Trans, iv.

272. Schonh. Syn. Ins. v. 1. p. 3. pi. 19- Rees' Encycl.

vol. xxvi. Genus Pausus, no. 4. Encycl. Londinensis, vol. xix.

Genus Pausus, no. 4.
Cerocoraa lineata. Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1. 2. 82.
Habitat ad Caput Bonae Spei. Dom. Thunberg.

InMus. ?

*' Magnitude Carabi 4-pustulati." Thunb. Long. corp. (e fig.

Thunbergii) nunc 3^.

Corpus oblongo-depressum, rufescens, glabrum. Caput sub-
orbiculato-angulatum, punctis depressis, inaequalfe margi-
natum, oculis nigris, collo cylindrico a thorace separatum.
AntenncB biarticulatae, articulus infimus sessilis subulatus,
supremus dupl6 crassior (et e figur^ dupl6 longior), com-
pressus, obtusus, basi truncatus, angulo exteriore in spinam
exeunte. Thorax inaequalis, lateribus utrinque unispinosis,
anticfe elevatus ; postice rotundatus, foveis in medio tribus
impressus. Pedes unguiculati.

I have been under the necessity of deriving the preceding
characters from Thunberg's original description and figure, not
having met with this species in any of the cabinets which I have
examined ; the insect thus named in the cabinet of the British
Museum (although it agrees with it in the majority of the cha-
racters given above,) materially differing in the shortness and
thickness of the club of the antennae, and in the thorax, which
has the anterior sides rounded and not spinose, with one and
not three central fovese. 1 am not convinced that this species
ought not to be inserted in the first section of the genus ; al-
though I have, from its apparent general resemblance with the
preceding and subsequent species, introduced it here.

- '■■ Species

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 649

Species 13. Paussus Hardwickii mihi.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 39, 40.

P. castaneo-rufus, elytris plagd longitudinal! nigr^, antennarum
clav4 elongate lineari subconvex4 ; basi extern^ in hamum
producto, apiceque rotundato.

Habitat Nepalid, Ind. Orient. Dom. Hardwiche.

In Mus. Hardwicke, Haworth.

Long. Corp. lin. 3|-.

Nova species. Castaneo-rufus, subdepressus, nitidus, tenuissirae
punctatus, subpubescens. Caput porrectum, subtrigonum,
thoracis latitudine, anticfe subemarginatum, utrinque inter
oculos longitudinaliter obsolete canaliculatum, etiam im-
pressione tenui, e clypeo ad verticem ductd, postic^ collo
instructum. Oculi magni laterales. Falpi ut in congene-
ribus, AntenncB capite cum thorace paul6 longiores, arti-
culo basali nitido subcylindrico, apicali opaco punctatissimo
elongato-lineari, utrinque tenuh raarginato, postic^ vel ex-
ternh subconvexo, margine antico magis depresso acuto
recto; postico subrecto, antico subparallelo, tuberculis non-
nullis rotundis minutis marginalibus, apice rotundato, basi
obliqufe truncato et in hamum subarcuatum obtusum, sub
apicem setigerum, producto. Thorax capite paul6 longior,
posticfe angustior; anticfe subconvexus elevatus, lateribus
rotundatis, line4 tenuissim^ elevatd longitudinal! in medio,
portio postica in medio in fossulam transversam excavata,
ponfe- versus eonvexa, lateribus posticis paul6 divergentibus.
Scutelliim minutissimum. Elytra abdomine paul6 breviora,
thoraceque mult6 latiora et illo tripl6 longiora, postic^
paulo latiora, basi utrinque transversa depressa, disco sub-
depresso, lateribus magis convexis, marginibus deflexis,
castaneo-rufa, singuli disco plagd latd longitudinal! nigr^,

4 o 2 nitida

650 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

nitida punctissima subpubescentia. Abdomen segmento
anali rotundato, marginato. Pedes longiores, tenuiores,
subcompressi. Suhtus testaceo-rufus.

Three individuals of this species were brought from Nepaul
by Major-General Hardwicke, with whose name I have in-
scribed it All the specimens agree with each other in the
formation of the antenna? and other essential organs ; and I
have therefore considered it as distinct from P. affinis, (to which
in its general characters it is nearly allied, and of which or of
P. lineatus it has been suggested that it may be one of the
sexes,) for the reasons which induced me to regard the P. tho-
racicus and Fichtelii as distinct. From the P. lineatus it is
distinguishable not only in the formation of its antennae and
thorax, but also from its geographical situation.

The Rev. F. W. Hope, in his " Synopsis of the new Species
of Nepaul Insects in the Collection of Major-General Hard-
wicke," inserted in "Gray's Zoological Miscellany," has adopted
my specific name for this insect (p. 27).

Species 14. Paussus ruficollis. Fabr.

V. niger, thorace loevi ferrugineo, elytris strig^ mediA, margi-
neque omni a strigd ad apicem ferrugineis antennis mag-
nis, clavatis, irregularibus, ferrugineis, clav4 elongate in-
tegr^.

Cerocoma ruficollis. Fabr. Ent. Syst. 3. 1. part. 2. p. 83.

Paussus ruficollis. Afzelius, Linn. Trans, vol. iv. p. 273. Fabr.
Syst. Eleuth. 2. 75. Schonh. Syn. Ins. 1. part. 3. Rees'
Fncycl. vol. xxvi. Genus Pausus, sp. 5. Encycl. Lond.
vol. xix. Genus Pausus, no. 5.

Habitat ~ ?

" In Mus. Dom. Lund," Fabr.

Magn. ?

Parvus,

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 651

Parvus, statura P. microcephali et lineati, niger. Caput mag-
num. Antenna magnae, clavatae, irregulares, ferrugineae,
biarticulatae, clav4 elongate integrd. Thorax laevis, ferru-
gineus, immaculatus. Elytra strig4 medi^, margineque
omni a strigd ad apicem ferrugineis. Pedes nigri.

I have been compelled, in consequence of not having met
with any specimen of the genus agreeing with the description
given of this species by Fabricius in the Entotnologia Systema-
tica, (to which no additional description is given in the Systema
Eleutheratorum,) to draw the above characters from the Fabri-
cian specific description : I consequently place it in this section
with doubt.

In addition to the preceding species, Latreille in the Nouveau
Dictionnaire d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxv. p. 58. states, that " M. Gat-
toire en a trouv6 une espfece a I'lle de France." The species
is not, however, mentioned, but from its geographical habitat
it would appear to be a distinct species : indeed, in his new
work, Cours d'Entomologie, vol. i. p. 298, Latreille mentions
this as " une esptice inedite."

Genus 3. Hylotorus. Dalman, Latr.

Paussus. GylL, Schonh.

Type of the Genus, Pausus Bucephalus, GylL, Schonh.

Corpus subdepressum, breve, obtusum, capite lato, in thoracem
posticfe immerso ; elytris vix thorace latioribus, apice trun-
catis. Caput magnum, convexum, rotundatum, thoracis
latitudine et in illo posticfe ferh ad oculos immersum ; collo
nullo, fove4 magna, ovata, impressione profundi inter
oculos et antennarum basin, pro receptione clavae anten-
narum ; ocellis vel tuberculis duobus, verticalibus, mamil-

latis.

652 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Faussida^

latis. OcuU parvi depress! oblongi. Trophi nondum de-
scripti. Antenna capite vix longiores, articulo Imo brevi,
lato, in medio emarginato, 2do ? parvo subgloboso, emar-
ginaturae prions inserto ; ultimo magno (magnitudine ca-
pitis dimidio,) ovato-lanceolato, compresso, subtiis vel
posteriCis convexo, supr^ vel anteriiis concavo, apice acuto
antrorsiim flexo. Thorax brevis, transversus, anticfe mult6
latior, capiti aequalis et illud ambiens, basi apiceque trun-
catus, supra insequalis, praesertim pone medium. Scu-
telliim mediocre, triangulare. Elytra thoracis antico vix
latiora, oblongo-quadrata, basi ips4 transversim impressa,
lateribus inflexo-sinuata, apice truncata, anum occultantia,
supra convexa. Alcz amplae. Abdomen breve, retusum.
Fedes breves, validi, femoribus tibiisque valdfe compressis,
dilatatis, tarsis brevibus, cylindricis, ut videtur 4-articula-
tis, primis tribus brevissimis, coarctatis, pilosis ; 4to Ion-
giore, nudo, unguibus duobus parvis arcuatis armato.

The detailed specific description of Paussus Bucephalus given
by Gyllenhal in the Appendix to Schonherr's Synonymia In-
sectorum, and the accompanying figure, together with the obser-
vations upon the species by Dalman in the Analecta Eritomolo-
gica, and those by Latreille in the new edition of the Regne
Animalf vol. v. p. 93. have enabled me to draw the preceding
characters of this otherwise undescribed genus. Dalman ob-
serves, " Hanc speciem a reliquis Pausis nimis distare et vix
ejusdem esse generis, facile sibi persuasius habebit, qui, in
Schcenherri Syn. iii. App. tab. 6. figuras hujus et Pausi den-
ticornis" {Platyrhopalus unicolor mihi) " comparare voluerit.
Etenim in illo et ceteris veris Pausis, caput thorace multo est
minus, oculi ver6 magni, et prominentes ; cum in Pauso Buce-
phalo, caput thoracis latitudine, oculi minuti, et os etiam alls

modo

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 653

modo conformatum videatur, alias minoris momenti discrepan-
tias, ut praetermittam. Accedunt characteribus supr^ recusitis,
ocelli, in paragrapho praecedenti laudati ; unde satis ratio ap-
paret quare hoc insectum proprii sit habendum generis, quod
Hylotorus nobis nominatur ; intermedium fortfe inter Pausos
genuinos et Platypodes :" And the following is the paragraph
referred to in the preceding extract; " De ocellis Coleopte-
rorum : — ocellos quosdam me observasse in Panso Bucephalo, '
eosque satis accurate depinxisse in Appendice ad Schcenherri
Syn. Ins. i. tab. 6, 2, c etsi cl. Gyllenhal speciem describens
non ocellos sed tubercula verticalia mamillata dixerit."

Bearing in mind the observations upon the affinities of the
family given above, I cannot consider the remark made by
Dalraan upon the situation of the genus as founded upon actual
affinity. It is indeed to be regretted, that Gyllenhal has omitted
to give any account of the structure of the trophi, which might
have afforded some additional information upon the subject;
and the magnified figure given by Schonherr of the head is very
obscure in regard to the structure of these organs.

In addition to the distinguishing characters mentioned by
Dalman may also be noticed the immersion of the head nearly
to the eyes in the anterior cavity of the thorax, without the
intervention of any neck, — a character not found in the two
preceding or two subsequent genera, and sufficient of itself to
show that the genus, if here placed, unnaturally separates
Paussus and Platyrhopalus. To both these genera, however,
and especially to the latter, it is evidently allied, from the sub-
bipartite formation of the thorax, which is evidently traceable
in the deeply impressed transverse striga.

Species

654 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

Species 1. Hylotorus Bucephalus. GylL, Schonh.
Tab. XXXTII. Fig. 41, 42.

H. totus pallida testaceus, glaber, oculis nigris, thorace postic^

transversa sulcato.
Paiisus Bucephalus. Gyllenhal in Schonh. Syn. Ins. vol. i. p. 3.

App. p. 15. tab. 6. /. 2. ^ /. 2 c. caput magn. auct.
Hylotorus Bucephalus. Dalman, Analect. Ent. p. 103. Latreille,

Regne Animal, 2nde edit. vol. v. p. QS.
Habitat Sierr^ Leone, Africd. Dom. Afzelius.
In Mus. Schonherr.
Long. Corp. (e figura Schoenherri) lin. 2^.

Magnitudine Anobii mollis aequalis, et colore similis, pallid^ tes-
taceus, glaber, nitidus. Caput fronte line^ impress^, postic^
bifidd, ramulis in tuberculis duobus vel ocellis desinentibus.
Oculi nigri. Antenna corpore concolores, articulis ut supr^
dictum. Thorax supr^ inaequalis, paul^ pone medium strigd
angulat^, vald^ profundi, et anticfe posticfeque aliis obso-
letissimis, transversim impressus. Scutellum concolor. Ely-
tra testacea, nitida, Isevia. Ala fusco-hyalinae. Corpus
subtils testaceum, punctulatum. Pedes pallid^ testacei.
The specific characters given above are derived from Gyllen-
hal's description. I have not seen the species, which is the
only one with which I am acquainted belonging to the genus.

Genus 4. Platyrhopalus* mihi.

Paussus. Donovan, Gyll., Schonh., Dalm.

Type of the Genus, Paussus denticornis, Don.

Corpus depressum. Caput thorace minus, porrectum, subqua-
dratum, posticfe in collum breve angustatum. Oculi magni,

* nxarv;, latus ; and poiru^ov, clava ; in allusion to the broad flat terminal point of
the antennas.

prominuli,

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 655

prominuli, laterales. iJabrum breve, subtriangulare, anticfe
rotundatum. Mandibula. corneae, tenuissimae, vald^ ar-
cuatae, apice in dentem acutissimum terminato, intern^
uni- vel bi-dentatae. Maxilla parvae, lobo basali crustaceo,
processu terminali vel interno piano, acuto, corneo, vald^
compresso, mandibuliformi, latere interno uni- vel bi-
dentato. Palpi maxillares ut in Paussis. Mentum breve,
transversum, crustaceum, angulis anticis in spinam longam
productis, etiam in medio, antic^, paul6, subrotund^ pro-
ducto. Palpi labiales eddem longitudine ut in Paussis^ in
lobos vel scapos duos, articuliformes, crassiores, intern^
connexos, insidentes, et inter mentum labiumque inserti, 3-
articulati, porrecti, articulis longitudine subaequalibus, arti-
culo Imo crassiori, 3tio tenuiori, apice acuto. Labium
subquadratum, extern^ planum, anticfe integrum, angulis
anticis rotundatis. Antennce magnae, articulis quasi duobus,
priori minori, compresso, apice obliqufe emarginato, angulo
interiori supra producto, fer^ conico ; tunc articulus ? par-
vus, subglobosus, emarginaturae prioris immersus ; cui in-
sidet articulus ultimus, maximus, planus, valdfe depressus,
et in priorem subtransvers^ impositus, margine omni com-
presso, acuto, basi truncatus, et extern^ incisus, vel dentatus,
etiam juxta basin supernfe transversim impressus, (articulo-
rum divisionem referens,) nee basi uncinatus. Thorax
planus, brevis, transversus, latior, lateribus anticis rotun-
datis. Elytra thorace multo latiora, postic^ subtruncata,
oblongo-quadrata, depressa. Pedes breviusculi, crassi, tibiis
dilatatis ; posticis extern^ in spinam parvam productis.
Tarsi breves, articulis 4, (si articulus alius basalis ut in
Pausso minutissimus est et vix discernendus,) articulis
tribus basalibus, compressis, intiis pilosis ; articulo ultimo
VOL. XVI. 4 p longiori,

656 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

longiori, laevi, tenuori, cylindrico, unguibus duobus. Ab-
domen elytris paul6 longius.

I have considered myself warranted in regarding the charac-
ters of the Paussus denticornis of Donovan and its affinities as
indicative of a genus distinct from that of the true Paitssi, not
only in consequence of their dissimilar general external appear-
ance or habit, but also of the variation exhibited in the lower
parts of the mouth.

The typical species appears to have been inserted in the genus
Paussus by Donovan with a feeling of suspicion, since he states
that, according to Afzelius's characters, it should not come into
that genus, the number of joints in the tarsi being only, as he in-
correctly states, 3 : whereas, in the other species, the tarsi are 5-
jointed, although, if not closely inspected, they appear 4-jointed.
The essential generic characters of the insect were however
omitted in Donovan's short specific description.

Gyllenhal, in the Synonymia Insectorum of Schonherr, vol. i.
part 3 ; App. p. 14. tab. 6. fig. 1. (by a singular coincidence,
evidently arising from similarity of structure,) described and
figured a distinct species nearly allied to Donovan's P. denti-
cornis, under the same name. He, however, regarded it as a
true Paussus, and thus shortly described its trophi : " Os in-
flexum brunneum, palpis crassis, pilosis, conicis vel extrorsum
attenuatis," evidently without noticing the peculiar structure of
the latter organs.

Dalman also in his observations upon the Paussus Bucephalus
mentioned above, regarded the P. denticornis of Gyllenhal as a
true Paussus, " Etenim in illo et in ceteris veris Pausis, Sec."

From the true Paussi, however, these insects appear sufficiently
generically distinct ; since the flat, depressed body and thorax ;

the

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 657

the regular shape of the latter, scarcely exhibiting any appearance
of the bipartite structure observable in Paussus; the extreme
flatness and breadth of the antennae ; the broad legs ; the very
hairy basal joints of the tarsi ; and, above all, the formation of
the lower lip {labium) and its equal-jointed palpi, and the scapes
upon which they are inserted, — cannot be regarded otherwise
than as intimating a group generically distinct from the true
Paussi.

It may also be noticed, that the transverse impression near
the base of the clava of the antennve appears to exhibit a ten-
dency to an articulate structure, which is confirmed by the den-
ticulations of its outer margin. This circumstance is particu-
larly noticeable in P. aplustrifer, in which there are two of these
impressions with their corresponding contractions or denticula-
tions.

The situation of the genus in the family appears to be between
the species composing my second section of Paussus, and Cera-
pterus. In their biarticulate antennae and the formation of their
maxillary palpi they approach the former ; and in the general
habit of their bodies, as well as in the formation of the basal joints
of their tarsi, and in the tendency to articulation exhibited in the
clava of their antennae, they approximate to Cerapterus.

Species 1. Platyrhopalus denticornis. Don.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 43—48.

P. brunneo-rufescens, elytris dorso fuscis, sutur4, lat^ ad basin,
macuMque utrinque postic^, rufescentibus ; antennarum
clavd magn^, latere omni acuto, juxta basin extern^ in-
cise ; thorace anticfe utrinque rotundato-dilatato.

Paussus denticornis. Donov. Epit. Ins. Ind. Paussus, no. 1.

tab. 5. Jig. 1. Rees' EncycL, Entomology, pi. 8. Jig. 10. &

10*. sine descriptione.

4 p 2 Habitat

658 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

Habitat in Indi^ Orientali. (Bengal. Dom. Fichtel.)
In Mus. Brit. — Mus. Soc. Linn., Haworth, Vigors, Clark, De-
jean, et Kirby.
Long. Corp. lin. 3^ ad lin. 5.

Brunneo-rufescens, supr^ subdepressus, tenuiter pubescens, ni-
tidus. Caput porrectum, subquadratum, transversum, an-
tic^ emarginatum, et paul6 deflexum ; longitudinaliter tenue
canaliculatum, postice in collum breve contractum. Oculi
magni, laterales, prominuli, glauci. Pa//;/ rufescentes, por-
recti. AntenncE brunneo-rufescentes, pilosa?, articulo Imo
difFormi, lato ; apicali maximo, thorace majori, fere ovato,
basi tamen subemarginatfe truncate, supra in disco pariiim
convexo, subtiis magis gibboso, margine omni compresso
acuto, supern^ juxta basin (et cum eo parallelo) impres-
sione transversa,, quae, margine superiori vel externo in
incisionem profundam at angustiorem, desinit, angulo ba-
sal! vel postico (dentem formante) externe subrotundato,
incisione intern^ fere rect^, indfe dentis apex subobtusus
apparet. Thorax brevis, transversus, basi apiceque trun-
catus, anticfe mult6 latior et elevatior, lateribus rotundato-
dilatatis, juxta vel paulo ante basin, subemarginatis, ibique
depressus et utrinque fove^ transversa brevi parv^ ; totus
brunneo-rufescens, obsolete et parc^ punctatus, pubescens.
Elytra thoracis antico latiora, et illo quadruple longiora,
oblongo-quadrata, subdepressa, basi transverse impressa,
abdomine breviora, fusco-rufescentia, disco nigro, suturae
dimidio basali latfe, macul^que postica rotundd utrinque
rufescentibus, subnitida, obsoletissimti punctata. Abdomen
elytris paul6 longius, segmento anali rotundato. Pedes
breviusculi, dilatati, tibiis latis, valde compressis, apice
exteriore subspinosis.

This

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 659

This species (which is easily characterizable from the macu-
lation of its elytra) varies upwards of a line in length : the
smallest individual which I have seen is contained in the cabinet
of the Linnean Society, and is somewhat darker-coloured than
the larger specimens.

In consequence of the priority in the nomenclature of this
species employed by Donovan, I have considered it proper to
retain his specific name for it.

The dissections of the genus represented in the plate were
made from a duplicate specimen of this species contained in
the cabinet of the Linnean Society, in which the various parts
figured are deposited.

The peculiar form of the external incision of the base of the
antennae is carefully represented in the plate.

Species 2. Platyrhopalus vnicolok mihi.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 49.

P. totus brunneo-castaneus, antennarum clava magna ovata
compress^ juxta basin extern^ incis^, thorace antic^ utrin-
que rotundato-dilatato.

Pausus denticornis. Megerle, Illig. Mag. 3. p. 113. not. (abs-
que descript.) Gyllenkal in Schonh. Syn. Ins. tab. 1. p. 3.
App. p. 14. tab. 6. Jig. 1. Schonh. id. p. IQ. no. 5. Dalman,
Anal. Ent. p. 103. sub Hylotoro Bucephalo.

Habitat in Indid Orient. Dom. Prof. Schumacher.

Long. corp. (sec. fig. Schonherri) lin. 4^. Magn. nat. Clero
formicario latior sed in elytris brevior.

In Mus. Schonherr, Gyllenhal, et Dejean.

Totus brunneo-castaneus, supra subdepressus, tenufe pubescens,
nitidus, obsolete punctatus, P. denticorni Don. structura
valdfe affinis. Caput subquadratum, brunneum, nitidum,

supra

660 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

supr^ subdepressum, obsolete canaliculatum, et, e figur^
Schonherri, vix anticb emarginatum. Oculi glauci. An-
tenna articulo apicali inaximo, fere piano, vel multura com-
presso, ovali, in margine superiori vel externo profundtj
incisus. Thorax brevis, transversus, anticfe multo latior,
lateribus rotundato-dilatatis, pone medium cit(!> coarctatus,
S anteriCis convexus, posteriiis depressus, et strig4 media

transversa, abbreviate, impressus. Elytra humeris an-
trorsilm prominentibus, castanea, subnitida. Corpus sub-
tiis brunneo-castaneum, nitidum. Pedes breviusculi, pal-
lidiiis castanei, valdfe compressi, tibiis dilatatis.

The chief differences observable between this species (the
material characters of which, in consequence of not having
met with a specimen, I have abridged from Gyllenhal's detailed
specific description,) and Donovan's P. denticornis are, the uni-
formity of colour in the former, the apparently rounded front of
its head, the sudden coarctation of the base of its thorax, and
its " striga media transversa, abbreviata."

In consequence of the priority of Donovan's specific name
denticornis, applied to the preceding species, I have considered
it expedient to give this a name referring to the uniformity of
its colour.

Amongst the insects brought from Nepaul by Major-General
Hardwicke, is a mutilated specimen of an insect intimately
allied to the two preceding species, but apparently distinct
from either of them. As the elytra, legs, and abdomen of the
specimen are wanting, I am unable satisfactorily to ascertain
its specific identity. The head and thorax, however, are smaller
and darker-coloured than in P. denticornis Don. ; the thorax is
proportionably rather longer ; the eyes are black ; the head is
rounded and subdepressed in front and not emarginate ; the

internal

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 661

internal margin of the clava of the antennee exhibits a stronger
contraction at the base than in that species, and the incision on
its outer edge is much wider, and the basal tooth very acute.
(Tab. nostr. Fig. 50.) If ultimately found distinct, the species
may receive the name of acutidens.

I provisionally place in this genus the two following insects,
not having had an opportunity of minutely examining their
trophi : their general flattened appearance and the apparent in-
dication of a rudimental notch at the base of the clava of their
antennae approach the true Platyrhopali; whilst in some respects
they agree with some of the Paussi, such as P. affinis, S^c. I
obtained a knowledge of them, as well as of the Paussus excavatus
and P. armatus, during my visit to Paris in September 1830,
subsequent to the reading of the commencement of this paper.

Species 3. Platyrhopalus ? l^evifrons. Dejean.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 65—67.

P. latus subdepressus toto obscur^ rufo-castaneus, antennarum
clav4 ferfe ovat4 depress^ basi truncatd, extern^ in unguem
parvum producto, margineque externo quadri-subdentato,
thorace utrinque antic^ rotundato-dilatato.

Paussus laevifrons. Dejean, Mss.

Habitat in Africa occidentali, Senegalia. Dom. Dumolin.

In Mus. Dejean, et Dupont.

Long. Corp. lin. 5.

Species nova magnaque. Latus, subdepressus, punctatus, ob-
scurfe rufo-castaneus, subhirsutus, laevis, nitidus. Caput por-
rectum, subquadratum, vertice convexo, laevi, anticfe rotun-
datum, posticfe in collum breve productum. Oculi medio-
cres. Antennarum clava magna ferfe ovata depressa sc.
supr^ disco pariim convexo, subtiis etiam pariim convexo

sed

662 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

sed in medio disci subacutids producta, basi subemarginatt
truncata, angulo postico basali in dentem parvum producto
latereque postico impressionibus 4 brevibus transversis, quae
in dentibus minutissimis in marginem desinunt, margineque
omni subacute. Thorax fexh quadratus, subdepressus, bi-
partitus, portio antica e postic4 line^ impress^ separata,
elevatior et latior, lateribus rotundato-dilatatis, portio pos-
tica in medio elevationi transversa, lateribus rectis, at in
medio utrinque paululiim subacute productis. Elytra tho-
racis antico latiora, oblongo-quadrata, subdepressa, abdo-
mine paul6 breviora, laevia, nitida, evidenter punctata.
Pedes breves femoribus tibiisque dilatato-compressis.

This fine species is unique in the magnificent collection of
M. le Comte Dejean, who informs me that he now possesses
between 20,000 and 21,000 species of Coleoptera. It is there-,
fore with the greatest pleasure that I take the present oppor-
tunity of acknowledging my thanks to that distinguished ento-
mologist for the kindness with which he allowed me to make use
not only of this, but of various other valuable portions of his
collections.

Species 4. Platyrhopalus ? dentifrons. Dejean.
Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 68— 70.

P. subcylindricus, ferrugineo-testaceus, antennarum clavd, brevi,
lat^, basi truncatA et in spinam obtusam externe productA,
apiceque rotundato ; vertice spin4 erecta setigerA ; thorace
lateribus anticis rotundatis et dilatatis.

Paussus dentifrons. Dejean, Mss.

Habitat in SenegaliA. Dom. Dumolin.

In Mus. Dejean, et Dupont.

Long. Corp. lin. 3f .

Nova

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 663

Nova species. Subcylindricus, toto ferrugineo testaceus, puncta-
tissimus, nitidus, subpubescens. Caput latum, thorace paul^
minus, supra convexum, spind erecta verticali, acuta, seti-
gerd ; margine antico vix emarginato ; post oculos in col-
lum contractum. Oculi magni laterales. Antennce articulo
basali crasso, dilatato, clavcique brevi latd thorace paul6
majori, subovatd, basi latiori, truncate et externe in spinam
product^, supra pariim convexa irregulari, eminentiis dua-
bus (sc. basi et post medium,) subtils multo convexiori
praesertim in regionem basalem, margine omni acuto. Tho-
rax capite paulo latior, subconvexus et quasi bipartitus,
portio antica major elevatior, latior, lateribus rotundatis et
e portione postica impressione transversa tenui (at in medio
profundiori, anticb postic^que paul6 producta) separata,
portio postica brevis depressa, lateribus iexh rectis vel pos-
tic^ paululiim oblique protensis. Elytra thorace latiora,
subcylindrica, abdominis apicem non tegentia, oblongo-
quadrata, nitida, evidenter punctatissima. Fedes breves,
femoribus tibiisque compressis.

I am indebted toM.le Comte Dejean for permission to describe
and figure this species from his cabinet. It is with considerable
doubt that I place it in the genus Flatyrhopalus, (although the
structure of the thorax and the flatness of the antennae approach
the typical species of that genus,) the cornuted head appearing
to give it an affinity with the Faussi, such as P.sphcerocerus, Sfc:
but from a note made in Paris, I have a slight idea that the
labial palpi have the joints of equal length.

VOL. XVI. 4 Q Species

664 Mr. J. O. Westwood oti the Paussida,

Species 5. Platyrhopalus? at lv strit er mihi.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 51.

P. depressus, totus rufo-fulvus, antennarum clav4 latd, pland,

extern^ spinis duabus acutis, thorace brevi piano, mar-

ginibus anticis rotundatis, posticis dilatato-acutis, lobo

transverse basali.

Habitat ?

In Mus. Brit, (sub nomine Mss. ''Paussus tridenticornis").
Long. Corp. lin. 3f.

Species nova insignisque. Depressus, laevis, testaceo-fulvus,
subpubescens. Caput subtriangulare, anticfe vix emargi-
natum, convexum, basi in collum cite!) contractum. Oculi
laterales, mediocres, prominuli. Mandibulce tenues, ar-
cuatae, acutae. Palpi labiates breviores, triarticulati ? arti-
culis subaequalibus ? Antenna pubescentes, articulo basali
subcompresso, angulo superiori product©; apicali raagno,
valdh compresso, subovato, in articulum priorem subtrans-
versh inserto, margine interno paul6 rotundato-dilatato,
apice rotundo, margineqne externo ad basin impressioni-
bus vel excisionibus duabus minutis subcontract©, (ad ar-
ticulorum duorum basalium divisiones referentibus,) etiani
ad medium marginis p©stici, spinis vel dentibus du©bus
longis acutissimis, basi latioribus, validis, instruct© ; inter
quos spatium valdh emarginatum. Thorax planus, capite
latior, brevis, lateribus dilatatis, marginibus anticis rotun-
datis posticisque acutfe productis et quasi truncatis, angulis
paulo elevatis, f©ve4 utrinque basi minimi profundi, lobo
basali transverso brevi e thoracis basi, fove^ transversa
tenuissim^, separato (ut in genere Lebid). Elytra subde-
pressa, ©blongo-quadrata, basi thorace paulo latiora et illo
ferh quadruple longiora Isevia, basi transversim impressa,

capite

a, Family of Coleopterous Insects. 665

capite thoraceque colore fiilviori. Pedes longiores, sub-
tenues, tibiis apice compressis, et utrinque spin^ minute
armatis. Tarsi ut videtur 4-articulati.

This remarkable species exhibits in its antennae and thorax a
structure totally unlike that of any other individual in the family.
At the base of the terminal joint of the former organs we perceive
two transverse depressions with small corresponding contractions
on its outer edge, evidently indicative of two basal rudimental
joints. The singular acute horns which arm the clava of the
antennae, as well as the rounded anterior margins and acutely
dilated posterior angles of the thorax with its short transverse
basal lobe, — similar to that found in the genus Lebia, — will not
fail to attract the attention. I regret that the only specimen with
which I am acquainted, and which is contained in the cabinet of
the British Museum, has unfortunately been pierced through
the centre of the head, so that I cannot state so accurately as I
could have wished the formation of the trophi ; one of the man-
dibles, however, which is visible, is slender, acute, and bent at
the tip. The maxillary palpi appear to resemble those of this
genus, and the labial palpi seem (at least as well as I could
examine them,) shorter than in the typical species, and com-
posed of three subequal joints. In this uncertainty, therefore,
I place the species in the present genus with doubt, although
from its general appearance, depressed form, and the flatness
and size of its antennae and thorax, it seems to be referable
to this rather than to the genus Paussus. The specimen stands
in the British Museum cabinet under the manuscript name
of " Paussus tridenticornis," a name so inappropriate, that I
have not hesitated to alter it to that employed above, in allu-
sion to the resemblance which the antennae bear to a small
military double-tongued banneret. From the manner in which

4 Q 2 the

666" Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

the antennae are situated upon the head, it appears to me that
when alive the insect carries them with the spines pointing
upwards, so that, probably, their flat inner surfaces may be
applied to each other. I regret not having been able to obtain
any information respecting its habitat.

Genus 5. Cerapterus. Swed., Don., Lntr., ^c.

Corpus depressum, capite minori, thorace majori, abdomine la-
tiori. Caput thorace angustius, depressum, subtriangulare,
postice collo brevi, cylindrico, instructum, Ocidi mediocres,
globosi, laterales, vald^ prominuli. AntenncB capitis fronte
inserts, pubescentes, perfoliatae, 10-articulata?, capite cum
thorace paul6 longiores, articulo Imo compresso, apice
concavo clypeato, transverso ; articulis reliquis depressis,
latis, articuli 2 — 9 equalibus depressis, brevibus, latissimis,
parallelis, et transversaliter impositis, ultimo in eodem cum
reliquis piano, fer^ quartam partem antennee constituente,
apice rotundato. Lahrum, mandibulcE, maa:ilheque minutae.
Palpi elongati, inaequales; maxillares {maxilla, Swed. fig. 4.
a,h.) longi, cornei, 4 ?-articulati, articulo penultimo apice
crassiori, ultimo tenui acuto ; labiales crassiores, articulo
ultimo longiori, latiori, depresso, truncato. Thorax planus,
immarginatus, lateribus dilatatis. Scutellum mediocre, tri-
angulare. E/y^ra lata, planiuscula, elongato-quadrata, mar-
ginibus lateralibus, inflexo-convolutis, apice subtruncata.
Abdomen elytris paul6 longius. Pedes breves, valdfe com-
pressi, lati. Tarsi angusti, filiformes, breves, articulis ba-
salibus ciliatis, articulo ultimo longo, simplici.

This genus was established by Swederus in the Transactions
of the Swedish Academy, vol. ix. 1788, p. 203, for the recep-
tion of an insect which he had received from General Davies of

Blackheath.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 667

Blackheath. The genus, however, remained unnoticed until
Donovan described a second species in his Natural History of
the Insects of New Holland, and also recorded the existence of
a third, which had been consigned by Fichtel to the Imperial
Cabinet at Vienna. The generic characters were not detailed
by Donovan, with the exception of those drawn from the an-
tennae. Latreille in his Genera Crust aceorum, ^c, evidently
guided by Donovan's work, and unacquainted with the original
description of Swederus, gave the genus with characters drawn
merely from the antennae, and with Donovan's species as the
type : and it is through this slight description alone that the
French entomologists appear to be acquainted with the genus,
since in the EncyclopSdie Melhodique the genus Cerapterus was
entirely omitted in the Letter C ; and the only notice of it in the
later volume of that work, under the article Paussiis, omits all
mention of the original species. It is with pleasure that I now
give the characters of the genus in detail, which I have drawn
from the generic and specific description of Cer. latipes given
by Swederus, from the characters exhibited by Donovan's figure
of Cer. MacLeaii, and from an examination of the insect con-
tained in the cabinet of the East India House subsequently
mentioned. This examination, although merely external, has
enabled me to state the formation of the terminal joints of the
palpi, and thus to exhibit their resemblance in general forma-
tion with the Paussi, thereby also proving that the disagreement
appearing in the figures of these organs given by Swederus
(tab. 6. f. 2, 3 & 4.) is produced by the incorrectness of the
delineation of the maxillary palpi in the two former figures.
In the latter figure (to which the detailed generic description
of these organs alone refers) they are, however, correctly repre-
sented, although we find that description, which is as follows, to
be incorrect: "Os maxillis palpisque. Palpi ^-j/a/i/orinaequales,

ultimo

668 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

ultimo articulo longiori, latiori, depresso, truncate, tab. 6. f. 4.
c, d, e." (In the figure referred to, which is generally correct,
there are, however, only two organs thus formed.) " Maxilla
(Mandibula Fabr.) brevis, apice cornea, arcuata, subulata, fig, 4.
a, b." (although the figure exhibits a pair of organs thus formed,
which are, in fact, the maxillary palpi). The large size of the
labial palpi compared with the maxillary, and their general
structure, are singular characters. In respect to the former
character they approach Pentaplatarthrus. The Cerapterus
MacLeaii might indeed be considered as the connecting spe-
cies between Paussus and Cerapterus; but, at the same time,
the flattened thorax and antennae of Platyrhopalus evidently
exhibits great affinity between that genus and Cerapterus, al-
though the joints of the palpi are comparatively much larger.
Swederus and Donovan were silent as to the number of joints
in the tarsi ; and I regret not being able to supply the de-
ficiency, from the circumstance of the only individual which I
have been enabled to examine being the single specimen in the
Javanese collection, which I consequently was unable to inves-
tigate so minutely as I could have wished, as also from the
basal joints being retracted within the hollowed tip of the tibia ;
the terminal joint is, however, longer and flattened, and appa-
rently broader at the base than at the tip. The basal joint of
the antennae is broad and compressed, with the tip emarginate,
and the second joint is inserted in the centre of this emargina-
tion at right angles. The second and following joints are flat,
broad, and depressed, and exhibit as singular an appearance as
any antenna with which I am acquainted, and which together
with the other characters will instantly distinguish this genus
not only from the rest of the family, but from every other known
genus.

In the formation of the underside of the body this genus does

not

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 669

not materially disagree from Pentaplatarthriis and Paussus ; and
as both Swederus and Donovan have given figures of the under-
sides of their respective species, I have not thought it material
to add a similar representation of the Javanese specimen. Of
the habits of the species nothing is recorded.

Species 1. Cerapterus latipes. Swederus.

C. latus, depressus, '* piceus, elytris macula flavescente," api-
cali majuscula, " pedibus latissimis, tarsis intra tibias, re-
tractilibus."

C. latipes. Swed. Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. ^c. T. 9- 1788. p. 203.
pi. 6. Jig. 1. Don. Ins. New Holland (sub Cerapt. Mac-
Leaii). Schonh. Sy7i. Ins. vol. i. p.S. part. IQ. no. 1.

Habitat, . . .'. vid. infr^.

Long. Corp. e figura Swederi, lin. 6. Magn. nat. Silphae 4-ma-
culataj. Swed.

Corpus latum, depressum. " Caput nigrum subpunctatum. Oculi
albescentes. Antenna ferrugineo-piceae, hirtae ; palpi fer-
ruginei, pariim hirti. Thorax planiusculus, anticfe et pos-
tich truncatus, lateribus dilatatis, rotundatis, ferrugineo-
piceus, hirtus, posticfeque utrinque foveolatus. Scutellum
majusculum, triangulare, glabrum, nigro-piceum. Elytra
glabra, punctis minutissimis excavatis, inordinatis, apice
truncata," singula " macula versus apicem majuscula, su-
tura, margineque postico, flavescentibus. Pectus et Abdo-
men ferrugineo-picea, pariim hirta. Pedes piceo-ferruginei,
femoribus tibiisque brevissimis, latissimis, compressis, ele-
vato-punctatis, parOim hirtis, tibiis intra femora retractilibus.
Tarsi angusti, filiformes, breves, ciliati, intra tibias retrahi
et celari possunt."

Obs. 1. Primum pedum par abfuit.

Obs. 2. In delineatione insecti Swederi (fig. 1 & 2.) maculae ely-

trorum

6*70 Mr. 3. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

trorum apicales quasi (at indistinct^) quadratae, apparent.

Fig. 1. Insectum magnitudine naturali supr^ visum. Fig. 2.

Idem, magnitudine auctum, laterfe visum. Fig. 3. Caput et

thorax magn. pli\s auct., latere visa, antennarum formatio-

nem exhibens. Fig. 4. Idem, palpos exhibens. Fig. 5.

Insectum magn. auct., subtils visum, f. Antenna aucta,

later^ visa, g, h. Pedes aucti.
Obs. 3. In figura 5, pedes 4 postici, multCim contracti, deline-

antur, ind^ perbreves videntur.
Obs. 4. In figuris 1 & 5. apex elj^trorum subrotundatus nee trun-

catus apparet.

This species was described by Swederus as an inhabitant of
Honduras in central America, from the Collection of General
Davies of Blackheath in Kent. Mr. Donovan however states,
upon the authority of that gentleman, that it came from Ben-
gal. The specific characters introduced above in inverted
commas, I have copied from the original description of the
species, adding thereto such observations as appear necessary
from a comparative consideration of the characters of the other
species.

Amongst the Javanese insects collected by Dr. Horsfield, and
now deposited in the cabinet of the Museum of the East India
Company, there is an individual belonging to this genus, of
which, through the kindness of that gentleman, I am enabled
to give the following description and accompanying figure.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 52—56.

C. latus, depressus, piceus, thorace brevi transverso, elytris ma-
cule apicali, majusculd, irregulari, fulvd, pedibus latissimis,
antennisque piceo-rufis.

Habitat in Javd. Dom. Horsfield.

Long.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 671

Long. Corp. lin. o\. Lat. corp. 2^-.
In Mus. Soc. Merc. Ind. Orient.

Corpus latum, depressum, nitidum, hirtum. Caput porrectum,
supr^ transversum, piceum, subnitidum, pilosum, sub-
punctatum. Oculi mediocres, prominuli, laterales. Os in-
flexum ; palpis porrectis, crassis ; maxillaribus piceo-rufis ;
labialibus pallidioribus. Antenna raagnae, hirtae, piceo-rufse,
articulorum 2 — 9 lateribus subparallelis. Thorax brevis,
transversus, planus, capite latior, basi apiceque truncatus,
anticfe latior, lateribus dilatatis, rotundatis, obscure rufo-
piceus, obsolete punctatus, hirtus, posticfe utrinque subfo-
veolatus. Scutellum mediocre, triangulare, piceum. Elytra
thorace latiora, et illo quadruple longiora, oblongo-qua-
drata, basi e thorace paulo remota, lateribus inflexis, apice
subtruncata, abdominis longitudine, supra subdepressa, pi-
cea, nitida, singula macuM versus apicem majuscuM irre-
gulari (sc. anticfe obtusfe tridentata) fulva, sutura rufe-
scenti, basi hirta, nee nisi obsoletissimfe punctata. Corpus
subtiis rufo-piceum, nitidum, hirtum. Abdomen piceum.
Pedes similes, breves, piceo-rufi, vald^ compressi, femo-
ribus tibiisque dilatatis, brevibus, latissimis, subpunctatis,
par^im hirtis, tibiis intra femora retractilibus. Tarsi rufo-
picei, breves, ciliati, intra tibiarum apices excavatos re-
tractilibus.

The chief characters in which the insect last described appears
to disagree with the original description and figure of C. latipes, t

are the irregular form of the spot at the apex of the elytra, the
apparently slight increase in the length of the legs, and in the
suture being rufescent, and the apex of the elytra piceous.

These differences may, however, be considered merely as
apparent, since Swederus, as above observed, is not explicit

VOL. XVI 4 R as

672 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

as to the form of the apical spot in his species ; and the legs
appear very short in his figure in consequence of their being
very much retracted. Should, however, these differences actu-
ally exist, I can scarcely consider them otherwise than as indi-
cative of a variety, and not of a distinct species ; since in form,
colour, and indeed in all other essential specific characters,
Dr. Horsfield's insect certainly appears to agree with that of
Swederus. If, on the contrary, it should ultimately be ascer-
tained that this insect is specifically distinct from the C. latipes,
I propose that a specific name should be given to it commemo-
rative of its learned capturer, by whose researches so many
interesting novelties have been added to our zoological trea-
sures, designating it consequently Cerapt. Horsfieldii, Westw.

Species 2. Cerapterus MacLeaii. Donovan.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 5?.

C. angustior, subdepressus, integr^ brunneus, thorace subqua-

drato, pedibus simplicibus.
C. MacLeaii. Donovan, Insects of 'New Holland, Genus Cera-
pterus, tab. 3. Latr. Genera Crustaceorum, 8fC. vol. iii. p. 4.
Schonherr, Si/n. Ins. vol. i. part. 3. p. 19- Encycl. MSthod.
sub art. ^^ Paussili".
Habitat in Nov^ Hollandi^.
Long. corp. (e figura Donovani) lin. 5]-.
In Mus. D. Francillon olim.

Corpus angustius, subdepressum, nitidum, integre brunneum.
Caput latum, porrectum, rotundatum; ocM/i magni promi-
nuli. Antenna majores, articulo ultimo permagno, punc-
tato, apice rotundato. Thorax subquadratus, capite vix
latior, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis. Elytra
oblongo-quadrata, thorace paulo latiora, apice subtruncata,

abdomine

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 673

abdomine paul6 breviora. Perfes longiores, femoribus tibiis-
que simplicibus.

This species was received by the late Mr. Francillon from
New Holland, and was figured by Donovan in his work upon
the insects of that country.

I am not aware in whose possession the original specimen is
at present. It differs materially from the C. latipes not only in
its uniform brunneous colour, but also in its narrow form and
more slender legs. The preceding specific characters are chiefly
derived from Donovan's figure of the species, his description
being very short.

Mr. Donovan also speaks of another species of this genus
brought from Bengal by M. Fichtel, who consigned it to the
Imperial Cabinet at Vienna, of which, however, he has unfortu-
nately omitted to give the characters, and, as far as I have been
enabled to ascertain, the entomologists of that city have not yet
supplied the deficiency.

Genus 6. Trochoideus* mihi. Pausus, Dalman.
Corpus subovatum, subconvexum. Caput subtriangulare, apice
tamen truncato, collo postico nullo. Os aliquantilm pro-
ductum. Labrum integrum. Mandihula breves, labro ferfe
tectae. Palpi maxillares filiformes, crassiusculi, 3-articu-
lati, articulis aequalibus, Imo 2doque breviter obovatis,
apicali conoid eo. Palpi labiaks brevissimi. AntenncB
spadiceai, clav^ magn^ obovat^, in capitis apice insertae,
supra OS, ab oculis aliquantilm remotae, longitudine circiter
capitis cum thorace, articulus Imus sat longus obovatus
vel pyriformis, 2dus parvus breviter obconicus (ad articuli
2di basin, certo situ, articulus alius minutissimus apparere

* T^oy^iuliii, rotundus ; in allusion to the rounded apex of the elytra.

4 R 2 videtur.

G74 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

videtur, qui vero, vix nisi praecedentis radicula,) tota
quae restat antennae pars, clavam format permagnam, cras-
sam, parCim compressam, obovatam, summo apice tamen
tumescenti. Haec clava, sub oculo armato, articulata
attamen videtur, scilicet articulo basali brevi, semilunari,
2do maximo clavam veram constituente, apicali brevi sub-
mamillari tumido, his omnibus tamen sic intim^ connatis,
ut difRcilfe distinguuntur. Clava subtils visa, fere instar
cochleae duplicatae. Oculi laterales, parvi, rotundati, integri,
parilm prominuli. Ocelli nulli. Thorax qu^m longus latior,
marginatus, subcordatus, basi apiceque tamen truncatus,
angulis anticis rotundatis posticis subrectis, supr^ convexus,
(canalicula dorsali ?). Scutellum parvum triangulare. Ely-
tra ierh obovata, scilicet, jam ad basin thorace manifeste
latiora, versus medium aliquantiim dilatata, posteriiis an-
gustata, apici rotundata dorso convexa. Pedes breviusculi,
mutici, antici basi approximati, postici verb insertione a se
invicem valde distantes, femoribus subclavatis, elytrorum
apicem haud attingentibus. TibicB muticae, compressae,
posticae paul6 curvatae. Tarsi graciles, longitudine dimidiae
tibiae, 4-articulati, articuli 1, 2, 3 minuti, brevissimi, api-
calis longitudine praecedentium conjunctim, biunguiculatus.
Abdomen planiusculum, segmentis 6, Imo reliquis mult^
majore, anali minuto.

The preceding are the generic characters of an extremely
interesting insect described by Dalman in his paper "Om In-
sekter unneslutne i Copal, &c/' published in the Transactions
of the Swedish Royal Academy for 1825 ; but regarding which
(notwithstanding Dalman has observed that the antennae are
of the " forma singularis Paiiso propria," adding, " De genere
hand dubiio, attamen characteres insecti genus proprie designan-
tes, adjungere licet"), I feel convinced that no one, consider-
ing

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 675

ing its form and characters with reference to any of the pre-
ceding genera, will be disinclined to admit that we should be
sacrificing the principles adopted by all modern entomologists,
were we to regard it as congenerous with the true Paussi. In-
deed I cannot but think that its peculiar form, together with the
structure of its palpi, clearly prove not only the correctness of
such a step, but also show that, if we even consider it as belong-
ing to the family, a very aberrant situation must be assigned
to it, since it appears to me clearly to point the way to some
other group. And I likewise feel convinced that every friend
of entomological science will rejoice that Dalman's " specimen
unicum," although " copalo inclusum," was " optim^ conserva-
tum et examinatu sat facile, nisi quod attinet ad pedes ante-
riores sub corpore retractos."

The generic characters given above are selected from Dal-
man's detailed specific description, and exhibit several peculiar
variations in structure. The general habit or facies of colour-
ing of the insect, the form of the head, thorax and elytra, the
length and slenderness of the legs, the formation of the maxil-
lary, and the extreme minuteness of the labial palpi, are cha-
racters which evidently intimate a connexion with other families ;
while at the same time the antennae (although the increased size
of the second joint, and the rudimental articulations in the clava
are worthy of notice,) evidently, as Dalman has remarked, ex-
hibit the general " forma singularis Pauso propria."

Species 1. Trochoideus cruciatus. Dalman.

Tab. XXXIII. Fig. 58, 59-

T. ferrugineus, elytrorum basi apiceque fuscis, sutur^ fascid-

que medid brunneis.

Pausus cruciatus. Dalman, Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handl. 1825.

p. 400. sp. 3. tab. 5. Jig. 9—11.

Habitat

676 M}\ J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,
Habitat .

Long. Corp. vix lin. 1^ Paris.

Caput fusco-brunneum, laeve. Os cum palpis lutescens, mandi-
bulae pallidae. Antenna geniculis apiceque rufescentibus,
oculo armato subtilissimfe pubescentes. Oculi albi cum
macula rufa. Thorax fusco-brunneus, margine laterali dor-
soque dilutioribus, rufo-ferrugineis, subtilissimfe pubescens.
Scutellum ferrugineum. Elytra flavo-ferruginea, margine
obscuriori et regione scutelli infuscata, per elytrorum me-
dium fascia transversa, dorso brunnen, ad latera nigricans ;
et versus apicem iteri^m fascia nigro-fusca, relicto tamen
ipso apice rufo-piceo, sutur4 rufo-pice^ cum fascia medid
crucem formante. In singulo elytro stria obsoleta juxta su-
turam, de cetero elytra omnin6 laevia, nee punctata videntur,
sed pube brevissima obducta. Corpus subtiis rufo-ferrugi-
neum, immaculatum, la?ve, pectoris postici canaliculd tenui.
Pedes ferruginei feraoribus obscurioribus ; tarsi pallid^ tes-
tacei.

In addition to the foregoing insects belonging to the family,
Schonherr has included amongst his species of Paussus, but
placed at the end of the genus with an expression of doubt,
the Hispa bihamata of Linnaeus {Syst. Nat. ed. 12. 1. p. 604.
no. 3.). This insect, from the Linnean description of its 3-jointed
antennae (the third joint of which is longer than the thorax), and
the truncation of its elytra, appears to belong to the family ; but
as I am not aware that anything further is known respecting its
characters, except the original description, it is impossible to
speak with precision upon the subject*. It is an inhabitant of
India, and is stated to be of the size of Chrysomela cuprea.

* The singular hooks which arm the exterior angles of the posterior part of the elytra
(" singula elytra postice truncata sed angulo exteriore terminate spina magna incurva ")
are characters not to be met with in any of the Paussida.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 677

It only remains for me to add a few observations upon the
only remaining insect which has been introduced into the family,
but which does not appear referable thereto.

Fabricius, in his Systema Eleutheratorum, comprised in the
genus Paussus an insect under the name of P . flavicornis, with
the remark, "Animalculum singulare vix hujus generis/' La-
treille is the next author who mentions this insect, in his Histoire
Naturelle SfC. tab. 11. 209. no. 4. with the following ^' Nota :
Get insecte, que nous n'avons pas ete k meme d'examiner, doit
sans doute former un autre genre, c'est aussi le sentiment de
Fabricius." Schonherr, however, in his Syn. Ins. vol. i. p. 3.
no. 9> notwithstanding these observations of Fabricius and La-
treille, and evidently overlooking the specific description of the
terminal joints of the antennae, has placed it amongst the species
of Paussus without any expression of doubt. Dalman, in the notes
inserted at the end of his Analecta Entomologica, agrees with
Fabricius and Latreille, observing " De Pauso flavicorni Fabr.:
Hoc insectum minime Pausi est generis, tarsi enim omnes eviden-
ter 5-articulati, elytris molliusculis, toto habitu atque colore ad
Malachios nimis accedere videtur, et ipsa antennarum singularis
forma sat bene congruit cum earundem structura in masculis
Malachii anei et specierum affinum. Pausi jlavicornis foemina
nobis haud est visa, quare de ejus antennarum structura sumus
inscii, sed insectum ad ulteriorem indagationem in musaeo nos-
tro, sub nomine Malachii flavicornis, militat." — pp. 103, 104.

Latreille, profiting by these observations, adds the following
note at the foot of his family Mely rides in the Families Natu-
relles : *' Le Pausus flavicornis de Fabricius parait devoir en
former un nouveau genre prtis des precedens." — p. 353.

The preceding remarks, added to an examination of a conge-
nerous insect in Mr. Haworth's cabinet, under the manuscript
name of Cerocoma marginata, subsequently mentioned, have

sufficiently

678 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

sufficiently convinced me that the Paussus fiavicornis does not
belong to the PaussidcE, but that it is referable to the Telephorida ;
since Dalman's observations upon the tarsi clearly prove that
it is not allied to the Cerocomce. I therefore propose for the
insects in question, the generic name of

Megadeuterus*.

Corpus parvum, villosum. Antenna articulo Imo incurvo, elon-
gato ; 2do magno rotundato compresso ; articulis reliquis
brevibus, filiformibus. Elytra molliuscula. Tarsi 5-arti-
culati.

Species 1. Megadeuterus flavicornis. Fahr.

M. corpore nigro, elytris cyaneis, antennarum articulis duobus

basalibus flavis.
Habitat in Java.
Mus. Dom. de Sehestedt.
Paussus flavicornis. Fahr. Syst. Eleuih. 2. 75. 4. Dalman loc.

cit. Sch. Syn. Ins. vol. 1. part. 3. p. IQ.

Corpus nigrum. Caput et thorax cinereo-villosa. Antenna arti-
culis duobus basalibus flavis, reliquis nigris. Elytra cyanea,
nitida.

Species 2.
My friend A. H. Haworth, Esq., F.L.S., &c. possesses in his
cabinet an undescribed insect, evidently congenerous with the
above, under the manuscript name of Cerocoma marginata. A
casual examination of this insect enables me merely to state that
it appears to agree with the Fabrician description of M. flavi-
cornis in all respects, except that the suture and margins of the
elytra are rufous.

* fteyaj, magnus; and IsuTtpos, secundus ; — in allusion to the large second joint of
the antennae.

EXPLA-

Traru: Lin: Soc: Vol.7Nl.Tat : ?>». p679.
It

J.O.Weftwcod deli

F.tufraved hu J Swaine

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 679

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXIII.

Noie. — The Figures are all more or less magnified. The lines near the Insects
figured represent their natural size. The same small letters refer to the correspond-
ing or analogous parts throughout the dissections, as follows :

a. The labrum.

b. The mandibles.

p. The basal part of the maxilla.

c. The apical lobe of ditto.

d. The maxillary palpi.

e. The mentum.

e e. The produced lateral angles of ditto.

f. The labium.

g. The triarticulate labial palpi.
h. The basal scapes.

i. The place of insertion of the antenna ; with the exposed
part of the circular moveable ball above mentioned,
upon the upper surface of which,
A:. The basal joint of the antennae is inserted.
/. The small articulation ? between the basal and terminal
joints of the antennae.
m. The apical portion or clava of the antennae.
n. The eyes.
0. The neck.

Fig. l.to 14. Pentaplatarthrus paussoides and details.
Fig. 1. The insect magnified.

2. The head, seen above ; exhibiting the formation and in-

sertion of the antennae.

3. The same, seen from the front, showing the elongation

of the palpi and the flatness of the antennae.
VOL. XVI. -4s Fig. 4.

680 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce,

Fig. 4. The same, seen from below, exhibiting the structure of
the lower parts of the mouth.

5. The labrum, mandibles, and lower part of the face, more

highly magnified.

6. The mandible, ditto.

7. The maxilla and its palpus.

8. The mentum, labium, palpi, and their scapes, seen from

below.

9. The same, seen from within the mouth.

10. The same, seen sideways.

11. The under-side of the trunk {thorax Linn.)

12. The head and pro thorax, seen sideways.

13. The coxa (r), the biarticulate trochanter {sScs), and the

femur of the hind leg.

14. The tarsus.

15. to 20. Details of a species of the genus Paussus of the 2nd

section.

15. Under-side of the head.

16. The labrum.
17- The mandible.

18. The maxilla, showing its insertion on the outside of the

produced lobe of the mentum.

19. The instrumenta labialia mihi, or lower organs of the

mouth, seen from beneath : half of the mentum and
neck is removed, to show the insertion of the labial
palpi.

20. The lower organs of the mouth, seen from within, with

one of the lobes of the mentum.

21. Head, thorax and base of the elytra of Paussus micro-

cephalus.

22. Paussus Linnai.

23. Antenna of ditto, seen from the front.

Fig. 24.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 681

Fig. 24. Antenna of Paiissus Linnai, seen from behind.

60. Paussus excavatus.

61. Antenna of ditto, seen rather obliquely from above.

25. Paussus rufitarsis.

26. Antenna of ditto, seen from behind.

27. Ditto, seen from above.

28. Head and thorax of Paussus thoracicus.

29. Clava of antenna of ditto, seen from behind.

30. Ditto, seen from the front.

31. Head and thorax of P. Fichtelii.

32. Antenna of ditto, seen from behind.

33. Ditto, seen obliquely in front.

34. Head, thorax, and base of elytra of P. pilicornis. (From

Donovan).

35. Ditto of Paussus sphcerocerus.

62. Paussus armatus.

63. Portion of the head of ditto, seen sideways.

64. Antenna, seen sideways.

36. Paussus affinis.

37. Antenna of ditto, seen from behind.

38. Paussus lineatus. (From Thunberg.)

39. Paussus Hardwickii.

40. Antenna of ditto, seen from the front.

41. Hylotorus Bucephalus. 1 (From Schon-

42. Head of ditto, more highly magnified. ^ herr.)

43. Head, thorax, and base of elytra of Platyrhopalus den-

ticornis.

44. to 48. Details of ditto.

44. The labrum.

45. The mandible.

46. The maxilla and its palpus.

47. The instrumenta labialia.

4 s 2 Fig. 48.

682 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussida,

Fig. 48. The tarsus.

49. Head, thorax, and base of elytra of Platyrhopalus uni-

color. (From Schonherr.)

50. Head and thorax of the specimen of Platyrhopalus

brought from Nepaul by Major-General Hardwicke,
previously mentioned.
66. Platyrhopalus? Icevifrons.

66. Antenna of ditto, seen sideways.

67. The outer margin of ditto, showing the slight impres-

sions and teeth.

68. Platyrhopalus f dentifrons.

69. Portion of the head, and one of the antennae, seen

sideways.

70. The antenna of the same, seen obliquely.

51. Platyrhopalus ? aplustrifer.

52. Cerapterus latipes, drawn from the specimen in the East

India Company's Collection previously mentioned.

53. to 56. Details of ditto.

53. Head of ditto, seen from the front.

54. Ditto, exhibiting the flattened terminal joints of the an-

tennae, the two maxillary, and one of the labial palpi.

55. The parts of the mouth, seen from the front.

56. The anterior leg of ditto.

57. Cerapterus MacLeaii. (From Donovan.)

58. Trochoideus cruciatus. '\

59- Head, thorax, base of the elytra, and > (From Dalman.)
fore-leg of ditto. J

Postscript.

a Family of Coleopterous Insects. 683

POSTSCRIPT.

Since the preceding sheets were printed, Mr. Melley of Man-
chester, the possessor of a very fine collection of exotic Coleo-
ptera, has liberally submitted to my examination a remarkable
new species of this family ; and I am happy in being enabled
to add the following description of it, although 1 regret that, in
consequence of the Plate having been completed, I cannot add a
figure of it, and the more especially, since the insect in question
is one of the most extraordinary in the family. From the forma-
tion of the antennaj and palpi it is clearly referrible to my new
genus Platyrhopalus, and in the former of those organs most
nearly resembles PL IcBvifrons; but in the extraordinary breadth
of its elytra (which considerably exceed, in proportion to its size,
even those of the Cerapterus Horsfieldii), and in its very broad
and flat retractile legs, it evidently approaches Cerapterus.
Mr. Melley informs me that a description and figure of it will
shortly appear in M. Guerin's Magazin de Zoologie. I am not,
however, aware of the specific name which he is about to pro-
pose for it, and am consequently restricted from introducing it
in the ordinary manner with a nomen triviale, unless indeed its
liberal possessor will allow me the honour of applying to it the

name of

Platyrhopalus Melleii, Westzv.

PI. piceus, elytris castaneis, latissimis, fer^ quadratis, anten-
narum clava lat^ compress^ margine fer^ circulari basi
extern^ angulum efFormante, pedibus latissimis.

Habitat in Malabaria.

In Mus. Melley.

Long, Corp. (antennis exclusis) lin. 4^, lat. elytr. lin. 2^.

Species nova et valdfe insignis. Latissimus, subconvexus, rufo-
piceus, tenuissim^ punctatus, nitidus, subhirsutus, thorace
capiteque declivibus. Caput parvum, parilm nitidum, an-

ticfe

684 Mr. J. O. Westwood on the Paussidce.

tic^ emarginatum, postic^ in collum breve contractura.
OcuU magni, prominuli, laterales. Antenna articulo basali
sat magno, depresso, apice extern^ obliqufe emarginato,
clav4 in emarginationis medium insidente, haec clava per-
magna est, fer^ circularis et compressa soil, facie antic^
vel superb pariim concavd ; postic^que vel externa parilm
convex^ praesertim in medio, margine omni acuto ; tres
tuberculae minutissimae ciliatae in raarginem circuli exter-
num, paul6 ante apicem exstant, et clavae basis interna
subquadrat^ producitur. Palpi maxillares maximi, articulo
antepenultimo permagno, lato, et ad apicem interne vald^
producto. Palpi lahiales cylindrici, hirsuti, articulo penul-
timo qu4m terminali paul6 majori. Thorax brevis, declivis,
transversus, capite iexh dupl6 latior subopacus, raarginibus
lateralibus, rotundatis, portio postica brevissima, sed dis-
tincta et mult6 angustior est, et e portione antic^, linea
transversa fere rect^, minimi elevate, separata. Elytra
castanea, tenuissim^ punctata, nitidissima, parilm hirsuta,
subconvexa, et thorace e tertii parte conjunctim latiora ;
iexh quadrata, longitudine latitudinem conjunctam paulis-
per superante ; in angulo postico externo, tuberculum par-
vum mamiliatum utrinque adest, et apex ipse elytrorum
subobliqu^ utrinque producitur. Abdomen elytris vix lon-
gius. Pedes breves, latissimi, de^re?>s\, femoribiis excisione
elongate intern^ pro tibiarum receptione efformat^. TibicB
latissimae, apice interno bicalcaratse. Tarsi tibiis breviores,
subcylindrici, subtils ciliati, articulis 5 distinctis, articulo
Imo crassiori, 4to breviori, 5toque longiori et tenuiori,
unguibus 2 acutis instructo ; sed in pedibus 2 anticis arti-
culus basalis brevior est quam in 4 posticis.

June 9, 1832.

XXXV. On

( 685 )

XXXV. On the Organs and Mode of Fecundation in Orchidea
and Asclepiadece. By Robert Brown, Esq., V.P.L.S., <^c.

Read November 1 and 15, 1831.

In the Essay now submitted to the Society, my principal
object is to give an account of some observations, made chiefly
in the course of the present year, on the structure and economy
of the sexual organs in Orchideae and Asclepiadeae, — the two
families of phaenogamous plants which have hitherto presented
the most important objections to the prevailing theories of
vegetable fecundation.

But before entering on this account, it is necessary to notice
the various opinions that have been held respecting the mode
of impregnation in both families : and in concluding the sub-
ject of Orchideae, I shall advert to a few other points of struc-
ture in that natural order.

ORCHIDE^.

The authors whose opinions or conjectures on the mode of
impregnation in Orchideae I have to notice, may be divided
into such as have considered the direct application of the
pollen to the stigma as necessary : and those who, — from cer-
tain peculiarities in the structure and relative position of the
sexual organs in this family, — have regarded the direct contact
of these parts as in many cases difficult or altogether impro-
bable.

686 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

bable, and have consequently had recourse to other explnna-
tions of the function.

In 1760, Haller, the earliest writer of the first class, in de-
scribing his Epipactis, states that the antheraj or pollen masses,
after leaving the cells in which they are originally inclosed, are
retained by the process called by him sustentaculum, the rostel-
lum of Richard, from which they readily fall upon the stigma*.
He adds, that both in this genus and in Orchis the stigma com-
municates by a fovea or channel with the ovarium.

But as in 1742 he correctly describes the stigma of Orchis t,
and in his account of Epipactis :|; notices also the gland derived,
as he says, from the sustentaculum, and which is introduced
between and connects the pollen masses, his opinion on the
subject, though not expressed, is distinctly implied even at that
period : or as indeed it may be said to have been so early as
1736§, when he first described the channel communicating with
the ovarium, and considered it as being in the place of a
style.

In 1763, Adanson|| states that the pollen masses are projected
on the stigma, of which his description is at least as satisfactory
as that of some very recent writers on the subject. He also de-
scribes the flower of an Orchideous plant as being monandrous,
with a bilocular anthera, containing pollen which coheres in
masses (a view of structure first entertained, but not published,
by Bernard de Jussieuf ) ; and he correctly marks the relation
both of the stamen and placentae of the ovarium to the divi-
sions of the perianthium.

In 1777, Curtis, in the Flora Londinensis in his figure and

* Orchid, class, constitut. in Act. Helvet. iv. p. IQO;

t Hall. Enum. p. 262. f Id. p. 274.

§ Meth. stud. bot. p. 21. 1| Fam. des Plant, ii. p. 69.

il Juss. gen. pi. p. 66.

account

Fecundation in OrchidecB and Asclepiadea. 687

account of Ophrys apifera, correctly delineates and describes the
pollen masses, called by him antherse, the glands at their base in-
closed in distinct cuculli or bursiculae, and the stigma, with the
surface of which he represents the masses as coming in contact.

In his second volume, the two lateral adnate lobes of the
stigma, and the auriculae of the column of Orchis mascula, are
distinctly shown ; and these auriculae, now generally denomi-
nated rudimentary stamina, are also delineated in some other
species of Orchis afterwards figured in the same work.

In 1793, Christian Konrad Sprengel* asserts that the pollen
masses are applied directly to the secreting or viscid surface on
the front of the column, in other words to the stigma, and that
insects are generally the agents in this operation.

In 1799j J- K. Wachtert supports the same opinion, as far as
regards the necessity of direct contact of the pollen masses with
the female organ ; and this observer was the first who succeeded
in artificially impregnating an Orchideous plant, by applying
the pollen to the stigma of Habenaria bifolia.

In 1799 also, or beginning of 1800, Schkuhr.^ takes the same
view of the subject, and states that the pollen masses, which
resist the action of common moisture, are readily dissolved by
the viscid fluid of the stigma.

In 1800 Swartz§, in adopting the same opinion, notices
various ways in which the application of the pollen may be
effected in the different tribes of this family, repeats the state-
ment of Schkuhr on the solvent power of the stigma, and in
Bletia Tankervillia describes ducts which convey the absorbed
fluid from that organ to the ovarium.

In 1804, Salisbury II asserts that he had succeeded in im-

* Entd. Geheim. p. 401. f Rdmer Archiv. ii. p. 209.

X Handbuch iii. p. 192. § Jet. Holm. 1800 p. 134.

II Linn. Soc. Transact, vii. p. 29.

VOL. XVI. 4 T pregnating

688 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

pregnating many species belonging to different tribes of Orchi-
deae, by applying the pollen masses to the stigma, whose channel
communicating vvith the cavity of the ovarium, and first noticed
by Haller, he also describes.

In 1827, Professor L. C. Treviranus* published an account
of several experiments made by him in 1824, which satisfacto-
rily prove that impregnation in this family may be effected by
the direct application of the pollen to the stigma.

About the end of 1830 a letter from Professor Amicitto
M. Mirbel was published, in which that distinguished micro-
scopical observer asserts that in many phaenogamous plants the
pollen tubes, or hoyaux, penetrate through the style into the
cavity of the ovarium, and are applied directly to the ovula.

In this important communication Orchideae are not men-
tioned, but M. Adolphe Brongniart in a note states that he
himself has seen the production of hoyaux or pollen tubes even
in this family ; that here, however, as well as in all the other
tribes in which he had examined these tubes, he found them
to terminate in the tissue of the stigma.

Of the second class of authors the earliest is Linnaeus.]:, who,
in 1764, not satisfied either with his own or any other descrip-
tion then given of the stigma, inquires whether the influence
of the pollen may not be communicated internally to the
ovarium.

In 1770, Schmidel§, in an account which he gives of a spe-
cies of Epipactis, describes and figures the upper lip of the
stigma, the rostellum of Richard, with its gland both before and
after the bursting of the anthera ; and as he denominates that

* Zeitschrift f. Physiol, ii. p. 225. f Annal. des Sc. Nat, xxi. p. .S29.

X Pralect. in Ord. Nat. ed. Giseke. p. 182.

§ Gesn. Op. Bot. hist, plant, fasc. ii. p. 15. tab. 19.

part.

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 689

part, before the pollen masses are attached to it, " stigma vir-
gineum," he may be considered as belonging to the same class.

Koelreuter, the next writer in point of time, and whose essay-
was published before Linnaeus's query appeared, states, in 1775*,
that the pollen masses, which he denominates naked antherae,
impart their fecundating matter to the surface of the cells of
the true anthera, regarded by him consequently as stigma, and
that through this surface it is absorbed and conveyed to the
ovarium.

In 1787, Dr. Jonathan Stokest conjectures that in Orchideae,
as well as in Asclepiadeae, the male influence, or principle of
arrangement, as it is termed by John Hunter, may be conveyed
to the embryo without the intervention of air : a repetition cer-
tainly of Linnaeus's conjecture, with which however, as it was
not published till 1791, he could not have been acquainted.

In 1791, BatschJ states that in Orchis and Ophrys, — and his
observation may be extended at least to all Satyrinae or Ophry-
deae, — the only way in which the mass of pollen can act on the
ovarium, is by the retrogradation of the impregnating power
through the pedunculus or caudicula of the pollen mass to the
gland beneath it, which he is disposed to refer rather to the
stigma than to the anthera.

The late Professor Richard, in 1802 §, expressly says that
fecundation is operated in Orchideae and Asclepiadeae without
a change of place in the stamina ; his opinion therefore must be
considered identical with that of Batsch, and extended to the
whole order.

It might perhaps be inferred from the description which I
gave of Orchideae in a work published in 1810 1|, that my opi-

* Act. Phys. Palat. iii. p. 55. f With. Bot. Arrang. 2nd ed. ii. p. 964.

% Botanische Bemerk. i. p. 3. § Diet, de Botan, par Bulliard ed. 2. p. 56.

II Prodr. Flor. ISlov. Holl. i. p. 310.

4 T 2 nion

690 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

nion respecting the mode of impregnation agreed with that of
Batsch and Richard, thongh it is not there actually expressed,
nor indeed very clearly in another publication of nearly the
same date*, in which I had adverted to this family. But
I have since on several occasions more explicitly stated that
opinion, which, until lately, I always considered the most pro-
bable hypothesis on the subject. At the same time its probabi-
lity in this family appeared to me somewhat less than in Ascle-
piadeae. For in Orchideae a secreting surface in the female
organ, apparently destined to act on the pollen without the in-
tervention of any other part, is manifest ; and some direct evi-
dence of the fact existed, though not then considered satisfactory.
In Asclepiadeae, however, I entertained hardly any doubt on the
subject ; the only apparently secreting surface of the stigma in
that family being occupied by the supposed conductors of the
male influence, and no evidence whatever, with which I was
acquainted, existing of its action through any other channel.

In 1816 or 1818 I received from the late celebrated Aubert
du Petit Thenars some printed sheets of an intended work on
Orchideae, which, with a few alterations, was completed and
published in 1822+.

From the unfinished work, as well as that which was after-
wards published, it appears that this ingenious botanist con-
sidered the glutinous substance connecting the grains or lobules
of pollen as the "aura seminalis" or fecundating matter; that
the elastic pedicel of the pollen mass, existing in part of the
family, but according to him not formed before expansion,
consists of this gluten ; and that in the expanded flower the
gluten which has escaped from the pollen is, in all cases, in
communication with the stigma,

He describes the stigma as forming on the surface of the

* Linn. Soc. Transact, x. p. 19. f Hist, des Orchid, p. 14.

column

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 691

column a glutinous disk, from which a central thread or cord of
the same nature is continued through the style to the cavity of
the ovarium, where it divides into three branches, and that
each of these is again subdivided into two. The six branches
thus formed, are closely applied to the parietes of the ovarium,
run down one on each side of the corresponding placenta to its
base, each giving off numerous ramuli, which spread themselves
among the ovula, and separate them into irregular groups.

Hence, according to this author, a communication is esta-
blished between the anthera and the ovula, which he adds are
impregnated through their surface, and not, as he supposes to
be the case in other families, through their funiculus or point
of attachment to the placenta.

The remarkable account of the stigma here quoted, though
coming from so distinguished and original an observer, and one
who had particularly studied this family of plants, seems either
to have been entirely overlooked, or in some degree discredited
by more recent writers, none of whom, as far as I can find, have
even alluded to it. And I confess it entirely escaped me until
after I had made the observations which will be stated in the
present essay, and which confirm its accuracy as to the exist-
ence and course of the parietal cords, though not as to their
nature and origin.

In 1824 Professor Link* expresses his opinion that the rostel-
lum of Richard is without doubt the true stigma.

In 1829 Mr. Lindleyt, who for several years has particularly
studied and has lately published part of a valuable systematic
work on Orchideous Plants, states that in this family impregna-
tion takes effect by absorption from the pollen masses through
their gland into the stigmatic channel.

In 1830, in his Introduction to the Natural System of Botany.

* Fhilos. Dot. p. 298. f Synops. Brit. Flor. p. 256.

the

i ■
\

692 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

the same statement is repeated ; and in this work it also
appears that he regards the glands to which the pollen masses
become attached in Ophrydea; as derived from the stamen,
and not belonging to the stigma*, as in 1810 I had described
them. It would even appear, from a passage in his syste-
matic workt published in the same year, that he considers the
analogous glands, existing in most other tribes of Orchideae,
as equally belonging to the stamen: in his "Introduction,"
however, he refers them to the stigma in all cases except in
Ophrydeae.

Towards the end of 1830 the first part of Mr. Francis Bauer's
Illustrations of Orchideous Plants, edited by Mr. Lindley, was
published.

From this work, of the importance and beauty of which it
is impossible to speak too highly, it may be collected that
Mr. Bauer's opinion or theory of impregnation in Orchideae
does not materially differ from that of Batsch, Richard, and
other more recent writers. From one of the figures it appears
that this theory had occurred to him as early as 1792 ; and in
another figure, bearing the same date, he has accurately repre-
sented the structure of the grains of pollen in a plant belonging
to Ophrydeae, a structure which I had not ascertained in that
tribe till 1 806. Although Mr. Bauer's theory is essentially the
same as that of Batsch and Richard, yet there are some points
in which it may be considered peculiar; and chiefly in his
supposing impregnation to take effect long before the expan-

* "The pollen is not less curious. Now we have it in separate grains, as in other
plants, but cohering to a mesh-work of cellular tissue, which is collected into a sort of
central elastic strap ; now the granules cohere in small angular indefinite masses, and
the central elastic strap becomes more apparent, has a glandular extremity, which is
often reclined in a peculiar pouch especially destined for its protection." — Introduct.
to Nat. Syst. of Bot. p. 263.

f Gen. and Sp. of Orchid,, Part I. p. 3.

sion

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadece. 693

sion of the flower, at a time when the sexual organs are so
placed with relation to each other that the fecundating matter,
believed by him to pass from the pollen mass through its caudi-
cula, where that part exists, to the gland attached to it, may be
readily communicated to the stigma, with which the gland is
then either in absolute contact or closely approximated. The
more important points of this account may be extended to nearly
the whole order, but it is strictly applicable only to Satyrinae or
Ophrydeae, a tribe in which Mr. Bauer seems, with Mr. Lindley,
to consider the glands as belonging to the stamen and not to the
stigma*. In those genera of this tribe in which the glands are
included in a pouch or bursicula, he describes and figures per-
forations in the back of the pouch, through which the fecun-
dating matter is communicated from the glands to the stigma ;
and one of the figures is intended to represent a gland in the act
of parting with the fecundating matter.

It is impossible to judge correctly of Mr. Bauer's theory
until all the proofs and arguments in its favour are adduced.
I may observe, however, that those already published are by
no means satisfactory to me.

* In the second part of Mr. Bauer's Illustrations, which has appeared since this
paper was read, the explanation of Tab. 3. fig. 6. is corrected in the following man-
ner :

" For 6. A pollen mass with its caudicula and gland taken out of the anther ;

" Read 6. A pollen mass witli its caudicula and the internal socket of the stigmatic
gland."

It is evident, indeed, in the second part of the Illustrations, from figures 8, 9, 11,
and 12, of Tab. 12. representing details of Satyrium pustulatum, and the drawings of
which were made in 1800, that Mr. Bauer must, from that time at least, have correctly
understood the origin of the glands in Ophrydeae. There is nothing, however, in any
of the figures in Tab. 3. of the first part at variance with their explanations, from
which I judged of his opinion. It may therefore be concluded that Mr. Bauer had
not examined these explanations before their publication.

For,

694 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

For, in the first place, in the very early stage in which,
according to this theory, impregnation is supposed to be
effected, it appears to me that the pollen is not in a state to
impart its fecundating matter, nor the stigma to receive it ; and
it may be added, though this is of less weight, that the ovula
have neither acquired the usual degree of development, nor
that position which they afterwards take, and which gives the
apex of the nucleus or point of impregnation the proper direc-
tion, with regard to the supposed impregnating surface.

Secondly, in the figure which may be said to exhibit a de-
monstration of the correctness of the theory, — in that, namely,
representing the gland in the act of parting with the fecun-
dating matter, — the magnifying power employed (which is only
fifteen times,) is surely insufficient for the establishment of a
fact of this kind ; while the disengagement of minute granules,
which no doubt often takes place when the gland is immersed
in water, may readily be accounted for in another way*.

Thirdly, I have never been able to find those perforations, re-
presented by Mr. Bauer, in the bursiculae of Orchis and Ophrys,
and the existence of which in these genera is essential to his
hypothesis.

And, lastly, the appearance of the stigma in Bletia Tanker-

* This second observation ouglit not now to be taken into account, as in the second
part of Mr. Bauer's Illustrations the following correction occurs respecting the figure
alluded to (Tab. 3. fig. 8.)

" This is in some measure an ideal figure to represent in what way the fecundating
matter is supposed to leave the caudicula and stigmatic gland ; for this reason there
has been no attention paid to preserving a proportion between the pollen mass and the
fecundating matter."

1 may here, however, remark, that it was evidently not my intention, in the observa-
tion in question, to throw any doubt on the correctness of Mr. Bauer's figure, being
aware that very minute granular matter, separating from the gland when immersed in
water, is actually visible with a lens of about half an inch focus. I objected to it only
as a satisfactory proof of the theory referred to.

villia.

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 695

villia, after impregnation, as he believes, according to my view
of the subject would rather prove that it was in a state capable
of acting upon, but had not yet received the fecundating matter
from, the anthera.

In thus venturing to differ from so accurate and experienced
an observer as Mr. Bauer on a subject which he has for many
years minutely studied and so beautifully illustrated, I am well
aware how great a risk I incur of being myself found in error.

I am very desirous, however, that the perusal of this sketch
of the various statements that have appeared on the question of
impregnation, with the greater part of which he is at present
probably unacquainted, should induce him to reexamine the
facts and arguments by which his own opinion on this subject
is supported. He will thus either succeed in establishing his
theory on more satisfactory grounds, or, if the examination
should prove unfavourable, he will, I am persuaded, from his
well known candour, as readily abandon it.

The notice here given of the opinions of botanists on impreg-
nation in Orchideae brings the subject down to the spring of the
present year, when from circumstances, which I may hereafter
have occasion to advert to, my attention was directed to this
family of plants, the particular study of which I had for a long
time discontinued.

In reviewing notes respecting them, made many years ago,
I found some points merely hinted at, or imperfectly made out,
which seemed deserving of further examination ; and in the
course of these inquiries, other observations of at least equal
importance suggested themselves.

I now proceed to state, in some cases briefly, in others at
greater length, the results of this investigation.

The first question that occupied me was, the relation which
VOL. XVI. 4 u the

696 Mr. Bkown on the Organs and Mode of

the lateral and generally rudimentary stamina bear to the other
parts of the flower.

Into this subject I had in part entered in my Observa-
tions on Apostasia, published by Dr. Wallich in his " Plantae
Asiaticae Rariores*," and had then considered it probable that
in all cases these Stamina, in whatever state of development
they were found, belonged to a different series from the middle
and usually fertile stamen ; in other words, were placed oppo-
site to the two lateral divisions of the inner series of the perian-
thium. In 1810, however, when I first advanced my hj^pothesis
of the true nature of these processes of the column, I supposed,
though the opinion was not then expressed, that they formed
the complement of the outer series of stamina ; a view which
has been since very generally adopted, especially by Dr. Von
Martins, who has given it in a stenographic formula, and by
Mr. Lindley, who has exhibited the relative position of parts in
this family in a diagram+. A careful examination of the struc-
ture of the column in various tribes of the order, chiefly by
means of transverse sections, has fully confirmed the opinion I
entertained when treating of Apostasia ; and more particularly
established the fact in Cypripedium, in which these lateral
stamina are perfectly developed.

On the hypothesis of rudimentary stamina I may remark, that
it presented itself to me some time before the publication of the
Prodromus Florae Novae HoUandiae ; and my belief is, that
until the appearance of that work this view had not been taken
by any other observer in England. Mr. Bauer at least, in a
recent conversation on the subject, readily admitted, with his
usual candour, that although acquainted with a case of acci-
dental development, the general view had not occurred to him
until stated by me.

* Vol. i. p. 74. t Introdud. to Nat. Sifst. p. 264.

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 697

In my mind it arose from contrasting the structure of Cypri-
pedium with those genera of New Holland Orchideae — Diuris,
Prasophyllum, and others — in which the lateral processes or
appendages of the column are so remarkably developed ; and
I afterwards, in searching for additional confirmations of the
hypothesis, believed I had found such in the more minute late-
ral auriculae of the column present in most Ophrydeae.

These auriculae however, though they might serve to confirm,
would hardly have suggested the hypothesis, at the period espe-
cially of which I speak. They had indeed until then been
altogether overlooked, except by Malpighi*, by Curtis in his
Flora Londinensis, perhaps in Walcott's Flora Britannica, and
by Mr. Bauer, whom they were not likely to escape.

In my recent observations on Apostasia, referred to, I
noticed a singular monstrosity of Habenaria bifolia, which, if
such deviations from ordinary structure are always to be trusted,
would throw great doubt on the hypothesis being applicable to
these auriculae of Ophrydeae. For in this case, in which three
antherae are formed, auriculae not only exist on the middle or
ordinary stamen, but one is also found on the upper side of
each of the lateral antherae, which are here opposite to two
divisions of the outer series of the perianthium. I have lately
met with another instance of a similar monstrosity equally
unfavourable ; and I may add that this doubt is still further
strengthened by my not being able to find vascular cords con-
nected with these auriculae in the only plants of Ophrydeae in
which I have carefully examined, with this object, the structure
of the column, namely, Orchis Morio, mascula, and latifolia. ,,

I do not indeed regard the absence of vessels as a complete
proof of these auriculae not being rudimentary stamina. But I
may remark, that in the other tribes of Orchideae, in many of

* O;;. Ovi. tab. 25. fig. 142.

4 u 2 whose

698 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

whose genera analogous processes are found, and in which
tribes alone cases of their complete development have hitherto
been observed, vessels not only generally exist in these pro-
cesses, but may often be traced to their expected origins,
namely, into those cords which also supply the inner lateral
divisions of the perianthium.

Although not necessarily connected with my subject, I may
here advert to the remarkable monstrosity in the flowers of an
Ophrys described and figured by M. His* upwards of two years
before the appearance of my Prodromus. This account I did
not meet with till after that part of the volume relating to
Orchideae was printed ; and I have here only to observe re-
specting it, that neither the monstrosity itself, consisting of the
conversion into stamina of the three inner divisions of the peri-
anthium, nor the author's speculation founded on it, has any
connexion with my opinion which relates to the processes of
the column.

M. His's paper, however, and the remarkable structure of
Epistephium of M. Kunth, have together given rise to a third
hypothesis, whose author, M. Achille Richard t, considers an
Orchideous flower as generally deprived of the outer series of
the perianthium, which is present only in Epistephium. He
consequently regards the existing inner series of perianthium,
or that to which the labellum belongs, as formed of metamor-
phosed stamina.

This hypothesis, although apparently sanctioned by the struc-
ture of Scitaminese, I consider untenable ; the external addi-
tional part in Epistephium, which I have examined, appearing
to me rather analogous to the calyculus in some Santalaceae, in
a few Proteaceae, and perhaps to that of Loranthaceae.

* Journal de Physique, Ixv. (]807), p. 241.

f Mim, de la Soc, d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, iv. p. l6.

With

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 699

With reference to the support the hypothesis may derive
from the monstrosity described by M. His, I may add that
I have met with more than one case of similar conversion into
stamina of the inner series of the perianthium, or at least of its
two lateral divisions, with a manifest tendency to the same
change in the labellum : and in one of these cases, namely
Neottia picta, in addition to the conversion of the two lateral
divisions of the perianthium, the lateral processes of the column
were also completely developed.

The next point examined was the composition of the Stigma
with the relation of its lobes or divisions to the other parts of
the flower, and especially to the supposed component parts of
the ovarium. On this subject very little information is to be
obtained from the writings of botanists, most of whom have
contented themselves with describing the stigma as a disk, a
fovea glutinosa, a secreting surface, or viscid space in front of
the column. The late celebrated Richard however, who adverts
to the occasional existence of two lateral processes of his gyni-
zus, may be supposed to have had more correct notions of its
composition : and it may also be observed, that in Curtis's plate
of Ophrys apifera already referred to, and still more distinctly
in Mr. Bauer's figure of Orchis mascula, the two lateral lobes are
represented as distinct, corresponding very exactly with Haller's
description, in 1742, of the stigma in this genus.

The result of my examination of this point satisfied me that
Orchideae have in reality three stigmata, generally more or less
confluent, but in some cases manifestly distinct, and two of
which are in several instances even furnished with styles of
considerable length.

These stigmata are placed opposite to the three outer divisions
of the perianthium, and consequently terminate the axes of the
supposed component parts of the ovarium, always regarded by

700 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

me as made up of three simple ovaria united by their ovuli-
ferous margins ; a structure in which the ordinary relation of
stigmata to placentee is that here found.

In Mr. Bauer's "Illustrations" already referred to, a very
different account is given of the composition of the ovarium,
which is there said to be formed of six pieces.

This view of its composition seems to be founded on the
existence of six vascular cords, on the apparent interruptions
in the cellular tissue, and on the singular dehiscence of the
capsule. But the mere number of vascular cords, which, being
destined to supply all parts of the flower, may be said rather to
indicate the divisions of the perianthium than those of the ova-
rium, cannot be considered as affording an argument of much
importance, and, if it were, would equally apply to many other
families having trilocular ovaria, as Irideae ; while the inter-
ruptions or inequalities of cellular tissue may be viewed as only
the preparation for that dehiscence which, though very remark-
able in this order, is in a great degree analogous to that taking
place in most Cruciferae, in several Leguminosse, and in other
families of plants. It may also be objected to Mr. Bauer's view
of the composition of ovarium, that the arrangement of the
parietal placentae, which on this hypothesis would occupy the
axes of the three alternate component parts, is contrary to every
analogy ; while the position of the stigmata, if my account
should prove to be correct, affords evidence nearly conclusive
of the ovarium being formed of only three parts.

In those genera of Orchideaj in which the lateral stamina are
perfect, and the middle stamen without anthera, namely, Cypri-
pedium and Apostasia, all these lobes or divisions of stigma are
equally developed, are of nearly similar form and texture, and,
as I have proved by direct experiment in Cypripedium, are all
equally capable of performing the proper function of the organ.

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 701

In most other cases the anterior lobe, or that placed opposite
to the perfect stamen, and deriving its vessels from the same
cord, manifestly differs both in form and texture from the other
two. To this anterior, or upper lobe, as it generally becomes
in the expanded flower, the glands always belong to which the
pollen masses become attached, but from which they are in all
cases originally distinct, as may be proved even in Ophrydeae.

According to my view, therefore, of the mode of impreg-
nation, its office is essentially different from that of the two
lateral lobes or stigmata, which in various degrees of develop-
ment are always present, and in all cases, when the ovarium is
perfect, are capable of performing their proper function.

The greatest development of these lateral stigmata takes
place in the tribe of Satyrinae or Ophrydeae, as in many species
of Habenaria^ those especially which are found near or within
the tropics ; and still more remarkably in Bonaiea speciosa, a
plant hardly indeed distinguishable from the same extensive
genus.

It would seem that in Bonatea the extraordinary development
and complete separation of these lateral stigmata, have effec-
tually concealed their true nature ; and accordingly they have
uniformly been considered as forming parts or appendages of
the labellum, with which indeed their bases cohere. That they
are really stigmata, however, I have proved by a careful exa-
mination of the tissue of their secreting surface, by the action
of the pollen artificially applied to this tissue, by the descent
of its tubes, hereafter to be described, along the upper sur-
face of the styles which is destitute of epidermis, and by
the consequent enlargement of the ovarium. Diplomo-is of
Mr. Don*, which may also be regarded as a species of Ha-
benaria, is another example of nearly the same kind ; and the

* Prodr. Flor, Nepal, p. 26.

description

702 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

description of stigma which, in 1813, I introduced into the
character of Satyrium*, implies an analogous development in
that genus.

On the relative position of stamina and stigmata in the column
of an Orchideous plant, it may be remarked that there is hardly
an instance of a perfectly developed stamen and stigma placed
opposite to each other, and consequently deriving their vessels
from the same cord.

For, in the ordinary structure of the family in which only one
perfect stamen is produced, the corresponding stigma loses
entirely or in great part its proper function, which it recovers,
so to speak, in those cases where this stamen becomes imperfect,
or is destitute of an anthera : and hence, perhaps, it may be said
that to obtain in any case the complete development of the
lateral stamina, and, what is of greater importance, to ensure
in all cases the perfection of the lateral stigmata, these organs
are never placed opposite, but uniformly alternate with each
other.

The general conformation of the ovarium, with regard to the
number and relative position of the parietal placentae, and the
arrangement of their numerous ovula, has long been well under-
stood. But the early structure and evolution of the unimpreg-
nated ovulum have not yet, as far as I know, been in any
degree attended to.

In its gradual development, the ovulum exhibits a series
of changes nearly agreeing with those which M. Mirbelt has
described and illustrated as taking place in other families.

In the earliest state in which I have examined the ovulum in
Orchideae, it consists merely of a minute papilla projecting

* Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. vol. v. p. 196.

f Annul, des Sc. Nat. xvii. p. 302. ; — and in Mem. de PAcad. des Sc. de I'Instit. ix.
p. 212.

from

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 703

from the pulpy surface of the placenta. In the next stage the
annular rudiment of the future testa is visible at the base of the
papilliform nucleus. The subsequent changes, namely, the
enlargement of the testa, the production of a funiculus, which
is never vascular, and the curvature or inversion of the whole
ovulum, so as to approximate the apex of its nucleus to the sur-
face of the placenta, take place in different genera at different
periods with relation to the development of the other parts of
the flower. In general when the flower expands, the ovulum
will be found in a state and direction proper for receiving the
male influence. But in several cases, as in Cypripedium and
Epipactis, genera which in many other respects are nearly
allied, the ovulum has not completed its inversion, nor is the
nucleus entirely covered by its testa until long after expansion,
and even after the pollen has been acted on by the stigma, and
its tubes have penetrated into the cavity of the ovarium.

The tissue of the perfect stigmata in Orchideae does not
materially differ from that of many other families. In the
early state the utriculi composing it are densely approximated,
having no fluid interposed. In the more advanced but unim-
pregnated state, these utriculi enlarge, and are separated from
each other by a copious and generally viscid secretion. The
channel of the style, or stigma, whose parietes are similarly
composed, undergoes the same changes. Both these states are
represented in one of Mr. Bauer's plates, who however con-
siders the more advanced stage as subsequent to impregnation.

In the advanced but still unimpregnated state of the ovarium,
the upper portions, which are in continuation with the axes of
the three placentae, but do not produce ovula, are of a texture
somewhat different from that of the greater part of the cavity,
but still more obviously different from that of the cavity of the
style, being neither apparently secreting nor consisting of

VOL. xvi. 4 X similar

704 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

similar utriculi. A narrow line of like surface is found extend-
ing on each side of every placenta nearly as far as it is ovuli-
ferous. The three lines occupying the upper part of the axes,
and the six lines marginal to the three placentae, may, for a
reason which will hereafter appear, be called the conducting
surfaces of the ovarium.

The female organ, as now described, is in a proper state to
be acted upon by the pollen applied to the stigma, and for the
transmission of the fecundating matter into the cavity of the
ovarium, in a manner and form which I shall presently attempt
to explain.

In reflecting on the whole evidence existing in favour of the
direct application of the pollen mass to the stigma, and espe-
cially on the recent experiments of Professor Treviranus*, I
could no longer doubt that in this manner impregnation was
actually effected in Orchideae ; and the sole difficulty in my
mind to its being the only way arose from adverting to a cir-
cumstance that must have been remarked by every one who has
particularly attended to this family, either in Europe or in tro-
pical regions ; namely, that all the capsules of a dense spike are
not unfrequently ripened : a fact which at first seems hardly
reconcileable with this mode of fecundation, at least on the sup-
position that the pollen mass is applied to the stigma by insects.

Without going fully into the question at present, I shall here
only remark, that in several such cases I have satisfied myself,
by actual examination of the stigmata belonging to capsules
taken at many different heights in the spike, that pollen, by
whatever means, had actually been applied to them+.

* Zeitschrift, f. Physiol, ii. p. 225.

f tt may also be observed, that the same difficulty apphes to many other cases of
dense inflorescence, as to the female spikes or strobili of Coniferas, Zamia, and Zea ;
in all of which the symmetry of the ripe fruit is generally perfect, although partial
failures of impregnation might be at least equally expected.

Believing,

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadece. 705

Believing, therefore, this to be the only mode in which im-
pregnation is effected, I proceeded to examine the immediate
changes produced by the application of the pollen masses to
the stigma.

From numerous observations and experiments made with
this view, chiefly in Satyrinae or Ophrydeae, and Arethuseae,
not however confined to these tribes, it was ascertained that the
grains of pollen, soon after being applied to the stigma, either
in the entire mass or separately, produce tubes or boyaux ana-
logous to those first observed in one case by Professor Amici*,
and afterwards in numerous others, and in many families, by
M. Adolphe Brongniartt.

In Orchideae one tube only is emitted from the absolutely
simple grain, while the number of tubes generally corresponds
with that of the divisions or cells of the compound grain.
These tubes are of extreme tenuity, their diameter being gene-
rally less than l-2000th of an inch, and they acquire a great
length, even while adhering to the grains producing them.
From these, however, they separate generalh'^ while still in-
volved in the secretion and mixed with the utriculi of the
stigma ; and I have never observed an instance of a tube with
its grain attached to it lower than the tissue of the stigma. In
form they are perfectly cylindrical, or of equal diameter, neither
dilated at the apex nor sensibly contracted in any part of their
course. I have never found them either branched or jointed ;
but have frequently observed apparent interruptions in the
tube, probably caused by partial coagulations of the contained
fluid. Even in their earliest stage, while in length hardly equal
to the diameter of the grain, I have not been able to observe
them to contain distinct granules in employing a magnifying

* Atti delta Soc. Ital. xix. par. 2. p. 254. Annal. des Sc. Nat. ii. p. 66.
f Jnnal. des Sc. Nat, xii. p. 34.

4x2 power

706 Mr. Brown on the Oi^gous and Mode of

power of 150. With a power of 300 or 400 indeed, extremely
minute and very transparent granular matter may be detected ;
but such granules are very different from those which have been
supposed to belong to the grains of pollen.

As an entire pollen mass is usually applied to the surface of
the stigma, and as a great proportion of the mass so applied is
acted upon by the fluid in which it is immersed, the tubes pro-
duced are generally very numerous, and together form a cord
which passes through the channel of the stigma or style.

On reaching the cavity of the ovarium this cord regularly
divides into three parts, the divisions being closely applied to
those short upper portions of the axes of the valves which are
not placentiferous ; and at the point where the placenta com-
mences each cord again divides into two branches. These six
cords descend along the conducting surfaces already described
when speaking of the unimpregnated ovarium, and generally
extend as far as the placentae themselves, with which they are
thus placed nearly but perhaps not absolutely in contact.

The cords now described, both general and partial, seem to
me to be entirely composed of pollen tubes, certainly without
any mixture of the utriculi of the stigma, or, as far as I can
ascertain, of the tissue of the conducting surfaces.

In two cases, namely Ophrijs apifera and Cypripedkim spec-
tnbile, I at one time believed I had seen tubes going off laterally
from the partial cords towards the placentae and mixing with
the ovula ; but I am not at present entirely satisfied with the
exactness of these observations, and I have never been able to
detect similar ramifications in any other case*.

That the existence of these tubes in the cavity of the ovarium is
essential to fecundation in Orchideae, can hardly be questioned.
But the manner in which they operate on, or whether they come

* See Additional Observations.

actually

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 707

actually in contact with, the ovula, are points which still remain
undetermined.

I am aware that Professor Amici*, who discovered in several
plants the remarkable fact of the penetration of the pollen tubes
into the cavity of the ovarium, and who regards this economj'^
as being very general, likewise believes that in all cases a pollen
tube comes in contact with an ovulum. M. Du Petit Thouars
also, in his account already quoted of these cords, supposed by
him to belong to the stigma of Orchideae, describes their ulti-
mate ramifications as mixing with the ovula.

I do not however consider myself so far advanced as these
observers in this very important point+ ; and what 1 shall have
to adduce on the subject of Asclepiadeae, makes me hesitate
still more to adopt their statements.

I may also remark that in Orchideae the six cords are to be
met with even in the ripe capsule, in which, allowance being
made for the effect of pressure, they are not materially reduced
in size ; and the statement by M. Du Petit Thouars, of the late-
ral branches separating the ovula into irregular groups, is cer-
tainly not altogether correct; these groups being equally distinct
before the existence of the cords.

With regard to the question of the origin of the pollen tubes,
several arguments might be adduced in favour of M. Brongni-
art's opinion ; which is, that they belong to the inner membrane
of the grain, the intimate cohesion of the two membranes being
assumed in most cases, and the no less intimate union of the
constituent parts of compound grains in some others. That an
inner membrane does occasionally exist is manifest in the pollen
of several Coniferae, in which the outer coat regularly bursts
and is deciduous ; and it will hereafter appear, that the structure
in Asclepiadeae confirms the correctness of this view.

* Annal. des Sc. Nat. xxi. p. 329. f See Additional Observations.

r .: But

708 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

But whatever opinion may be entertained as to the origin of
the tube, it can hardly be questioned that its production or
growth is a vital action excited in the grain by the application
of an external stimulus. The appropriate and most powerful
stimulus to this action is no doubt contact, at the proper period,
with the secretion or surface of the stigma of the same species.
Many facts, however, and among others the existence of hybrid
plants, prove that this is not the only stimulus capable of pro-
ducing the effect ; and in Orchideae I have found that the action
in the pollen of one species may be excited by the stigma of
another belonging to a very different tribe.

The elongation of the tubes, so remarkable in this family, and
their separation from the grain long before their growth is com-
pleted, render it probable that they derive nourishment either
from the particles contained in the grain, or from the conducting
surfaces with which they are in contact.

The first visible effect of the action of the pollen on the
stigma is the enlargement of the ovarium, which, in cases where
it was reversed by torsion in the flowering state, generally un-
twists and resumes its original position.

Of the changes produced in the ovulum consequent to im-
pregnation, the first consists in its enlargement merely ; and in
the few cases where the nucleus is at this period still partially
exposed, it becomes completely covered by the testa, the ori-
ginal apex, but now the lower extremity of which continues
open. The next change consists in the disappearance of the
nucleus, probably from its acquiring greater transparency, and
becoming confluent with the substance of the testa. Soon after,
or perhaps simultaneously with, the disappearance of the ori-
ginal nucleus, and while the enlargement of the whole ovulum
is gradually proceeding, a minute opake round speck, generally
seated about the middle of the testa, becomes visible. The

opake

Fecundation in Orcltidece and Asclepiadea. 709

opake speck is the commencement of the future embryo. At
this period, or until the opake corpuscle or nucleus has acquired
more than half the size it attains in the ripe seed, a thread may
be traced from its apex very nearly to the open end of the testa,
or as it may be supposed, to the apex of the original nucleus of
the unimpregnated ovulum.

This thread consists of a simple series of short cells, in one of
which, in a single instance onlj;" however, I observed a circu-
lation of very minute granular matter ; and in several cases
I have been able to distinguish in these cells that granular
areola so frequently existing in the cells of Orchideous plants,
and to which I shall have occasion hereafter to advert.

The lowermost joint or cell of this thread is probably the
original state of what afterwards, from enlargement and depo-
sition of granular matter, becomes the opake speck or rudiment
of the future embryo. :•;

The only appreciable changes taking place in this opake
rudiment of the embryo are its gradual increase in size, and at
lenoth its manifest cellular structure.

In the ripe state it forms an ovate or nearly spherical body,
consisting, as far as I have been able to ascertain, of a uniform
cellular tissue covered by a very thin membrane, the base of
which does not exhibit any indication of original attachment at
that point ; while at the apex the remains of the lower shrivelled
joints of the cellular thread are still frequently visible.

This cellular body may be supposed to constitute the Embryo,
which would therefore be without albumen, and whose germi-
nating point, judging from analogy, would be its apex, or that
extremity where the cellular thread is found ; and consequently
that corresponding with the apex of the nucleus in the unim-
pregnated ovulum.

The description here given of the undivided embryo in Orchi-
deous

710 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

deous plants as forming the whole body of the nucleus, and
consequently being destitute of albumen, agrees with the ac-
count first I believe published by M. Du Petit Thouars*, and
very soon after by the late excellent Richard +.

The only other remark I have to make on the fructification
of this family, is, that the seed itself, as well as its funiculus,
is entirely without vessels, and that the funiculus, which in the
ripe seed is inserted into the testa close to one side of its open
base, can hardly be traced beyond that point.

I shall conclude my observations on Orchideae with a notice
of some points of their general structure, which chiefly relate to
the cellular tissue.

In each cell of the epidermis of a great part of this family,
especially of those with membranaceous leaves, a single circular
areola, generally somewhat more opake than the membrane of
the cell, is observable. This areola, which is more or less
distinctly granular, is slightly convex, and although it seems
to be on the surface is in reality covered by the outer lamina
of the cell. There is no regularity as to its place in the cell ; it
is not unfrequently however central or nearly so.

As only one areola belongs to each cell, and as in many cases
where it exists in the common cells of the epidermis it is also
visible in the cutaneous glands or stomata, and in these is always
double, — one being on each side of the limb, — it is highly pro-
bable that the cutaneous gland is in all cases composed of two
cells of peculiar form, the line of union being the longitudinal
axis of the disk or pore.

This areola, or nucleus of the cell as perhaps it might be
termed, is not confined to the epidermis, being also found not
only in the pubescence of the surface, particularly when jointed,

* Hist, des Orchid, p. 19. t Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. iv. p. 41.

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadece, 711

as in Cypripedium, but in many cases in the parenchyma or
internal cells of the tissue, especially when these are free from
deposition of granular matter.

In the compressed cells of the epidermis the nucleus is in
a corresponding degree flattened ; but in the internal tissue it
is often nearly spherical, more or less firmly adhering to one of
the walls, and projecting into the cavity of the cell. In this
state it may not unfrequently be found in the substance of the
column, and in that of the perianthium.

The nucleus is manifest also in the tissue of the stigma,
where, in accordance with the compression of the utriculi, it
has an intermediate form, being neither so much flattened as in
the epidermis, nor so convex as it is in the internal tissue of the
column.

I may here remark, that I am acquainted with one case of
apparent exception to the nucleus being solitary in each utricu-
lus or cell, namely in Bletia Tankervillice .

In the utriculi of the stigma of this plant I have generally,
though not always, found a second areola apparently on the
surface, and composed of much larger granules than the ordi-
nary nucleus, which is formed of very minute granular matter,
and seems to be deep seated.

Mr. Bauer has represented the tissue of the stigma in this
species of Bletia, both before and as he believes after impreg-
nation ; and in the latter state the utriculi are marked with
from one to three areolae of similar appearance.

The nucleus may even be supposed to exist in the pollen
of this family. In the early stages of its formation at least
a minute areola is often visible in the simple grain, and in
each of the constituent parts or cells of the compound grain.
But these areolae may perhaps rather be considered as merely
the points of production of the tubes.

VOL. XVI. 4 Y This

712 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

This nucleus of the cell is not confined to Orchideae, but is
equally manifest in many other Monocotyledonous families ;
and I have even found it, hitherto however in very few cases,
in the epidermis of Dicotyledonous plants ; though in this
primary division it may perhaps be said to exist in the early
stages of development of the pollen. Among Monocotyledones
the orders in which it is most remarkable are Liliaceae, Heme-
rocallideae, Asphodeleae, Irideae, and Commelineae.

In some plants belonging to this last-mentioned family, espe-
ciallj'^ in Tradescantia virginica and several nearly related spe-
cies, it is uncommonly distinct, not only in the epidermis and in
the jointed hairs of the filaments*, but in the tissue of stigma,

* The jointed hair of the filament in this genus forms one of the most interesting
microscopic objects with which I am acquainted, and that in three different ways :

1st. Its surface is marked with extremely fine longitudinal parallel equidistant lines
or striae, whose intervals are equal from about l-15,000th to l-20,000lh of an inch.
It might therefore in some cases be conveniently employed as a micrometer.

2ndly. The nucleus of the joint or cell is very distinct as well as regular in form, and
by pressure is easily separated entire from the joint. It then appears to be exactly
round, nearly lenticular, and its granular matter is either held together by a coagulated
pulp not visibly granular, — or, which may be considered equally probable, by an en-
veloping membrane. The analogy of this nucleus to that existing in the various stages
of development of the cells in which the grains of pollen are formed in the same species,
is sufficiently obvious.

Srdly. In the joint when immersed in water, being at the same time freed from air,
and consequently made more transparent, a circulation of very minute granular matter
is visible to a lens magnifying from 300 to 400 times. This motion of the granular fluid
is seldom in one uniform circle, but frequently in several apparently independent threads
or currents: and these currents, though often exactly longitudinal and consequently in
the direction of the striae of the membrane, are not unfrequently observed forming va-
rious angles with these striae. The smallest of the threads or streamlets appear to
consist of a single series of particles. The course of these currents seems often in some
degree affected by the nucleus, towards or from which many of them occasionally tend
or appear to proceed. They can hardly however be said to be impeded by the nucleus,
for they are occasionally observed passing between its surface and that of the cell ; a

proof

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 713

in the cells of the ovulum even before impregnation, and in all
the stages of formation of the grains of pollen, the evolution of
which is so remarkable in those species of Tradescantia*.

The few indications of the presence of this nucleus, or areola,
that 1 have hitherto met with in the publications of botanists,
are chiefly in some figures of epidermis, in the recent works of
Meyen and Purkinje, and in one case in M. Adolphe Brongni-
art's memoir on the structure of leaves. But so little importance
seems to be attached to it, that the appearance is not always
referred to in the explanations of the figures in which it is
represented. Mr. Bauer however, who has also figured it in the
utriculi of the stigma of Bletia TankervilUa, has more particu-
larly noticed it, and seems to consider it as only visible after
impregnation.

proof that this body does not adhere to both sides of the cavity, and also that the
number and various directions of the currents cannot be owing to partial obstructions
arising from the unequal compression of the cell.

* In the very early stage of the flower bud of Tradescantia virginica, vi^hile the an-
theras are yet colourless, their loculi are filled with minute lenticular grains, having a
transparent flat limb, with a slightly convex and minutely granular semi-opake disk.
This disk is the nucleus of the cell, which probably loses its membrane or limb, and,
gradually enlarging, forms in the next stage a grain also lenticular, and which is marked
either with only one transparent line dividing it into two equal parts, or with two lines
crossing at right angles, and dividing it into four equal parts. In each of the quadrants
a small nucleus is visible ; and even where one transparent line only is distinguisliable,
two nuclei may frequently be found in each semicircular division. These nuclei may
be readily extracted from the containing grain by pressure, and after separation retain
their original form. . •^,.

In the next stage examined, the greater number of grains consisted of the semicir-
cular divisions already noticed, which had naturally separated, and now contained only
one nucleus which had greatly increased in size.

In the succeeding state the grain apparently consisted of the nucleus of the former
stage considerably enlarged, having a regular oval form, a somewhat granular surface,
and originally a small imcleus. This oval grain continuing to increase in size, and in
the thickness and opacity of its membrane, acquires a pale yellow colour, and is now
the perfect grain of pollen.

4 Y 2 The

714 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

The second point of structure in Orchideee to which I shall
at present more briefly advert, is the frequent existence, parti-
cularly in the parasitical tribes, of fibrous or spirally striated
cells in the parenchyma, especially of the leaves, but also in the
white covering of the radical fibres.

In the leaves, they are either short spirally striated cells
whose longer diameter is at right angles to the surface, as in
Stelis and Pleurothallis, and whose fibres or striai are connected
by a broader membrane ; or, being greatly elongated and run-
ning in the direction of the leaf, resemble compound spiral
vessels of enormous diameter, and consisting entirely of the
spiral fibres with no visible connecting membrane : the real
spiral vessels in the same species being, as they generally are
in the family, very slender and simple. In the white covering
of the radical fibres the shorter striated cell is met with in many
genera, especially I think in Oncidium and Epidendrum, in
one species of which they have been remarked and figured by
Meyen*.

My concluding observation on Orchideae relates to the very
general existence and great abundance, in this family, of Ra-
phides or acicular crystals in almost every part of the cellular
tissue.

In each cell where they exist these crystals are arranged in a
single fasciculus, which is generally of a square form.

The individual crystals, — which are parallel to each other, —
are cylindrical, with no apparent angles, and have short and
equally pointed extremities.

The abundance of these fasciculi of crystals in the cellular
tissue of the auriculae of the column or supposed lateral stamina
in Ophrydeae, is very remarkable, giving these processes exter-

* Phytotomie, tab. 1 1 . f. 1 & 2.

nally

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 715

nally a granular appearance, which has been noticed though its
cause seems to have been overlooked.

In the recent work of Meyen*, also, some examples of these
crystals in Orchideae are given.

ASCLEPIADEA.

The various statements and conjectures on the structure and
functions of the sexual organs in this family were collected,
and published in 1811, by the late Baron Jacquin, in a se-
parate volume, entitled, " Genitalia Asclepiadearum Contro-
versa."

To this work, up to the period when it appeared, I may refer
for a complete history, and to the tenth volume of the Linnean
Society's Transactions, along with the first of the Wernerian
Natural History Society's Memoirs, published somewhat earlier,
for a slight sketch, of the subject.

I shall here therefore only notice such statements as Jacquin
has either omitted or imperfectly given, and continue the history
to the present time.

In 1763, Adanson correctly describes the stamina in Asclepias
as having their filaments united into a tube surrounding the
ovaria, their antherse bilocular and cohering with the base of
the stigma, and the pollen of each cell forming a mass composed
of confluent grains as in Orchideae. He is also correct in con-
sidering the pentagonal body as the stigma ; but he has entirely
overlooked its glands and processes, nor does he say anything
respecting the manner in which the pollen masses act upon or
communicate their fecundating matter to it.

In 1779, Gleichen+j although he expressly says that in young
flower buds the pollen masses are distinct from those glands of
the pentagonal central body to which they afterwards are at-

* Phytotomie. f Microscop. Entd. p. 73, et seq.

tached,

7l6 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

tached, yet considers both masses and glands as equally belong-
ing to the anthera, the mass being the receptacle of the pollen.
He further states that before the masses unite with the glands
they are removed from the cells in which they were lodged, and
are found firmly implanted by their sharp edge into the wall of
the tube which surrounds the ovaria ; that in this state a white
viscid substance hangs to them, which when highly magnified
appears to consist of very slender tubes containing minute
globules ; and these tubes with their contents he considers as
constituting the early preparation for the formation of pollen.
He also asserts that the tops of the styles are not originally
connected with the pentagonal body to which the glands belong,
— the stigma of Adanson, Jacquin, and others ; and that there-
fore the true stigmata are those extremities of the styles on
which, he adds, vesicles and threads are observable. And
lastly, he supposes that impregnation, which he says is of rare
occurrence m this family, does not usually take place until
those stigmata have penetrated through the substance of the
pentagonal body, and are on a level with its apex ; at the same
time he is disposed to believe that insects may occasionally
assist in this function, by carrying the fecundating matter
directly to the stigmata, if I understand him, even before they
enter the pentagonal body. His conclusion therefore is, that
in Asclepiadeae impregnation may be effected in two different
ways.

This description, in several respects so paradoxical, and of
which Jacquin has overlooked some of the most important
parts, is too remarkable to be here either omitted or abridged.
It is not indeed strictly correct in more than two points, namely,
in the pollen masses being originally distinct from the glands,
and in the masses, when found implanted in the membrane
surroimding the ovarium, having minute tubes filled with gra-
nular

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 717

nular matter hanging to them. The remaining statements,
however, though essentially erroneous, are so far founded in
fact, that had Gleichen either opened or rather dilated the
opening which must have existed in the pollen mass when these
tubes were found hanging to it, and more carefully attended to
the state of the other parts of the flower when the mass was seen
implanted in the tube, he must necessarily have obtained a cor-
rect view of the whole structure, and consequently have greatly
advanced, — by at least half a century, — not only our knowledge
of this particular family, but also the general subject of vege-
table impregnation.

In 1793, Christian Konrad Sprengel, who adopts the opinion
of Jacquin both with respect to the pollen masses and pentagonal
stigma, further states, that this stigma has a secreting upper sur-
face or apex, and is formed of two united bodies, each of which
conveys to its corresponding ovarium the fecundating matter,
consisting of the oily fluid which exudes from the surface of the
pollen mass. He also considers insects as here essentially neces-
sary in impregnation, which they effect by extracting, in a
manner particularly described, the pollen masses from the cells,
and applying them to the apex of the stigma. And lastly, as
extraordinary activity of the insect is necessary, or at least
advantageous in the performance of this operation, that activity
is, according to him, produced by the intoxicating secretion of
the nectaria*.

In I8O9, an essay on Asclepiadeae was published in the first
volume of the Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History So-
ciety, in which one of my principal objects was to establish the
opinion, more or less conjectural, of Adanson, Richard, Jussieu,

* It may here be remarked, that the prevailing form of inflorescence in Asclepiadeae
is well adapted to this economy ; for the insect so readily passes from one corolla to
another, that it not unfrequently visits every flower of the umbel.

and

718 Mr. Beown on the Organs and Mode of

and Schreber, respecting the structure of the stamina and stigma.
With this view I appealed to the remarkable fact, that in the
early state of the flower-bud the pollen masses are absolutely
distinct from the glands and processes of the stigma, to which
they in a more advanced stage become attached. This proof of
the real origin of parts I then believed to be entirely new. It
has however been already seen that the fact was noticed by
Gleichen, and it will presently appear that it was also well
known to another original observer.

In the essay referred to, I had not very minutely examined
the texture of the pollen mass, and in true Asclepiadeae I had
failed in ascertaining its real internal structure ; not having
been then aware of the existence of the included grains of
pollen, but believing, until very lately, that the mass in its
most advanced state consisted of one undivided cavity, filled
with minute granular matter mixed with an oily fluid ; and
hence concluded that the fecundating matter was conveyed
from the mass through the arm and gland to the stigma.

In the month of April last I saw, for the first time, draw-
ings of several Asclepiadeae made between 1805 and 1813 by
Mr. Bauer, who, aware of the interest I took in this subject,
with his accustomed liberality and kindness, offered me any
part of them for publication.

Among these drawings, exceeding perhaps in beauty and
in the completeness of the details all the other productions
with which 1 am acquainted even of this incomparable artist,
an extensive series, exhibiting the gradual development of the
parts of the flower in Asclepias curassavica, were the most
important.

In this series, made in 1805, and commencing when the
pollen is just separable in a pulpy mass from its cell, the
glands of the undivided stigma being still invisible, the fact

Fecundation in Or chidecB and Asclepiadece. 719

of the distinct origins of these parts is very satisfactorily shown,
in accordance with ray observations in the essay referred to*.

But in these drawings Mr, Bauer has gone further tlian I
did, having also represented the internal structure of the pollen
mass as cellular ; each cell in the flower-bud just before expan-
sion being filled with a grain of pollen, marked with lines indi-
cating its quaternary composition ; while in the expanded flower
this grain is exhibited as shrivelled, having discharged its con-
tents, which consist of a mixture of an oily fluid and minute
granules. From this, the concluding stage of the series, it
may be inferred that Mr. Bauer's opinion respecting the mode
of impregnation in Asclepiadeae agrees with that which I had
adopted, and which, though probably originating with Richard
in I779+, and briefly stated by him in 1802 J, was first distinctly
expressed as a conjecture in 1789 by M. de Jussieu.

In I8I7, Mr. Stephen Elliott states that he observed, in his
'Podostigma%, — a genus nearly allied to Asclepias, — a fibre or
cord extending through the centre of the corpuscular pedicel or
attenuated base of the stigma, and communicating from the
anthera to the ovarium. He adds, that Dr. Macbride has since
seen it in some species of Asclepias.

There can be no doubt that the cord here noticed is of the
same nature with that which Gleichen has described in a diffe-
rent state, and of which I shall presently have occasion to speak.

* In a flower-bud mucli earlier than the commencement of Mr. Bauer's series 1
have found the pistilla to consist merely of two distinct very short semicylindrical
bodies, the rudiments no doubt of the future stigma.

In this stage also the antherae are flat, nearly orbicular or ovate, greenish, rather thick
and opake, but petal-like, with no inequality of surface, or any other appearance of the
future cells, which in a somewhat more advanced stage are indicated by two less opake
areolae, and at the same time the two semicylindrical bodies unite to form the stigma.
(PI. 36. fig. 7—11.) t Encycl. Botan. i. p. 212.

^ % Bulliard, Diet, de Bot. ed. 2. p. 56. § But. 0/ Carol. andGeorg. i. p. 327.

VOL. XVI. 4 z In

720 Mr. Brown on the Orga7is and Mode of

In 1824, Professor Link *, while he admits the distinct origins
of the pollen masses and glands or corpuscula seated on the
angles of the stigma, yet considers both these parts as equally
belonging to the anthera. In this respect his opinion is iden-
tical with that of Gleichen. The pollen mass, he adds, is
composed either of a cellular tissue, or manifestly of grains
of pollen : the former part of the description being no doubt
meant to apply to true Asclepiadeae, the latter to Periploceae.

Professor L. C. Treviranus in 1827+ published some obser-
vations on this family, in which his account of the structure
of the pollen differs in several points from that exhibited in
Mr. Bauer's drawings, which he states he had seen three years
before this publication.

In Asdepias curassavica, the species more particularly ex-
amined by Treviranus, he describes the pollen mass as filled
with compressed, nearly round but obtusely angular, colourless,
simple grains, containing minute granules ; the pressure of the
external grains, or those in contact with the general covering,
giving it the appearance of being cellular.

In speaking of the mode of impregnation, he says, that the
pollen mass, at the time when its connexion is established with
the process or arm of the gland, which is then very viscid,
undergoes manifest changes, from being ventricose and opake
becoming flat, hard, and transparent. These changes he thinks
are probably owing to the extraction of its fecundating matter
by the process through which it passes to the glands, and by
them to the angles of the stigma, whence it may be easily com-
municated to the styles and ovaria. His opinion, therefore, in
every respect agrees with that which originated with Richard
and Jussieu, and which I had adopted.

The celebrated traveller and naturalist. Dr. Ehrenberg, in

* Phil. Bot. p. 300. t Zeitsch.f. Physiol, ii. p. 230.

1829

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 721

1829* has given a very interesting account of the structure of
the pollen masses in Asclepiadeae, from observations commenced
in 1825, and others made in 1828.

In this account he describes the pollen mass as consisting of
a proper membrane bursting in a regular manner, the cavity-
being not cellular but undivided and filled with grains of pollen,
each grain having a cauda or cylindrical tube often of great
length, and all these tubes being directed towards the point or
line of dehiscence. This appendage or cauda he considers
analogous to the boi/au of Amici and Brongniart, differing
however in its forming an essential part of the grain in Ascle-
piadeae ; whereas in other families the application of an external
stimulus is necessary for its production.

He is entirely silent as to the manner in which these caudate
grains communicate with or act upon the stigma ; and does not
in any case remark, — what must, I think, have been the fact, at
least in several of the plants in which this structure was observed,
and especially in those with pendulous pollen, — that the mass
examined was no lono-er in the cell of the anthera, but had been
removed and probably applied to some part of the stigma.

In the month of July last I examined several species of As-
clepias, with reference to Mr. Bauer's drawings and Dr. Ehren-
berg's account of the pollen ; — the first object, therefore, was to
ascertain the structure of the pollen mass.

Although on this subject my earliest observations essentially
agreed with Mr. Bauer's figures of the mass, which represent it
as having a subdivided cavity with a grain of pollen in each
cell ; yet a further examination had led me to adopt the opinion
of Treviranus and Ehrenberg, who describe its cavity as being
undivided and filled with distinct grains.

* Linnaa iv. p. 94.

4 z 2 I was

723 Mr. BiiowN on the Organs and Mode of

1 was confirmed in this opinion on considering the state of
the mass after the production of the pollen tubes : for it appeared
very improbable that the cells, unless they were of extreme
tenuity, could be either suddenly removed or sufficiently rup-
tured to admit of the passage of the tubes from its more distant
parts to the point or line of dehiscence.

The appearance however occasionally met with, of lacerated
membranes proceeding, as it seemed, from the margins of the
areolae of the inner surface of the mass, added to the facts which
had originally led me to adopt Mr. Bauer's view, determined
me to re-examine the subject.

The result of this examination, made on specimens of Ascle-
pias phytolaccoides and purpurascens, but especially the former,
proved that the mass in these species is really cellular in all
stages, as Mr. Bauer has represented it in A, curassavica, and
that in the advanced flower-bud, as in the expanded flower, the
cells may be seen, though not without difficulty, after their
grains are removed.

The pollen mass in several species of Asclepias, particularly
in Asclepias phytolaccoides* (and in A. curassavica, as figured by
Mr. Bauer), consists of cells disposed in three series parallel to
its sides, the middle series being often more or less interrupted.

The cells of the outer layer of each side have their oppo-
site walls very unequal both in colour and thickness. The
outer wall of each of these cells, which is formed by one of
the areolae of the surface, is of a deep yellow colour, nearly
opake, and of such thickness as to prevent external bursting ;
the inner is of a paler yellow, semi-transparent, and so much
thinner as to determine internal rupture, which in these cells,
after the production of the tubes, seems to take place without
regularity, and to such an extent, that after the removal of

* Tab. 35. fig. 8.

the

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadece. 723

the grain the remains of the inner wall are not very readily
distinguishable.

Sections of the mass indeed, both transverse and longitudinal,
exhibit an appearance of cellularity ; but there is here a source
of fallacy, unless the contained grains are also visible in the sec-
tion : and the best proof of its being cellular is derived from the
state of the central or middle series after the bursting of the mass.

The cells of this central layer are of equal thickness through-
out, and on the production of the tubes burst in a definite man-
ner towards the convex edge of the mass, and at the same time
generally separate from each other. They continue however
to inclose the grain, or, as it may be considered, the inner
membrane of the grain of pollen, whose outer membrane is
formed by the cell itself ; and the tenacity of this outer mem-
brane is such that it may easily be removed from the inner
without further apparent rupture.

These central grains, thus covered by their respective cells,
may readily be distinguished, by their pale yellow colour and a
certain degree of opacity, from the naked grains or inner mem-
branes, which, like their tubes, are entirely colourless, and
transparent*.

In Asclepiadeae, therefore, it may be said that the greatest
development of the pollen grain exists ; namely, a grain having
an undivided cavity, whose membranes are entirely distinct,
and the pollen tubes of which seem to possess the highest de-
gree of vitality yet met with.

In the perfectly developed state of the pollen mass, the grain,
considered as distinct from its outer membrane or containing cell,
is nearly round, but slightly and obtusely angular, much com-
pressed, with an undivided cavity, and exhibiting no indication
of its being composed of four or any other number of united

* Tab. 35. fig. 9.

cells.

724 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

cells. Its membrane is transparent and colourless, made up of
two united coats, and the cavity is filled with spherical granules of
nearly uniform size, among which a few oily particles are occa-
sionally observable*. In this state no appearance or indication of
the tubes or appendages described by Dr. Ehrenberg is found.

On the l6th of July, in repeating my examination of Asclepias
purpicrascens'^t I observed in several flowers one or more pollen
masses removed from their usual place, namely the cell of the
anthera, and no longer fixed by the descending arm to the gland
of the stigma, but immersed in one of the fissures formed by the
projecting alae of the anthera?, and in most cases separated from
the gland, a small portion of the arm or process, generally that
only below its flexure, remaining attached to the mass]:.

In the cases now described, the mass, which in general is
entirely concealed bj'^ the alae, was so placed in the fissure, that
its inner or more convex edge was in contact with the outer
wall of the tube formed by the united filaments, and the gibbous
part of the edge closely pressed to that point where this tube is
joined to the base of the corresponding angle of the stigma§.

These masses, at the point of contact, in most cases adhered
firmly to the tube or base of the stigma, and on being sepa-
rated, a white cord or fasciculus of extremely slender threads or
tubes, issuing from the gibbous part of the edge, which had then
regularly burst, came into view.

On laying open the pollen mass, — which in this state was
easily done, by first dilating the aperture that gave issue to the
cord, — each of the tubes composing it was found to proceed
from a grain of pollen. These grains retained nearly their
original form, but were become more transparent, and had
generally lost a great portion of their granules ; and these

* Tab. 34. fig. 6 ; and Tab. 56. fig. 3, & 13. f Tab. 34.

t Tab. 35. fig. 2, 3, 4, & 7. § Tab. 34. fig. 7-

granules

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea. 725

granules were not often to be found even in the tube, especially
after it had acquired considerable length*.

Almost every grain in the mass had produced its tube, and
the tubes were directed from all parts of it towards the point of
dehiscence. In this state the mass had become more convex
from the increased bulk of its contents.

The tube so produced from each grain of pollen cannot be said
to be emitted from it, but is manifestly an elongation of its mem-
brane. These tubes are transparent, cylindrical, about l-2000th
of an inch in diameter, neither branched nor jointed, with no
apparent interruption in their cavity, and when of great length,
which they often attain, are frequently without granular matter.

I next proceeded to examine the course of the cord, which in
most cases, — and indeed in all where the mass had remained a
sufficient length of time in the fissure, — had opened a passage
for itself through the membrane, or rather had separated the
upper edge of this membrane from the base of the stigma, to
which it was before united. Having effected this separation,
it was found to proceed along the surface of the base of the
stigma in a line exactly opposite to the glands seated on the
apex of the same bevelled angle. The cord having passed
along the surface of the attenuated base of the stigma until
it arrives at its articulation with the two styles, then inclines
towards the inner side of the apex of the style nearest to it, and
actually introduces itself, wholly or in part, into the hollow of
the apex, which in this stage is in some degree exposedt. But
as the partial separation of the styles from the stigma, then
taking place, is not always sufficient for the free admission of
the vvhole cord, a few of the tubes not unfrequently become
bent, in some cases even zigzag, doubtless in consequence of

* Tab. 35. fig. 7, & 10 ; and Tab. 34. %. 12.
t Tab. 34. fig. 7—9 ; and Tab. 35. fig. 4, & 10.

the

726 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

the obstacles opposed to them ; and such tubes very seldom
enter the style, but along with others hang down externally be-
low the joint. This introduction of part of the tubes into the
apex of the style is soon followed by a manifest enlargement of
the ovarium, and of the style itself, which, in Asclepias purpu-
rasce7is, then exhibits a discoloured blackish line, visible even
on the surface of its inner side. On opening the cavity or body
of the style in this stage, a fasciculus of tubes was constantly
seen passing down the centre, which was originally pulpy, and
the walls of the cavity formed by the passage of these tubes
was always found indurated and blackened, having every ap-
pearance of being absolutely killed.

I have never been able hitherto to follow these tubes further
than the commencement of the placenta, where they really ap-
pear to terminate*. I have not at least j'^et succeeded in tracing
any of them either on the surface or in the substance of the pla-
centa, though with this object I have examined it not only in
its first degree of enlargement, but also in some of its more ad-
vanced stages.

The same series of appearances, with very slight modifications
only, were observed in all the species of Asclepias (not indeed
more than seven in number) which I had opportunities of ex-
amining during the summer. For in those species in which the
pollen mass was not found transferred from its original position
to the fissure, and in contact with the base of the style, no doubt
by means of insects, it was not difficult to place it there ; and in
doing so I never failed to obtain the same results.

I now turned my attention to the base of the stigma, expecting
to find there such a modification of surface as might serve to
account for the rupture and production of the tubes in the mass
brought in contact with it. I have, however, in no case been

• Tab. 34, fig. 10, 8c 1 1 ; and Tab. 35. fig. f,, & 6.

able

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 727

able to observe the slightest appearance of secretion, or any dif-
ference whatever in texture, between that part and the general
surface of the stigma.

The bursting of the mass in Asclepias is uniformly on the
more rounded edge ; and this, it may be observed, is the inner
edge or margin of the mass, with reference to the cell of the
anthera in which it is formed ; and I may further remark, that
in the only case in which I have hitherto observed dehiscence
in an erect pollen mass, namely, in Hoya carnosa, it also takes
place along the inner margin.

In Asclepias the bursting always commences at the most pro-
minent point of the convex edge, and to this part it is generally
confined : it is sometimes however found extending through the
greater part of its length.

On carefully examining the convex edge, and more particu-
larly its most prominent portion, I have not been able to ob-
serve in it any change or peculiarity of texture, or even any
obvious difference in the form of the meshes of the reticulated
surface. Notwithstanding this apparent want of secretion in the
base of the stigma, and of difference of texture in the covering
of the mass of pollen at the point where it comes in contact
with that organ, it must still be supposed that there is some
peculiarity both in the surface of the stigma and in the promi-
nent edge of the mass, on which the effects in question depend.

These effects are indeed very remarkable ; the stimulus here
supposed to be derived from the surface of the stigma, and ap-
plied to the prominent point of the convex edge of the pollen
mass, producing its appropriate action not only in those cells or
grains of pollen in immediate contact with that point, but gene-
rally in every grain in the mass. But as there are no visible con-
ductors of this stimulus within the mass, it must either be sup-
posed to be propagated from one cell to another, or conveyed

VOL. XVI, 5 A from

728 Ml'. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

from the prominent point of the edge to every other part of the
surface of the covering itself.

To ascertain whether contact of the convex edge of the pollen
mass with this point of the stigma was absolutely necessary for
the rupture of the mass and the production of tubes, I in the first
place introduced a mass into the fissure, but with its convex edge
outwards. In this position no change whatever took place.

I next removed one of the glands of the angles of the stigma,
and applied the convex edge of a mass to the surface thus ex-
posed, which even in this stage — to facilitate the removal of the
gland by insects — continues to secrete. In this case, dehiscence
and protrusion of pollen tubes did follow, more slowly however,
and less completely, than when brought in contact with the non-
secreting base.

On applying the pollen mass ,of one species of Asclepias to
the base of the stigma of another, the usual changes generally
took place ; but still, as it seemed, less perfectly, and only after
a longer interval.

Pollen masses of Asclepias purpurascens being applied to the
stigma of Epipactis palustris, and immersed in its viscid secre-
tion, the dehiscence, contrary to expectation, not only took
place, but even more speedily than usual, that is within twenty-
four hours. Some of the grains were also found discharged
from the mass unchanged, while others, both discharged and
still inclosed, had begun to produce tubes.

The greater number of these observations were also made
with A. phytolaccoides, which, on account of the greater size of
its flower, I at first preferred. I found, however, with reference
to such experiments, an objection to employing this species,
arising from the great excitability, so to speak, of its mass,
which in some cases produced its tubes merely on continued
immersion in water. I even found that in this species, in the

gradual

Fecundation in Orchidece and Asclepiadea . 729

gradual decay of the flower, where the parts remain soft, the
rupture and protrusion of tubes took place while the mass was
still in its original position, immersed in the cell of its an-
thera*. The tubes produced in this situation often acquire a
great length, but coming, immediately on their protrusion from
the mass, in contact with the membrane of the anthera, their
course is necessarily altered ; and in their new direction, which
is generally upwards, they not unfrequently arrive at the top of
the cell, or even extend beyond it.

In addition to the several species of Asclepias already referred
to, Cynanchum (Vincetoxicum) nigrum is the only plant of this
family in which I have observed the whole of the appearances ;
namely, the rupture of the mass, the production and protrusion
of the pollen tubes, their union into a cord, with the course and
entrance of this cord into the cavity of the style.

The present essay therefore, as far as regards this family,
might with greater propriety have been entitled, " On the mode
of impregnation in the genus Asclepias." It seems, however,
allowable to conclude, that in all the genera having pendulous
pollen masses, the same economy, slightly modified perhaps in
some cases, is likely to be found. But among those with erect
pollen masses, there are several in which more considerable dif-
ferences may be expected. Of this section of the family I have
hitherto liad the opportunity of submitting only one plant to
careful examination, namely, Hoya carnosa ; and even here my
observations are incomplete.

In Hoya carnosa I have never found the pollen tubes pro-
duced, or masses ruptured, while remaining in their original
position ; but I have succeeded in producing these effects by
bringing them in contact with certain parts of the corona.

The rupture and protrusion of pollen tubes, then, take place

* Tab. 35. fig. 11.

5 A 2 through

730 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

through the whole length of the inner edge of the mass, which,
as in all the genuine species of Hoya, is truncated and pellucid*.
But I have not yet been able so to place the mass as to produce
a cord of tubes communicating with the stigma, nor can I at
present conjecture how this is to be effected.

I shall conclude with some observations equally relating to
both the families that have been treated of.

It is in the first place deserving of remark, that while Ascle-
piadeae and Orchideee so widely differ in almost every other
respect, there should yet be an obvious analogy between them
in those points in which they are distinguished from all other
Phsenogamous plants.

It is unnecessary here to state the numerous and important
differences existing between these two families : but it may be
of some interest to make a few remarks on their points of agree-
ment or analogy.

These are chiefly two : The first being the presence of an

* In the tubes of Hoya carnosa I have been able to confirm Professor Amici's ob-
servation witli respect to circulation taking place in the boyaux of the grains of pollen.
In this case the membrane being very transparent, and the granules, before the tube
has acquired any considerable length, not being so numerous as to obscure the view
of the opposite currents, they were very distinctly seen.

I have also observed circulation in the pollen tubes in a few other cases ; especially
in Tradescantia virginica, in which, while the tube was still very short, the circle
partly existing in the tube was completed in the body of the grain. The circular cur-
rent in grains of pollen before the production of the tube may likewisCj in some cases,
but not very readily, be distinguished, as in Lolium perenne.

It might perhaps be supposed that the molecular motion, which in a former essay
I stated I had seen within the body of the grain of pollen, might have been merely an
imperfect view of the circulation of granules, and such I am inclined to think it really
was in Lolium perenne.

I have however also very distinctly seen within the membrane of the grain of pollen
in some species of Asclepias, vivid oscillatory motion of granules without any appear-
ance of circulation.

apparently

Fecundation in OrchidecB and Asclepiadece. 731

apparently additional part, not met with in other families ; the
second, the cohesion of the grains of pollen, and their applica-
tion in masses to the female organ.

With regard to the first peculiarity it may be observed, that
there is no real addition made to the number of organs in either
family, and that in both families the apparent addition consists
in a modification or production of the stigma ; the modified
part of which loses the proper function of that organ.

This production of the stigma, — which is generally present,
and wanting only in certain Orchideae, where its place is some-
times supplied by an analogous modification of the male organ,
— though differing very remarkably in appearance in the two
families, agrees in being originally distinct from the pollen
masses, and in the advanced stage becoming firmly attached to
them ; in adhering but slightly to the point of its formation
after the attachment to the pollen takes place ; and in being so
constructed as to be readily removed by insects from its original
position along with the pollen masses.

As to the second point of agreement ; namely, the cohesion
of the grains of pollen into masses of considerable size, and the
application of these masses to the stigma, — it is obviously con-
nected with that which might perhaps be termed a third pecu-
liarity; the apparent necessity for an unusual number of pollen
tubes which are to act in concert ; in the one family to penetrate
to and regularly arrange themselves in the cavity of the ova-
rium*; in the other, to open a communication with the stigma,
and then to pass along a non-secreting surface, until they arrive
at a distant point, where they are to be introduced into the
cavity or body of the style.

With respect to the agency of Insects in fecundation in those
two orders, there can be no doubt that it is very frequently em-
ployed in Orchideae ; at the same time there are evidently cases

* See Additional Observations.

732 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

in that family in which, from the relative position of the organs,
the interposition of these agents is not always required. But in
those Asclepiadese at least that have been fully examined, the
absolute necessity for their assistance is manifest.

Two questions still remain.

The first regards the proof of the actual penetration of the
pollen tubes into the cavity of the ovarium in both families.

In Asclepiadeae 1 shall only observe, that I consider the evi-
dence complete ; but in Orchideae it may be admitted that it is
not altogether so satisfactory. Of the descent of pollen tubes
through the cavity of the stigma in Orchideae, the evidence ap-
pears to me unquestionable. With respect, however, to the
origin of the cords formed of similar tubes, so numerous and
so regularly arranged in the cavity of the ovarium, and which
are in contact with surfaces not altogether incapable of secre-
tion, it might perhaps be alleged, either that they wholly ori-
ginate from the supposed conducting surfaces, or that they con-
sist of a mixture derived from both sources.

That mucous threads, or capillary tubes, in most respects
similar to pollen tubes, and certainly altogether belonging to
the style, exist in some plants, there' is no doubt ; and such I
have observed in Didymocarpus, Ipomopsis, and in Allamanda,
before the application of the pollen to the stigma. I am still,
however, of opinion, that those found in the cavity of the ova-
rium in Orchideae are really derived from the pollen*; an opinion
which receives some confirmation from the manifest descent of
the pollen tubes in the style in many other families, as in seve-
ral Scrophularinae, Cistineae, Viola, and Tradescantia.

The second question is. Whether the granules originally fill-
ing the grain of pollen, and which may often be found in the
tubes, especially in their nascent state, both in these and in
many other families, are the essential agents in the process

* See Additional Observations.

'frfi/ir /.,,,,. v„ i;,/ xi'/ />/// ■;-/■/,

'I'm ii.s J,i III/ . ,^ii,-. f'li/ ..Xrj . 7/1 h .?,///7.M

Tra/i.v. /,7ii/i ,1V'/-. I'n/ Xll Tii/j ,l'i, jj 73.1

Fecundation in Orchidea. and Asclepiadea. 733

of fecundation ; the tubes being merely the channels conveying
them to the organ or surface on which they are destined to act.

The arguments which might be adduced in favour of this, the
generally received, opinion, would probably be the variety in the
form and size of the granules in different plants, with their great
uniformity in these respects in the same species ; added to the
difficulty of conceiving in what manner the tubes themselves can
operate. On the other hand, their great diminution in number,
or even total disappearance, in Asclepiadeae and Orchideae, long
before the tubes have finished their growth, would afford an ar-
gument of some weight at least against their essential import-
ance in any case ; and it may be added, that in Asclepiadeae
there appears to be no other source of nourishment for the tube
until it has penetrated into the style, than these granules. Nor
is it necessary to suppose that the tubes themselves act directly,
it being even probable that they also contain a fluid or granular
matter much more minute than that originally filling the cavity
of the grain*.

Our knowledge indeed appears to me not yet sufficient to
warrant even conjectures as to the form of the immediate agent
derived from the male organ, or the manner of its application to
the ovulum in the production of that series of changes consti-
tuting fecundation. I may however be allowed to observe, that
at present, with respect to this function, we are at least as far
advanced in these two families, hitherto considered so obscure,
as we are in any other tribe of Phsenogamous plants : and I
even venture to add, that in investigating the obscure subject
of generation, additional light is perhaps more likely to be de-
rived from a further minute and patient examination of the
structure and action of the sexual organs in Asclepiadeae and
Orchideae, than from that of any other department either of the
vegetable or animal kingdom.

* See Additional Observations.

Explanation

734 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. 34. Asclepias purpurascens.

Fig. 1. A branch in flower: — natural size.

2. An expanded flower, of which two of the foliola coronae

and one of the antherse are removed : — moderately
magnified.

3. A front or inner view of an anthera, to show the extent

of bursting, particularly with relation to the pollen
mass, of which the greater part is included in the non-
dehiscent portion : — magnified as fig. 2.

4. A pollen mass, more highly magnified, separated from

its gland and arm, and divided transversely, to show
its cellular structure (first discovered in Asclepias cu-
rassavica in 1805 by Mr. Bauer), with grains of pollen,
their granules, and some drops of an oily fluid.

5. A pollen mass entire, with a small portion of the arm

adhering to its apex : — magnified as fig. 4.

6. A transverse section of a pollen mass, still more highly

magnified, in one of the cells of which is seen the
single grain (or inner membrane), also separately ex-
hibited to show that it is simple and slightly angular.

7. The pistillum with pollen masses, that have burst and

protruded their tubes, applied to the base of the
stigma, the glands and their arms being removed.
The cords formed by the pollen tubes have passed
along the corresponding sides of the conical base of
the stigma, and have reached the tops of the styles.

8. A longitudinal section (more highly magnified) of the

conical base of the Stigma with the two styles, to
show more distinctly the course of the pollen tubes.

Fig. 9.

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadece. 735

Fig. 9- A pollen mass after bursting, with its cord formed of
the pollen tubes, entering the apex of the style, which
. ' is there lacerated.

10. The two Ovaria with their styles, one being somewhat

enlarged in consequence of impregnation, and opened
longitudinally ; exhibiting pollen tubes extending from
the apex of the style to the commencement of the pla-
centa, r

11. The same two ovaria and styles, both opened, to show

that in one (the left), which is somewhat smaller,
no pollen tubes are contained ; the other (the right),
which is impregnated, shows the tubes reaching the
ovula, but not extending further.

12. Two grains of pollen (or rather grains deprived of their

outer membranes,) with portions of their tubes and
contained spheroidal granules; proving that the tubes
are extensions of this (the inner) membrane : — very
highly magnified.

Tab. 35. Asclepias phytolaccoides.

Fig. 1. An expanded flower (magnified), from which two of the
foliola corona; and one anthera have been removed.

2. The complete Pistillum, and on one side two of the

antherae, the membrane formed by the united fila-
ments being cut off a little below the stigma ; on the
other side, a naked pollen mass applied to the stigma,
with its gland and arm adhering.

3. A longitudinal section of fig. 2, to show on the left side

a pollen mass, with a small portion only of the arm
adhering, applied to the base of the stigma, and which,
having burst, shows the protrusion of the cord formed
by the pollen tubes,
vol,. XVI. 5 b Fig. 4.

736 Mr. Brown o/j the Organs and Mode of

Fig. 4. A longitudinal section of one half of the Stigma and the
corresponding style transversely cut near the base,
showing more distinctly the position of the pollen
mass with the protrusion and course of the tubes.

5. The Style of fig. 4. laid open lengthways, exhibiting

within its cavity and beyond it the pollen tubes reach-
ing the apex of the placenta, a reflected portion of
which, with three of its ovula, is also shown.

6. An impregnated Pistillum, of which the style is laid

open longitudinally, and the placenta, thickly covered
with ovula, exposed, to show the descent and course
of the pollen tubes.

7. A Pollen mass, to the apex of which the base of the arm

adheres, with pollen tubes protruding from the point
of dehiscence : — more highly magnified.

8. A transverse section of a Pollen mass, showing an ar-

rangement of the cells somewhat different from that
of A. purpurascens, there being here a middle irre-
gular series, the cells of which in some cases appear
to separate and cover the grains after the production
of the tubes.

9. Two grains of pollen with portions of their tubes, very

highly magnified, the grain to the left having its outer
covering or membrane, which is removed from the
grain to the right, and shown separately further to
the left.

30. A Pollen mass which has burst and protruded its tubes,
exhibited as entering the cavity of the style, which
is laid open to show the commencement of their de-
scent.

11. Two Pollen masses (with their arms and gland,) which
have burst and protruded their tubes while still in-
closed

Fecundation in OrchidecB and Asclepiadea. 737

closed in the cells of the antherse ; this happening
in A . phytolaccoides in that particular kind of decay
mentioned in (p. 729 of ) the text.

Tab. 36.

Fig, 1. Two Pollen masses of Asclepias purpurascens with pro-
truded tubes ; the only instance met with in which
both cords are introduced into the same style.

2. A grain of pollen, of the same species, with a portion

of its tube ; the unusual form probably caused by the
pressure of other grains and their tubes.

3. A grain of pollen of Asclepias purpurascens containing

numerous minute granules and two larger drops or
globules of an oily fluid.

4. 5, & 6. Various combinations of pollen masses of Ascle-

pias purpurascens. In these it is supposed that the
insect having removed and applied to the stigma some
of the masses, has extracted, by means of the arms
still adhering to it, other masses with their glands
and arms.

A combination of the same kind, different from and
more remarkable than any of these, but perhaps not
very accurately represented, is given, in his Micro-
scop. Entdeck., tab. 36. fig. 8, by Gleichen, who ap-
pears (op. cit. p. 81.) to have also met with other
combinations, without suspecting in any case the real
cause of such apparently anomalous structures.
7. A flower-bud of Asclepias curassavica in the earliest
stage in which I was able to distinguish its parts ; the
unopened corolla in its place with one of the sepala,
the other four being exhibited separately : — highly
magnified.

5 B 2 Fig. 8.

738 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

Fig. 8. The Corolla of fig. 7. opened and in part removed, to
show the state of the contained organs : the figure
exhibiting two petals hardly cohering at base ; within
these, two distinct petal-like bodies, alternating with
them, and which are the antherse ; and two other
smaller bodies, which are the pistilla as yet uncon-
nected.
9. An Anthera taken from fig. 8, and more highly mag-
nified, to show that in this early stage it is entirely
petal-like, there being no indication of the two cells,
of which the first appearance in a somewhat more
advanced stage is given at Fig. 10.

I 11. A Petal of fig. 8. more highly magnified.

12. The Pistilla of fig. 8, as yet distinct, scarcely at all

angular, and with no manifest cavities ; so that these
two bodies may be regarded as chiefly or entirely the
component parts of the stigma.

13. Two Grains of pollen taken from the pollen mass of the

expanded flower of Asdepias curassavica.

Additional

Fecundation in OrchidecE and Asclepiadece. 739

Additional Observations on the Mode of Fecundation in OrchidecE.

Read June 5, 1832.

The following additions to the Paper, which was communicated
to the Society in November last, on the Sexual Organs and
Mode of Fecundation in Orchideae and Asclepiadeae, relate
entirely to the former family.

In the essay itself I had ascertained from the examination of
a considerable number of species belonging to different tribes
of Orchideae, that in the expanded flower of this family, how-
ever long it had remained in that state, no appearance what-
ever existed of those tubes which form the mucous cords, either
in the tissue of the stigma or in the cavity of the ovarium,
anterior to the application of the pollen to the stigma ; and
that in all cases where pollen had been applied to that organ
and enlargement of the ovarium had followed, the mucous cords
were to be found.

From these facts I had concluded that the tubes forming the
cords were entirely and directly produced from the grains of
pollen ; and hence 1 accounted for the cohesion of the pollen
into masses, and its frequent application in that state to the
stigma.

Some cases, however, in which a few lobules or even grains
of pollen only were observed on the stigmata of impregnated
flowers, had led me to express myself doubtfully on this point.
And since my paper was read, I have had opportunities of
making several observations and experiments which prove that
the application of a very small portion of a pollen mass to the
stigma is sufficient for the production of mucous cords of the
ordinary size in the cavity of the ovarium.

740 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

My observations on this point and on the gradual production
and descent of these cords have been made chiefly on Bonatea
speciosa, perhaps the most favourable subject for such experi-
ments in the whole family.

My first observation on Bonatea related to the probability of
a single insect impregnating several or even many flowers with
one and the same mass of pollen.

To effect this, it is only necessary that the viscidity of the
retinaculum or gland with which the pollen mass becomes inse-
parably connected, and by means of which the mass is removed
from its cell and adheres to the insect, should exceed that of the
surface of the stigma, and that the viscidity of the stigma should
be sufficient to overcome the mutual cohesion of the lobules
composing the mass.

These different degrees of viscidity are very manifest in Bo-
natea speciosa, in which, imitating the supposed action of the
insect, I have succeeded in impregnating most of the flowers of
the spike with a single pollen mass. I believe they exist also
in the greater number of Ophrydeae, as well as in many Neottese
and Arethuseae.

But even in Ophrydeae they are not universally met with, a
very remarkable exception existing I believe in the whole
genus Ophrys, in which the resemblance of the flower to an
insect is so striking, and in which also the retinacula, whose
viscidity hardly equals that of the stigma, are included and
protected by concave processes of the upper lip of that organ.

It may also be remarked, that in the genus Ophrys impreg-
nation is frequently accomplished without the aid of insects,
and in general the whole pollen mass is found adhering to the
impregnated stigma. Hence it may be conjectured, that the
remarkable forms of the flowers in this genus are intended to
deter not to attract insects, whose assistance seems to be unne-
cessary,

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadece. 741

cessary, and the action of which, from the diminished viscidity
of the retinaculum, might be injurious. On this subject I will
also hazard another remark, that the insect forms in Orchideous
flowers, resemble those of the insects belonging to the native
country of the plants.

The next object 1 had in view was to determine the first ap-
pearance and progress of the mucous tubes.

My observations on the origin of these tubes are not alto-
gether satisfactory.

It appeared, however, in Bonatea, which was also the plant
most particularly examined, that they first become visible soon,
but not immediately, after the production of the pollen tubes
from the lobules or grains of the mass applied to the stigma ; and
that their earliest appearance is in the tissue of the stigma, in the
immediate vicinity of the pollen tubes, from which they are with
difficulty distinguishable, and only by their being less manifestly
or not at all granular in their surface or contents, and in general
having those interruptions in their cavity, which I have termed
coagula, and which I have never yet met with in tubes actually
adhering to the grain of pollen.

But even these characters, in themselves so minute, might be
supposed to depend on a difference in the state of the contents
of the pollen tube, after it has quitted the grain producing it.
It is possible therefore that the mucous cords may be entirely
derived from the pollen, not however by mere elongation of the
original pollen tubes, but by an increase in their number, in a
manner which I do not attempt to explain.

The only other mode in which these tubes are likely to be
generated, is by the action of the pollen tubes on the coagulable
fluid, so copiously produced in the stigma at the only period
when impregnation is possible.

The obscurity respecting the origin of these mucous tubes

does

742 Mr. Brown on the Organs and Mode of

does not however extend to their gradual increase and progress,
both of which may be absolutely ascertained.

Jn Bonatea they are, in the first stage of their production,
confined to the stigma, with the proper tissue of which they are
more or less mixed. Soon after they may be found on the an-
terior protected surface of the style, at first in small numbers ;
but gradually increasing, they form a mucous cord of consider-
able size, in which very few or none of the utriculi of the stigma
are observable. This cord, which is originally limited to the
style, begins, though sometimes not until several days have
elapsed, to appear in the cavity of the ovarium, where it divides
and subdivides in the manner I have described in my paper, its
descent being gradual until the cords nearly equal the length
of the placenta, to which they are parallel and approximated.

That these cords are not in any degree derived from those
portions of the walls of the cavity of the ovarium, to which they
are closely applied, and which I have termed the conducting
surfaces, is manifest from the identity in state of those sur-
faces before and after the production of the cords.

In Bonatea the first evidence of the action of the pollen con-
sists in the withering of the stigma ; a similar decay of the
greater part of the style soon follows, and the enlargement of
the ovarium generally begins before the withering of the style
is completed. When the enlargement of the ovarium is consi-
derable, and the mucous cords are carefully formed in its cavity,
a corresponding enlargement of the ovula takes place, and the
nucleus becomes first visible.

I have no satisfactory observations in Bonatea respecting any
tubes going oft" from these cords and mixing with the ovula ;
but in Orchis Morio 1 have repeatedly and very clearly observed
them scattered in every part of the surface of the placenta, and
in not a few cases have been able to trace them into the aper-
ture

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadea. 743

ture of the ovulum, to which they adhere with considerable
firmness*.

At what period they reach the foramen of the testa, whether
before or immediately after the first faint appearance of the nu-
cleus, I have not yet been able to determine. That the tubes
thus traced to the foramen of the ovulum are of the same nature
as those which I have called mucous tubes, and not those di-
rectly produced by the pollen, is proved by their exact agree-
ment with the former in every respect, except in their being re-
markably and irregularly flexuose, apparently from the nume-
rous obstacles they have to overcome after leaving the cords and
beginning to mix with the ovula; for in the cords themselves,
where the course of the tubes is not at all impeded, they are very
nearly or altogether straight.

The two most important facts stated in the present commu-
nication are ; Jlrst, the production of tubes not directly emitted
from the grains of pollen, but apparently generated by them ;
and, secondly, the introduction of one or sometimes more than
one of those tubes into the foramen of the ovulum, the point
corresponding with the radicle of the future embryo.

The principal points remaining to be examined, and which we
may hope, by careful investigation, to ascertain, are the precise
state of the ovulum at the moment of its contact with the tube,
and the immediate changes consequent to that contact.

* Since these additional observations were read, I have found in several other Or-
chideae, especially Habenaria viridis and Ophrys apifera, tubes scattered over the sur-
face of the placenta, and not unfrequently inserted, in Uke manner, into the apertures
of ovula.

VOL. XVI. 5 c Supple-

744 Mi\ Brown on the Organs and Mode of

Supplementary Note.

Since the Paper on Fecundation in Orchideae and Asclepiadeae
was read before the Society, and a Pamphlet containing ail its
more important statements was distributed in the beginning of
November 1831*, two essays have appeared on the same sub-
ject. The first on both families by M. Adolphe Brongniart, in
the numbers of the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for October
and November 1831, but which were not published until Ja-
nuary and February 1832: the second, by Dr. Ehrenberg, on
Asclepiadeae alone, in the Transactions of the Royal Academy of
Sciences of Berlin, before which it was read in November 1831.

M. Brongniart's statements respecting Orchide;e to a great
extent agree with those of my essa^^ They differ, however, in
the following important points :

1st, He does not seem to be aware of the operation of insects
in the fecundation of this family.

2ndly, He considers the mucous cords in the cavity of the
ovarium (first seen by M. Du Petit Thouars, with whose obser-
vations he seems to be entirely unacquainted,) as a continuation
of the tissue of the stigma and style, and as existing before the
application of the pollen to the female organ.

And 3rdly, He supposes that the male influence reaches the
ovula in Orchideae before the inversion of the nucleus ; an opi-
nion founded, as it seems, on his observations on Epipactis, in
which, as well as in some other genera of the order, this is the
state of the ovulum in the expanded flower.

In AscLEPiADE^ M. Brongniart's observations, made chiefly
in Asclepias amoena and Gomphocarpus fruticosa, accord with my
statements as far as relates to the application of the more convex

» I may also refer to an excellent abstract of the Paper which appeared on the
1st of December 1831 in the Philos. Mag. and Annals of Philosophy.

edge

Fecundation in Orchidea and Asclepiadece. 745

edge of the pollen mass to the base of the stigma, its consequent
dehiscence, the protrusion of the pollen tubes, and their pene-
tration into the cavity of the style.

The chief differences are,

1st, His not even suspecting the agency of insects in the
fecundation of this family, and particularly in the plants ex-
amined by him, in which I have regarded their assistance as
absolutely necessary.

2ndly, In his assuming that the pollen mass in these two
genera of Asclepiadeee is ruptured, and comes in contact with
the base of the stigma without leaving the cell of the anthera.

3rdly, His conjecturing that the secretion visible in the ex-
panded flower on the angles of the stigma after removing the
glands, is absorbed by the glands and conveyed through their
arms or processes to the pollen mass, which it excites to the pro-
duction of pollen tubes.

Dr. Ehrenberg on the subject of Asclepiadeae, repeats, with
some slight modifications, his former statements quoted in my
paper, and illustrates them by figures. In addition, he suspects
that the pollen masses (which with Professor Link he regards as
the true anthera, and the cells in which they are lodged as pro-
cesses of the perigonium,) are not originally distinct from the
glands of the stigma, regarded by him as the filaments of his
supposed anthera.

The central pentangular body he considers as the stigma, but
he has no observations on the mode in which the pollen is
applied to it.

And lastly, His original statement respecting the grains of
pollen is so far modified, that he now believes them to be in the
early stages without tubes or boyaux, which, according to him,
make their appearance at the period of impregnation.

5 c 2 XXXVI. De-

( 747 )

XXXVI. Description of a new Species of the Genus Piniis. By
Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. Communicated by the Horticul-
tural Society.

Read Aprils, 1832.

In the autumn of 1826, in the country southward of the river
Columbia, in northern California, I had the good fortune to
make some valuable additions to the highly ornamental and
useful genus Pinus. The object of this paper is to put on
record one of the most curious and interesting species of that
genus, the specimens of which, together with the description
made on the spot, I had the misfortune to lose in the course of
my travels four years ago. I cannot recall to my recollection,
without feelings of deep regret, the loss I then sustained of the
greatest and most important part of my collections. So remark-
able a tree I could then, perhaps, have described from recollec-
tion accurately, but I was fearful lest errors might unavoidably
have crept into it ; and having found it a second time in the
greatest perfection, I now venture to send the present short
notice of it for the purpose of insertion in the Transactions of
the Linnean Society, should it be considered as deserving a
place in their valuable records.

This tree, so far as I have yet observed, attains to but a small
size as compared with those species of the genus which inhabit
the northern and western parts of this continent. The trees are
of a tapering form, straight, and of regular growth, 40 to 120
feet in height, 2 to 12 feet in circumference, clothed with

branches

748 Mr. Douglas on a new Species

branches to the ground, when standing far apart or solitary.
Some few I have measured 140 feet in length, but never any
larger in circumference than that just cited.

The largest and most handsome trees inhabit the alluvial
deposits on the western flanks of the Cordilleras of New Al-
bion, at a very great elevation above the level of the sea, being
1600 feet below the range of perpetual snow in the parallel of
40° N. On the less elevated mountains near the coast, where
the temperature is higher but more uniform, in the parallel of
37° N. in decomposed granite, schist, or gravelly soils, the
trees are smaller and fewer, inhabiting the summit of. the moun-
tains only.

The wood is white, soft, coarse-grained, and, I think, not very
durable. A copious transparent resin issues from the wounds.
Leaves in threes, very rarely in fours, 11 to 14 inches long, con-
vex and smooth on the underside, channelled above, with an
elevated ridge, pointed, and furnished at the margin with mi-
nute teeth, which become more distant and conspicuous towards
the extremity ; erect in summer ; flaccid and drooping during
winter. Sheath 1*5 inch long, light brown, chaffy, and torn at
the top. Stipule lanceolate, rigid. Male and fetnale calkins erect.
Cone (which abounds in pellucid resin) ovate, recurved, pressing
on the branch for support, 3 to 9 in number, surrounding the
same stem, persistent, and remaining on the tree for a series of
years, like P. Banksiana ; 9 to 11 inches long, 16 to 18 inches
round. Scales spathulate, 2"25 inches long, having a very strong,
sharp, incurved point, which near the base exceeds the length
of the scale. Seed somewhat oblong, tapering to the base, flattish
on the inside, •875 inch long, nearly '500 inch broad. Shell
thick, hard, brown. Wing short, stiff, one fourth the length of the
seed, which it nearly encompasses. Ker7iel pleasant. Cotyledons
7 — 12 in number.

The

of the Genus Pinus. 749

The first year the cone measures from 6 to 8 inches round,
and is of a more rounded form than when perfect in November
of the following year. The colour of the young cone is bright
green. The specific character may be thus framed :

P. Sabinfana. Foliis ternis (rar6 quaternis quinisve) prae-
longis, strobilis recurvis ovatis : squamis spathulatis : acu-
mine incurve.

The active and enlightened zeal which Joseph Sabine, Esq.
has ever taken, as Secretary of the Horticultural Society, for the
introduction of new, choice and useful plants, more especially
of those natives of countries of similar temperatures as En-
gland, induces me to affix his name to one of the most beau-
tiful objects in nature, and which I hope will shortly become
one of the greatest ornaments in the British Sylva.

Mission of St. John's, Upper California,
February 4, 1831.

fel.

XXXVII. Ex-

( 751 )

XXXVII. Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean

Society of London.

1827.
Nov. 6. Thomas Bell, Esq., was chosen by ballot to fill up

the vacancy in the Council, occasioned by the death

of Samuel Lord Bishop of Carlisle, the Society having

been specially summoned for the purpose of filling up

such vacancy.

Nov. 20. Mr. Brookes, F.L.S., exhibited specimens of Gy-
pa'etos harhatus, two species of Larus, and a gigantic
variety of the Rabbit {Lepus Cuniculus, Linn.).

Mr. Lambert, V. P., exhibited cones of Pinus syl-
vestris, Linn., found at considerable depths in the peat-
bogs of Armagh, Ireland, in perfect preservation.

The Secretary read a letter from John Cresswell,
Esq., F.L.S. , to Joseph Sabine, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S.,
informing him that a fish unknown to the oldest fish-
ermen had been taken in the river Exe, weighing one
hundred weight, proving identical with that known at
Gibraltar by the Spanish name of Umbrina (Scicena
cirrhosa, Linn.).

Dec. 4. Mr. Dillwyn, F.L.S., exhibited a series of speci-
voL. XVI. 5 D mens

752 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

mens of the lanthiiia fragilis of Lamarck, the Helix
lanthina of Linnaeus, collected from Oxwich Bay, to
the west of Swansea, accompanied by a letter stating
that the same shell, which is abundant in the Medi-
terranean, had been found once before there in some
abundance. Mr. Dillwyn considered the recording
such facts of importance, as being likely to throw
some light on the under-currents of the ocean.

Dec. 18. Mr. Bell exhibited three undescribed species of
Land Tortoises, two of them very much resembling
Testudo geometrica. To one of the present species,
which Mr. Bell certainly thinks furnished La Cep^de
with his erroneous description of T. geometrica^ he has
, given the name of T. actinodes. It differs in the ab-

sence of the small single plate at the anterior part of
the margin. To another specimen, with conical scutae,
he has assigned the specific name of tentoria ; and to
the third specimen (which he has had alive for some
time,) he has given the name of pardalis: this, although
resembling the Testudo indica, differs from it not only
in colour, but also in the less revolute margin, and in
the situation of the areola of the costal plates, which,
instead of being exactly central as in T. indica, are in
this species placed very near the superior margin.
1828.

Jan. 15. Mr. George Townshend Fox, F.L.S., exhibited from
the Newcastle Museum the original specimen of the
Green-headed Bunting, Emberiza Tunstalli of Latham,
the E. chlorocephala of Gmelin, which now proves to
be identical with E. hortulana, Linn.

Mr. Yarrell, F.L.S., exhibited two specimens of

Emberiza

Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society. 753

Emberiza miliaria of Linnaeus, one of them entirely
white.

March 4. Mr. George Townshend Fox, F.L.S., sent for exhi-
bition, specimens of the following Birds, viz.
.11 ,oi. !• -^nas rutila of l^allsis, the Anas Casarka of Gvae-
lin, or Grey-headed Duck of Brown's Illustrations of
Zoology, t. 41. It is on the authority of this specimen
that the bird has been received into the British Fauna.

2. Loxia canlans of Gmelin, the Brown Grosbeak
of Brown's Illustrations, t. 27.

3. Loxia ferruginea oi GmeMvi, the Brown-headed
Grosbeak of Latham.

4. Loxia aurea of Gmelin, the Gold-backed Gros-
beak of Brown's Illustrations, t. 25.

These, together with the specimen of the Loxia
crassirostris, Gm., exhibited at a former meeting, are
the original authorities for the species. They formed
part of the late Messrs. Tunstall and Allan's collection,
which is now incorporated with the Museum belonging
to the Literary and Philosophical Society of Newcastle-
upon-Tyne.

The Rev. Leonard Jenyns, F.L.S., exhibited speci-
mens of the British species of Plecotus, supposed to
have been confounded under the name of Long-eared
Bat ; and also a specimen of Vespertilio mystacinus of
Leisler, taken at Bottisham, Cambridgeshire, on the
29th of April 1827, being the second instance of its
having been found in Great Britain.

March 18. In consequence of the lamented death of Sir James

5 D 2 Edward

754 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

Edward Smith, (the President of the Society,) the
Meeting was adjourned to Tuesday the first of April.

Jpril 15. Read a letter, addressed to the Secretary, from
Charles Lucien Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano,
F.M.L.S., and dated on board the Delaware, near
Gibraltar, March 20th, 1828, containing some curious
facts relative to the migratory habits of certain species
of Hirundo and Sylvia. The following are extracts :
" In closing my letter I happen to think that the fol-
lowing fact may be thought interesting to some of
your ornithological gentlemen. A few days ago, being
500 miles from the coasts of Portugal, 400 from those
of Africa, &c., we were agreeably surprised by the
appearance of a few Swallows {Uirundo urbica and
rustica). This, however extraordinary, might have
been explained by an easterly gale, which might have
cut off the swallows migrating from the main to Ma-
deira, only 200 miles distant from us ; but what was
my surprise, in observing several small warblers hop-
ping about the deck and riggings. These poor little
strangers, exhausted as they were, were soon caught
and brought to me. The following is a list of the
species: — 1. Sylvia Tiochilus. 2. Sylvia ErithacuSy
Lath. {Tithys, Temm.). 3. Sylvia suecica, or rather a
similar species which I have already received from
Egypt and Barbary. 4. A species new to Europe,
and perhaps even a non-descript, having the plumage
of an Anthus, and which I think belongs (as Sylvia
Cisticola and others) to the hitherto African genus
Malurus. This, however, must rest undecided, my

specimen

V S,

Extracts from the Minuie-Book of the Linnean Society. 755

specimen having lost its tail, which had been pulled
off by the sailor who caught the bird."

Mai/ 6. Mr. Brookes, F.L.S. exhibited a specimen of the
cream-coloured Courier (Cursorius isabellinus, Temm.),
said to have been shot in Great Britain ; and Mr. G.
B. Sowerby exhibited a specimen of a new species
of CyprcEa, which he has named C. Leucodon.

May 24. The Council having had an offer of the late re-
spected President's Collections in Natural History,
consisting of the Collections and Library of Linnaeus
and his Son, and the President's own Collections and
Library, submitted the proposal to the consideration
of the Society, — when a subscription was entered into
by the undermentioned members for the purpose of
purchasing the same ; viz.

£, S, a.

Edward, Lord Stanley, M.P. President . 23 2 0

Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq. V.P. . . 23 2 0

William George Maton, M.D. V.P. . . 23 2 0

Robert Brown, Esq, V.P 21 0 0

Edward Forster, Esq. Treasurer . . .25 4 0

Francis Boott, M.D 26 4 0

James E. Bicheno, Esq. Secretary/ . .21 0 0

Mr. George Loddiges 20 0 0

Major-General Hardwicke 21 0 0

Lawrence Brock Hollinshead, Esq. ..2100

The Lord Bishop of Bath and Wells . . 10 10 0

Nicholas Aylward Vigors, Esq. . . .21 0 0

Richard Taylor, Esq 210 0

William Kent, Esq . 20 0 0

296 4 0

Richard

756 Extracts from the Minute-Booh of the Linnean Society.

£• $> a.

Brought forward 296 4 0

Richard Horsman Solly, Esq 21 0 0

John Curtis, Esq .550

William Horton Lloyd, Esq 10 0 0

John Blackburne, Esq. M.P 10 0 0

Henry Lee, M.D. 5 5 0

John Carey, Esq 10 10 0

Samuel T. Carey, Esq 10 0 0

Richard Waring, M.D 10 0 0

Thomas Horsfield, M.D. ..... 6 5 0

Mr. William Anderson .... 420

Mr. George Charlwood 3 2 0

Mr. Robert Sweet 2 2 0

Mr. George Sinclair 2 2 0

John Eddowes Bowman, Esq 6 5 0

William Christy, jun. Esq 5 5 0

Archibald Menzies, Esq 5 5 0

William Yarrell, Esq 7 7 0

Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater 5 5 0

Edward Turner Bennett, Esq. . . . 10 10 0

John Joseph Bennett, Esq 10 10 0

William Peete, Esq 5 5 0

Joseph Sabine, Esq 210 0

Alexander MacLeay, Esq. . . . .21 0 0

John Morgan, Esq 10 10 0

Thomas Bell, Esq 12 12 0

Rev. John Montgomery Traherne ..500

Joshua Brookes, Esq 5 0 0

John Crawfurd, Esq 5 0 0

John Lindley, Esq 23 2 0

John Smimove, Esq. ...... 5 5 0

John Latham, M.D 5 0 0

Sir Thomas Gery CuUum, Bart. . . 110 0 0

Sir Claude Scott, Bart 210 0

692 18 0 „

Mr.

Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society . 757

£. s. d.

■I • Brought forward 692 18 0

Mr. Donald Munro . . . . 'i oli ; 6 6 0

Mr. David Douglas 5 5 0

Michael Bland, Esq. . . . . . .21 0 0

John Caley, Esq 10 10 0

Mr. David Don, Libr. L. S 5 5 0

Mr. Abel Ingpen, Associate .... 1 10

William Henry Fitton, M.D 5 5 0

Rev. William Kirby 10 0 0

Samuel Merriman, M.D 5 5 0

Sir Thomas Mantell 110

John Obadiah Westwood, Esq. ... 1 1 0

Charles John Thompson, Esq. %^'V ''iJ 6 5 0

Thomas Castle, Esq 2 2 0

John Guillemard, Esq 5 0 0

Henry Beaufoy, Esq 5 6 0

George Bellas Greenough, Esq. . . .10 0 0

Charles Stokes, Esq 10 0 0

John Bostock, M.D 5 0 0

Rev. James Yates, M.A 6 0 0

Thomas Lister Parker, Esq 6 0 0

Robert Barclay, Esq 46 0 0

A. T. Thomson, M.D. ...... 2 2 0

John Richardson, M.D 5 5 0

Algernon Peckover, Esq 5 5 0

J. C. Acherley, Esq 5 0 0

John Fleming, Esq 210 0

John Hull, M.D 21 0 0

Rev. R. M. White, M.A 5 5 0

Rev. W. Stockdale, M.A 5 0 0

Captain Edmund Sheppard, R.A. ... 5 0 0

Mr. John Mackay 6 5 0

Rev. James Barlow, M.A 5 0 0

w 947 10 0

His

758 Extracts from the Minute-Hook of the Linnean Society.

£. s. d.

Brought forward 947 10 0

His Grace the Duke of Bedford . . .21 0 0

Nathaniel B. Ward, Esq 5 5 0

John Edward Gray, Esq 10 10 0

Rev, Edmund Goodenough, D.D. . . 10 10 0

John Ford Davis, M.D 5 5 0

George Williams, M.D. ..... 21 0 0

Arthur Aikin, Esq 5 0 0

John Windsor, Esq 10 0 0

William Bridgman, Esq 2 2 0

Rev. Thomas Butt 3 3 0

William Withering, Esq 5 6 0

His Grace the Duke of Somerset ... 20 0 0

Sir Abraham Hume, Bart 10 10 0

Lieutenant-Colonel Durnford .... 5 0 0

William Beatty, M.D 2 2 0

Thomas Purton, Esq 2 2 0

Joseph Whidbey, Esq 5 5 0

Sir Thomas Frankland, Bart 21 0 0

J. C. Dale, Esq 10 0 0

Davies Gilbert, Esq. M.P 10 0 0

J. G. Children, Esq 10 0 0

Daniel Sharpe, Esq 2 2 0

Mr. Edwin Dalton Smith 2 2 0

Messrs. J. D. C. &, C. E. Sowerby ..220

Rev. Daniel Lysons, M.A 6 5 0

George Austen, Esq 5 5 0

William Mathew, Esq 5 0 0

J. C Loudon, Esq 5 6 0

Thomas Salter, Esq. ...... 3 3 0

William Borrer, Esq 6 6 0

Rev. John Stevens Henslow, M.A. ..650

Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A 6 6 0

1188 8 0

Louis

Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 759

£. s. d.

Brought forward 1188 8 0

Louis Hayes Petit, Esq, M. P. , . . 10 10 0

Roger Pettiward, Esq 5 0 0

Rev. Charles Smith Bird, M.A. ... 5 0 0

Rev. Charles Parr Burney, D.D. ... 10 10 0

John Shute Duncan, Esq 2 0 0

Rev. Henry Hasted, M.A 5 0 0

Charles Lyell, Esq 10 0 0

William Younge, M.D 10 0 0

Rev. Joseph Goodall, D.D., Provost of

Eton 20 0 0

Rev. William Buckland, D.D. ... 2 0 0

Rev. Revett Sheppard, M.A 2 0 0

Rev. Thomas Gisborne, M.A 10 10 0

John Flint South, Esq 5 0 0

William Jackson Hooker, LL.D. ... 5 5 0

George Milne, Esq. . . . . . . , 5 0 0

Joseph Janson, Esq 5 0 0

Rev. Sackville Bale, M.A 10 0 0

Rev. John Howson, M.A 1 10

Edmund Allen Crouch, Esq 110

Thomas Knowlton, Esq 5 5 0

Jonathan Couch, Esq 10 0

The Most Noble the Marquis of Bath .50 0 0

Right Honourable Earl Brownlow . . . 25 0 0

Rev. James Dalton, M.A 5 0 0

Rev. Patrick Keith 1 10

Richard Cotton, Esq 3 3 0

Rev. Thomas Newton, M.A 5 5 0

John Blackwall, Esq 5 0 0

Robert Cole, Esq 5 5 0

Rev. Thomas Elton Miller, M.A. ... 5 0 0

1424 4 0
VOL. XVI. 5 E Rev.

760 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

£. s. d.

Brought forward 1424 4 0

Rev. Henry John WoUaston, M.A. ..220

Rev. Thomas Salwey, M.A. .... 3 3 0

Larret Langley, Esq 6 6 0

William Mills, Esq 5 5 0

Rev. R. B. Francis, M.A 2 2 0

Alexander Erskine, Esq. . . . » . 10 10 0

Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq 26 5 0

Samuel Kershaw, Esq 2 2 0

Thomas Brightweli, Esq 2 2 0

Simon Wilkin, Esq 110

John Shaw, Esq 6 5 0

John Hogg, Esq 3 3 0

Thomas Wilson, Esq 5 0 0

Rev. William Lloyd Baker, M.A. . . . 10 10 0

Rev. Alexander Power, M.A 2 2 0

Barron Field, Esq 5 0 0

Mr. James Main, A. L.S 2 2 0

A. H. Haworth, Esq. 5 6 0

Edward Holme, M.D. ... . . .10 0 0

Rev. Mr. Jenkyns, Fellow of Magdalen

College, Oxford 1 10

Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq 6 6 0

Edward Barnard. Esq 10 0 0 .

Lewis Weston Dillwyn, Esq 10 0 0

William John Broderip, Esq 6 5 0

M. A. Robinson, Esq 6 0 0

Patrick Neill, Esq 3 3 0

Marmaduke Ramsay, Esq 3 3 0

James Lowe Wheeler, Esq 1 10

Robert Younge, Esq 2 2 0

George Bentham, Esq. ..... 10 0 0

Sir William Jardine, Bart 6 0 0

1693 8 0

June

Extracts from the Mitiute-Book of the Linnean Society/. 761

Ju72e 17. Read a Letter, addressed to the Secretary, from
William Cooke, Esq., on the Preservation of Vegetable
Substances in a Solution of Muriate of Soda, — of which
the following is an extract. " On the 30th of October
1826, Mr. B. M. Forster brought to me a specimen of
Clavaria muscoides of Sowerby, with a desire that I
would preserve it in the same way that I preserve ana-
tomical preparations.' — (f^ide Med. and Phys. Journ.
March 1816.) I put it into brine a little below satu-
ration, suspending it by a delicate thread of silk, and
closing the bottle by means of glass. Since that time
it has remained in the solution, and, with the exception
of having become a little deeper in colour, it is un-
changed. As spirits are not only expensive, but usu-
ally deprive plants of all colour, the discovery of a
cheap and effectual solution for the preservation of
plants is a desideratum."
1829.

Jpril 7. Mr. Brookes, F.L.S., exhibited a living specimen
of Lacerta ocellata.

The President read the following extracts from the
Minutes of Council, dated Februar}'^ 24, viz.
" Resolved, —

" That the By-Laws contained in Sections 2, 3, and
4, Chapter IL of the By-Laws of the Society, as also
the By-Law made on the 18th day of February 1823,
(all of which said By-Laws relate to the admission
and annual fees to be paid by Fellows,) be revoked
and repealed ; and that the follp>ving By-Laws be
substituted, viz.

" All Fellows elected after the 24th day of May
5 E 2 1802,

762 Extracts from the Minute-Hook of the Linnean Society.

1802, and before the 24th day of May 1829, who shall
have already paid their admission fees, but have not
paid Twenty Guineas in lieu of all annual payments,
shall pay to the use of the Society the annual contri-
bution of Two Guineas as heretofore. Provided, how-
ever, that every such Fellow may at any time com-
pound for all future annual payments, by paying the
said composition of Twenty Guineas, including the
annual contribution which may be due at the time
such composition shall be paid.

" All Fellows who shall be elected after the 24th
day of May 1829, shall, before they.be admitted, pay
to the use of the Society the sum of Six Pounds for
* their admission fee ; and if any person refuse or fail

to pay the said sum, his election shall be void, unless
the same be remitted, in whole or in part, by special
_ order of the Council.

" Every Fellow elected after the 24th day of May
1829, shall, besides the admission fee, further contri-
bute towards the funds of the Society, previous to his
admission, by paying the sum of Thirty Pounds in
lieu of all future payments ; or he shall sign an obli-
gation for the regular payment of Three Pounds per
annum to the Society so long as he shall continue a
Fellow.

•' Every such Fellow so elected may at any time
compound for his future contributions, by paying the
sum of Thirty Pounds in one year, instead of the annual
contribution for that year ; in which case, his obliga-
tion to make annual payments shall be void. Pro-
vided, nevertheless, that in case any Fellow be not
usually resident within the United Kingdom of Great

Britain

Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society, 763

Britain and Ireland, such person shall not be permitted
to enter into an obligation for the pajj^ment of annual
contributions, but shall, within two months after his
■ election, or such other time as the Council shall permit,
and before he be admitted, pay, or cause to be paid,
into the hands of the Treasurer, the sum of Thirty
Pounds, in lieu of such contributions.
" Resolved, —

" That it be proposed to the General Meeting of
April 7th, for confirmation to revoke and repeal the
By-Laws contained in Sections 2, 3, and 4, of the
Second Chapter of the Society's By-Laws, and also
the By-Law relative to the payment of Fellows, made
on the 18th day of February 1823, and to substitute
in their stead the By-Laws above specified ; and that
thej'^ be read at the above and following General
Meeting, and be balloted for in the manner directed
by the By-Laws of the Society."

The President then gave notice that those altera-
tions in the By-Laws will be decided upon by Ballot
on Tuesday the 5th of May.

May 5. The alterations of the By-Laws contained in Sec-
tions 2, 3, and 4, of Chapter IL of the Society's By-
Laws, and also the By-Law relative to the payment
of Fellows, made on the 18th day of February, 1823,
having been read at the two last General Meetings, as
directed by the Charter, were balloted for and con-
firmed.

Nov. 17. The Vice-President, in the Chair, gave notice that

the Library will be open on Mondays, Tuesdays, and

. .. Thursdays,

764 Extracts from the Mini/te-Book of the Linnean Society.

' Thursdays, from 12 till 4 o'clock, and that the Museum

will be open during the same hours on Wednesdays
and Fridays.
1830.
April 20. Mr. N. B. Ward, F.L.S., exhibited a remarkable
specimen of exfoliation of the entire hand and foot,
which happened five different times in the same person
from fever.

Jwie 1. Mr. John Gould, A.L.S., exhibited, by permission,
the Skeleton of the Camelopardalis Giroffa belonging
to His Majesty.

Mr. William Pamplin, jun., A.L S., exhibited a
Fruit of the Carica Papaya, which ripened in a hot-
house belonging to John Barker, Esq., at Aylesbury.

June 15. Read an extract of a Letter from Mrs. Smith,
dated Moradabad, July 20th, 1829, to a gentleman
in Somersetshire, giving an account of a quantity
of Fishes that fell in a shower of rain at that place.
Many were observed by Mrs. Smith from the win-
dow of her residence, springing about on the grass
immediately after the storm. The letter was accom-
panied by a drawing taken on the spot, which repre-
sents a small species of Cyprinus, two inches and a
quarter in length, green above, silvery white below,
with a broad lateral line of bright red.
1831.

Feb. 15. Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., exhibited drawings of two
Insects illustrating the connexion between the Coleo-
pterous families Prionida and Lucanida, in opposition
to the tarsal system.

March

Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 7G5

March 1. Read the following Letter from Dr. James Lindsay,
addressed to Roderick Impey Murchison, Esq. F.R.S.
& L.S. &c., giving an account of the HclLv obvoluta of
Lamarck being found, apparently indigenous,in Hamp-
shire.

" Sir, — Last Maj?-, when searching for land shells,
I was surprised to meet with the Helix obvoluta,
hitherto considered a foreign species, and, I believe,
never before noticed in Great Britain.

"1 discovered it, along with other Helices, such as the
Helix nitida and rufescens, amongst the moss near the
roots of trees in Ditcham Wood, near Buriton, Hants.
This shell is found for a considerable distance along
the chalk escarpment of the South Downs facing to the
north ; and, although more rare than the other species
above mentioned, I have collected above twenty indi-
viduals.

" Lamarck describes the French shell as having the
margin of the lip white ; but in the Hampshire speci-
mens, when fresh, that part is tinged with red. La-
marck takes no notice of the smooth, tooth-iike pro-
cesses on the inner side of the lip, which in this species
are always present. The aperture is triangular ; the
mouth a little reflected, forming a distinct sinus ex-
ternally, and in every other respect answering to the
Lamarckian description.

" Should you consider these observations worthy
the notice of the Linnean Society, 1 shall feel gratified
in your presenting them.

" I am, your most obedient Servant,

" lOth November, 1830, " JaMES LiNDSAY.

NuFsted House, near Peiersfield."

May

766 Extracts frojn the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

May 3. Read the following Letter, addressed to the Secre-
tary bjr John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S., containing remarks
on the habits of some Land Shells :

" Grove Place, May 2, 1831.

" Dear Sir, — On my return from France I brought
home some Land Shells, which I collected near the
celebrated fountain of Petrarch at Vaucluse, on the
8th of last J uly, at which time they were close packed
in a pill-box ; and from the high temperature of that
part of France, and being kept for several weeks in
my trunk, and afterwards in a dry place at home, they
appeared, as might be expected, quite dead.

" I was induced however, a few days since, to try if
they could be re-animated, although I almost thought
it an useless experiment. 1 put the shells into an
earthen vessel, close covered, and containing some wet
moss, when, to my astonishment, in less than twenty-
four hours these little animals were reanimated and
crawling about, after having been shut up without food
or moisture for nine months.

" The shells appear to be the Pupa tridens and the
Clausilia rugosa, which renders it more remarkable,
since they are species destitute of opercula. I ob-
served that only one of the shells was adhering to
another, and the others were quite loose in the box.

" It is not only the extraordinary fact of these little
animals being able to remain so long in a torpid state,
that has induced me to request that you will do me
the favour to lay these observations before the Linnean
Society ; but 1 think it may be of service to those who
collect shells, to know that the species inhabiting the
land may be preserved for so long a period ; for it may

Extracts from the Minute-Booh of the Limiean Society. 767

in many instances enable those conchologists who wish
to describe and draw the inhabitants of shells, to ac-
complish that desirable object, and probably, by se-
curing them in a well-stopped bottle, they might be
kept alive much longer, and be transported from very
remote parts of the globe.

" I remain, &c.

" John Curtis.

" P.S. I have been informed by Mr. Lyell that
some shells brought from South America by Lieute-
nant T. Graves, were seventeen months without food,
and are now alive and inhabiting their native plants
in the conservatories of Messrs. Loddiges at Hackney.

" But shells closed by an operculum have been
known to remain thus hermetically sealed in cabinets
for very long periods, — it has been said for forty
years, — and afterwards been reanimated by mois-
ture."

Some live specimens of the species referred to in
the letter were exhibited at the Meeting.

Dec. 6. Read a Letter addressed to the Secretary by John
Blackwall, Esq. F.L.S., correcting his representation,
in his Notice of several recent Discoveries in the Struc-
ture and Economy of Spiders, and Remarks on the
Pulvilli of Insects, respecting the mode by which in-
sects are supported on the sides of highly polished
surfaces.

In experimenting upon the House-fly, he observed

that individuals frequently remained fixed to the sides

of an exhausted glass receiver after they had entire!}''

lost the power of locomotion, and an evident distention

VOL. v^'T. 5 F of

7C8 Extracts from the Minute- Book of the Linnean Society.

of the abdomen had been occasioned by the exhaustion
of the aeriform fluids it contained. To detach them
from those stations, the employment of a small degree
of force was found requisite.

In prosecuting this subject, clean " pliials of trans-
parent glass, containing spiders and various insects in
the larva and imago states, capable of walking on their
upright sides, were breathed into till the aqueous va-
pour expelled from the lungs was copiously condensed
on their inner surface. The result was remarkable.
The moisture totally prevented those animals from ob-
taining any effectual hold on the glass ; and the event
was equally decisive if a small quantity of oil was sub-
stituted for the aqueous vapour. A similar consequence
ensued also, when the flour of wheat, or finely pul-
verised chalk, or gypsum, was thinly strewn on the
interior surface of the phials, the minute particles of
those substances adhering to the tarsal brushes of the
spiders, the pulvilli of the perfect insects, and the
under side of the feet of the larvae. These facts, far
from corroborating the mechanical theory, appeared
quite inexplicable, except on the supposition that an
adhesive secretion is emitted by the instruments em-
ployed in climbing. The next point to be determined,
therefore, was whether spiders, and insects in the larva
and imago states, when moving in a vertical direction
on clean glass, leave any visible track behind them.
Careful and repeated examinations, made with lenses
of moderately high magnifying powers, in a strong
light, and at a favourable angle, speedily convinced
me that my conjecture was well founded, as I never
failed to discover unequivocal evidence of its truth ;

though

Extracts from the Minutt-Book of the Linnean Society. 769

though in the case of the spielers considerable diffi-
culties presented themselves, in consequence of the
exceedingly minute quantity of adhesive matter emitted
by the brushes of those animals. On submitting this
secretion to the direct rays of the sun, in the month of
July, and to brisk currents of air, whose drying power
was great, I ascertained that it did not suffer any per-
ceptible diminution by evaporation under those cir-
cumstances.

*' Now it is reasonable to infer, from the foregoing
researches, that the hair-like appendages constituting
the brushes of spiders, and occurring in such profu-
sion on the inferior surface of the pulvilli of insects,
are tubular. The delicate membrane also, on the under
side of the prolegs, and the tarsi of the perfect legs of
various larvae capable of traversing polished perpen-
dicular bodies, without the aid of lines produced b}- a
spinning apparatus, must be provided with numerous
pores, or minute papillae, from which an adhesive se-
cretion is emitted. Some larvae which are not sup-
plied with prolegs, those of the Coccinellce for example,
have the inferior part of the tarsi of their perfect legs
thickly covered with hair-like appendages resembling
in figure, and in the function they perform, those on
the pulvilli of insects in the imago state ; while others,
altogether destitute of legs, emit a viscid mucus from
both their extremities, and by advancing and attach-
ing each alternately, are thus enabled to ascend smooth
bodies with facility.

*' According to my observations, the instrument is
composed of several branched membranous papillae
included in a common envelope. They are extremely

5 F 2 flexible

770 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

flexible and extensile, and, either separately or collec-
tively, can be protruded beyond the caudal segment,
or retracted within it, at the pleasure of the animal.
Their efficiency as a cleaning apparatus, and an organ
of adhesion and progression, depends principally upon
the mucus they emit, which is secreted in great abun-
dance, and not upon the power of producing a vacuum.
When this instrument is applied to the body of the
insect, any extraneous matter immediately becomes
attached to it, and the impurities thus collected are
ultimately expelled by a fresh discharge of mucus and
a peculiar motion of the papillae."

Catalogue

( 771 )

CATALOGUE

OF THE

LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

Continued from Page 526 of Vol. XV. of the Society's Transactions*.

N.R To Books which are Continuations of Works included in any of the former Parts of the Catalogue, the
original Numbers are here afBzed ; and the other Books are numbered in regular progression.

1356. AcREL (J. G.) Praeside, Dissertatio Medica De Cholelithis, resp. A. M.

Wadsberg. Upsaliae, 1788, ito.

1357. Afzelii (A.) De Rosis Suecanis Tentamen Sium. Upsalise, 1806, 4to.

1358. Arnott's (G. A. W.) Article "Botany" from the new edition of the Encyclo-

paedia Britannica. Edinburgh, 1832, 4to.

1359. Artii's '^. T.) Antediluvian Phytology. London, 1825, 4to.

1360. Audouin (V.) et Milne-Edwards (H.) Recherches Anatomiques et Physiolo-

giques sur la Circulation dans les Crustacees. , Paris, 1 827, 4to.

1361. ■ ■ Recherches Anatomiques sur le Sy-

steme nerveux. Paris, 1828, 8vo.

1362. Audubon (J. J.) The Birds of America, no. 1—20. London, 1827—31, fol.
1363. Ornithological Biography; or An Account of the Habits of

the Birds of the United States of North America. Edinburgh, 1831, 8vo.

1364. Banks's (G.) Plymouth and Devonport Flora, no. 1 — 7. Devonport, 1830

— 31, Svo.

1365. Batuta's (Ibn) Travels; translated from the abridged Arabic Manuscript

Copies, preserved in the Public Library of Cambridge ; with Notes, by
the Rev. Samuel Lee, B.D. London, 1829, 4lo.

1366. Baxter (W.) Stirpes Cryptogamae Oxonienses; or. Dried Specimens of Cry-

ptogamous Plants, collected in the Vicinity of Oxford, fasc. 1 — 2. Oxford,
1825—28, 4to.

• This Catalogue does not include the extensive additions made to tbe Library by the purchase of th©
late President's collections and library, including those of Linna;us and his Son. It only contains such
books as have been presented to the Society since the publication of the fifteenth volume.

1367. Benett's,

772 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1367. Benett's (Miss E.) Catalogue of Wiltshire Fossils. {From Sir R. C. Hoare's

Modern Wilts.) fol.

1368. Bennett (E. T.) The Gardens of the Zoological Society delineated. Chis-

wick, 1830—31, 2 vols. 8vo.

1369. Bennett's (G.) Notices on the Botany of New Zealand. {From the London

Medical Gazette.) 8vo.

1370. Account of the Medicinal Properties of Piper Methysticum,

Nauclea Gambir, and Ignatia amara. [From the Same.) 8vo.

1371. — Account of the Islands Erromanga and Tanna, New Hebrides

Group. {From the Same.) 8vo.

1372. Bennett's (J. W.) Fishes of Ceylon, no. 1—6. London, 1828—30, 4to.
1373. Treatise on the Cocoa-nut Tree. London, 1831, 8vo.

1374. Billberg (G. J.) Synopsis Faunae Scandinaviae, torn. 1. pars 1. Holmiae,

1828, 12mo.

1375. BischofF(G. W.) Krj'ptogamische Gewachse; Lieferungl — 2. Chareen und

Equiseteen. Niirnberg, 1828, 4to.

1376. Blume (C. L.) Flora Javae, no. 1. Bruxellis, 1828, fol.

1377. Blumenbach (J. F.) Specimen Historiae Naturalis antiquae Artis. Gotlingae,

1808, 4to.

1378. Bonaparte (C. L.) Specchio comparativo delle Ornitologie di Roma e di

Filadelphia. Pisa, 1827, 8vo.

1379. '- Genera of North American Birds; and a Synopsis of the
Species found within the Territory of the United Slates. {From Ann. Lye.
Nat. Hist, of New York.) 8vo.

1380. Osservazioni sulla Seconda Edizione del Regno Animale

del Barone Cuvier. Bologna, 1830, 8vo.
1381. Saggio di una Distribuzione metodica degli Animali Verte-

brati. Roma, 1831, 8vo.
1382. Cenni sopra le Variazioni a cui vanno Soggette le Farfalle

del gruppo Melitaea. {Estratto dalV Antologia, no. 125, Maggio 1831.) 8vo.

1 383. Booth's ( W. B.) History and Description of the Species of Camellia and Thea,

and of the Varieties of the Camellia Japonica that have been imported from
China. {From the Hort. Trans.) 4to.

1384. Bostock's (J.) Translation of the 1st and 23rd Books of Pliny's Natural Hi-

story. London, 1828, 8vo.

1385. Brayley's (E. W.) Remarks on the Existence of Salts of Potash in Rock-salt.

{From the Phil. Mag.) 8vo.

1386. Nature of Vision in Invertebrate Animals. {From the Same.)

8vo.

1387. Brayley

Catalogue of the Librai^y of the Linnean Society. 773

1387. Brayley (E. W.) On the probable Connexion of Rock-basins with an internal
concretionary Structure in the Rocks on which they occur. {From the
Phil. Mag.) 8vo.

1388. The Utility of the Knowledge of Nature considered, with

reference to the Introduction of Instruction in the Physical Sciences into
the general Education of Youth. London, 1831, Svo.

1389. Brongniart (Ad.) Histoire des Vegetaux Fossiles, livr. 1 — 6. Paris, 1828

—30, ito.

1390. Brookes (J.), Catalogue of the Zootomical Collection of. Svo.

1391. Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Zoological

Club of the Linnean Society of London, Nov. 29, 1828. 8vo.
1392. Thoughts on the best Means of lessening the destructive Progress

of Cholera. London, 1831, Svo.
1393. Brown (R.) Vermischte Botanische Schriften von Dr. C. G. Nees von

Esenbeck, band 1 — 4. Leipzig, 1825 — 30.
1394. Microscopical Observations on the Particles contained in the

Pollen of Plants, &c. London, 1828, Svo.
1395. Buffon (G. L.Comtede) Histoire Naturelle, torn. 1 — 42. Paris,1749 — 88, 4to.
1396. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux; ed. nouvelle, torn.

1 — 10. Paris, 1770 — 86, 4to.

1397. Bullock's (W.) Journey through the Western States of North America.

London, 1827, Svo.

1398. Cavanilles (A. J.) Observationes in quintum Fasciculum D. L'Heritier. 4to.

1399. Children's (J. G.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Zoolo-

gical Club of the Linnean Society of London, November 29th, 1827. Svo.

1400. Christol (M. de) Notice sur les Ossemens huniaines fossiles. Montpellier,

1829, Svo.

1401. Churciiill's (J. M.) Effects of Acupuncturation in Rheumatism, &c. London,

1828, 8vo.

1402. Clark's (Bracy) Description of a new Horse-shoe. London, 1827, 4to.
1403. On the Foot of the Horse and Shoeing, 2nd edit, part 1 — 6.

London, 1829, 4to.
1404. Essay on the Knowledge of the Ancients respecting the Art of

Shoeing the Horse, and of the probable Period of the Commencement of

this Art London, 1831, 4to.
1405. Coddington (H.) On the Improvement of the Microscope. {From Trans.

Cajtib. Phil. Sac.) 4to.
1153. CoUa (Al.) lUustrationes et Icones rariorum Stirpium quae in ejus Horto

Ripulis

774 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

Ripulis florebant, Anno 1826, addita ad Hortum Ripulensem append. 3.
(From Mem. Acad. R. di Tbn'wo, torn. 33.) 4to.
1038. Curtis's (J.) British Entomology, no. 48—100. London, 1827 — 32, 8vo.

1 406. ' Guide to an Arrangementof British Insects. London, 1 829 — 30, 8vo.

1158. Curtis's (W.) Botanical Magazine, tiew scries, by Dr. Hooker, vol. 2 — 5.

London, 1827 — 31, 8vo.

1407. Cuvier (G.) et Valenciennes (A.) Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, torn.

1—8. Paris, 1828—31, Bvo.
1163. Cuvier (F.) et GeofFroy St. Hilaire. Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes,
livr. 57—6.';. Paris, 1827—32, fol.

1408. Dallas (J. H.) Dissertatio physiologica de Vitse Indole. Edinb. 1828, 8vo.

1409. Decandolle (A. P.) Memoire sur la Famille des Combretacees. Geneve, 1828,

4to.
1410. Note sur quelques Plantes observees en fleur, au Mois de

Janvier 1828, dans la Serre de M. Saladin. Geneve, 1828, 4to.
1411. Notice sur la Longevite des Arbres, et les Moyens de la

constater. {Bibl. Univ., Mai\9,S\.) 8vo.
1168. Dejean (Le Comte de) Species general des Coleopteres, &c. torn. 3 — 5.

Paris, 1828—31, 8vo.

1412. De la Beche's (H. T.) Geological Manual, 2nd edit. London, 1832, 8vo.

1413. Delise (D.) Histoire des Lichenes. (Genre Sticta.) Planches en 4to.

Caen, 1825, 8vo.

1414. Dillwyn's (L. W.) Unpublished Memoranda relating to the Insects of

Swansea. Swansea, 1829, 8vo.

1415. Don's (D.) Descriptions of Columellia, Tovaria, and Francoa, &c. {From the

Edinburgh New Phil. Journ. 1829.) 8vo.
1416. On the Characters of Darwinia, Brunsfelsia, &c. [From the Same,

1829.) 8vo.
14.17. An Attempt at a New Classification of the Cichoracese. [Fromthe

Same, 1829.) 8vo.

1418. On the Affinities of Vellozia,Glaux, &c. {From (he Same, 1830.) 8vo.

1419. Monograph of the Family of Plants called Cunoniacea2. {From the

Same, 1^30.) 8vo.
1420. On the Characters and Affinities of certain Genera of the Flora

Peruviana. {From the Same, 1831.) 8vo.
1421. Descriptions of some new Species of Malesherbia, Kageneckia, and

Quillaja, and of a new Genus of the Order Salicariae. {From the Same, 1832.)

8yo.

1422. Don's

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 715

1422. Don's (G.) General System of Gardening and Botany, arranged according

to the Natural System: vol. 1. London, 1831, 4to.

1423. Dulaii and Co.'s Catalogue of Foreign Books. London, 1828, 8vo.

1424. Dumortier (B. C.) Florula Belgica. Tornaci Norviorum, 1827, 8vo.

1425. Dunal (M. F.) Considerations sur la Nature et les Rapports de quelques-uns

des Organes de la Fleur. Paris, 1829, 4to.

1426. Considerations sur les Fonctions des Organes floraux colores

et glanduleux. Paris, 1829, 4to.

1427. Duncan's (A.) Supplement to the Edinburgh New Dispensatory. Edinburgh,

1829, 8vo.

1428. Duncan's (J. S.) Botanical Theology, 2nd edit. Oxford, 1826, 8vo.
1429. Analogies of Organized Beings. Oxford, 1831, 8vo.

1430. Edwards (IL Miine-) Memoires sur quelques Crustacees nouveaux. {Extr.

des Ann. des Sc. Nat. torn. 18'.) 8vo.
1181. Edwards's (S.) Botanical Register, no. 153 — 156, and vols. 15, 16, 17, & 18.
London, 1827 — 32, 8vo.

1431. Ellis(J.) Diss. deDionaea Muscipula, cur. J. C. D. Schreber. Erlangag, 1771,

4to.

1432. Erman (Adolphe) Positions Geographiques de I'Oby depuis Tobolsk jusqu'a

la mer glaciale. Berlin, 1831, 8vo.

1433. Featherstonhaugh's (G. W.) Monthly American Journal of Geology and

Natural Science, no. 1, Philadelphia, 1831, 8vo.

1434. Ferussac (J. D. de) Histolre Naturelle des Mollusques; Famille des Aplysiens

par M. Rang. Paris, 1828, fol.
1187. -— — Bulletin Universel des Sciences Naturelies et de Geolo-
gic, torn. 12—26. Paris, 1827 — 31, 8vo.

1435. Fischer (F. E. L.) Notice sur le Fruit du Pothos, &c. [From Mem.de la Soc. de

Mosc.) 4to.

1436. Genera Plantarum duo. 4to.

1437. Die Existenz der Monocotyledoneen and der Polvco-

tyledoneen betreffend. Zurich, 1812, 4to.
1438. Fischer (Gotth.) Essai sur la Turquoise, et sur la Calaite, edit. 2'. Moscou,

1818, 8vo.
1439. Notice sur les Polypiers tubipores Fossiles. Moscou, 1828,

4to.
1 440. Oryctographie du Gouvernement de Moscou. Moscou, 1 830,

fol.
1441. Sur le Tettigopsis, nouveau Genre d'Orthopteres de la

Russie. Moscou, 1830, 4to.
VOL. XVI. 5 ci 1061. Fischer

77G Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1061. Fischer (Gotth.) Entomographie de la Ilussie, torn. 3. Moscou, 1825, 4to.
H^a. Freake's (A.) Observations and Experiments on the Humuhis Lupulus of

Linnajus, with an Account of its Use in. Gout and other Diseases. London,

1806, 8vo. ' ■: '■

\^Vi, Fries (El.) Lichenographia Europffia reformata, Lundpe, 1831, Svo.
li-ti. Frost's (J.) Observations on tlie Properties and Effects of the expressed Oil

of the Seeds of Croton Tiglium. London, 1827, Svo.
14'45. Oration delivered before the Medico- botanical Society of London,

October 28, 1 828 4to.
144'6. Godman's (J. D.) Description of a new Genus and new Species of extinct

mammiferous Quadruped. {From Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.) 4to.

1447. Goldfiiss (A.) Petrifacta Musei Universitatis Regiae Borussicas Rhenanae

Bonnensis, &c. ; Lieferung 1 — 3. Diisseldorf, 1826 — 32, fol.

1 448. Gordon's ( W.) Academical Examinations on the Practice of Surgery. Edin-

burgh, 1828, 8vo.
1449 Gould's (J.) Century of Birds, hitherto unfigured, from the Himalaya

Mountains, no. 1—20. London, 1830—32, fol.
1450. Grant (R. E.) On the Existence and Use of Ciliae in the Young of the Gas-

teropodous Mollusca, &c. {From the Edinb. Journ. ofSc.) Svo.
J 451. On the Generation of the Lobularia digitata. Lam. {Alcyo7iium

lobatum, Pall.) {From the Same, No. 15.) Svo.
1 4,52. Notice of the Structure and Mode of Generation of the Virgularia

mirabilis and Pennatula phosphorea. {From the Same, No. 14.) Svo.
14,53. On the Viscera of the Common Sword-fish {Xiphias Gladius,

Linn.) {From the Edinb. Medico-Chirur g. Trans, for 1827.) Svo.
1454. ■ Observations on the Structure and Functions of the Sponge,

{From the Edinb. New Phil. Journ.) Svo.

1455. On the Structure and Nature of Flustrae. {From the Same.)

1456. On the Structure of some calcareous Sponges. {From the

Same.) Svo.
1457. On the Structure of some siliceous Sponges. {From the Same.)

Svo.
1458. On the Structure &c., of the Octopus ventricosus, {Sepia octo-

podia, Penn.) {From the Same.) Svo.

1459. Notice of a new Zoophyte {Cliona celata) from the Firth of

Forth. {From the Same.) Svo.
1460. On the Structure of the Eye of the Sword-fish {Xiphias

Gladius, Linn.) {From Wern, Mem.) Svo.

1461. Grant

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 777

1461. Grant (R. E.) On the Anatomy of the Paca of Brazil, (Ccelogenus, F. Cuv.)
{From Wern. Mem.) 8vo.

1462. Essay on the Study of the Animal Kingdom; being an intro-
ductory Lecture delivered at the University of London. London 1828,
Svo.

14-63. Gray (J. E.) Spicilegia Zoologica, part 1. London, 1828, 4to.

1464. Zoological Miscellany, no. 1. London, 1831, Svo.

J 465. Synopsis Reptilium ; or Short Descriptions of the Species of

Reptiles. London, 1831, Svo.

1466. Greville (R. K.) Algae Britannicae. Edinburgh, 1830, 8vo.

1199. Griffith's (Ed.) Animal Kingdom, part 10 — 14. London, 1827, Svo.

1467. Guillemin (J. B. A.) Icones Lithographicae Plantarum Australasiae rariorum,

Decades 2. Parisiis, 1829, fol.

1468. Gussone (J.) Plantte rariores quas in Itinere per Oras lonii ac Adriatici

Maris, &c. coUegit. Neapoli, 1826, 4to.

1469. Hall's (M.) Critical and Experimental Essay on the Circulation of the Blood ;

especially as observed in the minute and capillary Vessels of the Batrachia
and of Fishes. London, 1831, 8vo.

1470. Halleri (Alb.) Icones Plantarum Helvetise, ed. nova, cura J. S. Wytten-

bach. Berna;, 1813, fol.

1471. Hancock's (T.) Researches into the Laws and Phaenomena of Pestilence.

London, 1821, 8vo.

14,72. Essay on Instinct, and its Physical and Moral Relations.

London, 1824, Svo.

1473. Hanson's (N.) Letter addressed to the Government, and Royal College of

Surgeons, setting forth the Necessity of placing Anatomical Schools on a
different Footing. London, 1831, Svo.

1474. Hardwicke (T.) and Gray's (J. E.) Illustrations of Indian Zoology, part 1 — 10.

London, 1828—32, fol.

1475. Harlan's (R.) Description of a new Species of Orang, from the North Eastern

Province of British India. [From the Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. 4.) 4to.

14,76. Description of the Fossil Bonesof the Megalonyx, discovered in

"White Cave," Kentucky. {Fromjourii. Acad. N. Sc. Philadelphia, vol. 6.)
Svo.

1477. Haworth's (A. H.) Monograph of the Narcissineae. {From Brit. Fl. Garden,

vol. 1. nevo Series.) Svo.

1478. Hays's (Is.) Description of a Fragment of the Head of a new Fossil Animal

from New Jersey. [From the Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.) 4to.

5 g2 1479. Hill's

778 Catalogue of the Librari/ of the Linnean Society.

] iTg. Hill's (J.) Sleep of Plants, and Cause of Motion in the Sensitive Plant ex-
plained. London, 1757, 12mo.

1480. Hoefft (F. M. S. V.) Catalogue des Plantes qui croissent spontanement dans

le District de DniitriefF sur la Svapa, dans le Gouvernement de Koursk.
Moscou, 1826, 8vo.

1481. Hceninghaus (F. W.) Beitragzur MonographiederGattung Crania. Diissel-

dorf, 1828, 4to.

1482. Hoeven (J. van der) Dissertatio de Sceleto Pisciiim. Lugduni Batavorum,

1822, 8vo.

1483. Handboek der Dierkunde, Deel I, St. 1—2. Delft, 1827. Deel 2,

St. 1, Rotterdam, 1828 — 30, 8vo. with Mo Atlas of Plates.

1484. Hogg's (J.) Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton-on-Tees. Stockton,

1827, 8vo.

1485. Hooker's (W. J.) British Flora, vol. 1. London, 1830, Svo.

1486. Botanical Miscellany, part 1, 4 and 5. London, 1829 — 31,

8vo.

1487. Hooper (R.) The Morbid Anatomy of the Human Brain. London, 1828,

fol.

1488. Horsfield's (T.) Zoological Researches in Java and the neighbouring Islands.

London, 1824, 4to.

1489. Catalogue of Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of the

E. I. Company, part 1 and 2. London, 1828 — 29, 4to.

1490. Hosack's (D.) Memoirs of Dewitt Clinton. New York, 1829, 4to.

1491. Jaeger (G. F.) Observationes de quibusdam Pini sylvestris Monstris. Stutt-

gardiae, 1828, 4to.

1492. Jardine (Sir W.) and Selby's (P. J.) Illustrations of Ornithology, part 1 — 5.

Edinb. 1829—30, fol.

1493. Jenyns's (L.) Observations on the Natter Jack of Pennant, with a List of

Reptiles found in Cambridgeshire. [From Trans, Camb. Phil. Soc.) 4to.

1494. Johnston's(G.)Floraof Berwick-upon-Tweed, 2 vols. Edinburgh, 1829 — 31,

8vo.
661. La Cepede (B. G. E. Comte de) Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome 5.
Paris, an 11, 4to.

1495. Lachmann (W. L.) Flora Brunsvicensis, Theils 1 — 2, Braunschweig, 1827

— 28, Svo.

1496. La Gasca (Mar.) Genera et Species Plantarum. Matriti, 1816, 4to.
1497. Amenidades Naturales de las Espanas, torn. 1, no. 2. Ma-
drid, 1821, 8vo.

1498. La Gasca

Catalogue of the Librart/ of the Linnean Society. 779

HQS. La Gasca (Mar.) Observaciones sobre la Familia de las Plantas Asparaso-
lades. Londres, 1826, 8vo.

1499. Lance (E. J.) The Golden Farmer. London, 1831, 8vo.

1500. Latham's (J) Index to the General History of Birds. Winchester, 1828, ^to.

1501. Lea's (Is.) Description of Six new Species of the Genus Unio. {From Trans.

Amer. Phil. Soc.)

1302. Observations on the Genus Unio, with Descriptions of Eighteen

new Species; and on Symphonota. {From the Same, vol. 3. N, S.) Phila-
delphia, 1 829, 4to.

1503. Lear's (Ed.) Illustrations of the Family of Psittacidae. London, 1830— 32, fol.

1504. Lefebure (Alex.) Insectes inedits. Paris, 1831, 8vo.

1 505. Lehmann (J. G. C.) Pugiili 4 novarum Plantarum in Botanico Hamburgen-

sium Horto. Haniburgi, 1828 — 32, 4to.
1506. Semina in Horto Botanico Hamburgensi in 1820 collecta.

Hamburgi, 1821, 4to.
1507. Lindley's (J.) First Principles of Botany. London, 1830, 12mo.
1508. Introduction to the Natural System of Botany. London, 1830,

8vo.
1509. Genera and Species of Orchideous Plants, parti — 2. London,

1830 — 31, 8vo. Illustrations in Mo.

1510. Lindo's (A. A.) Injurious Tendency of the Modifying of our Navigation Laws

made manifest. London, 1828, 8vo.

1511. Link (H. F.) Hortus Botanicus Berolinensis, torn 1. Berol. 1827, 8vo.

1512. Linnsei (C.) Termini Botanici. Lipsia;, 1767, 8 vo.

1513. Systema Vegetabilium, ed. nova, curant. I. I. Roemer et I. A.

Schultes, torn. 1—6, cum Mantissa. Stuttgardiae, 1817—22, 8vo.
1514. ed. 16, curante C. Sprengel, vol. 1 — 5.

Gottingffi, 1825 — 28, 8vo.
1515. Genera Plantarum, ed. 9, curante C. Sprengel, tomi 2. Got-

tingtr, 1830—31, 8vo.
1273. Loudon (J. C.) Gardener's Magazine, no. 11 — 37. London, 1828—32, 8vo.

1516. Magazine of Natural History, no. 1 — 25. London, 1828 — 32,

8vo.
1517. Eucyclopsedia of Plants. London, 1829, 8vo.

1518. - Hortus Britannicus. London, 1830, 8vo.

1519. Mackay's (J.) Catalogue of Plants. Chelsea, 1828, 8vo.

1520. Main's (J.) Village and Cottage Florist's Directory. London, 1830, 12mo.

1521. Marley (Miles) On the Nature and Treatment of the most frequent Diseases

of Children. London, 1830, 8 vo.

1522. Maycock

780 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1522. Maycock (J. D.) Flora Barbadensis. London, 1830, 8vo.

1523. Meckelii (J. F.) Ornithorhynchi Paradoxi Descriptio Anatoniica. Lipsiae,

1826, fol.

152'i. Morgan (J.) and Addison's (T.) Essay on the Operation of Poisonous Agents
upon the Living Body. London, 1829, 8vo.

1525. Morton's (S. G.) Essays on the Geology of Part of the United States. Phi-
ladelphia, 1829, 8vo.

1526. Organic Remains of the Ferruginous Sand Formation of the

United States. {From vol. 6. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil.) 8vo.

1527. Mudie (R.) The Botanic Annual for 1832. London, 1832, Svo.

1528. Murchison's (R. L) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the

Geological Society of London on the 17th February 1832, 8vo.

1529. Murray's (J.) Glance at some of the Beauties and Sublimities of Switzerland.

London, 1829, 12mo.

1530. ■ Treatise on Atmospherical Electricity, including Lightning Rods

and Paragreles. London, 1830, 8vo.

1531. Nees ab Esenbeck (C. Gi) Enumeratio Plantarum Cryptogamicarum Javas,

et Insularum adjacentium. Vratislaviae, 1830, 8vo.

1532. Newman (E.) Sphinx vespiformis : an Essay. London, 1832, 8vo.

1533. Olin (J. H.) et Ulfsberg (J. E.) Plantae SuecansE. Upsalias, 1797, 4to.

1534. Palisot de Beauvois (A. M. F. J.) Planches de I'Agrostographie. Paris,

4to.

1535. Paxton (J.) and Harrison's (J.) Horticultural Register, no. 1 — 10. London,

1831—32, 8vo.

1536. Phillipps (Sir T.) Catalogus Manuscriptorum in Bibliotheca publica apud

Lille in Gallia. Medio-montanis, 1828, 8vo.

1537. Ponceau's (P. S. du) Eulogium in commemoration of William Tilghman,

LL.D. President of the American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia,

1827, 8vo.

1538. Pouchet (A. F.) Histoire Naturelle et Medicale de la Famille des Solanees.

Rouen, 1829, Svo.

1539. Raffles (Sir T. S.) Memoirs of the Life and Public Services of. By his

Widow. London, 1830, 4to.
332. Raii (J.) Catalogus Plantarum Angliae, ed. 2. London, 1677, 8vo.

1540. Ranzani (Cam.) Elementi di Zoologia, tomo 3, parte 9. Bologna, 1826,

8vo.

1541. Rennie's (J.) Insect Architecture. London, 1830, 12mo.

1542. Retzii (A. J.) Observationes Botanicae, fasc. 1 — 6. Lipsio", 1779 — 91, fol.

1543. Richardson (J.) Fauna Boreali- Americana. London, 1829, 4to.

1544. Roeper

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 781

IS-t^. Roeper (J.) Enumeratio Euphorbiarum quae in Germania et Pannonia
gignuntur. Gottingae, 1824, 4to.

1 545. Roscoe's (W.) Monandrian Plants of the Order Scitamineae. Liverpool, 1828,

fol.

1546. Riippell (Ed.) Atlas zu der Reise im Nordlichen Afrika. Abth, Zoologie.

Frankfurt am Main, 1826, fol.

1547. Sagra (R. de la) Memorias para servir de Introduccion a la Horticultura

Cubana. Nueva York, 1827, 8vo.

1548. Anales de Ciencias, Agricoltura, Commercioy Artes, tomo

2°. Habana, 1828, 8vo.

1549. Samouelle's (G.) Entomological Cabinet, no. 1 — 4. London, 1832, 12mo.

1550. Schleicher (J. C.) Catalogus Plantarum in Helvetia sponte nascentium. Bex,

1815, 8vo.

1551. Schrader (H. A.) Blumenbachia, novum e Loasearum Famiiia Genus.

Gottingae, 1827, 4to.
1091. Schwaegrichen (Fr.) Species Muscorum Frondosorum, Suppl. 3. Lipsias,
1827, 4to.

1552. Schweigger (A. F.) De Plantarum Classificatione Naturali. Regiomonti, 1820,

8vo.
1303. Selby's (P.J.) Illustrations of British Ornithology. Water Birds. No. 4 — 9.
Plates, fol. Letter-Press, 4to. Edinburgh, 1828 — 30.

1553. Seringe (N. C.) Bulletin Botanique, no. 1—2. Geneve, 1830, Svo.

1554. Sinclair's (Sir J.) Hints on Vegetation. Edinburgh, 1831, Svo.

1555, On the Means of improving the Condition of the industrious

Labourers in Husbandry, and effectually relieving their Distresses. Edin-
burgh, 1831, 8vo.

1093. Smith's (Sir J. E.) English Flora, vol. 4. London, 1828, 8vo.

1556. Compendium Florae Britannicae, ed. 4. Londini, 1829,

12mo.

1557. Compendium of the English Flora of. London, 1829,

12mo.

1558. Flora Graeca Sibthorpiana, vol. 7. pars 1. Londini, 1830,

fol.

1559. South's (J.) Reply to a Letter relative to the Interest taken by the British Go-
vernment in the Promotion of Astronomical Science. London, 1829, Svo

1560. Refutation of a Paper by Dr. Young. London, 1829, Svo.

781. Sowerby's (J.) Mineral Conchology, no. 101 and 102. London, 1828, Svo.

1561. Sowerby's (J. D. C. and C. E.) Supplement to English Botany, no. 1 — 30.
London, 1829—32, Svo.

1005. Sowerby's

782 Catalogue of the Liirary of the Linncan Society.

1005. Sowerby's (G. B.) Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, no. 28 — 37. London,
1828 — 31, 8vo.

1562. Species Conchyliorum, no. 1. London, 1830, 4to.

1563. Sowerby (James, jun.) The Mushroom and Champignon illustrated, com-
pared with, and distinguished from, the Poisonous Fungi that resemble
them. London, 1832, ^to.

1564'. Spix (L B. de) el Martins (C. F. Ph. de) Delectus Animalium Articulatorum,
quae per Brasiliam collegerunt, fasc. 1. Monachii, 1830, 4to.

1565. Sprengel (Ant.) Tentamen Supplementi ad Systematis Vegetabilium Linnaeani

editionem 16. Gottingas, 1828, 8vo.

1566. Stanhope's (Earl) Address at the Anniversary Meeting of the Medico-Bo-

tanical Society of London, Jan. 16th, 1831. 8vo.

1567. Stanley's (E.) Heads for the Arrangement of local Information in every

Department of Parochial and Rural Interest. London, 1830, 8vo.

1311. Stephens's (J. F.) Illustrations of British Entomology, no. 9 — 52. London,

1828—32, 8vo.

1568. Systematic Catalogue of British Insects. London, 1829, 8 vo.

1569. Nomenclature of British Insects. London, 1829, 8vo.

1312. Stephenson (J.) and Churchill's (J. M.) Medical Botany, no. 12-^47.
London, 1827 — 30, 8vo.

1570. Steven (C.) Observationes in Plantas Rossicas, et Descriptiones Specierum

novarum. {From Mem. de la Soc. Nat. Mosc.)

1571. Stokes's (J.) Botanical Commentaries, vol. 1. London, 1830, 8vo.

1010. Swainson's (W.) Zoological Illustrations, no. 1, second series. London, 1829,

8vo.
1315. Sweet (R.) Flora Australasica, no. 8—12. London, 1827, 8vo.

1316. Cistineae, no. 16—28. London, 1828, 8vo.

1098. British Warblers, part 2 & 3. London, 1828, 8vo.

1319. Temniinck (C. J.) et Laugier (M.) Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriees

d'Oiseaux, livr. 74—78. Paris, 1827, 4to.

1572. Tenore (M.) Memoriasulla Pruno Cocumiglia di Calabria. Napoli, 1828, 4to.

1573. Thompson's (J. V.) Zoological Researches and Illustrations, no. 1 — 5.

Cork, 1829—31, 8vo.

1574. Thomson (J.) Dissertatio Medica inauguralis de Febri Endemica Bataviae.

Edinburgi, 1828, 8vo.

1575. Thunberg (C. P.) Praeside, Diss, de Hydrocotyle, resp. J. P. Ponten.

Upsaliae, 1798, 4to.

1576. Tilesius (A.) Naturhistorische Abhandlungen und Erlauterungen besonders

die Pretrefactenkunde betreffend. Cassel, 1826, 4to.

1577. Tooke's

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 783

1577. Tooke's (J. H,) Diversions of Purley, new edition, revised, &c. by R. Taylor.

London, 1829, 8vo.

1578. Turton's (W.) British Fauna, vol. 1. Swansea, 1807. 8vo.

1579. Wade's (W.) Syllabus of a Course of Lectures on Botany. Dublin, 1802, 8vo.

1580. Walckenaer (C. A.) Faune Fran9oise, livr. 28 & 29. Paris, 8vo.

1581. — — — Les Araneidesde France. Paris, 8vo.

1582. Wallich (N.) Plantaj Asiaticae Rariores, part 1 — 10. London, 1829 — 32, fol.
1583. List of Indian Woods. {From vol. 48 of the Trans, of Soc. of

Arts.) 8vo.

1584'. Upon the Preparation and Management of Plants during a

Voyage from India, ito. {From Trans. Hort. Soc.)

1585. Weatherhead's (G. H.) Account of the Saline Spring at Norwood, Surrey.

London, 1832, 8vo.

1586. Wesselio (J.) Praeside, Diss. Inaug. de Anatomia et CEconomia Plantarum,

resp. Ad. van Royen. Lugduni-Batavorum, 1728, 4to.

1587. Whitaker's (J. S.) Notice of the Fucus natans. Lewes, 1830, 8vo.

1588. Willdenow (C. L.) Historia Amaranthorum. Turici, 1798, fol.

1589. Wilson's (J.) Illustrations of Zoology, no. 6. Edinburgh, 1829, 4to.

1590. Winch's (N. J.) Remarks on the Distribution of the Indigenous Plants of

Northumberland and Durham, as connected with the Geological Structure
of those Counties. {From T7-ans. of Newcastle Soc.) i 830, 4-to.

1591. ' Flora of Northumberland and Durham. Newcastle, 1831, 4to.

1592. Withering (W.), Miscellaneous Tracts, and Memoir of. London, 1 822, 8vo.
1593. Arrangement of British Plants, 7th edit. 4 vols. London,

1830, 8vo.

1594. Wood's (W.) Catalogue of Books on Natural History. London, 1832, 8vo.

1595. Wright (Dr. William), Memoir of, with a Selection of his Papers on

Medical and Botanical Subjects. Edinburgh, 1828, 8vo,

1 596. Yates's (J.) Remarks on the Formation of Alluvial Deposits. ( From the Edinb.

New Phil. Journ. 1831.)

1597. Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem

Yahre 1827. Berlin, 1830, 4to.

1598. African (South) Quarterly Journal, no. 1 — 3. Cape Town, 1830, 8vo.

1599. Annalen der Gewachskunde, band 1 — 5. Regensburg, 1828 — 31, 12mo.
1339. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, par MM. Audouin, Adolphe Brongniart,

et Dumas, torn. 12 — 24. Paris, 1827 — 31, 8vo.
1338. Annales de la Societe Linneenne de Paris, vol. 6. livr. 3 — 5. Paris, 1827,
8vo.
528. Asiatic Researches, vol. 16& 17 part 1. Calcutta, 1828—29, 4to.
VOL. XVI. 5 H 1600. The

784 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1600. The Athenseum, a Journal of Literature, &c. parts 37 — 48. London, 1831,

4to.

1601. Brookesian Museum, Prospectus of. London, 1827, 4to.

1602. Bulletin de la Societe Inipei'iale des Naturalistes de Moscou, premiere

annee, no. 1 — 10. Moscou, 1829, 8vo.

1603. Bulletin de la Societe de Statistique Universelle, livr. 1 — 2, with List of

Members, &.c.

1604. By-Laws of the Horticultural Society of London. London, 1830, 8vo.

1605. By-Laws of the Medico-Botanical Society of London. London, 1828, 8vo.

1606. Catalogue of the Hunterian Collection in the Museum of the Royal College

of Surgeons, part 1 — 5. London, 1830 — 31, 4to.

1607. Catalogue of the Library of the Royal College of Surgeons. London, 1831, 8vo.

1608. Catalogue of the late William Phillips's Collection of Minerals. London,

1829, 8vo.

1609. Catalogue of the Museum of the Dublin Society. 1831, 8vo.

1610. Catalogue of the Printed Books in the Royal Asiatic Society's Library.

London, 1830, 4to,

1611. Contributions of the Maclurian Lyceum to the Arts and Sciences, vol. 1,

no, 1—6. Philadelphia, 1827, 8vo.

1612. Edinburgh Journal of Natural and Geographical Science, edited by W.

Ainsworth and H. H. Cheek, no. 1 — 12, and new series 1 — 6. Edinburgh,
1829—31, 8vo.

1340. Flora oder Botanische Zeitung, for 1828, 1829, 1830, & 1831. Regensburg,

8vo.

1613. Index Plantarum Horti Botanici Melitensis, 1806, 8vo.

1341. Isis von Oken, band 21 — 24. Jena, 1828—31, 4to.

1614. Journal of a Naturalist. London, 1829, 8vo.

1615. Journal of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, no. 1 — 5. London, 1830

— 31, 8vo.
919. Kongl. Vetenskaps-Academiens Handlingar, for 1826, 1827, & 1828.
Stockholm, 1827—29, 8vo.

Kongl. Vetenskaps-Academiens Arsberattelser, for 1826, 1827, & 1828.

Stockholm, 8vo.

1616. List of the Members of the Zoological Society. London, 1829, 8vo.

1617. Magnetisme, sa V6rite prouvee par les Faits. Paris, 1829, 8vo.

620. M^moires de I'Academie Royale des Sciences de I'lnstitut de France, torn.
7—10. Paris, 1827— 31, 4to.

Memoires presentees par divers Savans a I'Academie Royale des Sciences de

rinstitut de France, torn. 2. Paris, 1830, 4to.

802. Memoires

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 785

802. Memoires du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, par les Professeurs de cet

Etablissement, torn. 12 — 17. Paris, 1825 — 28, 4to.
586. Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, torn. 32 — 34.
Torino, 1828 — 30, 4to.

803. Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society, vol. 6. Edinburgh,

1832, 8vo.
440. Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, vol. 5,

second series. London, 1831, 8vo.
1 344. Memoirs of the Astronomical Society of London, vol. 3 — 4. London, 1 828
—29, 4to.

1618. Notice of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2nd edit,

Philadelphia, 1831, 8vo.
1024. Nova Acta Physico-Medica Academiae Caesareae Naturae Curiosorum, torn. 13
et 14. BonnaD, 1826—28, 4to.

1619. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, no. 1 — 23. 1828—32, 8vo.

1620. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoolo-

gical Society of London, no. 1 — 14. London, 1830 — 32, 8vo.

1621. Quoestiones quas Academiae Regias Scientiarum BorussicEE Classis Physico-

mathematica certamini Litterario in A. 1833 proponit 1831. 8vo.
1026. Philosophical Magazine and Annals of Philosophy, 7iew series, no. 13 — 64.

London, 1828 — 30, 8vo.
438. Piiilosophical Transactions for 1828, 1829, 1830, & 1831. London, 4to.

1622. Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. York,

1832, 8vo.

1353. Reports of the Committee of Accounts, and of the Council of the Horticul-

tural Society, for 1830 — 31. London, 1831, 4to.

1623. Reports of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd General Meeting of the Subscribers to the

Oriental Translation Fund. London, 1828 — 30.

1 354. Report of the Committee of the Portsmouth and Portsea Literary and Phy-

losophical Society, 1827 — 28. Portsmouth, 1828, 8vo.
1117. Reports 8 — 10 of the Council of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary So-
ciety. Leeds, 1828 — 30, 8vo.

1624. Rept)rt of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of N. S. Wales, for

1828. Sydney, 1828, 8vo.

1625. Report of the Royal Dispensary for the Diseases of the Ear. London, 1830,

8vo.

1626. Reports of the Council of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society for 1828 and

1830, with List of Members. York, 1829—1831, 8vo.

5 H 2 1627. Reports

786' Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1627. Reports of the Auditors of the Accounts and of the Council of the Zoological

Society for the Year 18S0. London, 1831, Svo.

1628. Societe anonyme du Bulletin Universel. Paris, 1828, 4to.

1629. Salictum Woburnense : or, A Catalogue of Willows, Indigenous and Foreign,

in the Collection of the Duke of Bedford, at Woburn Abbey ; Systematically

arranged. London, 1829, Svo.
585. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, vol. 3, part 3 & 4. new

series. Philadelphia, 1827 — 30, 4to.
439. Transactions of the Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures,

and Commerce, vol. 45 — 48, London, 1827 — 31, Svo,
527. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. 4 — 8, and vol. 11.

Edinburgh, 1798—1831.
584. Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. 12, 15, & 16. Dublin, 1828 —

31, 4to.
665. Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London, vol. 7. part 2 & 3, and

vol. \. pari 1. second se7-tes. London 1829 — 3I,4to.
804. Transactions of the Geological Society of London, vol. 2. part 3, vol. 3.

part 1 . second series. London, 1 829, 4to.

1113. Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society, vol. 2. London, 1 829 — 30, 4to.
1025. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. 3 & 4, part 1 & 2.

Cambridge, 1829—32, 4to.

1630. Transactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, vol. 1.

Serampore, 1829, Svo.

1631. Transactions of the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, vol. 1. Que-

bec, 1829, Svo.

1632. United Service Journal, and Naval and Military Magazine, no. 38 — 41.

London, 1832, Svo. ,••: ,

1633. VerhandlungenderGesellschaftNaturforschenden Freunde in Berlin, band 1.

Berlin, 1829, 4to.

1634. Verzeichniss der Blicher der Gesellschaft Naturforschenden Freunde in

Berlin. Berlin, 1828, l2mo.

1114. ZoologicalJournal, no. 11 — 18. London, 1828 — 30, Svo.

( 787 )

LIST OF DONORS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

With References to the Numbers affixed iu the foregoing Cata-
logue to the Books presented by them respectively.

The Royal Society of London, 438.

The Royal Society of Edinburgh, 527,

The Asiatic Society, 528.

The Royal Irish Academy, 584.

The Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1113, 1610.

The Imperial Academy Naturae Curiosorum, 1024.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris, 620.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, 919.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin, 586.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, 1,597, 1621.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1618.
The American Philosophical Society, 585.

The Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Com-
merce, 439.
The Royal Astronomical Society of London, 1344.
The Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, 1630.
The Agricultural and Horticultural Society of New South Wales, 1624.
The Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1025.
The Geological Society of London, 804, 1619.
The Horticultural Society of London, 665, 1353, 1604.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow, 1602.

The

788 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society.

The Linnean Society of Paris, 1338.

The Literary and Philosophical Society of Leeds, 1117.

The Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, 440.

The Literary and Historical Society of Quebec, 1631.

The Medico-Botanical Society of London, 1445, 1566, 1605.

The Natural History Society of Berlin, 1633, 1634.

The Portsmouth and Portsea Literary and Philosophical Society, 1354.

The Statistical Society of Paris, 1603.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, 1626.

The Zoological Society, 1616, 1620, 1627.

The South African Institution, 1598.

The Maclurian Lyceum of New York, 1611.

The Administration of the Museum of Natural History of Paris, 802.

The Committee of the Oriental Translation Fund, 1365, 1623.

The Royal College of Surgeons, 1606, 1607.

The Managers of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, 1615.

The Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, 803.

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society, 1391, 1399.

British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1622.

The Editor of the Athenseum, 1600.

The Editor of the United Service Journal, 1632.

The Editors of the Zoological Journal, 1114.

William Ainsworth, Esq. and Henry Hulme Cheek, Esq. F.L.S. 1612.

George A. Walker-Arnott, Esq. F.L.S. 1358.

MM. Audouin et H. Milne-Edwards, 1360, 1361.

J. J. Audubon, Esq. F.L.S. 1362, 1363.

Mr. George Banks, F.L.S. 1364.

Mr. William Baxter, A.L.S. 1366.

His Grace the Duke of Bedford, F.L.S. J 629.

Thomas Bell, Esq. F.L.S. 1470, 1542, 1588.

Miss Etheldred Benett, 1367.

Edward Turner Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. 1368.

George Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. 1369, 1370, 1371.

John Whitchurch Bennett, Esq. F.L.S. 1372, 1373.

George Bentham, Esq. F.L.S. 1425, 1426.

J. E.

Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. 789

J. E. Bicheno, Esq. Sec. L.S. 1486, 1578.

Le Chevalier Billberg, 1374.

C. L. Blume, M.D. 1370.

Charles Lucien Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano, F.M.L.S. 1378, 1379,

1380, 1381, 1382.
Mr. William Beattie Booth, A.L.S. 1383.
John Bostock, M.D. F.L.S. 1384.

Mr. Edward William Brayley, A.L.S. 1385, 1386, 1387, 1388.
Joshua Brookes, Esq. F.L.S. 1390, 1392, 1601.
Robert Brown, Esq. V.P.L.S. J 394, 1558,
Mr. William Bullock, F.L.S. 1397.
M. de Christol, 1400.
James Morss Churchill, Esq. F.L.S. 1401.
Bracy Clark, Esq. F.L.S. 1402, 1403, 1404.
Henry Coddington, Esq. M.A. 1405.
M. Colla, 1153.

John Curtis, Esq. F.L.S. 1038, 1406.
John Harrison Curtis, Esq. 1624.
James Henry Dallas, M.D. F.L.S. 1408.
Professor DeCandoUe, F.M.L.S. 1409, 1410, 1411.
Henry Thomas De la Beche, Esq. F.L.S. 1412.
M.Delise, 1413.

Lewis Weston Dillwyn, Esq. F.L.S. 1414.

Mr. David Don, Libr. L.S. 1415, 1416, 1417, 1418, 1419, 1420, 1421.
Mr. George Don, F.L.S. 1422.
Messrs. Dulau and Co. 1423.
M. B. C. Dumortier, 1424.
Andrew Duncan, M.D. A.L.S. 1427.
John Shute Duncan, Esq. LL.D. F.L.S. 1428, 1429.
M. H. Milne-Edwards, 1430.
M. Adolphe Erman, 1432.
G. W. Featherstonhaugh, Esq. 1433.
M. Le Baron de Ferussac, 1434, 1628.

Gotthelf Fischer de Waldheim, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1061, 1439, 1440, 1441.
John Frost, Esq. F.L.S. 1444.

The

790 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society.

The late John D. Godrnan, M.D. 1446.

William Gordon, M.D. F.L.S. 1448.

Mr. John Gould, A.L.S. 1449.

Robert Edmond Grant, M.D. F.L.S. 1450, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455,

1456, 1457, 1458, 1459, 1460,1461, 1462.
John Edward Gray, Esq. 1463, 1464, 1465.
Robert Kaye Greville, LL.D. F.L.S. 146G.
Edward Griffith, Esq. F.L.S. i 199.
M. Guillemin, 1467.
J. Gussone,M.D. 1468.
Marshall Hall, M.D. 1469.
Thomas Hancock, M.D. 1471, 1472.
N. Hanson, M.D. 1473.
Richard Harlan, M.D. 1475, 1476.
Adrian Hardy Haworth, Esq. F.L.S. 1477.
Isaac Hays, Esq. 1478.

F. M. S. V. Hoefft, M.D. 1480.
M. Hceninghaus, 1481.

J. van der Hoeven, M.D. 1482, 1483.

John Hogg, Esq. M.A. F.L.S. 1484.

William Jackson Hooker, LL.D. F.L.S. 1485.

Robert Hooper, M.D. F.L.S. 1487.

Rev. Frederick William Hope, M.A. F.L.S. 1356, 1357, 1377, 1398,
1431, 1435, 1436, 1437, 1438, 1442, 1479, 1496, 1498,1512, 1533,
1534, 1550, 1552, 1570, 1575, 1576, 1579, 1586, 1613.

David Hosack, M.D. F.L.S. 1490.

G. F. J^ger, M.D. 1491.

Sir William Jardine, Bart., F.L.S. and Prideaux John Selby, Esq. F.L.S.

1492.
The Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A. F.L.S. 1493.
George Johnston, M.D. 1494.
John Leonard Knapp, Esq. F.L.S. 1614.
W. L. Lachmann, Jun. M.D. 1495.
Don Mariano Lagasca, F.L.S. 1497.
Mr. E. J. Lance, 1499.

John

Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. 791

John Latham, M.D. F.L.S. 1500.

Isaac Lea, Esq. 1501, 1502.

Mr. Edward Lear, A. L.S. 1503.

M. Alexandre Lefebure, 1504,

Professor Lehmann, 1505, 150G.

John Lindley, Esq. F.L.S. 1507, 1508, 1509.

Mr. A. A. Lindo, 1510.

H.F.Link, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1511.

John Claudius Loudon, Esq. F.L.S. 1273, 1516, 1517, 1518.

^neas Maclntyre, LL.D. F.L.S. 1557.

Mr. John Mackay, F.L.S. 1519.

Mr. James Main, A.L.S. 1520.

Miles Marley, Esq. F.L.S. 1521.

C. F. Ph. von Martius, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1564.

James Dottin Maycock, M.D. F.L.S. 1522.

John Morgan, Esq. F.L.S, 1524.

S. G. Morton, M.D. 1525, 1526.

Mr. Robert Mudie, 1527.

R. L Murchison, Esq. F.L.S. 1528.

John Murray, Esq. F.L.S. 1529, 1530.

C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1531.

Mr. Edward Newman, 1532.

Mr, Joseph Paxton, F.L.S. and Mr. Joseph Harrison, 1535.

Sir Thomas Phillipps, Bart., F.L.S. 1536.

P. S. du Ponceau, Esq. 1537.

A. F. Pouchet, M.D. 1538.

Lady Raffles, 1539.

Professor Ranzani, 1540,

Mr. James Rennie, M.A. A.L.S. 1541. >!

John Richardson, M.D. F.L.S. 1543.

J. Roeper, M.D. 1544.

William Roscoe, Esq. F.L.S. 1545.

Edward Riippell, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1546,

Don Ramon de la Sagra, 1547, 1548. '- ■ ■■ '■'-

Mr. George Samouelle, 1549.

VOL. XVI, 5 I H. A.

792 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society.

H. A. Schrader, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1551. 051 .?
J. A. Schultes, M.D. 1513. .Li

F. SchwEegrichen, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1091.
Prideaux John Selby, Esq. F.L.S. 1308.
M. Seringe, 1553.

The Rt. Hon. Sir John Sinclair, Bart. F.L.S. 1554, 1555.

The late Sir James Edward Smith, M.D. Pres.L.S. 1093, 1556.

Sir James South, Kt. F.L.S. 1559, 1560,

Mr. George B. Sowerby, F.L.S. 1005, 1562, 1608.

Mr. James De Carle Sowerby, F.L.S. and Mr. Charles Edward Sowerby,

A.L.S. 781, 1561.
Mr. James Sowerby, Jun. 1563.
The Rev. Edward Stanley, M.A. F.L.S. 1567.
James Francis Stephens, Esq. F.L.S. 1311, 1568, 1569.
John Stephenson, M.D. F.L.S. and James Morss Churchill, Esq. F.L.S.

1312.
Jonathan Stokes, M.D. A.L.S. 1571.
William Swainson, Esq. F.L.S. 1010.
Mr. Robert Sweet, F.L.S. 1098, 1315, 1316.
Richard Taylor, Esq. Under Sec. L.S. 1026, 1577.
Professor Tenore, 1572.
John Vaughan Thompson, Esq. F.L.S. 1573.
John Thomson, M.D. F.L.S. 1574.
M. Walckenaer, 1580, 1581.
Nathaniel Wallich, M.D. F.L.S. 1582, 1583, 1584.

G. H. Weatherhead, M.D. 1585.
James S. Whitaker, Esq. F.L.S. 1587.
James Wilson, Esq. 1589.

Nathaniel John Winch, Esq.F.L.S. 1590, 1591.
William Withering, Esq. LL.D. F.L.S. 1592, 1593.
Mr. William Wood, F.L.S. 1594.
Mr. Henrv Woods, A.L.S. 332.
William Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S. 661.
Rev. James Yates, M.A. F.L.S. 1596.

Donations

( 793 )

DONATIONS

TO THE

MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

Exclusive of Presents of single Specimens of Animals, Plants,

and Minerals.

Continued from Page 533 of Vol. XV. of the Society's Transactions.

Donations. Donors.

A Lithographic Print of the Head of Bos'

fossilis of Cuvier, found near Crefeld in I , , „ • i
Germany; and an Engraving of a Species f ^- Hceninghaus.
of Productus

Specimens of Janthina fragilis {Helix lanthina, 1 Lewis "Weston Dillwyn, Esq.
L.), found in the River near Swansea . ./ F.L.S.

Drawing of a Cluster of the Jargonelle Pear in]

a state of monstrosity, from the Nursery r Mr. Edwin Dalton Smith, F.L.S.
of Mr. Dennis at Chelsea J

A Collection of 33 Species of Zoophytes, from! d.^t^^ i»,xxt^x^

the Firth of Forth . ...... . j Robert E. Grant, M.D. F.L.S.

Specimens of 247 Species of Ichneumonidae . Professor Gravenhorst.

A Specimen of Aquila fucosa, Cuv from Newj Mrs.Howley, of Lambeth Palace.
Holland; and oi a Species ot Pelican us . J ''

A small Collection of dried Plants, from the") The Committee of the African As-
banks of the Bahr-el-abiad, or White Nile J sociation.

A Collection of Shells made during the latel

expedition under Captain Beechey, R.N. / Alexander Collie, Esq. F.L.S.

A Collection of Drawings of Indian Insects and "1 The Rev. William Carey, D.D.

Plants / F.L.S.

5x2 36 Spe-

794 Donations to the Museum of the Linnean Society.

Donations. Donors.

36 Specimens of dried Plants from the Coast 1 David James Hamilton Dickson,
of Labrador J M.D. F.L.S.

A small Collection of dried British Plants, 1 The late Rev. John Holme, M. A.
mostly from Cambridgeshire J F.L.S.

An extensive Assortment of dried Plants, being 1 The Hon. Court of Directors of
a part of Dr. Wallich's Indian Collections J the East India Company.

Dried Specimens of Ceylon Fishes . . . . ( John Whitchurch Bennett, Esq.

L F.L.S.

Lithographic Prints of Cycadeoidea megalo- 1 Rgv. William Buckland, D.D.
pM'a / F.L.S.

,34 Bird-skins from New Holland, most of them 1 , , , tv» t t^ -r^t c^

not before in the Society's Collection; and \ AlexanderMacLeay, Esq. F.L.S.
a Specimen of a new Species of Bat . .J ^-olonial Sec. N. S. Wales.

Specimens of 4 New Holland Birds .... Mrs. Huskisson.

12 Bird-skins from New Holland, of Species! Edward Deas Thomson, Esq.
not before in the Society's Collection . . / F.L.S.

A Collection of several Hundred dried Plants l The late Robert Lyall, M.D. Bri-
froni Madagascar / tish Resident in Madagascar.

A Collection of dried Plants, chiefly from Greece Charles Smith, Esq. F.L.S.

2 Specimens of the Spoonbill [Plataleu Leuco-\ ^t iTn •. i-

,-odia,\..) I Harry White, Esq.

A Collection of Specimens of dried Plants, 1

formed principally in New Zealand, Tahiti, \ George Bennett, Esq. F.L.S.
and the Sandwich Islands J

Skins of 6 Species of Birds from New Holland Allan Cunningham, Esq. F.L.S.

Specimens of dried Plants collected on the 1ti,o t^ t^too

West Coast of Africa by Commander John Barrow, Esq. F.L.S. Sec.
Belcher of H. M. Ship Wna ... .J to the Admiralty.

2 Birds, 4 Lizards, 1 Snake, 4 Fishes, and the "1

Skin and Skeleton of a young Koala, from \ Samuel Merriman, M.D. F.L.S.
New Holland J

Specimens of 50 Plants, collected in Peru . . Mr. Andrew Mathews, A.L.S.

ERRATA.

Page 1 1 . For de ces cotes read de ses c6tes

Page 14. For Bullo read Buteo

Page 19. Erase the word Aquila/roin the second column of the lower
Table, and insert Bernicla at the bottom of the third co-
lumn.

Page 41. For "but the remarkable relation existing between the
larvae oi Neuroptera, such as Myrmeleon, has not escaped
the notice of naturalists," read "but the remarkable re-
lation existing between the larvae of Neuroptera, such
as Myrmeleon, and the Arachnida, has not escaped the
notice of naturalists."

Page 45. No break should take place between the paragraph ending
with the words "Birds of Prey," and that beginning with
the words " The backward position," &c.

Page 17), line 15, for folia mutata read foliis mutatis

Page 532, line 10, for Proportionals read Proportionates

PRINTED BY RICHARD TAYLOR,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

( 795 )

DIRECTIONS

FOR

PLACING THE PLATES OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME.

Plecotus auritus and brevimanus

to face page 60

i> Mammary organs of the Kangaroo . ... . . . 84

. Lagostomus trichodactylus 104

. Agama Douglasii ]05

. Tringa rufescens 110

, Margarodes formicarum 119

f Phalangista gliriformis 128

Pliasianus Amherstiae 131

Enerthenema elegans 152

Organs of voice in Birds 322

> Lathraea Squamaria 419

. Organs of voice in Cygnus Bewickii 453

Ditto ditto 454

Tab.

796

Directions for placing the Plates.

Tab. 26. Mammary organs of the Kangaroo
27.1

. . to face page 463
>• Organs of deglutition in Hydrochcerus Capybara . . 469

28.
29.
30.

31. Illustrations of the structure and CEConomy of Spiders . . 485

32. Fungia agariciformis and Paumotensis 498

33. Paussidse 679

Organs of fecundation in Asclepias purpurascens, phy-

35.
36.

tolaccoides and curassavica 733

The Binder is requested to observe, that as a general Title-page and a
Table of Contents for the whole Volume are now given, the Title-pages
to the separate Parts, and the Tables of Contents for Parts I. and II. are
to be cancelled.

END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Transactions of the Linnean Society of London"

See other formats